SAMSONITE CORP/FL
S-4, 1998-08-14
LEATHER & LEATHER PRODUCTS
Previous: SAMSONITE CORP/FL, S-4, 1998-08-14
Next: COASTCAST CORP, PREN14A, 1998-08-14



<PAGE>
 
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 14, 1998
 
                                                        REGISTRATION NO. 333-
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                               ----------------
                                   FORM S-4
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                       UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                               ----------------
                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION
            (Exact Name of Registrant as specified in Its Charter)
 
        DELAWARE                     3161                     36-3511556
     (State or Other     (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer 
     Jurisdiction of       Classification Code Number)  Identification Number) 
    Incorporation or                                      
      Organization)                                          
    
                            11200 EAST 45TH AVENUE 
                            DENVER, COLORADO 80239 
                                (303) 373-2000
  (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
                   Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
 
                               ----------------
 
                              D. MICHAEL CLAYTON 
                            SAMSONITE CORPORATION 
                  GENERAL COUNSEL AND VICE PRESIDENT--LEGAL 
                            11200 EAST 45TH AVENUE 
                            DENVER, COLORADO 80239 
                                (303) 373-2000
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                             of Agent for Service)
 
                               ----------------
 
                                   Copy to:
                          GREGORY A. FERNICOLA, ESQ. 
                   SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP 
                               919 THIRD AVENUE 
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022 
                                (212) 735-3000
 
                               ----------------
 
       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration
                                  statement.
 
                               ----------------
  If any of the securities being registered on this form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G, check the following box. [_]
  If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ( the
"Securities Act"), please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering. [_]
  If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
 
                               ----------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Proposed        Proposed
                                Amount       Maximum          Maximum
  Title of each Class of        to be     Offering Price     Aggregate        Amount of
Securities to be Registered   Registered     Per Unit    Offering Price(1) Registration Fee
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>            <C>               <C>
 10 3/4% Senior
  Subordinated Notes
  due 2008..............     $350,000,000      100%        $350,000,000        $103,250
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
 
 
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL
BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN   +
+OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY   +
+SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,             +
+SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION +
+UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH JURISDICTION.                           +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 14, 1998
 
PROSPECTUS
                           OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
           10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 IN EXCHANGE FOR
             10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008, WHICH HAVE
               BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
                                       OF
                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION
  THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON       ,
                             1998, UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
                                  ----------
 
  Samsonite Corporation (the "Company") hereby offers, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), to
exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $350,000,000 of its 10 3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "New Notes"), which have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding 10 3/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes" and, together with the New Notes,
the "Notes"). The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects
to the Old Notes, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration
rights relating to the Old Notes and except for certain provisions for
Additional Interest (as defined herein) on the Old Notes under certain
circumstances relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer.
 
  On June 24, 1998, the Company issued $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of Old Notes. The Old Notes were issued pursuant to an offering exempt from, or
not subject to, registration under the Securities Act and applicable state
securities laws.
 
  Interest on the Notes is payable in cash semiannually in arrears on June 15
and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 1998. The Notes will
mature on June 15, 2008. The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the
Company in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2003, at the
redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to
the redemption date. In addition, the Company, at its option, may redeem in the
aggregate up to 40% of the principal amount of the Notes originally issued at
any time and from time to time prior to June 15, 2001, at a redemption price
equal to 110.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to the redemption date, with the Net Proceeds (as defined
herein) of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined herein); provided that at
least $210 million aggregate principal amount of Notes remain outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that any such
redemption occurs within 90 days after the receipt by the Company of the
proceeds of such Equity Offering. See "Description of the Notes--Optional
Redemption." Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein), each holder of the
Notes will be entitled to require the Company to purchase such holder's Notes
at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the purchase date. See "Description of
the Notes--Change of Control." In addition, the Company will be obligated in
certain instances to make an offer to purchase the Notes at a purchase price in
cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to the purchase date, with the Available Asset Sale Proceeds
(as defined herein) of certain asset sales. See "Description of the Notes--
Certain Covenants--Limitations on Certain Assets Sales."
 
  The Old Notes were issued as part of the financing necessary to effect the
Recapitalization (as defined herein) which included the repurchase in a tender
offer (the "Tender Offer") of 10.5 million shares of common stock, $.01 par
value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), at a price of $40.00 per
share ($420 million in the aggregate). Concurrently with the consummation of
the offering of the Old Notes, the Company and its principal European
subsidiary entered into the New Credit Facility (as defined herein) to obtain
funds that, together with the net proceeds from the offering of the Old Notes
and a concurrent offering (the "Concurrent Offering") of units consisting of
senior redeemable exchangeable preferred stock (the "Senior Preferred Stock")
and detachable warrants to purchase Common Stock, were used to finance the
Recapitalization. See "The Recapitalization" and "Use of Proceeds."
 
  The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and are
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt (as
defined herein) of the Company, including indebtedness under the New Credit
Facility and rank pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and
future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company. As of April 30, 1998,
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Recapitalization and the
financing therefor, the Company would have had approximately $126.7 million of
Senior Debt outstanding.
                                               (continued on the following page)
 
                                  ----------
 
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 17 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS WHO TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES
IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
                                  ----------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS  THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
 ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY
  IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                  The date of this Prospectus is       , 1998.
<PAGE>
 
(continued from the cover page)
 
  For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on
the Old Notes, from June 24, 1998. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease
to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the Exchange
Offer. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not
receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on such Old Notes.
 
  The New Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain
obligations of the Company contained in a Registration Rights Agreement (the
"Registration Rights Agreement") entered into in connection with the offering
of Old Notes. Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), as set forth in no-action letters
issued to third parties, the Company believes that New Notes issued pursuant
to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any holder
which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are
acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders
have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such
New Notes. However, the Commission has not considered the Exchange Offer in
the context of a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff
of the Commission would make a similar determination with respect to the
Exchange Offer as in such other circumstances. Each holder, other than a
broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend
to engage in, a distribution of such New Notes and has no arrangement or
understanding to participate in a distribution of New Notes. Each broker-
dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange
Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New
Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined
herein), the Company will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented
from time to time, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with
any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
 
  The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The
Company will pay all the expenses incident to the Exchange Offer. Tenders of
Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to
the Expiration Date. In the event the Company terminates the Exchange Offer
and does not accept for exchange any Old Notes, the Company will promptly
return the Old Notes to the holders thereof. See "The Exchange Offer."
 
  There is no existing trading market for the New Notes, and there can be no
assurance regarding the future development of a market for the New Notes, or
the ability of holders of the New Notes to sell their New Notes or the price
at which such holders may be able to sell their New Notes. CIBC Oppenheimer
Corp., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, BancBoston Securities Inc. and Goldman,
Sachs & Co. (the "Initial Purchasers") have advised the Company that they
currently intend to make a market in the New Notes. The Initial Purchasers are
not obligated to do so, however, and any market-making with respect to the New
Notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. The Company does not
intend to apply for listing or quotation of the New Notes on any securities
exchange or stock market.
 
 
                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
                          FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
  This Prospectus contains certain "Forward-Looking Statements" within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") concerning, among other things,
increases in revenue and cash flow and reductions in operating expenses and
discussions of the Company's business strategy and expectations concerning the
Company's future operations, liquidity and capital resources. When used in
this Prospectus, the words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "intend,"
"plan" and "expect" and similar expressions are generally intended to identify
forward-looking statements. Prospective investors are cautioned that any
forward-looking statements, including statements regarding intent, belief or
current expectations of the Company or its management, are not guarantees of
future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and that actual
results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act
and, in accordance therewith, files reports and other information with the
Commission. Reports, proxy statements and other information may be inspected
and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and the Commission's regional
offices located at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York
10048 and at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661. Copies of such materials also may be obtained from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at
prescribed rates. In addition, the Commission maintains a Web site that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants, such as the Company, that file electronically with the
Commission. The address of such site is http://www.sec.gov. The Company's
common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, and reports, proxy
statements and other information concerning the Company may be inspected and
copied at the offices of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Reports Section, at 1735 K
Street, Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
  This Prospectus constitutes a part of a registration statement on Form S-4
filed by the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act. This
Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the registration
statement, and reference is hereby made to the registration statement and to
the exhibits filed or incorporated as a part thereof for further information
with respect to the Company and the New Notes offered hereby. Any statements
contained herein concerning the provisions of any documents are not
necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to such copy
filed as an exhibit to the registration statement or otherwise filed with the
Commission. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such
reference. The registration statement and the exhibits thereto may be
inspected without charge at the office of the Commission at Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies thereof may be
obtained from the Commission at prescribed rates.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
  This Prospectus incorporates by reference documents which are not presented
herein or delivered herewith. Copies of any such documents relating to the
Company, other than exhibits to such documents (unless such exhibits
specifically are incorporated by reference in such documents), are available
without charge, upon written or oral request, from Samsonite Corporation,
11200 East 45th Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80239, Attention: D. Michael Clayton,
Esq., General Counsel and Vice President-Legal. In order to ensure timely
delivery of the documents, any request should be made no less than five
business days prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer.
 
  The following documents filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to
the Exchange Act are incorporated in this Prospectus by reference and made a
part hereof:
 
    1. The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended by Form 10-K/A,
  for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998;
 
                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
    2. The Company's reports on Form 8-K dated March 24, 1998, May 13, 1998,
  May 20, 1998, June 17, 1998, June 19, 1998, July 7, 1998 and August 12,
  1998;
 
    3. The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended
  April 30, 1998;
 
    4. The Company's definitive proxy statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting
  of its stockholders; and
 
    5. All other documents subsequently filed by the Company pursuant to
  Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the
  date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
  Any statement contained herein or in a document, all or a portion of which
is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, shall be
deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to the
extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed
document which also is, or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein,
modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part
of this Prospectus.
 
                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements
(including the notes thereto) appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus or
incorporated herein by reference. Unless the context otherwise requires all
references herein to the "Company" and "Samsonite" are to Samsonite
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries. The
Company's fiscal year ends on January 31 and references to a fiscal year denote
the calendar year in which the fiscal year ended (for example, "fiscal 1998"
refers to the 12 months ended January 31, 1998).
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  Samsonite is one of the world's largest manufacturers and distributors of
luggage. The Company markets its products primarily under the Samsonite(R),
American Tourister(R) and Lark(R) brand names. The Samsonite brand enjoys
worldwide recognition and is the leading brand of luggage products in the
United States and Europe. American Tourister is the second most recognized
brand of luggage in the United States. Following the Company's acquisition of
American Tourister, Inc. ("American Tourister") in 1993, the Company introduced
the American Tourister brand in Europe. The Lark brand is well-recognized in
the United States and competes in the premium segment of the luggage market.
Samsonite and American Tourister luggage products have been manufactured and
sold continuously since the 1930s.
 
  The Company is a major factor in the worldwide luggage market, with net sales
of $736.9 million for fiscal 1998. Competition in the luggage market is highly
fragmented with the vast majority of individual competitors having less than
10% of the Company's annual luggage sales. Samsonite offers the broadest range
of products in the luggage industry, including hardside suitcases, softside
suitcases, garment bags, casual bags, hardside and softside business cases and
other travel bags. Many of today's most successful luggage products and
features--such as suitcases on wheels, suitcases with a built-in luggage cart,
full-featured structured garment bags, ultra-light softside suitcases and
innovative new wheel systems--were introduced or popularized by Samsonite.
 
  The Company benefits from its large size through scale driven purchasing and
manufacturing economies. The Company's products are sourced through a global
network consisting of 14 Company-operated manufacturing facilities and various
third-party suppliers throughout the world. By operating its own facilities to
produce hardside luggage and more complex softside products, the Company is
better able to control manufacturing quality and achieve shorter product
introduction lead times and lower delivery costs. In addition, the Company
takes advantage of its global sourcing capabilities by buying less complex
products from various countries when their product costs or currency exchange
rates are favorable.
 
  The Company's marketing and distribution strategy focuses on the broad middle
segment of the luggage market as opposed to the more commodity driven low end
of the market or the premium priced high end. In the United States, the
Samsonite brand has historically been positioned as high quality, innovative
luggage, targeted at frequent business travelers. The American Tourister brand
has been positioned as quality luggage at an affordable price, and the Lark
brand has been positioned as premium luggage targeted at first and business
class travelers. In Europe, the Samsonite brand enjoys more of a premium image
than in the United States, and is targeted at first class and frequent business
travelers. The Company's marketing theme centers around the Samsonite
"Worldproof(TM)" brand image which represents strength, durability, quality and
style.
 
  The Company's products are sold throughout the world in more than 100
countries through approximately 23,000 retail outlets, including department and
specialty stores, catalog showrooms, mass merchant retailers, warehouse clubs
and Company-owned retail stores located primarily in factory outlet malls in
the United States. In addition, Samsonite licenses its trademarks for use on
non-luggage products, such as travel accessories, personal leather goods,
handbags and furniture. These products are made and sold primarily by
independent licensees which pay royalties to Samsonite.
 
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS AND NEW GROWTH INITIATIVES
 
  Management believes that the Company's leading position in the global luggage
industry is due to its widely recognized brand names, broad range of innovative
luggage products and global manufacturing and distribution network.
 
  Brand Names. The Company markets its products primarily under the Samsonite,
American Tourister and Lark brand names. The Company commits substantial
resources to aggressive brand advertising programs that promote the features,
durability and quality of the Company's products and target particular segments
of the luggage market based on consumer demographics. For each of the last five
fiscal years, the Company has invested, either directly or through co-op
advertising programs, approximately $50 million in television and print
advertising and related promotional activities. A 1994 market survey, the most
recent Company sponsored survey conducted by an independent surveying
organization, indicated that approximately 93% and 79% of travelers surveyed in
the United States recognized the Samsonite and American Tourister brand names,
respectively, compared to less than 15% for the next most recognized luggage
brand. Similar surveys show that recognition of the Samsonite brand name in
most major Western European countries ranges from 60% to 80%.
 
  Innovative Products. The Company is the industry leader in offering
innovative products that meet travelers' needs. The Company has spent over $40
million on product design and development during the last five fiscal years.
Many of today's most successful luggage products and features--such as
suitcases on wheels, suitcases with a built-in luggage cart, full-featured,
structured garment bags, ultra-lightweight, softside suitcases, and innovative
new wheel systems--were introduced or popularized by Samsonite. Sales of
products that were introduced or substantially redesigned by the Company in the
last three years accounted for approximately 60% of the Company's fiscal 1998
sales. The Company currently holds approximately 730 patents worldwide and has
over 300 patent applications pending worldwide.
 
  Global Manufacturing and Distribution Network. The Company's global sourcing
network consists of 14 Company-operated manufacturing facilities and various
third-party suppliers located principally in the Far East, Eastern Europe and
the Dominican Republic. By operating its own facilities to produce hardside
luggage and more complex softside products, the Company is better able to
control manufacturing quality and reduce lead times and delivery costs. The
Company's global sourcing network also enables it to opportunistically source
less complex products from countries with low product costs and favorable
currency exchange rates. The Company has one of the largest and most
technologically advanced luggage distribution networks in both the United
States and Europe. Its pan-European distribution network is capable of billing
customers in their local currency and delivering products within five days
after an order is placed. The Company also has significant distribution
relationships in Asia, Australia, Latin America and the Middle East.
 
  In May 1996, the Company appointed Richard R. Nicolosi as Chief Executive
Officer and shortly thereafter announced a strategic plan intended to further
strengthen the Company's leadership position in the worldwide luggage market
and to improve its financial performance. The plan included a series of
initiatives designed to broaden the product and pricing architecture in the
U.S. and position products and brands on a consistent basis in the U.S. and
Europe; to streamline the organizational structure by adopting a structure
based on channel management instead of brand management which relied upon
separate organizations to manage each of the Company's three principal brands;
and to improve the Company's cost structure by reducing SKUs, standardizing
components and instituting global sourcing.
 
  As a result of the plan initiatives, net sales, EBITDA (as defined herein)
and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined herein) increased from $675.2 million, $78.7
million, and $78.3 million, respectively, in fiscal 1996 to $736.9 million,
$126.2 million and $112.4 million, respectively, in fiscal 1998. During this
period, the Company's European operations posted increases in local currency
sales and operating income of 23.9% and 58.6%, respectively. Samsonite's U.S.
retail business also recorded significant sales and operating income growth
during this period; however, the Company's U.S. wholesale business experienced
difficulty implementing certain
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
of the plan initiatives, and began to perform below expectations commencing in
the third quarter of fiscal 1998. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
  In February 1998, Mr. Luc Van Nevel, a 23-year Samsonite veteran, who
previously had responsibility for Samsonite's successful European and
International operations, was promoted to President of Samsonite. In May 1998,
Mr. Van Nevel was appointed to succeed Mr. Nicolosi as Chief Executive Officer
and was elected to the Company's Board of Directors. Mr. Nicolosi will continue
to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors.
 
  Since the beginning of fiscal 1999, Mr. Van Nevel has continued to refine the
successful strategies initiated in 1996 and has taken aggressive action to
address the issues facing the Company's U.S. wholesale business, as described
below.
 
  .  Emphasize Growth Oriented Product Offerings and Channels of
     Distribution. The Company plans to introduce more entries in casual bags
     and business cases in the U.S. in order to expand the Company's sales in
     these two growth categories. This strategy has already proven to be
     successful for Samsonite in Europe and Japan. The Company also plans to
     increase its presence in channels of distribution where it believes it
     is under-represented by using targeted marketing and sales efforts
     tailored to each channel. In addition, the Company intends to exploit
     its manufacturing and sourcing leverage by aggressively pursuing
     opportunities to sell American Tourister and retailer-labeled products
     to mass merchant retailers and in other high volume-potential channels
     throughout the world.
 
  .  Strengthen Marketing and Product Innovation. Samsonite plans to continue
     to expand its presence in the worldwide luggage market from both a
     consumer and trade standpoint. The Company's marketing program is
     expected to include more consumer-preferred products, styles and
     features, more effective advertising at higher investment levels,
     strengthened point-of-sale support and better customer service. Recent
     successful product introductions include the updated ultralite product
     line in the U.S., the second generation Oyster(TM) product line in
     Europe, and products incorporating the innovative Big Wheel(R) system
     worldwide. In addition, other product launches are scheduled for fiscal
     1999. For example, the Company's best selling U.S. line, Silhouette(TM)
     with sales of approximately $64 million in each of the last two fiscal
     years, will be reintroduced as Silhouette 6 in the second half of fiscal
     1999. The Company believes Silhouette 6 will have improved aesthetics
     and performance and an improved price to value relationship at
     competitive price points. Silhouette 6 will include separate designs
     targeted at business travelers, women, and "road warriors"--the ultimate
     business travelers.
 
  .  Continue Worldwide Expansion. The Company plans to continue expansion
     worldwide in countries where growing economies and reduced political and
     trade barriers provide opportunities for long-term growth. Samsonite
     currently has operations in a number of emerging foreign markets,
     including China, India, South America and the Pacific Rim. Since the
     beginning of fiscal 1997, the Company has: (i) acquired luggage
     distribution companies in Hong Kong, Singapore and South Korea;
     (ii) established manufacturing and distribution joint ventures in India
     and China; and (iii) established a new venture partnership with a former
     Samsonite distributor to distribute Samsonite products in Brazil and
     other major South American markets. During fiscal 1999, the Company
     intends to take over distribution operations in Taiwan from the
     Company's current distributor whose contract has expired and also to
     form a joint venture with the Company's current Argentinian distributor.
     The Company is currently considering the possible disposal or
     liquidation of its investment in its manufacturing facilities in China,
     although the Company intends to maintain its sales and distribution
     presence in China. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Recent Events and
     Recapitalization."
 
  .  Resolve U.S. Wholesale Issues. In fiscal 1998, the Company's U.S.
     wholesale operation (which accounted for 37.2% of the Company's fiscal
     1998 consolidated sales) produced significant increases in
     operating income of 89.4% as compared to fiscal 1997. However,
     commencing with the end of the third quarter of fiscal 1998, this
     operation began to perform below expectations causing U.S. wholesale
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     sales for fiscal 1998 to be 7.4% below fiscal 1997. This decline was due
     to various factors including the adverse impact of price increases and
     other pricing strategies adopted by the Company, market disruptions and
     retailer discounting taken in connection with various forms of cross
     distribution-channel selling. In addition, forecasting and production
     scheduling errors, along with the reduced level of sales, resulted in
     product availability constraints, significant negative production
     variances and excess inventory both at the Company and in certain of the
     Company's distribution channels.
 
     Since the beginning of fiscal 1999, the Company has taken aggressive
     action to resolve these issues. These actions have included: (i)
     replacing the management team responsible for U.S. wholesale operations
     with experienced luggage industry veterans; (ii) improving customer
     relationships by eliminating cross distribution-channel selling and by
     modifying the Company's strategy for its retail operations; (iii)
     modifying the Company's pricing and co-op advertising strategy by
     reducing prices from 4% to 6% on certain products with corresponding
     reductions in co-op advertising allowances and sale promotion costs;
     (iv) reducing production levels, particularly in the Denver hardside
     plant, to bring volume into line with expected sales, and working in
     conjunction with the Company's trade customers and Company-owned stores
     to reduce excess working capital by approximately $45 million over the
     next 18 months; and (v) rightsizing the cost structure of the Company's
     U.S. wholesale operations, including implementation of a plan to further
     restructure its U.S. manufacturing operations. The restructuring plan,
     which is intended to bring the unit volume and workforce in the Denver
     plant into line with expected sales and to achieve a better balance
     between fixed and variable costs with respect to this facility, calls
     for a substantial reduction in workforce, as well as the disposal of
     molding and other equipment that represents excess capacity. As a
     result, during the second quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company has
     recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $5.5 million (of which
     approximately $2.2 million is non-cash). The Company also expects to
     incur additional cash costs of approximately $0.3 million in connection
     with the restructuring plan that will be expensed as they are incurred.
     The Company expects that the restructuring will be substantially
     completed by July 31, 1998, and that the annualized cost savings from
     the restructuring will be approximately $5.9 million. The foregoing
     estimate of annual cost savings constitutes forward looking information
     and involves known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors
     that may cause actual cost savings to be materially different from the
     foregoing estimate. See "Risk Factors--Implementation of Business
     Strategy; Forward-Looking Statements" and "Management's Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Recent Events
     and Recapitalization."
 
     Notwithstanding these corrective actions, the Company expects sales and
     operating results in U.S. wholesale operations through at least the
     first two quarters of fiscal 1999 to continue to be adversely affected
     by the factors which adversely affected U.S. wholesale operations in
     fiscal 1998.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 
                              THE RECAPITALIZATION
 
  The Old Notes were issued as part of the financing necessary to effect a
recapitalization of the Company (the "Recapitalization") involving the
repurchase pursuant to the Tender Offer of 10.5 million shares of Common Stock
at a purchase price of $40.00 per share ($420 million in the aggregate) and the
refinancing of certain existing indebtedness. Concurrently with the
consummation of the offering of the Old Notes, the Company and its principal
European subsidiary entered into the New Credit Facility to obtain funds that,
together with the net proceeds of the offering of the Old Notes and the
Concurrent Offering of units consisting of Senior Preferred Stock and
detachable warrants to purchase Common Stock, were used to finance the
Recapitalization. See "Concurrent Offering" and "Description of New Credit
Facility."
 
  The following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds in connection
with the Recapitalization (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
SOURCES:
  New Credit Facility--Term Loan Facilities............................ $ 110.0
  Proceeds from sale of Old Notes......................................   350.0
  Proceeds from sale of Senior Preferred Stock and Warrants............   175.0
                                                                        -------
    Total.............................................................. $ 635.0
                                                                        =======
USES:
  Tender Offer......................................................... $ 420.0
  Repayment of existing indebtedness...................................   180.0
  Estimated fees and expenses(a).......................................    25.9
  Working capital......................................................     9.1
                                                                        -------
    Total.............................................................. $ 635.0
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Includes discounts and commissions payable in connection with the offering
    of the Old Notes and the Concurrent Offering, fees payable in connection
    with the New Credit Facility and investment banking, legal, accounting,
    printing and other miscellaneous fees and expenses in connection with the
    Recapitalization.
 
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Issuer......................
                              Samsonite Corporation.
 
Securities Offered..........
                              $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10
                              3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 which
                              have been registered under the Securities Act.
                              The terms of the New Notes and the Old Notes are
                              identical in all material respects, except for
                              certain transfer restrictions and registration
                              rights relating to the Old Notes and except for
                              certain provisions providing for Additional
                              Interest on the Old Notes under certain
                              circumstances relating to the timing of the
                              Exchange Offer.
 
The Exchange Offer..........  The New Notes are being offered in exchange for a
                              like principal amount of Old Notes. The issuance
                              of the New Notes is intended to satisfy
                              obligations of the Company contained in the
                              Registration Rights Agreement. See "The Exchange
                              Offer."
 
Expiration Date; Withdrawal   The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New
 Rights.....................  York City time, on      , 1998, or such later
                              date and time to which it is extended. The tender
                              of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may
                              be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration
                              Date. Any Old Note not accepted for exchange for
                              any reason will be returned without expense to
                              the tendering holder thereof as promptly as
                              practicable after the expiration or termination
                              of the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer--
                              Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering
                              Old Notes" and "--Withdrawal Rights."
 
Procedures for Tendering      Each holder of Old Notes (the "Holders"), wishing
 Old Notes..................  to accept the Exchange Offer must complete, sign
                              and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a
                              facsimile thereof, in accordance with the
                              instructions contained herein and therein, and
                              mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of
                              Transmittal, or such facsimile, together with
                              either certificates for such Old Notes or a Book-
                              Entry Confirmation (as defined herein) of such
                              Old Notes into the Book-Entry Transfer Facility
                              (as defined herein), if such procedure is
                              available, and any other required documentation
                              to United States Trust Company of New York,
                              acting as the exchange agent (the "Exchange
                              Agent") at the address set forth herein. By
                              executing the Letter of Transmittal, each Holder
                              of Old Notes will represent to the Company, among
                              other things, that (i) the New Notes acquired
                              pursuant to the Exchange Offer by the Holder and
                              any other person are being obtained in the
                              ordinary course of business of the person
                              receiving such New Notes, (ii) neither the Holder
                              nor such other person is participating in,
                              intends to participate in or has an arrangement
                              or understanding with any person to participate
                              in the distribution of such New Notes and (iii)
                              neither the Holder nor such other person is an
                              "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the
                              Securities Act, of the Company. Each broker-
                              dealer that receives New Notes for its own
                              account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old
                              Notes were acquired by such broker or dealer as a
                              result
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                              of market-making activities or other trading
                              activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver
                              a prospectus in connection with any resale of
                              such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states
                              that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
                              prospectus, a broker or dealer will not be deemed
                              to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
                              meaning of the Securities Act. See "The Exchange
                              Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" and
                              "Plan of Distribution."
 
Special Procedures for
 Beneficial Owners..........  Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are
                              registered in the name of a broker, dealer,
                              commercial bank, trust company or other nominee
                              and who wishes to tender should contact such
                              registered Holder promptly and instruct such
                              registered Holder to tender on such beneficial
                              owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes
                              to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner
                              must, prior to completing and executing the
                              Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Old
                              Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to
                              register ownership of the Old Notes in such
                              owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond
                              power from the registered Holder. The transfer of
                              registered ownership may take considerable time.
                              See "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering
                              Old Notes."
 
Guaranteed Delivery          
Procedures..................  Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old
                              Notes and whose Old Notes are not immediately   
                              available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes 
                              or any other documents required by the Letter of
                              Transmittal to the Exchange Agent must tender   
                              their Old Notes according to the guaranteed     
                              delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange  
                              Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."          
Certain Federal Income Tax
 Considerations.............  The exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
                              not result in the recognition of income, gain or
                              loss to the Holders of Old Notes for United
                              States federal income tax purposes. See "Certain
                              Federal Income Tax Considerations."
 
Use of Proceeds.............  There will be no proceeds to the Company from the
                              Exchange Offer.
 
Exchange Agent..............  United States Trust Company of New York is
                              serving as Exchange Agent in connection with the
                              Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer--Exchange
                              Agent."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 
                      CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES
 
  Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a
consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or in
transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities
Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes may not be
offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to
an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. The Company does not currently anticipate
that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act. Based on
interpretations by the staff of the Commission, as set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any
holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405
under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes. However, the Commission has not considered the Exchange
Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that
the staff of the Commission would make a similar determination with respect to
the Exchange Offer as in such other circumstances. Each holder, other than a
broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend
to engage in, a distribution of New Notes and has no arrangement or
understanding to participate in a distribution of New Notes. Each broker-dealer
that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange of Old Notes must
acknowledge that such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan
of Distribution." In addition, to comply with the securities laws of certain
jurisdictions, if applicable, the New Notes may not be offered or sold unless
they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or an
exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
See "Risk Factors--Consequences of Failure to Exchange and Requirements for
Transfer of New Notes" and "The Exchange Offer--Consequences of Exchanging Old
Notes."
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                      SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
 
  The terms of the New Notes and the Old Notes are identical in all material
respects, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights
relating to the Old Notes and except for certain provisions under the
Registration Rights Agreement providing for Additional Interest on the Old
Notes under certain circumstances relating to timing of the Exchange Offer,
which rights in each case will terminate upon consummation of the Exchange
Offer. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the
Old Notes, from June 24, 1998. Accordingly, registered holders of New Notes on
the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer will receive interest accruing from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from June 24, 1998. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue
interest from and after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer. Holders
of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any
payment in respect of interest on such Old Notes otherwise payable on any
interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation
of the Exchange Offer, which rights will terminate upon consummation of the
Exchange Offer.
 
Issuer......................  Samsonite Corporation.
 
New Notes Offered...........  Up to $350,000,000 principal amount of 10 3/4%
                              Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, which have
                              been registered under the Securities Act.
 
Maturity Date...............  June 15, 2008.
 
Interest Payment Dates......  Interest on the Notes will be payable in cash
                              semi-annually on each June 15 and December 15,
                              commencing December 15, 1998. Interest on the
                              Notes will be paid on the basis of a 360-day year
                              and twelve thirty-day months.
 
Ranking.....................  The Notes are general unsecured obligations of
                              the Company and rank subordinate in right of
                              payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of
                              the Company, including indebtedness under the New
                              Credit Facility and rank pari passu in right of
                              payment with all other existing and future senior
                              subordinated indebtedness of the Company. As of
                              April 30, 1998, on a pro forma basis and after
                              giving effect to the Recapitalization and the
                              financing therefor, the Company would have had
                              approximately $126.7 million of Senior Debt
                              outstanding. A majority of the Company's assets
                              are held through subsidiaries of the Company
                              which are not guarantors of the obligations under
                              the Notes. The Notes are effectively subordinated
                              to the obligations of such subsidiaries. As of
                              April 30, 1998, after giving pro forma effect to
                              the Recapitalization, the subsidiaries of the
                              Company would have had approximately $211.6
                              million of liabilities outstanding, including
                              approximately $109.2 million of trade payables
                              and obligations other than for borrowed money.
                              The Indenture (as defined herein) permits the
                              Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional
                              indebtedness, subject to certain limitations.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 
Optional Redemption.........  The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the
                              Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or
                              after June 15, 2003 at the redemption prices set
                              forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest
                              thereon to the redemption date. In addition, the
                              Company, at its option, may redeem in the
                              aggregate up to 40% of the principal amount of
                              the Notes originally issued at any time and from
                              time to time prior to June 15, 2003 at a
                              redemption price equal to 110.75% of the
                              aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued
                              and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption
                              date, with the Net Proceeds of one or more Equity
                              Offerings; provided that at least $210 million
                              aggregate principal amount of the Notes remain
                              outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
                              any such redemption and that any such redemption
                              occurs within 90 days after the receipt by the
                              Company of the proceeds of such Equity Offering.
                              See "Description of the Notes--Optional
                              Redemption."
 
Change of Control...........
                              Upon a Change of Control, each holder of the
                              Notes will be entitled to require the Company to
                              purchase such holder's Notes at a purchase price
                              equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof,
                              plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
                              purchase date. See "Description of the Notes--
                              Change of Control."
 
Asset Sale Proceeds.........  The Company will be obligated in certain
                              instances to make an offer to purchase the Notes
                              at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the
                              principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
                              interest thereon to the purchase date, with the
                              Available Asset Sale Proceeds of certain asset
                              sales. See "Description of the Notes--Certain
                              Covenants--Limitation on Certain Asset Sales."
 
Certain Covenants...........  The Indenture contains certain covenants for the
                              benefit of the holders of the Notes that, among
                              other things, restrict the ability of the Company
                              and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined
                              herein) to: (i) incur additional Indebtedness (as
                              defined herein); (ii) pay dividends and make
                              certain other distributions; (iii) issue capital
                              stock of Restricted Subsidiaries; (iv) make
                              certain investments; (v) repurchase stock; (vi)
                              create liens; (vii) enter into transactions with
                              affiliates; (viii) create dividend or other
                              payment restrictions affecting Restricted
                              Subsidiaries; (ix) merge or consolidate; and (x)
                              transfer or sell assets. These covenants are
                              subject to a number of important exceptions. See
                              "Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants."
 
Concurrent Offering.........  Concurrently with the offering of the Old Notes,
                              the Company also issued and sold $175 million
                              aggregate liquidation preference of Senior
                              Preferred Stock and warrants to acquire an
                              aggregate of 1,959,000 shares of Common Stock in
                              the Concurrent Offering. See "Concurrent
                              Offering."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
 
Use of Proceeds.............  The Company will not receive any proceeds from
                              the Exchange Offer. The net proceeds from the
                              offering of the Old Notes, together with the net
                              proceeds from the Concurrent Offering and
                              borrowings under the New Credit Facility were
                              used to finance the Recapitalization and to pay
                              fees and expenses in connection therewith. See
                              "The Recapitalization," "Use of Proceeds" and
                              "Capitalization."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  Holders of Old Notes should carefully consider the information set forth
under the caption "Risk Factors" and all other information set forth in this
Prospectus, before making a decision to tender their Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
  The summary historical financial information for the Company presented below
has been derived from the Company's audited consolidated financial statements
as of and for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the
seven months ended January 31, 1994 and the five months ended June 30, 1993
which have been restated for discontinued operations and from the Company's
unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months
ended April 30, 1998 and 1997. The Company's unaudited consolidated financial
statements as of and for the three months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997
include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of
normal nonrecurring adjustments, which the Company considers necessary for a
fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations of the
Company for these periods. Operating results for the three months ended April
30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the full year. The summary historical financial information presented below
should be read in conjunction with the other information contained under the
captions "Capitalization," "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and with the Company's consolidated
financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The pro forma financial information presented below gives effect to
the Recapitalization as if it had occurred on February 1, 1997, in the case of
the statement of operations and other data, and on the balance sheet date, in
the case of the balance sheet data. The summary pro forma financial data are
presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of
the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the
Recapitalization had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor are they
necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial position.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                           1994(A)        1995       1996      1997              1998
                          ----------    ---------  --------  --------    --------------------
                                                                         HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
                                                                         ---------- ---------
                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND RATIOS)
<S>                       <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Net Sales(b)............  $  523,619    $ 635,452  $675,209  $741,138     $736,875  $736,875
Cost of Goods Sold......     309,809      373,967   414,691   449,333      424,349   424,349
                          ----------    ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
Gross Profit............     213,810      261,485   260,518   291,805      312,526   312,526
Selling, General and
 Administrative
 Expenses...............     163,574      197,716   203,701   233,761(c)   234,257   239,485 (d)
Amortization of
 Intangible Assets(e)...      40,130       67,189    63,824    31,837        7,101     7,101
Provision for
 Restructuring
 Operations.............         --           --      2,369    10,670        1,866     1,866
Other Income--Net(f)....       5,864        2,729     3,967    18,821       28,294    28,294
Interest Expense--
 Net(g).................      24,901       34,966    35,265    34,251       17,344    50,344 (h)
Reorganization Items....     462,447          --        --        --           --        --
Income Tax Expense......       9,110       10,619     9,095    10,389       23,088     8,561 (i)
Minority Interest in
 Earnings of
 Subsidiaries...........      (2,049)        (931)   (1,385)   (1,041)        (287)     (287)
                          ----------    ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
Income (Loss) from
 Continuing Operations..     442,357      (47,207)  (51,154)  (11,323)      56,877    33,176
Income (Loss) from
 Operations Discontinued
 and Sold, Cumulative
 Effect of Change in
 Accounting Principles
 and Extraordinary
 Items..................     430,946      (64,372)  (10,293)      --       (16,178)  (22,402)
                          ----------    ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
Net Income (Loss).......  $  873,303    $(111,579) $(61,447) $(11,323)    $ 40,699  $ 10,774
                          ==========    =========  ========  ========     ========  ========
Senior Preferred Stock
 Dividends(j)...........                                                              26,570
                                                                                    --------
Net Income (Loss)
 Available to Common
 Stockholders...........                                                            $(15,796)
                                                                                    ========
Income (Loss) per
 Share--Basic(j):
 Continuing Operations..                $   (3.05) $  (3.24) $   (.71)    $   2.81  $    .68
 Net Income (Loss)......                    (7.22)    (3.89)     (.71)        2.01     (1.62)
Income (Loss) per
 Share--Assuming
 Dilution(j):
 Continuing Operations..                    (3.05)    (3.24)     (.71)        2.70       .62
 Net Income (Loss)......                    (7.22)    (3.89)     (.71)        1.93     (1.49)
OTHER DATA:
EBIT (k)................  $   15,970    $    (691) $ (5,409) $ 34,358     $ 97,596  $ 97,596
Depreciation and
 Amortization...........      55,024       85,486    84,101    53,889       28,594    28,594
                          ----------    ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
EBITDA(l)...............      70,994       84,795    78,692    88,247      126,190   126,190
Items relating to
 Settlement of
 Contingent Liabilities
 and Other Adjustments..      (4,797)      (2,864)     (357)   (3,368)     (13,762)  (13,762)
                          ----------    ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
Adjusted EBITDA(m)......  $   66,197    $  81,931  $ 78,335  $ 84,879     $112,428  $112,428
                          ==========    =========  ========  ========     ========  ========
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA
 to Pro Forma Interest
 Expense--Net(n)........         --           --        --        --           --       2.23x
Ratio of Earnings to
 Fixed Charges(o).......         --           --        --       1.00x        4.39x     1.05x
Capital Expenditures....  $   13,095    $  18,453  $ 21,668  $ 31,093     $ 36,313  $ 36,313
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS
 OF END OF PERIOD):
Property, Plant and
 Equipment, Net.........  $  131,894(p) $ 137,686  $140,912  $143,959     $142,351  $142,351
Total Assets............   1,111,735(p)   866,000   607,443   592,658      610,049   654,682
Long-Term Obligations
 (Including Current
 Installments)..........     573,197(q)   417,175   310,959   290,617      179,223   484,421
Redeemable Preferred
 Stock..................         --           --        --        --           --    163,080
Stockholders' Equity
 (Deficit)..............     253,693(q)   148,472    25,116    24,998      208,886  (214,759)
</TABLE>
                                          (see footnotes on the following pages)
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30,
                                              ------------------------------
                                                1997            1998
                                              --------  --------------------
                                                        HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
                                                        ---------- ---------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                SHARE AMOUNTS AND RATIOS)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net Sales.................................... $169,562   $156,676  $156,676
Cost of Goods Sold...........................   99,293     97,273    97,273
                                              --------   --------  --------
Gross Profit.................................   70,269     59,403    59,403
Selling, General and Administrative
 Expenses....................................   54,656     59,621    59,621
Amortization of Intangible Assets(e).........    1,824      1,526     1,526
Provision for Restructuring Operations.......     (600)     2,608     2,608
Other Income--Net(f).........................    6,899        998       998
Interest Expense--Net(g).....................    5,742      4,017    12,617 (h)
Income Tax Expense (Benefit).................    6,829     (2,924)   (6,192)(i)
Minority Interest in Earnings of
 Subsidiaries................................     (218)      (256)     (256)
                                              --------   --------  --------
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations.....    8,499     (4,703)  (10,035)
Income (Loss) from Operations Discontinued
 and Sold, Cumulative Effect of Change in
 Accounting Principles and Extraordinary
 Items.......................................   (6,633)    (6,224)      --
                                              --------   --------  --------
Net Income (Loss)............................ $  1,866   $(10,927) $(10,035)
                                              ========   ========  ========
Senior Preferred Stock Dividends(j)..........                         7,210
                                                                   --------
Net Income (Loss) Available to Common
 Stockholders................................                      $(17,245)
                                                                   ========
Income (Loss) per Share--Basic(j):
 Continuing Operations....................... $   0.43   $  (0.23) $  (1.74)
 Net Income (Loss)...........................     0.09      (0.54)    (1.74)
Income (Loss) per Share--Assuming
 Dilution(j):
 Continuing Operations.......................     0.41      (0.23)    (1.74)
 Net Income (Loss)...........................     0.09      (0.54)    (1.74)
OTHER DATA:
EBIT (k)..................................... $ 21,288   $ (3,354) $ (3,354)
Depreciation and Amortization................    7,208      6,943     6,943
                                              --------   --------  --------
EBITDA(l)....................................   28,496      3,589     3,589
Items relating to Settlement of Contingent
 Liabilities and Other Adjustments...........   (5,296)     2,302     2,302
                                              --------   --------  --------
Adjusted EBITDA(m)........................... $ 23,200   $  5,891  $  5,891
                                              ========   ========  ========
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Pro Forma
 Interest
 Expense--Net................................      --         --         (n)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(o)........     3.17x       --        --
Capital Expenditures......................... $  8,002   $  7,433  $  7,433
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS OF END OF PERIOD):
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net........... $141,092   $140,964  $140,964
Total Assets.................................  589,404    617,758   636,718
Long-Term Obligations (Including Current
 Installments)...............................  161,728    208,291   481,592
Redeemable Preferred Stock...................      --         --    163,080
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)...............  173,768    197,509  (219,912)
</TABLE>
 
                                          (see footnotes on the following pages)
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
 
              NOTES TO SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
(a) Prior to July 14, 1995, the Company was a subsidiary of Astrum International
    Corp. ("Astrum"). On July 14, 1995, Astrum merged with Samsonite Corporation
    and changed its name to Samsonite Corporation. In June 1993, Astrum
    completed a financial restructuring pursuant to a plan of reorganization
    under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Plan").
    Effective June 30, 1993 and pursuant to the American Institute of Certified
    Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7 entitled "Financial Reporting
    by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code" ("SOP 90-7"), the
    Company was required to adjust its assets and liabilities to their fair
    ("fresh start") values and create a new entity for financial reporting
    purposes. For purposes of this presentation and in order to compare full
    fiscal years, the results for the five months ended June 30, 1993 and the
    seven months ended January 31, 1994 have been combined. As a result of the
    effects of SOP 90-7 on amortization of intangibles, depreciation, interest
    expense, and reorganization items, the periods before and after June 30,
    1993 are not comparable. See "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated
    Financial Data" for a presentation of separate results for such five and
    seven month periods in accordance with SOP 90-7 .
(b) The Company acquired American Tourister in August 1993. Net sales for the
    combined periods comprising the year ended January 31, 1994 include net
    sales of $47.7 million of American Tourister for five months. Net sales for
    the fiscal years ended January 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 include net sales
    for American Tourister of $117.8 million, $115.0 million and $147.3
    million, respectively. Because of the consolidation of American Tourister
    wholesale operations with the Company's, comparable American Tourister
    sales amount are not available for fiscal year 1998.
(c) Selling, General and Administrative Expenses include $5.4 million of
    expenses during the year ended January 31, 1997 for (i) consulting fees to
    establish the restructuring plan ($0.8 million), (ii) the cessation of the
    former chief executive officer's employment and the change in management
    ($4.1 million) and (iii) expenses in excess of the original provision in
    fiscal 1996 for the consolidation of American Tourister manufacturing
    facilities ($0.5 million).
(d) Pro forma Selling, General and Administrative Expenses for the fiscal year
    ended January 31, 1998 have been adjusted to reflect a $4.8 million charge
    for estimated expenses associated with the process of exploring
    alternatives to enhance stockholder value, including the Recapitalization,
    and a $0.4 million charge for deferred financing costs related to the
    Company's Old Credit Facility (as defined herein). Such expenses will be
    charged to operations in fiscal 1999. In connection with the
    Recapitalization, certain adjustments and modifications have been made to
    outstanding employee stock options as a result of the consummation of the
    Tender Offer. Such adjustments will result in increased compensation
    expense of approximately $3.9 million in the second quarter of fiscal 1999,
    $0.4 million during the remainder of fiscal 1999 and $0.8 million in fiscal
    2000. Such increased compensation expense is not reflected in Pro Forma
    Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.
(e) As discussed in note (a) above, the Company adjusted its assets and
    liabilities to their fresh start values effective June 30, 1993. Since June
    30, 1993, the Company's statements of operations include amortization and
    depreciation related to these fresh start adjustments. The most significant
    fresh start adjustment relates to recording Reorganization Value in Excess
    of Identifiable Assets, which was amortized over a three-year period which
    ended in June 1996. In addition, fresh start amortization includes
    amortization of fresh start adjustments to reflect the fair value of
    trademarks, licenses, patents and other intangibles, which are being
    amortized over periods from one to forty years. Fresh start amortization
    and depreciation also includes depreciation of fresh start adjustments to
    reflect the fair value of property and equipment, depreciated over their
    estimated useful lives ranging primarily from two to six years.
 
  Fresh Start Amortization and Depreciation consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                    YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,        APRIL 30,
                                   ------------------------- -------------------
                                     1996     1997    1998     1997      1998
                                   -------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>
   FRESH START AMORTIZATION:
   Amortization of Reorganization
    Value in Excess of
    Identifiable Assets..........  $ 55,072 $ 22,947 $   --  $     --  $     --
   Amortization of Licenses,
    Patents and Trademarks and
    Other........................     7,823    7,976   6,184     1,607     1,432
                                   -------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
     Total Fresh Start
      Amortization Included in
      Amortization of
      Intangibles................    62,895   30,923   6,184     1,607     1,432
                                   -------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
   FRESH START DEPRECIATION--
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
   Included in Cost of Goods
    Sold.........................     2,895    2,914   2,093       685       411
   Included in Selling, General
    and Administrative Expenses..       643      647     461       151        90
                                   -------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
     Total Fresh Start
      Depreciation...............     3,538    3,561   2,554       836       501
                                   -------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
   Total Fresh Start Amortization
    and Depreciation.............  $ 66,433 $ 34,484 $ 8,738 $   2,443 $   1,933
                                   ======== ======== ======= ========= =========
</TABLE>
 
    For information with respect to the impact of fair value adjustments
  attributable to the reorganization of Astrum, restructuring and certain
  other expenses, see "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated
  Financial Information."
 
                                      (footnotes continue on the following page)
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
(f) Other Income--Net for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months
    ended April 30, 1997 and 1998 consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                              YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,         APRIL 30,
                              ------------------------  ----------------------
                               1996    1997     1998     1997     1998
                              ------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                        <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
   Net realized gains from
    foreign currency forward
    delivery contracts......  $ (494) $ 2,829  $ 6,463  $   918  $   675
   Rental income............   1,735    1,987    1,633      522      252
   Equity in loss of uncon-
    solidated affiliate.....     --       (33)    (547)     (61)    (235)
   Pension expense related
    to merged plans.........     --       --      (706)     --       --
   Foreign currency transac-
    tion losses, net........  (1,660)    (211)  (1,834)    (370)     (77)
   Unrealized gains from
    foreign currency forward
    delivery contracts......     --       --       --     2,729      753
   Gain (Loss) on disposi-
    tion of fixed assets,
    net.....................    (245)     (62)    (377)      (7)     737
   Other, net...............    (737)  (1,120)  (1,247)    (418)  (1,107)
   Favorable settlement of
    claims..................     --     3,802    2,060    2,128      --
   Adjustment of allowances
    relating to previous op-
    erations................     --       529    5,299    1,458      --
   Adjustment of contingent
    tax accruals............     --       --    12,700      --       --
   Collection of loans to
    settlement trust........     --       --     4,850      --       --
   Adjustment of liability
    for PBGC claims.........     --    11,100      --       --       --
   Gain on sale of televi-
    sion station............   5,368      --       --       --       --
                              ------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                              $3,967  $18,821  $28,294  $ 6,899  $   998
                              ======  =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
  Results of Operations" for further information with respect to the items
  comprising Other Income--Net.
 
(g) Interest Expense--Net consists of interest expense and amortization of debt
    issuance costs and premium less interest income.
 
(h) Pro forma Interest Expense-Net gives effect to the issuance of the Notes,
    and additional borrowings under the New Credit Facility, including the
    amortization of debt issuance costs. The foregoing increases Interest
    Expense-Net by approximately $33.0 million and $8.6 million for the year
    ended January 31, 1998 and the three months ended April 30, 1998,
    respectively. Pro forma Interest Expense-Net consists of the following (in
    millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             JANUARY 31, 1998   APRIL 30, 1998
                                             ---------------- ------------------
   <S>                                       <C>              <C>
   Notes...................................       $37.6             $ 9.4
   New Credit Facility (8.4% on U.S. Term
    Loan and 6.1% on Europe Term Loan).....         9.2               2.3
   Capital lease obligations and other for-
    eign borrowings........................         4.4               1.3
   Non-cash amortization of capitalized
    fees and expenses......................         1.7               0.4
   Less interest income....................        (2.6)             (0.8)
                                                  -----             -----
      Net Interest Expense.................       $50.3             $12.6
                                                  =====             =====
</TABLE>
 
(i) Pro forma Income Tax Expense reflects the tax effect of the additional
    interest expense described in note (h) above and the tax effect of certain
    other expenses referred to in note (d) above (an aggregate decrease of
    $14.5 million and $3.3 million in Income Tax Expense for the year ended
    January 31, 1998 and the three months ended April 30, 1998, respectively).
 
(j) Pro forma income (loss) per share data reflects the deduction of pro-forma
    dividends, the amortization of issuance costs related to the Senior
    Preferred Stock and the amortization of the aggregate value assigned to the
    Warrants of $5.82 million, which will be amortized over the twelve-year
    term of the Senior Preferred Stock.
 
(k) EBIT is defined as Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations plus Interest
    Expense-Net and Income Tax Expense plus Minority Interest in Earnings of
    Subsidiaries less Reorganization Items plus, in the case of pro forma EBIT,
    certain expenses described in note (d) above.
 
(l) EBITDA is defined as EBIT (as defined above) plus amortization and
    depreciation. The Company believes that EBITDA provides useful information
    regarding the Company's ability to service its indebtedness, but it should
    not be considered in isolation or as a
 
                                      (footnotes continue on the following page)
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
   substitute for operating income or cash flow from operations (in each case
   as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles)
   as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or as a measure of
   the Company's liquidity. Other companies may calculate EBITDA in a
   different manner than the Company. EBITDA does not take into consideration
   substantial costs and cash flows of doing business, such as interest
   expense, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. EBITDA does not
   represent funds available for discretionary use by the Company because
   those funds are required for debt service, capital expenditures to replace
   fixed assets, working capital and other commitments and contingencies.
   EBITDA is not an accounting term and is not used in generally accepted
   accounting principles.
 
(m) Adjustments to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA include various income
    and expense items included in EBIT and EBITDA which management believes
    should be excluded in order to reflect recurring operating performance.
    These items include:
 
  (i) Provision for Restructuring Operations of $2.4 million, $10.7 million
      and $3.6 million for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $2.6
      million for the three months ended April 30, 1998. In fiscal 1998, the
      Company's statement of operations reflects a net Provision for
      Restructuring Operations of $1.9 million which is comprised of a gross
      restructuring charge of $3.6 million for the fiscal year net of a $1.7
      million credit for expenses not incurred with respect to fiscal 1997's
      $10.7 million Provision of Restructuring Operations;
 
  (ii) Other Income--Net, except for certain recurring transactions including
       net gains from foreign currency forward delivery contracts, rental
       income, equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate and pension expense
       related to merged plans (which are reflected in the first four line
       items in note (f) above); and
 
  (iii) Unfavorable production variances of $4.1 million during the second
        half of fiscal 1998 arising from production problems in the Company's
        North American manufacturing operations. These problems primarily
        related to implementation of the strategic plan announced in May 1996
        and, in the judgment of management, were nonrecurring. EBITDA has not
        been adjusted for production variances in prior years (which totaled
        $3.0 million and $2.4 million in fiscal 1996 and 1997, respectively)
        or for $5.0 million of additional production variances in fiscal
        1998.
 
  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
  Results of Operations" for further information with respect to these items.
 
(n) The ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Pro forma Interest Expense--Net for the 12
    months ended April 30, 1998 was 1.90x.
 
(o) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, fixed
    charges consist of interest (including the interest component of rental
    expenses), amortization of debt expense and dividends (including the
    amortization of issuance costs related to the Senior Preferred Stock and
    the amortization of the aggregate value assigned to the Warrants) on
    preferred stock. Earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations
    before taxes, plus fixed charges. For the seven months ended January 31,
    1994, the fiscal years ended January 31, 1995 and 1996, the three months
    ended April 30, 1998 and on a pro forma basis for the three months ended
    April 30, 1998, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $19.4
    million, $36.6 million, $40.7 million, $7.1 million and $25.9 million,
    respectively. No ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended
    January 31, 1994 is presented because it is not meaningful due to the
    significant effect of applying SOP 90-7. Earnings from continuing
    operations before taxes include significant nonrecurring amounts related
    to various items from the settlement of certain continuing liabilities
    from previous operations.
 
(p) Includes the effects of SOP 90-7 "fresh start" adjustments recorded at
    June 30, 1993, net of depreciation and amortization. Pursuant to SOP 90-7,
    the net book value of property and equipment was increased by $34 million
    and intangible and other assets were increased by $530 million.
 
(q) Pursuant to SOP 90-7, under the Plan effected in June 1993, $1.5 billion
    in long-term debt subject to compromise, including accrued interest, was
    forgiven in exchange for $500 million principal amount of senior secured
    notes, approximately $342 million in cash and 15 million shares of common
    stock. In July 1995, the senior secured notes were redeemed with the
    proceeds from the sale of the 11 1/8% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes
    and borrowings under the Company's U.S. banking lines.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  Holders of Old Notes should consider carefully all of the information set
forth in this Prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the following
risks before tendering their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, although the
risk factors set forth below (other than "--Consequences of Failure to
Exchange and Requirements for Transfer of New Notes") are generally applicable
to the Old Notes as well as the New Notes.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE AND REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER OF NEW NOTES
 
  Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a
consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or
in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes
may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not
currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act.
Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission, as set forth in no-
action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that New Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered
for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any
such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes. However, the Commission has not considered the Exchange
Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that
the staff of the Commission would make a similar determination with respect to
the Exchange Offer as in such other circumstances. Each holder, other than a
broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend
to engage in, a distribution of New Notes and has no arrangement or
understanding to participate in a distribution of New Notes. If any holder is
an "affiliate" of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act), is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement
or understanding with respect to the distribution of New Notes to be acquired
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely on the
applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that
receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and
by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-
dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.
For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will make this
Prospectus, as amended or supplemented from time to time, available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of
Distribution." However, to comply with the securities laws of certain
jurisdictions, if applicable, the New Notes may not be offered or sold unless
they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdictions or an
exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied
with. See "The Exchange Offer--Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes."
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; ABILITY TO SERVICE INDEBTEDNESS
 
  As a result of the Recapitalization, the Company is highly leveraged. After
giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization, as of April 30, 1998, the
Company would have had total indebtedness of $490.7 million and stockholders'
equity would have been a deficit of $225.7 million. The New Credit Facility
and the Indenture permit the Company to incur or guarantee certain additional
indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. See "Description of the Notes"
and "Description of New Credit Facility."
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  In addition, this substantial leverage will have a negative effect on the
Company's net income. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998, the
Company's net income on a pro forma basis as adjusted to give effect to the
Recapitalization would have been $10.8 million, including non-recurring gains,
net of tax expense, of approximately $20.3 million, compared to the historical
net income of $40.7 million for such period. Pro forma net interest expense
would have been $50.3 million for the year ended January 31, 1998, as compared
to $17.3 million for the same period on an historical basis.
 
  The Company's high degree of leverage could have important consequences to
holders of Notes, including but not limited to the following: (i) the
Company's ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital
expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired in
the future; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from
operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on its
indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to the Company for its
operations and other purposes, including capital expenditures; (iii) the
Company may be substantially more leveraged than certain of its competitors,
which may place the Company at a competitive disadvantage; (iv) the Company
may be hindered in its ability to adjust rapidly to changing market
conditions; and (v) the Company's substantial degree of leverage could make it
more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in general economic conditions or
its business or changing market conditions.
 
  The Company's ability to repay or to refinance its obligations with respect
to its indebtedness will depend on its future financial and operating
performance, which, in turn, will be subject to prevailing economic and
competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, economic and other
factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control. These factors could
include operating difficulties, increased operating costs, product pricing
pressures, the response of competitors, and delays in implementing strategic
plans. The Company's ability to meet its debt service and other obligations
may depend in significant part on the extent to which the Company can
implement successfully its business strategy. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to implement its strategy fully or that the
anticipated results of its strategy will be realized.
 
  If the Company's cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund
its debt service obligations, the Company may be forced to reduce or delay
capital expenditures, sell assets, or seek to obtain additional equity
capital, or to refinance or restructure its debt. There can be no assurance
that the Company's cash flow and capital resources will be sufficient for
payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on its indebtedness
in the future, or that any such alternative measures would be successful or
would permit the Company to meet its scheduled debt service obligations. In
addition, because the Company's obligations under the New Credit Facility bear
interest at floating rates, an increase in interest rates could adversely
affect, among other things, the Company's ability to meet its financing
obligations.
 
SUBORDINATION; ABSENCE OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
 
  The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company, subordinated in
right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company to the
extent set forth in the Indenture. As of April 30, 1998, after giving pro
forma effect to the Recapitalization, the aggregate amount of outstanding
Senior Debt of the Company would have been approximately $126.7 million. The
subordination provisions of the Indenture provide that no payment other than
in Qualified Capital Stock (as defined herein) of the Company or subordinated
debt securities of the Company that require no payment of principal prior to
the stated maturity of the Notes and that are subordinated and junior in right
of payment to Senior Debt at least to the same extent as the Notes may be made
by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary (as defined herein),
including, without limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, for or on
account of the Notes or any Obligations (as defined herein) under the Notes or
the Indenture, or for or on account of the purchase, redemption or other
acquisition of the Notes or any Obligations under the Notes or the Indenture,
and neither the Trustee (as defined herein) nor any holder or owner of any
Notes shall take or receive from the Company or any Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly in any manner, payment in respect of all or any portion of Notes or
for or on account of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the
Notes or in respect of any other Obligations under the Notes or the Indenture
following the
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
occurrence of a Payment Default (as defined herein) and such prohibition shall
continue until such Payment Default is cured, waived in writing or ceases to
exist. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Non-
Payment Event of Default (as defined herein) on any Designated Senior Debt (as
defined herein), no payment or distribution of any assets or securities of the
Company of any kind of character other than Qualified Capital Stock of the
Company or subordinated debt securities of the Company that require no payment
of principal prior to the stated maturity of the Notes and that are
subordinated and junior in right of payment to Senior Debt at least to the
same extent as the Notes may be made by the Company, including, without
limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, for or on account of the Notes or
any Obligations under the Notes or the Indenture, or for or on account of the
purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Notes or any other Obligations
under the Notes or the Indenture for a designated period of time. Upon any
payment or distribution of assets of the Company upon liquidation,
dissolution, reorganization or any similar proceeding, the holders of Senior
Debt will be entitled to receive prior indefeasible payment and satisfaction
in full in cash before the holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any
payment. See "Description of the Notes--Subordination."
 
  The Company's obligations under the New Credit Facility are secured by a
security interest in certain capital stock of certain Subsidiaries of the
Company and contain certain restrictions and covenants customary to bank
credit facilities, including the maintenance of specified financial ratios. In
the event of a default under the New Credit Facility, or a bankruptcy,
liquidation or reorganization of the Company or certain of its Subsidiaries,
the lenders thereunder will have a prior, secured claim on such capital stock.
See "Description of New Credit Facility."
 
  In addition, the rights of the Company and its creditors, including holders
of the Notes, to realize upon the assets of a Subsidiary of the Company upon
such Subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior
claims of such Subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent that the Company
may itself be a creditor with recognized claims against such Subsidiary; in
such case, the Company's claim would nevertheless be subject to any security
interests in the assets of such Subsidiary and subordinated to any
indebtedness of such Subsidiary senior to claims of the Company. As of April
30, 1998, after giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization, the
liabilities of the Company's Subsidiaries would have totaled $211.6 million,
including approximately $109.2 million of trade payables and obligations other
than for borrowed money. Approximately 60% of the Company's net sales and
approximately 58% of the Company's operating income prior to amortization of
intangibles for fiscal 1998 were derived from operations conducted through
Subsidiaries.
 
  Although a majority of the Company's assets is held through Subsidiaries
which will not be guarantors of the Company's obligations under the Notes, the
Company is an operating company with substantial assets. In order to provide
the Company with flexibility to operate its business as an integrated
enterprise, the Indenture does not restrict the Company's ability to transfer
assets to its Restricted Subsidiaries. While the Company has no intention of
transferring operating assets to its Subsidiaries, except in the ordinary
course of business, there is no restriction on the Company's ability to
transfer all of its assets to its Restricted Subsidiaries, thereby becoming a
holding company whose only assets consist of the capital stock of its
Subsidiaries.
 
RECENT EVENTS AND RECAPITALIZATION
 
  On January 7, 1998, the Company announced it had engaged Goldman, Sachs &
Co. as financial advisor to assist in the process of exploring various
strategic alternatives designed to enhance stockholder value. On March 20,
1998, the Company's Board of Directors approved a recapitalization plan,
pursuant to which the Company planned to pay a special cash dividend to
stockholders of $12.50 per share. Consummation of this recapitalization plan
and payment of the $12.50 dividend per share was subject to a number of
conditions, including the closing of a new bank credit facility, the
successful retirement of the Company's outstanding 11 1/8% Series B
Subordinated Notes (the "Series B Notes") (which were substantially retired in
April 1998 as discussed below), and declaration of the dividend by the
Company's Board of Directors. The Company also previously announced that it
was engaged in discussions with third parties concerning a possible
transaction whereby approximately 50% of the Company's equity would be
acquired by a third party and stockholders would receive cash payments in the
range of $30.00 per share and retain a significant equity interest in the
Company. The Company expects to record charges in the second quarter of fiscal
1999 for financial, legal and other expenses associated with the process of
exploring these alternative plans which were not ultimately consummated.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
  The Company completed a tender offer on April 23, 1998 for $52.3 million out
of the $52.8 million outstanding principal amount of the Series B Notes at a
price of $115.35 per $100 of principal. The Company's previous senior credit
facility was amended to allow for financing the retirement of the Series B
Notes from borrowings thereunder. The Company incurred a pre-tax charge to
earnings of approximately $10 million during the first quarter of fiscal 1999
for the premium paid to repurchase the Series B Notes and other charges
related to the transaction.
 
  On March 23, 1998, the Company announced a restructuring of its Torhout,
Belgium manufacturing operations. The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of
approximately $2.6 million during the first quarter of fiscal 1999 in
connection with the restructuring. The restructuring provision is primarily
related to termination and severance costs for the elimination of
approximately 111 positions.
 
  As discussed under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," the Company expects U.S. wholesale sales
to be depressed through at least the first half of fiscal 1999 because of
various factors which affected U.S. wholesale sales in fiscal 1998, including
the adverse impact of price increases and pricing strategies, market
disruptions and retailer discounting issues associated with various forms of
cross distribution-channel sales, and forecasting and production scheduling
errors. Commencing in February 1998, management began a detailed study and
evaluation of the Company's U.S. hardside production operations in light of
declining U.S. hardside sales and various marketing issues that the Company is
encountering in the United States. These issues, as well as the decision to
source international hardside products from other production facilities
located closer to the Company's international customers, instead of from its
Denver plant, have resulted in an inventory build-up and reduced hardside
production requirements in the United States. Based on management's
evaluation, on May 14, 1998, the Company approved a plan to further
restructure its U.S. production operations to bring the unit volume and
workforce in the Denver plant into line with expected sales and to achieve a
better balance between fixed and variable costs with respect to this facility.
The restructuring plan calls for a substantial reduction in workforce, as well
as the disposal of molding and other equipment that represents excess
capacity. As a result, during the second quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company
has recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $5.5 million (of which
approximately $2.2 million is non-cash). The Company also expects to incur
additional cash costs of approximately $0.3 million in connection with the
restructuring plan that will be expensed as they are incurred. The Company
expects that the restructuring will be substantially completed by July 31,
1998, and that the annualized cost savings from the restructuring will be
approximately $5.9 million. The foregoing estimate of annual cost savings
constitutes forward looking information and involves known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual cost savings to be
materially different from the foregoing estimate. In addition to the general
factors discussed under "--Implementation of Business Strategy; Forward
Looking Statements" such estimate of annual cost savings is based on a variety
of other factors and was derived utilizing numerous important assumptions,
including (i) achieving estimated reductions in headcount at currently
projected severance cost levels, while maintaining work flow, (ii) achieving a
sufficient level of sales necessary to yield planned production efficiencies
and absorption of fixed costs, (iii) eliminating certain components of fixed
overhead without affecting the Company's ability to manage the downsized
production facility efficiently, (iv) the willingness of the affected
employees to accept more flexible work rules and (v) no disruption to planned
production schedules. The failure of one or more of these assumptions to be
realized may cause the actual annual cost savings to differ materially from
the foregoing estimate.
 
  In connection with the Recapitalization, certain adjustments and
modifications were made to outstanding employee stock options as a result of
the consummation of the Tender Offer. Such adjustments will result in
increased compensation expense of approximately $3.9 million in the second
quarter of fiscal 1999, $0.4 million during the remainder of fiscal 1999 and
$0.8 million in fiscal 2000. See note (d) of "Notes to Summary Consolidated
Financial Information." The pro forma financial information contained herein
does not reflect such increased compensation expense.
 
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS; CURRENCY RISKS
 
  Approximately 48% of the Company's net sales for fiscal 1998 were
attributable to its European sales and other foreign operations and export
sales from the United States. In addition to its European manufacturing and
distribution subsidiaries, the Company has a 100% owned Mexican manufacturing
and distribution company and is a partner in joint ventures in Singapore,
South Korea, India, Brazil and China. The Company also has a wholly owned
distribution organization in Hong Kong. The Company's operations may be
affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in some of the
countries where the Company has manufacturing facilities or where its products
are sold. In addition, factors such as changes in economic or political
conditions in any of the countries in which the Company operates could result
in unfavorable exchange rates, new or additional currency or exchange
controls, other restrictions being imposed on the operations of the Company,
or expropriation. The Company's operations may also be adversely affected by
significant fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar or the failure of a
partner in an international joint venture to meet performance expectations.
When appropriate, the Company enters into foreign exchange contracts in order
to reduce its economic exposure on certain foreign operations and/or royalty
agreements through the use of forward delivery commitments. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business."
 
COMPETITION
 
  The Company competes with many domestic and international companies in its
global markets. Samsonite competes on brand name, consumer advertising,
product innovation, quality, differentiation of product features, customer
service and price. The worldwide luggage market is highly fragmented, with the
vast majority of individual competitors having annual sales that are less than
10% of the Company's sales; nevertheless, the Company has many competitors.
Barriers to entry into the manufacturing of softside luggage are very low and
the Company faces competition from many low cost manufacturers of inexpensive,
softside luggage products. In contrast to the softside luggage market, more
significant capital costs are necessary to enter the manufacturing of hardside
luggage; nonetheless, the Company has several hardside luggage competitors in
its major U.S. and European markets. See "Business--Competition."
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
 
  The New Credit Facility contains numerous financial and operating covenants,
including restrictions on the ability of the Company to pay dividends; incur
indebtedness; merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of its
assets; make certain sales of assets; make investments in joint ventures; make
capital expenditures; create, incur or permit the existence of certain liens,
and requires the Company to achieve and maintain certain financial ratios. See
"Description of New Credit Facility." Such financial covenants affect the
operating flexibility of the Company. The failure to comply with the covenants
would result in a default and permit the lenders under the New Credit Facility
to accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness issued thereunder, and the
Company could be prohibited from making any payments on the Notes. In
addition, the Indenture contains a number of restrictive covenants relating to
the Company.
 
CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDER
 
  Affiliates of Apollo Advisors, L.P. (collectively, "Apollo") beneficially
own approximately 34.10% of the outstanding Common Stock. See "Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management." By reason of such
percentage ownership, Apollo may have significant control over the management
and policies of the Company.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
LITIGATION AND CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS
 
  In May 1993, the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of
New York confirmed Astrum's Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, pursuant to
which Astrum effected a comprehensive restructuring that, among other things,
created certain contingent obligations. In addition, the Company is a party to
certain currently pending litigation, including recently filed purported class
action lawsuits. See "Business--Legal Proceedings" and Note 14 to the
Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
Prospectus for a description of these matters.
 
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE RISKS
 
  The incurrence by the Company of indebtedness, including indebtedness in
connection with the New Credit Facility and the Notes, and the subsequent
transfer of a portion of the proceeds thereof to the Company's stockholders to
purchase Common Stock in the Tender Offer, may be subject to review under
relevant federal and state fraudulent conveyance statutes in a bankruptcy,
reorganization or rehabilitation case or similar proceeding or in a lawsuit by
or on behalf of unpaid creditors of the Company. Under these fraudulent
conveyance statues, if a court were to find that, at the time of the
Recapitalization, (i) the Company incurred the indebtedness and purchased the
Common Stock in the Tender Offer with the intent of hindering, delaying or
defrauding current or future creditors or (ii)(a) the Company received less
than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in connection with the
Recapitalization and (b) the Company (1) was insolvent or was rendered
insolvent by reason of the Recapitalization, including the incurrence of the
indebtedness related thereto, (2) was engaged in a business or transaction for
which its assets constituted unreasonably small capital, (3) intended to
incur, or believed that it would incur obligations beyond its ability to pay
as such obligations mature (as the foregoing terms are defined in or
interpreted under the fraudulent conveyance statutes) or (4) was a defendant
in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed
against it (if, in either case, after final judgment the judgment is
unsatisfied), such court could determine to invalidate such indebtedness, in
whole or in part, as a fraudulent conveyance or subordinate such indebtedness
to existing or future creditors of the Company.
 
IMPLEMENTATION OF BUSINESS STRATEGY; FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
  The Company's business strategy includes plans to broaden product offerings
and channels of distribution, strengthen marketing and product innovation,
continue worldwide expansion, reduce excess working capital and resolve U.S.
wholesale issues. The Company's strategic plan should be considered in light
of the risks and expenses associated with implementing these strategies.
Successful implementation of these strategies will depend on numerous factors,
many of which are beyond the Company's control, including economic,
competitive and other conditions and uncertainties and the ability to retain
qualified management personnel. No assurance can be given that the Company
will be successful in implementing its business strategy.
 
  Certain statements under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this Prospectus (including certain
documents incorporated herein by reference) constitute "forward-looking
statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act
of 1995. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance
or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future
results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-
looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following: general
economic and business conditions, including foreign currency fluctuations;
industry capacity; changes in customer preferences; demographic changes;
competition; changes in methods of distribution and technology; changes in
political, social and economic conditions and local regulations, particularly
in Europe and Asia; general levels of economic growth in emerging market
countries such as India, China, Brazil, Argentina, and other Asian and South
American countries; the loss of any significant customers; completion of new
product developments within anticipated time frames; changes in interest
rates; and various other factors beyond the Company's control.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture),
the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase all of the
outstanding Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the purchase date. The occurrence
of certain of the events that would constitute a Change of Control would
constitute a default under the New Credit Facility and might constitute a
default under other indebtedness of the Company. In addition, the New Credit
Facility prohibits the purchase of the Notes by the Company in the event of a
Change of Control, unless and until such time as the indebtedness under the
New Credit Facility is repaid in full. The Company's failure to purchase the
Notes in such instance would result in a default under each of the Indenture
and the New Credit Facility. The inability to repay the indebtedness under the
New Credit Facility, if accelerated, could have material adverse consequences
to the Company and to the holders of the Notes. Future indebtedness of the
Company may also contain prohibitions of certain events or transactions that
could constitute a Change of Control or require such indebtedness to be
repurchased upon a Change of Control. See "Description of the Notes--Change of
Control." In the event of a Change of Control, there can be no assurance that
the Company would have sufficient assets to satisfy all of its obligations
under the New Credit Facility and the Notes.
 
LIMITATION ON NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS
 
  Following the Recapitalization, the ability of the Company to utilize its
net operating loss carryforwards for United States federal income tax purposes
may be subject to certain limitations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
EFFECT OF YEAR 2000 ISSUES ON COMPANY OPERATIONS
 
  The Company has conducted a review of its computer systems to identify the
systems that could be affected by the Year 2000 issue which results from
computer programs being written using two digits rather than four to define
the applicable year. Any computer programs that have time-sensitive software
may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000,
resulting in a major system failure or miscalculations. In the U.S., the
Company is installing new financial, manufacturing and distribution software
which is Year 2000 compliant. The Company is experiencing certain difficulties
in connection with the conversion of its systems to its new distribution
software, as described in the press release included as an exhibit to the
Company's report on Form 8-K, dated August 12, 1998, incorporated herein by
reference. See "Available Information" and "Incorporation of Certain Documents
by Reference." These new systems are being installed in response to other
business needs as well as Year 2000 issues. The Company's European division is
updating its systems to be Year 2000 compliant and expects this to be
completed during fiscal 1999. Other operations throughout the world are
generally using recently purchased software which is Year 2000 compliant. The
Company estimates it will spend approximately $8 million in the U.S. for new
systems by the end of fiscal 1999; costs incurred in Europe and the remainder
of the world for Year 2000 compliance are not expected to be material.
Although the Company believes it has identified internal Year 2000 issues
which might have a significant impact on operations, no assurance can be given
that all such issues have been identified or will be corrected. Additionally,
no assurances can be given that the Company's customers, vendors, banks or
other third parties will not experience Year 2000 issues which may have a
significant impact on the Company's operations.
 
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES
 
  The New Notes are being offered to the Holders of the Old Notes. The Old
Notes were issued on June 24, 1998 to a limited number of institutional
investors and are eligible for trading in the Private Offering, Resale and
Trading through Automated Linkages Market, the National Association of
Securities Dealers' screenbased, automated market for trading of securities
eligible for resale under Rule 144A. To the extent that Old Notes are tendered
and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for the remaining
untendered Old Notes could be adversely affected. There is no existing trading
market for the New Notes, and there can be no assurance regarding the future
development of a market for the New Notes, or the ability of holders of the
New Notes to sell their New Notes or the price at which such holders may be
able to sell their New Notes. If such a market were to develop, the New Notes
could trade at prices that may be higher or lower than the initial offering
price of the Old Notes depending on many factors, including prevailing
interest rates, the Company's operating results and the market for similar
securities. Although the Initial Purchasers have informed the Company that
they currently intend to make a market in the New Notes, they are not
obligated to do so, and any such market making may be discontinued at any time
without notice. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development
or liquidity of any market for the New Notes. The Company does not intend to
apply for listing of the New Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation
through the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
System.
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
                             THE RECAPITALIZATION
 
  The Old Notes were issued as part of the recapitalization of the Company
(the "Recapitalization") involving the repurchase pursuant to the Tender Offer
of 10.5 million shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $40.00 per share
($420 million in the aggregate) and the refinancing of certain existing
indebtedness. Concurrently with the consummation of the offering of the Old
Notes, the Company and its principal European subsidiary entered into the New
Credit Facility to obtain funds that, together with the net proceeds of the
offering of the Old Notes and the Concurrent Offering of units consisting of
Senior Preferred Stock and detachable warrants to purchase Common Stock, were
used to finance the Recapitalization. See "Concurrent Offering" and
"Description of New Credit Facility."
 
  The following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds in connection
with the Recapitalization (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                   <C>
   SOURCES:
     New Credit Facility--Term Loan Facilities.......................... $110.0
     Proceeds from sale of Old Notes....................................  350.0
     Proceeds from sale of Senior Preferred Stock and Warrants..........  175.0
                                                                         ------
         Total.......................................................... $635.0
                                                                         ======
   USES:
     Tender Offer....................................................... $420.0
     Repayment of existing indebtedness.................................  180.0
     Estimated fees and expenses(a).....................................   25.9
     Working capital....................................................    9.1
                                                                         ------
         Total.......................................................... $635.0
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Includes discounts and commissions payable in connection with the offering
    of the Old Notes and the Concurrent Offering, fees payable in connection
    with the New Credit Facility and investment banking, legal, accounting,
    printing and other miscellaneous fees and expenses in connection with the
    Recapitalization.
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
                              CONCURRENT OFFERING
 
  Concurrently with the consummation of the sale of the Old Notes, the Company
issued and sold $175 million aggregate liquidation preference of Senior
Preferred Stock and detachable warrants (the "Warrants") to purchase up to
1,959,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $13.02 per share
(subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments), in a transaction exempt
from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
The net proceeds to the Company from the Concurrent Offering were
approximately $168.9 million. The dividend rate on the Senior Preferred Stock
is 13 7/8% per annum, payable in cash or in additional shares of Senior
Preferred Stock at the option of the Company until the fifth anniversary of
its issuance and in cash thereafter. The dividend rate on the Senior Preferred
Stock is subject to increase upon the occurrence of certain events which
include the failure to pay cash dividends for any two or more quarterly
periods following the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Senior
Preferred Stock and any failure by the Company to comply with certain
covenants. The Senior Preferred Stock is mandatorily redeemable on the
12th anniversary of its issuance at a redemption price equal to its
liquidation preference plus accumulated and unpaid dividends.
 
  The Senior Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the Company at a
premium after the third anniversary of issuance and, subject to certain
limitations, exchangeable at the option of the Company at any time for junior
subordinated debentures of the Company or, at the option of the Company,
debentures of a holding company of the Company (in either case, the "Exchange
Debentures"), with an interest rate equal to the dividend rate on the Senior
Preferred Stock, payable in cash or in additional Exchange Debentures at the
option of the issuer thereof until the fifth anniversary of the issuance of
the Senior Preferred Stock and in cash thereafter. The Senior Preferred Stock
and the Exchange Debentures, if issued, will be redeemable at the option of
the holders thereof upon a change of control of the Company at a redemption
price of 101% of liquidation preference or principal amount as the case may
be, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends or interest thereon, as the case
may be, to the redemption date. The Senior Preferred Stock contains, and the
Exchange Debentures, if issued, will contain, certain covenants that, among
other things, limit the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness,
pay dividends and make certain other distributions, enter into transactions
with affiliates or merge or consolidate.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The net
proceeds from the offering of the Old Notes were approximately $337.7 million,
after deducting discounts and commissions and expenses related to the offering
of the Old Notes. The Company used such net proceeds, together with the net
proceeds from the Concurrent Offering and borrowings under the New Credit
Facility, to repurchase 10.5 million shares of its outstanding Common Stock
pursuant to the Tender Offer, to refinance certain existing indebtedness and
to pay related fees and expenses. The existing indebtedness of the Company
repaid consisted of borrowings under the Company's then existing senior credit
facility (the "Old Credit Facility"), which was terminated upon completion of
the offering of the Old Notes. As of April 30, 1998, there were approximately
$186.7 million of outstanding borrowings under the Old Credit Facility which
bore interest at a weighted average rate of approximately 5.8% per annum.
Affiliates of certain of the Initial Purchasers are agents and lenders under
the New Credit Facility. See "The Recapitalization," "Capitalization",
"Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information" and
"Plan of Distribution."
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth the cash and cash equivalents, short-term
obligations, and capitalization of the Company as of April 30, 1998, as
adjusted to give pro forma effect to the Recapitalization as if it had
occurred on April 30, 1998. See "The Recapitalization" and "Use of Proceeds."
The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Selected
Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the Company's consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AS OF APRIL 30, 1998
                                           --------------------------------
                                                                     AS
                                            ACTUAL    ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTED
                                           ---------  ----------- ---------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>         <C>
Cash and cash equivalents................. $   6,911   $   2,301  $   9,212
                                           =========   =========  =========
Short-term debt and current installments
 of long-term obligations................. $  13,746   $     --   $  13,746
                                           ---------   ---------  ---------
Long-term obligations:
  Old Credit Facility.....................   186,699    (186,699)       --
  New Credit Facility.....................       --      110,000    110,000
  Capital leases and other obligations....    16,398         --      16,398
  11 1/8% Series B Senior Subordinated
   Notes..................................       532         --         532
  Notes...................................       --      350,000    350,000
                                           ---------   ---------  ---------
    Total long-term obligations...........   203,629     273,301    476,930
                                           ---------   ---------  ---------
      Total obligations...................   217,375     273,301    490,676
                                           ---------   ---------  ---------
Redeemable Preferred Stock................       --      163,080    163,080 (a)
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value;
   2,000,000 shares authorized; no shares
   issued and outstanding.................       --          --         --
  Common stock, $.01 par value; 60,000,000
   shares authorized; 20,420,902 shares
   issued and outstanding; 9,920,902
   shares outstanding, as adjusted........       204         --         204
  Additional paid-in capital..............   419,283       5,820    425,103
  Accumulated deficit.....................  (206,098)     (3,241)  (209,339)
  Foreign currency translation adjust-
   ment...................................   (15,857)        --     (15,857)
  Unearned compensation-restricted stock..       (23)        --         (23)
  Treasury stock, at cost.................       --     (420,000)  (420,000)
                                           ---------   ---------  ---------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit).. $ 197,509   $(417,421) $(219,912)
                                           =========   =========  =========
      Total capitalization (including
       short-term debt, net of cash and
       cash equivalents).................. $ 407,973   $  16,659  $ 424,632
                                           =========   =========  =========
</TABLE>
- -------
(a) The carrying value of the Senior Preferred Stock (which is mandatorily
    redeemable) is recorded net of issuance costs of approximately $6.1
    million and the aggregate value assigned to the Warrants of $5.82 million,
    which will be amortized over the twelve-year term of the Senior Preferred
    Stock.
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
     SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
  The selected historical consolidated financial information for the Company
presented below has been derived from the Company's audited consolidated
financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1998,
1997, 1996 and 1995, the seven months ended January 31, 1994 and the five
months ended June 30, 1993 which have been restated for discontinued
operations and from the Company's unaudited consolidated financial statements
as of and for the three months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997. The Company's
unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months
ended April 30, 1998 and 1997 include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments, consisting only of normal nonrecurring adjustments, which the
Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position
and results of operations of the Company for these periods. Operating results
for the three months ended April 30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of
the results that may be expected for the full year. The selected historical
consolidated financial information presented below should be read in
conjunction with "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Company's consolidated
financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The pro forma financial information presented below gives effect
to the Recapitalization as if it had occurred on February 1, 1997, in the case
of the statement of operations and other data, and on the balance sheet date,
in the case of the balance sheet data. The selected pro forma financial data
are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily
indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have
occurred if the Recapitalization had been consummated on the dates indicated,
nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial
position.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               PREDECESSOR                                 REORGANIZED
                               COMPANY(A)                                   COMPANY(A)
                               -----------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          COMBINED
                                  FIVE          SEVEN      TWELVE
                                 MONTHS        MONTHS      MONTHS
                                  ENDED         ENDED       ENDED                 YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                JUNE 30,     JANUARY 31, JANUARY 31, -----------------------------------------------------
                                  1993          1994        1994       1995       1996      1997              1998
                               -----------   ----------- ----------- ---------  --------  --------    --------------------
                                                                                                      HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
                                                                                                      ---------- ---------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND RATIOS)
<S>                            <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net Sales(b).................   $192,519      $331,100    $523,619   $ 635,452  $675,209  $741,138     $736,875  $736,875
Cost of Goods Sold...........    113,032       196,777     309,809     373,967   414,691   449,333      424,349   424,349
                                --------      --------    --------   ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
Gross Profit.................     79,487       134,323     213,810     261,485   260,518   291,805      312,526   312,526
Selling, General and Adminis-
 trative
 Expenses....................     66,094        97,480     163,574     197,716   203,701   233,761(c)   234,257   239,485(d)
Amortization of Intangible
 Assets(e)...................        206        39,924      40,130      67,189    63,824    31,837        7,101     7,101
Provision for Restructuring
 Operations..................        --            --          --          --      2,369    10,670        1,866     1,866
                                --------      --------    --------   ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
Operating Income (Loss)......     13,187        (3,081)     10,106      (3,420)   (9,376)   15,537       69,302    64,074
Interest Income..............        --          4,342       4,342       2,909     4,709     1,419        2,574     2,574
Interest Expense and
 Amortization of Debt Issue
 Costs and Premium...........      4,404(f)     24,839      29,243      37,875    39,974    35,670       19,918    52,918(g)
Other Income--Net(h).........        360         5,504       5,864       2,729     3,967    18,821       28,294    28,294
Reorganization Items.........    462,447           --      462,447         --        --        --           --        --
Income Tax Expense...........      2,313         6,797       9,110      10,619     9,095    10,389       23,088     8,561(i)
Minority Interest in Earnings
 of
 Subsidiaries................       (901)       (1,148)     (2,049)       (931)   (1,385)   (1,041)        (287)     (287)
                                --------      --------    --------   ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
Income (Loss) from Continuing
 Operations..................    468,376       (26,019)    442,357     (47,207)  (51,154)  (11,323)      56,877    33,176
Income (Loss) from Operations
 Discontinued and Sold,
 Cumulative
 Effect of Change in
 Accounting
 Principles and Extraordinary
 Items.......................    456,448       (25,502)    430,946     (64,372)  (10,293)      --       (16,178)  (22,402)
                                --------      --------    --------   ---------  --------  --------     --------  --------
Net Income (Loss)............   $924,824      $(51,521)   $873,303   $(111,579) $(61,447) $(11,323)    $ 40,699  $ 10,774
                                ========      ========    ========   =========  ========  ========     ========  ========
Senior Preferred Stock
 Dividends(j)................                                                                                      26,570
                                                                                                                 --------
Net Income (Loss) Available
 to Common Stockholders......                                                                                    $(15,796)
                                                                                                                 ========
</TABLE>
 
                                        (table continues on the following page)
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
(table continued from the previous page)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          PREDECESSOR                               REORGANIZED
                          COMPANY(a)                                COMPANY(a)
                          ----------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   COMBINED
                             FIVE        SEVEN      TWELVE
                            MONTHS      MONTHS      MONTHS
                             ENDED       ENDED       ENDED                   YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                           JUNE 30,   JANUARY 31, JANUARY 31,    --------------------------------------------------
                             1993        1994        1994          1995      1996      1997            1998
                          ----------- ----------- -----------    --------  --------  --------  --------------------
                                                                                               HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
                                                                                               ---------- ---------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Income (Loss) per
 Share--Basic(j):
 Continuing Operations..                $(1.68)                  $  (3.05) $  (3.24) $   (.71)  $   2.81  $    .68
 Net Income (Loss)......                 (3.33)                     (7.22)    (3.89)     (.71)      2.01     (1.62)
Income (Loss) per
 Share--
 Assuming Dilution(j):
 Continuing Operations..                 (1.68)                     (3.05)    (3.24)     (.71)      2.70       .62
 Net Income (Loss)......                 (3.33)                     (7.22)    (3.89)     (.71)      1.93     (1.49)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS
 OF END OF PERIOD):
Property, Plant and
 Equipment, Net.........                          $  131,894(k)  $137,686  $140,912  $143,959   $142,351  $142,351
Total Assets............                           1,111,735(k)   866,000   607,443   592,658    610,049   654,682
Long-Term Obligations
 (Including Current
 Installments)..........                             573,197(l)   417,175   310,959   290,617    179,223   484,421
Redeemable Preferred
 Stock..................                                 --           --        --        --         --    163,080
Stockholders' Equity
 (Deficit)..............                             253,693(l)   148,472    25,116    24,998    208,886  (214,759)
OTHER DATA:
EBIT(m).................                          $   15,970     $   (691) $ (5,409) $ 34,358   $ 97,596  $ 97,596
Depreciation and                                      55,024       85,486    84,101    53,889     28,594    28,594
 Amortization...........                          ----------     --------  --------  --------   --------  --------
EBITDA(n)...............                              70,994       84,795    78,692    88,247    126,190   126,190
Items Relating to Set-
 tlement of Contingent
 Liabilities and Other                                (4,797)      (2,864)     (357)   (3,368)   (13,762)  (13,762)
 Adjustments............                          ----------     --------  --------  --------   --------  --------
Adjusted EBITDA(o)......                          $   66,197     $ 81,931  $ 78,335  $ 84,879   $112,428  $112,428
                                                  ==========     ========  ========  ========   ========  ========
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA
 to Pro Forma Interest
 Expense, Net(p)........                                 --           --        --        --         --       2.23x
Ratio of Earnings to
 Fixed Charges(q).......                                 --           --        --       1.00x      4.39x     1.05x
Capital Expenditures....                          $   13,095     $ 18,453  $ 21,668  $ 31,093   $ 36,313  $ 36,313
</TABLE>
 
                                          (see footnotes on the following pages)
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 REORGANIZED
                                                 COMPANY(a)
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30,
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                      1997                  1998
                                  ------------  ------------------------------
                                                  HISTORICAL      PRO FORMA
                                                --------------- --------------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>           <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net Sales(b)....................  $    169,562  $     156,676   $     156,676
Cost of Goods Sold..............        99,293         97,273          97,273
                                  ------------  -------------   -------------
Gross Profit....................        70,269         59,403          59,403
Selling, General and Administra-
 tive Expenses..................        54,656         59,621          59,621
Amortization of Intangible
 Assets(e)......................         1,824          1,526           1,526
Provision for Restructuring
 Operations.....................          (600)         2,608           2,608
                                  ------------  -------------   -------------
Operating Income (Loss).........        14,389         (4,352)         (4,352)
Interest Income.................           465            791             791
Interest Expense and
 Amortization of Debt Issue
 Costs and Premium..............         6,207          4,808          13,408 (g)
Other Income--Net(h)............         6,899            998             998
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)....         6,829         (2,924)         (6,192)(i)
Minority Interest in Earnings of
 Subsidiaries...................          (218)          (256)           (256)
                                  ------------  -------------   -------------
Income (Loss) from Continuing
 Operations.....................         8,499         (4,703)        (10,035)
Income (Loss) from Operations
 Discontinued and Sold,
 Cumulative Effect of Change in
 Accounting Principles and
 Extraordinary Items............        (6,633)        (6,224)            --
                                  ------------  -------------   -------------
Net Income (Loss)...............  $      1,866  $     (10,927)  $     (10,035)
                                  ============  =============   =============
Senior Preferred Stock
 Dividends(j)...................                                        7,210
                                                                -------------
Net Income (Loss) Available to
 Common Stockholders............                                $     (17,245)
                                                                =============
Income (Loss) per Share--
 Basic(j):
 Continuing Operations..........  $       0.43  $       (0.23)  $       (1.74)
 Net Income (Loss)..............          0.09          (0.54)          (1.74)
Income (Loss) per Share--
 Assuming Dilution(j):
 Continuing Operations..........          0.41          (0.23)          (1.74)
 Net Income (Loss)..............          0.09          (0.54)          (1.74)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS OF END OF
 PERIOD):
Property, Plant and Equipment,
 Net............................  $    141,092  $     140,964   $     140,964
Total Assets....................       589,404        617,758         636,718
Long-Term Obligations (Including
 Current Installments)..........       161,728        208,291         481,592
Redeemable Preferred Stock......           --             --          163,080
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)..       173,768        197,509        (219,912)
OTHER DATA:
EBIT(m).........................  $     21,288  $      (3,354)  $      (3,354)
Depreciation and Amortization...         7,208          6,943           6,943
                                  ------------  -------------   -------------
EBITDA(n).......................        28,496          3,589           3,589
Items Relating to Settlement of
 Contingent Liabilities and             (5,296)         2,302           2,302
 Other Adjustments..............  ------------  -------------   -------------
Adjusted EBITDA(o)..............  $     23,200  $       5,891   $       5,891
                                  ============  =============   =============
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Pro
 Forma Interest Expense, Net....           --             --               (p)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
 Charges(q).....................          3.17x           --              --
Capital Expenditures............  $      8,002  $       7,433   $       7,433
</TABLE>
 
                                          (see footnotes on the following pages)
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
 
IMPACT OF FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE REORGANIZATION OF ASTRUM,
RESTRUCTURINGS AND CERTAIN OTHER EXPENSES:
 
  Included in the Company's statements of operations are amortization and
depreciation related to adjustments of assets and liabilities to fair value in
connection with the adoption of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position 90-7 entitled "Financial Reporting by
Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code" ("SOP 90-7") in June
1993. The most significant adjustment related to reorganization value in
excess of identifiable assets which was amortized over the three-year period
ended June 1996. The Company also recorded fresh start adjustments to reflect
tradenames, licenses, patents, and other intangibles at their fair values,
which are being amortized over periods ranging from one to forty years.
Property and equipment adjusted to fair values in connection with the adoption
of SOP 90-7 are being depreciated over their respective useful lives,
primarily ranging from two to six years. In addition, the Company's statements
of operations include provisions for restructuring operations in fiscal 1996,
1997 and 1998 as well as certain other expenses associated with the fiscal
1997 restructuring and management team changes. Such other expenses in fiscal
1997 include those incurred for consulting services in connection with
establishing the fiscal 1997 restructuring plan, the cessation of the former
chief executive officer's employment, the hiring of new and additional members
of the executive management team, and for expenses incurred in excess of the
original fiscal 1996 provision for the consolidation of American Tourister
manufacturing facilities.
 
  Due to the significance of these items, management believes that it is
useful to isolate their impact on net income (loss) and operating income
(loss) as shown below. This information does not represent and should not be
considered an alternative to net income, any other measure of performance as
determined by generally accepted accounting principles or as an indicator of
operating performance. The information presented may not be comparable to
similar presentations reported by other companies.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                      1996            1997           1998
                                  -------------  --------------  -------------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                               <C>            <C>             <C>
IMPACT ON NET INCOME OR LOSS
Fresh Start Amortization and
 Depreciation(e)................  $      66,433  $       34,484  $       8,738
Provision for Restructuring Op-
 erations.......................          2,369          10,670          1,866
Certain Other Expenses Associ-
 ated with the Restructuring and
 Management Changes(c)..........            --            5,400            --
Tax Benefit.....................         (5,629)        (11,319)        (4,030)
                                  -------------  --------------  -------------
After-Tax Impact on Net Income
 or Loss........................  $      63,173  $       39,235  $       6,574
                                  =============  ==============  =============
Impact on Net Income or Loss Per
 Share--Assuming Dilution.......  $        4.00  $         2.38  $        0.31
                                  =============  ==============  =============
IMPACT ON OPERATING INCOME
 (LOSS)
Operating Income (Loss).........  $      (9,376) $       15,537  $      69,302
Fresh Start Amortization and
 Depreciation(e)................         66,433          34,484          8,738
Provision for Restructuring Op-
 erations.......................          2,369          10,670          1,866
Certain Other Expenses Associ-
 ated with the Restructuring and
 Management Changes(c)..........            --            5,400            --
                                  -------------  --------------  -------------
Operating Income Before Fresh
 Start Amortization and Depreci-
 ation, Provision for Restruc-
 turing Operations and Certain
 Other Expenses Associated with
 the Restructuring and Manage-
 ment Changes...................  $      59,426  $       66,091  $      79,906
                                  =============  ==============  =============
</TABLE>
 
                                         (see footnotes on the following pages)
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
 NOTES TO SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
(a) Prior to July 14, 1995, the Company was a subsidiary of Astrum
    International Corp. ("Astrum"). On July 14, 1995, Astrum merged with
    Samsonite Corporation and changed its name to Samsonite Corporation. In June
    1993, Astrum completed a financial restructuring pursuant to a plan of
    reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the
    "Plan"). Effective June 30, 1993 and pursuant to SOP 90-7, the Company was
    required to adjust its assets and liabilities to their fair ("fresh start")
    values and create a new entity for financial reporting purposes. The
    information for the "Predecessor Company" reflects activity occurring
    through June 30, 1993, prior to effectiveness of the Plan, and the
    information for the "Reorganized Company" reflects activity occurring after
    such date. As a result of the effects of SOP 90-7 on amortization of
    intangibles, depreciation, interest expense, and reorganization items, the
    periods before and after June 30, 1993 are not comparable .

(b) The Company acquired American Tourister in August 1993. Net sales for the
    combined periods comprising the year ended January 31, 1994 include net
    sales of $47.7 million of American Tourister for five months. Net sales
    for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 include net
    sales for American Tourister of $117.8 million, $115.0 million and $147.3
    million, respectively. Because of the consolidation of American Tourister
    wholesale operations with the Company's, comparable American Tourister
    sales amount are not available for fiscal year 1998.
(c) Selling, General and Administrative Expenses include $5.4 million of
    expenses during the year ended January 31, 1997 for (i) consulting fees to
    establish the restructuring plan ($0.8 million), (ii) the cessation of the
    former chief executive officer's employment and the change in management
    ($4.1 million) and (iii) expenses in excess of the original provision in
    fiscal 1996 for the consolidation of American Tourister manufacturing
    facilities ($0.5 million).
(d) Pro forma Selling, General and Administrative Expenses for the fiscal year
    ended January 31, 1998 have been adjusted to reflect a $4.8 million charge
    for estimated expenses associated with the process of exploring
    alternatives to enhance stockholder value, including the Recapitalization
    and a $0.4 million charge for deferred financing costs related to the Old
    Credit Facility. Such expenses will be charged to operations in fiscal
    1999. In connection with the Recapitalization, certain adjustments and
    modifications have been made to outstanding employee stock options as a
    result of the consummation of the Tender Offer. Such adjustments will
    result in increased compensation expense of approximately $3.9 million in
    the second quarter of fiscal 1999, $0.4 million during the remainder of
    fiscal 1999 and $0.8 million in fiscal 2000. Such increased compensation
    expense is not reflected in Pro Forma Selling, General and Administrative
    Expenses.
(e) As discussed in note (a) above, the Company adjusted its assets and
    liabilities to their fresh start values effective June 30, 1993. Since
    June 30, 1993, the Company's statements of operations include amortization
    and depreciation related to these fresh start adjustments. The most
    significant fresh start adjustment relates to recording Reorganization
    Value in Excess of Identifiable Assets, which was amortized over a three-
    year period which ended in June 1996. In addition, fresh start
    amortization includes amortization of fresh start adjustments to reflect
    the fair value of trademarks, licenses, patents and other intangibles,
    which are being amortized over periods from one to forty years. Fresh
    start amortization and depreciation also includes depreciation of fresh
    start adjustments to reflect the fair value of property and equipment,
    depreciated over their estimated useful lives ranging primarily from two
    to six years.
  Fresh Start Amortization and Depreciation consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                   YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,      APRIL 30,
                                   ---------------------- --------------------
                                    1996    1997    1998   1997    1998
                                   ------- ------- ------ ------- -------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                             <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     
   FRESH START AMORTIZATION:
   Amortization of Reorganization
    Value in Excess of Identifi-
    able Assets................... $55,072 $22,947 $  --  $   --  $   --
   Amortization of Licenses, Pat-
    ents and Trademarks and Oth-
    er............................   7,823   7,976  6,184   1,607   1,432
                                   ------- ------- ------ ------- -------
     Total Fresh Start Amortiza-
      tion Included in Amortiza-
      tion of
      Intangibles.................  62,895  30,923  6,184   1,607   1,432
                                   ------- ------- ------ ------- -------
   FRESH START DEPRECIATION--
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
   Included in Cost of Goods
    Sold..........................   2,895   2,914  2,093     685     411
   Included in Selling, General
    and Administrative Expenses...     643     647    461     151      90
                                   ------- ------- ------ ------- -------
     Total Fresh Start Deprecia-
      tion........................   3,538   3,561  2,554     836     501
                                   ------- ------- ------ ------- -------
   Total Fresh Start Amortization
    and Depreciation.............. $66,433 $34,484 $8,738 $ 2,443 $ 1,933
                                   ======= ======= ====== ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     (footnotes continue on the following page)
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
(f) In accordance with SOP 90-7, no interest expense on certain indebtedness
    outstanding prior to the effectiveness of the Plan was accrued from June
    25, 1992 through June 30, 1993.
 
(g) Pro forma Interest Expense and Amortization of Debt Issue Costs and
    Premium gives effect to the issuance of the Notes, and additional
    borrowings under the New Credit Facility, including the amortization of
    debt issuance costs. The foregoing increase Interest Expense and
    Amortization of Debt Issue Costs and Premium by approximately $33.0
    million and $8.6 million for the year ended January 31, 1998 and the three
    months ended April 30, 1998, respectively. Pro forma Interest Expense and
    Amortization of Debt Issue Costs and Premium consists of the following
    (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                              JANUARY 31, 1998   APRIL 30, 1998
                                             ----------------- ------------------
   <S>                                       <C>               <C>
   Notes...................................        $37.6             $ 9.4
   New Credit Facility (8.4% on U.S. Term
    Loan and 6.1% on
    Europe Term Loan)......................          9.2               2.3
   Capital lease obligations and other for-
    eign borrowings........................          4.4               1.3
   Non-cash amortization of capitalized
    fees and expenses......................          1.7               0.4
                                                   -----             -----
     Pro forma Interest Expense and Amorti-
      zation of Debt Issue Costs and Premi-
      um...................................        $52.9             $13.4
                                                   =====             =====
</TABLE>
 
(h) Other Income--Net for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months
    ended April 30, 1997 and 1998 consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,         APRIL 30,
                                ------------------------  --------------------
                                 1996    1997     1998      1997       1998
                                ------  -------  -------  ---------  ---------
                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                          <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
   Net realized gains from
    foreign currency forward
    delivery contracts........  $ (494) $ 2,829  $ 6,463  $     918  $     675
   Rental income..............   1,735    1,987    1,633        522        252
   Equity in loss of unconsol-
    idated affiliate..........     --       (33)    (547)       (61)      (235)
   Pension expense related to
    merged plans..............     --       --      (706)       --         --
   Foreign currency transac-
    tion losses, net..........  (1,660)    (211)  (1,834)      (370)       (77)
   Unrealized gains from for-
    eign currency forward de-
    livery contracts..........     --       --       --       2,729        753
   Gain (Loss) on disposition
    of fixed assets, net......    (245)     (62)    (377)        (7)       737
   Other, net.................    (737)  (1,120)  (1,247)      (418)    (1,107)
   Favorable settlement of
    claims....................     --     3,802    2,060      2,128        --
   Adjustment of allowances
    relating to previous oper-
    ations....................     --       529    5,299      1,458        --
   Adjustment of contingent
    tax accruals..............     --       --    12,700        --         --
   Collection of loans to set-
    tlement trust.............     --       --     4,850        --         --
   Adjustment of liability for
    PBGC claims...............     --    11,100      --         --         --
   Gain on sale of television
    station...................   5,368      --       --         --         --
                                ------  -------  -------  ---------  ---------
                                $3,967  $18,821  $28,294  $   6,899  $     998
                                ======  =======  =======  =========  =========
</TABLE>
 
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
  Results of Operations" for further information with respect to the items
  comprising Other Income--Net.
 
(i) Pro forma Income Tax Expense reflects the tax effect of the additional
    interest expense described in note (g) above and the tax effect of certain
    other expenses described in note (d) above (an aggregate decrease of $14.5
    million and $3.3 million in Income Tax Expense for the year ended January
    31, 1998 and the three months ended April 30, 1998, respectively).
 
(j) Pro forma income (loss) per share data reflects the deduction of pro forma
    dividends, the amortization of issuance costs related to the Senior
    Preferred Stock and the amortization of the aggregate value assigned to
    the Warrants of $5.82 million, which will be amortized over the twelve-
    year term of the Senior Preferred Stock.
 
                                     (footnotes continue on the following page)
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
(k) Includes the effects of SOP 90-7 "fresh start" adjustments recorded at
    June 30, 1993, net of depreciation and amortization. Pursuant to SOP 90-7,
    the net book value of property and equipment was increased by $34 million
    and intangible and other assets were increased by $530 million.
 
(l) Pursuant to SOP 90-7, under the Plan effected in June 1993, $1.5 billion
    in long-term debt subject to compromise, including accrued interest, was
    forgiven in exchange for $500 million principal amount of senior secured
    notes, approximately $342 million in cash and 15 million shares of common
    stock. In July 1995, the senior secured notes were redeemed with the
    proceeds from the sale of the 11 1/8% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes
    and borrowings under the Company's U.S. banking lines.
 
(m) EBIT is defined as Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations plus Interest
    Expense and Amortization of Debt Issue Costs and Premium and Income Tax
    Expense plus Minority Interest in Earnings of Subsidiaries less
    Reorganization Items plus, in the case of pro forma EBIT, certain expenses
    described in note (d) above.
 
(n) EBITDA is defined as EBIT (as defined above) plus amortization and
    depreciation. The Company believes that EBITDA provides useful information
    regarding the Company's ability to service its indebtedness, but it should
    not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or
    cash flow from operations (in each case as determined in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles) as an indicator of the Company's
    operating performance or as a measure of the Company's liquidity. Other
    companies may calculate EBITDA in a different manner than the Company.
    EBITDA does not take into consideration substantial costs and cash flows
    of doing business, such as interest expense, income taxes, depreciation
    and amortization. EBITDA does not represent funds available for
    discretionary use by the Company because those funds are required for debt
    service, capital expenditures to replace fixed assets, working capital and
    other commitments and contingencies. EBITDA is not an accounting term and
    is not used in generally accepted accounting principles.
 
(o) Adjustments to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA include various income
    and expense items included in EBIT and EBITDA which management believes
    should be excluded in order to reflect recurring operating performance.
    These items include:
 
    (i) Provision for Restructuring Operations of $2.4 million, $10.7
        million and $3.6 million for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998,
        respectively, and $2.6 million for the three months ended April 30,
        1998. In fiscal 1998, the Company's statement of operations
        reflects a net Provision for Restructuring Operations of $1.9
        million which is comprised of a gross restructuring charge of $3.6
        million for the fiscal year net of a $1.7 million credit for
        expenses not incurred with respect to fiscal 1997's $10.7 million
        Provision for Restructuring Operations;
 
    (ii) Other Income--Net, except for certain recurring transactions,
         including net gains from foreign currency forward delivery
         contracts, rental income, equity in loss of unconsolidated
         affiliate and pension expense related to merged plans (which are
         reflected in the first four line items in note (h) above); and
 
    (iii) Unfavorable production variances of $4.1 million during the
          second half of fiscal 1998 arising from production problems in
          the Company's North American manufacturing operations. These
          problems primarily related to implementation of the strategic
          plan announced in May 1996 and, in the judgment of management,
          were nonrecurring. EBITDA has not been adjusted for production
          variances in prior years (which totaled $3.0 million and $2.4
          million in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively) or for $5.0
          million of additional production variances in fiscal 1998.
 
  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
  Results of Operations" for further information with respect to these items.
 
                                     (footnotes continue on the following page)
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
(p) The ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Pro Forma Interest Expense--Net for the 12
    months ended April 30, 1998 was 1.90x.
 
(q) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, fixed
    charges consist of interest (including the interest component of rental
    expenses), amortization of debt expense and dividends on preferred stock.
    Earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations before taxes, plus
    fixed charges. For the seven months ended January 31, 1994, the fiscal
    years ended January 31, 1995 and 1996, the three months ended April 30,
    1998, and on a pro forma basis for the three months ended April 30, 1998,
    earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $19.4 million, $36.6
    million and $40.7 million, $7.1 million and $25.9 million, respectively.
    No ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended January 31, 1994
    is presented because it is not meaningful due to the significant effect of
    applying SOP 90-7. Earnings from continuing operations before taxes
    include significant nonrecurring amounts related to various items from the
    settlement of certain continuing liabilities from previous operations.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
"Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information" and the
consolidated financial statements of the Company and notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Company's fiscal year ends on January 31.
References to a fiscal year denote the calendar year in which the fiscal year
ended (for example, "fiscal 1998" refers to the 12 months ended January 31,
1998). The Company's continuing operations consist of a single business
segment, the manufacture and sale of luggage and luggage related products.
 
                             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
RECENT OPERATING RESULTS
 
  On August 12, 1998, the Company filed a report on Form 8-K incorporating a
press release issued the previous day. The press release announced that, based
on currently available information, its preliminary estimate of results for
the second quarter ended July 31, 1998 would be substantially below the
forecasts included in the Company's report on Form 8-K filed with the
Commission on May 20, 1998. It said that net sales for the second quarter are
expected to be in the range of $158.0 million to $163.0 million, EBIT is
expected to be a loss in the range of $11.0 million to $13.0 million, and
Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $6.5 million to $8.5
million. The Company's estimate of EBIT reflects $9.3 million of expenses
(which were not included in the forecasts prepared in May) associated with the
Tender Offer, including expenses associated with adjustments to employee stock
options as a result of the Tender Offer, which expenses have been excluded
from Adjusted EBITDA. The Company expects to report actual second quarter
results on or about September 14, 1998. See "Available Information" and
"Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference."
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 ("FISCAL 1999" OR "CURRENT YEAR") COMPARED
TO THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1997 ("FISCAL 1998" OR "PRIOR YEAR")
 
  General. The following discussion analyzes the Company's results of
operations along the lines of the Company's organizational structure as
disclosed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements as of April 30,
1998 and for the three months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997 included elsewhere
herein as follows: (i) "European operations" which consist of its European
sales manufacturing and distribution operations whose reporting currency is
the Belgian franc, (ii) "the Americas operations" which include sales,
manufacturing, and distribution operations in the United States, Mexico,
Canada, Latin America, (iii) "Asian operations" which include the sales,
manufacturing and distribution operations in India, China, Singapore, South
Korea and Hong Kong and (iv) non-luggage licensing operations and corporate
overhead.
 
  Results of European operations were translated from Belgian francs to U.S.
dollars in fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998 at average rates of approximately 37.60
and 33.86 francs to the U.S. dollar, respectively. This decrease in the value
of the Belgian franc of approximately 10% resulted in decreases in reported
sales, cost of sales and other expenses in fiscal 1999 compared to fiscal
1998. The most significant effects from the difference in exchange rates from
last year to the current year are noted in the following analysis and referred
to as an "exchange rate difference". The Company enters into forward foreign
exchange contracts and option contracts to reduce its economic exposure to
fluctuations in currency exchange rates for the Belgian franc and other
foreign currencies. Such instruments are marked to market at the end of each
accounting period; realized and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in
other income. During fiscal 1999, the Company had net gains from such
instruments of $1.4 million ($0.8 million of which was unrealized); during
fiscal 1998, the Company had net gains on such instruments of $3.6 million
($2.7 million of which was unrealized). The Company estimates the reduction in
operating income from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Belgian
franc from the same quarter in the prior year to be approximately $0.7 million
and $1.1 million for the three months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
 
  Net Sales. Consolidated net sales decreased from $169.6 million in fiscal
1998 to $156.7 million in fiscal 1999, a decrease of $12.9 million. Fiscal
1999 sales were adversely affected by depressed U.S. wholesale sales and the
strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Belgian franc.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
  Sales from European operations increased from $65.7 million in fiscal 1998
to $71.9 million in fiscal 1999, an increase of $6.2 million. Expressed in the
local European reporting currency (Belgian francs), fiscal 1999 sales
increased by 21.6%, or the U.S. constant dollar equivalent of $14.2 million,
from fiscal 1998; however, the increase was offset by an $8.0 million exchange
rate difference. Sales of hardside product were increased by approximately 18%
from prior year while softside product sales were increased by approximately
17%. Sales in almost all the European countries showed significant improvement
from the prior year.
 
  Sales from the Americas operations decreased from $95.3 million in fiscal
1998 to $77.5 million in fiscal 1999, a decrease of $17.8 million or 18.7%.
U.S. wholesale sales for the first quarter decreased by $25.3 million from the
prior year, retail sales increased by $5.6 million, and sales in the other
Americas operations increased by $1.9 million from the prior year. U.S.
wholesale sales were adversely affected by the impact of price increases and
other pricing strategies instituted during fiscal 1998 and market disruptions
and retailer discounting taken in connection with various forms of cross
distribution-channel selling during fiscal 1998. For a further discussion of
the issues affecting U.S. Wholesale operations and actions being taken with
respect to such operations, see "--Recent Events and Recapitalization." U.S.
retail sales continued to improve, increasing from $20.2 million in the prior
year to $25.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 1999, an increase of 28%.
Comparable store sales increased by approximately $1.0 million or 4.9% from
the same quarter in the prior year.
 
  First quarter sales in fiscal 1999 from Asian operations of $4.9 million
were approximately equal to the prior year sales of $5.0 million. Sales in the
Pacific Rim operations were decreased by approximately $1.7 million or 34%
from the prior year due to the effect of the Asian economic difficulties. This
decrease was offset by sales from the new manufacturing and distribution
facility in India of approximately $1.6 million.
 
  Revenues from the Japanese licensee declined $0.7 million due to Asian
economic problems and non-luggage licensing revenues also declined $0.3
million from the prior year.
 
  Gross profit. Consolidated gross profit for fiscal 1999 declined from fiscal
1998 by $10.9 million. Consolidated gross margin decreased by 3.5 margin
points, from 41.4% in fiscal 1998 to 37.9% in fiscal 1999.
 
  Gross margins from European operations declined 3.1 percentage points, from
41.4% in fiscal 1998 to 38.3% in fiscal 1999. The decrease in gross profit
margins is due to a higher sales mix of lower gross profit margin mass
merchant sales and obsolescence reserves.
 
  Gross margins for the Americas declined from 41.3% in fiscal 1998 to 36.0%
in fiscal 1999. Margins decreased due to lower absorption of manufacturing
overhead due to the decrease in sales, discounting on slow moving and obsolete
product lines, price reductions on certain product lines, and price markdowns
given to customers for existing inventories.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses ("SG&A"). Consolidated SG&A
increased by $5.0 million from fiscal 1998 to fiscal 1999. As a percent of
sales, SG&A was 38.1% in fiscal 1999 and 32.2% in fiscal 1998.
 
  As a percent of sales, Europe's SG&A was 25.8% in fiscal 1999 versus 27.7%
in fiscal 1998. On an absolute basis, SG&A for European operations increased
by $0.4 million from fiscal 1998 to fiscal 1999. The exchange rate difference
caused SG&A to decrease by $2.1 million. The remainder, an increase of $2.5
million, resulted from an increase in SG&A expressed in Belgian francs of
13.7%. The increase in SG&A was primarily to support the increased sales
levels in fiscal 1999.
 
  Combined SG&A for the Americas increased by $4.5 million due primarily to an
increase of $3.7 million in the retail division related to the increase in the
number of stores over the prior year and an increase in SG&A for operations in
Mexico and Brazil of $0.7 million.
 
  SG&A for Asia increased by $0.7 million from the prior year primarily due to
operations of the new India manufacturing plant.
 
  SG&A for non-luggage licensing declined by $0.2 million and corporate
overhead declined by $0.4 million.
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
  Provision for restructuring operations. The provision for restructuring
operations in the first quarter of fiscal 1999 results from the a
restructuring of its Torhout, Belgian manufacturing operations. The
restructuring provision is primarily related to termination and severance
costs for the elimination of approximately 111 positions. In fiscal 1998,
certain excess restructuring reserves of $0.6 million were reversed.
 
  Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets
decreased from $1.8 million in fiscal 1998 to $1.5 million in fiscal 1999
primarily because the cost of intangibles was reduced in fiscal 1998 as a
result of the sale of certain trademarks.
 
  Operating income (loss). Operating income decreased from $14.4 million in
fiscal 1998 to an operating loss in fiscal 1999 of $4.4 million, a decrease of
$18.8 million. This decrease is a result of the decline in sales and resulting
reduction of gross profit of $10.9 million, the increase in SG&A of $5.0
million, the increase in the restructuring provision of $3.2 million, net of
the decrease in amortization of intangibles of $0.3 million.
 
  Interest income. Interest income increased by $0.3 million due to interest
income received on a refund of state income taxes.
 
  Interest expense and amortization of debt issue costs. Interest expense and
amortization of debt issue costs decreased from $6.2 million in fiscal 1998 to
$4.8 million in fiscal 1999. The decrease was caused primarily by lower
average interest rates during fiscal 1999 as a result of the retirement
throughout fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1999 of the 11 1/8% Series B Subordinated
Notes with the proceeds of lower rate bank financing and an equity offering in
fiscal 1998 and lower debt levels in fiscal 1999 as compared to the prior
year.
 
  Other, net. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements as of April
30, 1998 and for the three months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997 included
elsewhere herein for a comparative analysis of other income (expense). The
Company has entered into certain forward exchange contracts to hedge its
exposures to changes in exchange rates. The Company estimates the reduction in
operating income from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Belgian
franc from the same quarter in the prior year to be approximately $0.7 million
and $1.1 million for the three months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. Other income for the first quarter of fiscal 1999 includes
income from forward exchange contracts of $1.4 million, $0.8 million of which
was unrealized. In the first quarter of fiscal 1998, such transactions
resulted in income of $3.6 million, $2.7 million of which was unrealized. The
income recorded for the three months ended April 30, 1998 results primarily
from forward exchange contracts selling forward the Belgian franc which has
declined against the U.S. dollar since the contracts were executed. Of the
income recorded through April 30, 1998, approximately $0.7 million is
unrealized; the ultimate realization of this amount is subject to fluctuations
in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against the Belgian franc.
 
  Other income for the three months ended April 30, 1997 includes $2.1 million
from favorable settlement of claims for interest on overdue installments of
interest accruing prior to the commencement of the bankruptcy of the Company's
predecessor in 1993. Other income for the three months ended April 30, 1997
also includes income of approximately $1.5 million for the reversal of
allowances for factored receivables from previous operations which were no
longer necessary upon the favorable settlement of the receivables for which
such allowances were established. See Notes 6(b) and 6(c) to the consolidated
financial statements as of April 30, 1998 and for the three months ended April
30, 1998 and 1997 included elsewhere herein for further discussion of these
items.
 
  Income tax benefit (expense). Income tax expense decreased from $6.8 million
in fiscal 1998 to an income tax benefit of $2.9 million in fiscal 1999. The
decrease in tax expense is due primarily to the consolidated pretax loss in
fiscal 1999 and the receipt of $0.8 million of state income tax refunds which
related to taxes accrued and paid in prior years. The relationship between the
expected income tax benefit computed by applying the U.S. statutory rate to
pretax income (loss) and income tax expense recognized results primarily
because of (i) foreign income tax expense provided on foreign earnings, and
(ii) state and local income taxes.
 
  Extraordinary loss. The extraordinary loss for the three months ended April
30, 1998 resulted from the completion of a tender offer for the Company's 11
1/8% Series B Subordinated Notes. The Company retired $52,269,000 principal
amount of the Notes and paid redemption premiums and other expenses of the
tender offer
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
totaling approximately $8,512,000. These costs along with $1,527,000 of
deferred financing costs were charged to expense and classified as an
extraordinary item, net of tax effects, for the three months ended April 30,
1998. The extraordinary loss for the three months ended April 30, 1997
resulted from redemption premiums of $8.7 million on the early retirement of
$80.8 million principal amount of the Notes and the write-off of related
deferred financing costs of $2.6 million, net of tax effects.
 
  Earnings Before Interest and Taxes. The Company's EBIT (earnings (loss)
before net interest expense and taxes), adjusted for certain items recorded in
other income which the Company believes should be included in its calculation
of EBIT, was $(1.1) million and $15.3 million for the three months ended April
30, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The Company's EBITDA (earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) was $5.9 million and $23.2
million for the three months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
Items recorded in other income (expense) which management believes should be
included in the calculation of EBIT and EBITDA in order to reflect recurring
operating performance include realized gains from foreign currency forward
delivery contracts, rental income, and equity in loss of unconsolidated
affiliate. Other companies may calculate EBIT and EBITDA in a different manner
than the Company. EBIT or EBITDA do not take into consideration substantial
costs and cash flows of doing business such as interest expense, income taxes,
extraordinary items, restructuring provisions, depreciation and amortization
and should not be considered in isolation to or as a substitute for other
measures of performance. EBIT and EBITDA are not accounting terms and are not
used in generally accepted accounting principles.
 
  Net income (loss). The Company had net income in fiscal 1998 of $1.9 million
and a net loss in fiscal 1999 of $10.9 million. The decrease in the net income
from the prior year of $12.8 million is caused by the effect of the decreases
in operating and other income, offset by the decrease in income taxes,
interest expense, and extraordinary loss.
 
FISCAL 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1997
 
  The Company analyzes its net sales and operations by the following
categories: (i) "European operations," which consist of its European
manufacturing and distribution operations whose reporting currency is the
Belgian franc, (ii) "the Americas operations," which include sales,
manufacturing, and distribution operations in the United States, Mexico,
Canada, South America, and Latin America and (iii) "International operations,"
which include the sales, manufacturing and distribution operations in
Singapore, India, Hong Kong, and South Korea, exports to the Far East and
Middle East, and global licensing operations. Beginning in mid-fiscal year
1998, Middle East sales are reported with European operations.
 
  General. Results of European operations were translated from Belgian francs
to U.S. dollars in fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1997 at average rates of
approximately 35.67 and 30.93 francs to the U.S. dollar, respectively. This
decrease in the value of the Belgian franc of 13% resulted in decreases in
European reported sales, cost of sales and other expenses in fiscal 1998
compared to fiscal 1997. The most significant effects from the difference in
exchange rates from last year to the current year are noted in the following
analysis and referred to as an "exchange rate difference." The Company enters
into forward foreign exchange contracts and option contracts to reduce its
economic exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates for the Belgian
franc and other foreign currencies. Such instruments are marked to market at
the end of each accounting period; realized and unrealized gains and losses
are recorded in Other Income--Net. During fiscal 1998, the Company had net
gains from such instruments of $6.5 million; during fiscal 1997, the Company
had net gains on such instruments of $2.8 million. The Company estimates the
reduction in operating income from the year-to-year strengthening of the U.S.
dollar versus the Belgian franc to be approximately $5.6 million and $2.9
million in fiscal 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
  Net Sales. Consolidated net sales decreased from $741.1 million in fiscal
1997 to $736.9 million in fiscal 1998, a decrease of $4.2 million. Fiscal 1998
sales were adversely affected by the large decrease in the value of the
Belgian franc compared to the U.S. dollar in fiscal 1998. Without the effect
of the European exchange rate difference, fiscal 1998 sales would have
increased by $38.3 million or approximately 5%.
 
  On a U.S. dollar basis, sales from European operations decreased from $280.8
million in fiscal 1997 to $277.2 million in fiscal 1998, a decrease of $3.6
million. Expressed in the local European reporting currency
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
(Belgian francs), fiscal 1998 sales increased by 13.8%, or the U.S. constant
dollar equivalent of $38.9 million, from fiscal 1997; however, the increase
was more than offset by a $42.5 million exchange rate difference. Despite the
effect of the strong U.S. dollar on reported sales, Europe's local results
were much improved over the prior year. Sales of hardside products were 7%
above the prior year due primarily to the success of the new Oyster II
product. Sales of softside products were 22% above the prior year because of
strong traditional softside luggage sales, the new Trunk & Co product line,
and strong computer and other softside business case lines. Sales in most
European countries increased over the prior year, with the exceptions of
Germany and Belgium, where sales were down approximately 1% from fiscal 1997.
 
  Sales from the Americas operations increased from $417.6 million in fiscal
1997 to $423.5 million in fiscal 1998, an increase of $5.9 million or 1.4%.
The increase was largely due to an increase in U.S. retail sales of $30.4
million or 39% from the prior year. Comparable store sales increased by 15.6%
from fiscal 1997 and the number of stores open increased from 149 at January
31, 1997 to 189 at January 31, 1998. The Company has rapidly expanded the
number of retail locations during the past two fiscal years which, along with
the increase in comparable store sales growth, contributed to the 39% growth
in fiscal 1998 sales over fiscal 1997 sales. The Company does not expect to
continue the rate of growth in retail store openings in fiscal 1999 and
therefore will not sustain the level of retail sales growth achieved in fiscal
1998. U.S. wholesale revenues of $274.0 million were less than the prior year
by $21.8 million, or 7.4%. U.S. wholesale sales decreased due to market
disruptions caused by the adverse impact of higher pricing strategies, various
forms of cross distribution channel selling, dealer bankruptcies and product
availability problems associated with forecasting and production issues. The
Company has addressed these issues by focusing on traditional disciplined
channel management and strategic pricing which targets critical retailer price
points and is working on a long-term resolution of forecasting and production
issues in its U.S. wholesale business. Although the Company is taking these
corrective actions, it expects sales in the U.S. wholesale division to
continue to be negatively impacted by the aforementioned factors through at
least the first two quarters of fiscal 1999. Sales from other Americas
operations, including Mexico, Canada and Latin America, were less than the
prior year by an aggregate of $2.7 million. The decrease in the other Americas
countries was caused primarily by a decline in Canadian sales caused by issues
related to product standardization requirements which have been modified
subsequent to January 31, 1998.
 
  Sales from International operations decreased from $42.7 million in fiscal
1997 to $36.2 million in fiscal 1998, a decrease of $6.5 million. Product
sales from export and emerging markets decreased by $4.7 million from fiscal
1997. During fiscal 1998, the Company moved export responsibility for the
Middle East from the Americas to Europe resulting in a decrease in sales
classified as International operations. Export sales from the U.S. to Asia
have been moved to the Company's subsidiaries in Singapore, Hong Kong, and
South Korea entities which were formerly the Company's regional distributors.
Transition issues resulting from the formation of the joint ventures and the
economic problems in Asia resulted in decreased sales in this region. Sales in
India were $2.7 million for fiscal 1998. Samsonite products were introduced to
the Indian market through the new Indian manufacturing and distribution joint
venture which completed construction and began operations in April 1997.
Royalties from global licensing operations decreased by $2.2 million from the
prior year; $1.7 million of the difference occurred largely because $3.9
million of revenues were realized in fiscal 1997 from a single license sale
transaction while fiscal 1998 included approximately $2.2 million from two
separate license sales.
 
  Gross profit. Consolidated gross profit for fiscal 1998 increased from
fiscal 1997 by $20.7 million. Gross margin increased by 3.0 percentage points,
from 39.4% in fiscal 1997 to 42.4% in fiscal 1998.
 
  Gross margins from European operations increased by 0.7 percentage points,
from 39.2% in fiscal 1997 to 39.9% in fiscal 1998. The improvement is due to
price increases in selected product lines and lower costs from standardized
global production sources.
 
  Gross margins for the Americas operations increased 5.1 percentage points
from 38.2% in fiscal 1997 to 43.3% in fiscal 1998. U.S. wholesale margins
increased from 35.8% to 43.9%, primarily as a result of price increases on
product sales to both trade customers and the Company's retail division and
product cost improvements from global sourcing and product design
improvements. The increase in gross margins was
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
achieved despite negative production variances incurred during the last half
of fiscal 1998 of approximately $4.1 million. Margins in the Americas also
benefitted from a higher mix of retail versus wholesale sales compared to the
prior year. The Company intends to pursue a different marketing and pricing
strategy in fiscal 1999 and expects to roll back certain prices approximately
4% to 6% to conform to previously successful pricing strategies and make
corresponding reductions in the various co-op advertising and sales promotions
costs. Thus, while gross profit margins may decline somewhat from fiscal 1998
levels, the Company believes this strategy will stimulate sales over the long-
term and achieve an increased level of operating profit margin percentages
from U.S. wholesale sales.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses ("SG&A"). Consolidated SG&A
increased by $0.5 million from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. As a percent of
sales, SG&A was 31.8% in fiscal 1998 and 31.5% in fiscal 1997.
 
  SG&A for European operations decreased by $5.6 million from fiscal 1997 to
fiscal 1998. The exchange rate difference caused SG&A to decrease by $10.7
million. The remaining increase of $5.1 million was due primarily to higher
variable selling expenses of $2.5 million related to the higher sales levels,
higher advertising expenses of $2.4 million and various other net increases of
$0.2 million.
 
  SG&A for the Americas operations, including worldwide corporate
headquarters, increased by $5.5 million in fiscal 1998 compared to fiscal
1997. In fiscal 1998, U.S. wholesale price increases and the relatively high
rate of new product introductions were supported by increased co-op
advertising allowances and other sales promotion credits given to customers,
particularly during the second half of fiscal 1998. The Company is modifying
this strategy in fiscal 1999 by reducing prices from 4% to 6% on certain
products to better target critical retailer and competitive price points. The
Company will make corresponding reductions in co-op advertising allowances and
sales promotion costs. The Company believes this strategy will better
stimulate sales over the long-term and result in an increased level of
operating profit margin, albeit with lower gross profit margins and lower
selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A related to U.S. wholesale
operations was approximately equal to fiscal 1997. SG&A related to U.S. retail
operations increased by $10.4 million because of an increase in the number of
stores open and increased sales volume. As a percent of sales, retail SG&A
decreased from 45.9% of sales in fiscal 1997 to 42.6% of sales in fiscal 1998.
SG&A for other Americas operations increased by $1.5 million primarily because
of a new Brazilian joint venture. Corporate SG&A decreased by $6.4 million
from the prior year due primarily to expenses incurred in the prior year
related to expenses associated with a restructuring and changing organization
structure in fiscal 1997.
 
  SG&A for International operations increased by $0.6 million from fiscal 1997
due to the addition of new joint venture subsidiaries in the Far East and
startup of operations in India, net of various cost savings from the
reorganization of export operations from the U.S. to Europe and the Far East.
 
  Amortization of intangible assets. The Company recorded significant
intangible assets as a result of its reorganization in 1993. See Notes 1(b),
1(i) and 7 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere herein for a discussion of the recording and amortization of
intangible assets.
 
  Reorganization value in excess of identifiable assets became fully amortized
in fiscal 1997, which generally accounts for the decrease in amortization of
intangible assets of $24.8 million in fiscal 1998.
 
  Provision for restructuring operations. Over the past three fiscal years,
the Company has recorded a series of restructuring provisions to accrue the
costs of consolidating and reorganizing various operations and realigning its
management and workforce structure. Net restructuring provisions decreased
from $10.7 million in fiscal 1997 to $1.9 million in fiscal 1998. In fiscal
1998, the Company recorded a $3.6 million restructuring provision and reduced
the restructuring provision by $1.7 million for excess accruals related to the
fiscal 1997 restructuring. The fiscal 1998 restructuring includes the
elimination of approximately 180 positions in the Mexico City manufacturing
plant and 20 management positions in the U.S. and is expected to be completed
by July 31, 1998. The provision consists primarily of costs associated with
involuntary employee terminations and is comprised of estimated cash
expenditures of $3.3 million and estimated non-cash charges of $0.3 million.
See the discussion of the fiscal 1997 restructuring provision under Results of
Operations--Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996 and Note 4 to the consolidated
financial statements for further information relative to the restructuring
provisions.
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
  As discussed elsewhere herein, the Company expects U.S. wholesale sales to
be depressed through at least the first half of fiscal 1999 because of various
market factors which affected U.S. wholesale sales in fiscal 1998, including
the adverse impact of price increases and pricing strategies, market
disruptions and retailer discounting issues associated with various forms of
cross distribution channel sales and forecasting and production scheduling
errors. The Company is currently evaluating its U.S. wholesale hardside
production operations in light of various marketing issues the Company is
encountering with its hardside suitcase products in the United States which
have resulted in excess inventory, declining sales and reduced production
requirements. This evaluation may result in additional restructuring charges
related to U.S. wholesale operations in fiscal 1999.
 
  The Company is also evaluating its investment in Chia Tai Samsonite (H.K.)
Ltd., a 50% owned joint venture formed to manufacture and distribute luggage
in China, which is encountering difficulties in achieving an adequate level of
sales and distribution to support operational expenses and finding qualified
personnel to manage the joint venture. As a result of this evaluation, the
Company may dispose of or liquidate this investment. At January 31, 1998, the
Company had a net investment of approximately $2.4 million in this joint
venture.
 
  Operating income (loss). Operating income increased from $15.5 million in
fiscal 1997 to $69.3 million in fiscal 1998. This is a result of increased
gross profit of $20.7 million, the decrease in amortization of intangibles of
$24.8 million and the decrease in restructuring provisions of $8.8 million,
net of the increase in SG&A of $0.5 million.
 
  Interest income. Interest income increased from the prior year by $1.2
million, primarily as a result of nonrecurring interest income received in
fiscal 1998 upon recovery of a loan to the settlement trust created as a
result of the reorganization in 1993. See Note 14 to the consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere herein and the discussion of the
collection of the receivable from the trust under Other income (expense)--net
included elsewhere herein.
 
  Other income (expense)--net. The following is an analysis of other income
(expense)--net for fiscal 1998 compared to fiscal 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                     ------------------------
                                                        1998         1997
                                                     -----------  -----------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                               <C>          <C>
   Net gains from foreign currency forward delivery
    contracts(a).................................... $     6,463  $     2,829
   Rental income(b).................................       1,633        1,987
   Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate(c)....        (547)         (33)
   Pension expense related to merged plans(d).......        (706)         --
   Foreign currency transaction losses, net (e).....      (1,834)        (211)
   Loss on disposition of fixed assets, net (f).....        (377)         (62)
   Other, net (g)...................................      (1,247)      (1,120)
   Favorable settlement of claims(h)................       2,060        3,802
   Adjustment of allowances relating to previous
    operations(i)...................................       5,299          529
   Adjustment of contingent tax accruals(j).........      12,700          --
   Collection of loans to settlement trust(k).......       4,850          --
   Adjustment of liability for PBGC claims(l).......         --        11,100
                                                     -----------  -----------
                                                     $    28,294  $    18,821
                                                     ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) The Company has entered into certain forward exchange contracts to reduce
    its exposures to changes in exchange rates. Other income for fiscal 1998
    includes gains from such transactions of $6.5 million. In fiscal 1997,
    such transactions resulted in gains of $2.8 million. The income recorded
    for fiscal 1998 results primarily from forward exchange contracts selling
    forward the Belgian franc which has devalued significantly against the
    U.S. dollar since the contracts were executed. The Company estimates that
    the reduction in net sales and operating income from the year-to-year
    strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Belgian franc to be
    approximately $42.5 million and $14.8 million, and $5.6 million and $2.9
    million during fiscal 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
(b) Rental income represents income from rents received from properties
    retained by the Company which were used in previous operations and which
    are held for sale as of January 31, 1998. The Company expects that all of
    these properties will be sold during fiscal 1999 and that rental income
    will decline accordingly.
(c) Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate represents the Company's 50%
    equity interest in the losses of its affiliate, Chia Tai Samsonite (H.K.)
    Ltd., a 50% owned joint venture formed to manufacture and distribute
    luggage in China. This start-up operation completed construction of a
    manufacturing plant in Ningbo, China and began operations in fiscal 1998.
(d) Pension expense related to merged plans represents the net periodic
    pension expense for plans merged with a Company pension plan, as discussed
    in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
    herein.
(e) Foreign currency transaction losses represent net realized losses on
    payments for goods and services denominated in currencies other than those
    used for financial reporting. Foreign currency transaction losses
    increased from $0.2 million in fiscal 1997 to $1.8 million in fiscal 1998
    due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Mexican Peso, the
    Canadian dollar, and certain Asian currencies.
(f) Loss on disposition of fixed assets, net represents losses incurred from
    the disposition of fixed assets retired or sold in the ordinary course of
    business.
(g) Other net represents miscellaneous expenses and increased from $1.1
    million in fiscal 1997 to $1.2 million in fiscal 1998.
(h) Other income for fiscal 1998 includes $2.1 million from the favorable
    settlement of claims for interest on overdue installments of interest
    accruing prior to the commencement of the bankruptcy of the Company's
    predecessor in 1993. Additionally, the Company has entered into a non-
    binding agreement-in-principle to settle the remainder of these claims for
    approximately $9.4 million. The Company has $10.3 million accrued for the
    payment of such claims at January 31, 1998. Because these claims are in
    the judicial process, final settlement is not expected to occur for
    several months.
(i) Other income from the adjustment of allowances for contingencies from
    previous operations of $5.3 million in fiscal 1998 includes (i) $3.8
    million from the adjustment of an accrual for potential environmental
    liability related to real estate used in previous operations, for which no
    claims were filed and liability terminated by agreement with the
    purchasers of the real estate during fiscal 1998, and (ii) $1.5 million
    for the adjustment of allowances for factored receivables from previous
    operations which were no longer necessary upon collection of the
    receivables. Fiscal 1997 included $0.5 million of income from the reversal
    of excess reserves relating to previous operations that were determined to
    be unnecessary.
(j) Other income for fiscal 1998 includes adjustments totaling $12.7 million
    to reduce accruals for certain tax contingencies established in
    conjunction with the Restructuring referred to in Note 1(b) to the
    consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. The
    adjustment was made upon the resolution of these contingencies which did
    not result in any cash payment or future liability for taxes.
(k) As described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included
    elsewhere herein, under Obligations to Settlement Trust, the Company had
    made loans of $4.8 million to a trust (the "Trust") established for the
    benefit of the holders of certain classes of pre-bankruptcy claims against
    the Company. The Company provided allowances for the full amount of these
    loans at the time they were funded and accrued no interest on them. The
    Trust repaid the Company's loan during fiscal 1998 with interest of $1.4
    million. As a result, the Company recognized $4.8 million of other income
    in fiscal 1998 from the collection of the loan, which had no carrying
    value, and recorded interest income of $1.4 million. The Company believes
    it is very unlikely it will be required to make any additional loans to
    the Trust which, under the terms of the Trust Agreement, must settle with
    its beneficiaries and dissolve by June 8, 1998.
(l) Other income in fiscal 1997 includes $11.1 million from the adjustment of
    a liability accrued from contingent pension liabilities established during
    the reorganization in 1993. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial
    statements included elsewhere herein for a discussion of this matter.
 
  Interest expense and amortization of debt issue costs and premium. Interest
expense and amortization of debt issue costs decreased from $35.7 million in
fiscal 1997 to $19.9 million in fiscal 1998. The decrease was caused primarily
by retirement of indebtedness out of the proceeds of a public stock offering
completed in
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
February 1997, a lower interest rate on borrowings under the Old Credit
Facility which was refinanced in June 1997, and interest savings from the
retirement of high interest rate subordinated debt financed by lower rate bank
borrowings. See Notes 9 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere herein.
 
  Income taxes. Income tax expense increased from $10.4 million in fiscal 1997
to $23.1 million in fiscal 1998. The increase in tax expense is due primarily
to higher consolidated pretax earnings in fiscal 1998. The difference between
expected income tax expense, computed by applying the U.S. statutory rate to
income from continuing operations, and income tax expense recognized, results
primarily because of (i) the nondeductibility for tax purposes of amortization
of reorganization value in excess of identifiable assets, (ii) foreign income
tax expense provided on foreign earnings, (iii) certain nontaxable liability
adjustments, (iv) foreign tax credits and (v) state and local income taxes.
See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein
for further analysis of income tax expenses.
 
  Extraordinary loss. The extraordinary loss of $16.2 million for fiscal 1998
resulted from (i) the payment of $17.3 million of redemption and market
premiums and the write-off of deferred financing costs of $4.6 million related
to the early retirement of $137.2 million principal amount of the Company's 11
1/8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes, (ii) the payment of $0.3 million of
early retirement fees and the write-off of $3.9 million of deferred financing
costs related to refinancing of the Old Credit Facility, and (iii) the tax
benefit from the aforementioned transactions of $9.9 million. See Note 9 to
the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
  Net income (loss). The Company had a net loss in fiscal 1997 of $11.3
million and net income in fiscal 1998 of $40.7 million. The increase in the
net income from the prior year of $52.0 million is caused by the effect of the
increases in operating income and other income and the decrease in interest
expense, offset by the increase in income tax expense and the extraordinary
loss.
 
FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996
 
  General. Results of European operations were translated from Belgian francs
to U.S. dollars in fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1996 at average rates of
approximately 30.93 and 29.38 francs to the U.S. dollar, respectively. This
represented a decrease in the value of the Belgian franc of 5.0%, which
resulted in decreases in reported sales, cost of sales and other expenses in
fiscal 1997 compared to fiscal 1996. The most significant effects from the
difference in exchange rates from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1996 are noted in the
following analysis and referred to as an "exchange rate difference." The
Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts and option contracts to
reduce its economic exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates for
the Belgian franc and other foreign currencies. Such instruments are marked to
market at the end of each accounting period; realized and unrealized gains and
losses are recorded in Other Income. During fiscal 1997, the Company had net
gains from such instruments of $2.8 million.
 
  Net Sales. Consolidated net sales increased to $741.1 million in fiscal 1997
from $675.2 million in fiscal 1996, an increase of $65.9 million or 9.8%.
Adjusted for the European exchange rate difference, sales increased from
fiscal 1996 by 12.0%.
 
  Sales from European operations increased from $271.6 million in fiscal 1996
to $280.8 million in fiscal 1997, an increase of $9.2 million. The exchange
rate difference resulted in a $14.8 million decrease in reported sales versus
fiscal 1996. The remainder, an increase of $24.0 million, represents an
increase in sales expressed in Belgian francs of 8.8% from fiscal 1996.
Despite a generally weak European economy, sales increased due to increased
market share, increased sales of diversified products (which includes
footwear, handbags, and other travel accessories), and consumer acceptance of
new product lines. In fiscal 1997, European sales enjoyed strong third and
fourth quarters, with strong summer and Christmas sales reversing trends
earlier in fiscal 1997.
 
  Sales from the Americas operations increased from $366.4 million in fiscal
1996 to $417.6 million in fiscal 1997, an increase of $51.2 million or 14.0%.
The increase was due to continued broad consumer preference and demand for
Samsonite brand products, particularly lines of upright, lightweight softside
luggage which were redesigned in fiscal 1996. Additionally, the Company began
sales in the third quarter of fiscal 1997 of its new
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
EZ CART(TM) product. Sales of softside products in the U.S. continued to
increase while sales of hardside products decreased from fiscal 1996 to fiscal
1997. U.S. wholesale sales increased from $266.9 million in fiscal 1996 to
$295.8 million in fiscal 1997, an increase of $28.9 million or 10.8%. Sales
from operations in the other Americas increased from $36.9 million to $43.4
million, an increase of $6.5 million, due to an increase in Mexican sales of
$4.5 million, Canadian sales of $1.0 million, and Latin American exports of
$1.0 million. Sales from the Company's retail stores increased by $15.8
million or 25.2%, from $62.7 million in fiscal 1996 to $78.5 million in fiscal
1997. Same store sales increased by 10.3% from fiscal 1996. The Company had
149 retail outlets open at January 31, 1997, compared to 126 at January 31,
1996.
 
  Sales from International operations increased from $37.2 million in fiscal
1996 to $42.7 million in fiscal 1997, an increase of $5.5 million or 14.8%. Of
the change in revenues from fiscal 1996, $4.0 million was due to revenue from
the sale of McGregor apparel tradenames in certain Pacific Rim countries. The
remainder was due primarily to the Singapore distribution company which began
operations on January 1, 1996.
 
  Gross profit. Consolidated gross profit for fiscal 1997 increased from
fiscal 1996 by $31.3 million. Gross margin increased by 0.8 percentage point,
from 38.6% in fiscal 1996 to 39.4% in fiscal 1997. Without the effect of a
sale of tradenames for $4.0 million, gross margin increased 0.4 percentage
point to 39.0% in fiscal 1997.
 
  Gross margins from European operations increased by 1.5 percentage points,
from 37.7% in fiscal 1996 to 39.2% in fiscal 1997. The improvement was due to
price increases in selected product lines, declining materials costs, and
improving productivity variances compared to fiscal 1996.
 
  Gross profit margins from the Americas operations were 38.2% in fiscal 1997
and fiscal 1996. Certain margin improvements occurred in fiscal 1997,
including lower raw materials costs, product cost improvements on certain
products, the introduction of innovative products at higher margins, price
increases on selected product lines in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997,
higher retail sales (which produce a higher margin than wholesale sales), and
decreased sales of obsolete products in fiscal 1997. These improvements were
offset by promotional sales discounts, increased sales of certain lower margin
products relative to the previous fiscal year, negative productivity variances
from the startup of production of new hardside products and the restructuring
of operations, and higher than anticipated costs on certain new product lines.
The net result of these factors was consistent year-to-year margin
percentages.
 
  Excluding the effect of the tradename sales in fiscal 1997, gross profit
margins from International operations decreased by 2.7 percentage points. The
decrease was attributable to the lack of price increases and a greater
proportion of sales of lower margin products in fiscal 1997.
 
  In fiscal 1997, the Company began a global standardization project to
standardize its product lineup, product components and finished goods
purchasing in order to continue to increase gross profit margins. To further
enhance gross profit margins, the Company announced price increases in the
United States on many of its product lines effective March 1, 1997.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses ("SG&A"). Consolidated SG&A
increased by $30.1 million from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997. As a percent of
sales, SG&A was 31.5% in fiscal 1997 and 30.2% in fiscal 1996. Expenses
totaling approximately $5.4 million were incurred during fiscal 1997 for
consulting fees to establish the restructuring plan, the cessation of the
former CEO's employment, the hiring of new and additional members of the
executive management team, and for expenses in excess of the original
provision in fiscal 1996 for the consolidation of American Tourister
manufacturing facilities. Without such expenses, SG&A would have been 30.8% of
sales during fiscal 1997.
 
  SG&A for European operations increased by $5.5 million from fiscal 1996 to
fiscal 1997. The exchange rate difference caused SG&A to decrease by $4.0
million. The remainder, an increase of $9.5 million, resulted from an increase
in SG&A expressed in Belgian francs of 13.3%. The increase was due to higher
variable selling and distribution costs related to the higher sales levels
($2.0 million); higher salaries and employee benefits from the hiring of
additional sales and general management personnel to support higher sales
levels and growth oriented projects ($2.7 million); higher bad debt expense
because of the financial difficulties of a few specific
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
customers ($1.1 million); higher advertising expenses to support new products,
entry into the eastern European markets, and brand image in light of a
generally weak European economy ($2.3 million); and various other expense
categories ($1.4 million).
 
  SG&A for the Americas operations, including worldwide corporate
headquarters, increased by $22.3 million in fiscal 1997 compared to fiscal
1996. The increase was due to higher selling and administrative costs related
to the increase in retail sales ($7.9 million); higher national and co-op
advertising expenses ($6.8 million); expenses relating to the cessation of the
former CEO's employment, expenses of hiring new and additional management team
members, consulting fees and the other expenses incurred related to the
restructuring ($5.4 million); compensation expense related to restricted stock
awards ($0.9 million): and other net increases ($1.3 million).
 
  SG&A for the International operations increased by $2.3 million primarily
due to the expenses incurred in the foreign joint venture operations in
Singapore, which began in fiscal 1997.
 
  Amortization of intangible assets. The Company recorded significant
intangible assets as a result of its reorganization in 1993. See Notes 1(b),
1(i) and 7 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere herein for a discussion of the recording and amortization of
intangible assets.
 
  Reorganization value in excess of identifiable assets became fully amortized
as of June 30, 1996, which generally accounts for the decrease in amortization
of intangible assets from $63.8 million in fiscal 1996 to $31.8 million in
fiscal 1997.
 
  Provision for restructuring operations. The fiscal 1996 provision resulted
from a restructuring of certain manufacturing and administrative functions of
the American Tourister division. The fiscal 1997 provision of $10.7 million
resulted from a program to further consolidate functions and operations in
North America, Europe and the Far East, and to reduce or eliminate certain
other operations. The fiscal 1997 restructuring plan includes further
consolidation of hardside luggage production to Samsonite's largest U.S.
facility located in Denver, CO from other locations in the Americas, as well
as eventual consolidation of many administrative and control functions,
primarily to Denver. The Plan included the elimination of as many as 450
positions worldwide, including approximately 150 manufacturing positions and
approximately 300 managerial, office and clerical positions. The restructuring
provision consisted primarily of costs associated with involuntary employee
terminations and was comprised of estimated cash expenditures of $9.7 million
and estimated non-cash charges of $1.0 million, both on a pretax basis.
 
  Operating income (loss). Operating results improved from a loss in fiscal
1996 of $9.4 million to income in fiscal 1997 of $15.5 million, an increase of
$24.9 million. This increase was a result of higher revenues and improved
margins which increased gross profit by $31.3 million from fiscal 1996 and the
decrease in amortization of intangibles of $32.0 million, both of which were
partially offset by increases in SG&A of $30.1 million and the higher
provision for restructuring of $8.3 million.
 
  Interest income. Interest income decreased from $4.7 million in fiscal 1996
to $1.4 million in fiscal 1997. Fiscal 1996 interest income included $2.9
million realized from a note receivable collected in connection with the sale
of an investment in a television station. Recurring interest income results
from temporary investments of cash on hand and is $0.4 million less than in
fiscal 1996.
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
  Other income (expense)--net. The following is an analysis of other income
(expense)--net for fiscal 1997 compared to fiscal 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                     ------------------------
                                                        1997         1996
                                                     -----------  -----------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                               <C>          <C>
   Net gains from foreign currency forward delivery
    contracts(a).................................... $     2,829  $      (494)
   Rental income(b).................................       1,987        1,735
   Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate(c)....         (33)         --
   Foreign currency transaction losses, net(d)......        (211)      (1,660)
   Loss on disposition of fixed assets, net(e)......         (62)        (245)
   Other, net(f)....................................      (1,120)        (737)
   Favorable settlement of claims(g)................       3,802          --
   Adjustment of allowances relating to previous
    operations(h)...................................         529          --
   Adjustment of liability for PBGC claims(i).......      11,100          --
   Gain on sale of television station(j)............         --         5,368
                                                     -----------  -----------
                                                     $    18,821  $     3,967
                                                     ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Beginning in fiscal 1997, the Company entered into certain forward
    exchange contracts to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange rates.
    Other income for fiscal 1997 includes gains of $2.8 million from such
    transactions. The income for fiscal 1997 resulted primarily from forward
    exchange contracts selling forward the Belgian franc. The Company
    estimates that the reduction in operating income from the year-to-year
    strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Belgian franc was $2.9 million
    in fiscal 1997.
(b) Rental income in fiscal 1997 and 1996 represents rents received from
    properties retained by the Company which were used in previous operations.
    As discussed elsewhere herein, such properties are expected to be disposed
    of in fiscal 1999 and rental income will decline accordingly.
(c) Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate represents the Company's 50%
    equity interest in the loss of its affiliate, Chia Tai Samsonite (H.K.)
    Ltd., a 50% owned joint venture formed in fiscal 1997 to manufacture and
    distribute luggage in China.
(d)  Foreign currency transaction losses represent net realized losses on
     transactions denominated in currencies other than those used for
     financial reporting. Foreign currency transaction losses decreased from
     $1.7 million in fiscal 1996 to $0.2 million in fiscal 1997.
(e) Loss on disposition of fixed assets, net represents losses incurred from
    the disposition of fixed assets retired or sold in the ordinary course of
    business.
(f) Other, net represents miscellaneous expenses and increased from $0.7
    million in fiscal 1996 to $1.1 million in fiscal 1997.
(g) Other Income in fiscal 1997 included $3.8 million from the favorable
    settlement for $0.2 million of a claim against the Company by a related
    party. The Company had previously accrued $4.0 million for such claim.
    This claim is part of the Contingent Liability with Respect to the Old
    Notes described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements
    included elsewhere herein and relates to the claim for interest on overdue
    installments of interest accruing prior to the commencement of the
    bankruptcy of the Company's predecessor in 1993. The contingent liability
    was recorded as part of the reorganization. The holders of this claim were
    Apollo Investment Fund, L.P. ("Apollo") and an affiliate of Apollo. Apollo
    and its affiliates owned 36.08% of the outstanding shares of the Company's
    common stock as of March 31, 1997.
(h) Fiscal 1997 included $0.5 million of income from the reversal of excess
    reserves relating to previous operations that were determined to be
    unnecessary.
(i) Other income in fiscal 1997 included $11.1 million from the adjustment of
    a previously recorded liability for contingent pension liabilities. See
    Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein
    for a discussion of this item.
(j) Other income in fiscal 1996 included a $5.4 million gain from the sale of
    a television station investment related to previous operations.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
  Interest expense and amortization of debt issue costs and premium. Interest
expense and amortization of debt issue costs and premium decreased from $40.0
million in fiscal 1996 to $35.7 million in fiscal 1997 due to lower levels of
outstanding indebtedness in fiscal 1997 and lower average interest rates. The
U.S. senior credit facility allowed for lower rates in fiscal 1997 based on
improved performance and lower debt levels.
 
  Income taxes. Income taxes increased from $9.1 million in fiscal 1996 to
$10.4 million in fiscal 1997. The increase in tax expense is due to higher
consolidated pretax earnings in fiscal 1997, partially offset by amortization
of reorganization value in excess of identifiable assets, which is not
deductible for tax purposes, in fiscal 1997 as compared to fiscal 1996. The
relationship between the expected income tax expense or benefit, computed by
applying the U.S. statutory rate to income or loss from continuing operations
and income tax expense recognized, resulted primarily because of (i) the
nondeductibility for tax purposes of amortization of reorganization value in
excess of identifiable assets, (ii) foreign income tax expense provided on
foreign earnings and (iii) state and local income taxes. See Note 11 to the
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for further
analysis of income tax expense.
 
  Operations discontinued and sold. The loss from discontinued operations in
fiscal 1996 includes an adjustment to reduce previously accrued losses on
disposal of $2.6 million, net of income taxes of $1.1 million, and a provision
for federal income taxes of $3.8 million on the distribution of Culligan stock
to certain foreign stockholders.
 
  Extraordinary item. The extraordinary loss in fiscal 1996 resulted from the
payment of an $18.0 million redemption premium upon the early retirement of
senior secured notes. The extraordinary loss is presented in the consolidated
financial statements net of the unamortized premium on such notes of $4.4
million and the associated income tax benefit of $5.6 million.
 
  Net loss. The net loss decreased from $61.5 million in fiscal 1996 to $11.3
million in fiscal 1997, a decrease of $50.2 million. The decrease in the net
loss was caused by the effect of the increases in operating and other income
and the decreases in interest expense, extraordinary loss and loss on
discontinued operations, offset by the decrease in interest income and the
increase in income tax expense.
 
                        LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  Although the Company is, as a result of the Recapitalization, more highly
leveraged than has recently been the case, the Company believes that cash flow
from operating activities and available borrowings under the New Credit
Facility and existing lines of credit will be adequate to meet operating cash
flow requirements during the next 12 months and to execute its business
strategy.
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998
 
  For the three months ended April 30, 1998, cash used in operations as
reflected on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included elsewhere
herein was $17.4 million; primarily as a result of the loss from operations
for the first quarter, increases in inventory, and decreases in accrued
liabilities and accounts payable, net of the decrease in accounts receivable,
since January 31, 1998. At April 30, 1998, the Company had working capital of
$216.2 million compared to $187.2 million at January 31, 1998, an increase of
$29.0 million. Current assets increased by $11.7 million primarily due to an
increase in inventory of $13.7 million, an increase in cash of $3.8 million,
increases in other current assets of $0.8 million, net of the decrease in
receivables of $6.6 million. Inventories increased primarily because of sales
forecasting issues which caused excess production in the U.S. wholesale
division and depressed U.S. wholesale sales as discussed elsewhere herein (see
"--Recent Events and Recapitalization"). Current liabilities decreased from
$147.2 million at January 31, 1998 to $138.0 million at April 30, 1998, a
decrease of $9.2 million. A decrease in accrued liabilities of $9.2 million
primarily caused the decrease in total current liabilities and was due to
decreases in co-op advertising accruals, returned goods allowances, and
current income tax liabilities.
 
  Long-term obligations increased from $172.2 million at January 31, 1998 to
$203.6 million at April 30, 1998, an increase of $31.4 million. Approximately
$8.5 million of additional borrowings were used to fund
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
redemption premiums and expenses of the tender offer for the Notes (as
discussed elsewhere herein) and the remainder was used to fund operational and
investing requirements. At April 30, 1998, the Company had available
borrowings under the Old Credit Facility of approximately $48.9 million.
 
  The Company's cash flow from operations together with amounts available
under its credit facilities were sufficient to fund first quarter fiscal 1999
operations, scheduled payments of principal and interest on indebtedness and
capital expenditures. Management of the Company believes that cash flow from
operations and available borrowings under its credit facilities and new credit
facilities in emerging markets will be adequate to fund operating requirements
and expansion plans during the next 12 months. In addition, management
currently believes the Company will be able to meet long-term cash flow
obligations from cash provided by operations and other existing resources.
 
YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998
 
  As reflected in the consolidated statements of cash flows included elsewhere
herein, cash flows provided by continuing operating activities decreased by
$7.1 million in fiscal 1998 from fiscal 1997. Cash flows from net income,
adjusted for nonoperating and noncash charges, increased by $22.4 million,
primarily as a result of the increases in operating income described above,
while cash flow used for increases in working capital and other operating
assets increased by $29.5 million.
 
  At January 31, 1998, the Company had working capital of $187.2 million
compared to $105.4 million at January 31, 1997, an increase of $81.8 million.
Current assets increased by $39.3 million primarily due to an increase in
receivables of $9.3 million and an increase in inventories of $37.6 million,
both of which were partially offset by net decreases in cash and other current
assets of $7.6 million. Receivables increased due to a high volume of sales in
the second half of the fiscal year and extended terms on certain sales. The
increase in inventories of $37.6 million occurred primarily in domestic U.S.
operations and resulted from (i) an increase in retail stores' inventories of
approximately $15.1 million due to an increase in the number of stores and
sales volume and (ii) an increase in wholesale inventories of $15.0 million
due to an oversupply of certain new product introductions which were not
accepted in the marketplace, an increase in discontinued and obsolete products
due to the volume of new product introductions in fiscal 1998, and
overproduction in the last half of the fiscal year due to over optimistic
sales forecasts. The Company is addressing these problems and intends to
reduce inventories through better forecasting and selling discontinued
products through its retail store outlets located primarily in factory outlet
malls. Subsequent to January 31, 1998, the Company sold two of the four assets
held for sale realizing approximately $3.0 million in proceeds, and has a
contract to sell another asset for approximately $12.2 million.
 
  Cash flows used in investing activities increased from $17.0 million in
fiscal 1997 to $37.9 million in fiscal 1998, an increase of $20.9 million.
Capital expenditures were $36.3 million in fiscal 1998 compared to $31.1
million in fiscal 1997. Capital expenditures in fiscal 1998 consist primarily
of tooling for new products, warehouse expansion in Europe, and capital
expenditures in India for factory construction. Capital expenditures of $6.1
million in fiscal 1998 were incurred in the less than 100% owned subsidiaries,
and were therefore financed in part by the other shareholders in the ventures.
The Company has currently budgeted $28.6 million for capital expenditures in
fiscal 1999. In fiscal 1997, cash was provided by liquidating assets used in
previous operations of $10.4 million, while in fiscal 1998, cash of $4.0
million was used to fund obligations related to these previous operations. The
Company expects it will continue to use cash to fund these obligations,
totaling approximately $6.3 million through calendar 2000. During fiscal 1998,
the Company formed subsidiaries in Korea and Hong Kong to acquire the
distributorships from the former distributors in those countries and made
initial investments of approximately $2.5 million for inventory, fixed assets,
other assets and goodwill.
 
  Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities increased from cash
used in financing activities in fiscal 1997 of $11.7 million to cash provided
by financing activities in fiscal 1998 of $21.1 million, an increase in cash
of $32.8 million. The Company completed a public stock offering in February
1997, receiving net cash proceeds from the offering of $130.2 million and $6.6
million from the exercise of stock options by a former
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
chief executive officer in connection with the offering. The Company also
received $0.4 million from the exercise of other employee stock options
throughout the fiscal year. The Company used the net proceeds of the stock
offering approximately as follows: (i) $89.5 million to redeem and purchase in
the market $80.8 million principal amount of its 11 1/8% Series B Subordinated
Notes (the "Series B Notes"), including $8.7 million for early redemption and
market premiums, (ii) $45.0 million to pay down a term loan outstanding under
the Old Credit Facility and (iii) the remainder for accrued interest and
revolving credit loans under the Old Credit Facility. The Company also amended
and refinanced the Old Credit Facility, which permitted it to purchase a
limited principal amount of the Series B Notes by open market purchases. As a
result of the public stock offering and the amended and refinanced Old Credit
Facility, a total of $137.2 million principal amount of the Series B Notes
were retired from the previously outstanding amount of $190.0 million and a
total of $17.6 million of redemption and market premiums were paid. Also, see
note 19 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein
which discusses the repurchase of the Series B Notes subsequent to January 31,
1998.
 
  At January 31, 1998, long-term obligations (including current installments)
were $179.2 million compared to $290.6 million at January 31, 1997, a decrease
of $111.4 million. At January 31, 1998, the Company had $133.0 million
available under its Old Credit Facility. In addition, the Company's foreign
subsidiaries have approximately $56 million available borrowings under other
short-term lines of credit.
 
  The Company's cash flow from operations together with amounts available
under its credit facilities were sufficient to fund fiscal 1998 operations,
scheduled payments of principal and interest on indebtedness, and capital
expenditures. As further discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial
statements under Contingent Pension Liabilities and Contingent Liability with
Respect to the Old Notes (included elsewhere herein), the Company has merged
two pension plans into one of its pension plans and has reached an agreement-
in-principle to settle certain claims arising from the reorganization in 1993
for $9.4 million. The Company does not expect the merger of the pension plans
to have a material effect on funding requirements for the merged plans and
plans to fund the proposed $9.4 million settlement of the other claims out of
available capital resources from operations and/or credit facilities.
 
  The Company's principal foreign operations are located in Western Europe,
the economies of which are not considered to be highly inflationary. The
economy in Mexico is considered highly inflationary beginning February 1,
1997. The Company enters into foreign exchange contracts in order to reduce
its exposure on certain foreign operations through the use of forward delivery
commitments. During the past several years, the Company's most effective hedge
against foreign currency changes has been the foreign currency denominated
debt balances maintained in respect to its foreign operations. Geographic
concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are not
significant as a result of the diverse geographic areas covered by the
Company's operations.
 
  The Company's foreign operations in Asia consist primarily of
distributorships organized as joint venture subsidiaries. Economies and local
currencies throughout much of Asia have entered a tumultuous period beginning
in fiscal 1998 as a result of political turmoil and general economic problems
with principal industries. During fiscal 1998, the Company had approximately
$25 million of revenues from Asian sales and royalties and, as of January 31,
1998, approximately $17.2 million in investments and receivables from Asian
subsidiaries, not including investments in the India joint venture subsidiary.
Part of the Company's hedging strategy is to protect against further currency
devaluation by hedging its expected operating earnings and investments related
to these countries through forward exchange contracts and local borrowings.
There can be no assurance given that such strategies will be effective.
Additionally, such hedging strategies do not mitigate the effect on sales and
operating earnings of the slumping local economies in these countries.
 
  Because of the relatively small part of the Company's revenues and assets
related to Asia, the Company does not believe the Asian economic problems will
have a material impact on the overall Company operations. However, if such
conditions continue, the Company's expected growth in this area of the world
could be adversely affected.
 
  The Company believes that disclosure of its Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
Depreciation, and Amortization (EBITDA) provides useful information regarding
the Company's ability to incur and service debt,
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
but that it should not be considered a substitute for operating income or cash
flow from operations determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. Other companies may calculate EBITDA in a different
manner than the Company. EBITDA does not take into consideration substantial
costs and cash flows of doing business, such as interest expense, income
taxes, depreciation and amortization, and should not be considered in
isolation to or as a substitute for other measures of performance. EBITDA does
not represent funds available for discretionary use by the Company because
those funds are required for debt service, capital expenditures to replaces
fixed assets, working capital, and other commitments and contingencies.
EBITDA, as calculated by the Company, also excludes extraordinary items,
discontinued operations, and minority interest in earnings of subsidiaries.
The Company's EBITDA for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was
$126.2 million, $88.2 million and $78.7 million, respectively. However, this
amount includes net income of $17.9 million, $3.4 million and $0.4 million for
the years ended January 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, from
(i) restructuring provisions, (ii) other income primarily related to various
items from previous operations and (iii) foreign currency transaction losses,
net; loss on disposition of fixed assets, net; and other net (see Note 15 to
the consolidated financial statement included elsewhere herein), which
management believes should be deducted from the calculation of EBITDA. EBITDA
as set forth above reflects the impact of $4.1 million of negative production
variances incurred during the last half of fiscal 1998.
 
  As of January 31, 1998, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
("NOLs") of approximately $135 million for United States federal income tax
purposes. These carryforwards, if not utilized to offset taxable income in
future periods, will expire at various dates through fiscal 2012. The
Recapitalization, together with certain other changes in the ownership of the
Company's stock which have occurred or may occur in the future, could cause
the Company to experience an "ownership change" within the meaning of Section
382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Following
such an ownership change, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to
utilize for United States federal income tax purposes its NOLs arising in
periods before the ownership change would be subject to an annual limitation,
which would generally be equal to the product of the value of all of the
outstanding stock of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change, or
if the Recapitalization resulted in an ownership change, immediately after the
Recapitalization (less certain capital contributions made within the preceding
two years), and the "long-term tax-exempt rate" (determined monthly and, for
ownership changes occurring in the month of August 1998, 5.15%). Although the
Company cannot currently predict the effect of any limitation on its ability
to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards, such limitation could result
in additional income tax expense being recorded for financial reporting
purposes if the Company determines in the future that it is likely that the
limitation will affect its ability to realize net deferred tax assets related
to the net operating loss carryforwards.
 
RECENT EVENTS AND RECAPITALIZATION
 
  On January 7, 1998, the Company announced it had engaged Goldman, Sachs &
Co. as financial advisor to assist in the process of exploring various
strategic alternatives designed to enhance shareholder value. On March 20,
1998, the Board of Directors approved a recapitalization plan, pursuant to
which the Company planned to pay a special cash dividend to stockholders of
$12.50 per share. Consummation of this recapitalization plan and payment of
the $12.50 dividend per share was subject to a number of conditions, including
the closing of a new bank credit facility, the successful retirement of the
Company's outstanding Series B Notes (which were substantially retired in
April, 1998 as discussed below) and declaration of the dividend by the
Company's Board of Directors. The Company also previously announced that it
was engaged in discussions with third parties concerning a possible
transaction whereby approximately 50% of the Company's equity would be
acquired by a third party and shareholders would receive cash payments in the
range of $30.00 per share and retain a significant equity interest in the
Company. The Company expects to record charges in the second quarter of fiscal
1999 for financial, legal and other expenses associated with the process of
exploring these alternative plans which were not ultimately consummated.
 
  The Company completed a tender offer on April 23, 1998 for $52.3 million out
of the $52.8 million outstanding principal amount of its Series B Notes at a
price of $115.35 per $100 of principal. The Old Credit Facility was amended to
allow for financing the retirement of the Series B Notes from borrowings
thereunder. The Company incurred a pre-tax charge to earnings of approximately
$10 million during the first quarter of fiscal 1999 for the premium paid to
repurchase the Series B Notes and other charges related to the transaction.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
  On March 23, 1998, the Company announced a restructuring of its Torhout,
Belgium manufacturing operations. The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of
approximately $2.6 million during the first quarter of fiscal 1999 in
connection with the restructuring. The restructuring provision is primarily
related to termination and severance costs for the elimination of
approximately 111 positions.
 
  As discussed elsewhere herein, the Company expects U.S. wholesale sales to
be depressed through at least the first half of fiscal 1999 because of various
factors which affected U.S. wholesale sales in fiscal 1998, including the
adverse impact of price increases and pricing strategies, market disruptions
and retailer discounting issues associated with various forms of cross
distribution channel sales, and forecasting and production scheduling errors.
Commencing in February 1998, management began a detailed study and evaluation
of the Company's U.S. hardside production operations in light of declining
U.S. hardside sales and various marketing issues that the Company is
encountering in the United States. These issues, as well as the decision to
source international hardside products from other production facilities
located closer to the Company's international customers, instead of from its
Denver plant, have resulted in an inventory build-up and reduced hardside
production requirements in the United States. Based on management's
evaluation, on May 14, 1998, the Company approved a plan to further
restructure its U.S. production operations to bring the unit volume and
workforce in the Denver plant into line with expected sales and to achieve a
better balance between fixed and variable costs with respect to this facility.
The restructuring plan calls for a substantial reduction in workforce, as well
as the disposal of molding and other equipment that represents excess
capacity. As a result, during the second quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company
has recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $5.5 million (of which
approximately $2.2 million is non-cash). The Company also expects to incur
additional cash costs of approximately $0.3 million in connection with the
restructuring plan that will be expensed as they are incurred. The Company
expects that the restructuring will be substantially completed by July 31,
1998, and that the annualized cost savings, from the restructuring will be
approximately $5.9 million. The foregoing estimate of annual cost savings
constitutes forward looking information and involves known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual cost savings to be
materially different from the foregoing estimate. In addition to the general
factors discussed under "Risk Factors--Implementation of Business Strategy;
Forward Looking Statements" such estimate of annual cost savings is based on a
variety of other factors and was derived utilizing numerous important
assumptions, including (i) achieving estimated reductions in headcount at
currently projected severance cost levels, while maintaining work flow, (ii)
achieving a sufficient level of sales necessary to yield planned production
efficiencies and absorption of fixed costs, (iii) eliminating certain
components of fixed overhead without affecting the Company's ability to manage
the downsized production facility efficiently, (iv) the willingness of the
affected employees to accept more flexible work rules and (v) no disruption to
planned production schedules. The failure of one or more of these assumptions
to be realized may cause the actual annual cost savings to differ materially
from the foregoing estimate.
 
  In connection with the Recapitalization, certain adjustments and
modifications were made to outstanding employee stock options as a result of
the consummation of the Tender Offer. Such adjustments will result in
increased compensation expense of approximately $3.9 million in the second
quarter of fiscal 1999, $0.4 million during the remainder of fiscal 1999 and
$0.8 million in fiscal 2000.
 
EFFECT OF YEAR 2000 ISSUES ON COMPANY OPERATIONS
 
  The Company has conducted a review of its computer systems to identify the
systems that could be affected by the Year 2000 issue which results from
computer programs being written using two digits rather than four to define
the applicable year. Any computer programs that have time-sensitive software
may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000,
resulting in a major system failure or miscalculations. In the U.S., the
Company is installing new financial, manufacturing and distribution software
which is Year 2000 compliant. These new systems are being installed in
response to other business needs as well as Year 2000 issues. The Company's
European division is updating its systems to be Year 2000 compliant and
expects this to be completed during fiscal 1999. Other operations throughout
the world are generally using recently purchased software which is Year 2000
compliant. The Company estimates it will spend approximately $8 million in the
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
U.S. for new systems by the end of fiscal 1999; costs incurred in Europe and
the remainder of the world for Year 2000 compliance are not expected to be
material. Although the Company believes it has identified internal Year 2000
issues which might have a significant impact on operations, no assurance can
be given that all such issues have been identified or will be corrected.
Additionally, no assurances can be given that the Company's customers,
vendors, banks or other third parties will not experience Year 2000 issues
which may have a significant impact on the Company's operations.
 
EFFECT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
  In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share. This statement
establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share ("EPS")
and applies to all entities with publicly held common stock or potential
common stock. This statement replaces the presentation of primary EPS and
fully diluted EPS with a presentation of basic EPS and diluted EPS,
respectively. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing earnings
available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common
shares outstanding for the period. Similar to fully diluted EPS, diluted EPS
reflects the potential dilution of securities that could share in the
earnings. This statement is effective for the Company's consolidated financial
statements for the year ended January 31, 1998, and has been adopted,
resulting in the restatement of earnings per share for all prior periods.
Details regarding earnings per share are disclosed at Note 1(k) to the
consolidated financial statements.
 
  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income
(Statement 130), which requires comprehensive income to be displayed
prominently within the consolidated financial statements. Comprehensive income
is defined as all recognized changes in equity during a period from
transactions and other events and circumstances except those resulting from
investments by owners and distributions to owners. Net income and items that
previously have been recorded directly in equity are included in comprehensive
income. Statement 130 affects only the reporting, and disclosure of
comprehensive income; it does not affect recognition or measurement of income.
Statement 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997,
with earlier application permitted. The Company plans to adopt Statement 130
in the first quarter of fiscal 1999.
 
  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information (Statement 131). Statement 131 provides
guidance for reporting information about operating segments in annual
financial statements and requires reporting of selected information about
operating segments in interim financial reports of public companies. An
operating segment is defined as a component of a business that engages in
business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, a
component whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the company's
chief operating decision maker, and a component for which discrete financial
information is available. Statement 131 establishes quantitative thresholds
for determining operating segments of a company. Statement 131 is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997, with earlier application
permitted. The Company plans to adopt Statement 131 in the first quarter of
fiscal 1999 by reporting operating segment information on Form 10-Q.
 
  In February 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, Employers' Disclosures about
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (Statement 132). This statement
revised employers' disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit
plans and standardizes the disclosure requirements to the extent practicable.
This statement is effective for the Company's consolidated financial
statements for the year ending January 31, 1999. The Company does not expect
the adoption of Statement 132 to materially impact the financial statement
presentation.
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
                              THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER; PERIOD FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the
"Exchange Offer"), the Company will accept for exchange Old Notes which are
properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and not withdrawn as
permitted below. As used herein, the term "Expiration Date" means 5:00 p.m.
New York City time, on     , 1998; provided, however, that if the Company, in
its sole discretion, has extended the period of time for which the Exchange
Offer is open, the term "Expiration Date" means the latest time and date to
which the Exchange Offer is extended.
 
  As of the date of this Prospectus, $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes is outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is first being sent on or about    , 1998, to all Holders of Old
Notes known to the Company. The Company's obligation to accept Old Notes for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions as
set forth under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below.
 
  The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time or from time to time,
to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer is open, and
thereby delay acceptance for exchange of any Old Notes, by giving oral or
written notice of such extension to the Holders thereof in the manner
described below. During any such extension, all Old Notes previously tendered
will remain subject to the Exchange Offer and may be accepted for exchange by
the Company. Any Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering Holder thereof as promptly as
practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
  Old Notes tendered in the Exchange Offer must be in denominations of $1,000
principal amount and any integral multiple thereof.
 
  The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the Exchange
Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Notes not theretofore accepted
for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the Exchange
Offer specified below under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The
Company will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-
acceptance or termination to the Holders of the Old Notes as promptly as
practicable, such notice in the case of any extension to be issued by means of
a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration
Date.
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
  The tender to the Company of Old Notes by a Holder thereof as set forth
below and acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding
agreement between the tendering Holder and the Company upon terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter
of Transmittal. Except as set forth below, a Holder who wishes to tender Old
Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer must transmit a properly
completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including all other
documents required by such Letter of Transmittal, to United States Trust
Company of New York (the "Exchange Agent") at the address set forth below
under "Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either
(i) certificates for such Old Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent
along with the Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) a timely confirmation of book-
entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such
procedure is available, into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository
Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedure
for book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange
Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) the Holder must comply with the
guaranteed delivery procedures described below. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD
NOTES, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE
ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDERS. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS
RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT
REQUESTED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE
TIMELY DELIVERY. NO LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE
COMPANY.
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
  Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker,
dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to
tender should contact the registered Holder promptly and instruct such
registered Holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such
beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner must,
prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering
such owner's Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Old Notes in such owner's name or obtain a properly completed
bond power from the registered Holder. The transfer of registered ownership
may take considerable time.
 
  Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case
may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange
pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered Holder of the Old Notes who
has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special
Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of
an Eligible Institution (as defined below). In the event that signatures on a
Letter of Transmittal or a notice of a withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by a firm which is a
financial institution (including most banks, savings and loan associations and
brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents
Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or
the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (collectively, "Eligible Institutions").
If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than a signer of the
Letter of Transmittal, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed
by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or
exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Company in its sole
discretion, duly executed by the registered Holder with the signature thereon
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
  All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be determined
by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders
of any particular Old Notes not properly tendered or to not accept any
particular Old Note which acceptance might, in the judgment of the Company or
its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to
waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to
any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including
the right to waive the ineligibility of any Holder who seeks to tender Old
Notes in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions
of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after
the Expiration Date (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions
thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless
waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes
for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the
Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other
person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or
irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes for exchange, nor shall
any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
 
  If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than the
registered Holder or Holders of Old Notes, such Old Notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly
as the name or names of the registered Holder or Holders appear on the Old
Notes.
 
  If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by
the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to
so act must be submitted.
 
  By tendering, each Holder will represent to the Company that, among other
things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New
Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, and that neither the Holder
nor such other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of the New Notes. In the case of a Holder that
is not a broker-dealer, each such Holder, by tendering, will also represent to
the Company that such Holder is not engaged in and does not intend to engage
in a distribution of the New Notes. If any
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
Holder or any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405
of the Securities Act, of the Company, or is engaged in or intends to engage
in or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a
distribution of such New Notes to be acquired pursuant to Exchange Offer, such
Holder or any such other person (i) could not rely on the applicable
interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New
Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale
of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." The Letter of Transmittal
states that by so acknowledging and by delivering such a prospectus, a broker-
dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act.
 
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES
 
  Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange Offer,
the Company will accept, promptly after the Expiration Date, all Old Notes
properly tendered and will issue the New Notes promptly after acceptance of
the Old Notes. See "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. For
purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted
properly tendered Old Notes for exchange when, as and if the Company has given
oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent, with written
confirmation of any oral notice to be given promptly thereafter.
 
  For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the Holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on
the Old Notes, from June 24, 1998. Accordingly, registered Holders of New
Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date
following the consummation of the Exchange Offer will receive interest
accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from June 24, 1998. Old Notes accepted for exchange
will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the
Exchange Offer.  Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for
exchange will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on such
Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for
which occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer.
 
  In all cases, issuance of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes, or a timely Book-
Entry Confirmation of such Old Notes in to the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal and all other required documents. If any tendered Old Notes are
not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the
Exchange Offer or if Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount
than the Holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged Old
Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering Holder thereof (or, in
the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry
procedures described below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to
an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as promptly as
practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
 
  The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the
Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and
any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with such
Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for transfer. However, although
delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Book-
Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, with
any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in
any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at the address
set forth below under "--Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date or
the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with.
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
 
  If a registered Holder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old Notes and
the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such
Holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if (i) the tender is
made through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the
Exchange Agent received from such Eligible Institution a properly completed
and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and
address of the Holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered,
stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within
three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date the
certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for
transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the
Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent and (iii) the certificates for
all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-
Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by
the Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent within three New
York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
 
  Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration
Date.
 
  For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be
received by the Exchange Agent at the address or, in the case of Eligible
Institutions, at the facsimile number, set forth below under "--Exchange
Agent" prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i)
specify the name of the person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn
(the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the
certificate number or numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii)
contain a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such
Old Notes exchanged, (iv) be signed by the Holder in the same manner as the
original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were
tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by
documents of transfer to have the Trustee with respect to the Old Notes
register the transfer of such Old Notes in the name of the person withdrawing
the tender and (v) specify the name in which such Old Notes are registered, if
different from that of the Depositor. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant
to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of
withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and otherwise
comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity,
form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be
determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on
all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been
validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New
Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn
are validly retendered. Any Old Notes that have been tendered for exchange but
which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the Holder thereof
without cost to such Holder (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-
entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such
Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility for the Old Notes) as soon as practicable after withdrawal,
rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn
Old Notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under "--
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" above at any time prior to the Expiration
Date.
 
CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall
not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange for,
any Old Notes and may terminate or amend the Exchange
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
Offer, if at any time before the acceptance of such Old Notes for exchange or
the exchange of the New Notes for such Old Notes, any of the following events
shall occur:
 
    (a) there shall be threatened, instituted or pending any action or
   proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have been
   issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental
   regulatory or administrative agency or commission (i) seeking to restrain
   or prohibit the making or consummation of the Exchange Offer or any other
   transaction contemplated by the Exchange Offer, or assessing or seeking any
   damages as a result thereof or (ii) resulting in a material delay in the
   ability of the Company to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of
   the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or any statute, rule,
   regulation, order or injunction shall be sought, proposed, introduced,
   enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the Exchange Offer or any of
   the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer by any government or
   governmental authority, domestic or foreign, or any action shall have been
   taken, proposed or threatened, by any government, governmental authority,
   agency or court, domestic or foreign, that in the sole judgment of the
   Company might directly or indirectly result in any of the consequences
   referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above or, in the sole judgment of the
   Company, might result in the holders of New Notes having obligations with
   respect to resales and transfers of New Notes which are greater than those
   described in the interpretation of the Commission referred to below under
   "--Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes," or would otherwise make it
   inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or
 
    (b) there shall have occurred (i) any general suspension of or general
   limitation on prices for, or trading in, securities on any national
   securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market, (ii) any limitation
   by a governmental agency or authority which may adversely affect the
   ability of the Company to complete the transactions contemplated by the
   Exchange Offer, (iii) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any
   suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or any
   limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely affects
   the extension of credit or (iv) a commencement of a war, armed hostilities
   or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving
   the United States, or, in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the
   time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer, a material acceleration or
   worsening thereof; or
 
    (c) any change (or any development involving a prospective change) shall
  have occurred or be threatened in the business, properties, assets,
  liabilities, financial condition, operations, results of operations or
  prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole that, in the
  sole judgment of the Company, is or may be adverse to the Company, or the
  Company shall have become aware of facts that, in the sole judgment of the
  Company, have or may have adverse significance with respect to the value of
  the Old Notes or the New Notes; which in the sole judgment of the Company
  in any case, and regardless of the circumstances (including any action by
  the Company) giving rise to any such condition, makes it inadvisable to
  proceed with the Exchange Offer and/or with such acceptance for exchange or
  with such exchange.
 
  The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be
asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any
such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or in part at any time
and from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company at
any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver
of any such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which
may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
 
  In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Old Notes
tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old Notes,
if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect
to the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part or the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
EXCHANGE AGENT
 
  United States Trust Company of New York has been appointed as the Exchange
Agent for the Exchange Offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be
directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below. Questions and
requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or
of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery
should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
 
            United States Trust Company of New York, Exchange Agent
 
              By Mail:                 By Overnight Courier and By Hand after
 United States Trust Company             4:30 p.m. New York City Time on the
        of New York                               Expiration Date:
 
    P.O. Box 843 - Cooper Station     United States Trust Company of New York
      New York, New York 10276                770 Broadway, 13th Floor
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services          New York, New York 10003
 
                                        Attention: Corporate Trust Services
 By Hand (before 4:30 p.m. New York
             City Time):
 
 United States Trust Company of               For Information Call:
            New York                             (800) 548-6565

                                            By Facsimile Transmission
            111 Broadway                (for Eligible Institutions only):  
  Attention: Corporate Trust Window              (212) 780-0592               
             Lower Level                Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
      New York, New York 10006         
                                                Confirm by Telephone:
                                                   (800) 548-6565
 
  DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY OF SUCH LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
  The Company will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others
soliciting acceptance of the Exchange Offer. The estimated cash expenses to be
incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will be paid by the Company and
are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately $150,000.
 
TRANSFER TAXES
 
  Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obliged to pay
any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who instruct
the Company to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Old Notes
not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person
other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment
of any applicable transfer tax thereon.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES
 
  Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the provisions
in the Indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the Old Notes and the
restrictions on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon
as a consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from,
or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes
may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not
currently
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act. Based on
interpretations by the staff of the Commission, as set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any
such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of such New Notes. However, the Commission has not considered
the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no
assurance that the staff of the Commission would make a similar determination
with respect to the Exchange Offer as in such other circumstances. Each
holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged
in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes and has no
arrangement or understanding to participate in a distribution of New Notes. If
any holder is an "affiliate" of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405
under the Securities Act), is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any
arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes
to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely
on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer
that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes must
acknowledge that such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The
Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-
dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old
Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. For a period of 180 days after the
Expiration Date, the Company will make this Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented from time to time, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to
comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, the
New Notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or
qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or
qualification is available and is complied with.
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
  Samsonite is one of the world's largest manufacturers and distributors of
luggage. The Company markets its products primarily under the Samsonite(R),
American Tourister(R) and Lark(R) brand names. The Samsonite brand enjoys
worldwide recognition and is the leading brand of luggage products in the
United States and Europe. American Tourister is the second most recognized
brand of luggage in the United States. American Tourister products are also
sold in Europe. The Lark brand is well-recognized in the United States and
competes in the premium segment of the luggage market. Samsonite and American
Tourister luggage products have been manufactured and sold continuously since
the 1930s.
 
  The Company is a major factor in the worldwide luggage market, with net
sales of $736.9 million for fiscal 1998. Competition in the luggage market is
highly fragmented with the vast majority of individual competitors having less
than 10% of the Company's annual luggage sales. Samsonite offers the broadest
range of products in the luggage industry, including hardside suitcases,
softside suitcases, garment bags, casual bags, hardside and softside business
cases and other travel bags. Many of today's most successful luggage products
and features--such as suitcases on wheels, suitcases with a built-in luggage
cart, full-featured structured garment bags, ultra-light softside suitcases
and innovative new wheel systems--were introduced or popularized by Samsonite.
 
  The Company benefits from its large size through sale driven purchasing and
manufacturing economies. The Company's products are sourced through a global
network consisting of 14 Company-operated manufacturing facilities and various
third-party suppliers throughout the world.  By operating its own facilities
to produce hardside luggage and more complex softside products, the Company is
better able to control manufacturing quality and to achieve shorter product
introduction lead times and lower delivery costs. In addition, the Company
takes advantage of its global sourcing capabilities by buying less complex
products from various countries when their product costs or currency exchange
rates are favorable.
 
  The Company's marketing and distribution strategy focuses on the broad
middle segment of the luggage market as opposed to the more commodity driven
low end of the market or the premium priced high end. In the United States,
the Samsonite brand has historically been positioned as high quality,
innovative luggage, targeted at frequent business travelers. The American
Tourister brand has been positioned as quality luggage at an affordable price,
and the Lark brand has been positioned as premium luggage targeted at first
and business class travelers. In Europe, the Samsonite brand enjoys more of a
premium image than in the United States, and is targeted at first class and
frequent business travelers. The Company's marketing theme centers around the
Samsonite "WorldproofTM" brand image which represents strength, durability,
quality, and style.
 
  The Company's products are sold throughout the world in more than 100
countries through approximately 23,000 retail outlets, including department
and specialty stores, catalog showrooms, mass merchant retailers, warehouse
clubs and Company-owned retail stores located primarily in factory outlet
malls. In addition, Samsonite licenses its trademarks for use on non-luggage
products, such as travel accessories, personal leather goods, handbags and
furniture. These products are made and sold primarily by independent licensees
which pay royalties to Samsonite.
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS AND NEW GROWTH INITIATIVES
 
  Management believes that the Company's leading position in the global
luggage industry is due to its widely recognized brand names, broad range of
innovative luggage products and global manufacturing and distribution network.
 
  Brand Names. The Company markets its products primarily under the Samsonite,
American Tourister and Lark brand names. The Company commits substantial
resources to aggressive brand advertising programs that
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
promote the features, durability and quality of the Company's products and
target particular segments of the luggage market based on consumer
demographics. For each of the last five fiscal years, the Company has
invested, either directly or through co-op advertising programs, approximately
$50 million in television and print advertising and related promotional
activities. A 1994 market survey, the most recent Company sponsored survey
conducted by an independent surveying organization, indicated that
approximately 93% and 79% of travelers surveyed in the United States
recognized the Samsonite and American Tourister brand names, respectively,
compared to less than 15% for the next most recognized luggage brand. Similar
surveys show that recognition of the Samsonite brand name in most major
Western European countries ranges from 60% to 80%.
 
  Innovative Products. The Company is the industry leader in offering
innovative products that meet travelers' needs. The Company has spent over $40
million on product design and development during the last five fiscal years.
Many of today's most successful luggage products and features--such as
suitcases on wheels, suitcases with a built-in luggage cart, full-featured,
structured garment bags, ultra-lightweight, softside suitcases, and innovative
new wheel systems--were introduced or popularized by Samsonite. Sales of
products that were introduced or substantially redesigned by the Company in
the last three years accounted for approximately 60% of the Company's fiscal
1998 sales. The Company currently holds approximately 730 patents worldwide
and has over 300 patent applications pending worldwide.
 
  Global Manufacturing and Distribution Network. The Company's global sourcing
network consists of 14 Company-operated manufacturing facilities and various
third-party suppliers located principally in the Far East, Eastern Europe and
the Dominican Republic. By operating its own facilities to produce hardside
luggage and more complex softside products, the Company is better able to
control manufacturing quality and reduce lead times and delivery costs. The
Company's global sourcing network also enables it to opportunistically source
less complex products from countries with low product costs and favorable
currency exchange rates. The Company has one of the largest and most
technologically advanced luggage distribution networks in both the United
States and Europe. Its pan-European distribution network is capable of billing
customers in their local currency and delivering products within five days
after an order is placed. The Company also has significant distribution
relationships in Asia, Australia, Latin America and the Middle East.
 
  In May 1996, the Company appointed Richard R. Nicolosi as Chief Executive
Officer and shortly thereafter announced a strategic plan intended to further
strengthen the Company's leadership position in the worldwide luggage market
and to improve its financial performance. The plan included a series of
initiatives designed to broaden the product and pricing architecture in the
U.S. and position products and brands on a consistent basis in the U.S. and
Europe; to streamline the organizational structure by adopting a structure
based on channel management instead of brand management which relied upon
separate organizations to manage each of the Company's three principal brands;
and to improve the Company's cost structure by reducing SKUs, standardizing
components and instituting global sourcing.
 
  As a result of the plan initiatives, net sales, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
increased from $675.2 million, $78.7 million, and $78.3 million, respectively,
in fiscal 1996 to $736.9 million, $126.2 million and $112.4 million,
respectively, in fiscal 1998. During this period, the Company's European
operations posted increases in local currency sales and operating income of
23.9% and 58.6%, respectively. Samsonite's U.S. retail business also recorded
significant sales and operating income growth during this period; however, the
Company's U.S. wholesale business experienced difficulty implementing certain
of the plan initiatives, and began to perform below expectations commencing in
the third quarter of fiscal 1998. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
  In February 1998, Mr. Luc Van Nevel, a 23-year Samsonite veteran, who
previously had responsibility for Samsonite's successful European and
International operations, was promoted to President of Samsonite. In May 1998,
Mr. Van Nevel was appointed to succeed Mr. Nicolosi as Chief Executive Officer
and was elected to the Company's Board of Directors. Mr. Nicolosi currently
serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors.
 
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
  Since the beginning of fiscal 1999, Mr. Van Nevel has continued to refine
the successful strategies initiated in 1996 and has taken aggressive action to
address the issues facing the Company's U.S. wholesale business, as described
below.
 
  .  Emphasize Growth Oriented Product Offerings and Channels of
     Distribution. The Company plans to introduce more entries in casual bags
     and business cases in the U.S. in order to expand the Company's sales in
     these two growth categories. This strategy has already proven to be
     successful for Samsonite in Europe and Japan. The Company also plans to
     increase its presence in channels of distribution where it believes it
     is under-represented by using targeted marketing and sales efforts
     tailored to each channel. In addition, the Company intends to exploit
     its manufacturing and sourcing leverage by aggressively pursuing
     opportunities to sell American Tourister and retailer-labeled products
     to mass merchant retailers and in other high volume-potential channels
     throughout the world.
 
  .  Strengthen Marketing and Product Innovation. Samsonite plans to continue
     to expand its presence in the worldwide luggage market from both a
     consumer and trade standpoint. The Company's marketing program is
     expected to include more consumer-preferred products, styles and
     features, more effective advertising at higher investment levels,
     strengthened point-of-sale support and better customer service. Recent
     successful product introductions include the updated ultralite product
     line in the U.S., the second generation Oyster(TM) product line in
     Europe, and products incorporating the innovative Big Wheel(R) system
     worldwide. In addition, other product launches are scheduled for fiscal
     1999. For example, the Company's best selling U.S. line, Silhouette(TM)
     with sales of approximately $64 million in each of the last two fiscal
     years, will be reintroduced as Silhouette 6 in the second half of fiscal
     1999. The Company believes Silhouette 6 will have improved aesthetics
     and performance and an improved price to value relationship at
     competitive price points. Silhouette 6 will include separate designs
     targeted at business travelers, women, and "road warriors"--the ultimate
     business travelers.
 
  .  Continue Worldwide Expansion. The Company plans to continue expansion
     worldwide in countries where growing economies and reduced political and
     trade barriers provide opportunities for long-term growth. Samsonite
     currently has operations in a number of emerging foreign markets,
     including China, India, South America and the Pacific Rim. Since the
     beginning of fiscal 1997, the Company has: (i) acquired luggage
     distribution companies in Hong Kong, Singapore and South Korea;
     (ii) established manufacturing and distribution joint ventures in India
     and China; and (iii) established a new venture partnership with a former
     Samsonite distributor to distribute Samsonite products in Brazil and
     other major South American markets. During fiscal 1999, the Company
     intends to take over distribution operations in Taiwan from the
     Company's current distributor whose contract has expired and also to
     form a joint venture with the Company's current Argentinian distributor.
     The Company is currently considering the possible disposal or
     liquidation of its investment in its manufacturing facilities in China,
     although the Company intends to maintain its sales and distribution
     presence in China. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Recent Events and
     Recapitalization."
 
  .  Resolve U.S. Wholesale Issues. In fiscal 1998, the Company's U.S.
     wholesale operation (which accounted for 37.2% of the Company's fiscal
     1998 consolidated sales) produced significant increases in
     operating income of 89.4% as compared to fiscal 1997. However,
     commencing with the end of the third quarter of fiscal 1998, this
     operation began to perform below expectations causing U.S. wholesale
     sales for fiscal 1998 to be 7.4% below fiscal 1997. This decline was due
     to various factors including the adverse impact of price increases and
     other pricing strategies adopted by the Company, market disruptions and
     retailer discounting taken in connection with various forms of cross
     distribution-channel selling. In addition, forecasting and production
     scheduling errors, along with the reduced level of sales, resulted in
     product availability constraints, significant negative production
     variances and excess inventory both at the Company and in certain of the
     Company's distribution channels.
 
     Since the beginning of fiscal 1999, the Company has taken aggressive
     action to resolve these issues. These actions have included: (i)
     replacing the management team responsible for U.S. wholesale
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
     operations with experienced luggage industry veterans; (ii) improving
     customer relationships by eliminating cross distribution-channel selling
     and by modifying the Company's strategy for its retail operations; (iii)
     modifying the Company's pricing and co-op advertising strategy by
     reducing prices from 4% to 6% on certain products with corresponding
     reductions in co-op advertising allowances and sale promotion costs;
     (iv) reducing production levels, particularly in the Denver hardside
     plant, to bring volume into line with expected sales, and working in
     conjunction with the Company's trade customers and Company-owned stores
     to reduce excess working capital by approximately $45 million over the
     next 18 months; and (v) rightsizing the cost structure of the Company's
     U.S. wholesale operations, including implementation of a plan to further
     restructure its U.S. manufacturing operations. The restructuring plan,
     which is intended to bring the unit volume and workforce in the Denver
     plant into line with expected sales and to achieve a better balance
     between fixed and variable costs with respect to this facility, calls
     for a substantial reduction in workforce, as well as the disposal of
     molding and other equipment that represents excess capacity. As a
     result, during the second quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company has
     recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $5.5 million (of which
     approximately $2.2 million is non-cash). The Company also expects to
     incur additional cash costs of approximately $0.3 million in connection
     with the restructuring plan that will be expensed as they are incurred.
     The Company expects that the restructuring will be substantially
     completed by July 31, 1998, and that the annualized cost savings from
     the restructuring will be approximately $5.9 million. The foregoing
     estimate of annual cost savings constitutes forward looking information
     and involves known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors
     that may cause actual cost savings to be materially different from the
     foregoing estimate. See "Risk Factors--Implementation of Business
     Strategy; Forward-Looking Statements" and "Management's Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Recent Events
     and Recapitalization."
 
     Notwithstanding these corrective actions, the Company expects sales and
     operating results in U.S. wholesale operations through at least the
     first two quarters of fiscal 1999 to continue to be adversely affected
     by the factors which adversely affected U.S. wholesale operations in
     fiscal 1998.
 
THE LUGGAGE MARKET
 
  The worldwide luggage market covers a wide range of products, values and
price points. At the highest end of the market are luxury products (such as
Louis Vuitton and Gucci) that have prestige identities, high prices, and
tightly confined distribution. Beneath the luxury segment is the broad middle
band of the luggage market in which products are differentiated by features,
brand name and price. Within this band, unit sales volumes are largest at the
middle and lower prices. Product differentiation decreases and breadth of
distribution increases with decreasing price levels.
 
  At the low end of the luggage market, unbranded products with few, if any,
differentiating features are sold in significant volumes and at low margins,
competing primarily on the basis of price.
 
  In the United States, luggage is sold to consumers through (i) traditional
retail distribution channels, including department and specialty luggage
stores and national retail chains, (ii) catalog showrooms and (iii) discount
retail distribution channels, including mass merchants, warehouse clubs and
Company-owned retail stores.
 
  In Europe, luggage is sold to consumers primarily through traditional
distribution channels, primarily department and specialty luggage stores. In
the European discount channels, the Company is distributing several new
product lines, including its American Tourister brand. Samsonite operates one
Company-owned store in Northern Europe, one in Italy and one in Spain. The
Company also has two factory outlet stores, one in Italy and one in Spain. In
addition, Samsonite products are sold through a group of ten exclusive
franchise stores in Italy.
 
PRODUCTS
 
  The Company offers the broadest range of products in the luggage industry,
including hardside suitcases, softside suitcases, garment bags, casual bags,
hardside and softside (including leather) business cases and laptop
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
computer bags. Hardside suitcases and business cases typically consist of two
plastic shells held together by a hinge and secured closed by locking latches.
The plastic shells are made by injection molding or vacuum forming, some of
which use Samsonite's know-how, proprietary technology and unique designs.
Softside products are normally made of textile and closed by a zipper. They
are often supported by a frame and/or a pull handle and wheel assembly,
including proprietary Samsonite designs. Garment bags are designed to hold
garments on coat hangers, and can be opened while hanging up. Casual bags
include duffle bags and other bags that do not have a frame. Business and
attache cases are constructed of both softside and hardside materials. The
following table sets forth an estimate of the percentage of the Company's
fiscal 1998 revenues from sales of luggage and travel-related products by
product type:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                    <C>
     Softside suitcases....................................................  39%
     Hardside suitcases....................................................  29
     Casual bags (softside)................................................  12
     Garment bags (softside)...............................................   6
     Business cases (hardside and softside)................................   4
     Other products (primarily non-luggage)................................  10
                                                                            ---
                                                                            100%
                                                                            ===
</TABLE>
 
  The Company sells a full range of luggage products under each of its
Samsonite, American Tourister and Lark brand names. Although the positioning
of the Company's brands and its target consumers vary somewhat from market to
market, product lines within each brand are designed to appeal to targeted
consumer groups. The following table sets forth, for each of the Company's
principal luggage brands, its market position and targeted consumer.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRAND NAME               MARKET POSITION                            TARGET CONSUMER
- ----------               ---------------                            ---------------
<S>                      <C>                                        <C>
Samsonite(R)............ Top quality luggage with leading edge      Business/frequent traveler
                         features
American Tourister(R)... High quality luggage offering value,       Value-conscious traveler
                         versatility and durability
Lark(R)................. Premium luggage for upscale consumers      First and business class traveler
                         with luxurious styling
                         
</TABLE>
 
  Hardside Luggage. The Company manufactures virtually all of its requirements
for hardside luggage in its own factories. Hardside luggage is sold under the
Samsonite brand globally. In the United States and Europe, hardside luggage is
also sold under the American Tourister brand. Hardside products provide
greater protection and security than softside, as well as "wrinkle free"
packing for suits and dresses. Both in Europe and in the United States,
hardside products are offered in several lines, each including a variety of
sizes and styles to suit different consumer needs.
 
  In Europe, popular Samsonite-branded hardside lines include the Samsonite
System 4 Deluxe and System 4 Art lines, priced at the higher end of the market
with large cases commanding up to US$550 at retail, the Samsonite Epsilon(R)
lines priced in the upper-middle range and Samsonite Oyster II and Oyster
products priced at the lower end.
 
  In the United States, Samsonite-branded hardside products include the Road
Warrior(R) 900 Series and the Silhouette(R) 700 Series in the upper range,
Ultralite 3(TM) 550 Series in the upper-middle range, as well as Epsilon(R) 2
400 Series and Oyster(TM) 200 Series products in the middle and lower range
which are comparable to such products in Europe.
 
  Globally, Samsonite distributes and sells hardside suitcases which include
features to facilitate transport. These include the patented Piggyback(R)
product, which incorporates a luggage cart, an extendable handle and a strap
allowing additional bags to be attached and transported. As a result of
proprietary improvements in molding technology and design, Samsonite is
introducing new lighter weight hardside luggage.
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
  Softside Luggage. The Company sources approximately two-thirds of its
requirements for softside luggage and other bags from numerous independent
suppliers located worldwide, and produces the balance of its requirements in
its own facilities located in several countries. The Company has introduced
many innovative features in its softside products in response to consumer
needs for better interior organization, ease of use, mobility and portability.
The softside products are sold under all of the Company's major brands,
Samsonite, American Tourister and Lark. Globally, softside products are
grouped into product lines with a variety of matching or complementary
suitcases, garment bags and other bags.
 
  Samsonite has introduced over the years numerous softside products with
proprietary features. Examples include the Ultravalet(R) Garment Bag, with a
unique wrinkle-free folding system, also available on wheels; the EZ Big
Wheel(R) rolling system, which allows effortless passage over carpet and rough
surfaces; and the EZ CART(TM) system, whose 4 wheels support all the weight of
the case, combined with a push-handle that provides optimum stability and
mobility. Virtually all wheeled upright cases are provided with hook-on
features that allow transport of accessory pieces such as casual bags, attache
cases or handbags.
 
  Other Luggage. Samsonite utilizes its global manufacturing and product
sourcing leverage to compete in the high-volume, discount channels of retail
distribution by marketing luggage products under a number of secondary brands
and retailer labels. These hardside and softside luggage products are
generally lower priced than the Company's Samsonite, American Tourister and
Lark products, and usually provide fewer features. Samsonite's secondary
brands include Magnum(R) and Royal Traveler(R) in Europe, Tauro(R) in Spain,
Azzura(R) and Bogey(R) in Italy, and Legacy(R) in the U.S.
 
  Licensed Products. The Company licenses Samsonite brand names and
McGregor(R) apparel brand names to third parties primarily for the sale of
non-luggage products. Licensees most frequently have outstanding competency in
their product categories, and sell parallel lines of products under their own
or other brands. Currently, licensed products distributed by the Company or by
third party licensees include furniture, travel accessories, photo and audio
storage gear, personal leather goods, ladies handbags, tool organizers,
umbrellas, binoculars, pet carriers, auto accessories, cellular phone cases,
back-to-school bags and other childrens' products. Revenue from royalties for
licensing the use of Company-owned brand names (including apparel brands)
totaled approximately $19.9 million in fiscal 1998.
 
  New Product Design and Development. The Company devotes significant
resources to new product design and development. Most of the Company's
products have either been introduced or substantially redesigned since 1990.
The Company uses market research to identify consumers' luggage needs and
develops product features that address these needs. The Company employs full-
time designers and development engineers, and also has sustained long-term
outside design relations, ensuring a continuous flow of ideas based on
material developments and trends from outside the luggage industry. The
Company believes that its intensive product development and emphasis on
innovation are fundamental to its continued growth and profitability.
 
DISTRIBUTION
 
  The Company's products are sold in more than 100 countries throughout the
world through approximately 23,000 retail outlets.
 
  North America. The Company sells its Samsonite brand products in North
America primarily through department stores and luggage specialist stores, and
through catalog showrooms and national retailers such as JCPenney and Sears.
The acquisition of American Tourister in 1993 increased the Company's presence
in discount channels such as mass merchants, warehouse clubs and factory
outlets, which are becoming increasingly important in the distribution of
luggage. As a result of the strength of its brand names and its targeted
marketing strategy, the Company is able to distribute one or more full lines
of luggage under each of its principal brand names across different channels
of distribution without selling the same product line in more than one
channel. In addition, the Company sells luggage products (known as "exclusive
label" products) designed exclusively for each of a number of department store
and specialty retailing customers and bearing special labels coupled with the
Samsonite brand name.
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth an estimate of the percentage of the
Company's United States wholesale revenues by distribution channel for fiscal
1998:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                    <C>
     Department/specialty stores...........................................  55%
     Exclusive label.......................................................  15
     Catalog showrooms.....................................................  11
     Mass merchants........................................................  11
     Other.................................................................   8
                                                                            ---
                                                                            100%
                                                                            ===
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has a direct sales force of approximately 75 persons that serves
approximately 10,000 stores in the United States. In coordination with its key
customers, the Company develops exclusive label product lines, coordinates
promotional strategies and establishes merchandise resupply objectives. The
Company employs electronic order gathering and fulfillment systems that
enhance the Company's level of customer service. Combined with automatic
electronic order entry, these systems increase sales by minimizing stockouts
at the retail level, help the retailer reduce inventory holding and purchasing
costs, and increase inventory turnover. Over 60% of Samsonite luggage sales in
the United States are derived from orders received through this electronic
system.
 
  As of January 31, 1998, the Company operated 189 retail stores in the United
States. Operating its own retail outlets allows the Company to more
efficiently reduce discontinued and obsolete inventory positions.
 
  Europe. The Company distributes its Samsonite brand products in Europe
through specialty luggage stores and department stores. Samsonite brand
products are generally not distributed through the discount retailers in
Europe in order to preserve the premium image of the Samsonite brand. The
Company's American Tourister brand has been introduced in Europe to help
balance the Company's retail distribution in each of the primary retail
channels and is being used to establish a single pan-European brand name in
the discount channel.
 
  The Company services over 11,000 stores in Europe through a direct sales
force and product demonstrators of approximately 120 persons who transmit
orders by computer to a central distribution facility in Belgium. The Company
delivers its products to its European retailing customers through a
proprietary distribution network developed at the Company's European
headquarters. Orders received electronically from the Company's sales force
are processed centrally in Belgium using specialized software created by the
Company which deals in the national currency of each of the Company's
customers. The Company's systems are also capable of handling the anticipated
introduction of a common European currency. Its integration with a centralized
shipping facility, electronic order entry, and preparation of all paperwork
necessary for multiple cross-border deliveries permits delivery of products
within five days after an order is placed to virtually any location in Europe.
To complement its business in countries with a direct sales force, the Company
also sells to other European markets through distributors and agents located
in over 20 countries. Such distributors and agents, as well as those mentioned
under "International" below, handle various non-luggage products in addition
to the Company's products. Distribution agreements generally provide for
mutual exclusivity, whereby distributors do not handle competitors' luggage
products, and the Company does not deal with other distributors or agents in
their territory.
 
  International. In markets outside the United States and Western Europe, the
Company primarily sells its products directly, through agents and
distributors, and under license. The Company entered the Japanese market in
1964 through a licensing arrangement with Ace Luggage Company ("Ace"), Japan's
principal luggage manufacturing company. Samsonite brand products made by Ace
are sold primarily in department stores throughout Japan. Products sold in
international markets are shipped from the United States, Western Europe or
Asia depending upon product type, availability and exchange rate. In some
instances, the Company has entered new markets through third party
distributors and has acquired these third party distributors as markets have
matured. The Company currently has joint ventures in Singapore, South Korea,
India, Brazil and China, as well as a wholly-owned distribution organization
in Hong Kong. In India and China, the ventures operate newly completed
manufacturing facilities to support local sales, and commenced distribution of
locally produced
 
                                      67
<PAGE>
 
Samsonite luggage in mid fiscal 1998. During fiscal 1998, the Company formed a
joint venture with Samsonite's current distributor in Argentina to distribute
Samsonite products in Brazil and other major South American markets beginning
fiscal 1999.
 
ADVERTISING
 
  The Company commits substantial resources to aggressive brand advertising
programs that promote the features, durability and quality of the Company's
luggage and travel products under the marketing theme "Samsonite--Worldproof."
The Company is the only luggage maker which regularly advertises on national
television in the United States or in Europe. For each of the last five fiscal
years, the Company has invested, either directly or through co-op advertising
programs, approximately $50 million in television and print advertising and
related promotional activities. A 1994 market survey, the most recent Company
sponsored survey conducted by an independent survey organization, indicated
that over 93% and 79% of travelers surveyed in the United States recognized
the Samsonite and American Tourister brand names, respectively, compared to
less than 15% for the next most recognized luggage brand. This market survey
was conducted by asking adults who made at least one overnight trip during the
previous six months to recognize a brand of luggage when presented with a list
of luggage brands. Similar surveys show that recognition of the Samsonite
brand name in most major Western European countries ranges from 60% to 80%.
 
  Reinforcing the Company's marketing strategy, Samsonite brand advertising
highlights innovative features and benefits of products that meet the needs of
business and frequent travelers. Samsonite advertisements run on television,
in news weeklies and in inflight and business publications during key consumer
purchase periods throughout the year. The Company also helps its retailing
customers coordinate their advertising with the Company's national advertising
campaigns. The Company was the first luggage company both in the U.S. and in
Europe to use television to build brand awareness, and believes its
advertising program is the largest of any luggage maker.
 
MANUFACTURING AND SOURCING PRODUCTS
 
  The Company's global sourcing network consists of 14 Company-operated
manufacturing facilities and various third-party suppliers located principally
in the Far East, Eastern Europe and the Dominican Republic. By operating its
own facilities to produce hardside luggage and more complex softside products,
the Company is better able to control manufacturing quality and reduce lead
times and delivery costs. The Company's global sourcing network also enables
it to source less complex products from countries with low product costs and
favorable currency exchange rates. Company-operated manufacturing facilities
are located in Belgium, France, Hungary, Italy, the Slovak Republic, Mexico,
Spain, India, China and the United States. In fiscal 1998, approximately 50%
of the Company's sales revenues were from products manufactured at its own
facilities.
 
  The Company currently employs approximately 5,000 people in the manufacture
of hardside and softside luggage.
 
  The Company manufactures virtually all of the hardside luggage products that
it distributes. Major hardside production facilities are located in Denver,
Colorado; Oudenaarde, Belgium; and Nashik, India; with additional hardside
production facilities located in Henin-Beaumont, France; and Ningbo, China.
 
  In fiscal 1998, approximately one-third of the Company's revenues from
softside luggage products were from products manufactured at the Company's own
facilities. The Company sources the remainder of its softside luggage products
primarily from third party vendors in the Far East, Eastern Europe and the
Dominican Republic. The Company believes that the significant volume of its
softside luggage purchases has enabled it to obtain a reliable supply of high
quality, low cost products and prompt order fulfillment. The Company is able
to select different third-party suppliers to take advantage of changes in
manufacturing, payment terms and shipping costs. The Company does not rely on
any single third-party supplier, the loss of which would be material to the
Company.
 
  In September 1996, Samsonite implemented centralized direction and
coordination of all sourcing of finished products components. The Company's
strategy is to achieve maximum advantage from its purchasing leverage by
aggregating orders from the Company's different locations and by better
planning and timing its
 
                                      68
<PAGE>
 
requirements and purchases. Manufacturing processes and materials and
component supply arrangements are factored into new product design or existing
product improvements. As a result, products are designed to be manufactured
more efficiently.
 
  The Company maintains a rigorous quality control program for goods
manufactured at its own plants and at third party vendor facilities. Products
are designed to assure durability and strength, and a prototype of each new
product is put through a series of simulation and stress tests. In the
Company's manufacturing facilities and its Asian sourcing office, it uses
quality control inspectors, engineers and lab technicians to perform
inspection and laboratory testing on raw materials, parts and finished goods.
 
COMPETITION
 
  Competition in the luggage market is highly fragmented with the vast
majority of individual competitors having less than 10% of the Company's
annual luggage sales. In the United States, the Company competes based on
brand name, consumer advertising, product innovation, quality,
differentiation, customer service and price. Price is more important at the
lower end of the luggage market where fewer differentiating features are
offered. Management of the Company believes that no luggage manufacturer,
other than Samsonite, has more than 10% of the United States luggage market.
In Europe, the Company competes based on its premium image, brand name,
product quality, access to established distribution channels and new product
offerings. The Company's principal competition in softside luggage in both
Europe and the United States markets is private label luggage manufactured in
low labor cost countries, primarily in Asia. The manufacture of softside
luggage is labor intensive but not capital intensive, so that the barriers to
entry by additional competitors are relatively low. At the very low end of the
market is luggage characterized by non-differentiation of features and low
margins.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
  Customers include most major department stores in the United States and
Europe which carry luggage, most specialty stores featuring luggage products,
and many other retailers (mass merchants, discounters and other retailers).
Samsonite also sells directly to consumers through its retail stores in the
United States and Europe. The Company is not dependent on any single customer,
and no single customer accounts for more than 5% of the Company's revenues in
fiscal 1997 or fiscal 1998.
 
TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS
 
  Trademarks and patents are important to the Company. The Company is the
registered owner of its Samsonite, American Tourister, Lark and other
trademarks and, as of January 31, 1998, has approximately 2,140 trademark
registrations in the United States and abroad. The Company also owns
approximately 193 United States patents and approximately 538 patents (patents
of inventions, industrial design registrations, and utility models) in
selected foreign countries. In addition, the Company has approximately 298
patent applications pending worldwide. The Company pursues a policy of seeking
patent protection where appropriate for inventions embodied in its products.
The Company's patents include EZ CART(TM), Smart Sleeve(TM), Easy Turn(R),
Piggyback(R), Ultravalet(R) and Oyster(TM) luggage. The Company has also
patented its CPX technology for making luggage shells. Although some companies
have sought to imitate some of the Company's patented products, Samsonite has
generally been successful in enforcing its worldwide intellectual property
rights.
 
EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS
 
  At January 31, 1998, the Company had approximately 7,800 employees
worldwide, with approximately 2,400 employees in the United States and
approximately 5,400 employees in other countries. In the United States,
approximately 770 employees are unionized under a contract which is renewed
every three years and which is due for renewal on April 9, 1999. The Company
employs approximately 2,100 workers in its 5 European manufacturing plants
located in Belgium, France, Spain, Italy and Hungary. Union membership varies
from country to country and is not officially known to the Company; however,
it is probable that most of the workers are affiliated with a union. Most
European union contracts have a one-year duration. The Company believes its
employee relations are good.
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
PROPERTIES
 
  The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company's
principal properties and facilities. All of the Company's manufacturing
plants, in the opinion of the Company's management, have been adequately
maintained and are in good operating condition. The Company believes that its
existing facilities have sufficient capacity, together with sourcing capacity
from third parties, to handle sales volumes for the foreseeable future. The
Company's headquarters in Denver shares the same location as a manufacturing
facility.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               APPROXIMATE
                                               OWNED OR       FACILITY SIZE
LOCATION                                        LEASED    (THOUSANDS OF SQ. FT.)
- --------                                     ------------ ----------------------
<S>                                          <C>          <C>
Denver, CO.................................. Owned/Leased         1,290
Tucson, AZ.................................. Owned/Leased            63
Jacksonville, FL............................    Leased              510
Warren, RI..................................    Leased               94
Stratford, Canada...........................    Owned               212
Nogales, Mexico.............................    Leased              313
Mexico City, Mexico.........................    Owned               164
Oudenaarde, Belgium.........................    Owned               649
Ningbo, China...............................    Owned               100
Nashik, India...............................    Owned               150
Torhout, Belgium............................    Owned                79
Henin-Beaumont, France......................    Owned                98
Szekszard, Hungary..........................    Owned                81
Tres Cantos, Spain..........................    Owned                37
Saltrio, Italy..............................    Leased               74
Singapore...................................    Leased               14
Hong Kong...................................    Leased               27
Seoul, South Korea..........................    Leased               24
Sao Paulo, Brazil...........................    Leased               15
Samorin, Slovak Republic....................    Owned                43
</TABLE>
 
  The Company also maintains numerous sales offices, retail outlets and
distribution centers in the United States and abroad.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS
 
 Litigation
 
  On March 13, 1998, a complaint was filed in Colorado State District Court,
County of Denver, against the Company, certain current and former directors of
the Company, Apollo Investment Fund, L.P. and Apollo Advisors, L.P. The
purported class action brought on behalf of an alleged class of purchasers of
Samsonite Common Stock during the period from September 10, 1996 to December
1, 1997, alleges, among other things, that certain statements and earnings
forecasts made in the last 18 months were misleading and/or misrepresented
material facts and that the Company is also liable for certain allegedly
misleading statements contained in various analysts' reports. The Company
believes that the complaint is without merit and intends to contest it
vigorously. The class action seeks, among other things, unspecified
compensatory and recissory damages, as well as pre-judgment and post-judgment
interest, attorney's fees, expert witness fees and other costs.
 
  On July 1, 1998, a complaint was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery
against the Company and certain members of its Board of Directors. The
purported class action brought on behalf of holders of Common Stock challenges
the Tender Offer. The purported class action initially sought an order
temporarily restraining consummation of the Tender Offer but that application
was subsequently withdrawn. The Company believes that the complaint is without
merit and intends to contest it vigorously. The complaint, which seeks
compensatory and/or rescissory damages as well as other relief, alleges
disclosure violations with respect to the Offer and that the Offer was
coercive, the product of unfair dealing and violated the directors' duties.
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
  In addition, the Company is a party to various other legal proceedings and
claims in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that
the outcome of any pending matters will have a material adverse affect on its
consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
 Obligations to Settlement Trust
 
  In connection with the Company's restructuring in 1993, a settlement trust
(the "Trust") was established for the benefit of the holders of certain
classes of pre-bankruptcy claims to resolve certain claims between the Company
and other parties affiliated with the previous owner of the Company. The
creation of the Trust enabled the Company to emerge from bankruptcy without
first resolving these claims. The terms of the Trust require the Company to
make loans to the Trust of up to $37 million, if necessary, to provide funds
for Trust operations, to pay resolved claims and to distribute to the Trust
beneficiaries any remaining balance after settling all liabilities. In prior
fiscal years, the Company made loans to the Trust aggregating $4,850,000 and
provided an allowance for the full amount of the loans. During the current
fiscal year, the Trust repaid the loans together with accrued interest of
$1,400,000. As a result, the Company recorded the collection of the loans as
other income (see note 15 to the Company's consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Prospectus) and recorded the interest income. The
Company believes it is very unlikely to be required to make any additional
loans to the Trust.
 
 Contingent Pension Liabilities
 
  In connection with the Company's restructuring in 1993, the Company accrued
a liability of $37.7 million for claims of the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation ("PBGC") related to pension liabilities for unpaid contributions
and insurance premiums of certain pension plans (the "Plans") which were
sponsored by certain companies which were, along with the Company, part of a
"controlled group" of companies, as defined by the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974. The amount accrued was based on a PBGC calculated
termination liability. As a result of agreements executed in fiscal 1997
giving the Company the right to assume sponsorship of the Plans in the event
of certain defaults by the primary plan sponsors, the liability was adjusted
to $26.6 million based on the pension benefit obligation of the Plans
discounted at 7.25%, reduced by the market value of the Plans' assets. The
corresponding reduction in the liability of $11.1 million was recorded in
other nonoperating income in fiscal 1997. See note 15 to the Company's
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
  As a result of the failure of the Plan sponsors' to meet their obligations
to the Plans in fiscal 1998, the Company assumed sponsorship of the Plans and
merged them with an existing Company pension plan on October 14, 1997. The
accrued liability for this matter was reclassified and is included in the
determination of the Company's pension benefit liability at January 31, 1998.
 
 Contingent Liability with Respect to the E-II Notes
 
  The 1993 reorganization plan provides for payment in full of 100% of the
allowed claim of the holders of certain old notes of E-II Holdings, Inc.
(predecessor to Astrum), including approximately $16.4 million of interest on
overdue installments of interest accruing prior to the commencement of
Astrum's bankruptcy case. Various parties have challenged the allowability of
the claim on the basis that interest on overdue installments of interest is
not permitted under applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Company provided for
this contingent liability in its consolidated financial statements when it
emerged from bankruptcy in the amount of $16.4 million.
 
  During fiscal 1997, $4.0 million of such claims were settled for $0.2
million, resulting in the recording of $3.8 million of other nonoperating
income from the favorable settlement of this claim. The holders of the claim
were Apollo Investment Fund, L.P. ("Apollo Investments") and an affiliate of
Apollo Investments. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management." During fiscal 1998, the Company recorded other income of
$2,060,000 from the favorable settlement of $2,139,000 of such claims.
 
  As a result of a change in New York law in fiscal 1998, which adversely
affected the Company's ability to favorably settle the remaining claims, the
Company has entered into a non-binding agreement-in-principle to settle the
remaining amount of these claims for approximately $9.4 million. At January
31, 1998, other accrued expenses included $10.3 million provided for these
remaining claims. The Company expects final settlement to occur in fiscal
1999.
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  The Company's directors and executive officers and their ages (as of July
31, 1998) are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                      AGE POSITION
- ----                      --- --------
<S>                       <C> <C>
Richard R. Nicolosi......  50 Chairman of the Board
Luc Van Nevel............  51 President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
Thomas R. Sandler........  51 President, Samsonite, the Americas
Richard H. Wiley.........  41 Chief Financial Officer
Karlheinz Tretter........  55 President, Samsonite Europe and Asia
Carlo Zezza..............  62 Senior Vice President
D. Michael Clayton.......  49 Vice President - Legal and Assistant Secretary
R. Theodore Ammon........  48 Director
Bernard Attal............  34 Director
Leon D. Black............  47 Director
Robert H. Falk...........  60 Director
Mark H. Rachesky.........  39 Director
Robert L. Rosen..........  51 Director
Marc J. Rowan............  35 Director
Stephen J. Solarz........  57 Director
</TABLE>
 
  Richard R. Nicolosi. Mr. Nicolosi has been Chairman of the Board of
Directors of the Company since May 15, 1996. He served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company from May 15, 1996 to May 15, 1998. From 1994
to 1996, Mr. Nicolosi was Senior Vice President of Scott Paper Company. From
1992 to 1994, Mr. Nicolosi was President of Nicolosi & Associates, a privately
owned business consulting firm. From 1969 to 1992, Mr. Nicolosi was employed
by Procter & Gamble in various positions, the latest being President, Pulp and
Paper Sector, Corporate Group Vice President, as well as a member of the
Executive Committee. He is a member of the Advisory Board of Directors of
Domino's Pizza, Inc.
 
  Luc Van Nevel. Mr. Van Nevel was elected as President of the Company in
February 1998 and became Chief Executive Officer and a Director in May 1998.
Prior to that time, Mr. Van Nevel held various positions including Chief
Operating Officer (since September 1997) and President of Samsonite Europe
N.V. (since 1989). Since 1984, he has held the additional position of Managing
Director of Samsonite Europe N.V. He joined Samsonite Europe N.V. in 1975 as
Manager, Financial Planning and progressed to the position of Controller
before being promoted to President of Samsonite Europe in 1989. Mr. Van Nevel
worked in audit positions with Touche Ross & Co. in Europe for five years
before joining Samsonite.
 
  Thomas R. Sandler. Mr. Sandler was appointed President of the Americas
division of Samsonite effective March 1998. Prior to that Mr. Sandler was the
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Samsonite since May 1, 1995. Mr.
Sandler also serves as the Secretary. Prior to joining Samsonite, Mr. Sandler
was the managing partner of the Denver office of BDO Seidman, an international
public accounting firm, since July 1994. Prior to joining BDO Seidman, Mr.
Sandler was an audit and consulting partner in the international public
accounting firm of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, specializing in corporate
restructurings.
 
  Mr. Richard H. Wiley. Mr. Wiley has been Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer of Samsonite since March, 1998. Prior to that Mr. Wiley was Chief
Financial Officer of the Americas division of Samsonite since May, 1995. Prior
to joining Samsonite, Mr. Wiley was an audit and consulting senior manager
with BDO Seidman, an international public accounting firm, since July 1994.
Prior to that, Mr. Wiley was with KPMG Peat Marwick LLP since 1982, working in
the audit and consulting area.
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
  Karlheinz Tretter. Mr. Tretter was appointed President of Samsonite Europe
on October 16, 1997 and additionally as President of Samsonite Asia on
February 15, 1998. Prior to that Mr. Tretter was Vice President and Managing
Director of Samsonite Europe since May 1994. From 1990 until 1994, Mr. Tretter
had served as Vice President of Marketing and/or Sales for Samsonite Europe.
 
  Carlo Zezza. Mr. Zezza has been Senior Vice President of Samsonite since
1990, with responsibility for new products and licensing. Mr. Zezza joined the
Company in 1971 from the J. Walter Thompson advertising agency, where he was
Vice President serving Samsonite and other accounts. From 1976 to 1983, Mr.
Zezza was President, Samsonite Europe, and in 1984 was responsible for
Samsonite USA marketing and operations. From 1985 to 1990, Mr. Zezza was
President, Delsey USA, a competitor luggage business in the United States.
 
  D. Michael Clayton. Mr. Clayton has been General Counsel of Samsonite since
1985 and Vice President - Legal since 1989. Mr. Clayton joined Samsonite in
1974.
 
  R. Theodore Ammon. Mr. Ammon has been Chairman of the Board of Big Flower
Holdings, Inc. since 1993. Mr. Ammon was a General Partner of Kohlberg Kravis
Roberts & Co. (a New York and San Francisco-based investment firm) from 1990
to 1992, and an executive of such firm prior to 1990. Mr. Ammon is also a
member of the Board of Directors of Host Marriott Corporation. In addition,
Mr. Ammon serves on the Board of Directors of the New York YMCA, Jazz at
Lincoln Center, the Institute of International Education, and on the Board of
Trustees of Bucknell University.
 
  Bernard Attal. Mr. Attal has been a director of the Company since March 28,
1996, when the Board of Directors elected him to the Board. Mr. Attal is a
Director of Heights Advisors, which acts as a financial advisor and a
representative for certain European institutional investors with respect to
their investments in the United States. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Attal was a
Vice President at Credit Lyonnais Securities. Prior to 1992, Mr. Attal was
Chief Financial Officer of Altus Patrimoine & Gestion, a money management
firm. Mr. Attal is a director of New California Life Holdings, Inc. and the
Florsheim Group, Inc.
 
  Leon D. Black. Mr. Black has been a director of the Company since 1993. Mr.
Black is one of the founding principals of Apollo Advisors, L.P., which,
together with its affiliates, acts as managing general partner of Apollo
Investment Fund, L.P., AIF II, L.P. and Apollo Investment Fund III, L.P.,
private securities investment funds, and Lion Advisors, L.P., which acts as
financial advisor to and representative for certain institutional investors
with respect to securities investments, and of Apollo Real Estate Advisors,
L.P., which serves as managing general partner of the Apollo Real Estate
Investment Funds, private real estate oriented investment funds. Mr. Black is
a director of Converse, Inc., Vail Resorts, Inc., Telemundo Group, Inc. and
Sequa Industries, Inc.
 
  Robert H. Falk. Mr. Falk has been an officer since April 1992 of Apollo
Capital Management, Inc. and Lion Capital Management, Inc., which respectively
act as general partners of Apollo Advisors, L.P. and Lion Advisors, L.P. Mr.
Falk is a limited partner of Apollo Advisors, L.P., which, together with its
affiliates, acts as managing general partner of Apollo Investment Fund, L.P.,
AIF II, L.P. and Apollo Investment Fund III, L.P., private securities
investment funds, and a limited partner of Lion Advisors, L.P., which acts as
financial advisor to and representative for certain institutional investors
with respect to securities investments. Prior to 1992, Mr. Falk was a partner
in the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Mr. Falk is a
director of Converse, Inc., the Florsheim Group, Inc. and Salant Corporation.
 
  Mark H. Rachesky, M.D. Dr. Rachesky has been a director of the Company since
1993. Dr. Rachesky is the founder of MHR Capital Partners LP and MHR
Institutional Partners, LP, investment funds which invest in distressed
securities. Dr. Rachesky is the principal owner and investment manager of the
general partner and investment manager of these limited partnerships. Dr.
Rachesky has served as a director of Cadus Pharmaceutical Corporation since
September 1993.
 
  Robert L. Rosen. Mr. Rosen is Chief Executive Officer of RLR Partners, LLC,
a private investment partnership founded in April 1987. Mr. Rosen is a
director of the Municipal Advantage Fund, Inc., Municipal
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
Partners Fund, Inc., Municipal Partners Fund II, Inc., the Spring Mountain
Group, Dialysis Centers of America, Jewish Television Network, AFP Imaging
Corp., Paragon Health Networks and WMC Finance Co.
 
  Marc J. Rowan. Mr. Rowan is one of the founding principals of Apollo
Advisors, L.P., which, together with its affiliates, acts as managing general
partner of Apollo Investment Fund, L.P., AIF II, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund
III, L.P. and Apollo Investment Fund IV, L.P., private securities investment
funds, and of Lion Advisors, L.P., which acts as financial advisor to and
representative for certain institutional investors with respect to securities
investments. Mr. Rowan is also a director of Vail Resorts, Inc., the owner and
operator of the Vail, Beaver Creek, Keystone and Breckenridge ski areas; MTL,
Inc., a national tank truck/carrier company; and NRT Incorporated, a leading
national real estate brokerage company. Mr. Rowan is also a founding member
and serves on the executive committee of the Youth Renewal Fund and is a
member of the board of directors of National Jewish Outreach Program and the
Undergraduate Executive Board of The Wharton School.
 
  Stephen J. Solarz. Mr. Solarz was elected, in 1974, to the House of
Representatives from Brooklyn's 13th Congressional District and was re-elected
eight times. In the House he served on four committees: Foreign Affairs,
Merchant Marine and Fisheries, Intelligence and the Joint Economic Committee.
Mr. Solarz ranked second in seniority on the House Foreign Affairs Committee,
where he chaired the Subcommittee on Asian and Pacific Affairs. Since his
departure from the House, Mr. Solarz has been: Senior Counselor at APCO
Associates, an international public affairs firm; President of Solarz and
Associates, a global consulting firm; Chairman of the Central Asian American
Enterprise Fund; Vice Chairman of the International Crisis Group; a
Distinguished Fellow at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace;
Professor of International Affairs at George Washington University; a Member
of the Board of Directors of the Brandeis University Board of Trustees as well
as the National Endowment for Democracy and National Democratic Institute; and
a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the International Rescue
Committee. Mr. Solarz is a director of First Philippine Fund and IRI
International.
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
                   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
                             OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
  The following table sets forth certain information about persons known to
the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Common Stock,
and as to the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock by each of the
Company's directors and executive officers and all of the Company's directors
and executive officers as a group, as of July 16, 1998. Except as otherwise
indicated, to the knowledge of the Company, the persons identified below have
sole voting and sole investment power with respect to shares they own of
record.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS OF                                     NUMBER OF SHARES
 BENEFICIAL OWNER                                      BENEFICIALLY OWNED PERCENT
- -------------------                                    ------------------ -------
   <S>                                                 <C>                <C>
   Apollo Investment Fund, L.P.
    c/o Apollo Advisors, L.P.
    2 Manhattan Road
    Purchase, New York 10577
   and
   Lion Advisors, L.P.
    1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor
    New York, NY 10019................................     3,557,757(a)    34.10%
   CIBC Oppenheimer Corp.
    425 Lexington Avenue
    3rd Floor
    New York, New York 10017..........................       724,830(b)     6.50%
   Richard R. Nicolosi
    c/o Samsonite Corporation
    11200 East 45th Avenue
    Denver, Colorado 80239............................       577,493(c)     5.32%
   Mark H. Rachesky
    Mark Capital Partners
    335 Madison Avenue, 26th Floor
    New York, New York 10017..........................        36,960         *
   Luc Van Nevel
    c/o Samsonite Europe N.V.
    Westerring 17
    B-9700 Oudenaarde, Belgium........................        71,141(d)      *
   Thomas R. Sandler
    c/o Samsonite Corporation
    11200 East 45th Avenue
    Denver, Colorado 80239............................        74,814(e)      *
   Karlheinz Tretter
    c/o Samsonite Europe N.V.
    Westerring 17
    B-9700 Oudenaarde, Belgium........................        49,299(f)      *
   Richard H. Wiley
    c/o Samsonite Corporation
    11200 East 45th Avenue
    Denver, Colorado 80239............................        12,094(g)      *
   D. Michael Clayton
    c/o Samsonite Corporation
    11200 East 45th Avenue
    Denver, Colorado 80239............................         8,527(h)      *
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 NAE AND ADDRESS OFM                                     NUMBER OF SHARES
   ENEFICIAL OWNERB                                     BENEFICIALLY OWNED PERCENT
- -------------------                                     ------------------ -------
   <S>                                                  <C>                <C>
   Carlo Zezza
    c/o Samsonite Corporation
    11200 East 45th Avenue
    Denver, Colorado 80239.............................       16,800(i)       *
   Bernard Attal
    1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor
    New York, New York 10019...........................          457          *
   R. Theodore Ammon
    Big Flower Press Holdings, Inc.
    3 E. 54th Street, 19th Floor
    New York, New York 10022...........................          402          *
   Leon D. Black
    1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor
    New York, NY 10019.................................          402(j)       *
   Robert H. Falk
    1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor
    New York, NY 10019.................................          402(j)       *
   Robert L. Rosen
    RLR Partners, L.P.
    825 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
    New York, New York 10022...........................          402          *
   Marc J. Rowan
    1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor
    New York, NY 10019.................................          402(j)       *
   Stephen J. Solarz
    APCO Associates, Inc.
    1615 L Street, N.W., Suite 900
    Washington, DC 20036...............................           65          *
   All Directors and Executive Officers as a group.....      849,660(k)     7.68%
</TABLE>
- --------
 *  Less than 1.0%
(a) Includes 1,779,234 shares held by Apollo Investment Fund, L.P. ("Apollo
    Investments") and 1,778,523 shares beneficially held by Lion Advisors,
    L.P. ("Lion") on behalf of an investment account under management over
    which Lion has exclusive investment, voting and dispositive power. Lion is
    affiliated with Apollo Advisors, L.P., the general partner of Apollo
    Investments.
(b) Represents Warrants to acquire Common Stock issued in connection with the
    Concurrent Offering on June 24, 1998.
(c) Includes options to purchase 425,532 shares of Common Stock exercisable as
    of July 16, 1998.
(d) Includes options to purchase 67,171 shares of Common Stock exercisable as
    of July 16, 1998.
(e) Includes options to purchase 64,814 shares of Common Stock exercisable as
    of July 16, 1998.
(f) Includes options to purchase 37,334 shares of Common Stock exercisable as
    of July 16, 1998.
(g) Represents options to purchase 12,094 shares of Common Stock exercisable
    as of July 16, 1998.
(h) Includes options to purchase 8,430 shares of Common Stock exercisable as
    of July 16, 1998.
(i) Includes options to purchase 16,000 shares of Common Stock exercisable as
    of July 16, 1998.
(j) Includes shares issued under the Directors Stock Plan. Does not include
    shares held by Apollo or Lion. Each of Messrs. Falk and Rowan, directors
    of the Company, together with Mr. Black, a director of the Company, who is
    also a director of Apollo Capital Management, Inc., the general partner of
    Apollo Advisers, L.P., and of Lion Capital Management, Inc., the general
    partner of Lion, disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by
    Apollo and Lion.
(k) Excludes shares listed above for Apollo Investments and Lion. If such
    shares were included, the aggregate number of shares beneficially owned by
    all directors and executive officers as a group would be 4,407,417,
    representing 39.83%.
 
                                      76
<PAGE>
 
                           DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
  The New Notes offered hereby will be issued under an Indenture (the
"Indenture"), dated as of June 24, 1998, between the Company and United States
Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). The following summary
of certain provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is
subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the date of the Indenture
(the "TIA"), and to all of the provisions of the Indenture, which has been
filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this Prospectus
forms a part, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those
terms made a part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA as in effect on the
date of the Indenture. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in
the following summary are set forth under "--Certain Definitions" below. As
used in this Description of the Notes, the term "Company" means Samsonite
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, excluding its Subsidiaries.
 
GENERAL
 
  The New Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company and will
be limited in aggregate principal amount to $350,000,000. The New Notes will
be issued in fully registered form only, in denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples thereof. The New Notes will be subordinated to all existing
and future Senior Debt (including amounts outstanding under any Credit
Agreement) of the Company to the extent set forth in the Indenture.
 
  Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes will be
payable, and the New Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or
exchange at the office of the Paying Agent and Registrar. At the Company's
option, interest may be paid by check mailed to the registered address of
Holders of the New Notes as shown on the register for the New Notes. The
Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee will
authenticate and deliver from time to time New Notes for original issue only
in exchange for a like principal amount of Old Notes. The Company may change
any Paying Agent and Registrar without prior notice to Holders of the New
Notes. Holders of the New Notes must surrender the New Notes to the Paying
Agent to collect principal payments.
 
  The New Notes will mature on June 15, 2008. Each New Note will bear interest
at the rate of 10 3/4% per annum from the most recent interest payment date to
which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid
or provided for, from June 24, 1998. Interest will be payable semi-annually in
cash in arrears on each June 15 and December 15, commencing on December 15,
1998. Interest on the New Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve 30-day months and, for periods not involving a full
calendar month, the actual number of days elapsed (but not to exceed 30 days).
Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after
the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer. Holders of Old Notes whose Old
Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of
interest on such Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the
record date for which occurs on or after the consummation of the Exchange
Offer.
 
  No service charge will be made for any transfer, exchange or redemption of
New Notes, except in certain circumstances for any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.
 
  For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the Holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note.
 
  Any Old Notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the Exchange
Offer, together with the New Notes issued in connection with the Exchange
Offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.
 
 
                                      77
<PAGE>
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
  The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole at any time
or in part from time to time, on and after June 15, 2003 at the following
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) if
redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June 15 of the year set
forth below, plus, in each case, accrued interest thereon to the date of
redemption:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR                                                            PERCENTAGE
      ----                                                            ----------
      <S>                                                             <C>
      2003........................................................... 105.3750%
      2004........................................................... 103.5833%
      2005........................................................... 101.7917%
      2006 and thereafter............................................ 100.0000%
</TABLE>
 
  In addition, on or prior to June 15, 2001, the Company may, at its option,
use the Net Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem for cash up to
an aggregate of 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a
redemption price equal to 110.75% of the aggregate principal amount so
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date;
provided, that at least $210 million aggregate principal amount of Notes
remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and
that any such redemption occurs within 90 days after the receipt by the
Company of the proceeds of such Equity Offering.
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
  The Company shall notify the Trustee within five business days after the
Company knows, or reasonably should know, of the occurrence of a Change of
Control. Within 15 business days after the Company knows, or reasonably should
know, of the occurrence of each Change of Control, the Company will make an
offer to purchase (the "Change of Control Offer") the outstanding Notes at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued
and unpaid interest thereon to the Change of Control Payment Date (such
applicable purchase price being hereinafter referred to as the "Change of
Control Purchase Price") in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
covenant.
 
  The Company will within 15 days after it knows, or reasonably should know,
of the Change of Control (i) cause a notice of the Change of Control Offer to
be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news
service in the United States and (ii) send by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, to the Trustee and to each holder of the Notes, at the address
appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar of the Notes, a notice
stating:
 
    (i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
  covenant and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment, and
  otherwise subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;
 
    (ii) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date (which
  shall be a business day no earlier than 20 business days nor more than 60
  business days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control
  Payment Date"));
 
    (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
 
    (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of
  Control Purchase Price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the
  Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of
  Control Payment Date;
 
    (v) that holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased
  pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the
  Notes to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to
  the close of business on the business day preceding the Change of Control
  Payment Date;
 
    (vi) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance if the
  Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third
  business day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram,
  telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
  holder, the principal amount of
 
                                      78
<PAGE>
 
  the Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such holder is
  withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased;
 
    (vii) that holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be
  issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of
  the Notes surrendered, provided that each Note purchased and each such new
  Note issued shall be in an original principal amount in denominations of
  $1,000 and integral multiples thereof;
 
    (viii) a summary of any other procedures that a holder of Notes must
  follow to accept a Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such
  acceptance; and
 
    (ix) the name and address of the Paying Agent.
 
  On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent
lawful, (i) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money
sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so
tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so
accepted together with an officers' certificate stating the Notes or portions
thereof tendered to the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each
holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price
for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall
promptly authenticate and mail to such holder of Notes, a new Note equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided
that each such new Note shall be issued in an original principal amount in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
  The Indenture provides that, prior to the mailing of the notice referred to
above, but in any event within 30 days following the date on which the Company
has actual knowledge of a Change of Control, the Company covenants that if the
purchase of the Notes would violate or constitute a default under any then
outstanding Senior Debt, then the Company will, to the extent needed to permit
such purchase of Notes, either (i) repay in full all Indebtedness on the basis
required by such Senior Debt or (ii) obtain the requisite consents under the
instrument(s) governing such Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the Notes
as provided above. The Company will first comply with the covenant in the
preceding sentence before it will be required to repurchase Notes pursuant to
the provisions described above; provided that the Company's failure to comply
with the covenant described in the preceding sentence will constitute an Event
of Default described in clause (iii) under "Events of Default" below (after
the notice and passage of time referred to therein).
 
  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
purchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.
 
  This "Change of Control" covenant will not apply in the event of (a) changes
in a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in certain instances as
contemplated by the definition of "Change of Control" and (b) certain
transactions with Permitted Holders. In addition, this covenant is not
intended to afford holders of Notes protection in the event of certain highly
leveraged transactions, reorganizations, restructurings, mergers and other
similar transactions that might adversely affect the holders of Notes, but
would not constitute a Change of Control. The Company could, in the future,
enter into certain transactions, including certain recapitalizations of the
Company, that would not constitute a Change of Control, but would increase the
amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time. If a Change of Control were
to occur, there can be no assurance that the Company would have sufficient
funds to pay the purchase price for all Notes that the Company might be
required to purchase. Moreover, as of the date of this Prospectus, the Company
would not have sufficient funds available to purchase all the Notes pursuant
to a Change of Control Offer. In the event that the Company were required to
purchase Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Company expects that
it would need to seek third-party financing to the extent it does not have
available funds to meet its purchase obligations. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company would be able to obtain such financing on favorable
terms, if at all. In addition, the Original Credit Agreement will restrict the
Company's ability to repurchase the Notes, including pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer. See "Description of New Credit Facility."
 
                                      79
<PAGE>
 
  None of the provisions in the Indenture relating to a repurchase upon a
Change of Control is waivable by the Board of Directors of the Company. In
addition, the Trustee may not waive the right of any holder of the Notes to
redeem its Notes upon a Change of Control, except to the extent the Trustee is
acting at the direction of the holders of the Notes then outstanding.
 
SUBORDINATION
 
  The Obligations represented by the Notes are, to the extent and in the
manner provided in the Indenture, subordinated in right of payment to the
prior indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all existing
and future Senior Debt.
 
  In the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any
receivership, liquidation, arrangement, reorganization or other similar case
or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its
creditors, as such, or to its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any
liquidation, dissolution or other winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary
or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or any
general assignment for the benefit of creditors or other marshaling of assets
or liabilities of the Company (except in connection with the merger or
consolidation of the Company or its liquidation or dissolution following the
transfer of substantially all of its assets, upon the terms and conditions
permitted under the circumstances described under "--Certain Covenants--
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets") (all of
the foregoing referred to herein individually as a "Bankruptcy Proceeding" and
collectively as "Bankruptcy Proceedings"), the holders of Senior Debt will be
entitled to receive indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full in cash of
all amounts due on or in respect of all Senior Debt before the holders of the
Notes are entitled to receive or retain any payment or distribution of any
kind on account of the Notes or any Obligations under the Notes, the
Registration Rights Agreement or the Indenture. In the event that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or any holder of Notes receives any
payment or distribution of assets or securities of the Company of any kind or
any other distribution on account of the Notes or any Obligations under the
Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Indenture, whether in cash,
property or securities, including, without limitation, by way of set-off or
otherwise, in respect of the Notes or any Obligations under the Notes, the
Registration Rights Agreement or the Indenture before all Senior Debt is
indefeasibly paid and satisfied in full in cash, then such payment or
distribution will be held by the recipient in trust for the benefit of holders
of Senior Debt and will be immediately paid over or delivered to the holders
of Senior Debt or their representative or representatives to the extent
necessary to make payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid,
after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision
therefor, to or for the holders of Senior Debt. By reason of such
subordination, in the event of liquidation or insolvency, creditors of the
Company who are holders of Senior Debt may recover more, ratably, than other
creditors of the Company, and creditors of the Company who are not holders of
Senior Debt or of the Notes may recover more, ratably, than the holders of the
Notes.
 
  No payment or distribution of any assets or securities of the Company or any
Subsidiary of any kind or character (including, without limitation, cash,
property and any payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable
by reason of the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company being
subordinated to the payment of the Notes by the Company, other than Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company or subordinated debt securities of the Company
that require no payment of principal prior to the stated maturity of the Notes
and that are subordinated and junior in right of payment to Senior Debt at
least to the same extent as the Notes, with terms no less favorable to the
Company and the holders of the Designated Senior Debt than the terms of the
Notes and the Indenture) may be made by or on behalf of the Company or any
Subsidiary, including, without limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, for
or on account of the Notes or any Obligations under the Notes, the
Registration Rights Agreement or the Indenture, or for or on account of the
purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Notes or any Obligations
under the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Indenture, and
neither the Trustee nor any holder or owner of any Notes shall take or receive
from the Company or any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly in any manner,
payment in respect of all or any portion of Notes or for or on account of the
purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Notes or in respect of any
other Obligations under the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement or the
Indenture, upon the occurrence and during the continuation
 
                                      80
<PAGE>
 
of a Payment Default and such prohibition shall continue until such Payment
Default is cured, waived in writing or ceases to exist. At such time as the
prohibition set forth in the preceding sentence shall no longer be in effect,
subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Company shall resume
making any and all required payments in respect of the Notes, including any
missed payments.
 
  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Non-Payment Event of
Default, no payment or distribution of any assets or securities of the Company
of any kind or character (including, without limitation, cash, property and
any payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of
the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the
payment of the Notes by the Company, other than Qualified Capital Stock of the
Company or subordinated debt securities of the Company that require no payment
of principal prior to the stated maturity of the Notes and that are
subordinated and junior in right of payment to Senior Debt at least to the
same extent as the Notes, with terms no less favorable to the Company and the
holders of the Designated Senior Debt than the terms of the Notes and the
Indenture) may be made by the Company, including, without limitation, by way
of set-off or otherwise, for or on account of the Notes or any Obligations
under the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Indenture, or for or
on account of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Notes or any
other Obligations under the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement or the
Indenture, and neither the Trustee nor any holder or owner of any Notes shall
take or receive from the Company or any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly in
any manner, payment in respect of all or any portion of Notes or any such
other Obligations under the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement or the
Indenture for a period (a "Payment Blockage Period") commencing on the date of
receipt by the Trustee of written notice from the Representative of such Non-
Payment Event of Default unless and until (subject to any blockage of payments
that may then be in effect under the preceding paragraph) the earliest of (w)
more than 179 days shall have elapsed since the date of receipt of such
written notice by the Trustee, (x) such Non-Payment Event of Default shall
have been cured or waived in writing or shall have ceased to exist, (y) such
Designated Senior Debt shall have been paid in full in cash or (z) such
Payment Blockage Period shall have been terminated by written notice to the
Company or the Trustee from such Representative, after which, in the case of
clause (w), (x), (y) or (z), the Company shall resume making any and all
required payments in respect of the Notes, including any missed payments.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, in no event shall any
Payment Blockage Period commenced in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture described in this paragraph extend beyond 179 days after the date of
the receipt by the Trustee of the notice referred to above (such 179 day
period, an "Initial Blockage Period"). Any number of additional Payment
Blockage Periods may be commenced during the Initial Blockage Period or any
other Payment Blockage Period; provided, however, that no such additional
Payment Blockage Period commenced during an existing Payment Blockage Period
shall extend beyond 179 days after the date of receipt by the Trustee of the
notice which commences such Initial Blockage Period. After the expiration of
any Payment Blockage Period, no Payment Blockage Period may be commenced until
at least 180 consecutive days have elapsed from the last day of the such
Payment Blockage Period. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture,
no Non-Payment Event of Default with respect to Designated Senior Debt which
existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment
Blockage Period initiated by the Representative shall be, or be made, the
basis for the commencement of a second Payment Blockage Period initiated by
the Representative, whether or not within the Initial Blockage Period, unless
such Non-Payment Event of Default shall have been waived or cured for a period
of not less than 90 consecutive days.
 
  If the Company fails to make any payment on the Notes when due or within any
applicable grace period, whether or not on account of such payment blockage
provisions, such failure would constitute an Event of Default under the
Indenture and would enable the holders of the Notes to accelerate the maturity
thereof. See "-- Events of Default."
 
  A holder of Notes by his acceptance of Notes agrees to be bound by such
provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to
take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the
subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his
attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
 
 
                                      81
<PAGE>
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
  The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:
 
  Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness. The Company will not,
and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, directly or
indirectly incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) other than
Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations, the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness if (a) after giving
effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application
of the proceeds thereof, the Company's Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio (determined on a pro forma basis for the last four full fiscal quarters
of the Company for which financial information is available at the date of
determination) is at least equal to 2:00:1; but no Restricted Subsidiary may
incur Indebtedness which is not Permitted Indebtedness unless its Consolidated
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least equal to 3:00:1; provided, however,
that if the Indebtedness which is the subject of a determination under this
provision is Acquired Indebtedness, or Indebtedness incurred in connection
with the simultaneous acquisition of any Person, business, property or assets,
then such ratio shall be determined by giving effect (on a pro forma basis, as
if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the four quarter period)
to both the incurrence or assumption of such Acquired Indebtedness or such
other Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and the
inclusion in the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's Consolidated EBITDA
of the Consolidated EBITDA of the acquired Person, business, property or
assets; and provided, further, that in the event that the Consolidated EBITDA
of the acquired Person, business, property or assets reflects an operating
loss, no amounts shall be deducted from the Company's or such Restricted
Subsidiary's Consolidated EBITDA in making the determinations described above
and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
at the time or as a consequence of the incurrence of such Indebtedness.
 
  Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any
Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment and immediately
after giving effect thereto:
 
    (i) any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
  continuing; or
 
    (ii) the Company could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other
  than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the "Limitation on
  Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant; or
 
    (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments declared or made after
  June 24, 1998 (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in
  cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined by the
  Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) exceeds the sum of (A) 50%
  of the Company's Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one
  accounting period) commencing with the first full fiscal quarter of the
  Company which commenced after June 24, 1998 to and including the fiscal
  quarter of the Company ended immediately prior to the date of each
  calculation (or in the event Consolidated Net Income is a deficit minus
  100% of such deficit), plus (B) 100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds and the
  fair market value of securities or other property received by the Company
  from the issue or sale, after June 24, 1998, of Qualified Capital Stock
  (other than Capital Stock of the Company issued to any Restricted
  Subsidiary of the Company) of the Company or any Indebtedness or other
  securities of the Company convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
  for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company which have been so converted or
  exercised or exchanged, as the case may be, plus (C) $10 million, provided,
  that the amount of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (C) shall
  not be reduced by any negative amounts that occur under clause (A) above.
 
  (b)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no other Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof,
the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph will not
prohibit (A) payments with respect to the purchase or redemption of Capital
Stock or Subordinated Debt of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of
the Company or an Emerging Market Subsidiary) of, Qualified Capital Stock; (B)
payments in respect of any redemption, repurchase, acquisitions, cancellation
or other retirement for value of
 
                                      82
<PAGE>
 
shares of Capital Stock of the Company or options, stock appreciation or
similar rights, in each case held by officers, directors or employees of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or former officers, directors or
employees) (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) or by an
employee benefit plan, upon death, disability, retirement or termination of
employment of any such Person pursuant to the terms of any employee benefit
plan or any other agreement under which shares of Capital Stock or stock
appreciation or similar rights were issued or acquired, and the purchase of
shares of Capital Stock by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the
purpose of contributing such shares to any employee benefit plan (provided,
that all such payments and purchases referred to in this clause (B) may not
exceed $2 million in any 12 month period after June 24, 1998); (C) the payment
of cash dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock after June 15, 2003; (D) the
payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of its declaration if
such dividend could have been paid on the date of its declaration in
compliance with the foregoing provisions; (E) any purchase or defeasance of
Subordinated Debt upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the extent
required by the indenture or other agreement or instrument pursuant to which
such Subordinated Debt was issued, but only if the Company (i) in the case of
a Change of Control, has complied with its obligations under the provisions
described under the covenant entitled "Change of Control" or (ii) in the case
of an Asset Sale, has applied the Asset Sale Proceeds from such Asset Sale in
accordance with the provisions under the covenant entitled "Limitation on
Certain Asset Sales;" (F) the consummation of a cash tender offer by the
Company for shares of Capital Stock of the Company in an aggregate amount not
exceeding $430 million in connection with the Recapitalization; or (G) cash
payments (and/or the issuance or delivery of any note, instrument, agreement
or other obligation providing for future cash payments) resulting from
antidilution or other adjustments made in connection with the Recapitalization
to options to purchase Capital Stock or restricted or unvested Capital Stock
held by employees, directors or former employees or directors of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent that such adjustments and cash
payments are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company. Each
Restricted Payment made or paid in accordance with this paragraph, except
those made pursuant to clause (F) or clause (G), shall be counted (without
duplication) for purposes of computing amounts utilized for Restricted
Payments pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph.
No payments made or paid pursuant to clause (C) or (D) of this paragraph shall
be counted for purposes of computing amounts utilized for Restricted Payments
pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph to the
extent such amount was already counted for such purposes.
 
  Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, and will
not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions
(including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of
assets, property or services) with any Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate
Transaction") or extend, renew, waive or otherwise modify the terms of any
Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to June 24, 1998 unless (i) such
Affiliate Transaction is between or among the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; or (ii) such Affiliate Transaction is entered into in good faith
and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. In any Affiliate
Transaction involving an amount or having a value in excess of $5 million
which is not permitted under clause (i) above, the Company must obtain a
resolution of the Board of Directors determining that such Affiliate
Transaction complies with clause (ii) above. In transactions with a value in
excess of $10 million which are not permitted under clause (i) above, the
Company must obtain a written opinion as to the fairness of such a
transaction, from a financial point of view to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, from an independent investment banking firm.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately
preceding paragraph will not apply to: (i) Restricted Payments that are not
prohibited by the covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted
Payments"; (ii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions
of the covenant described under "Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets";
(iii) transactions in the ordinary course of business (including expense
advances) between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any employee thereof, on the
other hand; (iv) employment contracts existing on June 24, 1998 and employment
contracts approved by the Board of Directors of the Company the terms of which
are consistent with past practice; (v) the granting and performance of
registration rights for shares of Capital Stock of the Company under a written
registration rights agreement approved by a majority of directors
 
                                      83
<PAGE>
 
of the Company that are disinterested with respect to such transaction; (vi)
transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of
Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates are treated
no more favorably than holders of such Indebtedness or such Capital Stock
generally; (vii) any Permitted Investments; (viii) reasonable fees and
compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers,
directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors; (ix)
transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its
Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture; (x) any agreement as in effect as of June 24, 1998 or any amendment
thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any
amendment thereto) or in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such
amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the holders
of Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on
June 24, 1998; (xi) any payment, issuance of securities or other payments,
awards or grants, in cash or otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of,
employment arrangements and Plans approved by the Board of Directors of the
Company; (xii) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and
directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries (or any adjustment or amendment
thereto) pursuant to Plans and employment contracts and stock option, stock
bonus, restricted stock and similar agreements approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company; (xiii) loans or advances to officers, directors or
employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of
$5 million at any one time outstanding; and (xiv) transactions, including,
without limitation, the repurchase of the Company's Common Stock, entered into
in connection with the Recapitalization and the financing therefor.
 
  Limitation on Certain Asset Sales. The Company will not, and will not cause
or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale or
series of related Asset Sales unless (i) the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the
fair market value thereof on the date the Company or Restricted Subsidiary (as
applicable) entered into the agreement to consummate such Asset Sale (as
determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors, and evidenced
by a board resolution of such Board of Directors); (ii) not less than 75% of
the consideration received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents other than in the
case where the Company is exchanging all or substantially all of the assets of
one or more properties operated by the Company (including by way of the
transfer of capital stock) for all or substantially all of the assets
(including by way of the transfer of capital stock) constituting one or more
properties operated by another Person, provided that at least 75% of the
consideration received by the Company (50% with respect to Emerging Market
Subsidiaries) in such exchange, other than the properties, is in the form of
cash or Cash Equivalents; and (iii) the Asset Sale Proceeds received by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary are applied (a) first, to the extent the
Company elects, or is required, to prepay, repay, reduce credit commitments,
or purchase or cash collateralize Indebtedness under any then existing Senior
Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary within 270 days following the
receipt of the Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale; (b) second, to the
extent of the balance of Asset Sale Proceeds after application as described
above, to the extent the Company elects, to make an investment in assets
(including Capital Stock or other securities purchased in connection with the
acquisition of Capital Stock or property of another Person) used or useful in
businesses similar or ancillary to the business of the Company or Restricted
Subsidiary as conducted at the time of such Asset Sale, provided that such
Investment occurs or the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into
contractual commitments to make such investment, subject only to customary
conditions (other than the obtaining of financing), on or prior to the 270th
day following receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds (the "Reinvestment Date")
and Asset Sale Proceeds contractually committed are so applied within 360 days
following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds; and (c) third, if on the
Reinvestment Date with respect to any Asset Sale, the Available Asset Sale
Proceeds exceed $10 million, the Company shall apply an amount equal to such
Available Asset Sale Proceeds to an offer to repurchase the Notes, at a
purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (an "Excess
Proceeds Offer").
 
  If the Company is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Company
shall mail, within 30 days following the Reinvestment Date, a notice to the
registered holders of Notes stating, among other things: (1) that
 
                                      84
<PAGE>
 
such holders have the right to require the Company to apply the Available
Asset Sale Proceeds to repurchase such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal
to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of purchase; (2) the purchase date, which shall be no earlier
than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;
(3) the instructions, determined by the Company, that each holder must follow
in order to have such Notes repurchased; and (4) the calculations used in
determining the amount of Available Asset Sale Proceeds to be applied to the
repurchase of such Notes.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing:
 
    (i) the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may, in the
  ordinary course of business, convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
  dispose of assets and license brand names in the ordinary course of
  business;
 
    (ii) the Company may convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose
  of assets pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions described under
  "Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets";
 
    (iii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may (a) sell damaged,
  worn out or other obsolete property in the ordinary course of business or
  other property no longer necessary for the proper conduct of the business
  or (b) abandon such property if it cannot, through reasonable efforts, be
  sold;
 
    (iv) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may convey, sell, lease,
  transfer or otherwise dispose of assets which are reflected on the
  consolidated balance sheet of the Company at January 31, 1998 as being held
  for sale; and
 
    (v) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may convey, sell, lease,
  transfer or otherwise dispose of assets to the extent that the aggregate
  Asset Sale Proceeds from all such asset dispositions not otherwise
  permitted do not exceed $10 million in any fiscal year of the Company.
 
  Limitation on Liens. The Indenture provides that the Company may not and may
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur or
suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property
or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, that secures Subordinated
Debt or Pari Passu Debt unless (i) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated
Debt, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such property or assets that is
senior in priority to such Liens, and (ii) in the case of Liens securing Pari
Passu Debt, the Notes are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such
property or assets.
 
  Limitation on Emerging Market Subsidiaries. The Indenture provides that: (i)
the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary must designate persons at all times
constituting a majority of the directors (or members of the governing body)
of, and at all times have the power to direct the management and policies of,
each Emerging Market Subsidiary; (ii) the Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly own any Capital
Stock or other ownership interests in an Emerging Market Subsidiary unless the
Company and its Subsidiaries or Emerging Market Subsidiaries own, in the
aggregate, Capital Stock or other ownership interests such that the Emerging
Market Subsidiary at all times satisfies the conditions necessary for a Person
to be a Subsidiary of the Company under the definition of "Subsidiary" in the
Indenture; (iii) the Company will not permit any Emerging Market Subsidiary to
incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Capital Stock (other than
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock issued to or held by a Subsidiary
of such Emerging Market Subsidiary or to another Emerging Market Subsidiary or
any Subsidiary of another Emerging Market Subsidiary) if, immediately after
giving effect thereto (including the redemption, repurchase, repayment or
retirement of Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock with the proceeds
thereof), the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness and
liquidation or redemption value (whichever is the greater) of Disqualified
Capital Stock (other than Capital Stock issued to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary and other than Indebtedness that constitutes Invested Capital) of
all Emerging Market Subsidiaries on a combined consolidated basis would exceed
the greater of (A) $50 million and (B) the product of (x) the greater of (A)
the combined consolidated stockholders' equity (calculated in accordance with
GAAP) of all Emerging Market Subsidiaries and (B) the aggregate amount,
determined on a combined consolidated basis, of Invested Capital (whether by
the Company
 
                                      85
<PAGE>
 
or a Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person or Persons) in all Emerging
Market Subsidiaries and
(y) 2.5; (iv) the Company will not permit any Emerging Market Subsidiary to
directly or indirectly (A) make any material Investment or (B) engage to any
material extent in, any line or lines of business activity, in each case,
other than in a Related Business; and (v) each Emerging Market Subsidiary will
be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the "Limitation on
Certain Asset Sales" covenant and the definitions as applicable thereto but
only to the extent such definitions are used therein and only to the extent
not specifically excluded therefrom.
 
  Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Debt. The Company will not, and will
not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
incur, contingently or otherwise, any Indebtedness that is both (i)
subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and (ii) senior in right of
payment to the Notes. For purposes of this covenant, Indebtedness is deemed to
be senior in right of payment to the Notes, if it is not explicitly
subordinate in right of payment to Senior Debt at least to the same extent as
the Notes are subordinate to Senior Debt.
 
  Limitation on Restricting Subsidiary Dividends; Restriction on Sale and
Issuance of Subsidiary Stock. The Indenture provides that the Company may not,
and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create or assume any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or make
other distributions on the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or pay any obligation to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or otherwise transfer assets or make or pay loans or advances to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, "Payment
Restrictions"), except Payment Restrictions existing under (i) the Indenture
and the Notes and the Exchange Indenture and the Exchange Debentures or
Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance the Notes or the Exchange
Debentures, as the case may be; provided, that such encumbrances and
restrictions are no more restrictive than those contained in the Indenture or
the Exchange Indenture, as the case may be, as in effect on June 24, 1998,
(ii) Indebtedness incurred under clause (ii) or clause (xi) of the definition
of "Permitted Indebtedness", or Indebtedness (other than Permitted
Indebtedness) incurred under the covenant described under "--Limitation on
Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness", provided, that such encumbrances and
restrictions are no more restrictive than those set forth in the Original
Credit Agreement as in effect on June 24, 1998, (iii) Indebtedness existing on
June 24, 1998 or Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance such existing
Indebtedness; provided, that such encumbrances and restrictions are no more
restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing Indebtedness
existing on June 24, 1998 as in effect on June 24, 1998, (iv) leasing
agreements as in effect on June 24, 1998 and (v) any agreement of a Person
acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, which
restrictions existed at the time of acquisition, were not put in place in
anticipation of such acquisition and are not applicable to any Person or
property, other than the person or any property of the Person so acquired.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) customary provisions restricting subletting
or assignment of any lease or license entered into the ordinary course of
business, consistent with past practice and (b) Liens permitted under the
covenant described under "--Limitation on Liens" on assets securing
Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the covenant described under "--
Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" shall not in and of
themselves be considered a Payment Restriction. The Indenture further provides
that the Company will not sell, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; provided, that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may sell all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of
Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by them in a
single transaction or a series of substantially contemporaneous transactions
if the provisions of the covenant described under "--Limitation on Certain
Asset Sales" are complied with. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance or
sale of shares of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
shall not violate the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence if (i)
such shares are issued or sold in connection with (x) the formation or
capitalization of a Restricted Subsidiary which, at the time of such issuance
or sale and after giving effect thereto, is a Joint Venture Subsidiary or (y)
a single transaction or a series of substantially contemporaneous transactions
whereby such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company by reason of the acquisition of securities or assets from another
Person or (ii) such
 
                                      86
<PAGE>
 
shares constitute directors' qualifying shares not exceeding one percent of
the outstanding Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary.
 
  Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Preferred Stock (except to
the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary) or permit any Person (other than
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) to hold any such Preferred Stock
unless the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur or
assume Indebtedness in compliance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of
Additional Indebtedness" covenant in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the aggregate liquidation value of the Preferred Stock to be issued.
 
  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets. The Company will not, in a single
transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with
or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all
or substantially all of its assets to, another Person unless: (i) either (1)
the Company is the survivor of such merger, consolidation, sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition or (2) the surviving or
transferee Person is a corporation, partnership or trust organized and
existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia and such surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes
by supplemental indenture all the obligations of the Company under the Notes
and the Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
and the use of proceeds therefrom (on a pro forma basis, including any
Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with such
transaction), the Company or the surviving or transferee Person is able to
incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in
compliance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness"
covenant; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (including
any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with the
transaction) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
and (iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate and
opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale,
assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the Indenture
and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such
transaction have been satisfied. For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer
(by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of
related transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets
of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries the Capital Stock of which constitutes
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company will be
deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and
assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) of
the preceding sentence but subject to clauses (i) and (iv) thereof (a) the
Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its
properties and assets to any Restricted Subsidiary so long as all assets of
the Company immediately prior to such transaction are owned by such Restricted
Subsidiary immediately after the consummation thereof and (b) the Company may
merge with an Affiliate that is a corporation that has no material assets or
liabilities and which was incorporated solely for the purpose of (A)
reincorporating the Company in the same or another jurisdiction of the United
States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (B) the creation of a
holding company of the Company.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
  The following events are defined in the Indenture as "Events of Default":
(i) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and
payable and the Default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such
payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture); (ii)
the failure to pay the principal, or premium, if any, on any Notes, when such
principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise
(whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of
the Indenture); (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any other
covenant or agreement contained in the Notes or the Indenture which default
continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice
thereof specifying the default from the Trustee or holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes; (iv) default in the payment
at final maturity of principal in an aggregate amount of $10 million or more
with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof which default shall not be cured, waived or postponed pursuant to an
agreement with the holders of such Indebtedness within
 
                                      87
<PAGE>
 
60 days after written notice, or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness
aggregating $10 million or more which acceleration shall not be rescinded or
annulled within 30 days after written notice as provided in the Indenture; (v)
any final judgment or judgments which can no longer be appealed for the
payment of money in excess of $10 million shall be rendered against the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, and shall not be discharged for
any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not
be in effect; and (vi) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization affecting the Company or any of its Significant Restricted
Subsidiaries.
 
  Upon the happening of any Event of Default specified in the Indenture, the
Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of the holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes shall or the holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may, declare the
principal of and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be
due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying
the respective Event of Default and that it is a "notice of acceleration" (the
"Acceleration Notice"), and the same (i) shall become immediately due and
payable or (ii) if there are any amounts outstanding under any of the
instruments constituting Designated Senior Debt, will become due and payable
upon the first to occur of an acceleration under any of the instruments
constituting Designated Senior Debt or five business days after receipt by the
Company and the Representative of such Acceleration Notice (unless all Events
of Default specified in such Acceleration Notice have been cured or waived).
If an Event of Default with respect to bankruptcy proceedings with respect to
the Company occurs and is continuing, then such amount will ipso facto become
and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the
part of the Trustee or any holder of Notes.
 
  The Indenture provides that, at any time after a declaration of acceleration
with respect to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the holders
of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (by notice to
the Trustee) may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences if
(i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court
of competent jurisdiction, (ii) all existing Events of Default have been cured
or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that has
become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, (iii) to the extent the
payment of such interest is lawful, interest (at the same rate specified in
the Notes) on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid,
(iv) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and
reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances and (v) in
the event of the cure or waiver of a Default or Event of Default (with respect
to the Company) of the type described in clause (vi) of the description above
of Events of Default, the Trustee has received an officers' certificate and an
opinion of counsel that such Default or Event of Default has been cured or
waived. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive
any existing Default or Event of Default under the Indenture, and its
consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest
on any Notes.
 
  The Company will deliver to the Trustee, on or before 120 days after the end
of the Company's fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signing
officers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the
previous year, and whether the Company has complied with its obligations under
the Indenture. In addition, the Company will be required to notify the Trustee
of the occurrence and continuation of any Default or Event of Default within
five business days after the Company becomes aware of the same.
 
  Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee in case an Event of Default thereunder should occur and be continuing,
the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders
of the Notes unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable
indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to such
provision for security or indemnification and certain limitations contained in
the Indenture, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
 
 
                                      88
<PAGE>
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
 
  The Indenture provides the Company may elect either (a) to defease and be
discharged from any and all obligations with respect to the Notes (except for
the obligations to register the transfer or exchange of such Notes, to replace
temporary or mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, to maintain an office
or agency in respect of the Notes and to hold monies for payment in trust)
("defeasance") or (b) to be released from their obligations with respect to
the Notes under certain covenants contained in the Indenture and described
above under "--Certain Covenants" ("covenant defeasance"), upon the deposit
with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee), in trust for such purpose, of
money and/or U.S. government obligations which through the payment of
principal and interest in accordance with their terms will provide money, in
an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the Notes on the scheduled due dates therefor or on a selected date of
redemption in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such a trust may
only be established if, among other things, the Company had delivered to the
Trustee an opinion of counsel (as specified in the Indenture) (i) to the
effect that neither the trust nor the Trustee will be required to register as
an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and
(ii) to the effect that holders of the Notes or persons in their positions
will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax
purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be
subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount and in the same
amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the
case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred which, in the
case of a defeasance only, must be based upon a private ruling concerning the
Notes, a published ruling of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") or a
change in applicable United States federal income tax law.
 
REPORTS TO HOLDERS
 
  So long as the Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of
the Exchange Act, it will continue to file the information required thereby
with the Commission and will furnish such information to holders of the Notes
within 15 days of filing thereof with the Commission. The Indenture provides
that if the Company is not required to file such information with the
Commission, it will nonetheless continue to furnish such information to
holders of the Notes within 15 days of the date on which filing with the
Commission would have been required.
 
MODIFICATION OF THE INDENTURE
 
  From time to time, the Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of
the holders of the Notes, amend the Indenture or the Notes or supplement the
Indenture for certain specified purposes, including curing any ambiguity,
defect or inconsistency or making any change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any of the holders of the Notes. The Indenture
contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent
of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, to
modify or supplement the Indenture and the Notes except that, without the
consent of each holder of the Notes affected thereby, no such modification
shall: (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver to the Indenture or the Notes; (ii) reduce the
rate of or change the time for payment of, interest on any Notes; (iii) reduce
the principal of or premium on or change the stated maturity of any Note; (iv)
make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes or change
the place of payment from New York, New York; (v) change the amount or time of
any payment required by the Notes or reduce the premium payable upon any
redemption of Notes or change the time before which no redemption may be made;
(vi) waive a default in the payment of principal or interest on, or redemption
payment with respect to any Notes; or (vii) take any other action otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture to be taken without the consent of each holder
affected thereby.
 
  The consent of holders of the Notes is not necessary to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent
approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
 
 
                                      89
<PAGE>
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
  Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is
provided.
 
  "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person (including an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such
Person.
 
  "Affiliate" means, any Person, a Person who, directly or indirectly, through
one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such other Person. The term "control" means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; provided, however, that the ownership of
at least 10% of the voting power of the Common Stock of a Person, either
directly or indirectly, shall be deemed control.
 
  "Asset Sale" means the sale, transfer or other disposition (other than to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Emerging
Market Subsidiary)) in any single transaction or series of related
transactions involving assets with a fair market value in excess of $1 million
of (a) any Capital Stock of or other equity interest in any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company other than in a transaction where the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary receives therefor one or more properties with a
fair market value equal to the fair market value of the Capital Stock issued,
transferred or disposed of by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary (with
such fair market values being determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company), (b) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or of any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof, (c) real property or (d) all or substantially
all of the assets of any division, line of business or comparable business
segment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; provided that
Asset Sales shall not include (x) sales, leases, conveyances, transfers or
other dispositions to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary or to any
other Person if, after giving effect to such sale, lease, conveyance, transfer
or other disposition, such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other
than any Emerging Market Subsidiary), (y) the sale of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction
complying with the "Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets" covenant, in
which case only the assets not so sold shall be deemed an Asset Sale or (z)
any sale, issuance or other disposition of Capital Stock or assets of any
Joint Venture Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under "--
Certain Covenants--Limitation on Restricting Subsidiary Dividends;
Restrictions on Sale and Issuance of Subsidiary Stock."
 
  "Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, (i) cash
received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale
(including cash received as consideration for the assumption of liabilities
incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after (a)
provision for all income or other taxes, estimated in good faith by the
Company, measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale, (b) payment of all
brokerage commissions, underwriting, accounting, legal and other fees and
expenses related to such Asset Sale, (c) provision for minority interest
holders in any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale and (d)
deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities
associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale, including,
without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and
liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification
obligations associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset Sale
and (ii) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale or other disposition
upon the liquidation or conversion of such notes or non-cash consideration
into cash.
 
  "Available Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the
aggregate Asset Sale Proceeds from such Asset Sales that have not been applied
in accordance with clause (iii)(a) or (b) and which have not yet
 
                                      90
<PAGE>
 
been the subject of an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with clause
(iii)(c) of the first paragraph of "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Certain
Asset Sales."
 
  "Board of Directors" or "Board of Directors of the Company" means the Board
of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof (a "Board
Committee"); provided that the term "Board of Directors" as used in the
definition of "Change of Control" shall not include any Board Committee.
 
  "Capital Stock" means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation,
any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however
designated) of capital stock, including each class of common stock and
preferred stock of such Person and warrants or options to purchase any of the
foregoing and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any
and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.
 
  "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, as to any Person, the obligation of
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease to which such Person is
a party that is required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease
obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of
such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such
obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Cash Equivalents" means (i) marketable direct obligations issued by, or
unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States,
in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
(ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public
instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); (iii) commercial paper maturing no more
than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of
acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from
Moody's; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within
one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof
or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the
date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250
million; (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days
for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered
into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above;
and (vi) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all of
their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (v)
above.
 
  A "Change of Control" of the Company will be deemed to have occurred at such
time as (i) any Person (including a Person's Affiliates), other than a
Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined under Rule 13d-3 or
any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or
more of the total voting power of the Company's Common Stock unless, as a
result of such transaction, the ultimate direct or indirect ownership of the
Company is substantially the same immediately after such transaction as it was
immediately prior to such transaction, (ii) any Person (including a Person's
Affiliates), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner of
more than 35% of the total voting power of the Company's Common Stock, and the
Permitted Holders beneficially own, in the aggregate, a lesser percentage of
the total voting power of the Common Stock of the Company than such other
Person and do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or
otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company, (iii) there shall be consummated any consolidation
or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or
surviving corporation or pursuant to which the Common Stock of the Company
would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a
merger or consolidation of the Company in which the holders of the Common
Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the consolidation or
merger hold, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting power
of the Common Stock of the surviving corporation immediately after such
consolidation or merger or (iv) during any period of two consecutive years,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of
Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by
such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders
of the Company has been approved by a majority of the directors then still in
office who either
 
                                      91
<PAGE>
 
were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
recommendation for election was previously so approved) cease to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  "Common Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other
participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether
voting or non-voting) of, such Person's common stock, whether outstanding on
June 24, 1998 or issued after June 24, 1998, and includes, without limitation,
all series and classes of such common stock.
 
  "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
for any period, an amount equal to (a) the sum of Consolidated Net Income for
such period, plus, to the extent deducted from the revenues of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries in determining Consolidated Net Income, (i) the
provision for taxes for such period based on income or profits and any
provision for taxes utilized in computing a loss in Consolidated Net Income
above, plus (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense (including, for this purpose,
dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock and any Redeemable Dividends in each
case only to the extent that such dividends were deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income), plus (iii) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges, plus
(iv) without duplication, charges attributable to the exercise or adjustment
of employee options and fees and expenses, in each case, incurred in
connection with the Recapitalization or the transactions described under
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Recent Events and Recapitalization," plus (v) without duplication,
for any four quarter period that includes one or more fiscal quarters of
fiscal 1998 or either or both of the first two fiscal quarters of fiscal 1999,
restructuring charges, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $12 million, but
only to the extent actually incurred during each such applicable quarter and
minus (vi) without duplication, the amount of all cash payments made by such
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period to the extent
such payments relate to Consolidated Non-Cash Charges that were added back in
determining Consolidated EBITDA for such period or any prior period, all as
determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" on any date of determination (the
"Transaction Date") means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) the
aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Reference
Period to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such
Person during the Reference Period; provided, that for purposes of such
computation, in calculating Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Fixed
Charges, (a) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be assumed to have occurred (on
a pro forma basis) on the first day of the Reference
Period; (b) the incurrence of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
incurred under any revolving credit or similar facility to the extent that the
proceeds were used to finance working capital requirements in the ordinary
course of business) or the issuance of any Disqualified Capital Stock or
Preferred Stock during the Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or
prior to the Transaction Date (and the application of the proceeds therefrom
(other than a repayment of Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit
or similar facility to the extent that the proceeds were used to finance
working capital requirements in the ordinary course of business) to the extent
used to retire Indebtedness or Preferred Stock) will be assumed to have
occurred (on a pro forma basis) on the first day of such Reference Period; (c)
Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness (whether
existing or being incurred) bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed
as if the rate in effect on the Transaction Date had been the applicable rate
for the entire period, unless such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party to an Interest Rate Agreement (which shall remain in effect for the 12-
month period after the Transaction Date) that has the effect of fixing the
interest rate on the date of computation, in which case such rate (whether
higher or lower) shall be used; (d) the repayment of any Indebtedness (other
than under a revolving credit or similar facility to the extent that the
proceeds were used to finance working capital requirements in the ordinary
course of business), Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock during the
Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the Transaction Date
with the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of assets or properties
referred to in clause (f) below will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro
forma basis) on the first day of the Reference Period; (e) the acquisition
during the Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the
Transaction Date of any other Person which, as a result of such
 
                                      92
<PAGE>
 
acquisition, becomes a Subsidiary, will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro
forma basis) on the first day of the Reference Period; and (f) any sale or
other disposition of assets or properties constituting an existing business
(whether existing as a separate entity, subsidiary, division, unit or
otherwise) outside the ordinary course of business occurring during the
Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the Transaction Date
will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro forma basis) on the first day of
the Reference Period.
 
  "Consolidated Fixed Charges" of any Person for any period means (without
duplication) the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for
such period (excluding amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees
and expenses) and (ii) without duplication, Redeemable Dividends of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether in cash or otherwise (except
dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock)) with respect
to Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock accrued during such period
in accordance with GAAP (but in the case of such Preferred Stock, only to the
extent that the aggregate amount of dividends paid or accrued from and after
June 24, 1998 exceeds the aggregate net cash proceeds to such Person from the
issuance and sale of such Preferred Stock), in each case excluding items
eliminated in consolidation of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided, that dividends accrued or paid on the Senior Preferred Stock shall
not be included in the calculation of Consolidated Fixed Charges.
 
  "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person, for any
period, the aggregate amount of interest which, in conformity with GAAP, would
be set forth opposite the caption "interest expense" or any like caption on an
income statement for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, including, but not limited to, Redeemable Dividends,
whether paid or accrued, on Restricted Subsidiary Preferred Stock, imputed
interest included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts
and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers'
acceptance financing, the net costs associated with hedging obligations,
amortization of other financing fees and expenses, the interest portion of any
deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount or premium, if any, and
all other non-cash interest expense (other than interest amortized to cost of
sales) plus, without duplication, all net capitalized interest for such period
and all interest incurred or paid under any guarantee of Indebtedness
(including a guarantee of principal, interest or any combination thereof) of
any Person, plus the amount of all dividends or distributions paid on
Disqualified Capital Stock (other than dividends paid or payable in shares of
Capital Stock of the Company), minus interest income for such period.
 
  "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, for any period,
the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis,
determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that (a) the net income
of any Person including of any Emerging Market Subsidiary or Unrestricted
Subsidiary (each, an "Other Person") in which the Person in question or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries has less than a 100% interest (which interest does
not cause the net income of such Other Person to be consolidated into the net
income of the Person in question in accordance with GAAP) shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the
Person in question or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the net
income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Person in question that is subject
to any restriction or limitation on the payment of dividends or the making of
other distributions (other than pursuant to the Notes) shall be excluded to
the extent of such restriction or limitation, (c) (i) the net income of any
Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to
the date of such acquisition shall be excluded and (ii) any net gain or net
loss resulting from an Asset Sale by the Person in question or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall be
excluded, (d) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains and losses shall
be excluded and (e) gains and losses associated with discontinued and
terminated operations shall be excluded.
 
  "Consolidated Non-Cash Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items
(which do not reflect an accrual of a cash expense which may be incurred in
the future) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing
Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries less
any such non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
                                      93
<PAGE>
 
  "Credit Agreement" means (i) one or more credit agreements, loan agreements
or similar agreements providing for working capital advances, term loans,
letter of credit facilities or similar advances, loans or facilities to the
Company, any Subsidiaries, domestic or foreign, or any or all of such Persons,
including the Credit Agreement, dated on or as in effect on or about June 24,
1998, among the Company and Samsonite Europe N.V., as borrowers, Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association and BankBoston, N.A., and
certain other lenders party thereto from time to time, as the same may be
amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time and (ii) any one
or more agreements governing advances, loans or facilities provided to refund,
refinance, replace or renew (including subsequent or successive refunding,
refinancing, replacements and renewals) Indebtedness under the agreement or
agreements referred to in the foregoing clause (i), as the same may be
amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.
 
  "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap
agreement or other similar agreement designed to address fluctuations in
currency values.
 
  "Default" means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with
the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default.
 
  "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) Indebtedness under the Original Credit
Agreement (and any guarantees thereof), and (ii) any other Indebtedness
constituting Senior Debt which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate
principal amount of at least $25 million (or accreted value of at least such
amount in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) and is specifically
designated as "Designated Senior Debt" by the Company and, so long as the
Original Credit Agreement is in effect, by the representative under the
Original Credit Agreement, and certified as such in an officers' certificate
delivered to the Trustee.
 
  "Disqualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or
by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures (excluding any
maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is
mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,
on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes. Without limitation of the
foregoing, Disqualified Capital Stock shall be deemed to include (i) any
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any
Preferred Stock of the Company, with respect to either of which, under the
terms of such Preferred Stock, by agreement or otherwise, such Restricted
Subsidiary or the Company is obligated to pay
current dividends or distributions in cash during the period prior to the
maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that Preferred Stock of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is issued with the benefit
of provisions requiring a change of control offer to be made for such
Preferred Stock in the event of a change of control of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as
the provisions of the Indenture described under "Change of Control," shall not
be deemed to be Disqualified Capital Stock solely by virtue of such
provisions; and provided, further, that the Senior Preferred Stock shall not
be considered Disqualified Capital Stock.
 
  "Emerging Market Subsidiary" means (i) any Initial Emerging Market
Subsidiary, (ii) any majority-owned Subsidiary of the Company the principal
operations of which are not located in the United States, Canada, Western
Europe or Japan that, at the time of determination, shall be an Emerging
Market Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as
provided below) and (iii) any majority-owned Subsidiary of an Emerging Market
Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate (1) any
Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Emerging Market Subsidiary,
and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired
or newly formed Subsidiary at or prior to the time it is so formed or
acquired) to be an Emerging Market Subsidiary if it meets the geographic test
set forth above and (a) no Default or Event of Default is existing or will
occur as a consequence thereof, (b) with respect to previously existing
Restricted Subsidiaries, immediately after giving effect to such designation,
on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant
described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Incurrence of Additional
Indebtedness" and (c) such Restricted Subsidiary does not own any Capital
Stock of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of,
 
                                      94
<PAGE>
 
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary of the
Restricted Subsidiary to be so designated. At the time that a previously
existing Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is designated an Emerging Market
Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to make an "Investment" in such
Emerging Market Subsidiary in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Interest in the
fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary. A
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall not be considered to be a
"previously existing Restricted Subsidiary" for purposes of this definition if
such Restricted Subsidiary is designated to be an Emerging Market Subsidiary
at or prior to the time of the formation of such Restricted Subsidiary or at
or prior to the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company.
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Emerging Market
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (i) no Default or
Event of Default is existing or will occur as a consequence thereof and (ii)
either (x) immediately after giving effect to such designation, on a pro forma
basis, the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
(other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant described under
"--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" or
(y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately
after giving effect to such designation, on a pro forma basis, exceeds the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior (and
without giving effect) to such designation. Each such designation shall be
evidenced by the filing with the Trustee of a certified copy of the resolution
giving effect to such designation and an officers' certificate certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
 
  "Equity Offering" means a sale by the Company of shares of its Qualified
Capital Stock.
 
  "Exchange Debentures" means the 13 7/8% Subordinated Debentures due 2010 of
the Company or the 13 7/8% Senior Debentures due 2010 of a holding company of
the Company ("Holdings"), as the case may be, issuable in exchange for the
Senior Preferred Stock in accordance with the Certificate of Designation with
respect to the Senior Preferred Stock and pursuant to the Exchange Indenture
including additional Exchange Debentures issued as interest on outstanding
Exchange Debentures pursuant to the Exchange Indenture.
 
  "Exchange Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of June 24, 1998 between
the Company, in the case of Exchange Debentures issued by the Company, or the
Indenture dated as of the issue date of the Exchange Debentures between
Holdings, in the case of Exchange Debentures issued by Holdings, and, in
either case, United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee, governing
the Exchange Debentures.
 
  "Foreign Credit Agreement" means one or more Credit Agreements among one or
more Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries and the lenders party thereto.
 
  "Foreign Restricted Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that is incorporated or otherwise organized in a jurisdiction other than the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
 
  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
as in effect in the United States from time to time.
 
  "incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any
Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise),
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness
or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or
otherwise, of any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet
of such Person (and "incurrence," "incurred," "incurrable" and "incurring"
shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided that a change in
GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time
becoming Indebtedness shall not be deemed an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
provided, further, that the amortization of original issue discount on
Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the accumulation of
distributions on Disqualified Capital Stock shall not be deemed an incurrence
of Indebtedness.
 
  "Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, any
indebtedness at any time outstanding, secured or unsecured, contingent or
otherwise, which is for borrowed money (whether or not the
 
                                      95
<PAGE>
 
recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to
a portion thereof) or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar
instruments or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase
price of any property (excluding, without limitation, any balances that
constitute accounts payable or trade payables and other accrued liabilities or
accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business) if and to the
extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a
balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and shall also
include, to the extent not otherwise included, (i) any Capitalized Lease
Obligations, (ii) obligations secured by a Lien to which the property or
assets owned or held by such Person are subject, whether or not the obligation
or obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed (provided, however,
that if such obligation or obligations shall not have been assumed, the amount
of such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be the lesser of the principal amount
of the obligation or the fair market value of the pledged property or assets),
other than a Permitted Lien securing an obligation that is not Indebtedness,
(iii) guarantees of items of other Persons which would be included within this
definition for such other Persons (whether or not such items would appear upon
the balance sheet of the guarantor), (iv) all obligations for the
reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or
similar credit transaction, (v) Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (vi) obligations of any such Person
under any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement applicable to any of
the foregoing (if and to the extent such Interest Rate Agreement or Currency
Agreement obligations would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such
Person prepared in accordance with GAAP). The amount of Indebtedness of any
Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent
obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency
giving rise to the obligation, provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any
time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the principal
amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the
original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in
conformity with GAAP and (ii) Indebtedness shall not include any liability for
federal, state, local or other taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of
the foregoing definition, any trade payable arising from the purchase of goods
or materials or for services obtained in the ordinary course of business or
contingent obligations arising out of customary indemnification agreements
with respect to the sale of assets or securities shall not be deemed to be
"Indebtedness" of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of
this definition. Furthermore, guarantees of (or obligations with respect to
letters of credit supporting) Indebtedness otherwise included in the
determination of such amount shall not also be included.
 
  "Initial Emerging Market Subsidiary" means each of (i) Chia Tai Samsonite
(H.K.) Limited, (ii) Ningbo Chia Tai Samsonite Luggage Co. Ltd., (iii)
Samsonite Argentina S.A., (iv) Samsonite Brasil Ltda., (v) Samsonite India
Limited, (vi) Samsonite Korea Limited, (vii) Samsonite Mercosur Limited,
(viii) Samsonite Mauritius Limited and (ix) Samsonite Singapore Limited.
 
  "Interest Rate Agreement" means, for any Person, any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or
other similar agreement.
 
  "Invested Capital" in an Emerging Market Subsidiary means the sum (without
duplication) of the aggregate net cash proceeds and non-cash consideration
(other than services) received by such Emerging Market Subsidiary from (a) the
issuance of any Qualified Capital Stock of such Emerging Market Subsidiary;
(b) the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or Indebtedness securities of
such Emerging Market Subsidiary to (and only so long as such securities are
beneficially owned by) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or
any other Person that beneficially owns 20% or more of the Qualified Capital
Stock of such Emerging Market Subsidiary (a "Significant Partner"); provided,
that proceeds from the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock and Indebtedness
securities that are beneficially owned by a Significant Partner shall
constitute Invested Capital only to the extent that the ratio of (w) the
Invested Capital under the preceding clause (a) attributable to Capital Stock
beneficially owned by such Significant Partner to (x) the proceeds from the
issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock and Indebtedness of such Emerging
Market Subsidiary beneficially owned by such Significant Partner is not
greater than the ratio of (y) the Invested Capital under the preceding clause
(a) attributable to Capital Stock beneficially owned by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to (z) the proceeds from
 
                                      96
<PAGE>
 
the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock and Indebtedness of such Emerging
Market Subsidiary beneficially owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and (c) the issuance of Disqualified Capital
Stock or Indebtedness securities of such Emerging Market Subsidiary
convertible into Qualified Capital Stock of such Emerging Market Subsidiary,
in each case upon such conversion thereof into Qualified Capital Stock of such
Emerging Market Subsidiary and that is not considered Invested Capital
pursuant to clause (b) above. For purposes of this definition, the amount
attributable to non-cash consideration shall be the fair value thereof
determined in good faith by the board of directors of such Emerging Market
Subsidiary.
 
  "Investment" by any Person in any other Person means, directly or
indirectly, any advance, account receivable (other than an account receivable
arising in the ordinary course of business), loan or capital contribution to
(by means of transfers of property to others, payments for property or
services for the account or use of others or otherwise), the purchase of any
stocks, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or joint venture interests or
other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or
substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of
beneficial ownership of, such other Person or the making of any investment by
such Person in any other Person. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade
credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade
practices and repurchases or redemptions of the Notes, the Exchange Debentures
issued by the Company or the Senior Preferred Stock issued by the Company or
any other security or evidence of Indebtedness issued by the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered
Investments by a Person in any other Person: (i) trade receivables and prepaid
expenses, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business; provided,
that such receivables and prepaid expenses would be recorded as assets of such
Person in accordance with GAAP, (ii) Investments received in connection with
the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in good faith
bona fide settlement of delinquent ordinary course of business trade
receivables of customers, (iii) endorsements for collection or deposit in the
ordinary course of business by such Person of bank drafts and similar
negotiable instruments of such other Person received as payment for ordinary
course of business trade receivables, (iv) an Interest Rate Agreement or
Currency Agreement with an unaffiliated Person provided that such agreements
comply with the requirements of clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted
Indebtedness, (v) Investments received as consideration for, or customary
indemnities given in connection with, an Asset Sale in compliance with the
covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Certain Asset Sales," and (vi) Investments for which the sole consideration
provided is Qualified Capital Stock. The Company shall be deemed to make an
"Investment" in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Interest in the fair market
value of the net assets of any previously existing Restricted Subsidiary, at
the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or an Emerging Market Subsidiary, as the case may be; and any
property transferred, directly or indirectly (whether by merger or otherwise)
to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging Market Subsidiary, as the case
may be, from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the time of such
designation shall be deemed an Investment valued at its fair market value at
the time of such transfer. A Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall not be
considered to be a "previously existing Restricted Subsidiary" for purposes of
this definition if such Restricted Subsidiary is designated to be an Emerging
Market Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at or
prior to the time of the formation of such Restricted Subsidiary or at or
prior to the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company.
 
  "Joint Venture Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in
which one or more Persons who have provided or are providing operating assets
or services to such Restricted Subsidiary beneficially own not less than 50%
of the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned by the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.
 
  "Lien" means any consensual lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security
interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any
agreement to give any security interest).
 
  "Net Proceeds" means (a) in the case of any sale of Capital Stock by the
Company, the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company, after payment of
expenses, commissions and the like incurred in connection therewith, whether
such proceeds are in cash or in property (valued at the fair market value
thereof, as determined
 
                                      97
<PAGE>
 
in good faith by the Board of Directors, at the time of receipt) and (b) in
the case of any exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender of outstanding
securities of any kind for or into shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the
Company, the net book value of such outstanding securities on the date of such
exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender (plus any additional amount
required to be paid by the holder to the Company upon such exchange, exercise,
conversion or surrender, less any and all payments made to the holders, e.g.,
on account of fractional shares and less all expenses incurred by the Company
in connection therewith).
 
  "Non-Payment Event of Default" means any event (other than a Payment
Default) the occurrence of which entitles one or more Persons to accelerate
the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt.
 
  "Obligations" means all obligations for principal, premium, interest
(including post-petition interest and, in the case of Notes, any additional
interest or liquidated damages from time to time payable pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement), penalties, fees, costs, indemnifications,
reimbursements, repurchase, redemption, retirement or defeasance obligations,
damages and other liabilities and obligations payable under the documentation
governing, or otherwise relating to, any Indebtedness.
 
  "Original Credit Agreement" means the referenced Credit Agreement described
in clause (i) of the definition of Credit Agreement dated on or as in effect
on or about June 24, 1998, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or
supplemented from time to time, and any one replacement agreement or facility
existing at any time provided to refund, refinance, replace or renew
(including subsequent or successive refundings, refinancings, replacements and
renewals) the Original Credit Agreement; such replacement agreement or
facility to be designated by the Company and certified in an officers'
certificate delivered to the Trustee.
 
  "Pari Passu Debt" means any Indebtedness (secured or unsecured) of the
Company that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes.
 
  "Payment Default" means any default, whether or not any requirement for the
giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, or any other condition to such
default becoming an event of default has occurred, in the payment of principal
of (or premium, if any) or interest on or any other amount payable in
connection with Designated Senior Debt.
 
  "Permitted Holders" means Apollo Advisors, L.P. and any Affiliate thereof.
 
  "Permitted Indebtedness" means, without duplication, each of the following:
 
    (i) Indebtedness under the Notes and the Indenture;
 
    (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Agreement (and the
  guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any time
  outstanding not to exceed $260 million;
 
    (iii) all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
  Subsidiaries outstanding on June 24, 1998;
 
    (iv) (a) Obligations under Interest Rate Agreements of the Company
  covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
  provided, however, that such Interest Rate Agreements are entered into to
  protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in
  interest rates on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred hereunder
  and not for speculative purposes to the extent the notional principal
  amount of such Interest Rate Agreement does not exceed the principal amount
  of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Rate Agreement relates and (b)
  Indebtedness under Currency Agreements incurred by the Company in the
  ordinary course of business to the extent that such obligations have been
  entered into to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates and
  not for speculative purposes; provided, that in the case of Currency
  Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not
  increase the Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
  outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency
  exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable
  thereunder;
 
 
                                      98
<PAGE>
 
    (v) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company
  or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such
  Indebtedness is held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
  Company, in each case with no Lien securing such Indebtedness held by a
  Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
  provided that if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a
  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company owns or holds any such Indebtedness or
  holds a Lien securing any such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the
  incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under
  this clause (v);
 
    (vi) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
  Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by a Restricted Subsidiary
  of the Company, in each case with no Lien securing such Indebtedness;
  provided that (a) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted
  Subsidiary of the Company is subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement,
  to the Company's Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes at least to
  the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt, and (b) if
  as of any date any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
  owns or holds any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien securing any
  such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness
  not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (vi);
 
    (vii) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations
  incurred to acquire property in the ordinary course of business which
  Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations do not in the aggregate
  exceed $15 million;
 
    (viii) Acquired Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiaries, provided
  that such Indebtedness was not incurred by a Person in connection with, or
  in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
  Subsidiary of the Company and provided further that after giving effect to
  such incurrence or assumption of such Acquired Indebtedness the
  Consolidated Fixed Charge Ratio of the Company and its Restricted
  Subsidiaries, taken as whole, and the Restricted Subsidiary making such
  acquisition independently, are at least equal to 2:00:1 as calculated in
  accordance with the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--
  Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness";
 
    (ix) Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
    (x) Indebtedness solely in respect of performance bonds, surety
  agreements, documentary letters of credit used for payment of goods
  consistent with past practice, or other guarantees of performance (in each
  case other than an obligation for the payment of borrowed money) incurred
  in the ordinary course of business;
 
    (xi) additional Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
  in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50 million at any one time
  outstanding; and
 
    (xii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Foreign Credit Agreement in
  an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $35
  million.
 
  "Permitted Investments" means, for any Person, Investments made on or after
June 24, 1998 consisting of:
 
    (i) Investments by the Company, or by a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, in
  the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
 
    (ii) Cash Equivalents;
 
    (iii) Investments by the Company, or by a Restricted Subsidiary thereof,
  in a Person (or in all or substantially all of the business or assets of a
  Person) if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a
  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (b) such Person is merged,
  consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys
  substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
  Restricted Subsidiary thereof or (c) such business or assets are owned by
  the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
    (iv) Investments in Emerging Market Subsidiaries in the aggregate amount
  after June 24, 1998 not to exceed $50 million;
 
                                      99
<PAGE>
 
    (v) reasonable and customary loans made to employees not to exceed $0.5
  million to any employee, and not to exceed $5 million in the aggregate at
  any one time outstanding;
 
    (vi) an Investment that is made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
  thereof in the form of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or
  joint venture interests or other securities that are issued by a third
  party to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary solely as partial
  consideration for the consummation of an Asset Sale that is otherwise
  permitted under the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--
  Limitation on Certain Asset Sales";
 
    (vii) accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
  generated in the ordinary course of business;
 
    (viii) Investments deemed to have been made as a result of the
  acquisition of a Person that at the time of such acquisition held
  instruments constituting Investments that were not acquired in
  contemplation of the acquisition of such Person; and
 
    (ix) additional Investments of the Company and its Restricted
  Subsidiaries from time to time of an amount not to exceed $10 million.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts available for Investments under
clauses (iv) and (ix) shall be increased by the aggregate amount of Returned
Investments received by the Company on or before the date of such Investment.
 
  "Permitted Liens" means (a) Liens imposed by governmental authorities for
taxes, assessments or other charges that are either (i) not yet subject to
penalty or (ii) being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings,
if reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company in
accordance with GAAP; (b) statutory Liens of carriers, warehousemen,
mechanics, materialmen, landlords, repairmen or other like Liens arising by
operation of law in the ordinary course of business; provided, that (i) the
underlying obligations are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or
(ii) such Liens are being contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings and reserves with respect to such underlying obligations are
maintained on the books of the Company in accordance with GAAP; (c) Liens
securing the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than borrowed money),
leases not constituting Capitalized Lease Obligations, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like
nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (d) easements, rights-of-
way, zoning and other similar restrictions, encumbrances or title defects
which, singly or in the aggregate, do not in any case materially detract from
the value of the property subject thereto (as such property is used by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or interfere with the ordinary
conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(e) Liens arising by operation of law in connection with judgments, only to
the extent, for an amount and for a period not resulting in an Event of
Default with respect thereto; (f) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary
course of business in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security legislation; (g) Liens on the
property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person or such
property or assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
provided, that such liens were incurred prior to and not in contemplation of
such acquisition; (h) Liens in favor of the Trustee arising under the
Indenture; (i) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred in accordance with clauses
(ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi) or (xii) of the
definition of Permitted Indebtedness or in accordance with the first paragraph
of the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Incurrence
of Additional Indebtedness"; (j) Liens in favor of the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation with respect to collateral also securing Obligations
under any Credit Agreement; and (k) Liens existing on June 24, 1998.
 
  "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated
organization, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust or joint
venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.
 
  "Plan" means any employee benefit plan, retirement plan, deferred
compensation plan, restricted stock plan, health, life, disability or other
insurance plan or program, employee stock purchase plan, employee stock
ownership plan, pension plan, stock option plan or similar plan or arrangement
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or any successor
plan thereof, and "Plans" shall have a correlative meaning.
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
 
  "Preferred Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that
has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect
to dividends or redemption or upon liquidation.
 
  "Pro Rata Interest" of any Person in any other Person means a fraction, the
numerator of which is the amount of the equity or other ownership interest in
such other Person that are beneficially owned by such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount
of all equity or other ownership interests in such other Person that are
outstanding (for this purpose, equity or other ownership interests subject to
presently exercisable options, warrants or other rights to acquire such
interests shall be deemed to be outstanding and shall be included in both the
numerator and denominator). The Pro Rata Interest of any Person in any item of
income or expense or in the fair market value of the assets or liabilities of
any other Person means the amount obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of
such income or expense or the fair market value of the relevant asset or
liability, as the case may be, of such other Person by (ii) the Pro Rata
Interest of such Person in such other Person.
 
  "Purchase Money Indebtedness" of any Person means any Indebtedness incurred
or assumed by a Person to finance the cost (including the cost of
construction) of an item of real or personal property or on the improvement of
such property, the principal amount of which Indebtedness does not exceed the
sum of (i) 100% of such cost and (ii) reasonable fees and expenses of such
Person incurred in connection therewith and provided that such Indebtedness is
incurred or assumed within 90 days of the acquisition of, or improvement to,
such property.
 
  "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified
Capital Stock.
 
  "Recapitalization" means the transactions described as such in this Offering
Memorandum.
 
  "Redeemable Dividend" means, for any dividend or distribution with regard to
Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock, the quotient of the dividend or
distribution divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory
United States federal income tax rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1
and 0) then applicable to the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock or
Preferred Stock, as the case may be.
 
  "Reference Period" with regard to any Person means the four full fiscal
quarters of such Person ended on or immediately preceding any date upon which
any determination is to be made pursuant to the terms of the Notes or the
Indenture; provided, that if the Transaction Date in question is more than 90
days after the end of such Person's most recently completed fiscal year or
more than 45 days after the end of such Person's most recently completed
fiscal quarter (other than the fourth fiscal quarter), then "Reference Period"
shall mean the four full fiscal quarters ended on the last day of such fiscal
year or fiscal quarter, as the case may be, unless financial information for a
later period of four full fiscal quarters is available.
 
  "Refinancing Indebtedness" means an extension, renewal, replacement,
refinancing or refunding of any Indebtedness which is Permitted Indebtedness
or is otherwise incurred in accordance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of
Additional Indebtedness" covenant (such Indebtedness is collectively referred
to as "Refinancing Indebtedness"); provided, that (1) the maximum principal
amount of the relevant Refinancing Indebtedness (or, if such Refinancing
Indebtedness (if not a revolving credit or similar arrangement) does not
require cash payments prior to maturity or is otherwise issued at a discount,
the original issue price of such Refinancing Indebtedness) may not exceed (x)
the maximum principal amount of the relevant Indebtedness or Disqualified
Capital Stock being extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or refunded, plus
unpaid interest, prepayment penalties, redemption premiums, fees, expenses and
other amounts owing with respect thereto, plus reasonable financing fees and
other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith
(collectively, "Refinancing Costs"), or (y) if such Indebtedness or
Disqualified Capital Stock being extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or
refunded was issued at an original issue discount, the original issue price,
plus amortization of the original issue discount at the time of the incurrence
of the Refinancing Indebtedness plus Refinancing Costs, (2) if Pari Passu Debt
or Disqualified Capital Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity and a final maturity that is equal to or greater than
the Pari Passu Debt or
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
 
Disqualified Capital Stock being extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or
refunded at the time of such extension, renewal, replacement, refinancing or
refunding, (3) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, the relevant Refinancing
Indebtedness shall rank in right of payment with respect to the Notes to an
extent no less favorable in respect thereof to the holders of Notes than the
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock being refinanced, extended,
renewed, replaced or refunded and (4) Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall only be used to refinance
outstanding Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of such Restricted
Subsidiary or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.
 
  "Related Business" means (i) any line or lines of business or business
activity conducted by the Company, its Subsidiaries and Emerging Market
Subsidiaries on June 24, 1998, including, without limitation, the licensing of
brand names, (ii) any line or lines of business or business activity
reasonably related thereto, and (iii) the manufacture, distribution,
marketing, leasing and/or sale of consumer travel and luggage products.
 
  "Representative" means the representative appointed by the holders of
Designated Senior Debt.
 
  "Restricted Payment" means (i) the declaration or payment of any dividend or
the making of any other distribution (other than dividends or distributions
payable in Qualified Capital Stock) on shares of the Company's Capital Stock,
(ii) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of
any Capital Stock of the Company, or any warrants, rights or options to
acquire shares of Capital Stock of the Company, other than the exchange of
shares of Senior Preferred Stock for the Exchange Debentures or other than
through the exchange of such Capital Stock or any warrants, rights or options
to acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock for Qualified Capital
Stock or warrants, rights or options to acquire Qualified Capital Stock, (iii)
the making of any principal payment on, or the purchase, defeasance,
redemption, prepayment, decrease or other acquisition or retirement for value,
prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled
sinking fund payment, of, any Subordinated Debt of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, (iv) the making of any Investment (other than a Permitted
Investment) (provided that the amount of any Investment for purposes of this
clause (iv) shall be calculated by subtracting the amount of any applicable
Returned Investments, if any, on any such Investment), (v) any designation of
a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the basis of the fair
market value of such Subsidiary utilizing standard valuation methodologies and
approved by the Board of Directors or (vi) forgiveness of any Indebtedness of
an Affiliate of the Company to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that the term "Restricted Payment" does not include (a) any
defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for
value, in whole or in part, of Indebtedness of the Company or the Senior
Preferred Stock payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock or
Subordinated Debt or (b) the repayment or retirement of Subordinated Debt with
the proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in accordance with clause
(ix) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. For purposes of determining
the amount available to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(iii)
of the covenant described under "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Restricted
Payments", the amount of any Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (iv)
or (v) above shall be calculated after giving effect to any Returned
Investments.
 
  "Restricted Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary and includes all of the Subsidiaries of the Company
(other than the Initial Emerging Market Subsidiaries) existing as of June 24,
1998, subject, however, to clause (v) of the covenant entitled "Limitation on
Emerging Market Subsidiaries" providing for Emerging Market Subsidiaries to
constitute Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent provided therein.
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary if immediately after giving effect to such action (and treating any
Acquired Indebtedness as having been incurred at the time of such action), the
Company could have incurred at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other
than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the "Limitation on Incurrence of
Additional Indebtedness" covenant; provided that the Company may not designate
any Emerging Market Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary unless such
designation complies with the requirements set forth in the definition of
"Emerging Market Subsidiary" relating thereto.
 
  "Returned Investments" mean, with respect to all Investments made in
Emerging Market Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause
(iv) or (ix), respectively, of the definition of "Permitted
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
 
Investments" or pursuant to clauses (iv) or (v) of the definition of
"Restricted Payment," the aggregate amount of (i) all payments made in respect
of such Investments, other than interest, dividends or other distributions not
in the nature of a return or repurchase of capital or a repayment of
principal, that have been paid or returned, without restriction, in cash to
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) the Pro Rata Interest of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the fair market value of the
net assets of all Emerging Market Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries,
as the case may be, that have been designated a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company after June 24, 1998, such fair market value to be determined as of the
date of such designation; provided, that amounts under the foregoing clause
(ii) with respect to each such Emerging Market Subsidiary or Unrestricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not constitute Returned Investments to
the extent that such amount exceeds the total amount of Investments by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Emerging Market Subsidiary or
Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Returned Investments shall be credited to the amounts available for
Investments pursuant to clauses (iv) or (ix) of the definition of "Permitted
Investments" or Investments made pursuant to the provisions of clauses (iv) or
(v) of the definition of "Restricted Payment," as the case may be, only to the
extent that such Returned Investments are in respect of Investments made
pursuant to each such clause or provision.
 
  "Senior Debt" means, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
(including, without limitation, interest accruing or that would have accrued
but for the filing of a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency
proceeding whether or not such interest constitutes an allowed claim in such
proceeding) on, and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations,
obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances and similar
transactions, indemnities and other amounts owing pursuant to the terms of all
agreements, documents and instruments providing for, creating, securing or
evidencing or otherwise entered into in connection with (a) all Indebtedness
and Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries owed under each Credit
Agreement (and any guarantees thereof), (b) all obligations of the Company
with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement to the
extent incurred pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted
Indebtedness, (c) all obligations of the Company to reimburse any bank or
other person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances
or other similar instruments, (d) all other Indebtedness of the Company which
does not provide that it is to rank pari passu with or subordinate to the
Notes and (e) all deferrals, renewals, extensions, replacements, refinancings
and refundings of, and amendments, modifications and supplements to, any of
the Senior Debt described above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
the foregoing, Senior Debt will not include (i) Indebtedness of the Company to
any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) Indebtedness represented by the Notes, (iii) any
Indebtedness which by the express terms of the agreement or instrument
creating, evidencing or governing the same is junior or subordinate in right
of payment to any item of Senior Debt, (iv) any trade payable arising from the
purchase of goods or materials or for services obtained in the ordinary course
of business or (v) Indebtedness incurred in violation of the Indenture.
 
  "Senior Preferred Stock" means the 13 7/8% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, liquidation preference $1,000 per share of the Company.
 
  "Significant Restricted Subsidiary" of the Company means any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company which satisfies the requirements for being a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Regulation S-X under the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act.
 
  "Subordinated Debt" means Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary that
is subordinated in right of payment by its express terms or by the express
terms of any related document to the Notes.
 
  "Subsidiary", with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of which
the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled
to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at
the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any other
Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary
circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
 
  "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (a) any Emerging Market Subsidiary, (b) any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging Market Subsidiary and
(c) any Subsidiary of the Company which is classified after June 24, 1998 as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging Market Subsidiary by a resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that a Subsidiary
organized or acquired after June 24, 1998 may be so classified as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary only if such classification is in compliance with the
covenant set forth under "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Restricted
Payments" and; provided, further, that a Subsidiary may not be classified as
an Emerging Market Subsidiary unless such classification would be in
compliance with the "Limitation on Emerging Market Subsidiaries" covenant and
the provisions of the definition of "Emerging Market Subsidiary." The Trustee
shall be given prompt notice by the Company of each resolution adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Company under this provision, together with a copy
of each such resolution adopted.
 
  "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the total of the
product obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii)
the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse
between such date and the making of such payment.
 
  "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary all of the
outstanding voting securities (other than directors' qualifying shares) of
which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.
 
                         BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
 
  The certificates representing the New Notes will be issued in fully
registered form. Except as described below, the New Notes initially will be
represented by a single, global Note, in definitive, fully registered form
without interest coupons (the "Global Note") and will be deposited with the
Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered
in the name of Cede & Co. or such other nominee as DTC may designate.
 
  DTC has advised the Company as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust
company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking
organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the
Uniform Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant to the
provision of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of
securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry
changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such
as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain
a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly
("indirect participants").
 
  Upon the issuance of the Global Note, DTC or its custodian will credit, on
its internal system, the respective principal amounts of the New Notes
represented by such Global Note to the accounts of persons who have accounts
with DTC. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Note will be limited
to persons who have accounts with DTC ("participants") or persons who hold
interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the
Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be
effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect
to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to
interests of persons other than participants).
 
  So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of the
Global Note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the
sole record owner or holder of the New Notes represented by such Global Note
for all purposes under the Indenture and the New Notes. No beneficial owners
of an interest in the
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
 
Global Note will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with
DTC's applicable procedures in addition to those provided for under the
Indenture. Owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note will not be
entitled to have the New Notes represented by such Global Note registered in
their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of
certificated Notes in definitive form and will not be considered to be the
owners or holders of any New Notes under the Global Note. Accordingly, each
person owning a beneficial interest in the Global Note must rely on the
procedures of DTC and, if such person is not a participant, on the procedures
of the participant through which such person owns its interests, to exercise
any right of a holder of New Notes under the Global Note. The Company
understands that under existing industry practice, in the event an owner of a
beneficial interest in the Global Note desires to take any action that DTC, as
the holder of the Global Note, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the
participants to take such action, and that the participants would authorize
beneficial owners owning through such participants to take such action or
would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through
them.
 
  Payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes
represented by the Global Note will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case
may be, as the registered owner thereof. Neither the Company, the Trustee, nor
any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of
the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests in the Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
  The Company expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest in respect of the Global Note will
credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their
respective beneficial ownership interests in the principal amount of such
Global Note, as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. The Company also
expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in
such Global Note held through such participants will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held
for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such
customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.
 
  Transfer between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way in
accordance with DTC rules. If a holder requires physical delivery of Notes in
certificated form ("Certificated Notes") for any reason, including to sell
Notes to persons in states which require such delivery of such Notes or to
pledge such Notes, such holder must transfer its interest in the Global Note,
in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and the procedures set forth
in the Indenture.
 
  Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for certificated New
Notes in definitive form, the Global Note may not be transferred except as a
whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another
nominee of DTC.
 
  Beneficial owners of New Notes registered in the name of DTC or its nominee
will be entitled to be issued, upon request, New Notes in definitive
certificated form.
 
  DTC has advised the Company that DTC will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes (including the presentation of Notes for exchange
as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose
account the DTC interests in the Global Note are credited and only in respect
of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which such
participant or participants has or have given such direction.
 
  Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate
transfer of interests in the Global Note among participants of DTC, it is
under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be
discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any
responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect
participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures
governing their operations.
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
 
  Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in
the Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial
interest for New Notes in the form of certificated Notes. Upon any such
issuance, the Trustee is required to register such certificated Notes in the
name of, and cause the same to be delivered to such person or persons (or the
nominee of any thereof). In addition, if DTC is at any time unwilling or
unable to continue as a depositary for the Global Note and a successor
depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, the Company will
issue certificated Notes in exchange for the Global Note.
 
  Each Holder of the Old Notes who wishes to exchange Old Notes for New Notes
in the Exchange Offer will be required to make certain representations,
including that (i) it is neither an affiliate of the Company nor a broker-
dealer tendering Old Notes acquired directly from the Company for its own
account, (ii) any New Notes to be received by it were acquired in the ordinary
course of its business and (iii) at the time of commencement of the Exchange
Offer, it has no arrangement with any person to participate in the
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes. In
addition, in connection with any resales of New Notes, any broker-dealer (a
"Participating Broker-Dealer") who acquired the New Notes for its own account
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must
deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act. The
Commission has taken the position that Participating Broker-Dealers may
fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New Notes
(other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the Old
Notes) with this Prospectus. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company is required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons,
if any, subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements, to use this
Prospectus in connection with the resale of such New Notes.
 
  In the event that any changes in law or the applicable interpretations of
the staff of the Commission do not permit the Company to effect the Exchange
Offer, or if for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is
not declared effective on or prior to November 21, 1998 or the Exchange Offer
is not consummated on or prior to      , 1998, upon the request of any of the
Initial Purchasers or if any Initial Purchaser is not permitted by applicable
law or interpretations of the staff of the Commission to participate in the
Exchange Offer and thereby receive freely tradeable New Notes, or if a Holder
of the Old Notes is not permitted by applicable law to participate in the
Exchange Offer or elects to participate in the Exchange Offer but does not
receive fully tradeable New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company
will, in lieu of effecting the registration of the New Notes pursuant to the
registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part and at the Company's
cost, (a) on or prior to August 23, 1998 file with the Commission the Shelf
Registration Statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") covering resales
of the Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined herein) (or within 60 days of the
delivery of the Shelf Notice (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement)
to holders of Transfer Restricted Notes and the Trustee), as the case may be,
(b) use its best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be
declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to November 21, 1998
(or within 90 days of the delivery of the Shelf Notice to holders of Transfer
Restricted Notes and the Trustee), as the case may be and (c) use its best
efforts to keep effective the Shelf Registration Statement for a period of two
years after its effective date (or for such shorter period that will terminate
when all of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Shelf Registration
Statement have been sold pursuant thereto or cease to be outstanding). The
Company will, in the event of the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement,
provide to each holder of the Transfer Restricted Notes copies of the
prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each
such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement for the Transfer Restricted
Notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to
permit unrestricted resales of the Transfer Restricted Notes. A holder of
Transfer Restricted Notes who sells such Notes pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement generally will be required to be named as a selling
securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver the prospectus to
purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under
the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the
provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement which are applicable to such a
holder (including certain indemnification obligations).
 
  For purposes of the foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Notes" means each Old
Note until (i) the date on which such Old Note has been exchanged for a freely
transferable New Note in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which such Old
Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of
in accordance with the Shelf
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
 
Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such Old Note is sold to the
public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (iv) until such Old
Note ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture.
 
  In the event that: (i) the registration statement of which this Prospectus
is a part is not filed on or prior to August 23, 1998 or, if required to be
filed on behalf of the holders of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Shelf
Registration Statement is not filed on or prior to August 23, 1998 (or within
60 days following delivery of the Shelf Notice to holders of Transfer
Restricted Notes and the Trustee), as the case may be; (ii) the registration
statement of which this Prospectus is a part or Shelf Registration Statement
is not declared effective on or prior to November 21, 1998 (or within 90 days
following delivery of the Shelf Notice to holders of Transfer Restricted Notes
and the Trustee), as the case may be; or (iii) either (A) the Company has not
exchanged the New Notes for all Old Notes validly tendered in accordance with
the terms of the Exchange Offer on or prior to December 21, 1998 or (B) the
registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part ceases to be
effective at any time prior to the time that the Exchange Offer is consummated
or (C) if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared
effective and such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective at any
time prior to the second anniversary of its effective date; (each such event
referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above is a "Registration Default"),
the sole remedy available to holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes will be
the immediate assessment of additional interest ("Additional Interest") as
follows: the per annum interest rate on the Transfer Restricted Notes will
increase by 50 basis points; and the per annum interest rate will increase by
an additional 25 basis points for each subsequent 90 day period during which
the Registration Default remains uncured, up to a maximum additional interest
rate of 100 basis points per annum in excess of the interest rate originally
borne by the Notes (as shown on the front cover page of this Prospectus). All
Additional Interest will be payable to holders of the Transfer Restricted
Notes in cash on each June 15 and December 15, commencing with the first such
date occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue, until
such Registration Default is cured. After the date on which such Registration
Default is cured, the interest rate on the Notes will revert to the interest
rate originally borne by the Notes (as shown on the front cover page of this
Prospectus).
 
  Interest on each New Note will accrue from June 24, 1998 or from the most
recent interest payment date to which interest was paid on the Old Note
surrendered in exchange therefor or on the New Note, as the case may be. The
New Notes will bear interest at 10 3/4% per annum, except that, if any
interest accrues on the New Notes in respect of any period prior to their
issuance, such interest will accrue at the rate or rates borne by the Old
Notes from time to time during such period.
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF NEW CREDIT FACILITY
 
  The following summary of the principal terms of the New Credit Facility does
not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the provisions of the credit agreement and other related documents.
 
  On June 24, 1998, the Company entered into the New Credit Facility with Bank
of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Administrative Agent ("B
of A"), and BankBoston, N.A., as Syndication Agent (together, the "Credit
Facility Banks"). Pursuant to the New Credit Facility, the Credit Facility
Banks have agreed to provide the Company with a $100 million revolving credit
facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility"), a term loan facility in the amount
of $60 million (the "U.S. Term Loan Facility") to be borrowed by the Company
and a $50 million term loan facility (the "European Term Loan Facility") to be
borrowed by Samsonite Europe N.V. (the Revolving Credit Facility, the U.S.
Term Loan Facility and the European Term Loan Facility are collectively
referred to herein as the "New Credit Facility"). The Company has the option
in certain circumstances to add additional lenders as parties to the New
Credit Facility and in connection therewith to increase the Revolving Credit
Facility by up to an additional $50 million. The Revolving Credit Facility and
the European Term Loan Facility mature on June 24, 2003. The U.S. Term Loan
Facility requires principal repayments in each of the first five years of 1.0%
of the original principal balance and principal repayments in each of the
sixth and seventh years of 47.5% of the original principal balance.
 
  All loans made to the Company under the Revolving Credit Facility will bear
interest either at the higher of .50% per annum above the latest Federal Funds
Rate and the B of A reference rate (the "Base Rate") or the Eurodollar rate
(as defined in the definitive documentation relating thereto), plus, in each
case, the "Applicable Margin," which initially is 2.75% per annum with respect
to any portion of the U.S. Term Loan Facility that is a Eurodollar rate loan,
2.5% per annum with respect to any other loan that is a Eurodollar rate loan,
1.75% per annum with respect to any portion of the U.S. Term Loan Facility
that is a Base Rate loan and 1.5% per annum with respect to any other Base
Rate loans. The Applicable Margin on documentary letters of credit is
initially 1.9375% per annum. All loans made to Samsonite Europe N.V. under the
Revolving Credit Facility (including foreign standby letters of credit) and
the European Term Loan Facility will bear interest at the Eurodollar rate plus
the "Applicable Margin." The Applicable Margin will rise or fall depending
upon the financial performance of the Company. The Company will pay a
commitment fee which initially will be 0.5% per annum on the unused portion of
the Revolving Credit Facility. The fees paid in respect of domestic and
foreign standby and documentary letters of credit will rise and fall depending
on the financial performance of the Company, but in any event will not exceed
1.9375% per annum of the aggregate undrawn face amount of a foreign or
domestic documentary letter of credit.
 
  The obligations under the U.S. Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit
Facility are secured by inventory, accounts receivable, personal property and
other intangibles of the Company and will be secured by intellectual property
by the 60th day following the closing of the New Credit Facility, and the
Company has already pledged 100% of the capital stock of its major domestic
subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock of Samsonite Europe N.V. and other
major non-domestic subsidiaries.
 
  The New Credit Facility contains customary financial and other covenants
that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company (subject to
customary and negotiated exceptions) to (i) incur additional liens, (ii) incur
additional indebtedness, (iii) make certain kinds of investments, (iv) prepay
subordinate indebtedness, (v) make distributions and dividend payments to its
stockholders, (vi) engage in affiliate transactions, (vii) make certain asset
dispositions, (viii) make acquisitions and (ix) participate in certain
mergers.
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
 
                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
  The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal
income tax consequences associated with the exchange of the Old Notes for the
New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the ownership and disposition of
the New Notes. This summary applies only to a beneficial owner of a New Note
who acquired an Old Note at the initial offering from an Initial Purchaser for
the original offering price thereof and who acquires the New Note pursuant to
the Exchange Offer. This discussion is based on provisions of the Code.
Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial
interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which
are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does
not address the tax consequences to subsequent purchasers of the New Notes and
is limited to investors who hold the New Notes as capital assets. Furthermore,
this discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income
taxation that may be applicable to investors in light of their particular
circumstances, or to investors subject to special treatment under United
States federal income tax law (including, without limitation, certain
financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, dealers in
securities or persons who have acquired the New Notes as part of a straddle,
hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment).
 
  EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE
PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND
DISPOSITION OF THE NEW NOTES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY OF ANY FEDERAL
ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, ANY CHANGES
IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS AND ANY PENDING OR PROPOSED LEGISLATION OR REGULATIONS.
 
UNITED STATES TAXATION OF UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
  As used herein, (A) the term "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner
of a Note that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) a
citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or partnership
created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any
political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject
to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source and (iv) a
trust if a United States court is able to exercise primary supervision over
the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have
the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust and (B) the
term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of a Note that is not a United
States Holder.
 
 Exchange Offer
 
  The exchange of an Old Note for a New Note pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will not constitute a "significant modification" of the Old Note for United
States federal income tax purposes and, accordingly, the New Note received
will be treated as a continuation of the Old Note in the hands of such holder.
As a result, there will be no United States federal income tax consequences to
a United States Holder who exchanges an Old Note for a New Note pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and any such holder will have the same adjusted tax basis
and holding period in the New Note as it had in the Old Note immediately
before the exchange.
 
 Payments of Interest and Additional Interest
 
  Stated interest payable on a New Note generally will be included in the
gross income of a United States Holder as ordinary interest income at the time
accrued or received, in accordance with such United States Holder's method of
accounting for United States federal income tax purposes. The Company intends
to take the position that, solely for these purposes, the payment of
Additional Interest on the Notes is an "incidental contingency" within the
meaning of Treasury regulations applicable to debt instruments that provide
for one or more contingent payments and, accordingly, a United States Holder
generally should include a payment of Additional Interest in income as
ordinary interest income when such payment is received. Such position is
binding on a United States Holder unless such holder discloses to the IRS that
it is taking a contrary position.
 
                                      109
<PAGE>
 
 Disposition of the New Notes
 
  Upon the sale, exchange, retirement at maturity or other taxable disposition
(collectively, a "disposition") of a New Note, a United States Holder
generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between
the amount realized by such holder (except to the extent such amount is
attributable to accrued interest, which will be treated as ordinary interest
income) and such holder's adjusted tax basis in the New Note. Such capital
gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if such United States
Holder's holding period for the New Note exceeds one year at the time of the
disposition. Recently enacted United States tax legislation reduced the
maximum federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains in
certain instances. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors
regarding the possible effect on such investors of such legislation.
 
UNITED STATES TAXATION OF NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
 Payments of Interest
 
  In general, payments of interest (which should include payments of
Additional Interest) received by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to
United States federal withholding tax, provided that (i)(a) the Non-U.S.
Holder does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote,
(b) the Non-U.S. Holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is
related to the Company actually or constructively through stock ownership and
(c) the beneficial owner of the New Note, under penalties of perjury, provides
the Company or its agent with the beneficial owner's name and address and
certifies that it is not a United States Holder in compliance with applicable
requirements, (ii) the interest received on the New Note is effectively
connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business
within the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder complies with certain
reporting requirements or (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the
benefits of an income tax treaty under which the interest is exempt from
United States withholding tax and the Non-U.S. Holder complies with certain
reporting requirements. Payments of interest not exempt from United States
federal withholding tax as described above will be subject to such withholding
tax at the rate of 30% (subject to reduction under an applicable income tax
treaty).
 
 Disposition of the New Notes
 
  A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal
income tax (and generally no tax will be withheld) with respect to gain
realized on the disposition of a New Note, unless (i) the gain is effectively
connected with a United States trade or business conducted by the Non-U.S.
Holder, (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United
States for 183 or more days during the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other requirements are satisfied or (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is
subject to certain provisions of United States federal income tax law
applicable to certain expatriates. In addition, an exchange of an Old Note for
a New Note pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not constitute a taxable
exchange of the Old Note for Non-U.S. Holders. See "United States Taxation of
United States Holders--Exchange Offer."
 
 Effectively Connected Income
 
  If interest and other payments received by a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to
the New Notes (including proceeds from the disposition of the New Notes) are
effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or
business within the United States (or the Non-U.S. Holder is otherwise subject
to United States federal income taxation on a net basis with respect to such
holder's ownership of the New Notes), such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be
subject to the rules described above under "United States Taxation of United
States Holders" (subject to any modification provided under an applicable
income tax treaty). Such Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to the "branch
profits tax" if such holder is a corporation.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
 
  Certain non-corporate United States Holders may be subject to backup
withholding at a rate of 31% on payments of principal, premium and interest
on, and the proceeds of the disposition of, the New Notes. In
 
                                      110
<PAGE>
 
general, backup withholding will be imposed only if the United States Holder
(i) fails to furnish its taxpayer identification number ("TIN"), which, for an
individual, would be his or her Social Security number, (ii) furnishes an
incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report
payments of interest or dividends or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails
to certify, under penalty of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN and
has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding tax for
failure to report interest or dividend payments. In addition, such payments of
principal and interest to United States Holders will generally be subject to
information reporting. United States Holders should consult their tax advisors
regarding their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the
procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable.
 
  Backup withholding and information reporting generally will not apply to
interest payments made to a Non-U.S. Holder of a New Note who provides the
certification described under "United States Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders--
Payments of Interest" or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup
withholding. Payments of the proceeds of a disposition of the New Notes by or
through a United States office of a broker generally will be subject to backup
withholding at a rate of 31% and information reporting unless the Non-U.S.
Holder certifies it is a Non-U.S. Holder under penalties of perjury or
otherwise establishes an exemption. Payments of the proceeds of a disposition
of the New Notes by or through a foreign office of a United States broker or
foreign broker with certain relationships to the United States generally will
be subject to information reporting, but not backup withholding.
 
  The amount of any backup withholding imposed on a payment to a holder of a
New Note will be allowed as a credit against such holder's United States
federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided
that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
RECENTLY ISSUED TREASURY REGULATIONS
 
  The U.S. Treasury Department recently issued final Treasury regulations
governing information reporting and the certification procedures regarding
withholding and backup withholding on certain amounts paid to Non-U.S. Holders
after December 31, 1999. The new Treasury regulations generally would not
alter the treatment of Non-U.S. Holders described above. The new Treasury
regulations would alter the procedures for claiming the benefits of an income
tax treaty and may change the certification procedures relating to the receipt
by intermediaries of payments on behalf of a beneficial owner of a New Note.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the effect,
if any, of such new Treasury regulations on an investment in the New Notes.
 
                                      111
<PAGE>
 
                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
  Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the
Company will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to
any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition,
until      , 1998 (90 days from the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in the New Notes may be required to deliver a
prospectus.
 
  The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by
broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions,
through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such
methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such
resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers
who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from
any such broker-dealer or the purchaser of any such New Notes. Any broker-
dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker-dealer that participates in a
distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of New Notes
and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed
to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of
Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
  For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such
documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all
expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel
for the holders of the Notes) other than commissions or concessions of any
broker-dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Notes (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  Certain legal matters in connection with the New Notes offered hereby will
be passed upon for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP,
New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of January 31, 1998
and 1997, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31,
1998, have been included and incorporated by reference herein and in the
registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part, and the related
financial statement schedule has been incorporated by reference herein and in
the registration statement, in reliance upon the reports of KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP, independent certified public accountants, included or incorporated by
reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
 
                                      112
<PAGE>
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                          NUMBER
                                                                          ------
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1997
 
<S>                                                                       <C>
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 30, 1998...............   F-2
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months
 ended April 30, 1998 and 1997..........................................   F-3
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the three
 months ended
 April 30, 1998.........................................................   F-4
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months
 ended
 April 30, 1998 and 1997................................................   F-5
Unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................   F-6
 
AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998 AND 1997
 
Independent Auditors' Report............................................   F-14
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1998 and 1997.............   F-15
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the years in the
 three-year period
 ended January 31, 1998.................................................   F-16
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the years in
 the three-year period
 ended January 31, 1998.................................................   F-17
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the
 three-year period
 ended January 31, 1998.................................................   F-18
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................   F-19
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF APRIL 30, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     APRIL 30,
                                                                        1998
                                                                     ----------
                                                                        (IN
                                                                     THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>
                               ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $   6,911
  Trade receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of
   $8,891...........................................................    91,839
  Notes and other receivables.......................................    11,299
  Inventories (Note 2)..............................................   186,347
  Deferred income tax assets........................................    33,437
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................    15,899
  Assets held for sale..............................................     8,471
                                                                     ---------
    Total current assets............................................   354,203
Investments in affiliates...........................................     2,204
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 3).........................   140,964
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of $207,756 (Note
 4).................................................................   115,506
Other assets and long-term receivables, net of allowance for doubt-
 ful accounts of $706...............................................     4,881
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $ 617,758
                                                                     =========
                LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Short-term debt (Note 5).......................................... $   9,084
  Current installments of long-term obligations (Note 5)............     4,662
  Accounts payable..................................................    48,096
  Accrued liabilities...............................................    76,168
                                                                     ---------
    Total current liabilities.......................................   138,010
Long-term obligations, less current installments (Note 5)...........   203,629
Deferred income tax liabilities.....................................    13,252
Other noncurrent liabilities........................................    59,164
                                                                     ---------
    Total liabilities...............................................   414,055
                                                                     ---------
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries.....................     6,194
Stockholders' equity (Note 7):
  Preferred stock ($.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; no
   shares issued)...................................................       --
  Common stock ($.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized;
   20,420,902 shares issued and outstanding)........................       204
  Additional paid-in capital........................................   419,283
  Accumulated deficit...............................................  (206,098)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment...........................   (15,857)
  Unearned compensation--restricted shares..........................       (23)
                                                                     ---------
    Total stockholders' equity......................................   197,509
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $ 617,758
                                                                     =========
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 1B and 1D)
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               THREE MONTHS
                                                             ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                             -----------------
                                                               1998     1997
                                                             --------  -------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                             EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                  DATA)
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>
Net sales (Note 1G)......................................... $156,676  169,562
Cost of goods sold..........................................   97,273   99,293
                                                             --------  -------
  Gross profit..............................................   59,403   70,269
Selling, general and administrative expenses................   59,621   54,656
Provision for restructuring operations (Note 1B)............    2,608     (600)
Amortization of intangible assets...........................    1,526    1,824
                                                             --------  -------
  Operating income (loss)...................................   (4,352)  14,389
Other income (expense):
  Interest income...........................................      791      465
  Interest expense and amortization of debt issue costs.....   (4,808)  (6,207)
  Other--net (Note 6).......................................      998    6,899
                                                             --------  -------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, minority interest, and
   extraordinary item.......................................   (7,371)  15,546
Income tax benefit (expense)................................    2,924   (6,829)
Minority interest in earnings of subsidiaries...............     (256)    (218)
                                                             --------  -------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item...................   (4,703)   8,499
Extraordinary item--loss on extinguishment of debt, net of
 income tax benefit of $3,815 and $4,609 (Note 5)...........   (6,224)  (6,633)
                                                             --------  -------
  Net income (loss)......................................... $(10,927)   1,866
                                                             ========  =======
Income (loss) per share--basic:
  Continuing operations before extraordinary item........... $  (0.23)    0.43
  Extraordinary loss........................................    (0.31)   (0.34)
                                                             --------  -------
    Net income (loss) per share............................. $  (0.54)    0.09
                                                             ========  =======
Income (loss) per share--assuming dilution:
  Continuing operations before extraordinary item........... $  (0.23)    0.41
  Extraordinary loss........................................    (0.31)   (0.32)
                                                             --------  -------
    Net income (loss) per share............................. $  (0.54)    0.09
                                                             ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FOREIGN     UNEARNED
                                           ADDITIONAL              CURRENCY   COMPENSATION-
                          PREFERRED COMMON  PAID-IN   ACCUMULATED TRANSLATION  RESTRICTED
                            STOCK   STOCK   CAPITAL     DEFICIT   ADJUSTMENT     SHARES
                          --------- ------ ---------- ----------- ----------- -------------
                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                       <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>           
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 1,
 1998...................    $--      204    418,462    (195,171)    (14,449)      (160)
Issuance of 1,372 shares
 to directors for serv-
 ices...................     --      --          44         --          --         --
Amortization of re-
 stricted stock award to
 compensation expense...     --      --         --          --          --         137
Compensation expense ac-
 crued for stock bonus
 awards.................     --      --         118         --          --         --
Exercise of employee
 stock options, issuance
 of stock award shares,
 and related income tax
 benefits...............     --      --         659         --          --         --
Foreign currency
 translation
 adjustment.............     --      --         --          --       (1,408)       --
Net income (loss).......     --      --         --      (10,927)        --         --
                            ----     ---    -------    --------     -------       ----
BALANCE, APRIL 30,
 1998...................    $--      204    419,283    (206,098)    (15,857)       (23)
                            ====     ===    =======    ========     =======       ====
</TABLE>
 
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                       1998           1997
                                                  --------------  --------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>             <C>
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating
 activities:
 Net income (loss)..............................  $      (10,927)         1,866
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities:
  Loss on extinguishment of debt................           6,224          6,633
  Loss (gain) on disposition of fixed assets....            (737)             8
  Depreciation and amortization of property,
   plant and equipment..........................           5,417          5,384
  Amortization of intangible assets.............           1,526          1,824
  Amortization of debt issue costs..............              76            468
  Provision for doubtful accounts...............             459          1,052
  Amortization of stock awards and stock issued
   for services.................................             299            358
  Adjustment of reserve for discontinued
   operations...................................             --          (1,458)
  Provision (adjustment) to restructuring
   reserve......................................           2,608           (600)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Trade and other receivables..................           6,231         (8,618)
   Inventories..................................         (13,682)           773
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets....          (2,026)        (2,593)
   Accounts payable.............................          (1,125)         5,531
   Accrued liabilities..........................          (8,364)        (4,196)
  Other adjustments--net........................          (3,378)        (2,352)
                                                  --------------  -------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating
     activities.................................         (17,399)         4,080
                                                  --------------  -------------
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing
 activities:
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment....          (7,433)        (8,002)
  Net cash received from (used in) operations
   discontinued and sold........................            (894)        (1,350)
  Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale and
   property and equipment.......................           5,250            305
                                                  --------------  -------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing
     activities.................................          (3,077)        (9,047)
                                                  --------------  -------------
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing
 activities:
  Proceeds from public stock offering, net of
   offering costs...............................             --         130,297
  Proceeds from exercise of employee stock op-
   tions........................................             133          7,258
  Retirement of subordinated notes..............         (52,269)       (80,800)
  Redemption premium and expenses on retirement
   of subordinated notes........................          (8,512)        (8,684)
  Net borrowings (payments) of short-term obli-
   gations......................................           3,344           (580)
  Net borrowings (payments) on long-term obliga-
   tions........................................          82,520        (44,611)
  Other, net....................................             106          1,101
                                                  --------------  -------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing
     activities.................................          25,322          3,981
                                                  --------------  -------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
 equivalents....................................          (1,069)        (5,247)
                                                  --------------  -------------
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents...           3,777         (6,233)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..           3,134          9,343
                                                  --------------  -------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period........  $        6,911          3,110
                                                  ==============  =============
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
 information:
  Cash paid during the period for interest......  $        5,000          2,851
                                                  ==============  =============
  Cash paid during the period for income taxes..  $          479          1,132
                                                  ==============  =============
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             UNAUDITED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
1. GENERAL
 
 A. Business
 
  Samsonite Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") was formerly known as
Astrum International Corp. ("Astrum"). On July 14, 1995, Astrum merged with
its wholly-owned subsidiary, Samsonite Corporation, and changed its name to
Samsonite Corporation. The Company is engaged in the manufacture and sale of
luggage and related products throughout the world, primarily under the
Samsonite, American Tourister, and Lark brand names. The principal customers
of the Company are department/specialty retail stores, mass merchants, catalog
showrooms and warehouse clubs. The Company also sells its luggage and other
travel related products through its Company-owned stores.
 
 B. Recent Events and Recapitalization
 
  The Company recently announced a planned recapitalization of the Company
(the "Recapitalization") involving the repurchase pursuant to a tender offer
(the "Tender Offer") of up to 10.5 million shares of the Company's common
stock at a purchase price of $40.00 per share (up to $420 million in the
aggregate) and the refinancing of certain existing indebtedness. The Company
intends to finance the Recapitalization through the sale of $350,000,000 of
senior subordinated notes, $175 million of senior redeemable exchangeable
preferred stock, and a new senior credit facility. The Recapitalization is
conditioned on the Company's having obtained sufficient financing to purchase
the shares of Company common stock pursuant to the Tender Offer, to refinance
existing indebtedness and to pay related fees and expenses. Certain pro forma
financial information giving effect to the Recapitalization is included in the
Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 20, 1998. See Note 9--Subsequent Events.
 
  On January 7, 1998, the Company announced it had engaged Goldman, Sachs &
Co. as financial advisor to assist in the process of exploring various
strategic alternatives designed to enhance shareholder value. This process
ultimately resulted in the Recapitalization plan. In addition to the charges
discussed below, the Company expects to record charges in the second quarter
of fiscal 1999 for financial, legal and other expenses associated with the
process of exploring these alternative plans which were not ultimately
consummated.
 
  During the three months ended April 30, 1998, the Company completed a tender
offer for the Series B Notes (the "Series B Notes") and retired $52,269,000
principal amount of the Series B Notes and paid redemption premium and other
expenses of the tender offer totaling approximately $8,512,000. These costs,
along with $1,527,000 of deferred financing costs, were charged to expense and
classified as an extraordinary item, net of tax effects, in the accompanying
statement of operations for the three months ended April 30, 1998. The
Company's previous senior credit facility was amended to allow for financing
the retirement of the Series B Notes from borrowings thereunder.
 
  On March 23, 1998, the Company announced a restructuring of its Torhout,
Belgium manufacturing operations. The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of
approximately $2.6 million during the three months ended April 30, 1998 in
connection with the restructuring. The restructuring provision is primarily
related to termination and severance costs for the elimination of
approximately 111 positions.
 
  On May 14, 1998, the Company approved a plan to further restructure its U.S.
production operations to bring the unit volume and workforce in the Denver
plant into line with expected sales and to achieve a better balance between
fixed and variable costs with respect to this facility. The restructuring plan
calls for a substantial reduction in workforce, as well as the disposal of
certain molding and other equipment that represents excess capacity. As a
result, during the second quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company will record a
restructuring charge of
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
       UNAUDITED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
approximately $5.5 million (of which approximately $2.2 million is non-cash).
The Company also expects to incur additional cash costs of approximately $0.3
million in connection with the restructuring plan that will be expensed as
they are incurred. The Company expects that the restructuring will be
completed by approximately July 1, 1998.
 
  The Company is evaluating its investment in Chia Tai Samsonite (H.K.) Ltd.,
a 50% owned joint venture formed to manufacture and distribute luggage in
China which is encountering difficulties in achieving an adequate level of
sales and distribution to support operational expenses and finding qualified
personnel to manage the joint venture. As a result of this evaluation, the
Company may incur a charge in fiscal 1999 related to the disposal or
liquidation of this investment. At April 30, 1998, the Company had a net
investment of approximately $2.2 million in this joint venture.
 
 C. Basis of Presentation
 
  On May 25, 1993, the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of New York confirmed the Amended Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan")
for Astrum. Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, which became effective on June
8, 1993, Astrum completed a comprehensive financial reorganization which
reduced debt and annual interest expense (the "Restructuring").
 
  The Restructuring has been accounted for pursuant to the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, entitled
"Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code"
("SOP 90-7"). SOP 90-7 requires that assets and liabilities be adjusted to
their fair values ("fresh-start" values) and that a new reporting entity be
created. On June 30, 1993, for accounting purposes, the Plan was consummated
and SOP 90-7 was adopted. The consolidated financial statements include the
ongoing impact of fresh-start reporting. The most significant fresh start
adjustment relates to recording Reorganization Value in Excess of Identifiable
Assets. In addition, the Company recorded fresh start adjustments to reflect
tradenames, licenses, patents and other intangibles at their fair values.
 
 D. Interim Financial Statements
 
  The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all
adjustments, which are normal and recurring in nature, and which, in the
opinion of management, are necessary to a fair statement of the financial
position as of April 30, 1998 and results of operations for the three months
ended April 30, 1998 and 1997. These consolidated financial statements and
related notes should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and related notes included in the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998.
 
  See Note 14 to the aforementioned consolidated financial statements included
in the 1998 Form 10-K for a description of litigation, commitments and
contingencies. A discussion of the effect of Year 2000 issues on the Company's
operations is included in the 1998 Form 10-K under Item 7. Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations.
 
 E. Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those
estimates.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
       UNAUDITED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 
 F. Per Share Data
 
  The Company has adopted and retroactively applied the requirements of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share ("SFAS
128") to all periods presented. This change does not have a material impact on
the computation of the earnings per share data. SFAS 128 requires the
disclosure of "basic" earnings per share and "diluted" earnings per share.
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.
Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
increased for potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the
period. The dilutive effect of stock options, warrants, and their equivalents
is calculated using the treasury stock method.
 
  Loss from continuing operations before extraordinary item per share and net
loss per share for the three months ended April 30, 1998 is computed based on
a weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the
period of 20,413,536. Basic earnings per share and earnings per share--
assuming dilution are the same for the three months ended April 30, 1998
because of the antidilutive effect of stock options and awards when there is a
loss from continuing operations.
 
  The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators and
denominators of basic earnings per share and the earnings per share--assuming
dilution for the three months ended April 30, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               INCOME FROM
                                               CONTINUING             PER-SHARE
                                               OPERATIONS    SHARES    AMOUNT
                                               ----------- ---------- ---------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>        <C>
Basic Earnings per Share:
  Income before extraordinary item............ $8,499,000  19,848,865  $   .43
                                                                       =======
  Added dilutive effect of stock options and
   awards.....................................        --      841,445
                                               ----------  ----------
Earnings per Share-Assuming Dilution:
  Income before extraordinary item available
   to
   common stockholders and shares
   including assumed conversions.............. $8,499,000  20,690,310  $   .41
                                               ==========  ==========  =======
</TABLE>
 
 G. Royalty Revenues
 
  The Company licenses its brand names to certain unrelated third parties as
well as certain foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures. Net sales include
royalties earned of $3,777,000 and $4,763,000 for the three months ended April
30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
 H. Reclassifications
 
  Certain items previously reported in specific financial statement captions
have been reclassified to conform with the fiscal 1999 presentation.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
       UNAUDITED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 
2. INVENTORIES
 
  Inventories consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    APRIL 30,
                                                                       1998
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                            <C>
   Raw Materials.................................................    $ 53,909
   Work in Process...............................................       9,624
   Finished Goods................................................     122,814
                                                                     --------
                                                                     $186,347
                                                                     ========
</TABLE>
 
3. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    APRIL 30,
                                                                       1998
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                            <C>
   Land..........................................................   $  11,996
   Buildings.....................................................      64,438
   Machinery, equipment and other................................     130,259
                                                                    ---------
                                                                      206,693
   Less accumulated amortization and depreciation................     (65,729)
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 140,964
                                                                    =========
</TABLE>
 
  Depreciation included in cost of goods sold and selling, general and
administrative expenses related to adjustments of assets and liabilities to
fair value in connection with the adoption of SOP 90-7 consisted of the
following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE MONTHS
                                                                      ENDED
                                                                    APRIL 30,
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                  1998    1997
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                           <C>     <C>
   "Fresh Start" Depreciation in Cost of Goods Sold............. $   411    685
   "Fresh Start" Depreciation in Selling, General and Adminis-
    trative Expenses............................................      90    151
                                                                 ------- ------
     Total "Fresh Start" Depreciation........................... $   501    836
                                                                 ======= ======
</TABLE>
 
  Property and equipment revalued in connection with the adoption of SOP 90-7
are being depreciated over their respective estimated useful lives, primarily
ranging from two to six years.
 
4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
  Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, consisted of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    APRIL 30,
                                                                       1998
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                            <C>
   Trademarks....................................................    $107,682
   Licenses, Patents and Other...................................       7,824
                                                                     --------
                                                                     $115,506
                                                                     ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
       UNAUDITED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 
  Amortization of intangible assets, including amortization related to the
adjustments of assets and liabilities to fair value in connection with the
adoption of SOP 90-7, consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 APRIL 30,
                                                             -------------------
                                                               1998      1997
                                                             --------- ---------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                       <C>       <C>
   "Fresh Start" Amortization of Tradenames, Licenses, Pat-
    ents and Other.........................................  $   1,432    1,607
   Other...................................................         94      217
                                                             --------- --------
                                                             $   1,526    1,824
                                                             ========= ========
</TABLE>
 
  "Fresh Start" amortization represents the expense arising from the adoption
of "fresh start" accounting in accordance with SOP 90-7. The reorganization
value in excess of identifiable assets was amortized over a three-year period
ending June 1996; licenses, patents and other are amortized over a period
ranging from one to twenty-three years, and tradenames are amortized primarily
over a period of forty years.
 
5. DEBT
 
  Debt consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   APRIL 30,
                                                                      1998
                                                                 --------------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                           <C>
   Senior Credit Facility(a)....................................    $186,699
   Other(b).....................................................      23,668
   Capital lease obligations....................................       6,476
   Series B Senior Subordinated Notes(c)........................         532
                                                                    --------
     Total debt.................................................     217,375
   Less short-term debt and current installments of long-term
    obligations.................................................     (13,746)
                                                                    --------
                                                                    $203,629
                                                                    ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) The Senior Credit Facility provides for a $200 million revolving credit
    facility due June 12, 2002 ("Revolving Credit Facility A") and a $50
    million revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit Facility B") due June
    10, 1999. The Revolving Credit Facility A is a multicurrency facility
    which allows for loans of $160 million U.S. dollars and $40 million in
    various European currencies.
 
  The following amounts were outstanding at April 30, 1998 under the Senior
Credit Facility:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                           <C>
   Revolving Credit Facility A:
     Borrowings................................................. $135.5 million
     Letters of Credit..........................................  $15.6 million
   Revolving Credit Facility B..................................  $50.0 million
</TABLE>
 
  Available borrowings were $48.9 million at April 30, 1998.
 
The Senior Credit Facility is secured by 100% of the stock of significant
   domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the stock of the Company's principal
   foreign subsidiaries. The agreement contains financial covenants requiring
   the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and minimum stockholders'
   equity. The
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
       UNAUDITED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
   agreement also contains covenants which limits the incurrance of additional
   indebtedness, the payment of dividends, the disposition of assets, and
   other restrictions. The agreement generally allows the Company to pay
   dividends not to exceed 30% of its net income.
 
(b) Other obligations consist of various notes payable to banks by foreign
    subsidiaries aggregating $19.6 million and $5.1 million of secured
    financing arrangements with foreign banks.
 
(c) The Series B Senior Subordinated Notes (the "Notes") bear interest at 11
    1/8% and have a maturity date of July 15, 2005. During the three months
    ended April 30, 1998, the Company completed a tender offer for the Series
    B Notes and retired $52,269,000 principal amount of the Notes and paid
    redemption premium and other expenses of the tender offer totaling
    approximately $8,512,000. These costs, along with $1,527,000 of deferred
    financing costs, were charged to expense and classified as an
    extraordinary item, net of tax effects, in the accompanying statement of
    operations for the three months ended April 30, 1998.
 
6. OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)--NET
 
  Other income (expense)--net consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                                                  ENDED
                                                                APRIL 30,
                                                             -----------------
                                                               1998     1997
                                                             --------  -------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                       <C>       <C>
   Net gains from foreign currency forward delivery
    contracts(a)............................................ $  1,428   3,647
   Rental income............................................      252     522
   Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate...............     (235)    (61)
   Pension expense related to merged plans..................      --      --
   Foreign currency transaction losses, net.................      (77)   (370)
   Gain (loss) on disposition of fixed assets, net..........      737      (7)
   Other, net...............................................   (1,107)   (418)
   Favorable settlement of claims(b)........................      --    2,128
   Adjustment of allowances relating to previous
    operations(c)...........................................      --    1,458
                                                             --------  ------
                                                             $    998   6,899
                                                             ========  ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Net gains from foreign currency forward delivery contracts for the three
    months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997 includes $753,000 and $2,729,000,
    respectively, of unrealized exchange gains related to open forward
    exchange contracts entered into to reduce foreign currency exposure on
    certain foreign operations.
 
(b) Other income of $2,128,000 for the three months ended April 30, 1997
    resulted from the favorable settlement for approximately $11,000,
    including legal expenses, of claims against the Company. The Company had
    previously accrued $2,139,000 for such claims as part of its
    reorganization in bankruptcy. The claims are part of the Contingent
    Liability with Respect to the Old Notes described in Note 14 to the
    consolidated financial statements in the 1998 Form 10-K and relate to
    interest on overdue installments of interest occurring prior to the
    bankruptcy of the Company's predecessor in 1993.
 
(c) During the three months ended April 30, 1997, the Company recorded other
    income of $1,458,000 for the reversal of allowances for factored
    receivables from previous operations which were no longer necessary upon
    the favorable settlement of receivables for which such allowances were
    established.
 
7. EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS
 
  The Company has authorized 2,550,000 shares for the granting of options
under the 1995 Stock Option and Award Plan. See Note 10 to the consolidated
financial statements included in the 1998 Form 10-K for a description of such
plan. In addition, the Company has outstanding options and stock bonus awards
to current executives in connection with employment agreements.
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
       UNAUDITED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)
 
 
 
  At April 30, 1998, the Company had outstanding options for a total of
2,494,319 shares at options prices ranging from $10.875 to $47.875 per share.
Options for 1,042,357 shares were exercisable at April 30, 1998 at a weighted
average exercise price of $21.93 per share. Options for 9,573 shares under the
1995 Stock Option and Award Plan were exercised at an average exercise price
of $13.875 per share during the three months ended April 30, 1998.
 
  In May 1996, the Company granted stock bonuses for a total of 116,667 shares
to certain officers payable if the officer remains continually employed by the
Company through the earlier of May 15, 1999 or one year after a change of
control event or in the event of certain types of termination. The Company is
recognizing compensation expense equal to the fair market value at the date of
the grant ($18.25 per share) over the vesting period. Upon the termination of
one of the executive's employment with the Company, 38,889 of such shares
vested and were issued to the executive during the three months ended April
30, 1998.
 
8. SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
  The Company has one line of business: the manufacture and distribution of
luggage and other travel-related products. Management of the business and
evaluation of operating results is organized along geographic lines dividing
responsibility for the Company's operations as follows: The Americas, which
include the United States, Canada, Mexico, and South America; Europe; Asia,
which includes India, China, Singapore, South Korea, and Hong Kong; and Other
which primarily includes licensing revenues from non-luggage brand names owned
by the Company and royalties from the Japanese luggage licensee, and corporate
overhead. Net outside sales and operating income by segment for the three
months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               APRIL 30,
                                                          ---------------------
                                                             1998       1997
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                    <C>         <C>
   Net outside sales:
     Europe(a)........................................... $   71,949     65,700
     Americas............................................     77,470     95,296
     Asia................................................      4,889      5,035
     Other...............................................      2,368      3,531
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                          $  156,676    169,562
                                                          ==========  =========
   Operating income (loss):
     Europe(a)........................................... $    5,872      8,564
     Americas............................................     (8,130)     7,493
     Asia................................................        (81)        87
     Other...............................................     (1,253)      (218)
     Eliminations........................................       (760)    (1,537)
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                          $   (4,352)    14,389
                                                          ==========  =========
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Without the effect of the provision for restructuring operations, Europe's
    operating income would have been approximately $8.5 million for the three
    months ended April 30, 1998. Additionally, the depressing effects of the
    strengthened U.S. dollar versus the Belgian franc causes reported sales
    and operating income for the three months ended April 30, 1998 to be
    reduced by approximately $8.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
 
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
  On June 23, 1998, the Company completed the Tender Offer, repurchasing 10.5
million shares of the Company's common stock at a purchase price of $40.00 per
share. On June 24, 1998, the Company completed the financing of the
Recapitalization through the private placement of $350,000,000 of senior
subordinated notes, $175 million of senior redeemable exchangeable preferred
stock and a new senior credit facility.
 
  On July 1, 1998, a complaint was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery
against the Company and certain members of its Board of Directors. The
purported class action brought on behalf of holders of Common Stock challenges
the Company's offer to purchase shares of Common Stock for a purchase price of
$40.00 per share, which offer was upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated May 20, 1998, as supplemented by the
Supplement dated June 9, 1998, and in the related Letter of Transmittal (which
together constitute the "Offer"). The purported class action initially sought
an order temporarily restraining consummation of the Offer but that
application was subsequently withdrawn. The Company believes that the
complaint is without merit and intends to contest it vigorously. The
complaint, which seeks compensatory and/or rescissory damages as well as other
relief, alleges disclosure violations with respect to the Offer and that the
Offer was coercive, the product of unfair dealing and violated the directors'
duties.
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
Samsonite Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of
Samsonite Corporation and subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on
our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Samsonite
Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-
year period ended January 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Denver, Colorado
March 17, 1998, except as to
 Note 19, which is as of April 24, 1998.
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           JANUARY 31, 1998 AND 1997
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               JANUARY 31,
                                                            -------------------
                                                              1998       1997
                                                            ---------  --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
                          ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents................................  $   3,134     9,343
 Trade receivables, net of allowances for doubtful ac-
  counts of $8,766 and $7,431.............................     91,523    83,276
 Notes and other receivables..............................     10,129     9,045
 Inventories (note 5).....................................    172,665   135,071
 Deferred income tax assets (note 11).....................     31,623    36,365
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets................     13,873    13,012
 Assets held for sale.....................................     11,471     9,002
                                                            ---------  --------
  Total current assets....................................    334,418   295,114
Investments in affiliates.................................      2,425     2,989
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 6)...............    142,351   143,959
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of
 $206,260 and $203,039
 (notes 2 and 7)..........................................    116,908   127,655
Other assets and long-term receivables, net of allowances
 for doubtful accounts of
 $706 and $5,556 (note 12)................................     13,947    22,941
                                                            ---------  --------
                                                            $ 610,049   592,658
                                                            =========  ========
           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Short-term debt (note 8).................................  $   5,640     2,095
 Current installments of long-term obligations (note 9)...      6,977    22,862
 Accounts payable.........................................     49,221    46,777
 Accrued interest expense.................................      1,223     2,183
 Accrued compensation and employee benefits...............     17,228    21,540
 Other accrued expenses (note 14).........................     66,917    94,262
                                                            ---------  --------
  Total current liabilities...............................    147,206   189,719
Long-term obligations, less current installments (notes 9
 and 19)..................................................    172,246   267,755
Deferred income tax liabilities (note 11).................     15,730    30,921
Other noncurrent liabilities (notes 12 and 14)............     59,838    75,125
                                                            ---------  --------
  Total liabilities.......................................    395,020   563,520
                                                            ---------  --------
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries...........      6,143     4,140
                                                            ---------  --------
Stockholders' equity (notes 9, 10 and 18):
 Preferred stock..........................................        --        --
 Common stock.............................................        204       160
 Additional paid-in capital...............................    418,462   266,752
 Accumulated deficit......................................   (195,171) (235,870)
 Foreign currency translation adjustment..................    (14,449)   (5,337)
 Unearned compensation--restricted shares.................       (160)     (707)
                                                            ---------  --------
  Total stockholders' equity..............................    208,886    24,998
                                                            ---------  --------
Commitments and contingencies (notes 9, 10, 12, 14 and 19)
                                                            $ 610,049   592,658
                                                            =========  ========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                       1998     1997     1996
                                                     --------  -------  -------
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>      <C>
Net sales..........................................  $736,875  741,138  675,209
Cost of goods sold.................................   424,349  449,333  414,691
                                                     --------  -------  -------
 Gross profit......................................   312,526  291,805  260,518
Selling, general and administrative expenses.......   234,257  233,761  203,701
Amortization of intangible assets..................     7,101   31,837   63,824
Provision for restructuring operations (note 4)....     1,866   10,670    2,369
                                                     --------  -------  -------
 Operating income (loss)...........................    69,302   15,537   (9,376)
Other income (expense):
 Interest income...................................     2,574    1,419    4,709
 Interest expense and amortization of debt issue
  costs and premium................................   (19,918) (35,670) (39,974)
 Other income--net (notes 14 and 15)...............    28,294   18,821    3,967
                                                     --------  -------  -------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before
   income taxes, minority interest, and extraordi-
   nary item.......................................    80,252      107  (40,674)
Income tax expense (note 11).......................   (23,088) (10,389)  (9,095)
Minority interest in earnings of subsidiaries......      (287)  (1,041)  (1,385)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before
   extraordinary item..............................    56,877  (11,323) (51,154)
Operations discontinued and sold (note 3):
 Loss on discontinuance--net, after income tax ex-
  pense of $1,062..................................       --       --    (2,251)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item..........    56,877  (11,323) (53,405)
Extraordinary item--loss on extinguishment of debt,
 net of income tax benefit of $9,930 and $5,589
 (note 9)..........................................   (16,178)     --    (8,042)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
  Net income (loss)................................  $ 40,699  (11,323) (61,447)
                                                     ========  =======  =======
  Income (loss) per common share--basic:
   Continuing operations before extraordinary
    item...........................................  $   2.81     (.71)   (3.24)
   Operations discontinued and sold................       --       --      (.14)
   Extraordinary item..............................      (.80)     --      (.51)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
   Net income (loss) per share.....................  $   2.01     (.71)   (3.89)
                                                     ========  =======  =======
  Income (loss) per common share--assuming dilu-
   tion:
   Continuing operations before extraordinary
    item...........................................  $   2.70     (.71)   (3.24)
   Operations discontinued and sold................       --       --      (.14)
   Extraordinary item..............................      (.77)     --      (.51)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
   Net income (loss) per share.....................  $   1.93     (.71)   (3.89)
                                                     ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOREIGN     UNEARNED       NOTE
                                            ADDITIONAL ACCUMU-    CURRENCY   COMPENSATION- RECEIVABLE
                         PREFERRED  COMMON   PAID-IN    LATED    TRANSLATION  RESTRICTED      FROM
                         STOCK(1)  STOCK(2)  CAPITAL   DEFICIT   ADJUSTMENT     SHARES      OFFICER
                         --------- -------- ---------- --------  ----------- ------------- ----------
<S>                      <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance, February 1,
 1995...................   $--       155     312,989   (163,100)    (1,572)        --           --
 Net loss...............    --       --          --     (61,447)       --          --           --
 Issuance of 425,532
  shares to officer in
  exchange for note re-
  ceivable (note 10)....    --         4       9,996        --         --          --       (10,000)
 Spinoff of water treat-
  ment business
  (note 3)..............    --       --      (61,143)       --         --          --           --
 Foreign currency trans-
  lation adjustment.....    --       --          --         --        (766)        --           --
                           ----      ---     -------   --------    -------      ------      -------
Balance, January 31,
 1996...................    --       159     261,842   (224,547)    (2,338)        --       (10,000)
 Net loss...............    --       --          --     (11,323)       --          --           --
 Issuance of 55,000
  shares of common stock
  to an officer for cash
  (note 10).............    --       --        1,004        --         --          --           --
 Stock award of 60,000
  shares of restricted
  common stock to an of-
  ficer (note 10).......    --         1       1,094        --         --       (1,095)         --
 Issuance of 513 shares
  to directors for serv-
  ices (note 10)........    --       --           19        --         --          --           --
 Amortization of re-
  stricted stock award
  to compensation ex-
  pense (note 10).......    --       --          --         --         --          388          --
 Compensation expense
  accrued for stock bo-
  nus awards (note 10)..    --       --          503        --         --          --           --
 Exercise of employee
  stock options and re-
  lated income tax bene-
  fits (note 10)........    --       --          591        --         --          --           --
 Reclassification of ac-
  crued compensation for
  stock options exer-
  cised.................    --       --        1,699        --         --          --           --
 Foreign currency trans-
  lation adjustment.....    --       --          --         --      (2,999)        --           --
 Payment of note receiv-
  able (note 10)........    --       --          --         --         --          --        10,000
                           ----      ---     -------   --------    -------      ------      -------
Balance, January 31,
 1997...................    --       160     266,752   (235,870)    (5,337)       (707)         --
 Net income.............    --       --          --      40,699        --          --           --
 Issuance of 3,300,000
  shares of common stock
  in public offering,
  net of offering costs
  and underwriting dis-
  count of $8,303 (note
  18)...................    --        33     130,209        --         --          --           --
 Issuance of 4,032
  shares to directors
  for services (note
  10)...................    --       --          174        --         --          --           --
 Issuance of 1,033,203
  shares for exercise of
  employee stock options
  and related income tax
  benefits, net of
  889,450 shares ex-
  changed (notes 10 and
  18)...................    --        11      20,617        --         --          --           --
 Amortization of re-
  stricted stock award
  to compensation ex-
  pense (note 10).......    --       --          --         --         --          547          --
 Compensation expense
  accrued for stock bo-
  nus awards (note 10)..    --       --          710        --         --          --           --
 Foreign currency trans-
  lation adjustment.....    --       --          --         --      (9,112)        --           --
                           ----      ---     -------   --------    -------      ------      -------
Balance, January 31,
 1998...................   $--       204     418,462   (195,171)   (14,449)       (160)         --
                           ====      ===     =======   ========    =======      ======      =======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) $.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and
    outstanding at January 31, 1998 or 1997.
(2) $.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 20,371,068 and 16,033,833
    shares issued and outstanding at January 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                    1998      1997      1996
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
 <S>                                              <C>        <C>      <C>
 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss)..............................  $  40,699  (11,323)  (61,447)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash provided by continuing operating
  activities:
 Nonoperating loss (gain) items:
   Loss on extinguishment of debt...............     16,178      --      8,042
   Loss on discontinuance of operations.........        --       --      2,251
   Loss on disposition of fixed assets, net.....        377       62       245
   Gain on sale of other asset..................        --       --     (5,368)
  Depreciation and amortization of property,
   plant and equipment..........................     21,493   22,052    20,277
  Amortization of debt issue costs and
   premium......................................        888    1,932       803
  Amortization of intangible assets.............      7,101   31,837    63,824
  Amortization of stock awards and stock issued
   for services.................................      1,431      910       --
  Deferred income tax expense (benefit).........     (4,750)   1,365     2,809
  Adjustment of liability for PBGC claims.......        --   (11,100)      --
  Adjustment of allowances for contingencies
   from previous operations.....................     (5,299)     --        --
  Adjustment of liability for contingent
   accruals.....................................    (12,700)     --        --
  Net provision for doubtful accounts...........      4,341    2,815     2,627
  Net provision for restructuring operations....      1,866   10,670     2,369
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Trade and other receivables..................    (13,177) (17,850)    3,544
   Inventories..................................    (35,686) (19,335)   (6,404)
   Other current assets.........................       (440)   3,431      (620)
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.....      1,234    9,027   (11,114)
  Other adjustments--net........................     (5,345)     853    (2,170)
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
   Net cash provided by continuing operating
    activities..................................     18,211   25,346    19,668
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
 CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING
  ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sales of fixed assets and other
  asset.........................................  $   1,625    2,323    15,086
 Purchases of property, plant and equipment:
  By Company and wholly-owned subsidiaries......    (30,189) (25,465)  (19,668)
  By less than 100% owned subsidiaries..........     (6,124)  (5,628)   (2,000)
 Cash received from spinoff of operations.......        --       --    112,000
 Net cash received from (used in) previous
  operations....................................     (3,999)  10,446    10,483
 Acquisition of foreign distributorships........     (2,547)     --        --
 Acquisition of Mexico subsidiary, net of cash
  acquired of $1,469............................        --       --      1,275
 Other..........................................      3,292    1,307      (280)
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
   Net cash provided by (used in) investing
    activities..................................    (37,942) (17,017)  116,896
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
 CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
  ACTIVITIES:
 Net borrowings (payments) of senior credit
  facility......................................  $  53,628   (8,000)   58,000
 Proceeds from issuance of senior notes.........        --       --    190,000
 Issuance costs for senior notes and credit
  facility......................................       (467)     --    (13,472)
 Retirement of senior notes.....................   (137,199)     --   (375,217)
 Redemption premium on retirement of long-term
  obligations...................................    (17,556)     --    (18,000)
 Proceeds from long-term obligations--other.....      4,657   26,206    19,910
 Payments of long-term obligations--other.......    (25,980) (35,901)  (15,201)
 Proceeds from (payments of) short-term debt--
  net...........................................      4,096   (7,231)  (14,022)
 Proceeds from public stock offering, net of
  offering costs................................    130,242      --        --
 Proceeds from sale of common stock and
  exercise of stock options.....................      7,012    1,327       --
 Payment of note receivable from officer........        --    10,000       --
 Other, net.....................................      2,621    1,907    (1,384)
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing
    activities..................................     21,054  (11,692) (169,386)
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
  cash equivalents..............................     (7,532)  (2,473)   (1,813)
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
   Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents....     (6,209)  (5,836)  (34,635)
 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year...      9,343   15,179    49,814
                                                  ---------  -------  --------
 Cash and cash equivalents, end of year.........  $   3,134    9,343    15,179
                                                  =========  =======  ========
 Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
  information:
 Cash paid during the year for interest.........  $  20,451   33,194    46,755
                                                  =========  =======  ========
 Cash paid during the year for income taxes,
  net...........................................  $   8,733    3,210     5,315
                                                  =========  =======  ========
 Noncash transactions:
 During the years ended January 31, 1998, 1997,
  and 1996, property and equipment was acquired
  under capital lease financing transactions
  aggregating $924, $1,281 and $2,307,
  respectively. Other noncash transactions are
  described in notes 3, 10, 14, and 15.
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           JANUARY 31, 1998 AND 1997
 
(1)SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  (a)General Business
 
    Samsonite Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") was formerly known
  as Astrum International Corp. ("Astrum"). On July 14, 1995, Astrum merged
  with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Samsonite Corporation, and changed its
  name to Samsonite Corporation. The Company is engaged in the manufacture
  and sale of luggage and related products throughout the world, primarily
  under the Samsonite, American Tourister, and Lark brand names. The
  principal customers of the Company are department/specialty retail stores,
  mass merchants, catalog showrooms, and warehouse clubs. The Company also
  sells its luggage and other travel-related products through its Company-
  owned stores.
 
    Previously, Astrum was a holding company with subsidiaries involved in
  the water treatment business and apparel manufacturing business in addition
  to the luggage business. As more fully explained in note 3, the Company
  spun off the water treatment and discontinued the apparel manufacturing
  business segments.
 
  (b)Basis of Presentation
 
    On May 25, 1993, the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
  District of New York confirmed the Amended Plan of Reorganization (the
  "Plan") for Astrum. Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, which became
  effective on June 8, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), Astrum completed a
  comprehensive financial reorganization which reduced debt and annual
  interest expense (the "Restructuring").
 
    The Restructuring has been accounted for pursuant to the American
  Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7,
  entitled "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the
  Bankruptcy Code" ("SOP 90-7"). SOP 90-7 requires that assets and
  liabilities be adjusted to their fair values ("fresh-start" values) and
  that a new reporting entity be created. On June 30, 1993, for accounting
  purposes, the Plan was consummated and SOP 90-7 was adopted. The
  accompanying consolidated financial statements include the ongoing impact
  of the fresh-start reporting, the most significant of which included the
  recording of Reorganization Value in Excess of Identifiable Assets.
  Reorganization Value in Excess of Identifiable Assets was amortized over a
  three-year period which ended in June 1996.
 
  (c)Principles of Consolidation
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of
  Samsonite Corporation and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries.
  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated
  in consolidation. The Company's foreign subsidiaries generally have
  December 31 year ends.
 
    Minority interests consist of other stockholders' ownership interests in
  majority-owned subsidiaries of the Company.
 
  (d)Use of Estimates
 
    The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
  generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
  estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
  liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
  of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of
  revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
  differ significantly from those estimates.
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  (e)Cash Equivalents
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original
  maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
  (f)Inventories
 
    The Company values inventories at the lower of cost, using the first-in,
  first-out ("FIFO") method, or market.
 
  (g)Investments in Affiliates
 
    Investments in affiliates for which the Company owns 20% to 50% are
  accounted for under the equity method.
 
    At January 31, 1998, investments in affiliates primarily represent the
  Company's investment in Chia Tai Samsonite (H.K.) Ltd., a 50% owned joint
  venture formed to manufacture and distribute luggage in China.
 
  (h)Property, Plant and Equipment
 
    Property, plant and equipment acquired subsequent to the adoption of
  fresh-start reporting are stated at cost. In connection with the adoption
  of fresh-start reporting at June 30, 1993, the Company was required to
  adjust property, plant and equipment to fair value. Assets under capital
  leases are stated at the present value of the future minimum lease
  payments. Improvements which extend the life of an asset are capitalized.
  Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.
 
    Assets held for sale are assets not used in the Company's luggage
  manufacturing or distribution operations; the majority of such assets were
  sold, or were under contract for sale, subsequent to January 31, 1998.
  These assets are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value
  (fair value less costs to sell).
 
    Depreciation and amortization are provided on the straight-line method
  over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                          <C>
     Buildings................................................... 20 to 65 years
     Machinery, equipment and other..............................  2 to 20 years
</TABLE>
 
  (i)Intangible Assets
 
    As a result of adopting fresh-start reporting in 1993, the Company
  recorded Reorganization Value in Excess of Identifiable Assets which became
  fully amortized in June of 1996. Tradenames, licenses, patents and other
  intangibles were recorded at fair value based upon independent appraisals.
  These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated
  useful lives which are primarily as follows:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                           <C>
     Tradenames...................................................      40 years
     Licenses, patents and other.................................. 1 to 23 years
</TABLE>
 
    The Company accounts for these intangible assets at the lower of
  amortized cost or fair value. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews the
  valuation and amortization of intangible assets, taking into consideration
  any events or circumstances which may have diminished the recorded value.
 
                                     F-20
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  (j)Debt Issuance Costs
 
    Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of new debt instruments
  are deferred and included in other assets. Such costs are amortized over
  the term of the related debt obligation.
 
  (k)Per Share Data
 
    The Company has adopted and retroactively applied the requirements of
  Statement of Financial Account Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share ("SFAS
  128") to all periods presented. This change does not have a material impact
  on the computation of the earnings per share data. SFAS 128 requires the
  disclosure of "basic" earnings per share and "diluted" earnings per share.
  Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common
  stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.
  Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to
  common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding increased for potentially dilutive common shares outstanding
  during the period. The dilutive effect of stock options, warrants, and
  their equivalents is calculated using the treasury stock method. The
  following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators and
  denominators of basic earnings per share and earnings per share--assuming
  dilution for the year ended January 31, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PER SHARE
                                                INCOME      SHARES    AMOUNT
                                              ----------- ---------- ---------
     <S>                                      <C>         <C>        <C>
     Basic earnings per share:
      Income from continuing operations be-
       fore extraordinary item available to
       common stockholders................... $56,877,000 20,235,802   $2.81
                                                                       =====
      Add dilutive effect of stock options
       and awards............................          --    850,783
                                              ----------- ----------
     Earnings per share--assuming dilution:
      Income from continuing operations be-
       fore extraordinary item available to
       common stockholders plus assumed con-
       versions.............................. $56,877,000 21,086,585   $2.70
                                              =========== ==========   =====
</TABLE>
 
    Loss from continuing operations before extraordinary item per share and
  net loss per share for the years ended January 31, 1997 and 1996 is
  computed based on a weighted average number of shares of common stock
  outstanding during the period of 15,971,157 and 15,806,675, respectively.
  Basic earnings per share and earnings per share--assuming dilution are the
  same for the years ended January 31, 1997 and 1996 because of the
  antidilutive effect of stock options and awards when there is a loss from
  continuing operations.
 
  (l)Income Taxes
 
    The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the provisions
  of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for
  Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"). SFAS 109 requires recognition of deferred tax
  assets and liabilities for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and
  the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences
  between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and
  liabilities and their respective tax bases. Measurement of deferred tax
  assets and liabilities is based upon enacted tax rates expected to apply to
  taxable income in the years in which carryforwards and temporary
  differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred
  tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income
  in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
                                     F-21
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
    Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for the portion
  of such assets for which it is more likely than not the amount will not be
  realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as current or
  noncurrent based on the classification of the underlying asset or liability
  giving rise to the temporary difference or the expected date of utilization
  of carryforwards.
 
  (m)Insurance
 
    The Company maintains self-insurance programs for certain workers'
  compensation risks up to $300,000 per individual claim. The Company
  purchases excess workers' compensation coverage for individual claims in
  excess of $300,000.
 
  (n)Foreign Exchange Risk and Financial Instruments
 
    The accounts of the Company's foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are
  generally measured using the local currency as the functional currency. For
  those operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars
  at period-end exchange rates. Income and expense accounts are translated at
  average monthly exchange rates. Net exchange gains or losses resulting from
  such translation are excluded from results of operations and accumulated as
  a separate component of stockholders' equity. Gains and losses from foreign
  currency transactions are included in other income (expense). See note 15.
 
    The Company enters into foreign exchange contracts in order to reduce its
  economic exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain
  foreign operations and royalty agreements through the use of forward
  delivery commitments. Generally, open forward delivery commitments are
  marked to market at the end of each accounting period and corresponding
  gains and losses are recognized in other income (expense). See note 15.
 
    With respect to trade receivables, concentration of credit risk is
  limited due to the diversity in the Company's customer base and geographic
  areas covered by the Company's operations. In certain European countries,
  the Company receives negotiable trade acceptances as payment for goods with
  maturities from 60 to 90 days from the date of issuance. These instruments
  are generally discounted to banks with recourse. At January 31, 1998,
  approximately $13,586,000 of such instruments had been discounted and, by
  the terms of their maturity dates, were uncollected by the holders. Any
  probable bad debt losses for trade receivables or acceptances have been
  reserved for in the allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
  (o)Accounting for Long-lived Assets
 
    The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the
  provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121,
  Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
  Assets to Be Disposed Of ("SFAS 121"). SFAS 121 requires impairment losses
  to be recorded on long-lived assets, and certain identifiable intangible
  assets, used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and
  the undiscounted future cash flows (without interest charges) estimated to
  be generated by such assets are less than the assets' carrying amount.
  Impairment is measured by the excess of the assets' carrying amount over
  fair value. SFAS 121 also requires that long-lived assets and certain
  identifiable intangibles that are expected to be disposed of be reported at
  the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
 
  (p)Revenue Recognition
 
    Revenues from wholesale product sales are recognized at the time of
  shipment, and provisions are made for markdown allowances, returns and
  discounts. Revenues from retail sales are recognized at the point-of-sale.
 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
    The Company licenses its brand names to certain unrelated third parties
  as well as certain foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures. Net sales
  include royalties earned of $19,925,000, $20,548,000, and $17,056,000 for
  the years ended January 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively. Royalty
  revenues in fiscal 1998 and 1997 include approximately $2,200,000 and
  $3,900,000, respectively, from the sale of apparel trademarks in certain
  foreign countries.
 
(2)PURCHASE OF SOUTH KOREA AND HONG KONG DISTRIBUTORSHIPS
 
  During the year ended January 31, 1998, the Company formed a subsidiary,
Samsonite Korea Limited ("SKL"), which is owned 71% by the Company and 29% by
the Company's former distributor in South Korea. The Company contributed
$832,000 to SKL for its equity interest. SKL acquired the inventory, fixed
assets, and other assets of the distributorship and recorded approximately
$200,000 of goodwill. By agreement with its joint venture partner, the Company
will acquire an additional 9% interest in SKL on October 1, 1998.
 
  During the year ended January 31, 1998, the Company formed a 100% owned
subsidiary, Samsonite Hong Kong Limited ("HKL"), which purchased the assets of
the Company's former Hong Kong distributor. The Company made investments or
advances to HKL of $1,715,000 for the purchase of inventory, fixed assets, and
other assets from the former Hong Kong distributor. Approximately $439,000 of
goodwill was recorded as a result of the purchase.
 
(3)OPERATIONS DISCONTINUED AND SOLD
 
  During fiscal 1995, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a plan to (i)
separate the water treatment business from its other operations through a
spinoff in the form of a one-for-one stock dividend to the Company's
stockholders and (ii) to sell or otherwise discontinue its apparel
manufacturing and pet food businesses. During fiscal 1996, the Company
distributed its stock in the water treatment business to the Company's
stockholders and charged the amount of the net assets of the water treatment
business of $61.1 million at the date of distribution to additional paid-in
capital. As part of the spinoff, the water treatment business repaid $112
million of intercompany indebtedness. Additionally, the Company closed its
apparel manufacturing operations and sold all related inventories and
equipment to unrelated third parties. The pet food segment was sold in fiscal
1995. The loss on discontinuance during fiscal 1996 includes an adjustment to
reduce previously accrued losses on disposal of $2.6 million, net of income
taxes of $1.1 million, and a provision for federal income taxes on the
distribution of the common stock of the water treatment business to certain
foreign stockholders of $3.8 million.
 
(4)PROVISION FOR RESTRUCTURING OPERATIONS
 
  Fiscal 1998
 
  The Company recorded a pretax restructuring provision in fiscal 1998 of
$3,589,000 and adjusted for excess fiscal 1997 restructuring accruals by
$1,723,000, resulting in a net expense for restructuring operations in fiscal
1998 of $1,866,000. The fiscal 1998 restructuring provision was provided
primarily for costs associated with the involuntary termination of 180
manufacturing positions in Mexico and twenty management positions in the U.S.
and is comprised of estimated cash expenditures estimated of $3,283,000 and
non-cash charges of $306,000. Through January 31, 1998, $1,945,000 of
severance costs had been charged against the accrual.
 
  Fiscal 1997
 
  The Company recorded a restructuring provision of $10,670,000 in fiscal 1997
as a result of a restructuring program to consolidate functions and operations
in North America, Europe, and the Far East, and to reduce or eliminate certain
other operations.
 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The restructuring plan included further consolidation of hardside luggage
production to Samsonite's largest U.S. facility located in Denver, Colorado
from other locations in the Americas, as well as consolidation of many
administrative and control functions to Denver. The plan included the
elimination of as many as 450 positions worldwide, including approximately 150
manufacturing positions and approximately 300 managerial, office and clerical
positions. The restructuring provision consisted primarily of costs associated
with involuntary employee terminations and was comprised of cash expenses of
$9,670,000 and non-cash expenses of $1,000,000, both on a pretax basis.
Through January 31, 1998, approximately $8,183,000 had been charged against
the accrual for restructuring expenses, approximately $1,723,000 was
determined to be overaccrued and was credited to expense, and approximately
$764,000 remains accrued at January 31, 1998 for certain pension settlement
costs yet to be incurred.
 
  Fiscal 1996
 
  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, management initiated a plan to
restructure the manufacturing and various administrative functions of its
American Tourister division. The restructuring plan included relocation of
manufacturing operations from Jacksonville, Florida to the Company's Denver,
Colorado manufacturing facility. Certain administrative functions were also
consolidated in Denver. A provision for restructuring and corresponding
liability of $2,369,000 was recorded in fiscal 1996 primarily for costs
associated with involuntary employee terminations and the disposal of assets.
The restructuring plan included the termination of 137 employees by August
1996. This restructuring was completed during fiscal 1997 with actual costs
incurred and the number of employees terminated approximating plan.
 
(5)INVENTORIES
 
  Inventories consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JANUARY 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                                1998     1997
                                                              --------  -------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                      <C>       <C>
     Raw materials and supplies.............................. $ 47,814   38,532
     Work in process.........................................   10,476   10,842
     Finished goods..........................................  114,375   85,697
                                                              --------  -------
                                                              $172,665  135,071
                                                              ========  =======
 
(6)PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                JANUARY 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                                1998     1997
                                                              --------  -------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                      <C>       <C>
     Land.................................................... $ 12,266   13,324
     Buildings...............................................   60,524   62,561
     Machinery, equipment and other..........................  133,778  121,875
                                                              --------  -------
                                                               206,568  197,760
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..........  (64,217) (53,801)
                                                              --------  -------
                                                              $142,351  143,959
                                                              ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Property, plant and equipment includes property and equipment under capital
leases as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 JANUARY 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1998     1997
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                        <C>      <C>
     Buildings................................................. $ 4,178   4,856
     Machinery, equipment and other............................   2,707   2,323
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                  6,885   7,179
     Less accumulated amortization.............................  (1,388) (1,090)
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                $ 5,497   6,089
                                                                =======  ======
</TABLE>
 
(7)INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
  The following is a summary of intangible assets, net of accumulated
amortization:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JANUARY 31,
                                                                ----------------
                                                                  1998    1997
                                                                -------- -------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                        <C>      <C>
     Tradenames................................................ $108,556 115,838
     Licenses, patents and other...............................    8,352  11,817
                                                                -------- -------
                                                                $116,908 127,655
                                                                ======== =======
</TABLE>
 
(8)SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
  As of January 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had $5,640,000 and $2,095,000
of short-term debt outstanding under foreign lines of credit, respectively.
During the year ended January 31, 1998, the weighted average interest rate on
foreign short-term borrowings was 6.26% and the average interest rate at
January 31, 1998 was 7.50%. The European subsidiaries had unused available
borrowings on foreign lines of credit and other foreign borrowing arrangements
totaling approximately $47 million as of January 31, 1998, which are generally
restricted for working capital purposes.
 
  Other foreign subsidiaries had approximately $8.6 million available under
bank credit lines at January 31, 1998.
 
(9)LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
 
  Long-term obligations represent long-term debt and capital lease obligations
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JANUARY 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                                1998     1997
                                                              --------  -------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                      <C>       <C>
     Senior Credit Facility (a).............................. $102,533   50,000
     Other obligations (b)...................................   19,587   45,526
     Capital lease obligations (c)...........................    4,302    5,091
     11 1/8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes (d)..........   52,801  190,000
                                                              --------  -------
                                                               179,223  290,617
     Less current installments...............................   (6,977) (22,862)
                                                              --------  -------
                                                              $172,246  267,755
                                                              ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  (a) Senior Credit Facility
 
    Effective June 12, 1997, the Company entered into an amended and restated
  Senior Credit Facility agreement. The new agreement provides for a $200
  million revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit Facility A") due June
  12, 2002 and a $50 million revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit
  Facility B") due June 11, 1998. The Revolving Credit Facility A is a
  multicurrency facility which allows for loans of $140 million in U.S.
  dollars and $60 million in various European currencies.
 
  The following amounts were outstanding at January 31, 1998 under the Senior
  Credit Facility:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                         <C>
     Revolving Credit Facility A:
      Borrowings................................................ $102.5 million
      Letters of Credit......................................... $ 14.5 million
     Revolving Credit Facility B................................ $           --
</TABLE>
 
    Borrowings under the agreement accrue interest at rates adjusted
  periodically depending on the Company's financial performance as measured
  by certain financial ratios each quarter. At January 31, 1998, U.S. loans
  outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest at approximately
  6% and foreign currency loans outstanding bear interest at approximately
  5%. Additionally, a facility fee of .125% to .350% of the total commitment
  depending on financial performance, whether used or unused, is payable
  quarterly. At January 31, 1998, the facility fee was .150%.
 
    The Senior Credit Facility is secured by 100% of the stock of significant
  domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the stock of the Company's principal
  foreign subsidiaries. The agreement contains financial covenants requiring
  the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and minimum stockholders'
  equity. The agreement also contains covenants which limit the incurrance of
  additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends, the disposition of
  assets, and other restrictions. The agreement generally allows the Company
  to pay dividends not to exceed 30% of its net income.
 
    As a result of entering into the amended and restated Senior Credit
  Facility, which has significantly different terms and conditions than the
  previous facility, the Company charged to expense the balance of deferred
  financing costs relating to the previous facility totaling $3,989,000 and
  paid prepayment penalties of $279,000. These charges are recorded as part
  of the extraordinary item from loss on extinguishment of debt, net of tax
  effects, in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the
  year ended January 31, 1998.
 
  (b) Other Obligations
 
    As of January 31, 1998, other obligations consist of various notes
  payable to banks by foreign subsidiaries aggregating $16.0 million and a
  $3.6 million secured financing arrangement with a European leasing
  corporation. The obligations bear interest at varying rates and mature
  through 2002.
 
                                     F-26
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  (c) Leases
 
    Future minimum payments under noncancelable capital leases, which relate
  primarily to property and equipment, and noncancelable operating leases,
  which relate primarily to retail floor space rental, at January 31, 1998
  were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              CAPITAL  OPERATING
                                                              LEASES    LEASES
                                                              -------  ---------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                      <C>      <C>
     Year ending January 31:
      1999..................................................  $ 1,473   11,811
      2000..................................................    1,421    8,607
      2001..................................................      721    6,723
      2002..................................................      593    5,073
      2003..................................................      479    2,437
      Thereafter............................................      986    1,782
                                                              -------   ------
       Total minimum lease payments.........................    5,673   36,433
                                                                        ======
     Less amount representing interest......................   (1,371)
                                                              -------
      Present value of net minimum capital lease payments...    4,302
     Less current installments of minimum capital lease pay-
      ments.................................................   (1,055)
                                                              -------
     Long-term obligations under capital leases, excluding
      current installments..................................  $ 3,247
                                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
  Rental expense under cancelable and noncancelable operating leases
pertaining to continuing operations consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED JANUARY
                                                                    31,
                                                            --------------------
                                                             1998    1997  1996
                                                            ------- ------ -----
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                    <C>     <C>    <C>
     Minimum rentals....................................... $10,421 10,723 8,650
     Contingent rentals....................................   1,358    714   523
                                                            ------- ------ -----
                                                            $11,779 11,437 9,173
                                                            ======= ====== =====
</TABLE>
 
  Aggregate maturities of long-term obligations at January 31, 1998 were as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                               <C>
     Year ending January 31:
     1999............................................................. $  5,922
     2000.............................................................    4,840
     2001.............................................................    4,224
     2002.............................................................    1,734
     2003.............................................................  103,662
     Thereafter.......................................................   54,539
                                                                       --------
                                                                        174,921
      Obligations under capital leases................................    4,302
                                                                       --------
       Total.......................................................... $179,223
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-27
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(d)Series B Senior Subordinated Notes
 
    Interest on the 11 1/8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes ("Series B
  Notes") is payable semiannually with principal due July 15, 2005. The
  Series B Notes may be redeemed after July 15, 2000 with the payment of
  certain redemption premiums; however, up to one-third of the outstanding
  Series B Notes were allowed to be redeemed (at a premium) before July 15,
  1998, from the proceeds of the first two public equity offerings the
  Company may have completed after the issuance of the Series B Notes. As
  described in note 18, the Company completed a public equity offering on
  February 11, 1997 and used a portion of the offering proceeds to redeem
  Series B Notes and repurchase Series B Notes in the market. Additional
  Series B Notes were purchased using bank borrowings under the Senior Credit
  Facility. A total of $137,199,000 principal amount of Series B Notes were
  retired during the year ended January 31, 1998. Redemption premiums of
  $17,277,000 paid in connection with the retirement of the notes and
  deferred financing costs of $4,563,000 were charged to expense and
  classified as part of the extraordinary item from loss on extinguishment of
  debt, net of tax effects, in the accompanying consolidated statement of
  operations for the year ended January 31, 1998. The terms of the Series B
  Notes include financial covenants to maintain certain financial ratios and
  covenants which restrict payment of any dividends, amounts of additional
  debt issuances, asset sales, and amounts of investments in emerging market
  subsidiaries. See note 19.
 
(10)EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS AND AWARDS
 
  At January 31, 1998, the Company has outstanding options under its 1995
Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan and under an employment agreement with
its chief executive officer. The Company applies Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related
interpretations, in accounting for stock options and awards. Accordingly, no
compensation cost has been recognized for stock options granted at exercise
prices at or above fair market value at the date of grant. Additionally, no
performance based options were issued during the three years ended January 31,
1998.
 
  The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation ("SFAS
123") which provides for an alternative method of recognizing compensation
expense for stock options based upon a fair value determination. The Company
has elected not to adopt the recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS
123. Had the Company determined compensation cost for the stock options based
on the fair value at the grant dates consistent with the provisions of SFAS
123, pro forma net income (loss) per share would have been as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                       1998    1997     1996
                                                      ------- -------  -------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                        PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
   <S>                                                <C>     <C>      <C>
   Net income (loss):
    As reported...................................... $40,699 (11,323) (61,447)
                                                      ======= =======  =======
    Pro forma........................................ $38,343 (12,922) (61,781)
                                                      ======= =======  =======
   Net income (loss) per share--basic:
    As reported...................................... $  2.01   (0.71)   (3.89)
                                                      ======= =======  =======
    Pro forma........................................ $  1.89   (0.81)   (3.91)
                                                      ======= =======  =======
   Net income (loss) per share--assuming dilution:
    As reported...................................... $  1.93   (0.71)   (3.89)
                                                      ======= =======  =======
    Pro forma........................................ $  1.82   (0.81)   (3.91)
                                                      ======= =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-28
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used for
grants in the three years ended January 31, 1998: no dividend yield for any
year; expected volatility of 29% for fiscal 1998 and 28% for fiscal 1997 and
1996; weighted-average risk-free interest rate of 5.5% for fiscal 1998 and
6.2% for fiscal 1997 and 1996; and weighted average expected lives of 4.3
years for fiscal 1998, 3.5 years for fiscal 1997, and 1.8 years for fiscal
1996. Options granted during the year ended January 31, 1996 were granted at
exercise prices which significantly exceeded the market value of the stock at
the grant date.
 
  Pro forma net income (loss) reflects only options granted in the three years
ended January 31, 1998. Therefore, the full impact of calculating compensation
cost for stock options under SFAS 123 is not reflected in the pro forma net
income (loss) amounts presented because compensation cost is reflected over
option vesting periods (ranging from 2 to 5 years) and compensation cost for
options granted prior to February 1, 1995 is not considered.
 
  Directors' Stock Plan
 
  In fiscal 1996, the Company adopted the Samsonite Corporation 1996
Directors' Stock Plan (the "Plan") and reserved 200,000 shares of its common
stock for issuance under the Plan. Under the Plan, each non-employee director
may elect to receive common stock for directors' fees valued at fair market
value in lieu of cash. At January 31, 1998, 4,545 shares of common stock had
been issued under the Plan.
 
  1995 Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan
 
  The 1995 Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan (as Amended in 1996) ("the
1995 Plan") reserves 2,550,000 shares for the issuance of options as
determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors. The 1995
Plan provides for the issuance of a variety of awards, including tax qualified
incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation
rights, restricted stock awards or other forms of awards consistent with the
purposes of the 1995 Plan. Incentive stock options must be issued at exercise
prices no less than the market value of the common stock at the date of the
grant. Nonqualified stock options may be granted at option prices at or below
the market value, but not at less than 50% of the market value of the common
stock at the date of the grant. Options granted under the 1995 Plan may vest
over a period of not more than ten years as determined by the compensation
committee. At January 31, 1998, all awards under the 1995 Plan were
nonqualified stock options issued at option prices equal to, or in excess of,
the market value at the date of grant.
 
  Chief Executive Officer Employment Agreement
 
  On May 15, 1996, the Company retained a new Chief Executive Officer, Richard
R. Nicolosi. Pursuant to his employment contract, the Company has granted Mr.
Nicolosi options to purchase 425,532 shares of common stock at an exercise
price of $18.25 per share (subject to customary antidilution adjustments).
Options to purchase 186,170 shares of common stock (the "Series A Options")
are time-vesting options and options to purchase 239,362 shares of common
stock (the "Series B Options") are subject to certain performance requirements
with respect to accelerating vesting. The options have a five-year term. Fifty
percent (50%) of the Series A Options vested on May 15, 1997 and the remaining
fifty percent (50%) will vest on May 15, 1998, so long as Mr. Nicolosi remains
continually employed by the Company through such date. All of the Series B
Options shall vest on April 15, 2001, so long as he remains continually
employed by the Company through April 15, 2001, subject to accelerated,
performance-based vesting as follows. The Series B Options will vest on May
15, 1998 if Mr. Nicolosi remains continually employed by the Company through
such date and the average market value of the common stock equals or exceeds
$30.00 per share in any period of 30 consecutive days prior to May 15, 1998.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a change of control event occurs prior to
May 15, 1998,
 
                                     F-29
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(i) all of the Series A Options will automatically vest and (ii) all of the
Series B Options will vest if Mr. Nicolosi remains continually employed by the
Company through the date of such event and either the average market value of
the common stock in any period of 30 consecutive days prior to such event or
the market value of the common stock as of the date of such event, equals or
exceeds $30.00 per share. During the term of the Series B Options, the
Company's common stock has reached an average market value of $30.00 per share
for 30 consecutive days.
 
  Also in connection with the performance by Mr. Nicolosi of services pursuant
to his employment, the Company issued to Mr. Nicolosi 60,000 shares of
restricted common stock (the "Restricted Shares"). So long as Mr. Nicolosi
remains continually employed with the Company, the shares will vest on May 15,
1998; provided that if a change of control event occurs and Mr. Nicolosi
remains continually employed by the Company through the date of such event,
then all Restricted Shares that have not vested will become vested as of the
date of such event. The Company is recognizing compensation expense for the
market value ($18.25 per share) of the shares at the date of grant over the
two-year vesting period.
 
  Additionally, on June 6, 1996, the Company sold and issued to Mr. Nicolosi
55,000 shares of common stock at the market value of $18.25 per share, or an
aggregate purchase price of $1,003,750.
 
  Former Chief Executive Officer
 
  Pursuant to an employment agreement with the former Chief Executive Officer
(CEO) dated April 13, 1995, certain options previously granted were canceled
and options to purchase 653,668 shares of common stock (granted June 8, 1993
at market value) became fully vested and exercisable at $11.87 per share, as
adjusted by the terms of the option agreement for the spinoff of the water
treatment business. Under the employment agreement, the former CEO was also
granted options for 500,000 shares of common stock at $24.85 per share and
1,000,000 shares of common stock at $32.85 per share, as adjusted by the terms
of the option agreement for the spinoff of the water treatment business.
Options for 300,000 of such shares lapsed. The remaining options for 1,200,000
shares of common stock became fully exercisable upon the cessation of the
former CEO's employment as of May 15, 1996. On February 11, 1997, the former
CEO exercised all outstanding options for a total of 1,853,668 shares. The
exercise price was paid by the return of 889,450 shares of common stock owned
by the former CEO to the Company and cash of $6,622,139. See note 18.
 
  Also under the employment agreement, the Company sold 425,532 shares of
common stock to the former CEO for a $10 million promissory note which was
presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as a reduction
of stockholders' equity until it was repaid in full on October 11, 1996. The
note bore interest at 8 1/8% per annum and the Company agreed to pay the
former CEO additional compensation equal to the interest due on the note.
 
  Other Options and Stock Awards
 
  In October 1996, a former officer exercised options to purchase 17,500
shares granted under an individual stock option agreement at an exercise price
of $11.14 per share.
 
  Effective May 15, 1996, the Company entered into agreements with three
executive officers to provide stock bonuses to each of them of 38,889 shares
of common stock, payable if the executive remains continually employed by the
Company through the earlier of May 15, 1999 or one year after a change of
control event. The shares are also issuable in the event of certain types of
terminations. The Company is recognizing compensation expense equal to the
market value of the shares at May 15, 1996 ($18.25 per share) over the vesting
period.
 
                                     F-30
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
Stock Option Summary
 
  A summary of stock option transactions follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                             --------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1998                 1997                 1996
                             --------------------- -------------------- -------------------
                                         WEIGHTED-            WEIGHTED-           WEIGHTED-
                                          AVERAGE              AVERAGE             AVERAGE
                                         EXERCISE             EXERCISE            EXERCISE
                               SHARES      PRICE    SHARES      PRICE    SHARES     PRICE
                             ----------  --------- ---------  --------- --------- ---------
   <S>                       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
   Outstanding at beginning
    of year................   4,579,072   $24.79   2,171,168   $24.51     671,168  $11.85
   Granted.................     213,953   $40.16   2,754,142   $25.52   1,500,000  $30.18
   Exercised:
    By former Chief Execu-
     tive Officer..........  (1,853,668)  $23.73         --       --          --      --
    By others..............     (68,985)  $12.82     (28,870)  $11.18         --      --
   Forfeited...............    (305,322)  $32.27    (317,368)  $30.47         --      --
                             ----------            ---------            ---------
   Outstanding at end of
    year...................   2,565,050   $26.27   4,579,072   $24.79   2,171,168  $24.51
                             ==========            =========            =========
   Options exercisable at
    end of year............     897,192   $21.82   2,176,945   $22.67     671,168  $11.85
                             ==========            =========            =========
   Weighted-average fair
    value of options
    granted during the
    year...................  $    13.17            $    7.59            $    1.04
                             ==========            =========            =========
</TABLE>
 
  The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at
January 31,1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                  OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                            --------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
                                        WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
           RANGE OF           NUMBER       REMAINING     WEIGHTED-AVERAGE   NUMBER    WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
       EXERCISE PRICES      OUTSTANDING CONTRACTUAL LIFE  EXERCISE PRICE  EXERCISABLE  EXERCISE PRICE
       ---------------      ----------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------- ----------------
   <S>                      <C>         <C>              <C>              <C>         <C>
   $10.875 to $20.75.......  1,324,419     4.6 years          $16.34        633,202        $15.82
   $28.50 to $47.875.......  1,240,631     8.4 years          $36.79        263,990        $36.22
                             ---------                                      -------
                             2,565,050                                      897,192
                             =========                                      =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(11)INCOME TAXES
 
  Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income (loss) from continuing
operations consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       CURRENT  DEFERRED TOTAL
                                                       -------  -------- ------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                 <C>      <C>      <C>
   Year ended January 31, 1998:
    U.S. federal...................................... $ 9,068    4,246  13,314
    Foreign...........................................   7,841   (1,108)  6,733
    U.S. state and local..............................   1,429    1,612   3,041
                                                       -------   ------  ------
                                                       $18,338    4,750  23,088
                                                       =======   ======  ======
   Year ended January 31, 1997:
    U.S. federal...................................... $   923    1,408   2,331
    Foreign...........................................   7,443     (249)  7,194
    U.S. state and local..............................     658      206     864
                                                       -------   ------  ------
                                                       $ 9,024    1,365  10,389
                                                       =======   ======  ======
   Year ended January 31, 1996:
    U.S. federal...................................... $  (426)   1,944   1,518
    Foreign...........................................   5,699      257   5,956
    U.S. state and local..............................   1,013      608   1,621
                                                       -------   ------  ------
                                                       $ 6,286    2,809   9,095
                                                       =======   ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
  Components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes,
minority interest, and extraordinary item are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                        1998    1997     1996
                                                       ------- -------  -------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                 <C>     <C>      <C>
   United States...................................... $63,633 (10,408) (59,634)
   Other nations......................................  16,619  10,515   18,960
                                                       ------- -------  -------
     Total............................................ $80,252     107  (40,674)
                                                       ======= =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income (loss) from continuing
operations differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal
income tax rate of 35% for fiscal 1998 and 34% for fiscal 1997 and 1996 as a
result of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                        1998     1997    1996
                                                       -------  ------  -------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                 <C>      <C>     <C>
   Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit).........  $28,088      36  (13,829)
   Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
    Adjustment of contingent tax accruals (see note
     15).............................................   (4,445)    --       --
    Foreign tax credits, net of valuation allowance..   (3,337)    --       --
    Reduction in valuation allowance.................   (1,950)    --       --
    Tax rate differential on foreign earnings........    3,923   3,320    3,609
    Amortization of intangibles......................      --    7,746   18,668
    State income taxes, net of federal benefit.......    1,977     570    1,070
    Other, net.......................................   (1,168) (1,283)    (423)
                                                       -------  ------  -------
   Income tax expense................................  $23,088  10,389    9,095
                                                       =======  ======  =======
</TABLE>
 
  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the net deferred tax asset are presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               JANUARY 31,
                                                             -----------------
                                                               1998     1997
                                                             --------  -------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                       <C>       <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
    Accounts receivable valuation allowances................ $  5,550    7,513
    Inventory costs capitalized for tax purposes............      931    1,194
    Other accruals and reserves accrued for financial re-
     porting purposes.......................................   38,088   40,364
    Postretirement benefits accrued for financial reporting
     purposes...............................................    6,338    6,636
    Foreign tax credit carryforwards........................    8,820       --
    Net operating loss and minimum tax carryforwards........   53,111   54,197
                                                             --------  -------
     Total gross deferred tax assets........................  112,838  109,904
    Less:
     Valuation allowance....................................  (34,888) (33,961)
                                                             --------  -------
      Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance.......   77,950   75,943
                                                             --------  -------
   Deferred tax liabilities:
    Plant, equipment and intangibles, due to differences as
     a result of fresh start................................   45,484   54,340
    Plant and equipment, due to differences in depreciation
     methods................................................   10,037    9,738
    Other accruals and reserves.............................    6,536    6,421
                                                             --------  -------
     Total gross deferred tax liabilities...................   62,057   70,499
                                                             --------  -------
      Net deferred tax asset................................ $ 15,893    5,444
                                                             ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-33
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The components of the net current deferred tax asset and net noncurrent
deferred tax liability were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JANUARY 31,
                                                                 --------------
                                                                  1998    1997
                                                                 ------- ------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                           <C>     <C>
   Net current deferred tax asset:
    U.S. federal................................................ $27,341 28,361
    Foreign.....................................................   2,222  2,115
    U.S. state and local........................................   2,060  5,889
                                                                 ------- ------
                                                                  31,623 36,365
                                                                 ------- ------
   Net noncurrent deferred tax liability:
    U.S. federal................................................   1,045 10,172
    Foreign.....................................................  13,886 16,958
    U.S. state and local........................................     799  3,791
                                                                 ------- ------
                                                                  15,730 30,921
                                                                 ------- ------
     Net deferred tax asset..................................... $15,893  5,444
                                                                 ======= ======
</TABLE>
 
  The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was increased from
$33,961,000 at January 31, 1997 to $34,888,000 at January 31, 1998 primarily
to allow for potential unused foreign tax credit carryforwards, net of
decreases to the valuation allowance for certain fully reserved loss
carryforwards utilized in certain foreign jurisdictions during the current
year. Management of the Company believes that it is more likely than not that
the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to
realize the net deferred tax asset of $15,893,000 at January 31, 1998. If the
Company should recognize a tax benefit for pre-reorganization net operating
losses, for which a valuation allowance had been established, it would be
applied to reduce intangible assets until exhausted and then to increase
additional paid-in capital.
 
  At January 31, 1998, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $135 million for federal income tax purposes, expiring at
various dates through 2012. As a result of the reorganization, the Company had
a change in ownership as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Consequently, utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards is subject
to an annual limitation of $17,200,000 per year, as adjusted for unused yearly
limitations.
 
  Deferred income taxes have been provided on undistributed earnings of
foreign subsidiaries to the extent that management plans to remit these
earnings in the future. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and
affiliates that are permanently invested, and for which no deferred taxes have
been provided, amounted to approximately $81,660,000 and $73,000,000 as of
January 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
                                     F-34
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(12)PENSION AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
  Certain subsidiaries of the Company have pension plans which provide
retirement benefits for eligible employees, generally measured by length of
service, compensation and other factors.
 
  Net pension cost of continuing operations included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                      1998      1997     1996
                                                    --------  --------  -------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>
   Service cost.................................... $  2,332     2,576    2,466
   Interest cost...................................    6,460     6,435    6,521
   Actual return (income) loss on plan assets......  (27,741)  (14,472) (21,990)
   Net amortization and deferral...................   18,492     6,711   14,792
                                                    --------  --------  -------
     Net pension expense (income).................. $   (457)    1,250    1,789
                                                    ========  ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
  The funded status of the plans at January 31, 1998 and 1997 was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PLANS WITH
                                                PLANS WITH        ACCUMULATED
                                             ASSETS EXCEEDING      BENEFITS
                                                ACCUMULATED        EXCEEDING
                                                 BENEFITS           ASSETS
                                             ------------------  --------------
                                               1998      1997     1998    1997
                                             --------  --------  ------  ------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>
   Projected benefit obligation for service
    rendered to date.......................  $160,428    59,617  31,289  30,464
   Plan assets at fair value...............   178,640    89,017  28,712  24,501
                                             --------  --------  ------  ------
   Plan assets in excess (deficiency) of
    projected benefit obligation...........    18,212    29,400  (2,577) (5,963)
   Unrecognized prior service cost.........      (270)      (80)  1,203   1,357
   Unrecognized net gain...................   (35,569)  (21,341) (7,442) (4,355)
                                             --------  --------  ------  ------
    Prepaid (accrued) pension cost included
     in other assets (liabilities).........  $(17,627)    7,979  (8,816) (8,961)
                                             ========  ========  ======  ======
   Accumulated benefit obligation:
    Vested.................................  $153,209    45,420  30,000  28,864
                                             ========  ========  ======  ======
    Nonvested..............................  $    987     1,063   1,035   1,160
                                             ========  ========  ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
  Net periodic pension cost during the years ended January 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996 assumed an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 7.5% to
8.5% for domestic plans and 7.5% to 15% for foreign plans. The valuations of
the projected benefit obligation assumed weighted-average discount rates of
7.0% to 7.25% for domestic plans and 7.5% to 13% for foreign plans at January
31, 1998, and 7.0% to 7.25% for domestic plans and 7.5% to 13% for foreign
plans at January 31, 1997. The rate of increase in future compensation levels
ranged from 3.50% to 5% for domestic plans and 5.5% to 10% for foreign plans
at January 31, 1998 and 1997. As a result of the employee terminations
associated with restructurings described in note 4, a plan curtailment
occurred resulting in the acceleration of the amortization of prior service
cost and unrecognized net gains. The effect of the curtailment was a reduction
in fiscal 1998 pension expense of $1.1 million.
 
  Plan assets are primarily invested in cash equivalents, equity securities
and fixed income instruments. The plans do not have significant liabilities
other than benefit obligations. The Company's funding policy is to contribute
amounts equal to the minimum funding requirements of ERISA. During fiscal
1998, the McCrory and Schenley Plans (see note 14--Contingent Pension
Liabilities) were merged with a Company pension plan.
 
                                     F-35
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The Company sponsors defined contribution plans, qualified under Sections
401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which are offered to certain
groups of employees of substantially all U.S. operations. Expense related to
continuing operations for these plans was $792,000, $1,237,000, and $1,052,000
for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.
 
  The Company provides postretirement health care benefits primarily for
certain groups of employees of substantially all U.S. operations. Qualifying
employees become eligible for these benefits upon reaching normal or early
retirement age, and if they have accumulated the specified number of years of
service. The Company recognizes the cost of providing postretirement health
care benefits over the employee's service period.
 
Postretirement benefit costs were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                        1998     1997    1996
                                                       -------  ------- -------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                 <C>      <C>     <C>
   Service cost--benefits earned during period........ $   465     486      699
   Interest cost on projected benefit obligation......     715     684      907
   Other..............................................    (386)   (314)    (169)
                                                       -------  ------  -------
     Total postretirement benefit costs............... $   794     856    1,437
                                                       =======  ======  =======
</TABLE>
 
  The health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost in each
of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 1998 were between 9.5%
and 15%, graded down to an ultimate trend rate of between 5.5% and 6.0% to be
achieved over the next 10 years. The effect of a one-percentage-point increase
in the health care cost trend rate for future periods would increase the
annual postretirement benefit cost by $166,000. The accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation would increase by $1,410,000.
 
  The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the actuarial present
value of the projected benefit obligation was 7.25% at January 31, 1998 and
1997.
 
  The funded status of the postretirement plans were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JANUARY 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                                1998     1997
                                                              --------  -------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                        <C>       <C>
   Plan assets at fair value................................. $    --       --
   Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.............  (10,620) (10,468)
   Unrecognized cumulative net gain..........................   (6,196)  (6,092)
                                                              --------  -------
    Postretirement benefit liability included in other lia-
     bilities................................................ $(16,816) (16,560)
                                                              ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
(13)DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate
that value:
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents, Trade Receivables, Accounts Payable, Short-term
Debt, and Accrued Expenses
 
  The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity or
duration of these instruments.
 
 
                                     F-36
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  Series B Senior Subordinated Notes
 
  There is no established public trading market for the Company's Series B
Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company estimates that the fair value of the
Series B Senior Subordinated Notes at January 31, 1998 approximates
$60,193,000 based on recent interdealer transactions which were priced at
approximately 114.
 
  Senior Credit Facility and Other Long-term Obligations
 
  The carrying value approximates the fair value of these instruments, which
primarily have floating interest rates that are fixed for periods not
exceeding six months.
 
  Foreign Currency Forward Delivery Contracts
 
  The fair value of foreign currency forward delivery contracts (see note 1n)
is estimated by reference to market quotations received from banks. At January
31, 1998 and 1997, the contract value of foreign currency forward delivery
agreements outstanding was approximately $26,357,000 and $50,644,000,
respectively. The settlement value of these instruments was approximately
$24,963,000 and $50,025,000, respectively.
 
  Limitations
 
  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of
significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
 
(14)LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Litigation
 
  On March 13, 1998, a complaint was filed in Colorado State District Court,
County of Denver against the Company, certain current and former directors of
the Company, Apollo Investment Fund, L.P., and Apollo Advisors, L.P. The
purported class action brought on behalf of an alleged class of purchasers of
Samsonite common stock during the period from September 10, 1996 to December
1, 1997 alleges, among other things, that certain statements and earnings
forecasts made in the last 18 months were misleading and/or misrepresented
material facts and that the Company is also liable for certain allegedly
misleading statements contained in various analysts' reports. The Company
believes that the complaint is without merit and intends to contest it
vigorously. The class action seeks, among other things, compensatory and
rescissory damages, as well as pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, and
attorneys fees, expert witness fees and other costs.
 
  In addition, the Company is a party to various other legal proceedings and
claims in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that
the outcome of any pending matters will have a material adverse affect on its
consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
  Obligations to Settlement Trust
 
  In connection with the Restructuring in 1993, a settlement trust (the
"Trust") was established for the benefit of the holders of certain classes of
pre-bankruptcy claims to resolve certain claims between the Company and other
parties affiliated with the previous owner of the Company. The creation of the
Trust enabled the Company to emerge from bankruptcy without first resolving
these claims. The terms of the Trust require the Company to make loans to the
Trust of up to $37 million, if necessary, to provide funds for Trust
operations, to pay resolved
 
                                     F-37
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

claims, and to distribute to the Trust beneficiaries any remaining balance
after settling all liabilities. In prior fiscal years, the Company made loans
to the Trust aggregating $4,850,000, and provided an allowance for the full
amount of the loans. During the current fiscal year, the Trust repaid the
loans together with accrued interest of $1,400,000. As a result, the Company
recorded the collection of the loans as other income (see note 15) and
recorded the interest income. The Company believes it is very unlikely to be
required to make any additional loans to the Trust, which by its terms must
settle with its beneficiaries and dissolve by June 8, 1998.
 
  Contingent Pension Liabilities
 
  In connection with the Restructuring in 1993, a liability of $37.7 million
for claims of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC") related to
pension liabilities for unpaid contributions and insurance premiums of certain
pension plans (the "Plans") which were sponsored by certain companies which
were, along with the Company, part of a "controlled group" of companies as
defined by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The amount
accrued was based on a PBGC calculated termination liability. As a result of
agreements executed in fiscal 1997 giving the Company the right to assume
sponsorship of the Plans in the event of certain defaults by the primary plan
sponsors, the liability was adjusted to $26.6 million based on the pension
benefit obligation of the Plans discounted at 7.25%, reduced by the market
value of the Plans' assets. The corresponding reduction in the liability of
$11.1 million was recorded in other nonoperating income in fiscal 1997 (see
note 15).
 
  As a result of the failure of the Plan sponsors' to meet their obligations
to the Plans in fiscal 1998, the Company assumed sponsorship of the Plans and
merged them with an existing Company pension plan on October 14, 1997. The
accrued liability for this matter was reclassified and is included in the
determination of the Company's pension benefit liability at January 31, 1998.
 
  Contingent Liability with Respect to the Old Notes
 
  The reorganization plan provides for payment in full of 100% of the allowed
claim of the holders of certain old notes ("Old Notes") of E-II Holdings, Inc.
(predecessor to Astrum), including approximately $16.4 million of interest on
overdue installments of interest accruing prior to the commencement of
Astrum's bankruptcy case. Various parties have challenged the allowability of
the claim on the basis that interest on overdue installments of interest is
not permitted under applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Company provided for
this contingent liability in its consolidated financial statements when it
emerged from bankruptcy in the amount of $16.4 million.
 
  During fiscal 1997, $4.0 million of such claims were settled for $0.2
million, resulting in the recording of $3.8 million of other nonoperating
income from the favorable settlement of this claim. The holders of the claim
were Apollo Investment Fund, L.P. ("Apollo") and an affiliate of Apollo. At
January 31, 1997, Apollo and its affiliates owned 45.75% of the Company's
issued and outstanding common stock. During fiscal 1998, the Company recorded
other income of $2,060,000 from the favorable settlement of $2,139,000 of such
claims. Also, see note 15.
 
  As a result of a change in New York law in fiscal 1998, which adversely
affected the Company's ability to favorably settle the remaining claims, the
Company has entered into a non-binding agreement-in-principle to settle the
remaining amount of these claims for approximately $9.4 million. At January
31, 1998, other accrued expenses include $10.3 million provided for these
remaining claims. The Company expects final settlement to occur in fiscal
1999.
 
  Union Agreements
 
  Union membership in the Company's European manufacturing plants varies from
country to country and is not officially known; however, it is probable that
most of the workers are affiliated with a union. Most European
 
                                     F-38
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

union contracts have a one-year term. In the United States, 770 production
employees are unionized under a contract which next expires on April 9, 1999.
 
(15)OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)--NET
 
  Other income (expense)--net from continuing operations consisted of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                        1998     1997     1996
                                                       -------  -------  ------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                 <C>      <C>      <C>
   Net gains from foreign currency forward delivery
    contracts........................................  $ 6,463  $ 2,829    (494)
   Rental income.....................................    1,633    1,987   1,735
   Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate........     (547)     (33)    --
   Foreign currency transaction losses, net..........   (1,834)    (211) (1,660)
   Favorable settlement of claims (note 14)..........    2,060    3,802     --
   Adjustment of allowances relating to previous op-
    erations (a).....................................    5,299      529     --
   Adjustment of contingent tax accruals (b).........   12,700      --      --
   Collection of loan to settlement trust (note 14)..    4,850      --      --
   Adjustment of liability for PBGC claims (note
    14)..............................................      --    11,100     --
   Loss on disposition of fixed assets, net..........     (377)     (62)   (245)
   Gain on sale of television station................      --       --    5,368
   Other, net........................................   (1,953)  (1,120)   (737)
                                                       -------  -------  ------
                                                       $28,294  $18,821   3,967
                                                       =======  =======  ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) During fiscal 1998, the Company recorded other income resulting from the
    adjustment of accruals and allowances of $5,299,000 for potential
    environmental liability on real estate and factored receivables related to
    previous operations. The adjustments were made upon the termination of the
    claim period for the environmental matter and upon collection of the
    factored receivables.
(b) During fiscal 1998, certain contingencies related to tax matters arising
    prior to and accrued in conjunction with the Restructuring referred to in
    Note 1(b) have been resolved. As a result, the Company reduced the related
    accruals by $12,700,000. The resolution of such matters did not result in
    any cash payment or additional liability for taxes.
 
                                     F-39
<PAGE>
 
                     SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(16)QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
  The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly financial information:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                      --------------------------------------------
                                      APRIL 30,  JULY 31,  OCTOBER 31, JANUARY 31,
                                        1997       1997       1997        1998
                                      ---------  --------  ----------- -----------
                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
   <S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>
   Net sales........................  $169,562   179,545     211,104     176,664
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Gross profit.....................  $ 70,269    78,228      89,859      74,170
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Income from continuing operations
    before extraordinary item.......  $  8,499    20,291      23,519       4,568
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Net income.......................  $  1,866    17,301      16,955       4,577
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Income per share--basic:
    Continuing operations before ex-
     traordinary item...............  $    .43      1.00        1.15         .22
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
    Net income......................  $    .09       .85         .83         .22
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Income per share--assuming dilu-
    tion:
    Continuing operations before ex-
     traordinary item...............  $    .41       .96        1.11         .22
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
    Net income......................  $    .09       .82         .80         .22
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
<CAPTION>
                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                      --------------------------------------------
                                      APRIL 30,  JULY 31,  OCTOBER 31, JANUARY 31,
                                        1996       1996       1996        1997
                                      ---------  --------  ----------- -----------
                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
   <S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>
   Net sales........................  $169,867   179,440     203,817     188,014
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Gross profit.....................  $ 68,665    68,692      80,404      74,044
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Income (loss) from continuing
    operations before extraordinary
    item............................  $(10,802)   (6,183)      3,372       2,290
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Net income (loss)................  $(10,802)   (6,183)      3,372       2,290
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Income (loss) per share--basic:
    Continuing operations before ex-
     traordinary item...............  $  (0.68)    (0.39)       0.21        0.14
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
    Net income (loss)...............  $  (0.68)    (0.39)       0.21        0.14
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
   Income (loss) per share--assuming
    dilution:
    Continuing operations before ex-
     traordinary item...............  $  (0.68)    (0.39)       0.20        0.13
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
    Net income (loss)...............  $  (0.68)    (0.39)       0.20        0.13
                                      ========   =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(17)INDUSTRY AND GEOGRAPHICAL AREA INFORMATION
 
  The Company operates primarily in one industry consisting of the
manufacture, marketing, and distribution of luggage, including softside and
hardside suitcases, garment bags, casual bags, business cases and other travel
bags. The Company's operations in non-luggage products and licensing of non-
luggage products are not significant.
 
  Certain geographical data was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                       1998     1997     1996
                                                     --------  -------  -------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                               <C>       <C>      <C>
   Net sales:
    United States................................... $426,191  428,450  378,723
    Europe..........................................  284,641  285,841  276,219
    Other...........................................   52,275   43,551   27,881
    Eliminations....................................  (26,232) (16,704)  (7,614)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
                                                     $736,875  741,138  675,209
                                                     ========  =======  =======
   Operating income (loss):
    United States................................... $ 31,215   20,023   22,323
    Europe..........................................   36,722   28,492   27,569
    Other...........................................    4,106   (1,640)  (1,265)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
                                                       72,043   46,875   48,627
    Unallocated costs--net..........................   (2,741) (31,338) (58,003)
                                                     --------  -------  -------
     Operating income (loss) (a).................... $ 69,302   15,537   (9,376)
                                                     ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JANUARY 31,
                                                                ----------------
                                                                  1998    1997
                                                                -------- -------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>      <C>
   Identifiable assets:
    United States.............................................. $371,965 342,148
    Europe.....................................................  162,286 169,696
    Other......................................................   59,327  39,035
    Corporate..................................................   16,471  41,779
                                                                -------- -------
     Total..................................................... $610,049 592,658
                                                                ======== =======
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) The Company enters into foreign exchange contracts in order to reduce its
    exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates (primarily the Belgian
    franc) on certain foreign operations and royalty agreements through the
    use of forward delivery commitments. For the years ended January 31, 1998,
    1997 and 1996, the Company had net gains (losses) from such transactions
    of $6,463,000, $2,829,000 and $(494,000), respectively, which are included
    in nonoperating income (see note 15).
 
  Net sales and operating income in the United States includes export sales
and the resulting operating income for products produced within the United
States.
 
  Operating income (loss) represents net sales less operating expenses. In
computing operating income (loss) none of the following items have been added
or deducted: interest income, interest expense, other-- net, income taxes,
minority interest, operations discontinued and sold and extraordinary items.
General corporate expenses and amortization of reorganization value in excess
of identifiable assets are included in unallocated costs-net.
 
                                     F-41
<PAGE>
 
                    SAMSONITE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Identifiable assets by geographic area are those assets that are used in the
Company's operations in each geographic area. Corporate assets consist of
inactive corporations which hold cash, fixed assets, other receivables,
investments and reorganization value in excess of identifiable assets.
 
  For its foreign subsidiaries, the Company translates net assets at exchange
rates prevailing at the period ending date. Income and expenses are translated
at the average exchange rate during the period.
 
  Net assets of the foreign subsidiaries were $135,347,000 and $124,047,000 at
January 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Included as a reduction to
stockholders' equity is the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment
amounting to $14,449,000 and $5,337,000 at January 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
 
(18)PUBLIC STOCK OFFERING
 
  On February 11, 1997, the Company completed the sale of 3,300,000 shares of
its common stock in a public offering and received net cash proceeds therefrom
of approximately $130,200,000. In addition, the former CEO (see note 10)
exercised options for 1,853,668 common shares and sold these shares in the
public offering. The Company received approximately $6,600,000 in cash from
the exercise of these options.
 
(19)SUBSEQUENT EVENT--REPURCHASE OF SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE 11 1/8% SERIES B
SUBORDINATED NOTES.
 
  Subsequent to year end, the Company announced an offer to purchase and
consent solicitation of the holders of the 11 1/8% Series B Subordinated Notes
(the "Series B Notes"). The amount payable by the Company to purchase all of
the Series B Notes and obtain consents of the holders thereof, as determined
pursuant to the offer and consent solicitation, was 115.35% of the principal
amount plus accrued interest. The amount payable consisted of 112.35% of the
principal amount representing the purchase price of the Series B Notes
tendered and 3% of the principal amount for the consent to certain amendments
to the subordinated note indenture.
 
  The offer expired on April 23, 1998 with the Company repurchasing
$52,269,000 principal amount of the Series B Notes on April 24, 1998 for an
aggregate purchase price of $60,290,000. The Company also paid accrued
interest of $1,599,000. The Company will record an extraordinary loss of
approximately $6,300,000 in the first quarter of fiscal 1999 representing the
purchase premium of $8,021,000, the write-off of the deferred financing costs
of $1,527,000, and other expenses of the transaction, net of tax benefit.
 
                                     F-42
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS, OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN
OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE INITIAL PURCHASERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECU-
RITY OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY, IN
ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH
OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE
MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS NOT BEEN A CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN
THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                ---------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Forward-Looking Statements................................................   ii
Available Information.....................................................   ii
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference...........................   ii
Prospectus Summary........................................................    1
Risk Factors..............................................................   17
The Recapitalization......................................................   25
Concurrent Offering.......................................................   26
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   26
Capitalization............................................................   27
Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information......   28
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   36
The Exchange Offer........................................................   54
Business..................................................................   61
Management................................................................   72
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management............   75
Description of the Notes..................................................   77
Book-Entry; Delivery and Form.............................................  104
Description of New Credit Facility........................................  108
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations.................................  109
Plan of Distribution......................................................  112
Legal Matters.............................................................  112
Experts...................................................................  112
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-1
</TABLE>
 
  UNTIL     , 1998 (90 DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NEW NOTES WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION
 
 
                   $350,000,000 10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
                                NOTES DUE 2008
 
                            ----------------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                            ----------------------
 
 
                                       , 1998
 
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS
 
  Samsonite Corporation's (the "Company") Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation provides that each person who is or was or had agreed to become
a director or officer of the Company, or each such person who is or was
serving or who had agreed to serve at the request of the Board of Directors of
the Company as an employee or agent of the Company or as director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of
such person), shall be indemnified by the Company, in accordance with the By-
Laws of the Company, to the full extent permitted from time to time by the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), as the same
exists or may hereafter be amended or any other applicable laws as presently
or hereafter in effect. The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation also specifically authorizes the Company to enter into one or
more agreements with any person which provide for indemnification greater or
different than that provided by the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation.
 
  The Company's By-Laws provide that each person who was or is made a party or
is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit, or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a
"Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or
she is the legal representative is or was a director, officer or employee of
the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise including service with respect to employee
benefit plans, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an
official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other
capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized
by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case
of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the
Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the
Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability
and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines,
ERISA, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement)
reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and
such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a
director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or
her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as
provided in the next paragraph with respect to Proceedings seeking to enforce
rights to indemnification, the Company shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by
such person only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the
Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  Pursuant to the Company's By-Laws, if a claim described in the preceding
paragraph is not paid in full by the Company within thirty days after a
written claim has been received by the Company, the claimant may at any time
thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the
claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled
to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. The Company's By-Laws
provide that it shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action
brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding
in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is
required, has been tendered to the Company) that the claimant has not met the
standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Company
to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving
such defense will be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company
(including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders)
to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that
indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or
she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an
actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors,
independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or
create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of
conduct. The Company's By-Laws provide that following any "change in control"
of the Company of the type required to be reported under Item 1 of Form 8-K
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, any
determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be made by
independent legal counsel selected by the claimant, which independent legal
counsel shall be retained by the Board of Directors on behalf of the Company.
 
  The Company's By-Laws provide that the right to indemnification and the
payment of expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final
disposition conferred in the Company's By-Laws shall not be exclusive of any
other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute,
provision of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
the Company's By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise. The Company's By-Laws permit the Company to maintain
insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer,
employee or agent of the Company or another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss,
whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person
against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. In addition, the
Company's By-Laws authorize the Company, to the extent authorized from time to
time by the Company's Board of Directors, to grant rights to indemnification,
and rights to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in defending any
Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Company to
the fullest extent of the provisions of the Company's By-Laws with respect to
the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and
employees of the Company.
 
  The Company's By-Laws provide that the right to indemnification conferred
therein shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by
the Company the expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance
of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, the
payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her
capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which
service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance
of the final disposition of a Proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to
the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to
repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined that such
director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under the Company's By-
Laws or otherwise.
 
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS
 
  The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with certain of the
Company's directors and officers. The indemnification agreements require,
among other things, the Company to indemnify the directors and officers to the
fullest extent permitted by law, and to advance to such directors and officers
all related expenses, subject to reimbursement if it is subsequently
determined that indemnification is not permitted. The Company will also
indemnify and advance all expenses incurred by such directors and officers
seeking to enforce their rights under the indemnification agreements, and
cover directors and officers under the Company's directors' and officers'
liability insurance. Although such indemnification agreements will offer
substantially the same scope of coverage afforded by provisions in the
Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Company's
By-Laws, they provide greater assurance to directors and officers that
indemnification will be available because, as a contract, it cannot be
modified unilaterally in the future by the Board of Directors of the Company
or by the stockholders to eliminate the rights provided therein.
Indemnification for officers of the Company is or will be provided for in
their respective employment agreements.
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS.
 
  The following is a list of Exhibits, which are filed herewith or incorporated
herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                         DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
  2.1    Distribution Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1995, between the Company
         and Culligan Water Technologies, Inc.(1)
  2.2    Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1995, between the Company
         and Culligan Water Technologies, Inc.(1)
  2.3    Company's Second Amended Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of
         the Bankruptcy Code, dated February 17, 1993 (the "Plan").(2)
  2.4    Modification of the Plan, dated May 21, 1993.(3)
  2.5    Notice to holders of Notes regarding the Stock Elections described in
         the Plan.(3)
  2.6    Order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District
         of New York, dated May 25, 1993, confirming the Plan and authorizing
         and directing certain actions in connection therewith.(3)
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.(4)
  3.2    Certificate of Ownership and Merger dated July 14, 1995.(1)
  3.3    By-Laws of the Company.(4)
  3.4    Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights setting forth the
         terms of the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value
         $0.01 per share.(14)
  3.5    Certificate of Designation of the Powers, Preferences and Relative,
         Participating, Optional and other Special Rights of 13 7/8% Senior
         Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock and Qualifications,
         Limitations and Restrictions thereof.
  3.6    Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of Designation of the
         Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and other
         Special Rights of 13 7/8% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred
         Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof.
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of June 24, 1998, between the Company and United
         States Trust Company of New York.
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1998, by and among
         the Company, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens,
         BancBoston Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  5.1    Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 10.1    Second Amended and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Credit and Term
         Loan Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1998, between the Company,
         Samsonite Europe N.V. and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
         Association, BankBoston N.A. and various other lending institutions,
         Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as
         Administrative Agent, BankBoston, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Canadian
         Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Documentation Agent and BancAmerica
         Robertson Stephens and BancBoston Securities Inc., as Arrangers.
 10.2    Rights Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1998, between the Company and
         BankBoston, N.A. as Rights Agent.(14)
 10.3    Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1996, between the Company
         and Richard R. Nicolosi.(8)
 10.4    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into or to be entered into
         by the Company with each of R. Theodore Ammon, Leon D. Black, Robert
         H. Falk, Thomas J. Leonard, Marc J. Rowan, Stephen J. Solarz, Gregory
         Wm. Hunt, Carl C. Ichan, Mark H. Rachesky and Robert L. Rosen.(3)
 10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between the
         Company and Thomas R. Sandler.(13)
 10.6    Consulting Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between Samsonite
         Europe N.V. and Luc Van Nevel.(13)
 10.7    Executive Management Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between
         the Company and Luc Van Nevel.(13)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                         DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.8    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between Samsonite
         GmbH and Karlheinz Tretter.(13)
 10.9    Overall Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between the Company
         and Karlheinz Tretter.(13)
 10.10   Samsonite Corporation 1995 Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan (as
         amended in 1996).(10)
 10.11   Samsonite Corporation 1995 Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan,
         Second Amendment.(9)
 10.12   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1996, between the
         Company and Thomas J. Leonard.(4)
 10.13   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1996, between the
         Company and Thomas R. Sandler.(4)
 10.14   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1996, between the
         Company and Luc Van Nevel.(4)
 10.15   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1996, between the
         Company and Karlheinz Tretter.(4)
 10.16   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1996, between the
         Company and Richard R. Nicolosi.(5)
 10.17   Stock Sale Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1996, between the Company
         and Richard R. Nicolosi.(5)
 10.18   Agreement, made as of June 11, 1998, between the Company and Luc Van
         Nevel.
 10.19   Agreement, made as of June 11, 1998, between the Company and Thomas R.
         Sandler.
 10.20   Form of Stock Option Agreement for Awards under the 1995 Stock Option
         and Incentive Award Plan (as amended in 1996).(8)
 10.21   Samsonite Corporation 1996 Directors' Stock Plan.(10)
 10.22   Final Settlement Agreement, made as of June 20, 1996, among the
         Company, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and others named
         therein (including exhibits thereto), with respect to the Schenley
         Pension Plan.(6)
 10.23   Final Settlement Agreement, made as of June 20, 1996, among the
         Company, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and others named
         therein (including exhibits thereto), with respect to the McCrory
         Pension Plan.(6)
 10.24   Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 13, 1996, between the Company and
         Artemis America Partnership and Apollo Investment Fund, L.P.(6)
 10.25   Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 1996, between the
         Company and John P. Murtagh.(7)
 10.26   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1,
         1997, between the Company and John P. Murtagh.(11)
 10.27   Employment Agreement, effective as of September 16, 1996, between the
         Company and Robert P. Baird, Jr.(7)
 10.28   Employment Agreement, effective as of August 4, 1996, between the
         Company and James E. Barch.(7)
 10.29   Employment Agreement, effective as of September 10, 1996, between the
         Company and Gary D. Ervick.(7)
 10.30   Amended and Restated Option Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1997,
         between the Company and John P. Murtagh.(11)
 10.31   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 16, 1996, between the
         Company and Robert P. Baird, Jr.(7)
 10.32   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1996, between the
         Company and James E. Barch.(7)
 10.33   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 21, 1996, between the
         Company and Gary D. Ervick.(7)
 10.34   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1996, between the
         Company and Thomas R. Sandler.(12)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                         DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.35   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1996, between the
         Company and Karlheinz Tretter.(12)
 10.36   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1997, between the
         Company and Gary D. Ervick.(12)
 10.37   Employment Agreement, effective as of February 1, 1998, between the
         Company and Richard H. Wiley.(13)
 10.38   Employment Agreement, effective as of February 1, 1998, between the
         Company and Carlo Zezza.(13)
 10.39   Trademark Purchase and Assignment Agreement, dated as of October 31,
         1997, between the Company's subsidiary, McGregor L.L.C. and McGregor
         International Licensing N.V.(11)
 10.40   Trademark Option Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1997, between the
         Company's subsidiary, McGregor L.L.C. and McGregor International
         Licensing N.V.(11)
 12.1    Statements re: Computation of Ratios.
 21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company. (12)
 23.1    Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
 23.2    Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in
         Exhibit 5.1).
 24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this
         registration statement).
 25.1    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee with respect to the
         Indenture.
 99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal.
 99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 99.3    Form of Letter to Clients.
 99.4    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies
         and Other Nominees.
</TABLE>
- --------
 (1) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-4
     (File No. 33-95642).
 (2) Incorporated by reference from the Application for Qualification of
     Indenture on Form T-3 (File No. 22-24448).
 (3) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-1
     (File No. 33-71224).
 (4) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 (File No. 0-23214).
 (5) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
     Q for the three months ended April 30, 1996 (File No. 0-23214).
 (6) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
     Q for the three months ended July 31, 1996 (File No. 0-23214).
 (7) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
     Q for the three months ended October 31, 1996 (File No. 0-23214).
 (8) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-8
     filed June 7, 1996 (File No. 333-05467).
 (9) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-8
     filed January 30, 1997 (File No. 333-20775).
(10) Incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement filed May 24, 1996.
(11) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
     Q for the three months ended October 31, 1997 (File No. 0-23214).
(12) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1997 (File No. 0-23214).
(13) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998 (File No. 0-23214).
(14) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on
     Form 8-A filed May 13, 1998 (File No. 0-23214).
 
                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
 
    (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
  post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
      (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
    Securities Act of 1933;
 
      (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
    the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
    post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
    aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
    in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
    increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
    dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
    registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
    maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
    with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
    changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the
    maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
    Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;
 
      (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
    distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
    any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
    (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), each such post-
  effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
  relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
  securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
  thereof.
 
    (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
  any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
  termination of the offering.
 
    (4) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
  each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or
  Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
  "Exchange Act") (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit
  plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is
  incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to
  be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
  initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    (5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
  Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
  persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
  otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
  Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
  policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
  (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
  director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
  defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,
  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
  registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
  matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
  appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
  against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be
  governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    (6) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by
  reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this
  Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the
  incorporated documents by first-class mail or other equally prompt means.
  This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the
  effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding
  to the request.
 
    (7) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information
  concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein,
  that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when
  it became effective.
 
                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Denver,
State of Colorado on the 14th day of August, 1998.
 
                                          SAMSONITE CORPORATION
 
                                              /s/ D. Michael Clayton
                                          By: _________________________________
                                              Name:   D. Michael Clayton
                                              Title:  General Counsel and Vice
                                                      President--Legal
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
  Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas R.
Sandler, Richard H. Wiley and D. Michael Clayton, and each of them
individually without the others, as his lawful attorney-in-fact and agent,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to
this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person
thereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or
his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by the virtue hereof.
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS
IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
 
              SIGNATURE                        TITLE                 DATE
 
      /s/ Richard R. Nicolosi             Chairman of the      August 14, 1998
      ---------------------------              Board
      Richard R. Nicolosi
 
      /s/ Luc Van Nevel                   President and Chief  August 14, 1998
      ---------------------------          Executive Officer
      Luc Van Nevel                        and Director
                                           (principal
                                           executive officer)
 
      /s/ R. Theodore Ammon                  Director          August 14, 1998
      ---------------------------
      R. Theodore Ammon
 
      /s/ Bernard Attal                      Director          August 14, 1998
      ---------------------------
      Bernard Attal
 
                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
              SIGNATURE                         TITLE                DATE
              ---------                         -----                ----
 
          /s/ Leon D. Black                   Director         August 14, 1998
          --------------------------
          Leon D. Black
 
          /s/ Robert H. Falk                  Director         August 14, 1998
          --------------------------
          Robert H. Falk
 
          /s/ Mark H. Rachesky                Director         August 14, 1998
          --------------------------
          Mark H. Rachesky
 
          /s/ Robert L. Rosen                 Director         August 14, 1998
          --------------------------
          Robert L. Rosen
 
          /s/ Marc J. Rowan                   Director         August 14, 1998
          --------------------------
          Marc J. Rowan
 
          /s/ Stephen J. Solarz               Director         August 14, 1998
          --------------------------
          Stephen J. Solarz
 
          /s/ Richard H. Wiley            Chief Financial      August 14, 1998
          --------------------------       Officer (principal
          Richard H. Wiley                 financial and
                                           accounting officer)
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                         DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
  2.1    Distribution Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1995, between the Company
         and Culligan Water Technologies, Inc.(1)
  2.2    Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1995, between the Company
         and Culligan Water Technologies, Inc.(1)
  2.3    Company's Second Amended Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of
         the Bankruptcy Code, dated February 17, 1993 (the "Plan").(2)
  2.4    Modification of the Plan, dated May 21, 1993.(3)
  2.5    Notice to holders of Notes regarding the Stock Elections described in
         the Plan.(3)
  2.6    Order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District
         of New York, dated May 25, 1993, confirming the Plan and authorizing
         and directing certain actions in connection therewith.(3)
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.(4)
  3.2    Certificate of Ownership and Merger dated July 14, 1995.(1)
  3.3    By-Laws of the Company.(4)
  3.4    Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights setting forth the
         terms of the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value
         $0.01 per share.(14)
  3.5    Certificate of Designation of the Powers, Preferences and Relative,
         Participating, Optional and other Special Rights of 13 7/8% Senior
         Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock and Qualifications,
         Limitations and Restrictions thereof.
  3.6    Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of Designation of the
         Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and other
         Special Rights of 13 7/8% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred
         Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof.
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of June 24, 1998, between the Company and United
         States Trust Company of New York.
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1998, by and among
         the Company, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens,
         BancBoston Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  5.1    Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 10.1    Second Amended and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Credit and Term
         Loan Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1998, between the Company,
         Samsonite Europe N.V. and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
         Association, BankBoston N.A. and various other lending institutions,
         Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as
         Administrative Agent, BankBoston, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Canadian
         Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Documentation Agent and BancAmerica
         Robertson Stephens and BancBoston Securities Inc., as Arrangers.
 10.2    Rights Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1998, between the Company and
         BankBoston, N.A. as Rights Agent.(14)
 10.3    Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1996, between the Company
         and Richard R. Nicolosi.(8)
 10.4    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into or to be entered into
         by the Company with each of R. Theodore Ammon, Leon D. Black, Robert
         H. Falk, Thomas J. Leonard, Marc J. Rowan, Stephen J. Solarz, Gregory
         Wm. Hunt, Carl C. Ichan, Mark H. Rachesky and Robert L. Rosen.(3)
 10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between the
         Company and Thomas R. Sandler.(13)
 10.6    Consulting Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between Samsonite
         Europe N.V. and Luc Van Nevel.(13)
 10.7    Executive Management Agreement, dated February 1, 1998, between the
         Company and Luc Van Nevel.(13)
 10.8    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between Samsonite
         GmbH and Karlheinz Tretter.(13)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                         DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.9    Overall Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between the Company
         and Karlheinz Tretter.(13)
 10.10   Samsonite Corporation 1995 Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan (as
         amended in 1996).(10)
 10.11   Samsonite Corporation 1995 Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan,
         Second Amendment.(9)
 10.12   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1996, between the
         Company and Thomas J. Leonard.(4)
 10.13   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1996, between the
         Company and Thomas R. Sandler.(4)
 10.14   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1996, between the
         Company and Luc Van Nevel.(4)
 10.15   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1996, between the
         Company and Karlheinz Tretter.(4)
 10.16   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1996, between the
         Company and Richard R. Nicolosi.(5)
 10.17   Stock Sale Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1996, between the Company
         and Richard R. Nicolosi.(5)
 10.18   Agreement, made as of June 11, 1998, between the Company and Luc Van
         Nevel.
 10.19   Agreement, made as of June 11, 1998, between the Company and Thomas R.
         Sandler.
 10.20   Form of Stock Option Agreement for Awards under the 1995 Stock Option
         and Incentive Award Plan (as amended in 1996).(8)
 10.21   Samsonite Corporation 1996 Directors' Stock Plan.(10)
 10.22   Final Settlement Agreement, made as of June 20, 1996, among the
         Company, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and others named
         therein (including exhibits thereto), with respect to the Schenley
         Pension Plan.(6)
 10.23   Final Settlement Agreement, made as of June 20, 1996, among the
         Company, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and others named
         therein (including exhibits thereto), with respect to the McCrory
         Pension Plan.(6)
 10.24   Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 13, 1996, between the Company and
         Artemis America Partnership and Apollo Investment Fund, L.P.(6)
 10.25   Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 1996, between the
         Company and John P. Murtagh.(7)
 10.26   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1,
         1997, between the Company and John P. Murtagh.(11)
 10.27   Employment Agreement, effective as of September 16, 1996, between the
         Company and Robert P. Baird, Jr.(7)
 10.28   Employment Agreement, effective as of August 4, 1996, between the
         Company and James E. Barch.(7)
 10.29   Employment Agreement, effective as of September 10, 1996, between the
         Company and Gary D. Ervick.(7)
 10.30   Amended and Restated Option Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1997,
         between the Company and John P. Murtagh.(11)
 10.31   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 16, 1996, between the
         Company and Robert P. Baird, Jr.(7)
 10.32   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1996, between the
         Company and James E. Barch.(7)
 10.33   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 21, 1996, between the
         Company and Gary D. Ervick.(7)
 10.34   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1996, between the
         Company and Thomas R. Sandler.(12)
 10.35   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1996, between the
         Company and Karlheinz Tretter.(12)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                         DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.36   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1997, between the
         Company and Gary D. Ervick.(12)
 10.37   Employment Agreement, effective as of February 1, 1998, between the
         Company and Richard H. Wiley.(13)
 10.38   Employment Agreement, effective as of February 1, 1998, between the
         Company and Carlo Zezza.(13)
 10.39   Trademark Purchase and Assignment Agreement, dated as of October 31,
         1997, between the Company's subsidiary, McGregor L.L.C. and McGregor
         International Licensing N.V.(11)
 10.40   Trademark Option Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1997, between the
         Company's subsidiary, McGregor L.L.C. and McGregor International
         Licensing N.V.(11)
 12.1    Statements re: Computation of Ratios.
 21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company.(12)
 23.1    Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
 23.2    Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in
         Exhibit 5.1).
 24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this
         registration statement).
 25.1    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee with respect to the
         Indenture.
 99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal.
 99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 99.3    Form of Letter to Clients.
 99.4    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies
         and Other Nominees.
</TABLE>
- --------
 (1) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-4
     (Registration No. 33-95642).
 (2) Incorporated by reference from the Application for Qualification of
     Indenture on Form T-3 (File No. 22-24448).
 (3) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-1
     (Registration No. 33-71224).
 (4) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 (File No. 0-23214).
 (5) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
     Q for the three months ended April 30, 1996 (File No. 0-23214).
 (6) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
     Q for the three months ended July 31, 1996 (File No. 0-23214).
 (7) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
     Q for the three months ended October 31, 1996 (File No. 0-23214).
 (8) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-8
     filed June 7, 1996 (File No. 333-05467).
 (9) Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-8
     filed January 30, 1997 (File No. 333-20775).
(10) Incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement filed May 24, 1996.
(11) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
     Q for the three months ended October 31, 1997 (File No. 0-23214).
(12) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1997 (File No. 0-23214).
(13) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998 (File No. 0-23214).
(14) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on
     Form 8-A filed May 13, 1998 (File No. 0-23214).

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.5
 
                   CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF THE POWERS,
                   PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING,
                 OPTIONAL AND OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF 13-7/8%
              SENIOR REDEEMABLE EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
             QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS THEREOF


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Pursuant to Section 151 of the

               General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          Samsonite Corporation (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and
                                      -----------                               
existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby
certify that, pursuant to authority conferred upon the board of directors of the
Corporation by its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated
(hereinafter referred to as the "Certificate of Incorporation"), and pursuant to
                                 ----------------------------                   
the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, the Executive Committee of said Board of Directors, by unanimous
written consent dated as of June 18, 1998, duly approved and adopted the
following resolution (the "Resolution"):
                           ----------   

          RESOLVED, that, pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of
     Directors of the Corporation by its Certificate of Incorporation, and
     pursuant to authority delegated to the Executive Committee of the Board of
     Directors of the Corporation, the Board of Directors does hereby create,
     authorize and provide for the issuance of 13-7/8% Senior Redeemable
     Exchangeable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, with a stated value
     of $1,000.00 per share, consisting of 350,000 shares, having the
     designations, preferences, relative, participating, optional and other
     special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof
     that are set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and in this
     Resolution as follows:

          (a)   Designation. There is hereby created out of the authorized and
                -----------                                                
     unissued shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation a class of Preferred
     Stock designated as the "13-7/8% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred
     Stock." The number of shares constituting such class shall be 350,000 and
     are referred to herein as the "Senior Preferred Stock." 175,000 shares of
                                    ----------------------                     
     Senior Preferred Stock, designated as the "13-7/8% Senior Redeemable
     Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A," shall be initially issued with an
     additional 175,000 shares of 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-


     Senior Preferred Stock reserved for issuance in accordance with paragraph
     (c)(i) hereof. The Corporation may issue up to one additional series of the
     Senior Preferred Stock (designated as the "13-7/8% Senior Redeemable
     Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series B") pursuant to this Certificate of
     Designation to holders of the 13-7/8% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable
     Preferred Stock, Series A, in exchange for shares of the 13-7/8% Senior
     Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A, as is necessary to
     comply with the registration and exchange provisions of the Registration
     Rights Agreement and for issuance in accordance with paragraph (c)(i)
     hereof following such exchange. The liquidation preference of the Senior
     Preferred Stock shall be $1,000.00 per share.

          (b)   Rank. The Senior Preferred Stock shall, with respect to dividend
                ----  
     distributions and distributions upon liquidation, winding-up and
     dissolution of the Corporation, rank (i) senior (to the extent set forth
     herein) to all classes of Common Stock of the Corporation and to each other
     class of Capital Stock of the Corporation or series of Preferred Stock of
     the Corporation hereafter created the terms of which do not expressly
     provide that it ranks senior to, or on a parity with, the Senior Preferred
     Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon liquidation,
     winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation (collectively referred to,
     together with all classes of Common Stock of the Corporation, as "Junior
                                                                       ------
     Securities"); (ii) on a parity with any class of Capital Stock of the
     ----------                                                           
     Corporation or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation hereafter
     created the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will
     rank on a parity with the Senior Preferred Stock as to dividend
     distributions and distributions upon liquidation, winding-up and
     dissolution (collectively referred to as "Parity Securities"); provided
                                               -----------------    --------
     that any such Parity Securities that were not approved by the Holders in
     accordance with paragraph (f)(ii)(A) hereof shall be deemed to be Junior
     Securities and not Parity Securities; and (iii) junior to each other class
     of Capital Stock of the Corporation or series of Preferred Stock of the
     Corporation hereafter created that has been approved by the Holders in
     accordance with paragraph (f)(ii)(B) hereof and the terms of which
     expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior to the Senior
     Preferred Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon
     liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation (collectively
     referred to as "Senior Securities"); provided that any such Senior
                     -----------------    --------                     
     Securities that were not approved by the Holders in accordance with
     paragraph (f)(ii)(B) hereof (to the extent such approval is required) shall
     be deemed to be Junior Securities and not Senior Securities.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -3-


          (c)  Dividends.
               --------- 

          (i)  From the Issue Date, the Holders of the outstanding shares of
     Senior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if
     declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available
     therefor, dividends on each share of Senior Preferred Stock at a rate per
                                                                           ---
     annum equal to 13.875% of the liquidation preference per share of the
     -----         
     Senior Preferred Stock, payable quarterly. All dividends shall be
     cumulative, whether or not earned or declared, on a daily basis from the
     Issue Date and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend
     Payment Date, commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date after the Issue
     Date. All unpaid dividends will compound on a quarterly basis at a rate per
                                                                             ---
     annum equal to the then applicable dividend rate. Dividends (including
     -----
     Additional Dividends, if any) accumulating on or prior to June 15, 2003 may
     be paid, at the Corporation's option, either in cash or by the issuance of
     additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock (including fractional shares)
     having an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount of such
     dividends (but not less than $1.00). In the event that on or prior to June
     15, 2003 dividends are declared and paid through the issuance of additional
     shares of Senior Preferred Stock, as provided in the previous sentence,
     such dividends shall be deemed paid in full and shall not accumulate.
     Dividends accumulating after June 15, 2003 must be paid in cash (when, as
     and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available
     therefor). If (A) any dividend payable on any Dividend Payment Date
     subsequent to June 15, 2003 is not paid in full in cash, or (B) at any
     time, any of the types of Voting Rights Triggering Events described in
     clauses (2) through (6) of paragraph (f)(iv)(A) shall have occurred, the
     per annum dividend rate will be increased by 2% per annum from such
     ---------                                       ---------          
     Dividend Payment Date until such dividend is paid in full in cash or during
     the continuance of any such Voting Rights Triggering Event, as the case may
     be.  After the date on which such dividend is paid in cash or such default
     ceases to exist, the dividend rate will revert to the rate originally borne
     by the Senior Preferred Stock.  Each dividend shall be payable to the
     Holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation on
     the Dividend Record Date immediately preceding the related Dividend Payment
     Date.  Dividends shall cease to accumulate in respect of the Senior
     Preferred Stock exchanged for Exchange Debentures on the applicable
     Exchange Date or on the date of their earlier redemption 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -4-


     unless the Corporation shall have failed to issue the appropriate aggregate
     principal amount of Exchange Debentures in respect of the Senior Preferred
     Stock to be exchanged on such Exchange Date or shall have failed to pay the
     relevant redemption price on Senior Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the
     date fixed for redemption.

          (ii)   All dividends paid with respect to shares of the Senior
     Preferred Stock pursuant to paragraph (c)(i) shall be paid pro rata to the
                                                                --- ----     
     Holders entitled thereto.

          (iii)  Dividends accruing after June 15, 2003 on the Senior Preferred
     Stock for any past Dividend Period and dividends in connection with any
     optional redemption pursuant to paragraph (e)(i) may be declared and paid
     at any time, without reference to any Dividend Payment Date, to Holders of
     record on such date, not more than forty-five (45) days prior to the
     payment thereof, as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

          (iv)   (A) No full dividends shall be declared by the Board of
     Directors or paid or set apart for payment by the Corporation on any Parity
     Securities for any period unless full cumulative dividends have been or
     contemporaneously are declared and paid (or are deemed declared and paid)
     in full, or declared and, if payable in cash, a sum in cash set apart
     sufficient for such payment, on the Senior Preferred Stock for all Dividend
     Periods terminating on or prior to the date of payment of such full
     dividends on such Parity Securities. If any dividends are not so paid, all
     dividends declared upon shares of the Senior Preferred Stock and any other
     Parity Securities shall be declared pro rata so that the amount of
                                         --- ---- 
     dividends declared per share on the Senior Preferred Stock and such Parity
     Securities shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that
     accrued dividends per share on the Senior Preferred Stock and such Parity
     Securities bear to each other.
 
          (B)    So long as any share of the Senior Preferred Stock is
     outstanding, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set apart for
     payment any dividend on any of the Junior Securities (other than dividends
     in Junior Securities to the holders of Junior Securities), or make any
     payment on account of, or set apart for payment money for a sinking or
     other similar fund for, the purchase, redemption or other retirement of,
     any of the Junior Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options
     exercisable for
<PAGE>
 
                                      -5-


     or convertible into any of the Junior Securities whether in cash,
     obligations or shares of the Corporation or other property (other than in
     exchange for Junior Securities), and shall not permit any corporation or
     other entity directly or indirectly controlled by the Corporation to
     purchase or redeem any of the Junior Securities or any such warrants,
     rights, calls or options (other than in exchange for Junior Securities)
     unless full cumulative dividends determined in accordance herewith on the
     Senior Preferred Stock have been paid (or are deemed paid) in full for all
     full quarterly dividend periods ended prior to the date of such payment in
     respect of Junior Securities.

                (C)   So long as any share of the Senior Preferred Stock is
     outstanding, the Corporation shall not (except with respect to dividends as
     permitted by paragraph (c)(iv)(A)) make any payment on account of, or set
     apart for payment money for a sinking or other similar fund for, the
     purchase, redemption or other retirement of, any of the Parity Securities
     or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable for or convertible
     into any of the Parity Securities, and shall not permit any corporation or
     other entity directly or indirectly controlled by the Corporation to
     purchase or redeem any of the Parity Securities or any such warrants,
     rights, calls or options unless full cumulative dividends determined in
     accordance herewith on the Senior Preferred Stock have been or
     contemporaneously are paid (or are deemed paid) in full.

          (v)   Dividends payable on the Senior Preferred Stock for any period
     less than a year shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
     30-day months and, for periods not involving a full calendar month, the
     actual number of days elapsed (but not to exceed 30 days).

          (vi)  Additional Dividends shall become due and payable as set forth
     in the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Senior Preferred
     Stock, it being understood that no Additional Dividend shall be due or
     payable in respect of any Exchange Preferred Stock in respect of which the
     Corporation shall have complied with its registration obligations under the
     Registration Rights Agreement.

          (vii) A reference in this Certificate of Designation to dividends
     "deemed to have been paid" or words of similar meaning shall mean that, in
     respect of a particular dividend, such dividend has been declared and funds
     suffi-
<PAGE>
 
                                      -6-

     cient for the payment thereof have been segregated and irrevocably set
     apart and that there exists no legal or contractual impediment to the
     payment of such dividends.


          (d)  Liquidation Preference.
               ----------------------

          (i)  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, the Holders of
     shares of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be
     paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its
     stockholders an amount in cash equal to the liquidation preference for each
     share outstanding, plus, without duplication, an amount in cash equal to
     accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up (including an amount equal to a prorated dividend
     for the period from the last Dividend Payment Date to the date fixed for
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up), and no more, before any
     distribution shall be made or any assets distributed in respect of Junior
     Securities to the holders of any Junior Securities including, without
     limitation, Common Stock of the Corporation. If upon any voluntary or
     involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, the
     amounts payable with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock and all other
     Parity Securities are not paid in full, the holders of the Senior Preferred
     Stock and the Parity Securities will share equally and ratably in any
     distribution of assets of the Corporation first in proportion to the full
     liquidation preference to which each is entitled until such preferences are
     paid in full, and then in proportion to their respective amounts of
     accumulated but unpaid dividends. After payment of the full amount of the
     liquidation preferences and accumulated and unpaid dividends to which they
     are entitled, the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock will not be
     entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of the
     Corporation.

          (ii) For the purposes of this paragraph (d), neither the sale,
     conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or
     other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property or assets
     of the Corporation nor the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with
     or into one or more entities shall be deemed to be a liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -7-


          (e)  Redemption.
               ----------
          (i)  Optional Redemption. (A) The Corporation may, at its option,
               -------------------      
     redeem at any time or from time to time on or after June 15, 2001, from any
     source of funds legally available therefor, in whole or in part, in the
     manner provided for in paragraph (e)(iii) hereof, any or all of the shares
     of the Senior Preferred Stock, at the redemption prices in cash (expressed
     as a percentage of the liquidation preference) set forth below, plus,
     without duplication, an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid
     dividends (including an amount in cash equal to a prorated dividend for the
     period from the Dividend Payment Date immediately prior to the Redemption
     Date to the Redemption Date) if redeemed during the 12-month period
     beginning June 15 of each of the years set forth below:

           2001..............................................  110.00%
           2002..............................................  108.00%
           2003..............................................  106.00%
           2004..............................................  104.00%
           2005..............................................  102.00%
           2006..............................................  101.00%
           2007 and thereafter...............................  100.00%

     ; provided that no redemption pursuant to this paragraph (e)(i)(A) shall be
       --------                                                                 
     made unless prior thereto or contemporaneously therewith full accumulated
     and unpaid regular dividends (including Additional Dividends, if any) are
     declared and paid in full, or are deemed paid, on the Senior Preferred
     Stock for all Dividend Periods terminating on or prior to the Redemption
     Date.

 
          (B)   In addition to the foregoing paragraph (e)(i)(A) the Corporation
     may, at its option, use the Net Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to
     redeem for cash, in the manner provided in paragraph (e)(iii) hereof, up to
     35% of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock, at a redemption price equal to
     113.875% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus, without duplication,
     an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends (including
     an amount in cash equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the
     Dividend Payment Date immediately prior to the redemption date to the
     redemption date), provided that no redemption pursuant to this paragraph
                       --------                                              
     (e)(i)(B) shall be made unless prior thereto or contemporaneously therewith
     full accumulated and unpaid dividends (including Additional Dividends, if
     any) are declared and paid in full, 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -8-


     or declared and a sum in cash is set apart sufficient for such payment, on
     the Senior Preferred Stock for all Dividend Periods terminating on or prior
     to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that after any such redemption,
                             --------  -------           
     there is at least $113.75 million aggregate in liquidation preference of
     the Senior Preferred Stock outstanding. Any such redemption will be
     required to occur on or prior to 90 days after the receipt by the
     Corporation of the proceeds of such Equity Offering.

          (C)   In the event of a redemption pursuant to paragraph (e)(i)(A) or
     (B) hereof of only a portion of the then outstanding shares of the Senior
     Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall effect such redemption on a pro rata
                                                                        --- ----
     basis according to the number of shares held by each Holder of the Senior
     Preferred Stock, except that the Corporation may redeem such shares held by
     Holders of fewer than ten shares (or shares held by Holders who would hold
     less than ten shares as a result of such redemption), as may be determined
     by the Corporation.

          (ii)  Mandatory Redemption. On June 15, 2010, the Corporation shall
                --------------------                           
     redeem, to the extent of funds legally available therefor all of the shares
     of the Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding at a redemption price equal
     to 100% of the liquidation preference per share, plus, without duplication,
     an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends (including
     Additional Dividends, if any) per share (including an amount equal to a
     prorated dividend for the period from the Dividend Payment Date immediately
     prior to the Redemption Date to the Redemption Date) (the "Mandatory
                                                                ---------
     Redemption Price").
     ----------------   

          (iii)  Procedures for Redemption. (A) At least 30 days and not more
                 -------------------------                 
     than 60 days prior to the date fixed for any redemption of the Senior
     Preferred Stock pursuant to paragraph (e)(i) hereof, written notice (the
     "Redemption Notice") shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid,
      -----------------  
     to each Holder of record on the record date fixed for such redemption of
     the Senior Preferred Stock at such Holder's address as it appears on the
     stock books of the Corporation, provided that no failure to give such
                                     --------
     notice nor any deficiency therein shall affect the validity of the
     procedure for the redemption of any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock to
     be redeemed except as to the Holder or Holders to whom the Corporation has
     failed to give said notice or except as to the Holder or Holders whose
     notice was defective. The Redemption Notice shall state:
<PAGE>
 
                                      -9-

                (1)  whether the redemption is pursuant to paragraph (e)(i)(A)
     or (B);

                (2)  the redemption price;

                (3)  whether all or less than all the outstanding shares of
     Senior Preferred Stock are to be redeemed and the total number of shares of
     Senior Preferred Stock being redeemed;

                (4)  the date fixed for redemption;

                (5)  that the Holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the
     manner, at the place or places and at the price designated, his certificate
     or certificates representing the shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be
     redeemed; and

                (6)  that dividends on the shares of the Senior Preferred Stock
     to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate on such Redemption Date unless the
     Corporation defaults in the payment of the redemption price.

                (B)   Each Holder of Senior Preferred Stock shall surrender the
     certificate or certificates representing such shares of Senior Preferred
     Stock to the Corporation, duly endorsed (or otherwise in proper form for
     transfer, as determined by the Corporation), in the manner and at the place
     designated in the Redemption Notice, and on the Redemption Date the full
     redemption price for such shares shall be payable in cash to the Person
     whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner
     thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In
     the event that less than all of the shares represented by any such
     certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing
     the unredeemed shares.

               (C)   On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Corporation
     defaults in the payment in full of the applicable redemption price,
     dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock called for redemption shall cease
     to accumulate on the Redemption Date, and all rights of the Holders of
     redeemed shares shall terminate with respect thereto on the Redemption
     Date, other than the right to receive the redemption price; provided,
                                                                 --------  
     however, that if a notice of redemption shall have been given as provided
     -------                     
     in paragraph 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -10-

     (iii)(A) above and the funds necessary for redemption (including an amount
     in cash in respect of all dividends that will accumulate to the Redemption
     Date) shall have been segregated and set aside for the equal and ratable
     benefit for the Holders of the shares to be redeemed, then, at the close of
     business on the day on which such funds are segregated and set aside, the
     Holders of the shares to be redeemed shall cease to be stockholders of the
     Corporation and shall be entitled only to receive the redemption price.

          (f)    Voting Rights.
                 ------------- 

          (i)    The Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock, except as otherwise
     required under Delaware law or as set forth in paragraphs (ii), (iii) and
     (iv) below, shall not be entitled or permitted to vote on any matter
     required or permitted to be voted upon by the stockholders of the
     Corporation.

         (ii)    (A) So long as any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock are
     outstanding, the Corporation shall not authorize or issue any class of
     Parity Securities without the affirmative vote or consent of Holders of at
     least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred
     Stock, voting or consenting, as the case may be, as one class, given in
     person or by proxy, either in writing or by resolution adopted at an annual
     or special meeting; provided, however, that no such vote or consent shall
                         --------  -------    
     be necessary in connection with the issuance of additional shares of Senior
     Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (c) of this
     Certificate of Designation.
 
                 (B)   So long as any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock are
     outstanding, the Corporation shall not authorize or issue any class of
     Senior Securities without the affirmative vote or consent of Holders of at
     least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock,
     voting or consenting, as the case may be, as one class, given in person or
     by proxy, either in writing or by resolution adopted at an annual or
     special meeting. 

                 (C)    So long as any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock are
     outstanding, the Corporation shall not amend this Resolution or Certificate
     of Designation so as to affect adversely the specified rights, preferences,
     privileges or voting rights of holders of shares of the Senior Preferred
     Stock without the affirmative vote or
<PAGE>
 
                                     -11-


     consent of Holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding
     shares of Senior Preferred Stock (other than in any amendment which affects
     the rights of Holders provided in paragraphs (f)(ii)(A) and (B) which shall
     require the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least two-thirds
     of the issued and outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock) voting or
     consenting, in each case, as the case may be, as one class, given in person
     or by proxy, either in writing or by resolution adopted at an annual or
     special meeting.

                 (D)   While any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock are
     outstanding, the Corporation shall not amend or modify the Indenture for
     the Exchange Debentures in the form as executed on the Issue Date (the
     "Exchange Indenture") (except as expressly provided therein in respect of
      ------------------
     amendments without the consent of Holders of Exchange Debentures) without
     the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least a majority of the
     aggregate liquidation preference of the Senior Preferred Stock then
     outstanding or, in the case of amendments or modification which pursuant to
     the terms of the Exchange Indenture would require the unanimous vote or
     consent of holders of Exchange Debentures, by holders of not less than the
     entire aggregate liquidation preference of the Senior Preferred Stock then
     outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be, together as one
     class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by resolution
     adopted at an annual or special meeting.

                 (E)   Except as set forth in this paragraph (ii), (A) the
     creation, authorization or issuance of any shares of Junior Securities,
     Parity Securities or Senior Securities, or (B) the increase or decrease in
     the amount of authorized capital stock of any class, including any
     Preferred Stock, shall not require the consent of the holders of Senior
     Preferred Stock and shall not be deemed to affect adversely the rights,
     preferences, privileges or voting rights of holders of shares of Senior
     Preferred Stock.

           (iii) Without the affirmative vote or consent of Holders of a
     majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred
     Stock, voting or consenting, as the case may be, as a separate class, given
     in person or by proxy, either in writing or by resolution adopted at an
     annual or special meeting, the Corporation shall not, in a single
     transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge
     with or into, or sell, assign, 
<PAGE>

                                     -12-

 
     transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
     its assets to, another Person unless: (A) either (1) the Corporation is the
     survivor of such merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
     conveyance or other disposition or (2) the surviving or transferee Person
     is a corporation, partnership or trust organized and existing under the
     laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia
     and such surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all the
     obligations of the Corporation under the Senior Preferred Stock and this
     Certificate of Designation; (B) if the Company is not the surviving,
     transferee or resulting entity, the Senior Preferred Stock shall be
     converted into or exchanged for and shall become shares of such successor,
     transferee or resulting Person, having in respect of such successor,
     transferee or resulting Person the same powers, preferences and relative
     participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications,
     limitations or restrictions thereon that the Senior Preferred Stock had
     immediately prior to such transaction; (C) immediately after giving effect
     to such transaction and the use of proceeds therefrom (on a pro forma
     basis, including any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in
     connection with such transaction), the Corporation or the surviving or
     transferee Person is able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other
     than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with paragraph (l)(i); and (D)
     immediately after giving effect to such transaction (including any
     Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with the
     transaction), no Voting Rights Triggering Event has occurred and is
     continuing.

                 For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease,
     assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of related
     transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of
     one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Corporation, the Capital Stock
     of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets
     of the Corporation shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or
     substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (C) and (D) of the preceding
     paragraph but subject to clauses (A) and (B) thereof (a) the Corporation
     may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties
     and assets to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation so long as all
     assets of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction are owned
     by such Restricted Subsidiary immediately after the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -13-


     consummation thereof and (b) the Corporation may merge with an Affiliate
     that is a corporation that has no material assets or liabilities and which
     was incorporated solely for the purpose of (A) reincorporating the
     Corporation in the same or another jurisdiction of the United States, any
     state thereof or the District of Columbia or (B) the creation of a holding
     company of the Corporation.

           (iv)  (A)  If (1) after June 15, 2003 cash dividends on the Senior
     Preferred Stock are in arrears and unpaid for two or more quarterly
     Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive) (a "Dividend Default"); (2)
                                                       ---------------- 
     the Corporation fails to redeem all of the then outstanding shares of the
     Senior Preferred Stock on or before June 15, 2010; (3) the Corporation
     fails to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if
     such Change of Control Offer is required by paragraph (h) hereof or fails
     to purchase shares of the Senior Preferred Stock from Holders who elect to
     have such shares purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; (4) the
     Corporation breaches or violates one of the provisions set forth in
     paragraph (l) hereof and the breach or violation continues for a period of
     60 days or more after the Corporation receives notice thereof specifying
     the default from the Holders of at least 25% of the shares of Senior
     Preferred Stock then outstanding; (5) the Corporation fails to pay at the
     final stated maturity (giving effect to any extensions thereof) the
     principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Corporation, or the final
     stated maturity of any such Indebtedness is accelerated, if the aggregate
     principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate
     principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to
     pay principal at the final stated maturity (giving effect to any extensions
     thereof) or which has been accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more at
     any time, in each case, after a 30-day period during which such default
     shall not have been cured or such acceleration rescinded, or (6) the
     Corporation fails to make any scheduled payment of principal or interest on
     any Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which aggregates $50.0
     million or more, after a 180-day period during which such default shall not
     have been cured, then in the case of any of clauses (1)-(6) (each of such
     clauses (1)-(6), a "Voting Rights Triggering Event"), the number of
                         ------------------------------
     directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be adjusted by the
     number, if any, necessary to permit the Holders of the Senior Preferred
     Stock, voting separately and as one class, to elect the lesser of two
     directors or that number 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -14-


     of directors constituting at least 25% of the entire Board of Directors;
     provided, that, in the event more than one of the above defaults occurs, at
     --------
     the same or at different times, the maximum number of directors that such
     Holders shall be entitled to elect is the lesser of two directors and that
     number of directors constituting 25% of the entire Board of Directors.
     Holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Senior
     Preferred Stock, voting separately and as one class, shall have the
     exclusive right to elect the lesser of two directors or 25% of the members
     of the entire Board of Directors at a meeting therefor called upon
     occurrence of such Voting Rights Triggering Event, and at every subsequent
     meeting at which the terms of office of the directors so elected by the
     Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock expire (other than as described in
     (f)(iv)(B) below). The voting rights provided herein shall be the exclusive
     remedy at law or in equity of the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock for
     any Dividend Default or Voting Rights Triggering Event or any breach or
     violation referred to in clause (4) above regardless of whether (or not)
     the notice referred to therein is given or the grace period referred to
     therein has passed at the relevant time of determination of such breach or
     violation.
 
           (B)   The right of the Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock voting
     together as a separate class to elect members of the Board of Directors as
     set forth in subparagraph (f)(iv)(A) above shall continue until such time
     as (x) in the event such right arises due to a Dividend Default, all
     accumulated dividends in respect of all previously completed full Dividend
     Periods that are in arrears on the Senior Preferred Stock are paid in full
     in cash; and (y) in all other cases, the failure, breach or default giving
     rise to such Voting Rights Triggering Event is remedied, cured (including,
     but not limited to, in the case of clause (6) above, through the issuance
     of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Certificate of Designation
     or the waiver of any breach or default by the holders of such Indebtedness)
     or waived by the Holders of at least a majority of the shares of Senior
     Preferred Stock then outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, at which
     time (1) the special right of the Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock so
     to vote as a class for the election of directors and (2) the term of office
     of the directors elected by the Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock shall
     each terminate and the directors elected by the holders of Common Stock or
     Capital Stock (other than the Senior Pre-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -15-


     ferred Stock) shall constitute the entire Board of Directors. At any time
     after voting power to elect directors shall have become vested and be
     continuing in the Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to
     paragraph (f)(iv) hereof, if vacancies shall exist in the offices of
     directors elected by the Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock, a proper
     officer of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of the Holders
     of record of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Senior
     Preferred Stock then outstanding addressed to the secretary of the
     Corporation shall, call a special meeting of the Holders of Senior
     Preferred Stock, for the purpose of electing the directors which such
     Holders are entitled to elect. If such meeting shall not be called by a
     proper officer of the Corporation within twenty (20) days after personal
     service of said written request upon the secretary of the Corporation, or
     within twenty (20) days after mailing the same within the United States by
     certified mail, addressed to the secretary of the Corporation at its
     principal executive offices, then the Holders of record of at least twenty-
     five percent (25%) of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock may
     designate in writing one holder to call such meeting at the expense of the
     Corporation, and such meeting may be called by the Person so designated,
     upon the notice required for the annual meetings of stockholders of the
     Corporation, and shall be held at the place for holding the annual meetings
     of stockholders. Any Holder of Senior Preferred Stock so designated shall
     have, and the Corporation shall provide, access to the lists of
     stockholders to be called pursuant to the provisions hereof.

           (C)   At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors at
     which the Holders of Senior Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting
     together as a separate class, to elect directors as aforesaid, the presence
     in person or by proxy of the Holders of at least a majority of the
     outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock entitled to vote thereat shall
     be required to constitute a quorum of the Senior Preferred Stock.

           (D)   Any vacancy occurring in the office of a director elected by
     the Holders of Senior Preferred Stock may be filled by the remaining
     director elected by the Holders of Senior Preferred Stock unless and until
     such vacancy shall be filled by the Holders of Senior Preferred Stock.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -16-


           (v)   In any case in which the Holders of Senior Preferred Stock
     shall be entitled to vote pursuant to this paragraph (f) or pursuant to
     Delaware law, each Holder of Senior Preferred Stock entitled to vote with
     respect to such matter shall be entitled to one vote for each share of
     Senior Preferred Stock.

           (g)   Exchange.
                 -------- 

           (i)   Requirements. The outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock
                 ------------
     are exchangeable either (A) in whole or in part, at the option of the
     Corporation, at any time or from time to time on any Dividend Payment Date
     for the Corporation's 13-7/8% Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2010
     (the "Corporation Exchange Debentures") to be substantially in the form of
           -------------------------------
     Exhibit A to the Exchange Indenture, a copy of which is on file with the
     secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that immediately after
                                   --------  -------
     giving effect to any exchange in part, there shall be outstanding (x)
     Senior Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of at least
     $75,000,000 and (y) at least $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
     Exchange Debentures or (B) in whole, but not in part, at the option of the
     Corporation, on any Dividend Payment Date for Holdings 13-7/8% Exchange
     Debentures due 2010 (the "Holdings Exchange Debentures") to be
                               ----------------------------
     substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Exchange Indenture, a copy of
     which is on file with the Secretary of the Corporation; and provided,
                                                                 --------
     further, that, in either case, any such exchange may only be made if on or
     -------
     prior to the date of such exchange (i) the Corporation has paid (or is
     deemed to have paid) all accumulated dividends (including Additional
     Dividends, if any) on the Senior Preferred Stock (including the dividends
     payable on the date of exchange) and there shall be no contractual
     impediment to such exchange; (ii) there shall be sufficient surplus under
     Delaware law to permit such exchange; (iii) immediately after giving effect
     to such exchange, no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the
     Exchange Indenture) would exist under the Exchange Indenture and no default
     or event of default would exist under the Notes Indenture or under any
     other material instrument governing Indebtedness outstanding at the time
     would be caused thereby; and (iv) the Exchange Indenture has been qualified
     under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), if such
                                                             ---
     qualification is required at the time of exchange. The exchange rate shall
     be $1.00 principal amount of Exchange Debentures for each $1.00 of
     liquidation preference of Senior Preferred Stock, 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -17-


     including, to the extent necessary, Exchange Debentures in principal
     amounts less than $1,000, provided that the Corporation shall have the
     right, at its option, to pay cash in an amount equal to the principal
     amount of that portion of any Exchange Debenture that is not an integral
     multiple of $1,000 instead of delivering an Exchange Debenture in a
     denomination of less than $1,000.


           (ii)  Procedure for Exchange. (A) At least 30 days and not more than
                 ----------------------
     60 days prior to any date fixed for exchange, written notice (the "Exchange
                                                                        --------
     Notice") shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each
     ------
     Holder of record on the record date fixed for such exchange of the Senior
     Preferred Stock at such Holder's address as the same appears on the stock
     books of the Corporation, provided that no failure to give such notice nor
                               --------
     any deficiency therein shall affect the validity of the procedure for the
     exchange of any shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be exchanged except as
     to the Holder or Holders to whom the Corporation has failed to give said
     notice or except as to the Holder or Holders whose notice was defective.
     The Exchange Notice shall state:

                 (1)  the date fixed for exchange;

                 (2)  that the Holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the
     manner and at the place or places designated, his certificate or
     certificates representing the shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be
     exchanged;

                 (3)  that dividends on the shares of Senior Preferred Stock to
     be exchanged shall cease to accumulate on such Exchange Date whether or not
     certificates for shares of Senior Preferred Stock are surrendered for
     exchange on such Exchange Date unless the Corporation shall default in the
     delivery of Exchange Debentures; and

                 (4)  that interest on the Exchange Debentures shall accrue from
     the Exchange Date whether or not certificates for shares of Senior
     Preferred Stock are surrendered for exchange on such Exchange Date.

     (B)   On or before the Exchange Date, each Holder of shares of Senior
Preferred Stock to be exchanged shall surrender certificates representing such
shares of Senior Preferred Stock in the manner and at the place designated
<PAGE>
 
                                     -18-

     in the Exchange Notice. The Corporation shall cause the Exchange Debentures
     to be executed on the Exchange Date and, upon surrender in accordance with
     the Exchange Notice of the certificates for any shares of Senior Preferred
     Stock so exchanged, duly endorsed (or otherwise in proper form for
     transfer, as determined by the Corporation), such shares shall be exchanged
     by the Corporation for Exchange Debentures. In the event that any
     certificate surrendered pursuant to this paragraph (g) represents shares in
     excess of those being surrendered pursuant to the Exchange Notice, the
     Corporation shall issue an new certificate representing the unexchanged
     portion of shares of the Senior Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall pay
     interest on the Exchange Debentures at the rate and on the dates specified
     therein from the Exchange Date.

           (C)   If notice has been mailed as aforesaid, and if before the
     Exchange Date specified in such notice (1) the Exchange Indenture shall
     have been duly executed and delivered by the Corporation and the trustee
     thereunder and (2) all Exchange Debentures necessary for such exchange
     shall have been duly executed by the Corporation and delivered to the
     trustee under the Exchange Indenture with irrevocable instructions to
     authenticate the Exchange Debentures necessary for such exchange, then the
     rights of the Holders of Senior Preferred Stock so exchanged as
     stockholders of the Corporation shall cease (except the right to receive
     Exchange Debentures, an amount in cash equal to the amount of accrued and
     unpaid dividends to the Exchange Date and, if the Corporation so elects,
     cash in lieu of issuing any Exchange Debenture with a principal amount that
     is not an integral multiple of $1,000), and the Person or Persons entitled
     to receive the Exchange Debentures issuable upon exchange shall be treated
     for all purposes as the registered Holder or Holders of such Exchange
     Debentures as of the Exchange Date.

           (iii) No Exchange in Certain Cases. Notwithstanding the foregoing
                 ----------------------------
     provisions of this paragraph (g), the Corporation shall not be entitled or
     required to exchange the Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures if
     such exchange, or any term or provision of the Exchange Indenture or the
     Exchange Debentures, or the performance of the Corporation's obligations
     under the Exchange Indenture or the Exchange Debentures, shall materially
     violate or conflict with any applicable law or agreement or instrument then
     binding on the Corporation or if, at the time of such ex-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -19-

     change, the Corporation is insolvent or if it would be rendered insolvent
     by such exchange.

           (h)   Change of Control.
                 ----------------- 

           (i)   Within 15 Business Days after the Corporation knows, or
     reasonably should know, of the occurrence of each Change of Control (the
     date of such occurrence being the "Change of Control Date"), the
                                        ----------------------  
     Corporation shall make an offer to purchase (the "Change of Control Offer")
                                                       -----------------------
     the outstanding Senior Preferred Stock at a purchase price equal to 101% of
     the liquidation preference thereof plus, without duplication, an amount in
     cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends (including Additional
     Dividends, if any) thereon (including an amount in cash equal to a prorated
     dividend for the period from the immediately preceding Dividend Payment
     Date to the Change of Control Payment Date) (such applicable purchase price
     being hereinafter referred to as the "Change of Control Purchase Price").
                                           --------------------------------   

           (ii)  The Corporation will within 15 days after it knows, or
     reasonably should know, of the Change of Control (i) cause a notice of the
     Change of Control to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or
     similar business news service in the United States and (ii) send by first-
     class mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of Senior Preferred Stock, at
     the address appearing in the register maintained by the transfer agent for
     the Senior Preferred Stock, a notice stating:

                 (1)  that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to
     this paragraph (h) and that all of the Senior Preferred Stock tendered will
     be accepted for payment, and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions
     set forth herein;

                 (2)  the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date
     (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 20 days nor later than 60
     days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment
                                                    -------------------------
     Date"));
     ----

                 (3)  that any Senior Preferred Stock not tendered will continue
     to accrue dividends;

                 (4)  that, unless the Corporation defaults in the payment of
     the Change of Control Purchase Price,
<PAGE>
 
                                      -20-



     any Senior Preferred Stock accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of
     Control Offer shall cease to accumulate dividends after the Change of
     Control Payment Date;

           (5)  that holders accepting the offer to have their Senior Preferred
     Stock purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to
     surrender their certificates representing the Senior Preferred Stock to the
     Corporation, properly endorsed for transfer together with such customary
     documents as the Corporation and the transfer agent may reasonably require,
     in the manner and at the address specified in the notice prior to the close
     of business on the Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment
     Date;

           (6)  that holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance if 
     the Corporation receives, not later than the close of business on the third
     Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram,
     telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
     holder, the number of shares of Senior Preferred Stock delivered for
     purchase, and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to
     have such Senior Preferred Stock purchased;

           (7)  that holders whose Senior Preferred Stock are being purchased 
     only in part will be issued new certificates representing the number of
     shares of Senior Preferred Stock equal to the unpurchased portion of the
     certificates surrendered; and

           (8)  a summary of any other procedures that a holder must follow to 
     accept a Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance.

     (iii)  The Corporation will comply with any securities laws and 
  regulations, to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable to the
  redemption of the Senior Preferred Stock in connection with a Change of
  Control Offer.

     (iv)   On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Corporation shall (A) 
  accept for payment the shares of Senior Preferred Stock validly tendered
  pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (B) promptly mail to the Holders of
  shares so accepted the Change of Control Purchase Price therefor 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -21-

  in cash and (C) cancel and retire each surrendered certificate and execute a
  new certificate representing that number of shares of Senior Preferred Stock
  equal to any unpurchased shares represented by a certificate surrendered.
  Unless the Corporation defaults in the payment for the shares of Senior
  Preferred Stock tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, dividends
  shall cease to accrue with respect to the shares of Senior Preferred Stock
  tendered and all rights of Holders of such tendered shares shall terminate,
  except for the right to receive payment therefor, on the Change of Control
  Payment Date.

     (v)  If the repurchase of Senior Preferred Stock would violate or 
  constitute a default or be otherwise prohibited under any Indebtedness of the
  Corporation then outstanding, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
  contained above, prior to complying with the foregoing provisions, but in any
  event within 30 days following the date on which the Corporation has actual
  knowledge of a Change of Control, the Corporation covenants that if the
  purchase of the Senior Preferred Stock would violate or constitute a default
  under any then outstanding Indebtedness, then the Corporation will, to the
  extent required to permit the repurchase of the Senior Preferred Stock
  required by this paragraph (h), either (A) repay in full all such Indebtedness
  on the basis required to permit such purchase of Senior Preferred Stock or (B)
  obtain the requisite consents, if any, under the agreements, documents and
  instruments governing such Indebtedness required to permit the repurchase of
  Senior Preferred Stock required by this paragraph (h). Until the requirements
  of the immediately preceding sentence are satisfied, the Corporation shall not
  and shall not be obligated to purchase any Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to
  any Change of Control Offer; provided that the Corporation's failure to comply
                               -------- 
  with the provisions of this paragraph (h)(v) shall constitute a Voting Rights
  Triggering Event.

     (i)   Conversion or Exchange.  The Holders of shares of Senior Preferred 
           ----------------------
Stock shall not have any rights hereunder to convert such shares into or
exchange such shares for shares of any other class or classes or of any other
series of any class or classes of Capital Stock of the Corporation other than as
provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     (j)   Reissuance of Senior Preferred Stock.  Shares of Senior Preferred 
           ------------------------------------ 
Stock that have been issued and reacquired in any manner, including shares
purchased or redeemed or ex-
<PAGE>
 
                                      -22-

changed, shall (upon compliance with any applicable provisions of the laws of
Delaware) have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock
undesignated as to series and may be redesignated and reissued as part of any
series of Preferred Stock, provided that shares of Senior Preferred Stock
                           --------
reacquired pursuant to the exchange offer(s) contemplated by the Registration
Rights Agreement shall be reissued as Exchange Preferred Stock with the series
designation referred to in paragraph (a) hereof, and provided further that any
                                                     ----------------
issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock must be in compliance
with the terms hereof.

     (k)   Business Day.  If any payment, redemption or exchange shall be 
           ------------   
required by the terms hereof to be made on a day that is not a Business Day,
such payment, redemption or exchange shall be made on the immediately succeeding
Business Day.

     (l)    Certain Covenants.
            ----------------- 
     (i)  Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.  The Corporation
          ---------------------------------------------------
will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation to,
directly or indirectly incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness)
other than Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations,
the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness if (a)
after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and
application of the proceeds thereof, the Corporation's Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio (determined on a pro forma basis for the last four full fiscal
quarters of the Corporation for which financial information is available at the
date of determination) is at least equal to 1.75:1; but no Restricted Subsidiary
may incur Indebtedness which is not Permitted Indebtedness unless its
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least equal to 2.75:1; 
provided, however, that if the Indebtedness which is the subject of a 
- --------  -------
determination under this provision is Acquired Indebtedness, or Indebtedness
incurred in connection with the simultaneous acquisition of any Person,
business, property or assets, then such ratio shall be determined by giving
effect (on a pro forma basis, as if the transaction had occurred at the
beginning of the four quarter period) to both the incurrence or assumption of
such Acquired Indebtedness or such other Indebtedness by the Corporation or such
Restricted Subsidiary and the inclusion in the Corporation's or such Restricted
Subsidiary's Consolidated EBITDA of the Consolidated EBITDA of the acquired
Person, business, property or assets; and provided, further, that in the event 
                                          --------  -------
that the Consolidated EBITDA of the 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -23-

acquired Person, business, property or assets reflects an operating loss, no
amounts shall be deducted from the Corporation's or such Restricted Subsidiary's
Consolidated EBITDA in making the determinations described above and (b) no
Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and be continuing at the time
or as a consequence of the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

        (ii) Limitation on Restricted Payments.  (a)  The Corporation will not,
             ---------------------------------   
and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted
Payment and immediately after giving effect thereto:

        (i)   any Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and be
     continuing; or

        (ii)  the Corporation could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness 
     (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with paragraph (l)(i); or

        (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments declared or made
     after the Issue Date (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than
     in cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined by the
     Board of Directors in good faith) exceeds the sum of (A) 50% of the
     Corporation's Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one
     accounting period) commencing with the first full fiscal quarter of the
     Corporation which commenced after the Issue Date to and including the
     fiscal quarter of the Corporation ended immediately prior to the date of
     each calculation (or in the event Consolidated Net Income is a deficit
     minus 100% of such deficit), plus (B) 100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds
     and the fair market value of securities or other property received by the
     Corporation from the issue or sale, after the Issue Date, of Qualified
     Capital Stock (other than Capital Stock of the Corporation issued to any
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation) of the Corporation or any
     Indebtedness or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or
     exercisable or exchangeable for Qualified Capital Stock of the Corporation
     which have been so converted or exercised or exchanged, as the case may be,
     plus (C) $10.0 million provided, that the amount of Restricted Payments
                            --------                                        
     permitted by this clause (C) shall not be reduced by any negative amounts
     that occur under clause (A) above.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -24-


          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the
immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit (A) payments with respect to
the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Corporation made by exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to
a Subsidiary of the Corporation or an Emerging Market Subsidiary) of, Qualified
Capital Stock; (B) payments in respect of any redemption, repurchase,
acquisitions, cancellation or other retirement for value of shares of Capital
Stock of the Corporation or options, stock appreciation or similar rights, in
each case held by officers, directors or employees of the Corporation or any of
its Subsidiaries (or former officers, directors or employees) (or their estates
or beneficiaries under their estates) or by an employee benefit plan, upon
death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person
pursuant to the terms of any employee benefit plan or any other agreement under
which shares of Capital Stock or stock appreciation or similar rights were
issued or acquired, and the purchase of shares of Capital Stock by the
Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of contributing such
shares to any employee benefit plan (provided, that all such payments and
                                     --------                            
purchases referred to in this clause (B) may not exceed $2.0 million in any 12
month period after the Issue Date); (C) the payment of any dividend within 60
days after the date of its declaration if such dividend could have been paid on
the date of its declaration in compliance with the foregoing provisions; (D) the
consummation of a cash tender offer by the Corporation for shares of Capital
Stock of the Corporation in an aggregate amount not exceeding $430.0 million in
connection with the Recapitalization; or (E) cash payments (and/or the issuance
or delivery of any note, instrument, agreement or other obligation providing for
future cash payments) resulting from antidilution or other adjustments made in
connection with the Recapitalization to options to purchase Capital Stock or
restricted or unvested Capital Stock held by employees, directors or former
employees or directors of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, to the
extent that such adjustments and cash payments are approved by the Board of
Directors.  Each Restricted Payment made or paid in accordance with this
paragraph, except those made pursuant to clause (D) or clause (E), shall be
counted (without duplication) for purposes of computing amounts utilized for
Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of the immediately preceding
paragraph.  No payments made or paid pursuant to clause (C) of this paragraph
shall be counted for purposes of computing amounts utilized for Restricted
Payments pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph to
the extent such amount was already counted for such purposes.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -25-


     (iii)  Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates.  The Corporation will
            ------------------------------------------- 
not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related
transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or
lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate of the Corporation (an
"Affiliate Transaction") or extend, renew, waive or otherwise modify the terms
 --------------------- 
of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue Date unless (i)
such Affiliate Transaction is between or among the Corporation and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or (ii) such Affiliate Transaction is entered into in
good faith and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable
to the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. In any
Affiliate Transaction involving an amount or having a value in excess of $5.0
million which is not permitted under clause (i) above, the Corporation must
obtain a resolution of the Board of Directors determining that such Affiliate
Transaction complies with clause (ii) above. In transactions with a value in
excess of $10.0 million which are not permitted under clause (i) above, the
Corporation must obtain a written opinion as to the fairness of such a
transaction, from a financial point of view to the Corporation or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from an independent investment
banking firm.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the
immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to:  (i) Restricted Payments that
are not prohibited by paragraph (l)(ii); (ii) transactions permitted by, and
complying with, the provisions of paragraph (f)(iii); (iii) transactions in the
ordinary course of business (including expense advances) between the Corporation
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, on the one
hand, and any employee thereof, on the other hand; (iv) employment contracts
existing on the Issue Date and employment contracts approved by the Board of
Directors the terms of which are consistent with past practice; (v) the granting
and performance of registration rights for shares of Capital Stock of the
Corporation under a written registration rights agreement approved by a majority
of directors of the Corporation that are disinterested with respect to such
transaction; (vi) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as
holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Corporation or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates are
treated no more favorably than holders of such Indebtedness or such Capital
Stock generally; (vii) any Permitted Investments; (viii) reasonable fees and
compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors,
employees or con-
<PAGE>
 
                                      -26-

sultants of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation as determined
in good faith by the Board of Directors; (ix) transactions exclusively between
or among the Corporation and any of its Subsidiaries, provided such transactions
are not otherwise prohibited by this Certificate of Designation; (x) any
agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any
transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto)
or in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or
replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the holders in any material
respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; (xi) any
payment, issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants, in cash or
otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements and Plans
approved by the Board of Directors; (xii) the grant of stock options or similar
rights to employees and directors of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (or
any amendment or adjustment thereto) pursuant to Plans and employment contracts
and stock option, stock bonus, restricted stock and similar agreements approved
by the Board of Directors; (xiii) loans or advances to officers, directors or
employees of the Corporation or its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of
$5.0 million at any one time outstanding; and (xiv) transactions, including,
without limitation, the repurchase of the Corporation's Common Stock, entered
into in connection with the Recapitalization and the financing therefor as
described in the Offering Memorandum.

     (iv) Reports.  So long as the Corporation is subject to the periodic 
          -------
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will continue to file the
information required thereby with the Commission and will furnish such
information to Holders of Senior Preferred Stock within 15 days of filing
thereof with the Commission. If the Corporation is not required to file such
information with the Commission, it will nonetheless continue to furnish such
information to holders of Senior Preferred Stock within 15 days of the date on
which filing with the Commission would have been required.

     (m)   Definitions.  As used in this Certificate of Designation, the 
           ----------- 
following terms shall have the following meanings (with terms defined in the
singular having comparable meanings when used in the plural and vice versa),
unless the context otherwise requires:

     "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person (including an
      ---------------------                                              
  Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
  Subsidiary or as-
<PAGE>
 
                                      -27-


  sumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.

          "Additional Dividends" has the meaning provided in the Registration
           --------------------                                              
     Rights Agreement.

          "Affiliate" means, of any Person, a Person who, directly or
           ---------                                                 
     indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled
     by, or is under common control with, such other Person.  The term "control"
     means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
     cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether
     through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
     provided, however, that the ownership of at least 10% of the voting power
     --------  -------                                                        
     of the Common Stock of a Person, either directly or indirectly, shall be
     deemed control.

          "Affiliate Transaction" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph
           ---------------------                                              
     1(iii) above.

          "Asset Sale" means the sale, transfer or other disposition (other than
           ----------                                                           
     to the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single
     transaction or series of related transactions involving assets with a fair
     market value in excess of $1.0 million of (a) any Capital Stock of or other
     equity interest in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation other than
     in a transaction where the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary
     receives therefor one or more properties with a fair market value equal to
     the fair market value of the Capital Stock issued, transferred or disposed
     of by the Corporation or the Restricted Subsidiary (with such fair market
     values being determined by the Board of Directors), (b) all or
     substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or of any Restricted
     Subsidiary thereof, (c) real property or (d) all or substantially all of
     the assets of any division, line of business or comparable business segment
     of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; provided that
                                                              --------     
     Asset Sales shall not include (x) sales, leases, conveyances, transfers or
     other dispositions to the Corporation or to a Restricted Subsidiary or to
     any other Person if after giving effect to such sale, lease, conveyance,
     transfer or other disposition such other Person becomes a Restricted
     Subsidiary, or (y) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of
     the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction complying with
     paragraph (f)(iii) above, in which case only the assets 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -28-

     not so sold shall be deemed an Asset Sale, or (z) any sale, issuance or
     other disposition of Capital Stock of any Joint Venture Subsidiary.

          "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation
           ------------------                                                 
     or a duly authorized committee thereof (a "Board Committee"); provided that
                                                ---------------    --------     
     the term "Board of Directors" as used in the definition of "Change of
     Control" or paragraph (f)(iv) hereof shall not include any Board Committee.

          "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday, or any day
           ------------                                                       
     on which banking institutions in New York, New York are required or
     authorized by law or other governmental action to be closed.

          "Capital Stock" means (i) with respect to any Person that is a
           -------------                                                
     corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other
     equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, including each class of
     Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person and warrants or options to
     purchase any of the foregoing and (ii) with respect to any Person that is
     not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of
     such Person.

          "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, as to any Person, the obligation
           ----------------------------                                         
     of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease to which such
     Person is a party that is required to be classified and accounted for as
     capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition,
     the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount
     of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Cash Equivalents" means (i) marketable direct obligations issued by,
           ----------------                                                    
     or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by
     any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United
     States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
     thereof; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the
     United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or
     any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date
     of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the
     two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Corporation
                                                                             
     ("S&P") or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); (iii) commercial
       ---                                        -------                    
     paper maturing no more than one year from the date of 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -29-

     creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at
     least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's; (iv) certificates of
     deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one year from the date of
     acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws
     of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
     Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of
     acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250
     million; (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days
     for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
     entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause
     (iv) above; and (vi) investments in money market funds which invest
     substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in
     clauses (i) through (v) above.

          "Certificate of Designation" means this Certificate of Designation, as
           --------------------------                                           
     amended from time to time, creating the Senior Preferred Stock.

          A "Change of Control" of the Corporation will be deemed to have
             -----------------                                           
     occurred at such time as (i) any Person (including a Person's Affiliates),
     other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined
     under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the
     Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Corporation's
     Common Stock unless, as a result of such transaction, the ultimate direct
     or indirect ownership of the Corporation is substantially the same
     immediately after such transaction as it was immediately prior to such
     transaction, (ii) any Person (including a Person's Affiliates), other than
     a Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 35% of the
     total voting power of the Corporation's Common Stock, and the Permitted
     Holders beneficially own, in the aggregate, a lesser percentage of the
     total voting power of the Common Stock of the Corporation than such other
     Person and do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or
     otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of
     Directors, (iii) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of
     the Corporation in which the Corporation is not the continuing or surviving
     corporation or pursuant to which the Common Stock of the Corporation would
     be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger
     or consolidation of the Corporation in which the holders of the Common
     Stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to the consoli-
<PAGE>
 
                                      -30-

     dation or merger hold, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the
     voting power of the Common Stock of the surviving corporation immediately
     after such consolidation or merger or (iv) during any period of two
     consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period
     constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose
     election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
     shareholders of the Corporation has been approved by a majority of the
     directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning
     of such period or whose election or recommendation for election was
     previously so approved) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of
     Directors.

          "Change of Control Date" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph
           ----------------------                                              
     (h)(i).

          "Change of Control Offer" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph
           -----------------------                                              
     (h)(i).

          "Change of Control Payment Date" shall have the meaning provided in
           ------------------------------                                    
     paragraph (h)(ii).

          "Change of Control Purchase Price" shall have the meaning provided in
           --------------------------------                                    
     paragraph (h).

          "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
           ----------                                               

          "Common Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests or
           ------------                                                      
     other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and
     whether voting or non-voting) of, such Person's Common Stock, whether
     outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes,
     without limitation, all series and classes of such Common Stock.

          "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any Person and its Restricted
           -------------------                                          
     Subsidiaries, for any period, an amount equal to (a) the sum of
     Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus, to the extent deducted from
     the revenues of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in determining
     Consolidated Net Income, (i) the provision for taxes for such period based
     on income or profits and any provision for taxes utilized in computing a
     loss in Consolidated Net Income above, plus (ii) Consolidated Interest
     Expense (including, for this purpose, dividends on the Senior Preferred
     Stock and any Redeemable Dividends in each case 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -31-


     only to the extent that such dividends were deducted in determining
     Consolidated Net Income), plus (iii) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges, plus
     (iv) without duplication, charges attributable to the exercise or
     adjustment of employee options and fees and expenses, in each case,
     incurred in connection with the Recapitalization or the transactions
     described under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
     Condition and Results of Operations -- Recent Events and Proposed
     Recapitalization" in the Offering Memorandum, plus (v) without duplication,
     for any four quarter period that includes one or more fiscal quarters of
     fiscal 1998 or the first two quarters of fiscal 1999, restructuring
     charges, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $12.0 million, but only to
     the extent actually incurred during each such applicable quarter and minus
     (vi) without duplication, the amount of all cash payments made by such
     Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period to the
     extent such payments relate to Consolidated Non-Cash Charges that were
     added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA for such period or any prior
     period, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" on any date of
           ----------------------------------------                
     determination (the "Transaction Date") means, with respect to any Person,
                         ----------------                                     
     the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person
     for the Reference Period to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed
     Charges of such Person during the Reference Period; provided that for
                                                         --------         
     purposes of such computation, in calculating Consolidated EBITDA and
     Consolidated Fixed Charges, (a) the transaction giving rise to the need to
     calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be assumed to
     have occurred (on a pro forma basis) on the first day of the Reference
                         --- -----                                         
     Period; (b) the incurrence of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
     incurred under any revolving credit or similar facility to the extent that
     the proceeds were used to finance working capital requirements in the
     ordinary course of business) or the issuance of any Disqualified Capital
     Stock or Preferred Stock during the Reference Period or subsequent thereto
     and on or prior to the Transaction Date (and the application of the
     proceeds therefrom (other than a repayment of Indebtedness outstanding
     under a revolving credit or similar facility to the extent that the
     proceeds were used to finance working capital requirements in the ordinary
     course of business) to the extent used to retire Indebtedness or Preferred
<PAGE>
 
                                     -32-


     Stock) will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro forma basis) on the first
                                                   --- -----                    
     day of such Reference Period; (c) Consolidated Interest Expense
     attributable to any Indebtedness (whether existing or being incurred)
     bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect
     on the Transaction Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period,
     unless such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to an Interest
     Rate Agreement (which shall remain in effect for the 12-month period after
     the Transaction Date) that has the effect of fixing the interest rate on
     the date of computation, in which case such rate (whether higher or lower)
     shall be used; (d) the repayment of any Indebtedness (other than under a
     revolving credit or similar facility to the extent that the proceeds were
     used to finance working capital requirements in the ordinary course of
     business), Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock during the
     Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the Transaction
     Date with the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of assets or
     properties referred to in clause (f) below will be assumed to have occurred
     (on a pro forma basis) on the first day of the Reference Period; (e) the
           --- -----
     acquisition during the Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or
     prior to the Transaction Date of any other Person which, as a result of
     such acquisition, becomes a Subsidiary, will be assumed to have occurred
     (on a pro forma basis) on the first day of the Reference Period; and (f)
           --- -----                                                        
     any sale or other disposition of assets or properties constituting an
     existing business (whether existing as a separate entity, subsidiary,
     division, unit or otherwise) outside the ordinary course of business
     occurring during the Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior
     to the Transaction Date will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro forma
                                                                    --- -----
     basis) on the first day of the Reference Period.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charges" of any Person for any period means
           --------------------------                                    
     (without duplication) the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense of such
     Person for such period (excluding amortization or write-off of deferred
     financing fees and expenses) and (ii) without duplication, Redeemable
     Dividends of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether in cash
     or otherwise (except dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified
     Capital Stock)) with respect to Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred
     Stock accrued during such period in accordance with GAAP (but in the case
     of such Preferred Stock, only to the extent that the aggregate amount of
     dividends paid 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -33-


     or accrued from and after the Issue Date exceeds the aggregate net cash
     proceeds to such Person from the issuance and sale of such Preferred
     Stock), in each case excluding items eliminated in consolidation of such
     Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that dividends accrued or
                                             --------     
     paid on the Senior Preferred Stock shall not be included in the calculation
     of Consolidated Fixed Charges.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person, for
           -----------------------------                                        
     any period, the aggregate amount of interest which, in conformity with
     GAAP, would be set forth opposite the caption "interest expense" or any
     like caption on an income statement for such Person and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including, but not limited to,
     Redeemable Dividends, whether paid or accrued, on Restricted Subsidiary
     Preferred Stock, imputed interest included in Capitalized Lease
     Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed
     with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing, the
     net costs associated with hedging obligations, amortization of other
     financing fees and expenses, the interest portion of any deferred payment
     obligation, amortization of discount or premium, if any, and all other non-
     cash interest expense (other than interest amortized to cost of sales)
     plus, without duplication, all net capitalized interest for such period and
     all interest incurred or paid under any guarantee of Indebtedness
     (including a guarantee of principal, interest or any combination thereof)
     of any Person, plus the amount of all dividends or distributions paid on
     Disqualified Capital Stock (other than dividends paid or payable in shares
     of Capital Stock of the Corporation), minus interest income for such
     period.

          "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, for any
           -----------------------                                            
     period, the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of such Person and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis,
     determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that (a) the net
                                         --------  -------                  
     income of any Person including of any Emerging Market Subsidiary or
     Unrestricted Subsidiary (each, an "Other Person") in which the Person in
     question or any of its Re-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -34-


     stricted Subsidiaries has less than a 100% interest (which interest does
     not cause the net income of such Other Person to be consolidated into the
     net income of the Person in question in accordance with GAAP) shall be
     included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions
     paid to the Person in question or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
     (b) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Person in question
     that is subject to any restriction or limitation on the payment of
     dividends or the making of other distributions (other than pursuant to the
     Exchange Debentures) shall be excluded to the extent of such restriction or
     limitation, (c) (i) the net income of any Person acquired in a pooling of
     interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition
     shall be excluded and (ii) any net gain or net loss resulting from an Asset
     Sale by the Person in question or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other
     than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded, (d)
     extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains and losses shall be excluded
     and (e) gains and losses associated with discontinued and terminated
     operations shall be excluded.

          "Consolidated Non-Cash Charges" means, with respect to any Person for
           -----------------------------                                       
     any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash
     items (which do not reflect an accrual of a cash expense which may be
     incurred in the future) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
     reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries less any such non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net
     Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
     determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

          "Corporation" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph.
           -----------                                                         

          "Corporation Exchange Debentures" means the 13-7/8% Junior
           -------------------------------                          
     Subordinated Debentures due 2010 issuable by the Corporation in exchange
     for the Senior Preferred Stock in accordance with this Certificate of
     Designation with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock and pursuant to the
     Exchange Indenture, including additional Corporation Exchange Debentures
     issued as interest on outstanding Corporation Exchange Debentures pursuant
     to the Exchange Indenture.

          "Credit Agreement" means (i) one or more credit agreements, loan
           ----------------                                               
     agreements or similar agreements providing for working capital advances,
     term loans, letter of credit facilities or similar advances, loans or
     facilities to the Corporation, any Subsidiaries, domestic or foreign, or
     any or all of such Persons, including the Credit Agreement, dated on or as
     in effect on or about the Issue Date, among the Corporation and Samsonite
     Europe N.V., as bor-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -35-


     rowers, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and
     BankBoston, N.A., and certain other lenders party thereto from time to
     time, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from
     time to time and (ii) any one or more agreements governing advances, loans
     or facilities provided to refund, refinance, replace or renew (including
     subsequent or successive refundings, refinancings, replacements and
     renewals) Indebtedness under the agreement or agreements referred to in the
     foregoing clause (i), as the same may be amended, modified, restated or
     supplemented from time to time.

          "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
           ------------------                                               
     swap agreement or other similar agreement designed to address fluctuations
     in currency values.

          "Default" means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or
           -------                                                            
     with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event
     of Default.

          "Disqualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock which, by its
           --------------------------                                       
     terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for
     which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures
     (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the
     issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
     obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder
     thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the mandatory redemption date
     of the Senior Preferred Stock.  Without limitation of the foregoing,
     Disqualified Capital Stock shall be deemed to include (i) any Preferred
     Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation, (ii) any Preferred
     Stock of the Corporation, with respect to either of which, under the terms
     of such Preferred Stock, by agreement or otherwise, such Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Corporation is obligated to pay current dividends or
     distributions in cash during the period prior to the redemption date of the
     Senior Preferred Stock, and (iii) as long as the Senior Preferred Stock
     remains outstanding, Senior Securities and Parity Securities; provided,
                                                                   -------- 
     however, that Preferred Stock of the Corporation or any Restricted
     -------                                                           
     Subsidiary thereof that is issued with the benefit of provisions requiring
     a change of control offer to be made for such Preferred Stock in the event
     of a change of control of the Corporation or Restricted Subsidiary, which
     provisions have substantially the same effect as paragraph (h) hereof shall
     not be deemed to be Disqualified Capital Stock solely by virtue 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -36-

     
     of such provisions; and provided, further, that the Senior Preferred Stock
                             --------  -------                     
     shall not be considered Disqualified Capital Stock.

          "Dividend" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph (c).
           --------                                                   

          "Dividend Default" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph
           ----------------                                              
     (f)(iv).

          "Dividend Payment Date" means March 15, June 15, September 15 and
           ---------------------                                           
     December 15 of each year.

          "Dividend Period" means the Initial Dividend Period and, thereafter,
           ---------------                                                    
     each quarterly period from a Dividend Payment Date to the next following
     Dividend Payment Date (but without including such Dividend Payment Date).

          "Dividend Record Date" means March 1, June 1, September 1 and December
           --------------------                                                 
     1 of each year.

          "Emerging Market Subsidiary" means (i) any Initial Emerging Market
           --------------------------                                       
     Subsidiary, (ii) any majority-owned Subsidiary of the Corporation the
     principal operations of which are not located in the United States, Canada,
     Western Europe or Japan that, at the time of determination, shall be an
     Emerging Market Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors, as
     provided below) and (iii) any majority-owned Subsidiary of an Emerging
     Market Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors may designate (1) any
     Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Corporation to be an Emerging Market
     Subsidiary, and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation (including
     any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary at or prior to the time it is
     so formed or acquired) to be an Emerging Market Subsidiary if it meets the
     geographic test set forth above and (a) no Voting Rights Triggering Event
     is existing or will occur as a consequence thereof, (b) with respect to
     previously existing Restricted Subsidiaries, immediately after giving
     effect to such designation, on a pro forma basis, the Corporation could
     incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted
     Indebtedness) pursuant to paragraph (l)(i) and (c) such Restricted
     Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock of, or own or hold any Lien on
     any property of, the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
     Subsidiary of the Restricted Subsidiary to be so designated.  At the time
     that a previously existing Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation is
     designated 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -37-


     an Emerging Market Subsidiary, the Corporation shall be deemed to make an
     "Investment" in such Emerging Market Subsidiary in an amount equal to its
     Pro Rata Interest in the fair market value of the net assets of such
     Restricted Subsidiary. A Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation shall not
     be considered to be a "previously existing Restricted Subsidiary" for
     purposes of this definition if such Restricted Subsidiary is designated to
     be an Emerging Market Subsidiary at or prior to the time of the formation
     of such Restricted Subsidiary or at or prior to the time such Restricted
     Subsidiary is acquired by the Corporation. The Board of Directors may
     designate any Emerging Market Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary,
     provided that (i) no Voting Rights Triggering Event is existing or will
     --------                                                       
     occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) either (x) immediately after giving
     effect to such designation, on a pro forma basis, the Corporation could
     incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted
     Indebtedness) pursuant to paragraph (l)(i) or (y) the Consolidated Fixed
     Charge Coverage Ratio of the Corporation immediately after giving effect to
     such designation, on a pro forma basis, exceeds the Consolidated Fixed
     Charge Coverage Ratio of the Corporation immediately prior (and without
     giving effect) to such designation.

          "Equity Offering" means a sale by the Corporation of shares of its
           ---------------                                                  
     Qualified Capital Stock.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
           ------------                                                        
     and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "Exchange Date" means a date of original issuance of the Exchange
           -------------                                                   
     Debentures.

          "Exchange Debentures" means either the Corporation Exchange Debentures
           -------------------                                                  
     or the Holdings Exchange Debentures, as applicable.

          "Exchange Indenture" means (i) in the case of the Corporation Exchange
           ------------------                                                   
     Debentures, the Indenture in the form of Exhibit A hereto and (ii) in the
     case of the Holdings Exchange Debentures, the Indenture in the form of
     Exhibit B hereto.

          "Exchange Notice" shall have the provided in paragraph (g).
           ---------------                                           
<PAGE>
 
                                     -38-


          "Exchange Preferred Stock" means, the series of Senior Preferred Stock
           ------------------------                                             
     publicly and/or privately offered in exchange for the Senior Preferred
     Stock initially issued hereunder, as contemplated by the Registration
     Rights Agreement.

          "Foreign Credit Agreement" means one or more Credit Agreements among
           ------------------------                                           
     one or more Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries and the lenders party thereto.

          "Foreign Restricted Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the
           -----------------------------                                      
     Corporation that is incorporated or otherwise organized in a jurisdiction
     other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of
     Columbia.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles consistently
           ----                                                             
     applied as in effect in the United States from time to time.

          "Holder" means a holder of shares of Senior Preferred Stock as
           ------                                                       
     reflected in the stock books of the Corporation.

          "Holdings" means a corporation organized and existing under the laws
           --------                                                           
     of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, which
     is organized after the Issue Date and of which the capital stock of the
     Corporation is its sole material asset and which immediately prior to and
     at the time of the Exchange Date has no material liabilities other than the
     Holdings Exchange Debentures.

          "Holdings Exchange Debentures" means the 13-7/8% Senior Debentures due
           ----------------------------                                         
     2010 issuable by Holdings in exchange for the Senior Preferred Stock in
     accordance with this Certificate of Designation with respect to the Senior
     Preferred Stock and pursuant to the Exchange Indenture, including
     additional Holdings Exchange Debentures issued as interest on outstanding
     Holdings Exchange Debentures pursuant to the Exchange Indenture.

          "incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of
           -----                                                                
     any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise),
     assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such
     Indebtedness or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to
     GAAP or otherwise, of any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the
     balance sheet of such Person (and "incurrence," "incurred," "incurrable"
     and "incurring" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided
                                                                        --------
     that 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -39-


     a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists
     at such time becoming Indebtedness shall not be deemed an incurrence of
     such Indebtedness; provided, further, that the amortization of original
                        --------  -------                                   
     issue discount on Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the
     accumulation of distributions on Disqualified Capital Stock shall not be
     deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness.

          "Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any
           ------------                                                  
     Person, any indebtedness at any time outstanding, secured or unsecured,
     contingent or otherwise, which is for borrowed money (whether or not the
     recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only
     to a portion thereof) or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar
     instruments or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase
     price of any property (excluding, without limitation, any balances that
     constitute accounts payable or trade payables and other accrued liabilities
     or accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business) if and to
     the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability
     upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and
     shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included, (i) any
     Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) obligations secured by a Lien to which
     the property or assets owned or held by such Person are subject, whether or
     not the obligation or obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed
     (provided, however, that if such obligation or obligations shall not have
     ---------  -------                                                       
     been assumed, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be the
     lesser of the principal amount of the obligation or the fair market value
     of the pledged property or assets) other than a Lien securing an obligation
     which is not Indebtedness, (iii) guarantees of items of other Persons which
     would be included within this definition for such other Persons (whether or
     not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the guarantor), (iv)
     all obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of
     credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction, (v) Disqualified
     Capital Stock of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof and,
     in the case of Holdings, any Preferred Stock of the Corporation and (vi)
     obligations of any such Person under any Interest Rate Agreement or
     Currency Agreement applicable to any of the foregoing (if and to the extent
     such Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement obligations would appear
     as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -40-

     accordance with GAAP). The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date
     shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional
     obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations,
     the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to
     the obligation, provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any
                     --------    
     Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of
     such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original
     issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in
     conformity with GAAP and (ii) Indebtedness shall not include any liability
     for federal, state, local or other taxes.  Notwithstanding any other
     provision of the foregoing definition, any trade payable arising from the
     purchase of goods or materials or for services obtained in the ordinary
     course of business or contingent obligations arising out of customary
     indemnification agreements with respect to the sale of assets or securities
     shall not be deemed to be "Indebtedness" of the Corporation or any
     Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of this definition.  Furthermore,
     guarantees of (or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting)
     Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such amount shall
     not also be included.

          "Initial Dividend Period" means the dividend period commencing on the
           -----------------------                                             
     Issue Date and ending on the first Dividend Payment Date to occur
     thereafter.

          "Initial Emerging Market Subsidiary" means each of (i) Chia Tai
           ----------------------------------                            
     Samsonite (H.K.) Limited, (ii) Ningbo Chia Tai Samsonite Luggage Co. Ltd.,
     (iii) Samsonite Argentina S.A., (iv) Samsonite Brasil Ltda., (v) Samsonite
     India Limited, (vi) Samsonite Korea Limited, (vii) Samsonite Mercosur
     Limited, (viii) Samsonite Mauritius Limited, and (ix) Samsonite Singapore
     Limited.

          "Interest Rate Agreement" means, for any Person, any interest rate
           -----------------------                                          
     swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement
     or other similar agreement.

          "Investment" by any Person in any other Person means, directly or
           ----------                                                      
     indirectly, any advance, account receivable (other than an account
     receivable arising in the ordinary course of business), loan or capital
     contribution to (by means of transfers of property to others, payments for
     property or services for the account or use of others or otherwise), the
     purchase of any stocks, bonds, notes, de-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -41-

     bentures, partnership or joint venture interests or other securities of,
     the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of
     the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership
     of, such other Person or the making of any investment by such Person in any
     other Person. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on
     commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices and
     repurchases or redemptions of the Notes, the Corporation Exchange
     Debentures or the Senior Preferred Stock by the Corporation or any other
     security or evidence of Indebtedness issued by the Corporation.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered
     Investments by a Person in any other Person: (i) trade receivables and
     prepaid expenses, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business;
     provided that such receivables and prepaid expenses would be recorded as
     --------
     assets of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (ii) Investments received in
     connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers
     or in good faith bona fide settlement of delinquent ordinary course of
                      ---- ----
     business trade receivables of customers, (iii) endorsements for collection
     or deposit in the ordinary course of business by such Person of bank drafts
     and similar negotiable instruments of such other Person received as payment
     for ordinary course of business trade receivables, (iv) an Interest Rate
     Agreement or Currency Agreement with an unaffiliated Person provided that
     such agreements comply with the requirements of clause (iv) of the
     definition of Permitted Indebtedness, (v) Investments received as
     consideration for, or customary indemnities given in connection with, an
     Asset Sale, and (vi) Investments for which the sole consideration provided
     is Qualified Capital Stock. The Corporation shall be deemed to make an
     "Investment" in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Interest in the fair market
     value of the net assets of any previously existing Restricted Subsidiary,
     at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted
     Subsidiary or an Emerging Market Subsidiary, as the case may be; and any
     property transferred, directly or indirectly (whether by merger or
     otherwise) to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging Market Subsidiary,
     as the case may be, from the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary after
     the time of such designation shall be deemed an Investment valued at its
     fair market value at the time of such transfer. A Restricted Subsidiary of
     the Corporation shall not be considered to be a "previously existing
     Restricted Subsidiary" for purposes of this definition if such Restricted
     Subsidiary is designated to be an Emerging 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -42-

     Market Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at or
     prior to the time of the formation of such Restricted Subsidiary or at or
     prior to the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the
     Corporation.

          "Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the Senior
           ----------                                                   
     Preferred Stock.

          "Junior Securities" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph (b).
           -----------------                                                   

          "Joint Venture Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the
           ------------------------                                      
     Corporation in which one or more Persons who have provided or are providing
     operating assets or services to such Restricted Subsidiary beneficially own
     not less than 50% of the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not
     owned by the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation.

          "Lien" means any consensual lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
           ----                                                             
     security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any
     conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the
     nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest).

          "Mandatory Redemption Price" shall have the meaning provided in
           --------------------------                                    
     paragraph (e).

          "Moody's" shall have the meaning provided in the definition of "Cash
           -------                                                            
     Equivalents" above.

          "Net Proceeds" means (a) in the case of any sale of Capital Stock by
           ------------                                                       
     the Corporation, the aggregate net proceeds received by the Corporation,
     after payment of expenses, commissions and the like incurred in connection
     therewith, whether such proceeds are in cash or in property (valued at the
     fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of
     Directors, at the time of receipt) and (b) in the case of any exchange,
     exercise, conversion or surrender of outstanding securities of any kind for
     or into shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Corporation, the net book
     value of such outstanding securities on the date of such exchange,
     exercise, conversion or surrender (plus any additional amount required to
     be paid by the holder to the Corporation upon such exchange, exercise,
     conversion or surrender, less any and all payments made to the holders,
     e.g., on account of fractional 
     ---
<PAGE>
 
                                     -43-


     shares and less all expenses incurred by the Corporation in connection
     therewith).

          "Notes" means the 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 offered
           -----                                                              
     concurrently with the Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to the Notes
     Indenture.

          "Notes Indenture" means the indenture governing the Notes dated June
           ---------------                                                    
     24, 1998 between the Corporation and United States Trust Company of New
     York, as trustee.

          "Obligations" means all obligations for principal, premium, interest
           -----------                                                        
     (including post-petition interest and, in the case of Exchange Debentures,
     any additional interest or liquidated damages from time to time payable
     pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement), penalties, fees, costs,
     indemnifications, reimbursements, repurchase, redemption, retirement or
     defeasance obligations, damages and other liabilities and obligations
     payable under the documentation governing, or otherwise relating to, any
     Indebtedness.

          "Offering Memorandum" means the Offering Memorandum dated June 18,
           -------------------                                              
     1998 pursuant to which the Senior Preferred Stock was offered.

          "Original Credit Agreement" means the referenced Credit Agreement
           -------------------------                                       
     described in clause (i) of the definition of Credit Agreement dated on or
     as in effect on or about the Issue Date, as the same may be amended,
     modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, and any one
     replacement agreement or facility existing at any time provided to refund,
     refinance, replace or renew (including subsequent or successive refundings,
     refinancings, replacements and renewals) the Original Credit Agreement;
     such replacement agreement or facility to be designated by the Corporation.

          "Other Person" shall have the definition provided in the definition of
           ------------                                                         
     "Consolidated Net Income" above.

          "Parity Securities" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph (b).
           -----------------                                                   

          "Permitted Holder" means Apollo Advisors, L.P. and any Affiliate
           ----------------                                               
     thereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -44-

          "Permitted Indebtedness" means, without duplication, each of the
           ----------------------                                         
     following:

                 (i)    Indebtedness under the Corporation Exchange Debentures
          and the Exchange Indenture, including any Corporation Exchange
          Debentures issued in accordance with the Exchange Indenture as payment
          of interest on the Exchange Debentures;

                 (ii)   Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Agreements
          (and any guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any
          time outstanding not to exceed $260.0 million;

                 (iii)  all other Indebtedness of the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date, including the
          Notes and the Notes Indenture;

                 (iv)   (a) Obligations under Interest Rate Agreements of the
          Corporation covering Indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Interest Rate
                                   --------  -------                         
          Agreements are entered into to protect the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates on
          Indebtedness incurred in accordance with this Certificate of
          Designation or the Exchange Indenture and not for speculative purposes
          to the extent the notional principal amount of such Interest Rate
          Agreement does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to
          which such Interest Rate Agreement relates and (b) Indebtedness under
          Currency Agreements incurred by the Corporation in the ordinary course
          of business to the extent that such obligations have been entered into
          to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates and not for
          speculative purposes; provided, that in the case of Currency
                                --------                              
          Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do
          not increase the Indebtedness of the Corporation and the Restricted
          Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in
          foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and
          compensation payable thereunder;

                 (v)    Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Corporation to the Corporation or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Corporation for so long as such In-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -45-


          debtedness is owned by the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation, in each case with no Lien securing such Indebtedness
          held by a Person other than the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary
          of the Corporation; provided that if as of any date any Person other
                              --------
          than the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation
          owns any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien securing any such
          Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness
          not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (v);

                 (vi)   Indebtedness of the Corporation to a Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Corporation for so long as such Indebtedness is
          owned by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation, in each case with
          no Lien securing such Indebtedness; provided that if as of any date
                                              --------
          any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation owns
          any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien securing any such
          Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness
          not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (vi);

                 (vii)  Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease
          Obligations incurred to acquire property in the ordinary course of
          business, the principal amount of which Indebtedness and Capitalized
          Lease Obligations does not in the aggregate exceed at any time $15.0
          million;

                 (viii) Acquired Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiaries,
          provided that such Indebtedness was not incurred by a Person in
          connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person
          becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation and provided
          further that after giving effect to such incurrence or assumption of
          such Acquired Indebtedness the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
          Ratio of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as
          whole, and the Restricted Subsidiary making such acquisition
          independently, are at least equal to 1.75:1 as calculated in
          accordance with paragraph (l)(i) above.

                 (ix)   Refinancing Indebtedness;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -46-


                 (x)    Indebtedness solely in respect of performance bonds,
          surety agreements, documentary letters of credit used for payment of
          goods consistent with past practice, or other guarantees of
          performance (in each case other than an obligation for the payment of
          borrowed money) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

                 (xi)   additional Indebtedness of the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
          $100.0 million at any one time outstanding; and

                 (xii)  Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Foreign Credit
          Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any time not to exceed
          $35.0 million (and any guarantees thereof).

          "Permitted Investments" means, for any Person, Investments made on or
           ---------------------                                               
     after the Issue Date consisting of:

                 (i)    Investments by the Corporation, or by a Restricted
          Subsidiary thereof, in the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary
          thereof;

                 (ii)   Cash Equivalents;

                 (iii)  Investments by the Corporation, or by a Restricted
          Subsidiary thereof, in a Person (or in all or substantially all of the
          business or assets of a Person) if as a result of such Investment (a)
          such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation, (b)
          such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
          transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
          liquidated into, the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof or
          (c) such business or assets are owned by the Corporation or a
          Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

                 (iv)   Investments by the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries in Emerging Market Subsidiaries in the aggregate amount
          after the Issue Date not to exceed $50.0 million;

                 (v)    reasonable and customary loans made to employees not to
          exceed $500,000 to any employee, and not to exceed $5.0 million in the
          aggregate at any one time outstanding;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -47-


                 (vi)   an Investment that is made by the Corporation or a
          Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the form of any stock, bonds, notes,
          debentures, partnership or joint venture interests or other securities
          that are issued by a third party to the Corporation or a Restricted
          Subsidiary solely as partial consideration for the consummation of an
          Asset Sale;

                 (vii)  accounts receivable of the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries generated in the ordinary course of business;

                 (viii) investments deemed to have been made as a result of the
          acquisition of a Person that at the time of such acquisition held
          instruments constituting Investments that were not acquired in
          contemplation of the acquisition of such Person; and

                 (ix)   additional Investments of the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time of an amount not to exceed
          $10.0 million.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts available for investments under
          clauses (iv) and (ix) shall be increased by the aggregate amount of
          Returned Investments received by the Corporation on or before the date
          of such Investment.

          "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated
           ------                                                               
     organization, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust or
     joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

          "Plan" means any employee benefit plan, retirement plan, deferred
           ----                                                            
     compensation plan, restricted stock plan, health, life, disability or other
     insurance plan or program, employee stock purchase plan, employee stock
     ownership plan, pension plan, stock option plan or similar plan or
     arrangement of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
     Corporation, or any successor plan thereof, and "Plans" shall have a
     correlative meaning.

          "Preferred Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person
           ---------------                                                      
     that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with
     respect to dividends or redemption or upon liquidation.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -48-


          "Pro Rata Interest" of any Person in any other Person means a
           -----------------                                           
     fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the equity or other
     ownership interest in such other Person that are beneficially owned by such
     Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and the denominator of which is the
     aggregate amount of all equity or other ownership interests in such other
     Person that are outstanding (for this purpose, equity or other ownership
     interests subject to presently exercisable options, warrants or other
     rights to acquire such interests shall be deemed to be outstanding and
     shall be included in both the numerator and denominator).  The Pro Rata
     Interest of any Person in any item of income or expense or in the fair
     market value of the assets or liabilities of any other Person means the
     amount obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of such income or expense or
     the fair market value of the relevant asset or liability, as the case may
     be, of such other Person by (ii) the Pro Rata Interest of such Person in
     such other Person.

          "Purchase Money Indebtedness" of any Person means any Indebtedness
           ---------------------------                                      
     incurred or assumed by a Person to finance the cost (including the cost of
     construction) of an item of real or personal property, the principal amount
     of which Indebtedness does not exceed the sum of (i) 100% of such cost and
     (ii) reasonable fees and expenses of such Person incurred in connection
     therewith and provided that such Indebtedness is incurred or assumed within
     90 days of the acquisition of, or improvement to, such property; and
                                                                         
     provided that any lien securing such Indebtedness does not extend to any
     --------                                                                
     property or assets other than the real or personal property financed with
     such Indebtedness.

          "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not
           -----------------------                                     
     Disqualified Capital Stock.

          "Recapitalization" means the transactions described as such in the
           ----------------                                                 
     Offering Memorandum.

          "Redeemable Dividend" means, for any dividend or distribution with
           -------------------                                              
     regard to Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock, the quotient of
     the dividend or distribution divided by the difference between one and the
     maximum statutory United States federal income tax rate (expressed as a
     decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the issuer of such
     Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -49-


          "Redemption Date", with respect to any shares of Senior Preferred
           ---------------                                                 
     Stock, means the date on which such shares of Senior Preferred Stock are
     redeemed by the Corporation.

          "Redemption Notice" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph (e).
           -----------------                                                   

          "Reference Period" with regard to any Person means the four full
           ----------------                                               
     fiscal quarters of such Person ended on or immediately preceding any date
     upon which any determination is to be made pursuant to the terms of the
     Senior Preferred Stock; provided, that if the Transaction Date in question
                             --------                                          
     is more than 90 days after the end of such Person's most recently completed
     fiscal year or more than 45 days after the end of such Person's most
     recently completed fiscal quarter (other than the fourth fiscal quarter),
     then "Reference Period" shall mean the four full fiscal quarters ended on
     the last day of such fiscal year or fiscal quarter, as the case may be,
     unless financial information for a later period of four full fiscal
     quarters is available.

          "Refinancing Costs" shall have the meaning provided in the definition
           -----------------                                                   
     of "Refinancing Indebtedness" below.

          "Refinancing Indebtedness" means an extension, renewal, replacement,
           ------------------------                                           
     refinancing or refunding of any Indebtedness which is Permitted
     Indebtedness or is otherwise incurred in accordance with paragraph (l)(i)
     (such Indebtedness is collectively referred to as "Refinancing
     Indebtedness"); provided, that (1) the maximum principal amount of the
                     --------                                              
     relevant Refinancing Indebtedness (or, if such Refinancing Indebtedness (if
     not a revolving credit or similar arrangement) does not require cash
     payments prior to maturity or is otherwise issued at a discount, the
     original issue price of such Refinancing Indebtedness) may not exceed (x)
     the maximum principal amount of the relevant Indebtedness or Disqualified
     Capital Stock being extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or refunded,
     plus unpaid interest, prepayment penalties, redemption premiums, fees,
     expenses and other amounts owing with respect thereto, plus reasonable
     financing fees and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
     connection therewith (collectively, "Refinancing Costs"), or (y) if such
     Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock being extended, renewed,
     replaced, refinanced or refunded was issued at an original issue discount,
     the original issue price, plus amortization of the original issue discount
     at the time of 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -50-


     the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness plus Refinancing Costs, (2)
     in the case of such Refinancing Indebtedness being Disqualified Capital
     Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to
     Maturity and a final maturity that is equal to or greater than the
     Disqualified Capital Stock being extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or
     refunded at the time of such extension, renewal, replacement, refinancing
     or refunding, (3) with respect to Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital
     Stock of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiaries, the relevant
     Refinancing Indebtedness shall rank in right of payment with respect to the
     Senior Preferred Stock to an extent no less favorable in respect thereof to
     the holders of Senior Preferred Stock than the Indebtedness or Disqualified
     Capital Stock being refinanced, extended, renewed, replaced or refunded and
     (4) Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
     Corporation shall only be used to refinance outstanding Indebtedness or
     Disqualified Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or any other
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation.

          "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
           -----------------------------                               
     Agreement dated as of the Issue Date between the Corporation and CIBC
     Oppenheimer Corp., as Initial Purchaser relating to the Senior Preferred
     Stock.

          "Resolution" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph.
           ----------                                                         

          "Restricted Payment" means (i) the declaration or payment of any
           ------------------                                             
     dividend or the making of any other distribution (other than dividends or
     distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock and other than dividends
     or distributions (in cash or otherwise) on the Senior Preferred Stock) on
     shares of the Corporation's Junior Securities, (ii) the purchase,
     redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of any Junior
     Securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options to
     acquire shares of Junior Securities of the Corporation, other than through
     the exchange of such Junior Securities or any warrants, rights or options
     to acquire shares of any class of such Junior Securities for Qualified
     Capital Stock or warrants, rights or options to acquire Qualified Capital
     Stock, (iii) the making of any Investment (other than a Permitted
     Investment) (provided that the amount of any Investment for purposes of
     this clause (iii) shall be calculated by subtracting the amount of
     applicable Returned Investments, if any, on any such Investment), (iv) any
     des-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -51-


     ignation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the
     basis of the fair market value of such Subsidiary utilizing standard
     valuation methodologies and approved by the Board of Directors and (v)
     forgiveness of any Indebtedness of an Affiliate of the Corporation to the
     Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary. For purposes of determining the
     amount available to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of
     the covenant contained in paragraph (l)(ii) above, the amount of any
     Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (iii) or (iv) above shall be
     calculated after giving effect to any Returned Investments.

          "Restricted Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Corporation other
           ---------------------                                             
     than an Unrestricted Subsidiary and includes all of the Subsidiaries of the
     Corporation (other than the Initial Emerging Market Subsidiaries) existing
     as of the Issue Date.  The Board of Directors may designate any
     Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as a
     Restricted Subsidiary if immediately after giving effect to such action
     (and treating any Acquired Indebtedness as having been incurred at the time
     of such action), the Corporation could have incurred at least $1.00 of
     additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to
     Paragraph (l)(i); provided that the Corporation may not designate any
                       --------                                           
     Emerging Market Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary unless such
     designation complies with the requirements set forth in the definition of
     "Emerging Market Subsidiary" relating thereto.

          "Returned Investments" mean, with respect to all Investments made in
           --------------------                                               
     Emerging Market Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to
     clause (iv) or (ix), respectively, of the definition of "Permitted
     Investments" or pursuant to clauses (iii) or (iv) of the definition of
     "Restricted Payment", the aggregate amount of (i) all payments made in
     respect of such Investments, other than interest, dividends or other
     distributions not in the nature of a return or repurchase of capital or a
     repayment of principal, that have been paid or returned, without
     restriction, in cash to the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries and
     (ii) the Pro Rata Interest of the Corporation and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries in the fair market value of the net assets of all Emerging
     Market Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, that
     have been designated a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation after the
     Issue Date, such fair market value to be 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -52-


     determined as of the date of such designation; provided, that amounts under
                                                    -------- 
     the foregoing clause (ii) with respect to each such Emerging Market
     Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not
     constitute Returned Investments to the extent that such amount exceeds the
     total amount of Investments by the Corporation and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries in such Emerging Market Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary,
     as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Returned Investments
     shall be credited to the amounts available for Investments pursuant to
     clauses (iv) or (ix) of the definition of "Permitted Investments" or
     Investments made pursuant to the provisions of clause (iii) or (iv) of the
     definition of "Restricted Payment", only to the extent that such Returned
     Investments are in respect of Investments made pursuant to each such clause
     or provision.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
           --------------                                                       
     rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "Senior Preferred Stock" means the 13-7/8% Senior Redeemable
           ----------------------                                     
     Exchangeable Preferred Stock, liquidation preference $1,000 per share of
     the Corporation issued pursuant to this Certificate of Designation,
     including any additional series of Senior Preferred Stock issued pursuant
     to the Registration Rights Agreement.

          "Senior Securities" shall have the meaning provided in paragraph (b).
           -----------------                                                   

          "Subsidiary" with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of
           ----------                                                          
     which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes
     entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary
     circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such
     Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting
     interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or
     indirectly, owned by such Person.

          "Transaction Date" shall have the meaning provided in the definition
           ----------------                                                   
     of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio above.

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (a) any Emerging Market Subsidiary,
           -----------------------                                           
     (b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging Market
     Subsidiary and (c) any Sub-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -53-


     sidiary of the Corporation which is classified after the Issue Date as an
     Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging Market Subsidiary by a resolution
     adopted by the Board of Directors; provided that a Subsidiary organized or
                                        --------
     acquired after the Issue Date may be so classified as an Unrestricted
     Subsidiary only if such classification is in compliance with paragraph
     (l)(ii); provided, further, that a Subsidiary may not be classified as an
              --------  -------
     Emerging Market Subsidiary unless such classification would be in
     compliance with the provisions of the definition of "Emerging Market
     Subsidiary."

          "Voting Rights Triggering Event" shall have the meaning provided in
           ------------------------------                                    
     paragraph (f).

          "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
           ---------------------------------                            
     Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the
     then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b)
     the total of the product obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each
     then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required
     payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect
     thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-
     twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such
     payment.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -54-


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Samsonite Corporation, has caused this
Certificate of Designation to be signed by Thomas R. Sandler, its President,
this 24th day of June, 1998.

                              SAMSONITE CORPORATION

                              By:
                                 ----------------------------------
                                 Name:   Thomas R. Sandler
                                 Title:  President

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.6
 
                           CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
                                    TO THE
                          CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
                                    OF THE
                       POWERS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE,
                       PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL AND OTHER
                         SPECIAL RIGHTS OF 13 7/8% SENIOR
                            REDEEMABLE EXCHANGEABLE
                      PREFERRED STOCK AND QUALIFICATIONS,
                     LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS THEREOF


     ___________________________________________________________________________

                   Pursuant to Section 103(f) of the General
                   Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
                                        
     ___________________________________________________________________________


     Samsonite Corporation (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and
                                 -----------                               
existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby
certify that:

     FIRST:    On June 23, 1998, the Corporation filed with the Secretary of
State a Certificate of Designation of the Powers, Preferences and Relative,
Participating, Optional and the Other Special Rights of 13 7/8% Senior
Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and
Restrictions thereof (the "Certificate of Designation").

     SECOND:   The definition of "Exchange Indenture" that appears in paragraph
(m) of the Certificate of Designation erroneously refers to forms of indentures
included as Exhibits to the Certificate of Designation although no such forms
are included as Exhibits thereto.  That definition is hereby corrected to read
in its entirety as follows:

          "Exchange Indenture" means (i) in the case of the Corporation Exchange
           ------------------                                             
          Debentures, the indenture dated as of June 24, 1998 between the
          Corporation and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee
          (the "Trustee"), relating to the Corporation Exchange Debentures and 
                -------                                                        
          (ii) in the case of the Holdings Exchange Debentures, the 
<PAGE>
 
          form of indenture relating thereto delivered to the Trustee on the
          Issue Date.

     THIRD:    The foregoing correction was prepared in accordance with the
provisions of Section 103(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Samsonite Corporation has caused this Certificate
of Correction to be executed this 7th day of July, 1998.

                                       SAMSONITE CORPORATION
                                   
                                   
                                       By: ____________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                                       2

 

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1

     ====================================================================



                             _____________________

                       SAMSONITE CORPORATION, as Issuer,

                                      and

              UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee


     ====================================================================



                                   INDENTURE

                           Dated as of June 24, 1998



                                 $350,000,000

                  10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
<PAGE>
 
                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         TIA                                                     Indenture
       Section                                                   Section
       -------                                                   -------
     <S>                                                         <C>    
     310  (a)(1)..............................................     7.10
          (a)(2)..............................................     7.10
          (a)(3)..............................................     N.A.
          (a)(4)..............................................     N.A.
          (b).................................................     7.08; 7.10; 11.02
          (b)(1)..............................................     7.10
          (b)(9)..............................................     7.10
          (c).................................................     N.A.
     311  (a).................................................     7.11
          (b).................................................     7.11
          (c).................................................     N.A.
     312  (a).................................................     2.05
          (b).................................................     11.03
          (c).................................................     11.03
     313  (a).................................................     7.06
          (b)(1)..............................................     7.06
          (b)(2)..............................................     7.06
          (c).................................................     7.06; 11.02
          (d).................................................     7.06
     314  (a).................................................     4.02; 4.04; 11.02
          (b).................................................     N.A.
          (c)(1)..............................................     11.04; 11.05
          (c)(2)..............................................     11.04; 11.05
          (c)(3)..............................................     N.A.
          (d).................................................     N.A.
          (e).................................................     11.05
          (f).................................................     N.A.
     315  (a).................................................     7.01; 7.02
          (b).................................................     7.05; 10.02
          (c).................................................     7.01
          (d).................................................     6.05; 7.01; 7.02
          (e).................................................     6.11
     316  (a) (last sentence).................................     11.06
          (a)(1)(A)...........................................     6.05
          (a)(1)(B)...........................................     6.04
          (a)(2)..............................................     8.02
          (b).................................................     6.07
          (c).................................................     8.04
     317  (a)(1)..............................................     6.08
          (a)(2)..............................................     6.09
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
     <S>                                                         <C> 
          (b).................................................    N.A.
     318  (a).................................................    11.01
</TABLE>

____________________
N.A. means Not Applicable

Note:     This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be
          a part of this Indenture
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C> 
                                   ARTICLE 1

                  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01.    Definitions............................................      1
Section 1.02.    Other Definitions......................................     31
Section 1.03.    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act......     32
Section 1.04.    Rules of Construction..................................     32

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                THE SECURITIES

Section 2.01.    Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture.............     33
Section 2.02.    Execution and Authentication...........................     34
Section 2.03.    Registrar and Paying Agent.............................     35
Section 2.04.    Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust...................     35
Section 2.05.    Securityholder Lists...................................     36
Section 2.06.    Transfer and Exchange..................................     36
Section 2.07.    Replacement Securities.................................     36
Section 2.08.    Outstanding Securities.................................     37
Section 2.09.    Temporary Securities...................................     37
Section 2.10.    Cancellation...........................................     38
Section 2.11.    Defaulted Interest.....................................     38
Section 2.12.    Deposit of Moneys......................................     38
Section 2.13.    CUSIP Number...........................................     39
Section 2.14.    Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities............     39
Section 2.15.    Special Transfer Provisions............................     40

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                  REDEMPTION

Section 3.01.    Notices to Trustee.....................................     43
Section 3.02.    Selection by Trustee of Securities To Be Redeemed......     43
Section 3.03.    Notice of Redemption...................................     44
Section 3.04.    Effect of Notice of Redemption.........................     44
Section 3.05.    Deposit of Redemption Price............................     45
Section 3.06.    Securities Redeemed in Part............................     45
Section 3.07.    Optional Redemption....................................     46
</TABLE> 

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                       <C> 
                                   ARTICLE 4

                                   COVENANTS

Section 4.01.    Payment of Securities.............................................       46
Section 4.02.    SEC Reports.......................................................       47
Section 4.03.    Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws...........................       47
Section 4.04.    Compliance Certificate............................................       48
Section 4.05.    Taxes.............................................................       48
Section 4.06.    Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness...............       49
Section 4.07.    Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries..........       49
Section 4.08.    Limitation on Restricted Payments.................................       50
Section 4.09.    Limitation on Certain Asset Sales.................................       52
Section 4.10.    Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates........................       55
Section 4.11.    Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Debt......................       57
Section 4.12.    Payments for Consent..............................................       57
Section 4.13.    Corporate Existence...............................................       57
Section 4.14.    Change of Control.................................................       58
Section 4.15.    Maintenance of Office or Agency...................................       60
Section 4.16.    Limitation on Liens...............................................       61
Section 4.17.    Limitation on Emerging Market Subsidiaries........................       61
Section 4.18.    Limitation on Restricting Subsidiary Dividends; Restriction on
                    Sale and Issuance of Subsidiary Stock..........................       62

                                   ARTICLE 5

                             SUCCESSOR CORPORATION


Section 5.01.    Limitation on Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets............       64
Section 5.02.    Successor Person Substituted......................................       65

                                   ARTICLE 6

                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01.    Events of Default.................................................       65
Section 6.02.    Acceleration......................................................       67
Section 6.03.    Other Remedies....................................................       68
Section 6.04.    Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default.....................       69
Section 6.05.    Control by Majority...............................................       69
Section 6.06.    Limitation on Suits...............................................       69
Section 6.07.    Rights of Holders To Receive Payment..............................       70
Section 6.08.    Collection Suit by Trustee........................................       70
</TABLE> 

                                      ii


 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                  <C>           
Section 6.09.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim...............................      71
Section 6.10.    Priorities.....................................................      71
Section 6.11.    Undertaking for Costs..........................................      72

                                   ARTICLE 7

                                    TRUSTEE
Section 7.01.    Duties of Trustee..............................................      72
Section 7.02.    Rights of Trustee..............................................      74
Section 7.03.    Individual Rights of Trustee...................................      75
Section 7.04.    Trustee's Disclaimer...........................................      75
Section 7.05.    Notice of Defaults.............................................      75
Section 7.06.    Reports by Trustee to Holders..................................      75
Section 7.07.    Compensation and Indemnity.....................................      76
Section 7.08.    Replacement of Trustee.........................................      77
Section 7.09.    Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion.......      78
Section 7.10.    Eligibility; Disqualification..................................      79
Section 7.11.    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company..............      79

                                   ARTICLE 8

                      AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 8.01.    Without Consent of Holders.....................................      79
Section 8.02.    With Consent of Holders........................................      80
Section 8.03.    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act............................      81
Section 8.04.    Revocation and Effect of Consents..............................      82
Section 8.05.    Notation on or Exchange of Securities..........................      82
Section 8.06.    Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc................................      83

                                   ARTICLE 9

                      DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

Section 9.01.    Discharge of Indenture.........................................      83
Section 9.02.    Legal Defeasance...............................................      84
Section 9.03.    Covenant Defeasance............................................      84
Section 9.04.    Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance................      85
Section 9.05.    Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be
                    Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions...............      87
Section 9.06.    Reinstatement..................................................      88
Section 9.07.    Moneys Held by Paying Agent....................................      88
</TABLE> 

                                      iii

 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                      <C> 
Section 9.08.    Moneys Held by Trustee..............................................     88

                                  ARTICLE 10

                          SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

Section 10.01.   Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt...............................     89
Section 10.02.   Payment Over of Proceeds upon Dissolution, etc......................     89
Section 10.03.   Suspension of Payment When Senior Debt in Default...................     91
Section 10.04.   Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt...................................     94
Section 10.05.   Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.....................     94
Section 10.06.   Provisions Solely To Define Relative Rights.........................     95
Section 10.07.   Trustee To Effectuate Subordination.................................     96
Section 10.08.   No Waiver of Subordination Provisions...............................     96
Section 10.09.   Notice to Trustee...................................................     97
Section 10.10.   Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent......     98
Section 10.11.   Rights of Trustee as a Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of
                    Trustee's Rights.................................................     99
Section 10.12.   Article Applicable to Paying Agents.................................     99
Section 10.13.   No Suspension of Remedies...........................................     99

                                  ARTICLE 11

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.   Trust Indenture Act Controls........................................    100
Section 11.02.   Notices.............................................................    100
Section 11.03.   Communications by Holders with Other Holders........................    101
Section 11.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent..................    102
Section 11.05.   Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion......................    102
Section 11.06.   When Treasury Securities Disregarded................................    103
Section 11.07.   Rules by Trustee and Agents.........................................    103
Section 11.08.   Business Days; Legal Holidays.......................................    103
Section 11.09.   Governing Law.......................................................    103
Section 11.10.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.......................    104
Section 11.11.   No Recourse Against Others..........................................    104
Section 11.12.   Successors..........................................................    104
Section 11.13.   Multiple Counterparts...............................................    104
Section 11.14.   Table of Contents, Headings, etc....................................    104
Section 11.15.   Separability........................................................    104
</TABLE> 

                                      iv
<PAGE>
 
EXHIBITS
- --------
Exhibit A  -   Form of Security                        A-1
Exhibit B  -   Form of Legend for Global Securities    B-1
Exhibit C  -   Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers
               to Non-QIB Accredited Investors C-1
Exhibit D  -   Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers
               Pursuant to Regulation S D-1

                                       v
<PAGE>
 
          INDENTURE, dated as of June 24, 1998, between SAMSONITE CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation, as issuer (the "Company"), and UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, a bank and trust company organized under the New York Banking Law,
as Trustee (the "Trustee").

          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 10 3/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Securities").

                                   ARTICLE 1

                  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01.  Definitions.
               ----------- 

               "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person (including
an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets
from such Person.

               "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, a Person who,
directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such other Person. The term
"control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct
or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided,
                                                                      --------  
however, that the ownership of at least 10% of the voting power of the Common
- ------- 
Stock of a Person, either directly or indirectly, shall be deemed control.

               "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-registrar or agent
for service of notices and demands.

               "Asset Sale" means the sale, transfer or other disposition (other
than to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any
Emerging Market Subsidiary)) in any single transaction or series of related
transactions involving assets with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000
of (a) any Capital Stock of or other equity interest in any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company other than in a transaction where the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary receives therefor one or more properties with a fair
market value equal to the fair market value of the Capital Stock issued,
transferred or disposed of by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary (with
such fair market values being determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company), (b) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or of any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof, (c) real property or (d) all or substantially all
of the assets of any division, line of business or comparable business segment
of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; provided that Asset
                                                        --------   
Sales shall not include (x) sales, leases, conveyances, transfer or other
dispositions to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person
if, after giving effect

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
to such sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, such other
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Emerging Market
Subsidiary), (y) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction complying with Section 5.01,
in which case only the assets not so sold shall be deemed an Asset Sale, or (z)
any sale, issuance or other disposition of Capital Stock or assets of any Joint
Venture Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.18.

          "Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, (i) cash
received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale
(including cash received as consideration for the assumption of liabilities
incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after (a)
provision for all income or other taxes, estimated in good faith by the Company,
measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale, (b) payment of all brokerage
commissions, underwriting, accounting, legal and other fees and expenses related
to such Asset Sale, (c) provision for minority interest holders in any
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale and (d) deduction of
appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as
a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the
assets sold or disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation,
pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to
environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with
the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset Sale, and (ii) promissory notes and
other non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary from such Asset Sale or other disposition upon the liquidation or
conversion of such notes or non-cash consideration into cash.

          "Available Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale,
the aggregate Asset Sale Proceeds from such Asset Sale that have not been
applied in accordance with clause (iii)(a) or (b) and that have not yet been the
subject of an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with clause (iii)(c) of
Section 4.09(a).

          "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company or
any authorized committee thereof (a "Board Committee"); provided that the term
                                                        --------              
"Board of Directors" as used in the definition of "Change of Control" shall not
include any Board Committee.

          "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified pursuant to
an Officers' Certificate to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
the Company to be in full force and effect, and delivered to the Trustee.

          "Capital Stock" means (i) with respect to any Person that is a
corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
(however designated) of capital stock, including each class of common stock and
preferred stock of such Person and warrants or options to purchase any of the
foregoing and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and
all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, as to any Person, the obligation
of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease to which such Person
is a party that is required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease
obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such
obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at
such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Cash Equivalents" means (i) marketable direct obligations issued by,
or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in
each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (ii)
marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public
instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from either S&P or Moody's; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more
than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition,
having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's; (iv)
certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one year from
the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank organized under
the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition
thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (v)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; and (vi) investments
in money market funds which invest substantially all of their assets in
securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (v) above.

          "Certificate of Designation" means the Certificate of Designation
under which the Senior Preferred Stock was issued, as in effect on the date of
this Indenture.

          A "Change of Control" of the Company will be deemed to have occurred
at such time as (i) any Person (including a Person's Affiliates), other than a
Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined under Rule 13d-3 or
any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or
more of the total voting power of the Company's Common Stock unless, as a result
of such transaction, the ultimate direct or indirect ownership of the Company is
substantially the same immediately after such transaction as it was immediately
prior to such transaction, (ii) any Person (including a Person's Affiliates),
other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 35% of
the total voting power of the Company's Common Stock, and the Permitted Holders
beneficially own, in the aggregate, a lesser percentage of the total voting
power of the Common Stock of the Company than such other Person and do not have
the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or
designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company,
(iii) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company in
which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to
which the Common Stock of the Company would be converted into cash, securities
or other property, other than a merger or consolidation of the Company in which

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
the holders of the Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to
the consolidation or merger hold, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of
the voting power of the Common Stock of the surviving corporation immediately
after such consolidation or merger or (iv) during any period of two consecutive
years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of
Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such
Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the
Company has been approved by a majority of the directors then still in office
who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
recommendation for election was previously so approved) cease to constitute a
majority of the Board of the Directors of the Company.

          "Common Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests or
other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether
voting or non-voting) of, such Person's common stock, whether outstanding on the
Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all
series and classes of such common stock.

          "Company" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this
Indenture until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article 5 of this
Indenture and thereafter means the successor obligor on the Securities.

          "Company Request" means any written request signed in the name of the
Company by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the
Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer and attested to by the Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary of the Company.

          "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, for any period, an amount equal to (a) the sum of Consolidated Net
Income for such period, plus, to the extent deducted from the revenues of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in determining Consolidated Net Income,
(i) the provision for taxes for such period based on income or profits and any
provision for taxes utilized in computing a loss in Consolidated Net Income
above, plus (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense (including, for this purpose,
dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock and any Redeemable Dividends in each
case only to the extent that such dividends were deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income), plus (iii) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges, plus (iv)
without duplication, charges attributable to the exercise or adjustment of
employee options and fees and expenses, in each case, incurred in connection
with the Recapitalization or the transactions described under "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Recent
Events and Proposed Recapitalization," in the Offering Memorandum plus (v)
without duplication, for any four quarter period that includes one or more
fiscal quarters of fiscal 1998 or either or both of the first two fiscal
quarters of fiscal 1999, restructuring charges, in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $12,000,000, but only to the extent actually incurred during each such
applicable quarter and minus (vi) without duplication, the amount of all cash
payments made by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such
period to the extent such payments relate to Consolidated Non-Cash Charges that
were added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA for such period or any prior
period, all as determined

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
accordance with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" on any date of
determination (the "Transaction Date") means, with respect to any Person, the
ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the
Reference Period to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of
such Person during the Reference Period; provided, that for purposes of such
                                         --------                           
computation, in calculating Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Fixed Charges,
(a) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro forma basis) on
the first day of the Reference Period; (b) the incurrence of any Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit or similar facility
to the extent that the proceeds were used to finance working capital
requirements in the ordinary course of business) or the issuance of any
Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock during the Reference Period or
subsequent thereto and on or prior to the Transaction Date (and the application
of the proceeds therefrom (other than a repayment of Indebtedness outstanding
under a revolving credit or similar facility to the extent that the proceeds
were used to finance working capital requirements in the ordinary course of
business) to the extent used to retire Indebtedness or Preferred Stock) will be
assumed to have occurred (on a pro forma basis) on the first day of such
Reference Period; (c) Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any
Indebtedness (whether existing or being incurred) bearing a floating interest
rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the Transaction Date had been
the applicable rate for the entire period, unless such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party to an Interest Rate Agreement (which shall remain in
effect for the 12-month period after the Transaction Date) that has the effect
of fixing the interest rate on the date of computation, in which case such rate
(whether higher or lower) shall be used; (d) the repayment of any Indebtedness
(other than under a revolving credit or similar facility to the extent that the
proceeds were used to finance working capital requirements in the ordinary
course of business), Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock during the
Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the Transaction Date
with the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of assets or properties
referred to in clause (f) below will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro forma
basis) on the first day of the Reference Period; (e) the acquisition during the
Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the Transaction Date
of any other Person which, as a result of such acquisition, becomes a
Subsidiary, will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro forma basis) on the first
day of the Reference Period; and (f) any sale or other disposition of assets or
properties constituting an existing business (whether existing as a separate
entity, subsidiary, division, unit or otherwise) outside the ordinary course of
business occurring during the Reference Period or subsequent thereto and on or
prior to the Transaction Date will be assumed to have occurred (on a pro forma
basis) on the first day of the Reference Period.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charges" of any Person for any period means
(without duplication) the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense of such
Person for such period (excluding amortization or write-off of deferred
financing fees and expenses) and (ii) without duplication, Redeemable Dividends
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether in cash or otherwise
(except dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock)) with
respect to

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock accrued during such period in
accordance with GAAP (but in the case of such Preferred Stock, only to the
extent that the aggregate amount of dividends paid or accrued from and after the
Issue Date exceeds the aggregate net cash proceeds to such Person from the
issuance and sale of such Preferred Stock), in each case excluding items
eliminated in consolidation of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided, that dividends accrued or paid on the Senior Preferred Stock shall not
- --------                                                                        
be included in the calculation of Consolidated Fixed Charges.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person, for
any period, the aggregate amount of interest which, in conformity with GAAP,
would be set forth opposite the caption "interest expense" or any like caption
on an income statement for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, including, but not limited to, Redeemable Dividends, whether
paid or accrued, on Restricted Subsidiary Preferred Stock, imputed interest
included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance
financing, the net costs associated with hedging obligations, amortization of
other financing fees and expenses, the interest portion of any deferred payment
obligation, amortization of discount or premium, if any, and all other non-cash
interest expense (other than interest amortized to cost of sales) plus, without
duplication, all net capitalized interest for such period and all interest
incurred or paid under any guarantee of Indebtedness (including a guarantee of
principal, interest or any combination thereof) of any Person, plus the amount
of all dividends or distributions paid on Disqualified Capital Stock (other than
dividends paid or payable in shares of Capital Stock of the Company), minus
interest income for such period.

          "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, for any
period, the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in
accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that (a) the net income of any Person
                      --------  -------                                       
including of any Emerging Market Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary (each, an
"Other Person") in which the Person in question or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has less than a 100% interest (which interest does not cause the
net income of such Other Person to be consolidated into the net income of the
Person in question in accordance with GAAP) shall be included only to the extent
of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the Person in question or to
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the net income of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Person in question that is subject to any restriction or
limitation on the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions
(other than pursuant to the Securities) shall be excluded to the extent of such
restriction or limitation, (c) (i) the net income of any Person acquired in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition shall be excluded and (ii) any net gain or net loss resulting from
an Asset Sale by the Person in question or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded, (d)
extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains and losses shall be excluded and
(e) gains and losses associated with discontinued and terminated operations
shall be excluded.

          "Consolidated Non-Cash Charges" means, with respect to any Person for
any

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items (which
do not reflect an accrual of a cash expense which may be incurred in the future)
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries less any such non-cash items
increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP.

          "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally
administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is
specified in Section 11.02.

          "Credit Agreement" means (i) one or more credit agreements, loan
agreements or similar agreements providing for working capital advances, term
loans, letter of credit facilities or similar advances, loans, or facilities to
the Company, any Subsidiaries, domestic or foreign, or any or all of such
Persons, including the Credit Agreement, dated on or as in effect on or about
the Issue Date, among the Company and Samsonite Europe N.V., as borrowers, Bank
of America National Trust and Savings Association and BankBoston, N.A., and
certain other lenders party thereto from time to time, as the same may be
amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time and (ii) any one
or more agreements governing advances, loans or facilities provided to refund,
refinance, replace or renew (including subsequent or successive refundings,
refinancings, replacements and renewals) Indebtedness under the agreement or
agreements referred to in the foregoing clause (i), as the same may be amended,
modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

          "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
swap agreement or other similar agreement designed to address fluctuations in
currency values.

          "Default" means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or
with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default.

          "Depository" means, with respect to the Securities issued in the form
of one or more Global Securities, The Depository Trust Company or another Person
designated as Depository by the Company, which Person must be a clearing agency
registered under the Exchange Act.

          "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) Indebtedness under the Original
Credit Agreement (and any guarantees thereof), and (ii) any other Indebtedness
constituting Senior Debt which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate
principal amount of at least $25,000,000 (or accreted value of at least such
amount in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) and is specifically
designated as "Designated Senior Debt" by the Company and, so long as the
Original Credit Agreement is in effect, by the Representative under the Original
Credit Agreement, and certified as such in an Officers' Certificate delivered to
the Trustee.

          "Disqualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock which, by its
terms (or by the

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures (excluding any
maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is
mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on
or prior to the final maturity date of the Securities. Without limitation of the
foregoing, Disqualified Capital Stock shall be deemed to include (i) any
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Preferred
Stock of the Company, with respect to either of which, under the terms of such
Preferred Stock, by agreement or otherwise, such Restricted Subsidiary or the
Company is obligated to pay current dividends or distributions in cash during
the period prior to the maturity date of the Securities; provided, however, that
                                                         --------  -------      
Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is
issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change of control offer to be
made for such Preferred Stock in the event of a change of control of the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same
effect as the provisions of Section 4.14 shall not be deemed to be Disqualified
Capital Stock solely by virtue of such provisions; and provided, further, that
                                                       --------  -------      
the Senior Preferred Stock shall not be considered Disqualified Capital Stock.

          "Emerging Market Subsidiary" means (i) any Initial Emerging Market
Subsidiary, (ii) any majority-owned Subsidiary of the Company the principal
operations of which are not located in the United States, Canada, Western Europe
or Japan that, at the time of determination, shall be an Emerging Market
Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors, as provided below) and
(iii) any majority-owned Subsidiary of an Emerging Market Subsidiary. The Board
of Directors may designate (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company to be
an Emerging Market Subsidiary, and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
(including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary at or prior to the time
it is so formed or acquired) to be an Emerging Market Subsidiary if it meets the
geographic test set forth above and (a) no Default or Event of Default is
existing or will occur as a consequence thereof, (b) with respect to previously
existing Restricted Subsidiaries, immediately after giving effect to such
designation, on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section
4.06 and (c) such Restricted Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock of, or
own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary of the Restricted Subsidiary to be so
designated. At the time that a previously existing Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company is designated an Emerging Market Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed
to make an "Investment" in such Emerging Market Subsidiary in an amount equal to
its Pro Rata Interest in the fair market value of the net assets of such
Restricted Subsidiary. A Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall not be
considered to be a "previously existing Restricted Subsidiary" for purposes of
this definition if such Restricted Subsidiary is designated to be an Emerging
Market Subsidiary at or prior to the time of the formation of such Restricted
Subsidiary or at or prior to the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by
the Company. The Board of Directors may designate any Emerging Market Subsidiary
to be a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default
is existing or will occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) either (x)
immediately after giving effect to such designation, on a pro forma basis, the
Company could incur at least $ 1.00 of additional

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.06 or (y)
the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately after
giving effect to such designation, on a pro forma basis, exceeds the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior (and
without giving effect) to such designation. Each such designation shall be
evidenced by the filing with the Trustee of a certified copy of the Board
Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

          "Equity Offering" means a sale by the Company of shares of its
Qualified Capital Stock.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "Exchange Debentures" means the 13 7/8% Subordinated Debentures due
2010 of the Company or the 13 7/8% Senior Debentures due 2010 of Holdings, as
the case may be, issuable in exchange for the Senior Preferred Stock in
accordance with the Certificate of Designation with respect to the Senior
Preferred Stock and pursuant to the Exchange Indenture including additional
Exchange Debentures issued as interest on outstanding Exchange Debentures
pursuant to the Exchange Indenture.

          "Exchange Indenture" means the indenture dated as of June 24, 1998
between the Company, in the case of Exchange Debentures issued by the Company,
or the indenture dated as of the issue date of the Exchange Debentures between
Holdings, in the case of Exchange Debentures issued by Holdings, and, in either
case, United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee, governing the
Exchange Debentures.

          "Exchange Securities" has the meaning provided for Exchange Notes in
the Registration Rights Agreement.

          "Foreign Credit Agreement" means one or more Credit Agreements among
one or more Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries and the lenders party thereto.

          "Foreign Restricted Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is incorporated or otherwise organized in a jurisdiction other than
the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied as in effect in the United States from time to time.

          "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the Person in whose name a Security
is registered on the Registrar's books.

          "Holdings" means a holding company of the Company which may be formed
after

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
the Issue Date.

          "incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of
any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise),
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or
other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of
any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person
(and "incurrence," "incurred," "incurrable" and "incurring" shall have meanings
correlative to the foregoing); provided that a change in GAAP that results in an
                               --------                                         
obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Indebtedness shall
not be deemed an incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, further, that the
                                                  --------  -------          
amortization of original issue discount on Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount or the accumulation of distributions on Disqualified Capital
Stock shall not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness.

          "Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any
Person, any indebtedness at any time outstanding, secured or unsecured,
contingent or otherwise, which is for borrowed money (whether or not the
recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a
portion thereof) or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments
or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property (excluding, without limitation, any balances that constitute accounts
payable or trade payables and other accrued liabilities or accrued expenses
arising in the ordinary course of business) if and to the extent any of the
foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such
Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and shall also include, to the extent
not otherwise included, (i) any Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) obligations
secured by a Lien to which the property or assets owned or held by such Person
are subject, whether or not the obligation or obligations secured thereby shall
have been assumed (provided, however, that if such obligation or obligations
                   --------  -------                                        
shall not have been assumed, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be deemed to
be the lesser of the principal amount of the obligation or the fair market value
of the pledged property or assets), other than a Permitted Lien securing an
obligation that is not Indebtedness, (iii) guarantees of items of other Persons
which would be included within this definition for such other Persons (whether
or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the guarantor), (iv)
all obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit,
banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction, (v) Disqualified Capital
Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (vi) obligations
of any such Person under any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement
applicable to any of the foregoing (if and to the extent such Interest Rate
Agreement or Currency Agreement obligations would appear as a liability upon a
balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP). The amount of
Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such
date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to
contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the
contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that (i) the amount
outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount
is the principal amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized
portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as
determined in conformity with GAAP and (ii) Indebtedness shall not include any
liability for federal, state, local or other taxes. Notwithstanding any other
provision of

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
the foregoing definition, any trade payable arising from the purchase of goods
or materials or for services obtained in the ordinary course of business or
contingent obligations arising out of customary indemnification agreements with
respect to the sale of assets or securities shall not be deemed to be
"Indebtedness" of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of
this definition. Furthermore, guarantees of (or obligations with respect to
letters of credit supporting) Indebtedness otherwise included in the
determination of such amount shall not also be included.

          "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented
from time to time.

          "Initial Emerging Market Subsidiary" means each of (i) Chia Tai
Samsonite (H.K.) Limited, (ii) Ningbo Chia Tai Samsonite Luggage Co. Ltd., (iii)
Samsonite Argentina S.A., (iv) Samsonite Brasil Ltda., (v) Samsonite India
Limited, (vi) Samsonite Korea Limited, (vii) Samsonite Mercosur Limited, (viii)
Samsonite Mauritius Limited, and (ix) Samsonite Singapore Limited.

          "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that is an
"accredited investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7)
promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "Interest Payment Date" means the stated maturity of any scheduled
installment of interest on the Securities.

          "Interest Rate Agreement" means, for any Person, any interest rate
swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or
other similar agreement.

          "Invested Capital" in an Emerging Market Subsidiary means the sum
(without duplication) of the aggregate net cash proceeds and non-cash
consideration (other than services) received by such Emerging Market Subsidiary
from (a) the issuance of any Qualified Capital Stock of such Emerging Market
Subsidiary; (b) the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or Indebtedness
securities of such Emerging Market Subsidiary to (and only so long as such
securities are beneficially owned by) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company or any other Person that beneficially owns 20% or more of the
Qualified Capital Stock of such Emerging Market Subsidiary (a "Significant
Partner"); provided, that proceeds from the issuance of Disqualified Capital
           --------                                                         
Stock and Indebtedness securities that are beneficially owned by a Significant
Partner shall constitute Invested Capital only to the extent that the ratio of
(w) the Invested Capital under the preceding clause (a) attributable to Capital
Stock beneficially owned by such Significant Partner to (x) the proceeds from
the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock and Indebtedness of such Emerging
Market Subsidiary beneficially owned by such Significant Partner is not greater
than the ratio of (y) the Invested Capital under the preceding clause (a)
attributable to Capital Stock beneficially owned by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to (z) the proceeds from the issuance
of Disqualified Capital Stock and Indebtedness of such Emerging Market
Subsidiary beneficially owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
taken as a

                                      11
<PAGE>
 
whole; and (c) the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or Indebtedness
securities of such Emerging Market Subsidiary convertible into Qualified Capital
Stock of such Emerging Market Subsidiary, in each case upon such conversion
thereof into Qualified Capital Stock of such Emerging Market Subsidiary and that
is not considered Invested Capital pursuant to clause (b) above. For purposes of
this definition, the amount attributable to non-cash consideration shall be the
fair value thereof determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such
Emerging Market Subsidiary.

          "Investment" by any Person in any other Person means, directly or
indirectly, any advance, account receivable (other than an account receivable
arising in the ordinary course of business), loan or capital contribution to (by
means of transfers of property to others, payments for property or services for
the account or use of others or otherwise), the purchase of any stocks, bonds,
notes, debentures, partnership or joint venture interests or other securities
of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of
the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of,
such other Person or the making of any investment by such Person in any other
Person. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially
reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices and repurchases or
redemptions of the Securities, the Exchange Debentures issued by the Company or
the Senior Preferred Stock by the Company or any other security or evidence of
Indebtedness issued by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following
shall not be considered Investments by a Person in any other Person: (i) trade
receivables and prepaid expenses, in each case arising in the ordinary course of
business; provided, that such receivables and prepaid expenses would be recorded
          --------                                                  
as assets of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (ii) Investments received in
connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or
in good faith bona fide settlement of delinquent ordinary course of business
trade receivables of customers, (iii) endorsements for collection or deposit in
the ordinary course of business by such Person of bank drafts and similar
negotiable instruments of such other Person received as payment for ordinary
course of business trade receivables, (iv) an Interest Rate Agreement or
Currency Agreement with an unaffiliated Person provided that such agreements
comply with the requirements of clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted
Indebtedness, (v) Investments received as consideration for, or customary
indemnities given in connection with, an Asset Sale in compliance with Section
4.09, and (vi) Investments for which the sole consideration provided is
Qualified Capital Stock. The Company shall be deemed to make an "Investment" in
an amount equal to its Pro Rata Interest in the fair market value of the net
assets of any previously existing Restricted Subsidiary, at the time that such
Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging
Market Subsidiary, as the case may be; and any property transferred, directly or
indirectly (whether by merger or otherwise) to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an
Emerging Market Subsidiary, as the case may be, from the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary after the time of such designation shall be deemed an Investment
valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer. A Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company shall not be considered to be a "previously existing
Restricted Subsidiary" for purposes of this definition if such Restricted
Subsidiary is designated to be an Emerging Market Subsidiary or an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, at or prior to the time of the formation of such
Restricted Subsidiary or at or prior to the time such Restricted

                                      12
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiary is acquired by the Company.

          "Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the Securities.

          "Joint Venture Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company in which one or more Persons who have provided or are providing
operating assets or services to such Restricted Subsidiary beneficially own not
less than 50% of the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned by
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

          "Lien" means any consensual lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional
sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any
agreement to give any security interest).

          "Maturity Date" means June 15, 2008.

          "Net Proceeds" means (a) in the case of any sale of Capital Stock by
the Company, the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company, after payment
of expenses, commissions and the like incurred in connection therewith, whether
such proceeds are in cash or in property (valued at the fair market value
thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, at the time of
receipt) and (b) in the case of any exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender
of outstanding securities of any kind for or into shares of Qualified Capital
Stock of the Company, the net book value of such outstanding securities on the
date of such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender (plus any additional
amount required to be paid by the holder to the Company upon such exchange,
exercise, conversion or surrender, less any and all payments made to the
holders, e.g., on account of fractional shares and less all expenses incurred by
the Company in connection therewith).

          "Non-Payment Event of Default" means any event (other than a Payment
Default) the occurrence of which entitles one or more Persons to accelerate the
maturity of any Designated Senior Debt.

          "Non-U.S. Person" means a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined
in Regulation S.

          "Obligations" means all obligations for principal, premium, interest
(including post-petition interest whether or not such interest constitutes
allowed or allowable claims against the relevant obligor, in any bankruptcy,
reorganization or other insolvency proceeding, and, in the case of the
Securities, any additional interest or liquidated damages from time to time
payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement), penalties, fees, costs,
indemnifications, reimbursements, repurchase, redemption, retirement or
defeasance obligations, damages and other liabilities and obligations payable
under the documentation governing, or otherwise relating to, any Indebtedness.

                                      13
<PAGE>
 
          "Offer Period" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.09(b).

          "Offering Memorandum" means the Offering Memorandum dated June 18,
1998 pursuant to which the Securities were offered.

          "Officer" means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice
President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller or the
Secretary of the Company, or any other officer designated by the Board of
Directors, as the case may be.

          "Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a
certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice
President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller or any Treasurer of such
Person that shall comply with applicable provisions of this Indenture and is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee if being delivered to the Trustee.

          "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel which
counsel is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

          "Original Credit Agreement" means the referenced Credit Agreement
described in clause (i) of the definition of Credit Agreement dated on or as in
effect on or about the Issue Date, as the same may be amended, modified,
restated or supplemented from time to time, and any one replacement agreement or
facility existing at any time provided to refund, refinance, replace or renew
(including subsequent or successive refundings, refinancings, replacements and
renewals) the Original Credit Agreement; such replacement agreement or facility
to be designated by the Company and certified in an Officers' Certificate
delivered to the Trustee.

          "Pari Passu Debt" means any Indebtedness (secured or unsecured) of the
Company that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Securities.

          "Payment Default" means any default, whether or not any requirement
for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, or any other condition to
such default becoming an event of default has occurred, in the payment of
principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on or any other amount payable in
connection with Designated Senior Debt.

          "Permitted Holders" means Apollo Advisors, L.P. and any Affiliate
thereof.

          "Permitted Indebtedness" means, without duplication, each of the
following:

          (i)  Indebtedness under the Securities and this Indenture;

          (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Agreements (and the
   guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding
   not to exceed $260,000,000;

                                      14
<PAGE>
 
          (iii)  all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
   Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date;

          (iv)   (a) Obligations under Interest Rate Agreements of the Company
   covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
   provided, however, that such Interest Rate Agreements are entered into to
   --------  -------                                                        
   protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in
   interest rates on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred hereunder
   and not for speculative purposes to the extent the notional principal amount
   of such Interest Rate Agreement does not exceed the principal amount of the
   Indebtedness to which such Interest Rate Agreement relates and (b)
   Indebtedness under Currency Agreements incurred by the Company in the
   ordinary course of business to the extent that such obligations have been
   entered into to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates and
   not for speculative purposes; provided, that in the case of Currency
                                 --------                              
   Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not
   increase the Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
   outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency
   exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable
   thereunder;

          (v)    Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the
   Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such
   Indebtedness is owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
   Company, in each case with no Lien securing such Indebtedness held by a
   Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
   provided that if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a
   --------                                                              
   Restricted Subsidiary of the Company owns any such Indebtedness or holds a
   Lien securing any such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence
   of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause
   (v);

          (vi)   Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
   Company for so long as such Indebtedness is owned by a Restricted Subsidiary
   of the Company, in each case with no Lien securing such Indebtedness;
   provided that (a) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted
   --------                                                           
   Subsidiary of the Company is subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement,
   to the Company's Obligations under this Indenture and the Securities at least
   to the same extent that the Securities are subordinated to Senior Debt, and
   (b) if as of any date any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the
   Company owns any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien securing any
   such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness
   not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (vi);

          (vii)  Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations
   incurred to acquire property in the ordinary course of business, the
   principal amount of which Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations does
   not in the aggregate at any time exceed $15,000,000;

          (viii) Acquired Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiaries, provided
   that such

                                      15
<PAGE>
 
   Indebtedness was not incurred by a Person in connection with, or in
   anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
   Subsidiary of the Company and provided further that after giving effect to
   such incurrence or assumption of such Acquired Indebtedness the Consolidated
   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
   taken as whole, and the Restricted Subsidiary making such acquisition
   independently, are at least equal to 2:00:1 as calculated in accordance with
   Section 4.06;

          (ix)  Refinancing Indebtedness;

          (x)   Indebtedness solely in respect of performance bonds, surety
   agreements, documentary letters of credit used for payment of goods
   consistent with past practice, or other guarantees of performance (in each
   case other than an obligation for the payment of borrowed money) incurred in
   the ordinary course of business;

          (xi)  additional Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
   Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any
   one time outstanding; and

          (xii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Foreign Credit Agreements
   in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed
   $35,000,000 (and any guarantees thereof).

          "Permitted Investments" means, for any Person, Investments made on or
after the Issue Date consisting of:

          (i)   Investments by the Company, or by a Restricted Subsidiary
   thereof, in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

          (ii)  Cash Equivalents;

          (iii) Investments by the Company, or by a Restricted Subsidiary
   thereof, in a Person (or in all or substantially all of the business or
   assets of a Person) if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes
   a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (b) such Person is merged,
   consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys
   substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
   Restricted Subsidiary thereof or (c) such business or assets are owned by the
   Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

          (iv)  Investments in Emerging Market Subsidiaries in the aggregate
   amount after the Issue Date not to exceed $50,000,000;

          (v)   reasonable and customary loans made to employees not to exceed
   $500,000 to any employee, and not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at
   any one time outstanding;

                                      16
<PAGE>
 
          (vi)   an Investment that is made by the Company or a Restricted
   Subsidiary thereof in the form of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures,
   partnership or joint venture interests or other securities that are issued by
   a third party to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary solely as partial
   consideration for the consummation of an Asset Sale that is otherwise
   permitted under Section 4.09;

          (vii)  accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted
   Subsidiaries generated in the ordinary course of business;

          (viii) Investments deemed to have been made as a result of the
   acquisition of a Person that at the time of such acquisition held instruments
   constituting Investments that were not acquired in contemplation of the
   acquisition of such Person; and

          (ix)   additional Investments of the Company and its Restricted
   Subsidiaries from time to time of an amount not to exceed $10,000,000.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts available for Investments under
clauses (iv) and (ix) shall be increased by the aggregate amount of Returned
Investments received by the Company on or before the date of such Investment.

          "Permitted Liens" means (a) Liens imposed by governmental authorities
for taxes, assessments or other charges that are either (i) not yet subject to
penalty or (ii) being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, if
reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the applicable books of the
Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; (b) statutory Liens of
carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, landlords, repairmen or other
like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business;
provided, that (i) the underlying obligations are not overdue for a period of
- --------                                                                     
more than 30 days or (ii) such Liens are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings and reserves with respect to such underlying obligations
are maintained on the applicable books of the Company and its Subsidiaries in
accordance with GAAP; (c) Liens securing the performance of bids, trade
contracts (other than borrowed money), leases not constituting Capitalized Lease
Obligations, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds
and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of
business; (d) easements, rights-of-way, zoning and other similar restrictions,
encumbrances or title defects which, singly or in the aggregate, do not in any
case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto (as such
property is used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; (e) Liens arising by operation of law in connection
with judgments, only to the extent, for an amount and for a period not resulting
in an Event of Default with respect thereto; (f) pledges or deposits made in the
ordinary course of business in connection with worker's compensation,
unemployment insurance and other types of social security legislation; (g) Liens
on the property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person or such
property or assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
provided, that such liens were incurred prior to and not in contemplation of
- --------                                                                    
such acquisition; (h) Liens in favor of

                                      17
<PAGE>
 
the Trustee arising under this Indenture; (i) Liens securing Indebtedness
incurred in accordance with clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vii), (viii), (ix),
(x), (xi) or (xii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness or in accordance
with Section 4.06; (j) Liens in favor of the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation with respect to collateral also securing Obligations under any
Credit Agreement, and (k) Liens existing on the Issue Date.

          "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated
organization, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust or joint
venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

          "Plan" means any employee benefit plan, retirement plan, deferred
compensation plan, restricted stock plan, health, life, disability or other
insurance plan or program, employee stock purchase plan, employee stock
ownership plan, pension plan, stock option plan or similar plan or arrangement
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or any successor
plan thereof, and "Plans" shall have a correlative meaning.

          "Preferred Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person
that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with
respect to dividends or redemption or upon liquidation.

          "Private Placement Legend" means the legend initially set forth on the
Securities in the form set forth on Exhibit A hereto.
                                    ---------        

          "Pro Rata Interest" of any Person in any other Person means a
fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the equity or other ownership
interest in such other Person that are beneficially owned by such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of
all equity or other ownership interests in such other Person that are
outstanding (for this purpose, equity or other ownership interests subject to
presently exercisable options, warrants or other rights to acquire such
interests shall be deemed to be outstanding and shall be included in both the
numerator and denominator).  The Pro Rata Interest of any Person in any item of
income or expense or in the fair market value of the assets or liabilities of
any other Person means the amount obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of such
income or expense or the fair market value of the relevant asset or liability,
as the case may be, of such other Person by (ii) the Pro Rata Interest of such
Person in such other Person.

          "Purchase Money Indebtedness" of any Person means any Indebtedness
incurred or assumed by a Person to finance the cost (including the cost of
construction) of an item of real or personal property or on the improvement of
such property, the principal amount of which Indebtedness does not exceed the
sum (i) 100% of such cost and (ii) reasonable fees and expenses of such Person
incurred in connection therewith and provided that such Indebtedness is incurred
or assumed within 90 days of the acquisition of, or improvement to, such
property.

          "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not
Disqualified Capital

                                      18
<PAGE>
 
Stock.

          "Qualified Institutional Buyer" or "QIB" shall have the meaning
specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "Recapitalization" means the transactions described as such in the
Offering Memorandum.

          "Redeemable Dividend" means, for any dividend or distribution with
regard to Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock, the quotient of the
dividend or distribution divided by the difference between one and the maximum
statutory United States federal income tax rate (expressed as a decimal number
between 1 and 0) then applicable to the issuer of such Disqualified Capital
Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be.

          "Redemption Date" when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

          "Reference Period" with regard to any Person means the four full
fiscal quarters of such Person ended on or immediately preceding any date upon
which any determination is to be made pursuant to the terms of the Securities or
this Indenture; provided, that if the Transaction Date in question is more than
90 days after the end of such Person's most recently completed fiscal year or
more than 45 days after the end of such Person's most recently completed fiscal
quarter (other than the fourth fiscal quarter), then "Reference Period" shall
mean the four full fiscal quarters ended on the last day of such fiscal year or
fiscal quarter, as the case may be, unless financial information for a later
period of four full fiscal quarters is available.

          "Refinancing Indebtedness" means an extension, renewal, replacement,
refinancing or refunding of any Indebtedness which is Permitted Indebtedness or
is otherwise incurred in accordance with Section 4.06 (such Indebtedness is
collectively referred to as "Refinancing Indebtedness"); provided, that (1) the
                                                         --------              
maximum principal amount of the relevant Refinancing Indebtedness (or, if such
Refinancing Indebtedness (if not a revolving credit or similar arrangement) does
not require cash payments prior to maturity or is otherwise issued at a
discount, the original issue price of such Refinancing Indebtedness) may not
exceed (x) the maximum principal amount of the relevant Indebtedness or
Disqualified Capital Stock being extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or
refunded, plus unpaid interest, prepayment penalties, redemption premiums, fees,
expenses and other amounts owing with respect thereto, plus reasonable financing
fees and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection
therewith (collectively, "Refinancing Costs"), or (y) if such Indebtedness or
Disqualified Capital Stock being extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or
refunded was issued at an original issue discount, the original issue price,
plus amortization of the original issue discount at the time of the incurrence
of the Refinancing Indebtedness plus Refinancing Costs, (2) if Pari Passu Debt
or Disqualified Capital Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity and a final maturity that is equal to or greater than
the Pari Passu Debt or Disqualified Capital Stock being

                                      19
<PAGE>
 
extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or refunded at the time of such
extension, renewal, replacement, refinancing or refunding, (3) with respect to
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiaries, the relevant Refinancing Indebtedness shall rank in right of
payment with respect to the Securities to an extent no less favorable in respect
thereof to the holders of Securities than the Indebtedness or Disqualified
Capital Stock being refinanced, extended, renewed, replaced or refunded and (4)
Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
shall only be used to refinance outstanding Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital
Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company.

          "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of June 24, 1998 among the Company and CIBC Oppenheimer
Corp., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, BancBoston Securities Inc. and Goldman,
Sachs & Co., as Initial Purchasers, relating to the Securities.

          "Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities
Act.

          "Related Business" means (i) any line or lines of business or business
activity conducted by the Company, its Subsidiaries and Emerging Market
Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, the licensing of
brand names, (ii) any line or lines of business or business activity reasonably
related thereto, and (iii) the manufacture, distribution, marketing, leasing
and/or sale of consumer travel and luggage products.

          "Representative" means the representative appointed by the holders of
the applicable Designated Senior Debt.

          "Restricted Payment" means (i) the declaration or payment of any
dividend or the making of any other distribution (other than dividends or
distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock) on shares of the Company's
Capital Stock, (ii) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition
for value of any Capital Stock of the Company, or any warrants, rights or
options to acquire shares of Capital Stock of the Company, other than the
exchange of shares of Senior Preferred Stock for the Exchange Debentures or
other than through the exchange of such Capital Stock or any warrants, rights or
options to acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock for Qualified
Capital Stock or warrants, rights or options to acquire Qualified Capital Stock,
(iii) the making of any principal payment on, or the purchase, defeasance,
redemption, prepayment, decrease or other acquisition or retirement for value,
prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking
fund payment, of, any Subordinated Debt of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iv)
the making of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) (provided that
the amount of any Investment for purposes of this clause (iv) shall be
calculated by subtracting the amount of any applicable Returned Investments, if
any, on any such Investment), (v) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the basis of the fair market value of such
Subsidiary utilizing standard valuation methodologies and approved by the Board
of Directors or (vi) forgiveness of any Indebtedness of an Affiliate of the

                                      20
<PAGE>
 
Company to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the
                                                   --------  -------          
term "Restricted Payment" does not include (a) any defeasance, redemption,
repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value, in whole or in part, of
Indebtedness of the Company or the Senior Preferred Stock payable solely in
shares of Qualified Capital Stock or Subordinated Debt or (b) the repayment or
retirement of Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness
incurred in accordance with clause (ix) of the definition of Permitted
Indebtedness.  For purposes of determining the amount available to make
Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of Section 4.08, the amount of
any Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (iv) or (v) above shall be
calculated after giving effect to any Returned Investments.

          "Restricted Security" has the meaning set forth in Rule 144(a)(3)
promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be
                                      --------                          
entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with
respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Security.

          "Restricted Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company other than
an Unrestricted Subsidiary and includes all of the Subsidiaries of the Company
(other than the Initial Emerging Market Subsidiaries) existing as of the Issue
Date, subject, however, to clause (v) of Section 4.17 providing for Emerging
Market Subsidiaries to constitute Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent
provided therein.  The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary if immediately after giving effect to such action (and
treating any Acquired Indebtedness as having been incurred at the time of such
action), the Company could have incurred at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.06;
provided that the Company may not designate any Emerging Market Subsidiary to
- --------                                                                     
become a Restricted Subsidiary unless such designation complies with the
requirements set forth in the definition of "Emerging Market Subsidiary"
relating thereto.

          "Returned Investments" mean, with respect to all Investments made in
Emerging Market Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause
(iv) or (ix), respectively, of the definition of "Permitted Investments" or
pursuant to clauses (iv) or (v) of the definition of "Restricted Payment," the
aggregate amount of (i) all payments made in respect of such Investments, other
than interest, dividends or other distributions not in the nature of a return or
repurchase of capital or a repayment of principal, that have been paid or
returned, without restriction, in cash to the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and (ii) the Pro Rata Interest of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the fair market value of the net assets of all Emerging Market
Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, that have been
designated a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date, such
fair market value to be determined as of the date of such designation; provided,
                                                                       -------- 
that amounts under the foregoing clause (ii) with respect to each such Emerging
Market Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not
constitute Returned Investments to the extent that such amount exceeds the total
amount of Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such
Emerging Market Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Returned Investments shall be credited to the
amounts available for Investments pursuant to

                                      21
<PAGE>
 
clauses (iv) or (ix) of the definition of "Permitted Investments" or Investments
made pursuant to the provisions of clauses (iv) or (v) of the definition of
"Restricted Payment," as the case may be, only to the extent that such Returned
Investments are in respect of Investments made pursuant to each such clause or
provision.

          "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Corporation and its successors.

          "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission as
constituted from time to time or any successor performing substantially the same
functions.

          "Securities" means the Company's 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2008, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "Senior Debt" means, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
(including, without limitation, interest accruing or that would have accrued but
for the filing of a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding,
whether or not such interest constitutes an allowed or allowable claim in such
proceeding) on, and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations,
obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and similar
transactions, indemnities and other amounts owing pursuant to the terms of all
agreements, documents and instruments providing for, creating, securing or
evidencing or otherwise entered into in connection with (a) all Indebtedness and
Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries owed under each Credit Agreement
(and any guarantees thereof), (b) all obligations of the Company with respect to
any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement to the extent incurred
pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, (c) all
obligations of the Company to reimburse any bank or other person in respect of
amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments,
(d) all other Indebtedness of the Company which does not provide that it is to
rank pari passu with or subordinate to the Securities and (e) all deferrals,
     ----------                                                             
renewals, extensions, replacements, refinancings and refundings of, and
amendments, modifications and supplements to, any of the Senior Debt described
above.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt
will not include (i) Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries,
(ii) Indebtedness represented by the Securities, (iii) any Indebtedness which by
the express terms of the agreement or instrument creating, evidencing or
governing the same is junior or subordinate in right of payment to any item of
Senior Debt, (iv) any trade payable arising from the purchase of goods or
materials or for services obtained in the ordinary course of business or (v)
Indebtedness incurred in violation of this Indenture.

          "Senior Preferred Stock" means the 13 7/8% Senior Redeemable
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, liquidation preference $1,000 per share of the
Company.

                                      22
<PAGE>
 
          "Significant Restricted Subsidiary" of the Company means any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which satisfies the requirements for being
a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Regulation S-X under the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act.

          "Subordinated Debt" means Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary that is subordinated in right of payment by its express terms, or by
the express terms of any related document, to the Securities.

          "Subsidiary", with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of
which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes
entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances
shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any
other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary
circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.

          "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code (S)(S) 
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in
Section 8.03 hereof).

          "Trust Officer" means any officer or assistant officer of the Trustee
assigned by the Trustee to administer trust accounts.

          "Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the
successor.

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (a) any Emerging Market Subsidiary,
(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging Market
Subsidiary and (c) any Subsidiary of the Company which is classified after the
Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Emerging Market Subsidiary by a
resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that a
                                                             --------       
Subsidiary organized or acquired after the Issue Date may be so classified as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary only if such classification is in compliance with
Section 4.08 and; provided, further, that a Subsidiary may not be classified as
                  --------  -------                                            
an Emerging Market Subsidiary unless such classification would be in compliance
with Section 4.17 and the provisions of the definition of "Emerging Market
Subsidiary." The Trustee shall be given prompt notice by the Company of each
resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company under this
provision, together with a copy of each such resolution so adopted.

          "U.S. Government Obligations" means (a) securities that are direct
obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full
faith and credit are pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and
credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are
not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also
include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of
the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S.

                                      23
<PAGE>
 
Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of
such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such
                         --------                                      
custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the
holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in
respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal or
interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of such depository receipt.

          "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then
outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the total
of the product obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse
between such date and the making of such payment.

          "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary all of the
outstanding voting securities (other than directors' qualifying shares) of which
are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

 Section 1.02. Other Definitions.
               ----------------- 

          The definitions of the following terms may be found in the
sections indicated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Term                    Defined in Section
                   ----                    ------------------
     <S>                                   <C>
     "Acceleration Notice"                               6.02
     "Affiliate Transaction"                             4.10
     "Bankruptcy Law"                                    6.01
     "Bankruptcy Proceeding"                            10.02
     "Business Day"                                     11.08
     "Change of Control Offer"                           4.14
     "Change of Control Payment Date"                    4.14
     "Change of Control Purchase Price"                  4.14
     "Covenant Defeasance"                               9.03
     "Custodian"                                         6.01
     "Event of Default"                                  6.01
     "Excess Proceeds Offer"                             4.09
     "Global Securities"                                 2.01
     "Initial Blockage Period"                          10.03
     "Legal Defeasance"                                  9.02
     "Legal Holiday"                                    11.08
     "Offer Period"                                      4.09
     "Offshore Physical Securities"                      2.01
</TABLE>

                                      24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                <C>
     "Paying Agent"                                      2.03
     "Payment Blockage Period"                          10.03
     "Payment Restriction"                               4.18
     "Physical Securities"                               2.01
     "Purchase Date"                                     4.09
     "Registrar"                                         2.03
     "Reinvestment Date"                                 4.09
     "Required Filing Dates"                             4.02
     "U.S. Physical Securities"                          2.01
</TABLE>

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
              -------------------------------------------------

          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion
of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture
to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of
this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the
following meanings:

          "Commission" means the SEC.

          "indenture securities" means the Securities.

          "indenture securityholder" means a Securityholder.

          "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

          "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

          "obligor on the indenture securities" means the Company or any other
     obligor on the Securities.

          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have
the meanings therein assigned to them.

 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction.
               --------------------- 

          Unless the context otherwise requires:

          (1)  a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined
     expressly or by reference;

                                      25
<PAGE>
 
          (2)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned
   to it in accordance with GAAP;

          (3)  "or" is not exclusive;

          (4)  words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural
   include the singular; and

          (5)  words used herein implying any gender shall apply to every
gender.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                THE SECURITIES

 Section 2.01. Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture.
               ------------------------------------------ 

          The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit A which is incorporated in and made part
of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements
required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company may use "CUSIP"
numbers in issuing the Securities. The Company shall approve the form of the
Securities. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Securities shall constitute,
and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent
applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this
Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby;
provided that, if any provision of any Security limits, qualifies, or conflicts
with the provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall
govern.

          The Securities offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be
issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Securities in
registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A ("Global
Securities"), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly
executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter pro
vided and shall bear the legend set forth on Exhibit B. The aggregate principal
amount of any Global Security may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository,
as hereinafter provided.

          Securities offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on
Regulation S may be issued in the form of certificated Securities in registered
form set forth in Exhibit A (the "Offshore Physical Securities"). Securities
offered and sold in reliance on any other exemption from registration under the
Securities Act other than as described in the preceding paragraph shall be
issued, and Securities offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A may be issued,
in the form of certificated Securities in registered form in substantially the
form set forth in Exhibit A (the "U.S.

                                      26
<PAGE>
 
Physical Securities"). The Offshore Physical Securities and the U.S. Physical
Securities are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the "Physical
Securities."

 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.
               ---------------------------- 

          The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by two
Officers of the Company or an Officer and an Assistant Secretary of the Company.
Such signature may be either manual or facsimile.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be
valid nevertheless.

          A Security shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the Security. Such signature shall be
conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this
Indenture.

          The Trustee or an authenticating agent shall authenticate Securities
for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of up to $350,000,000 upon
a Company Request. The aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at
any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

          Upon receipt of the Company Request, the Trustee shall authenticate an
additional series of Securities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$350,000,000 for issuance in exchange for all Securities previously issued
pursuant to an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act (a "Registered
Exchange") or pursuant to a Private Exchange (as defined in the Registration
Rights Agreement). Exchange Securities may have such distinctive series des-
ignation and "CUSIP" numbers as and such changes in the form thereof as are
specified in the Company Request referred to in the preceding sentence. Exchange
Securities issued pursuant to a Registered Exchange shall not bear the Private
Placement Legend.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate
Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the
Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the
Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the
same right as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate.

          The Securities shall be issuable in fully registered form only,
without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.
               -------------------------- 

          The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar"), an office
or agency located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New
York where Securities may be presented

                                      27
<PAGE>
 
for payment ("Paying Agent") and an office or agency where notices and demands
to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be
served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their
transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or
more additional paying agents. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate may act as
Paying Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar
without notice to any Securityholder.

          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall
implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The
Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If
the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or agent for service
of notices and demands, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall
act as such. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying
Agent and agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the
Securities.

 Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.
               ------------------------------------ 

          On or before each due date of the principal of and interest on any
Securities, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to
pay such principal and interest so becoming due. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee, and the
Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Payment Default or Non-
Payment Event of Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such
Paying Agent to forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such
Paying Agent together with a complete accounting of such sums. Upon doing so,
the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such money.

 Section 2.05. Securityholder Lists.
               -------------------- 

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish
to the Trustee on or before each June 1 and December 1 in each year, and at such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list as of the applicable
Record Date and in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably
require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.

 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.
               --------------------- 

          When a Security is presented to the Registrar with a request to
register the transfer thereof, the Registrar shall register the transfer as
requested if the requirements of applicable law are met and, when Securities are
presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal
principal amount of Securities of other authorized denominations, the Registrar
shall make the exchange as requested provided that every Security presented or
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or
be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer

                                      28
<PAGE>
 
in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed by the
Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit transfers
and exchanges, upon surrender of any Security for registration of transfer at
the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof, the Company
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar's
request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the
Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax
or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or
exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to
Sections 2.09, 3.06 or 8.05 hereof. The Trustee shall not be required to
register transfers of Securities or to exchange Securities for a period of 15
days before selection of any Securities to be redeemed. The Trustee shall not be
required to exchange or register transfers of any Securities called or being
called for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any
Security being redeemed in part.

 Section 2.07. Replacement Securities.
               ---------------------- 

          If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder
of a Security presents evidence to the satisfaction of the Company and the
Trustee that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the
Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if
the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect on the date of this Indenture are met. An indemnity bond shall be
required that is sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to
protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them
may suffer if a Security is replaced. In every case of destruction, loss or
theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and to the Trustee
evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or the theft of such
Security and the ownership thereof. The Company and the Trustee may charge for
its expenses in replacing a Security. Every replacement Security is an
additional obligation of the Company.

 Section 2.08. Outstanding Securities.
               ---------------------- 

          Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by
the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.

          If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be
outstanding until the Company and the Trustee receive proof satisfactory to each
of them that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

          If a Paying Agent holds on a Redemption Date or Maturity Date money
sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on
Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities
cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

          Subject to Section 11.06, a Security does not cease to be outstanding
solely because

                                      29
<PAGE>
 
the Company or an Affiliate holds the Security.

Section 2.09. Temporary Securities.
              -------------------- 

          Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may
prepare and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Request, authenticate
temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form,
and shall carry all rights, of definitive Securities but may have variations
that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without
unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate
definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities presented to it.

 Section 2.10. Cancellation.
               ------------ 

          The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee
any Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The
Trustee shall cancel and retain or, upon written request of the Company, may
destroy or return to the Company in accordance with its normal practice, all
Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and if
such Securities are destroyed, deliver a certificate of destruction to the
Company unless the Company instructs the Trustee in writing to deliver the
Securities to the Company. Subject to Section 2.07 hereof, the Company may not
issue new Securities to replace Securities in respect of which it has previously
paid all principal, premium and interest accrued thereon, or delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation.

 Section 2.11. Defaulted Interest.
               ------------------ 

          If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, it
shall pay the defaulted amounts, plus any interest payable on defaulted amounts
pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof, to the persons who are Securityholders on a
subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix the special record date
and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and provide the Trustee
at least 20 days notice of the proposed amount of default interest to be paid
and the special payment date. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed to each Securityholder at his
address as it appears on the Securities register maintained by the Registrar a
notice that states the special record date, the payment date (which shall be not
less than five nor more than ten days after the special record date), and the
amount to be paid. In lieu of the foregoing procedures, the Company may pay
defaulted interest in any other lawful manner satisfactory to the Trustee.

 Section 2.12. Deposit of Moneys.
               ----------------- 

          Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date
and Maturity Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in
immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due
on such Interest Payment Date or

                                      30
<PAGE>
 
Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee
to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date,
as the case may be.

 Section 2.13. CUSIP Number.
               ------------ 

          The Company in issuing the Securities may use a "CUSIP" number(s), and
if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number(s) in notices of redemption or
exchange as a convenience to Holders, provided that any such notice may state
                                      --------                               
that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number(s) printed in the notice or on the Securities, and that reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities. The
Company shall promptly inform the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP number(s).

 Section 2.14. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities.
               ------------------------------------------- 

          (a)  The Global Securities initially shall (i) be registered in the
name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) be delivered to
the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth
in Exhibit B.

               Members of, or participants in, the Depository ("Agent Members")
shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security
held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or
under the Global Security, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the
Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the
Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the
Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or
other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the
Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing
the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.

          (b)  Transfers of Global Securities shall be limited to transfer in
whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective
nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Securities may be
transferred or exchanged for Physical Securities in accordance with the rules
and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.15. In
addition, Physical Securities shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in
exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Securities if (i) the
Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
Depository for any Global Security and a successor depositary is not appointed
by the Company within 90 days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from
the Depository to issue Physical Securities.

          (c)  In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the
beneficial interest in any Global Security to beneficial owners pursuant to
paragraph (b), the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Securities are to be
issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the
principal amount of the Global Security in an amount equal to the principal
amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Security to be transferred, and
the Company shall execute, and the

                                      31
<PAGE>
 
Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Company authenticate and
make available for delivery, one or more Physical Securities of like tenor and
amount.

          (d)  In connection with the transfer of Global Securities as an
entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Securities
shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the
Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each
beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its
beneficial interest in the Global Securities, an equal aggregate principal
amount of Physical Securities of authorized denominations.

          (e)  Any Physical Security constituting a Restricted Security
delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to paragraph
(b), (c) or (d) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and
(c) of Section 2.15, bear the Private Placement Legend.

          (f)  The Holder of any Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise
authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold
interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled
to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

 Section 2.15. Special Transfer Provisions.
               --------------------------- 

          (a)  Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-
               ---------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the
- ------------                                                          
registration of any proposed transfer of a Security constituting a Restricted
Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any
Non-U.S. Person:

               (i)   the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Security
   constituting a Restricted Security, whether or not such Security bears the
   Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is subsequent to a
   date which is two years after the later of the Issue Date and the last date
   on which the Company or any of its Affiliates was the owner of such Security
   or (y) (1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor
   which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has
   delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit
   C hereto or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person (including a
   QIB), the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate
   substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto; and

               (ii)  if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a
   beneficial interest in a Global Security, upon receipt by the Registrar of
   (x) the certificate, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y)
   instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's
   procedures,

whereupon (a) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and
(if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Securities)
a decrease in the principal amount of a Global Security in an amount equal to
the principal amount of the beneficial interest in a Global

                                      32
<PAGE>
 
Security to be transferred, and (b) the Company shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate and make available for delivery one or more Physical
Securities of like tenor and amount.

     (b)  Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect
          -----------------
to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Security constituting a
Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):

          (i)  the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is
     being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on
     the form of Security stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the
     Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the
     provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification
     provided for on the form of Security stating, or has otherwise advised the
     Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Security
     for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
     investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the
     meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
     reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such
     information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A
     or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that
     the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to
     claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

          (ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Securities
     to be transferred consist of Physical Securities which after transfer are
     to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Security, upon receipt by the
     Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the
     Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
     records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global
     Security in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical
     Securities to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical
     Securities so transferred.

     (c)  Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement
          ------------------------
of Securities not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall
deliver Securities that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the
transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities bearing the Private Placement
Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Securities that bear the Private
Placement Legend unless (i) the circumstances contemplated by paragraph
(a)(i)(x) of this Section 2.15 exist, (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar
an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to
the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are
required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities
Act or (iii) such Security has been sold pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act.

     (d)  General.  By its acceptance of any Security bearing the Private
          -------                                                        
Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Security acknowledges the restrictions
on transfer of such Security set forth in this Indenture and in the Private
Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Security only as provided
in this Indenture.

                                      33
<PAGE>
 
               The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and
other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.14 or this Section
2.15. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such
letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the
giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                  REDEMPTION

Section 3.01.  Notices to Trustee.
               ------------------- 

               If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to Section
3.07, (i) at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date in the case of a partial
redemption, (ii) at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date in the case of a
total redemption or (iii) during such other period as the Trustee may agree to,
the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the
principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the redemption price, and
deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such redemption
will comply with the conditions contained in Section 3.07 hereof, as
appropriate.

Section 3.02.  Selection by Trustee of Securities To Be Redeemed.
               -------------------------------------------------

          In the event that fewer than all of the Securities are to be redeemed,
the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed, if the Securities are
listed on a national securities exchange, in accordance with the rules of such
exchange or, if the Securities are not so listed, on either a pro rata basis or
                                                              --- ----
by lot, or such other method as it shall deem fair and equitable; provided,
                                                                  --------
however, that a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(b) shall be made by the
- -------
Trustee on a pro rata basis, unless such method is prohibited. The Trustee shall
promptly notify the Company of the Securities selected for redemption and, in
the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the
principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities
and portions thereof the Trustee selects shall be redeemed in amounts of $1,000
or whole multiples of $1,000. For all purposes of this Indenture unless the
context otherwise requires, provisions of this Indenture that apply to
Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for
redemption.

Section 3.03.  Notice of Redemption.
               --------------------

          At least 30 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date,
the Company shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice of redemption by first-
class mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his or her last
address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar
pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

          The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed (including the
CUSIP

                                      34
<PAGE>
 
number(s) thereof) and shall state:

          (1)  the Redemption Date;

          (2)  the redemption price;

          (3)  if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion of the
     principal amount of such Security to be redeemed and that, after the
     Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or
     Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be
     issued;

          (4)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

          (5)  that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the
     Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

          (6)  that unless the Company defaults in making the redemption
     payment, interest on Securities called for redemption ceases to accrue on
     and after the Redemption Date;

          (7)  the paragraph of the Securities pursuant to which the Securities
     are being redeemed; and

          (8)  the aggregate principal amount of Securities that are being
     redeemed.

          At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's sole expense.

Section 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.
               ------------------------------ 

               Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is
mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the
Redemption Date and at the redemption price, including any premium, plus
interest accrued to the Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent,
such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price, including any premium,
plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date, provided that if the Redemption
                                              --------
Date is after a regular interest payment record date and on or prior to the
Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of
the redeemed Securities registered on the relevant record date, and provided,
                                                                    --------
further, that if a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on
- -------
the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period
from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day.

Section 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price.
               --------------------------- 

                                      35
<PAGE>
 
          On or prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Redemption
Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available
funds money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on
all Securities to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions
thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the
Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

          On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued interest on Securities called for redemption
shall have been made available in accordance with the preceding paragraph, the
Securities called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only
right of the Holders of such Securities will be to receive payment of the
redemption price of and, subject to the first proviso in Section 3.04, accrued
and unpaid interest on such Securities to the Redemption Date.  If any Security
called for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the
Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal
of the Security and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each
case, at the rate and in the manner provided in the Securities.

Section 3.06.  Securities Redeemed in Part.
               --------------------------- 

          Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Trustee
shall authenticate for a Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

Section 3.07.  Optional Redemption.
               ------------------- 

          (a)  The Company may redeem the Securities, in whole or in part, at
any time on or after June 15, 2003 at the following redemption prices (expressed
as a percentage of principal amount), together, in each case, with accrued and
unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on June 15 of each year listed below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Year                          Percentage
          ----                          ----------
          <S>                           <C>
          2003......................    105.3750%
          2004......................    103.5833%
          2005......................    101.7917%
          2006 and thereafter.......    100.0000%
</TABLE>


          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may redeem in the
aggregate up to 40% of the original principal amount of Securities at any time
and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2001 at a redemption price equal
to 110.75% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the Redemption Date with the Net Proceeds of one or more
Equity Offerings; provided that after any such redemption at least $210,000,000
                  --------                                                     
aggregate principal amount of Securities remain outstanding immediately after
the occurrence of any such redemption pursuant to an Equity Offering and that
any such redemption occurs on or

                                      36
<PAGE>
 
prior to 90 days after the receipt by the Company of the proceeds of each such
Equity Offering.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                   COVENANTS

Section 4.01.  Payment of Securities.
               --------------------- 

          The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (including all
Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) as
provided in the Registration Rights Agreement) on the Securities on the dates
and in the manner provided in the Securities and this Indenture. An installment
of principal of or interest on the Securities shall be considered paid on the
date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds on that date money
designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and, for
periods not involving a full calendar month, the actual number of days elapsed
(but not to exceed 30 days). The Company shall deliver written notice to the
Trustee of any Additional Interest owed.

     The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post-
petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue
interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Securities.

Section 4.02.  SEC Reports.
               ----------- 

          (a)  The Company will file with the SEC all information, documents and
reports to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act and will provide the Trustee and the Securityholders with copies of all such
information, documents and reports within 15 days of filing thereof with the
SEC; provided that if the Company is not required to file such information,
     --------
documents or reports with the SEC, it will nonetheless continue to furnish such
information, documents and reports to the Trustee and the Securityholders within
15 days of the date on which filing with the SEC would have been required. The
Company shall also comply with the provisions of TIA (S) 314(a). Delivery of
such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively
on Officers' Certificates).

          (b)  The Company will, upon request, provide to any Holder of
Securities or any prospective transferee of any such Holder any information
concerning the Company (including financial statements) necessary in order to
permit such Holder to sell or transfer Securities in compliance with Rule 144
and Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Section 4.03.  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.
               --------------------------------------- 

                                      37
<PAGE>
 
          The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it will not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in
any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or
extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the
Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any,
and/or interest on the Securities as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now
or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law,
and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

Section 4.04.  Compliance Certificate.
               ---------------------- 

          (a)  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate (one of the signers of
which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or
principal accounting officer of the Company) stating that a review of the
activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year or fiscal
quarter, as the case may be, has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officers with a view to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed
and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to
each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her
knowledge each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every
covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all or such Defaults
or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action each
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his
or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of
which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the
Securities is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the
event and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

          (b)  The Company will, so long as any of the Securities are
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days of any Officer
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate
specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05.  Taxes.
               ----- 

          The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay
prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except as contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings.

Section 4.06.  Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.
               ---------------------------------------------------

                                      38
<PAGE>
 
          The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to, directly or indirectly incur any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness) other than Permitted Indebtedness.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing limitations, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur
Indebtedness if (a) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness
and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, the Company's
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (determined on a pro forma basis for
the last four full fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial
information is available at the date of determination) is at least equal to
2:00:1; but no Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness which is not
        ---                                                             
Permitted Indebtedness unless its Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at
least equal to 3:00:1; provided, however, that if the Indebtedness which is the
                       --------  -------                                       
subject of a determination under this provision is Acquired Indebtedness, or
Indebtedness incurred in connection with the simultaneous acquisition of any
Person, business, property or assets, then such ratio shall be determined by
giving effect (on a pro forma basis, as if the transaction had occurred at the
beginning of the four quarter period) to both the incurrence or assumption of
such Acquired Indebtedness or such other Indebtedness by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary and the inclusion in the Company's or such Restricted
Subsidiary's Consolidated EBITDA of the Consolidated EBITDA of the acquired
Person, business, property or assets; and provided, further, that in the event
                                          --------  -------                   
that the Consolidated EBITDA of the acquired Person, business, property or
assets reflects an operating loss, no amounts shall be deducted from the
Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's Consolidated EBITDA in making the
determinations described above and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the incurrence of
such Indebtedness.

Section 4.07.  Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.
               --------------------------------------------------------

          The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any
Preferred Stock (except to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary) or permit
any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) to hold any such
Preferred Stock unless the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be
entitled to incur or assume Indebtedness in compliance with Section 4.06 in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation value of the
Preferred Stock to be issued.

Section 4.08.  Limitation on Restricted Payments.
               --------------------------------- 

          (a)  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the
time of such Restricted Payment and immediately after giving effect thereto:

          (i)  any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
   continuing; or

          (ii) the Company could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
   (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.06; or

                                      39
<PAGE>
 
          (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments declared or made
     after the Issue Date (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than
     in cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined by the
     Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) exceeds the sum of (A) 50%
     of the Company's Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one
     accounting period) commencing with the first full fiscal quarter of the
     Company which commenced after the Issue Date to and including the fiscal
     quarter of the Company ended immediately prior to the date of each
     calculation (or in the event Consolidated Net Income is a deficit minus
     100% of such deficit), plus (B) 100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds and the
     fair market value of securities or other property received by the Company
     from the issue or sale, after the Issue Date, of Qualified Capital Stock
     (other than Capital Stock of the Company issued to any Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Company) of the Company or any Indebtedness or other
     securities of the Company convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
     for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company which have been so converted or
     exercised or exchanged, as the case may be, plus (C) $10,000,000, provided,
     that the amount of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (C) shall
     not be reduced by any negative amounts that occur under clause (A) above.

          (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no other Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence
thereof, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph will
not prohibit (A) payments with respect to the purchase or redemption of Capital
Stock or Subordinated Debt of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company or an Emerging Market Subsidiary) of, Qualified Capital Stock; (B)
payments in respect of any redemption, repurchase, acquisitions, cancellation or
other retirement for value of shares of Capital Stock of the Company or options,
stock appreciation or similar rights, in each case held by officers, directors
or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or former officers,
directors or employees) (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates)
or by an employee benefit plan, upon death, disability, retirement or
termination of employment of any such Person pursuant to the terms of any
employee benefit plan or any other agreement under which shares of Capital Stock
or stock appreciation or similar rights were issued or acquired, and the
purchase of shares of Capital Stock by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
for the purpose of contributing such shares to any employee benefit plan
                                                                        
(provided, that all such payments and purchases referred to in this clause (B)
 --------                                                                     
may not exceed $2,000,000 in any 12 month period after the Issue Date); (C) the
payment of cash dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock after June 15, 2003; (D)
the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of its declaration if
such dividend could have been paid on the date of its declaration in compliance
with the foregoing provisions; (E) any purchase or defeasance of Subordinated
Debt upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the extent required by this
Indenture or other agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Subordinated
Debt was issued, but only if the Company (i) in the case of a Change of Control,
has complied with its obligations under Section 4.14 or (ii) in the case of an
Asset Sale, has applied the Asset Sale Proceeds from such Asset Sale in
accordance with Section 4.09; (F) the consummation of a cash tender offer by the
Company for shares of Capital Stock of the Company in an aggregate amount not
exceeding $430,000,000 in connection with the Recapitalization; or

                                      40
<PAGE>
 
(G) cash payments (and/or issuance or delivery of any note, instrument,
agreement or other obligation providing for future cash payments) resulting from
antidilution or other adjustments made in connection with the Recapitalization
to options to purchase Capital Stock or restricted or unvested Capital Stock
held by employees, directors or former employees or directors of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent that such adjustments and cash payments
are approved by the Board of Directors.  Each Restricted Payment made or paid in
accordance with this paragraph (b) except those made pursuant to clause (F) or
clause (G) shall be counted (without duplication) for purposes of computing
amounts utilized for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of the
immediately preceding paragraph.  No payments made or paid pursuant to clause
(C) or (D) of this paragraph shall be counted for purposes of computing amounts
utilized for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of the immediately
preceding paragraph to the extent such amount was already counted for such
purposes.

Section 4.09.  Limitation on Certain Asset Sales.
               --------------------------------- 

               (a)  The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale or series of related
Asset Sales unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, receives consideration at least equal to the fair market value thereof
on the date the Company or Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) entered into
the agreement to consummate such Asset Sale (as determined in good faith by the
Company's Board of Directors, and evidenced by a Board Resolution of such Board
of Directors); (ii) not less than 75% of the consideration received by the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, is in the form of
cash or Cash Equivalents other than in the case where the Company is exchanging
all or substantially all of the assets or one or more properties operated by the
Company (including by way of the transfer of capital stock) for all or
substantially all of the assets (including by way of the transfer of capital
stock) constituting one or more properties operated by another Person, provided
that at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company (50% with respect
to Emerging Market Subsidiaries) in such exchange, other than the properties, is
in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and (iii) the Asset Sale Proceeds
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary are applied (a) first, to
the extent the Company elects, or is required, to prepay, repay, reduce credit
commitments, or purchase or cash collateralize Indebtedness under any then
existing Senior Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary within 270 days
following the receipt of the Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale; (b)
second, to the extent of the balance of Asset Sale Proceeds after application as
described above, to the extent the Company elects, to make an investment in
assets (including Capital Stock or other securities purchased in connection with
the acquisition of Capital Stock or property of another Person) used or useful
in businesses similar or ancillary to the business of the Company or Restricted
Subsidiary as conducted at the time of such Asset Sale, provided that such
Investment occurs or the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into
contractual commitments to make such investment, subject only to customary
conditions (other than the obtaining of financing), on or prior to the 270th day
following receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds (the "Reinvestment Date") and
Asset Sales Proceeds contractually committed are so applied within 360 days
following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds; and (c) third, if on the
Reinvestment Date with respect to any Asset Sale, the Available

                                      41
<PAGE>
 
Asset Sale Proceeds exceed $10,000,000, the Company shall apply an amount equal
to such Available Asset Sale Proceeds to an offer to repurchase the Securities,
at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (an "Excess
Proceeds Offer").

          (b)  If the Company is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the
Company shall mail, within 30 days following the Reinvestment Date, a notice to
the registered holders stating, among other things:  (1) that such holders have
the right to require the Company to apply the Available Asset Sale Proceeds to
repurchase such Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of purchase; (2) the purchase date (the "Purchase Date"), which shall be no
earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed; (3) the instructions, determined by the Company, that each holder must
follow in order to have such Securities repurchased; and (4) the calculations
used in determining the amount of Available Asset Sale Proceeds to be applied to
the repurchase of such Securities.  The Excess Proceeds Offer shall remain open
for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement (the "Offer
Period").  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Excess Proceeds
Offer, shall also state:

          (1)  that the Excess Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this
     Section 4.09 and the length of time the Excess Proceeds Offer will remain
     open;

          (2)  the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

          (3)  that any Security not tendered or accepted for payment will
     continue to accrue interest;

          (4)  that any Security accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess
     Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase
     Date;

          (5)  that Holders electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to
   any Excess Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Security, with
   the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the
   Security completed, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the
   Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least
   three Business Days before the Purchase Date;

          (6)  that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the
   Company, depositary or Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later
   than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter
   setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security
   the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
   withdrawing his election to have the Security purchased;

          (7)  that, if the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered
   by Holders exceeds the Available Asset Sale Proceeds, the Company shall
   select the Securities to be 

                                      42
<PAGE>
 
   purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
   appropriate by the Company so that only Securities in denominations of
   $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

          (8)   that Holders whose Securities were purchased only in part will
   be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion
   of the Securities surrendered.

          (c)   On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent
lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary,
Securities or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer,
deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase
price plus accrued interest, if any, on the Securities to be purchased and
deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Securities or
portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the
terms of this Section 4.09. The Paying Agent shall promptly (but in any case not
later than 5 days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering
Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Security tendered by such
Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly
issue a new Security, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or make
available for delivery such new Security to such Holder equal in principal
amount to any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered.  Any Security not
so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder
thereof.  The Company will publicly announce the results of the Excess Proceeds
Offer on the Purchase Date.  If an Excess Proceeds Offer is not fully
subscribed, the Company may retain that portion of the Available Asset Sale
Proceeds not required to repurchase Securities.

          (d)   Notwithstanding the foregoing:

          (i)   the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may, in
   the ordinary course of business, convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
   dispose of assets and license brand names in the ordinary course of business;

          (ii)  the Company may convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
   dispose of as  pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.01;

          (iii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may (a) sell
   damaged, worn out or other obsolete property in the ordinary course of
   business or other property no longer necessary for the proper conduct of the
   business or (b) abandon such property if it cannot, through reasonable
   efforts, be sold;

          (iv)  the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may convey, sell,
   lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets which are reflected on the
   consolidated balance sheet of the Company at January 31, 1998 as being held
   for sale; and

                                      43
<PAGE>
 
          (v)   the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may convey, sell,
   lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets to the extent that the
   aggregate Asset Sale Proceeds from all such asset dispositions not otherwise
   permitted do not exceed $10,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Company.

 Section 4.10.  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
                ------------------------------------------ 

          (a)   The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction
or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale,
purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate
of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction") or extend, renew, waive or otherwise
modify the terms of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue
Date unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is between or among the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries; or (ii) such Affiliate Transaction is entered into
in good faith and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and
reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.  In
any Affiliate Transaction involving an amount or having a value in excess of
$5,000,000 which is not permitted under clause (i) above, the Company must
obtain a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors determining that such
Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (ii) above.  In transactions with a
value in excess of $10,000,000 which are not permitted under clause (i) above,
the Company must obtain a written opinion as to the fairness of such a
transaction, from a financial point of view to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, from an independent investment banking firm.

          (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the
immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to:  (i) Restricted Payments that
are not prohibited under Section 4.08; (ii) transactions permitted by, and
complying with, the provisions described under Section 5.01; (iii) transactions
in the ordinary course of business (including expense advances) between the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, on
the one hand, and any employee thereof, on the other hand; (iv) employment
contracts existing on the Issue Date and employment contracts approved by the
Board of Directors of the Company the terms of which are consistent with past
practice; (v) the granting and performance of registration rights for shares of
Capital Stock of the Company under a written registration rights agreement
approved by a majority of directors of the Company that are disinterested with
respect to such transaction; (vi) transactions with Affiliates solely in their
capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates
are treated no more favorably than holders of such Indebtedness or such Capital
Stock generally; (vii) any Permitted Investments; (viii) reasonable fees and
compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors,
employees or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company as
determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors; (ix) transactions
exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, provided
such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; (x) any
agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any
transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto)
or in any replacement

                                      44
<PAGE>
 
agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not
more disadvantageous to the holders of the Securities in any material respect
than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; (xi) any payment,
issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants, in cash or
otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements and Plans
approved by the Board of Directors; (xii) the grant of stock options or similar
rights to employees and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries (or any
adjustment or amendment thereto) pursuant to Plans and employment contracts and
stock option, stock bonus, restricted stock and similar agreements approved by
the Board of Directors; (xiii) loans or advances to officers, directors or
employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of
$5,000,000 at any one time outstanding; and (xiv) transactions, including,
without limitation, the repurchase of the Company's Common Stock, entered into
in connection with the Recapitalization and the financing therefor as described
in the Offering Memorandum.

 Section 4.11. Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Debt.
               --------------------------------------------

          The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur, contingently or otherwise, any
Indebtedness that is both (i) subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt
of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and (ii)
senior in right of payment to the Securities.  For purposes of this Section
4.11, Indebtedness is deemed to be senior in right of payment to the Securities,
if it is not explicitly subordinate in right of payment to Senior Debt at least
to the same extent as the Securities are subordinate to Senior Debt.

 Section 4.12. Payments for Consent.
               -------------------- 

          Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Securities for or as an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions
of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be
paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Securities which so consent,
waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 Section 4.13. Corporate Existence.
               ------------------- 

          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its
corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each
Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational
documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of each Restricted
Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company
                                             --------  -------                  
shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the
corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries,

                                      45
<PAGE>
 
taken as a whole.

Section 4.14. Change of Control.
              ----------------- 

          (a)     The Company shall notify the Trustee within five Business Days
after the Company knows, or reasonably should know, of the occurrence of a
Change of Control.  Within 15 Business Days after the Company knows or
reasonably should know, of the occurrence of each Change of Control, the Company
will make an offer to purchase (the "Change of Control Offer") the outstanding
Securities at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof
plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change of Control Payment
Date (such applicable purchase price being hereinafter referred to as the
"Change of Control Purchase Price") in accordance with the procedures set forth
in this Section 4.14.

          (b)     Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to above, but in
any event within 30 days following the date on which the Company has actual
knowledge of a Change of Control, the Company covenants that if the purchase of
the Securities would violate or constitute a default under any then outstanding
Senior Debt, then the Company will, to the extent needed to permit such purchase
of Securities, either (i) repay in full all such Indebtedness on the basis
required by such Senior Debt to permit such purchase of Securities or (ii)
obtain the requisite consents under the agreements, documents and instrument(s)
governing such Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the Securities as
provided in paragraph (a) above. The Company will first comply with the covenant
in the preceding sentence before it will be required to repurchase Securities
pursuant to the provisions described this Section 4.14; provided that the
                                                        -------- 
Company's failure to comply with the covenant described in the preceding
sentence will constitute an Event of Default to the extent provided in clause
(3) under Section 6.01.

          (c)     The Company will within 15 days after it knows, or reasonably
should know, of the Change of Control (i) cause a notice of the Change of
Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar
business news service in the United States and (ii) send by first-class mail,
postage prepaid, to the Trustee and to each Holder of the Securities, at the
address appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar of the Securities,
a notice stating:

          (i)     that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to
   this Section 4.14 and that all Securities tendered will be accepted for
   payment, and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

          (ii)    the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date
   (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 20 Business Days nor more than
   60 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control
   Payment Date"));

          (iii)   that any Security not tendered will continue to accrue
   interest;

          (iv)    that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change
   of Control

                                      46
<PAGE>
 
   Purchase Price, any Securities accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of
   Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control
   Payment Date;

          (v)     that Holders accepting the offer to have their Securities
   purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender
   the Securities to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
   prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Change of
   Control Payment Date;

          (vi)    that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance if
   the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third
   Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex,
   facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
   principal amount of the Securities delivered for purchase, and a statement
   that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Securities
   purchased;

          (vii)   that Holders whose Securities are being purchased only in part
   will be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
   portion of the Securities surrendered, provided that each Security purchased
                                          --------                             
   and each such new Security issued shall be in an original principal amount in
   denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof;

          (viii)  a summary of any other procedures that a holder must follow to
   accept a Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

          (ix)    the name and address of the Paying Agent.

          (d)     On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to
the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment Securities or portions thereof
tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Securities or portions
thereof so tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee
Securities so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the
Securities or portions thereof tendered to the Company. The Paying Agent shall
promptly mail to each Holder of Securities so accepted payment in an amount
equal to the purchase price for such Securities, and the Company shall execute
and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder,
a new Security equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the
Securities surrendered; provided that each such new Security shall be issued in
                        --------
an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof.

          (e)     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder
to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
purchase of Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.

 Section 4.15. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
               ------------------------------- 

                                      47
<PAGE>
 
          The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for
payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the
Securities and this Indenture may be served.  The Company shall give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location,
of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any
such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made
or served at the address of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.02.

          The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.  The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of such designation or
rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

          The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02 as such office of the Company.

 Section 4.16. Limitation on Liens.
               ------------------- 

          The Company may not and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted
Liens) upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, that secures Subordinated Debt or Pari Passu Debt unless (i) in the
case of Liens securing Subordinated Debt, the Securities are secured by a Lien
on such property or assets that is senior in priority to such Liens, and (ii) in
the case of Liens securing Pari Passu Debt, the Securities are equally and
ratably secured by a Lien on such property or assets.

 Section 4.17. Limitation on Emerging Market Subsidiaries.
               ------------------------------------------ 

          The Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary must designate Persons at all
times constituting a majority of the directors (or members of the governing
body) of, and at all times have the power to direct the management and policies
of, each Emerging Market Subsidiary; (ii) the Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly own any Capital Stock
or other ownership interests in an Emerging Market Subsidiary unless the Company
and its Subsidiaries or Emerging Market Subsidiaries own, in the aggregate,
Capital Stock or other ownership interests such that the Emerging Market
Subsidiary at all times satisfies the conditions necessary for a Person to be a
Subsidiary of the Company under the definition of "Subsidiary" in this
Indenture; (iii) the Company will not permit any Emerging Market Subsidiary to
incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Capital Stock (other than Indebtedness
or Disqualified Capital Stock issued to or held by a Subsidiary of such Emerging
Market Subsidiary or to another Emerging Market Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of
another Emerging Market Subsidiary) if, immediately after giving effect thereto
(including the redemption, repurchase, repayment or

                                      48
<PAGE>
 
retirement of Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock with the proceeds
thereof), the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness and
liquidation or redemption value (whichever is the greater) of Disqualified
Capital Stock (other than Capital Stock issued to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary and other than Indebtedness that constitutes Invested Capital) of all
Emerging Market Subsidiaries on a combined consolidated basis would exceed the
greater of (A) $50,000,000 and (B) the product of (x) the greater of (A) the
combined consolidated stockholders' equity (calculated in accordance with GAAP)
of all Emerging Market Subsidiaries and (B) the aggregate amount, determined on
a combined consolidated basis, of Invested Capital (whether by the Company or a
Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person or Persons) in all Emerging Market
Subsidiaries and (y) 2.5; (iv) the Company will not permit any Emerging Market
Subsidiary to directly or indirectly (A) make any material Investment or (B)
engage to any material extent in, any line or lines of business activity, in
each case, other than in a Related Business; and (v) each Emerging Market
Subsidiary will be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of Section
4.09 and the definitions as applicable thereto but only to the extent such
definitions are used therein and only to the extent not specifically excluded
therefrom.

 Section 4.18. Limitation on Restricting Subsidiary Dividends; Restriction on
               --------------------------------------------------------------
               Sale and Issuance of Subsidiary Stock.
               -------------------------------------

          The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or assume any consensual
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company to pay dividends or make other distributions on the Capital Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or pay any obligation to the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise transfer assets or make or pay loans
or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively,
"Payment Restrictions"), except Payment Restrictions existing under (i) this
Indenture and the Securities and the Exchange Indenture and the Exchange
Debentures or Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance the Securities or
the Exchange Debentures, as the case may be; provided, that such encumbrances
                                             --------                        
and restrictions are no more restrictive than those contained in this Indenture
or the Exchange Indenture, as the case may be, as in effect on the Issue Date,
(ii) Indebtedness incurred under clause (ii) or clause (xi) or clause (xii) of
the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness," or Indebtedness (other than
Permitted Indebtedness) incurred under Section 4.06, provided, that such
                                                     --------           
encumbrances and restrictions are no more restrictive than those set forth in
the Original Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, (iii) Indebtedness
existing on the Issue Date or Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance
such existing Indebtedness; provided, that such encumbrances and restrictions
                            --------                                         
are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing
Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date as in effect on the Issue Date, (iv)
leasing agreements as in effect on the Issue Date and (v) any agreement of a
Person acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, which
restrictions existed at the time of acquisition, were not put in place in
anticipation of such acquisition and are not applicable to any Person or
property, other than the Person or any property of the Person so acquired.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) customary provisions restricting subletting
or assignment of any lease or license entered into the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice and

                                      49
<PAGE>
 
(b) Liens permitted under Section 4.16 on assets securing Indebtedness incurred
in accordance with Section 4.06 shall not in and of themselves be considered a
Payment Restriction.  The Company will not sell, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, that the Company and its
                                      --------                          
Restricted Subsidiaries may sell all (but not less than all) of the outstanding
shares of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by them
in a single transaction or a series of substantially contemporaneous
transactions if the provisions described under Section 4.09 are complied with.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance or sale of shares of Capital Stock
of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall not violate the provisions of
the immediately preceding sentence if (i) such shares are issued or sold in
connection with (x) the formation or capitalization of a Restricted Subsidiary
which, at the time of such issuance or sale and after giving effect thereto, is
a Joint Venture Subsidiary or (y) a single transaction or a series of
substantially contemporaneous transactions whereby such Restricted Subsidiary
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by reason of the acquisition of
securities or assets from another Person or (ii) such shares constitute
directors' qualifying shares not exceeding one percent of the outstanding
Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                             SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

 Section 5.01. Limitation on Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.
               -------------------------------------------------------

          The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related
transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to,
another Person unless (i) either (1) the Company is the survivor of such merger,
consolidation, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition, or (2) the surviving or transferee Person is a corporation,
partnership or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such surviving or transferee
Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all the obligations of the
Company under the Securities and this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction and the use of proceeds therefrom (on a pro forma
basis, including any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in
connection with such transaction), the Company or the surviving or transferee
Person is able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted
Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.06; (iii) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction (including any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated
to be incurred in connection with the transaction) no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iv) the Company has delivered to
the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other
disposition complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in
this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.  For purposes
of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a
single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially
all

                                      50
<PAGE>
 
of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries the Capital
Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets
of the Company will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses
(ii) and (iii), but subject to clauses (i) and (iv) thereof, (a) the Company may
consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and
assets to any Restricted Subsidiary so long as all assets of the Company
immediately prior to such transaction are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary
immediately after the consummation thereof, and (b) the Company may merge with
an Affiliate that is a corporation that has no material assets or liabilities
and that was incorporated solely for the purpose of (A) reincorporating the
Company in the same or another jurisdiction of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia or (B) the creation of a holding company of
the Company.

 Section 5.02. Successor Person Substituted.
               ---------------------------- 

          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01
above, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the
Company is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under
this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been
named as the Company herein, and thereafter the predecessor corporation shall be
relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the
Securities.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01. Events of Default.
               ----------------- 

          An "Event of Default" occurs if

          (1) there is a failure to pay the principal or premium, if any, on any
   Securities when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon
   acceleration, redemption or otherwise, whether or not such payment is
   prohibited by the provisions of Article 10 hereof;

          (2) there is a failure to pay interest on any Security when the same
   becomes due and payable and such Default continues for a period of 30 days,
   whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article 10
   hereof;

          (3) the Company fails to make a Change of Control Offer if such offer
   is required by the provisions of Section 4.14 or fails to purchase Securities
   from holders who elect to have such Securities purchased pursuant to the
   Change of Control Offer;

          (4) the Company defaults in the observance or performance of any other

                                      51
<PAGE>
 
   covenant or agreement in the Securities or this Indenture which default
   continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice
   thereof specifying the default from the Trustee or the Holders of at least
   25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Securities;

          (5) there is a default in the payment at final maturity of principal
   in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or more with respect to any
   Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof which
   default shall not be cured, waived or postponed pursuant to an agreement with
   the holders of such Indebtedness within 60 days after written notice, or the
   acceleration of any such Indebtedness aggregating $10,000,000 or more which
   acceleration shall not be rescinded or annulled within 30 days after written
   notice to the Company of such Default by the Trustee or any Holder;

          (6) any final judgment or judgments which can no longer be appealed
   for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 shall be rendered against
   the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, and shall not be discharged
   for a period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of
   such judgment shall not be in effect;

          (7) the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
   or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

          (A) commences a voluntary case,

          (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
   involuntary case,

          (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or
   substantially all of its property,

          (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

          (E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they
   become due; or

          (8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
   any Bankruptcy Law that:

          (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Restricted
   Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

          (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Restricted
   Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or
   any Significant Restricted Subsidiary, or

                                      52
<PAGE>
 
          (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant
   Restricted Subsidiary,

   and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

          The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar
Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.  The term "Custodian"
means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any
Bankruptcy Law.

          The Trustee may withhold notice to the Holders of the Securities of
any Default (except in payment of principal or premium, if any, or interest on
the Securities) if the Trustee considers it to be in the best interest of the
Holders of the Securities to do so.

 Section 6.02. Acceleration.
               ------------ 

          Upon the happening of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01,
the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of 25% in principal amount of
the Securities shall or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Securities may, declare the principal of and accrued but
unpaid interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable by notice
in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of
Default and that it is a "notice of acceleration" (the "Acceleration Notice"),
and the same (i) shall (except as provided in clause (ii) of this sentence)
become immediately due and payable or (ii) if there are any amounts outstanding
under any of the agreements, documents, and instruments constituting Designated
Senior Debt, will become due and payable upon the first to occur of an
acceleration under any of the agreements, documents, and instruments
constituting Designated Senior Debt or five Business Days after receipt by the
Company and the Representative of such Acceleration Notice (unless all Events of
Default specified in such Acceleration Notice have been cured or waived).  If an
Event of Default described under clauses (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 with respect
to the Company occurs and is continuing, then such amount will ipso facto become
                                                               ----------       
and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the
part of the Trustee or any Holder of Securities; provided, however, that at any
                                                 --------  -------             
time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities, the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (by
notice to the Trustee) may rescind and cancel such declaration and its
consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) all existing Events of Default
have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest on the
Securities that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, (iii)
to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (at the same rate
specified in the Securities) on overdue installments of interest and overdue
principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of
acceleration has been paid, (iv) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable
compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and
advances and (v) in the event of the cure or waiver of a Default or Event of
Default (with respect to the Company) of the type described in Section 6.01(7)
or (8), the Trustee has received an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel that such Default or Event

                                      53
<PAGE>
 
of Default has been cured or waived.  The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Securities may waive any existing Default or Event of Default
under this Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of
the principal of or interest on any Securities.

 Section 6.03. Other Remedies.
               -------------- 

          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
(subject to Section 10 hereof) pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law
or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and
interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the
Securities or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested of it
as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings
to which it is a party.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy
accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy.  All available remedies are cumulative.

 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default.
               ---------------------------------------------

          Subject to Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 8.02 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding have the right
to waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any
provision of this Indenture or the Securities.  Upon any such waiver, such
Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall
be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or
impair any right consequent thereto.

 Section 6.05. Control by Majority.
               ------------------- 

          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then
outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to
follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the
Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another
Securityholder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the
right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by
counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if
the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Trust Officer, determine that the
proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the
                                                              --------         
Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not
inconsistent with such direction.

 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
               ------------------- 

                                      54
<PAGE>
 
          Subject to Section 6.07 below, a Securityholder may not institute any
proceeding or pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities
unless:

          (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing
   Event of Default;

          (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
   Securities then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue
   the remedy;

          (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity reasonably
   satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

          (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
   receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

          (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given
   to the Trustee during such 60 day period by the Holders of a majority in
   aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

          A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Securityholder.

 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.
               ------------------------------------ 

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of
any Holder of a Security to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any,
and interest of the Security on or after the respective due dates expressed in
the Security, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or
after such respective dates, is (subject to Section 10 hereof) absolute and
unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder.

 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.
               -------------------------- 

          If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest
specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against
the Company (or any other obligor on the Securities) for the whole amount of
unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest
on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate then
borne by the Securities, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to
cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel.

 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
               -------------------------------- 

                                      55
<PAGE>
 
          The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or
any other obligor upon the Securities), its creditors or its property and shall
be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other securities
or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the
Securities or upon any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of
its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are
not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to make such
payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee
any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due
the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

 Section 6.10. Priorities.
               ---------- 

          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall
pay out the money in the following order:

          FIRST:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

          SECOND:  to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the
   Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest as to each, ratably,
   without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
   payable on the Securities; and

          THIRD:  to the Company.

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Securityholders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
               --------------------- 

          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees and

                                      56
<PAGE>
 
expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the
merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.
This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit in good faith
by any holder of Senior Debt to enforce its rights under Section 10 hereof, a
suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more
than 10% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                                    TRUSTEE

 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.
               ----------------- 

          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and
use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would
exercise or use under the same circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically
   set forth in this Indenture and no others.

          (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
   conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
   the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
   the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.

          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

          (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
   Section 7.01.

          (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
   good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was
   negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

          (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
   takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received
   by it pursuant to Sections 6.02 and 6.05 hereof.

          (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its rights or

                                      57
<PAGE>
 
powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such
funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it.

          (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, paragraphs (a), (b),
(c) and (d) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture
that in any way relates to the Trustee.

          (f) The Trustee is under no obligation and may refuse to perform any
duty or exercise any right or power under this Indenture at the request or
direction of any holders of the Securities unless such holders have offered the
Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense.

          (g) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or
assets received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the
Company.  Money or assets held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated
from other funds or assets except to the extent required by the law.

 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.
               ----------------- 

          Subject to Section 7.01 hereof:

          (1) The Trustee may rely on any document reasonably believed by it to
   be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The
   Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

          (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may consult
   with counsel, require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or
   both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05 hereof.  The
   Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or
   omits to take in good faith and in reasonable reliance on such certificate or
   opinion, except if such action violates the express provisions of this
   Indenture.

          (3) The Trustee may act through agents and attorneys and shall not be
   responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney
   appointed by it with due care.

          (4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
   to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within
   its rights or powers.

          (5) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the
   advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and
   complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action
   taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance
   with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

                                      58
<PAGE>
 
          (6) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
   rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
   of any of the Securityholders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such
   Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or
   indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred
   by it in compliance with such request or direction.

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
              ---------------------------- 

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Securities and may make loans to, accept deposits from,
perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company, or any Affiliates
thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Agent
may do the same with like rights.  The Trustee, however, shall be subject to
Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer.
              -------------------- 

          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation
as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not
be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the sale of Securities
or any money paid to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it
shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or
any document issued in connection with the sale of Securities or any statement
in the Securities other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.
              ------------------ 

          If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the
Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder notice of the Default
within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default in payment of
the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Security the Trustee
may withhold the notice if and so long as the board of directors of the Trustee,
the executive committee or any trust committee of such board and/or any of its
Trust Officers in good faith determine(s) that withholding the notice is in the
interests of the Securityholders.

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.
              ----------------------------- 

          If required by TIA (S) 313(a), within 60 days after May 15 of any
year, commencing the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee
shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that
complies with TIA (S) 313(a).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA (S)
313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by
TIA (S) 313(c) and TIA (S) 313(d).

          Reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be transmitted by mail:

          (1) to all registered Holders of Securities, as the names and
   addresses of such

                                      59
<PAGE>
 
   Holders appear on the Registrar's books; and

          (2) to such Holder of Securities as have, within the two years
   preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee
   for that purpose.

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders
shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Securities are
listed.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Securities are
listed on any securities exchange.

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.
              -------------------------- 

          The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such
compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee
for its services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any
provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express
trust).  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable
disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with
its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation,
disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

          The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor
Trustee for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim,
liability or reasonable expense, including taxes (other than taxes based on the
income of the Trustee) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or
performance of its duties under this Indenture including the reasonable costs
and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including with
respect to this Section 7.07) and of defending itself against any claim (whether
asserted by any Securityholder or the Company) or liability in connection with
the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including,
without limitation, settlement costs).  The Trustee shall notify the Company in
writing promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek
indemnity.  However, the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall
not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent the
Company is prejudiced thereby.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse the
Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability incurred
by the Trustee through its negligence or bad faith.  To secure the payment
obligations of the Company in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien
prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the
Trustee except such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and
interest on particular Securities.  The Trustee's right to receive payment of
any amounts due under this Section 7.07 shall not be subordinate to any other
liability or indebtedness of the Company (even though the Securities may be so
subordinated) and the Securities shall be subordinate (to the extent provided in
Section 6.10) to the Trustee's right to receive such payment.  The obligations
of the Company under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee
and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each
predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall survive the
resignation or removal of any Trustee, any rejection

                                      60
<PAGE>
 
or termination under any Bankruptcy Law and the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

          For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term "Trustee" shall include
any trustee appointed pursuant to Article 9.

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.
              ---------------------- 

          The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company in writing.  The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may
remove the Trustee by notifying the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a
successor Trustee with the Company's written consent which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.  The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if:

          (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

          (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent under any
   Bankruptcy Law;

          (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or
   its property;

          (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting; or

          (5) a successor corporation becomes successor Trustee pursuant to
   Section 7.09 below.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any
Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Immediately following
such delivery, the retiring Trustee

                                      61
<PAGE>
 
shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07 hereof, transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of
the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall
have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  A
successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Securityholder.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the
Company's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit
of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion.
              --------------------------------------------------------

          If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another
corporation, subject to Section 7.10 hereof, the successor corporation without
any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.
              ----------------------------- 

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA (S) 310(a)(1) and (2) in every respect.  The Trustee shall
have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its
most recent published annual report of condition.  The Trustee shall comply with
TIA (S) 310(b), including the provision in (S) 310(b)(1); provided, however,
                                                          --------  ------- 
that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA (S) 310(b)(1) any
indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of
interest or participation in other securities, of the Company are outstanding,
if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA (S) 310(b)(1) are met.

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
              -------------------------------------------------

          The Trustee shall comply with TIA (S) 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA (S) 311 (b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA (S) 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                                   ARTICLE 8

                      AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 8.01. Without Consent of Holders.
              -------------------------- 

          The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee
may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or
consent of any Securityholder:

          (1) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

          (2) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in
   place of certificated Securities;

                                      62
<PAGE>
 
          (3) to comply with any requirements of the SEC under the TIA;

          (4) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or to make any
   other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any
   Securityholder; or

          (5) to make any other change that does not, in the opinion of the
   Trustee, materially and adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.

          The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the
execution of any supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of
this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations
which may be therein contained; provided, however, that the Company has
                                --------  -------                      
delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such amendment or
supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 8.01 and; provided,
                                                                  -------- 
further, that the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such
- -------                                                                
supplemental indenture which adversely affects its own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture.

Section 8.02. With Consent of Holders.
              ----------------------- 

          The Company and the Trustee may modify or supplement this Indenture or
the Securities with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities without
notice to any Securityholder.  The Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities may waive compliance in
a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the
Securities without notice to any Securityholder.  Without the consent of each
Securityholder affected, however, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including
a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not:

          (1) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an
   amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture or the Securities;

          (2) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on
   any Security;

          (3) reduce the principal of or premium on or change the stated
   maturity of any Security;

          (4) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the
   Security or change the place of payment from New York, New York;

          (5) change the amount or time of any payment required by the
   Securities or reduce the premium payable upon any redemption of the
   Securities or change the time before which no redemption may be made;

                                      63
<PAGE>
 
          (6) waive a default in the payment of the principal of, or interest
   on, or redemption payment with respect to, any Security (including any
   obligation to make a Change of Control Offer or, after the Company's
   obligation to purchase Securities arises thereunder, an Excess Proceeds Offer
   or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect to such offers);

          (7) make any changes in Sections 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or this sentence
   of Section 8.02;

          (8) affect the ranking of the Securities in a manner adverse to the
   Holders; or

          (9) take any other action otherwise prohibited by this Indenture to be
   taken without the consent of each Holder affected thereby.

          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 8.02
becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly
describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.

          Upon receipt of a Company Request, accompanied by a Board Resolution
authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the
receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the
consent of the Securityholders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of
the documents described in Section 8.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the
Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental
indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or
waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.

Section 8.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
              ----------------------------------- 

          Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Securities
shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
              --------------------------------- 

          Until an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes
effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Security is a continuing consent
conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same
Security or portion thereof, and of any Security issued upon the transfer
thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the
consent is not made on any such Security.  Any such Holder or subsequent Holder,
however, may

                                      64
<PAGE>
 
revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security, if the Trustee
receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement,
waiver or other action becomes effective.

          The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment,
supplement, or waiver.  If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the
preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or
their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to
consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent
previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such
record date.  No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days
after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has
been obtained.

          After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes
effective, it shall bind every Securityholder, unless it makes a change
described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 8.02 hereof.  In that
case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Holder of
a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or
portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's
Security.

Section 8.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities.
              ------------------------------------- 

          If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a
Security, the Trustee may request the Holder of the Security to deliver it to
the Trustee.  In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on
the Security about the changed terms and return it to the Holder.
Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in
exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new
security that reflects the changed terms.  Failure to make the appropriate
notation or issue a new Security shall not affect the validity and effect of
such amendment supplement or waiver.

Section 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
              ------------------------------- 

          The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized
pursuant to this Article 8 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it.  In signing or refusing to
sign such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to
receive and, subject to (and to the extent provided in) Section 7.01 hereof,
shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable
in accordance with its terms (subject to customary enforceability exceptions).
The Company may not sign an amendment or supplement until the Board of Directors
of the Company approves it.  In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.

                                      65
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE 9

                      DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

Section 9.01. Discharge of Indenture.
              ---------------------- 

          The Company may terminate its obligations under the Securities and
this Indenture, except the obligations referred to in the last paragraph of this
Section 9.01, if there shall have been cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation all Securities theretofore authenticated and
delivered (other than any Securities that are asserted to have been destroyed,
lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced as provided in Section 2.07
hereof) and the Company has paid all sums payable by it hereunder or deposited
all required sums with the Trustee.

          After such delivery the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in
writing the discharge of the Company's obligations under the Securities and this
Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified below.

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company in Sections 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 hereof shall survive.

Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance.
              ---------------- 

          The Company may at its option, by Board Resolution, be discharged from
its obligations with respect to the Securities on the date the conditions set
forth in Section 9.04 below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal Defeasance").
For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed
to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the
Securities and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities
and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at
the expense of the Company, shall, subject to Section 9.06 hereof, execute
proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall
survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (A) the rights of
Holders of outstanding Securities to receive solely from the trust funds
described in Section 9.04 hereof and as more fully set forth in such Section,
payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such
Securities when such payments are due, (B) the Company's obligations with
respect to such Securities under Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07,
2.08 and 4.15 hereof, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of
the Trustee hereunder (including claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or
pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof) and (D) this Article 9.  Subject to compliance
with this Article 9, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 9.02
with respect to the Securities notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option
under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Securities.

Section 9.03. Covenant Defeasance.
              ------------------- 

                                      66
<PAGE>
 
          At the option of the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, the
Company shall be released from its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.05 through
4.14 and 4.16 through 4.18 hereof, inclusive, and clause (ii) of Section 5.01
hereof with respect to the outstanding Securities on and after the date the
conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter,
"Covenant Defeasance").  For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that
the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of
any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section or
portion thereof, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such specified Section or portion thereof or by reason
of any reference in any such specified Section or portion thereof to any other
provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture
and the Securities shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 9.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
              -----------------------------------------------

          The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 9.02
or Section 9.03 hereof to the outstanding Securities:

          (1) the Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be
   deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of
   Section 7.10 hereof who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this
   Article 9 applicable to it) as funds in trust for the purpose of making the
   following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated
   solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities, (A) money in an
   amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled
   payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their
   terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an
   amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a
   nationally-recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a
   written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge,
   and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to
   pay and discharge, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on
   the outstanding Securities at the maturity date of such principal, premium,
   if any, or interest, or on dates for payment and redemption of such
   principal, premium, if any, and interest selected in accordance with the
   terms of this Indenture and of the Securities;

          (2) no Event of Default or Default with respect to the Securities
   shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit, or shall
   have occurred and be continuing at any time during the period ending on the
   91st day after the date of such deposit or, if longer, ending on the day
   following the expiration of the longest preference period under any
   Bankruptcy Law applicable to the Company in respect of such deposit (it being
   understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the
   expiration of such period);

          (3) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not cause the
   Trustee to have a conflicting interest for purposes of the TIA with respect
   to any securities of the

                                      67
<PAGE>
 
   Company;

          (4)  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in
   a breach or violation of, or constitute default under any other agreement or
   instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

          (5)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
   Counsel stating that, as a result of such Legal Defeasance or Covenant
   Defeasance, neither the trust nor the Trustee will be required to register as
   an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

          (6)  in the case of an election under Section 9.02 above, the Company
   shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i)
   the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
   Revenue Service a ruling to the effect that or (ii) there has been a change
   in any applicable Federal income tax law with the effect that, and such
   opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Securities or
   persons in their positions will not recognize income, gain or loss for
   Federal income tax purposes solely as a result of such Legal Defeasance and
   will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
   manner, including as a result of prepayment, and at the same times as would
   have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

          (7)  in the case of an election under Section 9.03 hereof, the Company
   shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
   the Holders of the outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or
   loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance
   and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
   manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant
   Defeasance had not occurred;

          (8)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
   Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
   precedent provided for relating to either the Legal Defeasance under Section
   9.02 above or the Covenant Defeasance under Section 9.03 hereof (as the case
   may be) have been complied with;

          (9)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
   Certificate stating that the deposit under clause (1) was not made by the
   Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any
   creditors of the Company or others; and

          (10) the Company shall have paid or duly provided for payment under
   terms mutually satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee all amounts then
   due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.

 Section 9.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in
               -------------------------------------------------------------
               Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
               -------------------------------------

                                      68
<PAGE>
 
          All money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds
thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.04 hereof in respect
of the outstanding Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee,
in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due
thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such
money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law.

          The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee
or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations
deposited pursuant to Section 9.04 hereof or the principal, premium, if any, and
interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding
Securities.

          Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company
Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in
Section 9.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of
independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then
be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.

Section 9.06. Reinstatement.
              ------------- 

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or 9.03 hereof by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any
court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the
Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred
pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance
with Section 9.01 hereof; provided, however, that if the Company has made any
                          --------  -------                                  
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Securities
because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated
to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the
money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 9.07. Moneys Held by Paying Agent.
              --------------------------- 

          In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture,
all moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture
shall, upon demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee, or if sufficient
moneys have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof, to the Company and
thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with
respect to such moneys.

                                      69
<PAGE>
 
Section 9.08.  Moneys Held by Trustee.
               ---------------------- 

          Any moneys deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held
by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any,
or interest on any Security that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the
Holder of such Security for two years after the date upon which the principal
of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Security shall have respectively
become due and payable shall be repaid to the Company upon Company Request, or
if such moneys are then held by the Company in trust, such moneys shall be
released from such trust; and the Holder of such Security entitled to receive
such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to
the Company for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided,
                                                                     -------- 
however, that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before being required to
- -------                                                                     
make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Company, either mail to each
Securityholder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Securities
maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof, or cause to be
published once a week for two successive weeks, in a newspaper published in the
English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general
circulation in the City of New York, New York, a notice that such money remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than
30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of
such moneys then remaining will be repaid to the Company.  After payment to the
Company or the release of any money held in trust by the Company,
Securityholders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment
as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another
person.

                                  ARTICLE 10

                          SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

Section 10.01.  Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt.
                ------------------------------------- 

          The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Securities, by
its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and
in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article 10, the Indebtedness
represented by the Securities and the payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on the Securities and all other Obligations under the
Securities, this Indenture, and the Registration Rights Agreement are hereby
expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment as provided in this
Article 10 to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all existing and
future Senior Debt.

          This Article 10 shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons
who, in reliance upon such provisions, become holders of or continue to hold
Senior Debt; and such provisions are made for the benefit of the holders of
Senior Debt; and such holders are made obligees hereunder and they or each of
them may directly enforce such provisions.

Section 10.02.  Payment Over of Proceeds upon Dissolution, etc.
                ----------------------------------------------

                                      70
<PAGE>
 
          In the event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding,
or any receivership, liquidation, arrangement, reorganization or other similar
case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its
creditors, as such, or to its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, or (b)
any liquidation, dissolution or other winding-up of the Company, whether
voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy,
or (c) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or other marshaling
of assets or liabilities of the Company (except in connection with the merger or
consolidation of the Company or its liquidation or dissolution following the
transfer of substantially all of its assets, upon the terms and conditions
permitted under the circumstances described under Section 5.01) (all and each of
the foregoing being referred to herein individually as a "Bankruptcy Proceeding"
and collectively as "Bankruptcy Proceedings") the holders of Senior Debt will be
entitled to receive indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all
amounts due or owing on or in respect of all Senior Debt before the holders of
the Securities are entitled to receive or retain any payment or distribution of
any kind on account of the Securities, or for or on account of the purchase or
redemption or other acquisition of Securities or on account of any Obligations
under the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or this Indenture.

          In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or any
holder of Securities receives any payment or distribution of assets or
securities of the Company of any kind or character or any other payment or
distribution on account of the Securities, or for or on account of the purchase
or redemption or other acquisition of Securities or account of any Obligations
under the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or this Indenture,
whether in cash, property or securities, including, without limitation, by way
of set-off or otherwise, in respect of the Securities, or in respect of the
purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Securities, or in respect of any
Obligations under the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or this
Indenture before all Senior Debt is indefeasibly paid and satisfied in full in
cash, then such payment or distribution will be held by the recipient in trust
for the benefit of holders of Senior Debt and will be immediately paid over or
delivered by the Trustee or such holders of Securities to the holders of Senior
Debt or their representative or representatives to the extent necessary to make
payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, after giving effect
to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to or for the
holders of Senior Debt.

          The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company
with or into, another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company
following the conveyance, transfer or lease of its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to another Person upon the terms and conditions set
forth in Article 5 hereof shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up,
liquidation, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or
marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Company for the purposes of this
Article 10 if the Person formed by such consolidation or the surviving entity of
such merger or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease such
properties and assets substantially as an entirety, as the case may be, shall,
as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease, comply
with the conditions set forth in such Article 5 hereof.

                                      71
<PAGE>
 
Section 10.03. Suspension of Payment When Senior Debt in Default.
               -------------------------------------------------

               (a) Unless Section 10.02 hereof shall be applicable, no payment
or distribution of any assets or securities of the Company or any Subsidiary of
any kind or character (including, without limitation, cash, property and any
payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the
payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the
payment of the Securities by the Company, other than Qualified Capital Stock of
the Company or subordinated debt securities of the Company that require no
payment of principal prior to the stated maturity of the Securities and that are
subordinated and junior in right of payment to Senior Debt at least to the same
extent as the Securities, with terms no less favorable to the Company and the
holders of the Designated Senior Debt than the terms of the Securities and this
Indenture) may be made by the Company or any Subsidiary, including, without
limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, for or on account of the Securities
or any Obligations under the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or
this Indenture, or for or on account of the purchase or redemption or other
acquisition of Securities or any other Obligations under the Securities, the
Registration Rights Agreement or this Indenture, and neither the Trustee nor any
holder or owner of any Securities shall take or receive from the Company or any
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly in any manner, any payment or distribution in
respect of all or any portion of Securities or for or on account of the
purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Securities or in respect of any
other Obligations under the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or
this Indenture, which prohibition shall be applicable upon the occurrence and
during the continuation of a Payment Default and such prohibition shall continue
until such Payment Default is cured, waived in writing or ceases to exist. At
such time as the prohibition set forth in the preceding sentence shall no longer
be in effect, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph (b), the
Company shall resume making any and all required payments in respect of the
Securities, including any missed payments, or any such other Obligations under
the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or this Indenture.

               (b) Unless Section 10.02 hereof shall be applicable, upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of a Non-Payment Event of Default, no
payment or distribution of any assets or securities of the Company or any
Subsidiary of any kind or character (including, without limitation, cash,
property and any payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by
reason of the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company being
subordinated to the payment of the Securities by the Company, other than
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or subordinated debt securities of the
Company that require no payment of principal prior to the stated maturity of the
Securities and that are subordinated and junior in right of payment to Senior
Debt at least to the same extent as the Securities, with terms no less favorable
to the Company and the holders of the Designated Senior Debt than the terms of
the Securities and this Indenture) may be made by the Company or any Subsidiary,
including, without limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, for or on account
of the Securities or any Obligations under the Securities, the Registration
Rights Agreement or this Indenture, or for or on account of the purchase or
redemption or other acquisition of Securities or any other Obligations under the
Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or this Indenture, and neither the
Trustee nor any holder or owner

                                      72
<PAGE>
 
of any Securities shall take or receive from the Company or any Subsidiary,
directly or indirectly in any manner, any payment or distribution in respect of
all or any portion of Securities, or for or on account of the purchase,
redemption, or other acquisition of the Securities, or in respect of any such
other Obligations under the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or
this Indenture for a period (a "Payment Blockage Period") commencing on the date
of receipt by the Trustee of written notice from the Representative of such Non-
Payment Event of Default unless and until (subject to any blockage of payments
that may then be in effect under the preceding paragraph (a) of this Section
10.03) the earliest of (w) more than 179 days shall have elapsed since the date
of receipt of such written notice by the Trustee, (x) such Non-Payment Event of
Default shall have been cured or waived in writing or shall have ceased to
exist, (y) such Designated Senior Debt shall have been paid in full in cash or
(z) such Payment Blockage Period shall have been terminated by written notice to
the Company or the Trustee from such Representative, after which, in the case of
clause (w), (x), (y) or (z), the Company shall resume making any and all
required payments in respect of the Securities, including any missed payments.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, in no event shall any
particular Payment Blockage Period commenced in accordance with the provisions
of this Section 10.03(b) extend beyond the date 179 days after the date of the
receipt by the Trustee of the applicable written notice referred to above given
by the Representative to commence such Payment Blockage Period (each such period
commencing on such date of receipt and ending after such 179 days after such
date of receipt, being referred to as an "Initial Blockage Period").  Any number
of additional Payment Blockage Periods may be commenced during any Initial
Blockage Period or any other Payment Blockage Period; provided, however, that no
                                                      --------  -------         
such additional Payment Blockage Period commenced during an existing Payment
Blockage Period shall extend beyond 179 days after the date of receipt by the
Trustee of the applicable written notice from the Representative which commences
such Initial Blockage Period.  After the expiration of any Payment Blockage
Period, no Payment Blockage Period may be commenced until at least 180
consecutive days have elapsed from the last day of such Payment Blockage Period.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, no Non-Payment Event of
Default with respect to Designated Senior Debt which existed or was continuing
on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period initiated by the
Representative shall be, or be made, the basis for the commencement of a second
Payment Blockage Period initiated by the Representative, whether or not within
the Initial Blockage Period, unless such Non-Payment Event of Default shall have
been waived or cured for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.

               (c) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee
or any holder of Securities receives any payment or distribution of assets or
securities of the Company or any Subsidiary of any kind or character or any
other payment or distribution on account of the Securities, or for or on account
of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Securities, or on account
of any Obligations under the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement or
this Indenture, whether in cash, property or securities, including, without
limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, in respect of the Securities, or in
respect of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Securities, or in
respect of any Obligations under the Securities, the Registration Rights
Agreement or this Indenture at a time when such payment or distribution was
prohibited by the provisions of this Section 10.03, before all Senior Debt is
indefeasibly paid and satisfied in full

                                      73
<PAGE>
 
in cash, then such payment or distribution will be held by the recipient in
trust for the benefit of holders of Senior Debt and will be immediately paid
over or delivered by the Trustee or such holders of Securities to the
Representative to the extent necessary to make payment in full in cash of all
Designated Senior Debt remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent
payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to or for the holders of
Designated Senior Debt.

Section 10.04. Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt.
               --------------------------------- 

               The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall be entitled to all the
rights set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior Debt which may at
any time be held by it in its individual or any other capacity to the same
extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall
deprive the Trustee or any Paying Agent of any of its rights as such holder.

               With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee
undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations
as are specifically set forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or
obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any
fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and the Trustee shall not be liable
to any holder of Senior Debt (other than for its willful misconduct or
negligence) if it shall mistakenly pay over or deliver to the Holders of
Securities, the Company or any other Person moneys or assets to which any holder
of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.
Nothing in this Section 10.04 shall affect the obligation of any other such
Person, the Company, or the Holders to hold such money or assets for the benefit
of, and to pay such money or assets over to, the holders of the Senior Debt or
their applicable representative or representatives.

Section 10.05. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.
               -----------------------------------------------

               Upon the payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt, the Holders
of the Securities shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such
Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and
securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of, premium, if any
and interest on the Securities shall be paid in full. For purposes of such
subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of Senior Debt of any
cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the
Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article 10, and no
payments over pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10 to the holders of
Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the
Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the
Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on
account of the Senior Debt.

               If any payment or distribution to which the Holders would
otherwise have been entitled but for the provisions of this Article 10 shall
have been applied, pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10, to the payment
in full in cash of all amounts owing under or in respect of the Senior Debt of
the Company, then and in such case the Holders shall be entitled to receive from
the holders of such Senior Debt at the time outstanding any payments or
distributions received by

                                      74
<PAGE>
 
such holders of such Senior Debt in excess of the amount sufficient to pay all
amounts owing under or in respect of such Senior Debt in full in cash.

Section 10.06. Provisions Solely To Define Relative Rights.
               -------------------------------------------

               The provisions of this Article 10 are and are intended solely for
the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on
the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained
in this Article 10 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is
intended to or shall (a) impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than
holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of the
Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the
Securities the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities as
and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms;
or (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the
Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Debt;
or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security from exercising all
remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon a Default or an Event of
Default under this Indenture, subject to the rights of the holders of the
Designated Senior Debt under Section 6.02 hereof and subject to the rights, if
any, under this Article 10 of the holders of Senior Debt (1) in any case,
proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding-up, assignment for the
benefit of creditors or other marshaling of assets and liabilities of the
Company referred to in Section 10.02 hereof, or in any other applicable
circumstances described in Section 10.02 to receive, pursuant to and in
accordance with such Section, cash, property and securities otherwise payable or
deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder, or (2) under the conditions and in
the applicable circumstances specified in Section 10.03, to prevent any payment
or distribution prohibited by such Section or enforce their rights pursuant to
Section 10.03(c) hereof.

               The failure to make a payment on account of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on the Securities by reason of any provision of
this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default
or an Event of Default hereunder.

Section 10.07. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination.
               ----------------------------------- 

               Each Holder of a Security by his acceptance thereof agrees to be
bound by such provisions and authorizes and directs the Trustee, on his behalf,
to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the
subordination provided in this Article and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-
fact for any and all such purposes, including, in the event of any Bankruptcy
Proceedings or other dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of
the Company whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership proceedings, or
otherwise, the prompt and timely filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of the
indebtedness of the Company owing to such Holder in the form required in such
proceedings and the causing of such claim to be approved. If the Trustee does
not file such a claim prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file
such a claim, the holders of Senior Debt, or any Representative, may, and hereby
are authorized to, file such a claim on behalf of Holders of the applicable
Securities.

                                      75
<PAGE>
 
Section 10.08. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.
               ------------------------------------- 

               (a) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt
to enforce the subordination provisions herein provided shall at any time in any
way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the
Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or
by any non-compliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of
this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or
be otherwise charged with.

               (b) Without limiting the generality of subsection (a) of this
Section 10.08, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to
time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the
Securities, without incurring responsibility to the Holders of the Securities
and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 10
or the obligations hereunder of the Holders of the Securities to the holders of
Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (1) change the manner, place
or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior
Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior
Debt is outstanding; (2) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any
property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt; (3) release any
Person liable in any manner for the collection or payment of Senior Debt; and
(4) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any
other Person; provided, however, that in no event shall any such actions limit
              --------  -------
the right of the Holders of the Securities to take any action to accelerate the
maturity of the Securities pursuant to Article 6 hereof or to pursue any rights
or remedies hereunder or under applicable laws if the taking of such action does
not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

Section 10.09. Notice to Trustee.
               ----------------- 

               (a) The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee
of any fact known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment
to or by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office in respect of the Securities.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other provision of this
Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of
any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in
respect of the Securities, unless and until the Trustee shall have received
written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any
trustee, fiduciary, representative, or agent therefor no later than one Business
Day prior to such payment; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice,
the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.09, and subject to the
provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, shall be entitled in all respects
to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall
                                    --------  ------- 
not have received the notice referred to in this Section 10.09 at least one
Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such payment
may become payable for any purpose under this Indenture (including, without
limitation, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any
Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding but
without limiting the rights and remedies of the holders of Senior Debt or any
trustee, fiduciary,

                                      76
<PAGE>
 
representative, or agent therefor as against the Holders of the Securities or
any other Person, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive
such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was
received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be
received by it less than one Business Day prior to such date; nor shall the
Trustee be charged with knowledge of the curing of any such applicable default
in respect of Designated Senior Debt or the elimination of the act or condition
preventing any such payment unless and until the Trustee shall have received an
Officers' Certificate to such effect (subject to the rights of the holders of
the Designated Senior Debt under Section 10.03 hereof).

               (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 hereof, the Trustee
shall be entitled to rely (to the extent reasonable and in good faith) on the
delivery to it of a written notice to the Trustee and the Company by a Person
representing itself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, fiduciary,
representative, or agent therefor) for purposes of establishing that such notice
actually has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, fiduciary,
representative, or agent therefor); provided, however, that failure to give such
                                    --------  -------                           
notice to the Company shall not affect in any way the ability of the Trustee to
rely on such notice.  In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith
that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a
holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to
this Article 10, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by
such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such
payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such
Person under this Article 10, and if such evidence is not furnished, the
Trustee, acting in good faith, may defer any payment to such Person pending
judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 10.10. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating
               --------------------------------------------------------
               Agent.
               -----

               Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 hereof, and the Holders shall
be entitled to rely (to the extent reasonable and in good faith) upon any order
or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any applicable
insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution,
winding-up or similar case or proceeding of the type referred to in Section
10.02 is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver,
liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or
other Person making such payment or distribution in connection with such case or
proceeding, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders, for the purpose of
ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or
distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company,
the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed
thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10; provided
                                                                     --------
that the foregoing shall apply only if such court in which such case or
proceeding is pending has been fully apprised of the provisions of this Article
10.

Section 10.11. Rights of Trustee as a Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation
               ----------------------------------------------------------
               of Trustee's Rights.
               --------------------

                                      77
<PAGE>
 
               The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all
the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Debt which
may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior
Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its
rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or
payments to, the Trustee for its compensation owing pursuant to and in
accordance with, the first sentence of Section 7.07 hereof.

Section 10.12. Article Applicable to Paying Agents.
               ----------------------------------- 

               In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall
have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term
"Trustee" as used in this Article 10 shall in such case (unless the context
otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent
within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent
were named in this Article 10 in addition to or in place of the Trustee.

Section 10.13. No Suspension of Remedies.
               ------------------------- 

               Nothing contained in this Article 10 shall limit the right of the
Trustee or the Holders of Securities to take any action to accelerate the
maturity of the Securities pursuant to Article 6 (subject to the rights of the
holders of the Designated Senior Debt under clause (ii) of the first sentence of
Section 6.02 hereof) or to pursue any rights or remedies hereunder or under
applicable law, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article 10 of the
holders, from time to time, of Senior Debt.

                                  ARTICLE 11

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.
               ---------------------------- 

               If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts
with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the
TIA, the required provision shall control.

Section 11.02. Notices.
               ------- 

               Any notice or communication shall be given in writing and
delivered in person, sent by telecopier, facsimile, telex, delivered by
overnight commercial courier service or mailed by registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

               If to the Company:

     Samsonite Corporation

                                      78
<PAGE>
 
     11200 East 45th Avenue

     Denver, Colorado 80239

     Attention:  Chief Financial Officer with

                 a copy to General Counsel

     Facsimile:  (303) 373-6606

          Copy to:

               Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

               919 Third Avenue

               New York, New York 10022-3897

               Attention:  Gregory A. Fernicola, Esq.

               Facsimile:  (212) 735-2000

          If to the Trustee:

     United States Trust Company of New York

     114 West 47th Street

     New York, New York 10036

     Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

     Facsimile:  (212) 852-1626

          Such notices or communications shall be sufficiently given if so given
within the time prescribed in this Indenture.

          The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

          Any notice or communication to the Company or the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered, if personally
delivered; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if
telecopied; and upon receipt if sent by overnight

                                      79
<PAGE>
 
commercial courier service or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have
been given until actually received by the addressee).

               Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be
mailed to him by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at his address shown on the
register kept by the Registrar.

               Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or
any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
Securityholders. If a notice or communication to a Securityholder is mailed in
the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the
addressee receives it.

               In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or
by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as
required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made
with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such
notice.

Section 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.
               --------------------------------------------

               Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA (S) 312(b) with
other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have
the protection of TIA (S) 312(c).

Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
               --------------------------------------------------

               Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to
take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

               (1) an Officers' Certificate (which shall include the statements
   set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the
   signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture
   relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

               (2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set
   forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
   all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.
               ----------------------------------------------

               Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

               (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or
   opinion has read such

                                      80
<PAGE>
 
   covenant or condition;

               (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
   examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained
   in such certificate or opinion are based;

               (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, it or he has
   made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable it or him to
   express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
   has been complied with; and

               (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
   Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any
opinion provided hereunder in connection with the issuance or authorization of
Securities may make certain customary assumptions.

Section 11.06. When Treasury Securities Disregarded.
               ------------------------------------ 

               In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate
principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or
consent, Securities owned by the Company or by any Affiliate of the Company
shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Securities which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not
be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee's right so to act with respect to the Securities and that the pledgee is
not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11.07. Rules by Trustee and Agents.
               --------------------------- 

               The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or meetings
of Securityholders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for
their functions.

Section 11.08. Business Days; Legal Holidays.
               ----------------------------- 

               A "Business Day" is a day that is not a Legal Holiday.  A "Legal
Holiday" is a Saturday, a Sunday, a federally-recognized holiday or a day on
which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made
at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no
interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Section 11.09. Governing Law.
               ------------- 

                                      81
<PAGE>
 
          THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS
MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE
JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE SECURITIES.

Section 11.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
               ---------------------------------------------

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan,
security or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof.  No such
indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this
Indenture.

Section 11.11. No Recourse Against Others.
               -------------------------- 

          A director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such,
of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company
under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of
or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by
accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability.  Such waiver and
release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Securities.

Section 11.12. Successors.
               ---------- 

          All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities
shall bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee, any additional
trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

Section 11.13. Multiple Counterparts.
               --------------------- 

          The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture.  Each
signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together
represent one and the same agreement.

Section 11.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
               -------------------------------- 

          The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the
Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 11.15. Separability.
               ------------ 

                                      82
<PAGE>
 
          Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if
for any reason any provision which is not essential to the effectuation of the
basic purpose of this Indenture or the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                                      83
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date and year first written above.


                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION

                                By: _____________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:

                                By: _____________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:

                             UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF
                             NEW YORK, as Trustee


                                By: _____________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:



                                      84
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                       ---------

          THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
     1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
     NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE
     REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
     DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
     IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION AND SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE
     WITH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE
     HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO
     THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THAT MAY HEREAFTER BE
     PROVIDED UNDER RULE 144(K) (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF) AS
     PERMITTING THE RESALE BY NON-AFFILIATES OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES WITHOUT
     RESTRICTION) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST
     DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF
     THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) (THE "RESALE
     RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE"), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE
     PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON
     IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN
     RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
     QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS
     BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO
     NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF
     REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE
     EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND
     OTHERWISE IN COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, SUBJECT TO THE
     COMPANY'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER
     PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF
     THEM. THE LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE
     RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
NO. _____ CUSIP NO.

                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION


                   10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2008

   $

          SAMSONITE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), for
value received, promises to pay to                    or registered assigns the
principal sum of             Dollars, on June 15, 2008.

          Interest Payment Dates:  June 15 and December 15

          Record Dates:  June 1 and December 1

          Reference is made to the further provisions of this Security contained
herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this
place.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION


                        By: __________________________
                            Name:
                            Title:


                        By: __________________________
                            Name:
                            Title:



                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Trustee's Certificate of Authentication

          This is one of the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

                                   UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF
                                   NEW YORK, as Trustee 
                                   By: _________________________
                                       Authorized Signatory

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                             (REVERSE OF SECURITY)


                   10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2008

          1.   Interest.  SAMSONITE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
               --------                                                     
"Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at
the rate per annum shown above.  Interest on the Securities will accrue from the
most recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from the date of original issuance of the Securities.  The Company will
pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing
December 15, 1998.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months and, for periods not involving a full calendar month, the
actual number of days elapsed but not to exceed 30 days.

          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue
installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent
lawful.

          2.   Method of Payment.  The Company shall pay interest on the
               -----------------                                        
Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered
Holders at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the
Interest Payment Date even if the Securities are cancelled on registration of
transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date.  Holders must
surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The
Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts
("U.S. Legal Tender").  However, the Company may pay principal and interest by
its check payable in such U.S. Legal Tender.  The Company may deliver any such
interest payment to the Paying Agent or to a Holder at the Holder's registered
address.

          3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, UNITED STATES TRUST
               --------------------------                                 
COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a bank and trust company organized under the New York
Banking Law (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The
Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders
of the Securities.  Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates may act as
Paying Agent but may act as registrar or co-registrar.

          4.   Indenture; Restrictive Covenants.  The Company issued this
               --------------------------------                          
Security under an Indenture dated as of June 24, 1998 (the "Indenture") between
the Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Security include those stated in
the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code (S)(S) 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the
date of the Indenture.  This Security is subject to all such terms, and the
Holder of this Security is referred to the Indenture and said Trust Indenture
Act for a statement of them.  All capitalized terms in this Security, unless
otherwise defined, have the meanings assigned to them by the Indenture.

          The Securities are general unsecured obligations of the Company
limited to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount.  The Indenture imposes
certain restrictions on, among other things, the incurrence of indebtedness, the
issuance of preferred stock by the Company and its subsidiaries, mergers and
sale of assets, the payments of dividends on, or the repurchase of, capital
stock of the Company and its subsidiaries, certain other restricted payments by
the

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Company and its subsidiaries, certain transactions with, and investments in, its
affiliates, and a provision regarding change-of-control transactions.

          5.   Subordination.  The Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities is,
               -------------                                               
to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture, subordinated and
subject in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of
all Senior Debt as defined in the Indenture and this Security is issued subject
to such provisions.  Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a)
agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the
Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c)
appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

          6.   Optional Redemption.  The Company may redeem the Securities, in
               -------------------                                         
the manner set forth in Section 3.07 of the Indenture.

          7.   Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at
               --------------------                                         
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each
Holder of Securities to be redeemed at such Holder's registered address.  In
order to effect a redemption with the proceeds of an Equity Offering, the
Company shall send the redemption notice not later than 90 days after the
consummation of such Equity Offering.  Securities in denominations larger than
$1,000 may be redeemed in part.

          8.   Offers to Purchase.  The Indenture requires that certain proceeds
               ------------------                                      
from Asset Sales be used, subject to further limitations contained therein, to
make an offer to purchase certain amounts of Securities in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Company is also required to make an
offer to purchase Securities upon occurrence of a Change of Control in
accordance with procedures set forth in the Indenture.

          9.   Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.  The Securities are in
               ---------------------------------                        
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange
Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in
connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not
register the transfer of or exchange any Securities during a period beginning 15
days before the mailing of a redemption notice for any Securities or portions
thereof selected for redemption.

          10.  Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of this Security
               ---------------------                                
shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

          11.  Unclaimed Money.  If money for the payment of principal, premium
               ---------------                                         
or interest on any Security remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the
Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that,
Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general
creditors unless an "abandoned property" law designates another Person.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
          12.  Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain exceptions,
               --------------------------------                                 
the Indenture or the Securities may be modified, amended or supplemented by the
Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority
in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding and any existing default
or compliance with any provision may be waived in a particular instance with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then
outstanding.  Without the consent of Holders, the Company and the Trustee may
amend the Indenture or the Securities or supplement the Indenture for certain
specified purposes including, without limitation, providing for uncertificated
Securities in addition to certificated Securities, and curing any ambiguity,
defect or inconsistency, or making any other change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

          13.  Successor Entity.  When a successor corporation assumes all the
               ----------------                                           
obligations of its predecessor under the Securities and the Indenture and
immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions
are satisfied, the predecessor corporation will be released from those
obligations.

          14.  Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default are set forth in the
               ---------------------                                     
Indenture. Upon the happening of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01,
the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of 25% in principal amount of
the Securities shall or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Securities may, declare the principal of and accrued but
unpaid interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable by notice
in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of
Default and that it is a "notice of acceleration" (the "Acceleration Notice"),
and the same (i) shall (except as provided in clause (ii) of this sentence)
become immediately due and payable or (ii) if there are any amounts outstanding
under any of the instruments constituting Designated Senior Debt, will become
due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under any of the
instruments constituting Designated Senior Debt or five Business Days after
receipt by the Company and the Representative of such Acceleration Notice
(unless all Events of Default specified in such Acceleration Notice have been
cured or waived). If an Event of Default described under clauses (7) or (8) of
Section 6.01 with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then such
amount will ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Securities;
provided, however, that at any time after a declaration of acceleration with
- --------  -------                                                           
respect to the Securities, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Securities then outstanding (by notice to the Trustee) may rescind and cancel
such declaration and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict
with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) all
existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of
principal or interest on the Securities that has become due solely by such
declaration of acceleration, (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is
lawful, interest (at the same rate specified in the Securities) on overdue
installments of interest and overdue principal which has become due otherwise
than by such declaration of acceleration has been paid, (iv) the Company has
paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its
expenses, disbursements and advances and (v) in the event of the cure or waiver
of a Default or Event of Default (with respect to the Company) of the type
described in Section 6.01(7) or (8), the Trustee has received an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Default or Event of Default has
been cured or waived.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
Securities may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under this
Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the
principal of or interest on any Securities.

          15.  Trustee Dealings With the Company.  The Trustee under the
               ---------------------------------                        
Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept
deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may
otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates as if it were not Trustee.

          16.  No Recourse Against Others.  A director, officer, employee,
               --------------------------                                 
stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creations.  Each Securityholder by accepting a Security
waives and releases all such liability.  Such waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Securities.

          17.  Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.  The Indenture contains
               ----------------------------------                         
provisions for defeasance of the entire indebtedness on this Security (pursuant
to Section 9.02 of the Indenture) and for defeasance of certain covenants in the
Indenture (pursuant to Section 9.03 of the Indenture) upon compliance by the
Company with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

          18.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
               -------------                                             
of a Holder of a Security or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in
common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (joint tenants with right
of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A
(Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

          19.  CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
               -------------                                              
Committee on Uniform Note Identification Procedures, the Company has caused
CUSIP Numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to
use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders of the
Securities.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either
as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

          20.  Indenture Controls.  If any provision of this Note limits,
               ------------------                                        
qualifies or conflicts with the provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of
the Indenture shall control.

          21.  GOVERNING LAW.  THE INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE
               -------------                                            
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO
SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION
OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE OR THE SECURITIES.

          THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF A SECURITY UPON

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE A COPY OF THE INDENTURE, REQUESTS MAY BE MADE
TO:  SAMSONITE CORPORATION, 11200 East 45th Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80239,
Attention:  General Counsel.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                  ASSIGNMENT
                                  ----------

          I or we assign to PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX I.D. NUMBER

____________________________

_____________________________________________

(please print or type name and address)

the within Security and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting
and appointing                    attorney to transfer the Security on the books
of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date: ____________________



NOTICE:  The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it
appears upon the face of the within Security in every particular without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the
endorser's bank or broker.



Signature Guarantee: _______________________________________

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          If you want to have only part of the Security purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you
elect to have purchased:

                      OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

$_________________

          If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Security
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.14 of the
                                     ------------    ------------
Indenture, check the appropriate box:


          Your Signature:  ____________________________________

          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Security)

___________________________

Signature Guaranteed

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                       ---------

                     FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL SECURITIES

          Any Global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a
legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of
a Restricted Security) in substantially the following form:

          THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
     HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A
     NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES
     REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE
     EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO
     TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A
     WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF
     THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY
     BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE
     INDENTURE.

          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
     OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) ("DTC") TO THE
     COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT,
     AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN
     SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRE SENTATIVE OF DTC
     (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED
     BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
     HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS
     THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                                       ---------

                           Form of Certificate To Be

                         Delivered in Connection with

                   Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
                   -----------------------------------------

                                                               ___________, ____

Re:       Samsonite Corporation

          (the "Company") 10 3/4%

          Senior Subordinated Notes

          due 2008 (the "Notes")
          ----------------------

Dear Sirs:

          In connection with our proposed purchase of $_______ aggregate
principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that:

          1.  We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject
   to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of
   June 24, 1998 relating to the Notes and the undersigned agrees to be bound
   by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Securities except in
   compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of
   1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

          2.  We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the
   Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as
   permitted in the following sentence.  We agree, on our own behalf and on
   behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if
   we should sell any Notes within two years after the original issuance of the
   Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B)
   pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under
   the Securities Act, (C) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale
   pursuant to Rule 144(A) ("Rule 144A") to a person we reasonably believe to be
   a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A that purchases for
   its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
   notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (D)
   outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in compliance with Rule 904 of
   Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (E) pursuant to another available
   exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
   otherwise in compliance with other applicable laws, and we further agree to
   provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising
   such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
          3.  We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will
   be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal
   opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require
   to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions.
   We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to
   the foregoing effect.

          4.  We are an "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
   (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and
   experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating
   the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts
   for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its
   investment.

          5.  We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or
   for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional "accredited
   investor") as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby.

                              Very truly yours,

                              [Name of Transferee]

                              By:  ___________________________

                                   Authorized Signature

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                       ---------

                           Form of Certificate to Be

                         Delivered in Connection with

                      Transfers Pursuant to Regulations
                      ----------------------------------

                                                            ______________, ____



Re:       Samsonite Corporation

          (the "Company") 10 3/4%

          Senior Subordinated Notes

          due 2008 (the "Notes")
          ----------------------

Dear Sirs:

          In connection with our proposed sale of $___________ aggregate
principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, accordingly, we represent that:

          (1)  the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United
   States;

          (2)  either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the
   transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our
   behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States,
   or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a
   designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting
   on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer
   in the United States;

          (3)  no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States
   in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
   Regulation S, as applicable;

          (4)  the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
   registration requirements of the Securities Act;

          (5)  we understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will
   be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal
   opinions and other

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
   information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the
   proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions.  We further
   understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing
   effect; and

          (6)  we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions
   applicable to the Notes.

          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby.  Terms used in this certificate have the
meanings set forth in Regulation S.

                              Very truly yours,

                              [Name of Transferor]

                              By:  ___________________________

                                   Authorized Signature

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2
 
                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of June 24, 1998

                                 by and among

                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION

                                      and

                            CIBC OPPENHEIMER CORP.,
                        BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS,
                        BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC. AND
                             GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                             as Initial Purchasers
                          --------------------------

                                 $350,000,000

                  10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------
                                                            Page
                                                            ----

1.   Definitions...........................................  1
     -----------

2.   Exchange Offer........................................  5
     --------------

3.   Shelf Registration....................................  9
     ------------------

4.   Additional Interest................................... 10
     -------------------

5.   Registration Procedures............................... 12
     -----------------------

6.   Registration Expenses................................. 23
     ---------------------

7.   Indemnification....................................... 24
     ---------------

8.   Rules 144 and 144A.................................... 28
     ------------------

9.   Underwritten Registrations............................ 28
     --------------------------

10.  Miscellaneous......................................... 28
     -------------
 
      (a) Remedies......................................... 28
          --------                                            
      (b) No Inconsistent Agreements....................... 29
          --------------------------                          
      (c) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes.......... 29
          ---------------------------------------             
      (d) Amendments and Waivers........................... 29
          ----------------------                              
      (e) Notices.......................................... 30
          -------                                             
      (f) Successors and Assigns........................... 31
          ----------------------                              
      (g) Counterparts..................................... 31
          ------------                                        
      (h) Headings......................................... 31
          --------                                            
      (i) Governing Law.................................... 32
          -------------                                       
      (j) Severability..................................... 32
          ------------                                        
      (k) Notes Held by the Company or Its Affiliates...... 32
          -------------------------------------------         
      (l) Third Party Beneficiaries........................ 32
          -------------------------                           
      (m) Entire Agreement................................. 32
          ----------------

                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


          This Registration Rights Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and
                                                   ---------              
entered into as of June 24, 1998, by and among Samsonite Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., BancAmerica Robertson
                  -------                                                     
Stephens, BancBoston Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the "Initial
                                                                    -------
Purchasers").
- ----------   

          This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase
Agreement, dated June 18, 1998, by and among the Company and the Initial
Purchasers (the "Purchase Agreement") relating to the sale by the Company to the
                 ------------------                                             
Initial Purchasers of $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's
10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Notes").  In order to induce
                                                 -----                       
the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has
agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the
benefit of the Holders of Registrable Notes (as defined), including, without
limitation, the Initial Purchasers.  The execution and delivery of this
Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers' obligation to purchase the
Notes under the Purchase Agreement.

          The parties hereby agree as follows:

1.  Definitions
    -----------

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:

          Additional Interest:  See Section 4(a).
          -------------------                    

          Advice:  See the last paragraph of Section 5.
          ------                                       

          Agreement:  See the first introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
          ---------                                                          

          Applicable Period:  See Section 2(b).
          -----------------                    

          Business Day:  A day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on
          ------------                                                      
which banking institutions in New York, New York are required to be closed.

          Closing Date:  The Closing Date as defined in the Purchase Agreement.
          ------------                                                         

          Commission:  The Securities and Exchange Commission.
          ----------                                          
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-

          Company:  See the first introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
          -------                                                          

          Effectiveness Date:  The 150th day after the Issue Date, in the case
          ------------------                                                  
of the Exchange Registration Statement, and the 90th day after the delivery of
the Shelf Notice, in the case of the Initial Shelf Registration.

          Effectiveness Period:  See Section 3(a).
          --------------------                    

          Event Date:  See Section 4(b).
          ----------                    

          Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
          ------------                                                       
the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

          Exchange Notes:  See Section 2(a).
          --------------                    

          Exchange Offer:  See Section 2(a).
          --------------                    

          Exchange Registration Statement:  See Section 2(a).
          -------------------------------                    

          Filing Date:  The 60th day after the Issue Date (regardless of whether
          -----------                                                           
the actual filing precedes such date).

          Holder:  Any registered holder of Registrable Notes.
          ------                                              

          Indemnified Person:  See Section 7(c).
          ------------------                    

          Indemnifying Person:  See Section 7(c).
          -------------------                    

          Indenture:  The Indenture, dated as of June 24, 1998, by and between
          ---------                                                           
the Company and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee, pursuant to
which the Notes are being issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time
in accordance with the terms thereof.

          Initial Purchasers:  See the first introductory paragraph to this
          ------------------                                               
Agreement.

          Initial Shelf Registration:  See Section 3(a).
          --------------------------                    

          Inspectors:  See Section 5(o).
          ----------                    

          Issue Date:  The date on which the original Notes were sold to the
          ----------                                                        
Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -3-

          NASD:  National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
          ----                                                   

          Notes:  See the second introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
          -----                                                           

          Participant:  See Section 7(a).
          -----------                    

          Participating Broker-Dealer:  See Section 2(b).
          ---------------------------                    

          Person:  Any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
          ------                                                              
company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization or government (including any agency or political subdivision
thereof).

          Private Exchange:  See Section 2(b).
          ----------------                    

          Private Exchange Notes:  See Section 2(b).
          ----------------------                    

          Prospectus:  The prospectus included in any Registration Statement
          ----------                                                        
(including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a
prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus
filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A
promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any
prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion
of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement, and all other
amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective
amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be
incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

          Purchase Agreement:  See the second introductory paragraph to this
          ------------------                                                
Agreement.

          Records:  See Section 5(o).
          -------                    

          Registrable Notes:  Each Note upon original issuance thereof and at
          -----------------                                                  
all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Note, if issued, as to which Section
2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable upon original issuance thereof and at all times
subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note, if issued, upon original
issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, until, in the case of any
such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, the
earliest to occur of (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to
any Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable) covering
such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -4-

Note, as the case may be, has been declared effective by the Commission and such
Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, has been
disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such
Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, is sold in
compliance with Rule 144, (iii) in the case of any Note, such Note has been
exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Note or Exchange Notes
which may be resold without restriction under federal securities laws, or (iv)
such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, ceases to
be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture.

          Registration Statement:  Any registration statement of the Company,
          ----------------------                                             
including, but not limited to, the Exchange Registration Statement, that covers
any of the Registrable Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement,
including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration
statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits, and all material
incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such
registration statement.

          Rule 144:  Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be
          --------                                                         
amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A) or
regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission providing for offers and sales of
securities made in compliance therewith resulting in offers and sales by
subsequent holders that are not affiliates of an issuer of such securities being
free of the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act.

          Rule 144A:  Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be
          ---------                                                          
amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or
regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.

          Rule 415:  Rule 415 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be
          --------                                                         
amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted
by the Commission.

          Securities Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules
          --------------                                                        
and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

          Shelf Notice:  See Section 2(c).
          ------------                    

          Shelf Registration:  See Section 3(b).
          ------------------                    

          Subsequent Shelf Registration:  See Section 3(b).
          -----------------------------                    
<PAGE>
 
                                      -5-

          TIA:  The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
          ---                                               

          Trustee:  The trustee under the Indenture and, if existent, the
          -------                                                        
trustee under any indenture governing the Exchange Notes and Private Exchange
Notes (if any), in either case, including any successor trustee thereunder.

          Underwritten registration or underwritten offering:  A registration in
          --------------------------------------------------                    
which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the
public.

2.  Exchange Offer
    --------------

          (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or
interpretation of the Staff of the Commission, the Company agrees to file with
the Commission no later than the Filing Date, an offer to exchange (the
                                                                       
"Exchange Offer") any and all of the Registrable Notes for a like aggregate
 --------------                                                            
principal amount of debt securities of the Company (other than Private Exchange
Notes, if any) which are identical in all material respects to the Notes (the
                                                                             
"Exchange Notes") (and which are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or a
 --------------                                                                
trust indenture which is identical in all material respects to the Indenture
(other than such changes to the Indenture or any such identical trust indenture
as are necessary to comply with any requirements of the Commission to effect or
maintain the qualification thereof under the TIA) and which, in either case, has
been qualified under the TIA), except that the Exchange Notes shall have been
registered pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities
Act and (i) interest on the Exchange Notes shall accrue from the last date on
which interest was paid on the Notes or if no such interest has been paid from
the Issue Date and (ii) the Exchange Notes shall contain no restrictive legend
thereon.  The Exchange Offer shall be registered under the Securities Act on the
appropriate form (the "Exchange Registration Statement") and shall comply with
                       -------------------------------                        
all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act.  The
Company agrees to use its best efforts to (x) cause the Exchange Registration
Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or before the
Effectiveness Date; and (y) keep the Exchange Offer open for at least 30 days
(or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the
Exchange Offer is first given to Holders.  If after such Exchange Registration
Statement is initially declared effective by the Commission, the Exchange Offer
or the issuance of the Exchange Notes thereunder is interfered with by any stop
order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -6-

any other governmental agency or court, such Exchange Registration Statement
shall be deemed not to have become effective for purposes of this Agreement.
Each Holder who participates in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent
that any Exchange Notes received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course
of its business, that at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer such
Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate
in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, that such Holder is not an affiliate
of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or, if it is an
affiliate, that such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements under the Securities Act to the extent applicable and any
additional representations that are necessary under then-existing
interpretations of the Commission in order for the Exchange Registration
Statement to be declared effective. Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in
accordance with this Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue
to apply, mutatis mutandis, solely with respect to Registrable Notes that are
          ------- --------
Private Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers,
and the Company shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Notes
(other than Private Exchange Notes and other than in respect of any Exchange
Notes as to which clause 2(c)(iv) hereof applies) pursuant to Section 3 of this
Agreement.
          (b) The Company shall include within the Prospectus contained in the
Exchange Registration Statement a section entitled "Plan of Distribution,"
reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary
statement of the positions taken or policies made by the Staff of the Commission
with respect to the potential "underwriter" status of any broker-dealer that
holds Notes acquired for its own account that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities and that will become the
beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange
Notes received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer (a "Participating
                                                               -------------
Broker-Dealer"), whether such positions or policies have been publicly
- -------------                                                         
disseminated by the Staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in
the judgment of the Initial Purchasers, represent the prevailing views of the
Staff of the Commission.  Such "Plan of Distribution" section shall also allow,
to the extent permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the
Commission, the use of the Prospectus by all Persons subject to the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act, including, to the extent so
permitted, all Participating Broker-Dealers, and 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -7-

include a statement describing the manner in which Participating Broker-Dealers
may resell the Exchange Notes.

          The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Exchange
Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus
contained therein, in order to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully delivered
by all Persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act for a period of 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer is
consummated (the "Applicable Period").
                  -----------------   

          If any Initial Purchaser determines upon the advice of its outside
counsel that it is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer with
respect to the exchange of Notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment
in the initial distribution, as soon as practicable upon receipt by the Company
of a written request from such Initial Purchaser and an opinion of outside
counsel for such Initial Purchaser, reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to outside counsel of the Company, to the effect that such exchange
does not require compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities
Act, the Company upon the request of any Initial Purchaser shall, simultaneously
with the delivery of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver
to such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the "Private Exchange") for the Notes
                                             ----------------                
held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of
the Company that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes
except for the existence of restrictions on transfer thereof under the
Securities Act and securities laws of the several states of the U.S. (the
                                                                         
"Private Exchange Notes") (and which are issued pursuant to the same indenture
 ----------------------                                                       
as the Exchange Notes).  The Company will seek to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau
to issue the same CUSIP number for the Private Exchange Notes as the Exchange
Notes.  The Company shall not have any liability under this Agreement solely as
a result of such Private Exchange Notes not bearing the same CUSIP number as the
Exchange Notes.

          In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

             (1) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of
     the Exchange Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of
     transmittal and related documents;

             (2) utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer
     with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -8-

     The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate thereof;

          (3)  permit Holders to withdraw tendered Registrable Notes at any time
     prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on
     which the Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

          (4)  otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable
     laws.

          As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer or the
Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:


          (1)  accept for exchange all Registrable Notes validly tendered and
     not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer or the Private
     Exchange;

          (2)  deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Notes so
     accepted for exchange; and

          (3)  cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each
     Holder tendering such Registrable Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange
     Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Notes of such
     Holder so accepted for exchange.

          The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes may be issued under
(i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the
Indenture, which in either event will provide that the Exchange Notes will not
be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that the
Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes, if any, will vote and
consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange
Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes, if any, will have the right to
vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

          (c)  If (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing
interpretations of the Staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to
effect an Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 180
days of the Issue Date, (iii) any holder of Private Exchange Notes so requests
in writing to the Company or (iv) in the case of any Holder that participates in
the Exchange Offer (and tenders its Registrable Notes prior to the expiration
thereof), such Holder does not receive Exchange Notes on the date of the
<PAGE>
 
                                      -9-

exchange that may be sold without restriction under federal securities laws
(other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the
Company within the meaning of the Securities Act) and so notifies the Company
within 30 days following the consummation of the Exchange Offer (and providing a
reasonable basis to the Company for its conclusions), in the case of each of
clauses (i)-(iv), then the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holders and the
Trustee written notice thereof (the "Shelf Notice") and shall file a Shelf
                                     ------------                         
Registration pursuant to Section 3.

3.  Shelf Registration
    ------------------

          If a Shelf Notice is delivered as contemplated by Section 2(c), then:

          (a) Shelf Registration.  The Company shall as promptly as reasonably
              ------------------                                              
practicable file with the Commission a Registration Statement for an offering to
be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the
Registrable Notes (the "Initial Shelf Registration").  If the Company shall not
                        --------------------------                             
have yet filed the Exchange Registration Statement, the Company shall file with
the Commission the Initial Shelf Registration on or prior to the Filing Date and
shall use its best efforts to cause such Initial Shelf Registration to be
declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effectiveness
Date.  Otherwise, the Company shall file with the Commission the Initial Shelf
Registration within 60 days of the delivery of the Shelf Notice and shall use
its best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration to be declared effective under
the Securities Act on or prior to the Effectiveness Date.  The Initial Shelf
Registration shall be on Form S-3, if then available for use by the Company, or
another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Notes for
resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including,
without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings).  The Company shall not
permit any securities other than the Registrable Notes to be included in any
Shelf Registration.  The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Initial
Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act until the
date which is 24 months from the effective date of such Initial Shelf
Registration (or, if Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act is amended to permit
unlimited resales by non-affiliates within a lesser period, such lesser period)
(subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof) (the
"Effectiveness Period") or such shorter period ending when (i) all Registrable
- ---------------------                                                         
Notes covered by the Initial Shelf Registration have been sold in the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -10-

manner set forth and as contemplated in the Initial Shelf Registration or (ii) a
Subsequent Shelf Registration covering all of the Registrable Notes has been
declared effective under the Securities Act.

          (b) Subsequent Shelf Registrations.  If the Initial Shelf Registration
              ------------------------------                                    
or any Subsequent Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at
any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all
of the securities registered thereunder), the Company shall use its best efforts
to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness
thereof, and in any event shall within 30 days of such cessation of
effectiveness amend the Shelf Registration in a manner to obtain the withdrawal
of the order suspending the effectiveness thereof, or file an additional "shelf"
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable
Notes (a "Subsequent Shelf Registration").  If a Subsequent Shelf Registration
          -----------------------------                                       
is filed, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf
Registration to be declared effective as soon as practicable after such filing
and to keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective for a
period equal to the number of days in the Effectiveness Period less the
aggregate number of days during which the Initial Shelf Registration or any
Subsequent Shelf Registrations was previously continuously effective.  As used
herein the term "Shelf Registration" means the Initial Shelf Registration and
                 ------------------                                          
any Subsequent Shelf Registration.

          (c) Supplements and Amendments.  The Company shall promptly supplement
              --------------------------                                        
and amend any Shelf Registration if required by the rules, regulations or
instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf
Registration, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes
covered by such Shelf Registration or by any underwriter of such Registrable
Notes, in each case, with the Company's consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.

4.  Additional Interest
    -------------------

          (a) The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders of
Registrable Notes will suffer damages if the Company fails to fulfill its
obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be
feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision.  Accordingly,
the Company agrees to pay, as liquidated damages, additional 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -11-

interest on the Registrable Notes ("Additional Interest") under the
                                    -------------------
circumstances and to the extent set forth below (each of which shall be given
independent effect):

          (i)   if (A) neither the Exchange Registration Statement nor the
     Initial Shelf Registration has been filed on or prior to the Filing Date,
     if so required in the case of an Initial Shelf Registration by this
     Agreement, or (B) notwithstanding that the Company has consummated or will
     consummate an Exchange Offer, the Company is required to file a Shelf
     Registration and such Shelf Registration is not filed on or prior to the
     60th day after delivery of the Shelf Notice, then, in the case of subclause
     (A), commencing on the day after the Filing Date or, in the case of
     subclause (B), commencing on the 61st day following delivery of the Shelf
     Notice, Additional Interest shall accrue on the Registrable Notes over and
     above the stated interest at a rate of 0.50% per annum for the first 90
     days immediately following the Filing Date or such 60th day, as the case
     may be, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.25% per
     annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period;

          (ii)  if (A) neither the Exchange Registration Statement nor the
     Initial Shelf Registration is declared effective on or prior to the
     Effectiveness Date applicable thereto or (B) notwithstanding that the
     Company has consummated or will consummate an Exchange Offer, the Company
     is required to file a Shelf Registration and such Shelf Registration is not
     declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the applicable
     Effectiveness Date, then, commencing on the day after such applicable
     Effectiveness Date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the Registrable
     Notes over and above the stated interest at a rate of 0.50% per annum for
     the first 90 days immediately following the day after the applicable
     Effectiveness Date, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an
     additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day
     period; and

          (iii) if (A) the Company has not exchanged Exchange Notes for all
     Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer
     on or prior to 180 days after the Issue Date, (B) the Exchange Registration
     Statement ceases to be effective prior to consummation of the Exchange
     Offer or (C) if applicable, a Shelf Registration has been declared
     effective and such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective at any time
     during the Effective-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -12-

     ness Period, then Additional Interest shall accrue on the Registrable Notes
     over and above the stated interest at a rate of 0.50% per annum for the
     first 90 days commencing on the (x) 181st day after such Issue Date in the
     case of (A) above or (y) the day such Exchange Registration Statement or
     Shelf Registration ceases to be effective in the case of (B) and (C) above,
     such Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum
     at the beginning of each such subsequent 90-day period;

provided, however, that the Additional Interest rate on the Registrable Notes
- --------  -------                                                            
may not exceed in the aggregate 1.0% per annum; provided further that (1) upon
                                                -------- -------              
the filing of the Exchange Registration Statement or each Shelf Registration (in
the case of (i) above), (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Registration
Statement or each Shelf Registration, as the case may be (in the case of (ii)
above), or (3) upon the exchange of Exchange Notes for all Registrable Notes
tendered (in the case of (iii)(A) above) or upon the effectiveness of an
Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration which had ceased to remain
effective (in the case of (iii)(B) and (C) above), Additional Interest on any
Registrable Notes then accruing Additional Interest as a result of such clause
(or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.

     (b)  The Company shall notify the Trustee within one business day after
each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional
Interest is required to be paid (an "Event Date").  Any amounts of Additional
                                     ----------                              
Interest due pursuant to (a)(i), (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) of this Section 4 will be
payable in cash semi-annually on each regular interest payment date specified in
the Indenture (to the Holders of Registrable Notes of record on the regular
record date therefor (as specified in the Indenture) immediately preceding such
dates), commencing with the first such regular interest payment date occurring
after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue.  The amount of
Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional
Interest rate by the principal amount of the Notes subject thereto, multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional
Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is
360.

5.   Registration Procedures
     -----------------------

          In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant
to Sections 2 or 3 hereof, the Company shall 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -13-

effect such registrations to permit the sale of such securities covered thereby
in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and
pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the
Company hereunder, the Company shall:

     (a)  Prepare and file with the Commission prior to the Filing Date, the
Exchange Registration Statement or if the Exchange Registration Statement is not
filed or is unavailable, a Shelf Registration as prescribed by Section 2 or 3,
and use its best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become
effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided that, if (1) a Shelf
                                                   --------                     
Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3, or (2) a Prospectus contained in an
Exchange Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 is required to be
delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks
to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period and has advised the Company
that it is a Participating Broker-Dealer, before filing any Registration
Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company
shall, if requested, furnish to and afford the Holders of the Registrable Notes
to be registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration or each such Participating
Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, covered by such Registration Statement, their
counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to
review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be
incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed
(in each case at least five Business Days prior to such filing).  The Company
shall not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments
or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement, or any
such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel, or the
managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object.

     (b)  Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-
effective amendments to each Shelf Registration or Exchange Registration
Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration
Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable
Period, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by
any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to
be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under
the Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the
Exchange Act applicable to it with 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -14-

respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration
Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with
respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating
Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus. The Company shall be deemed not to
have used its best efforts to keep a Registration Statement effective during the
Applicable Period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in
selling Holders of the Registrable Notes covered thereby or Participating 
Broker-Dealers seeking to sell Exchange Notes not being able to sell such
Registrable Notes or such Exchange Notes during that period unless such action
is required by applicable law, rule or regulation or unless the Company complies
with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of paragraph
5(k) hereof and the last paragraph of Section 5.

     (c)  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3, or (2) a
Prospectus contained in an Exchange Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2 is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any
Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the
Applicable Period from whom the Company has received written notice that it will
be a Participating Broker-Dealer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable
Notes, and each such Participating Broker-Dealer, their counsel and the managing
underwriters, if any, promptly (but in any event within two Business Days), and
confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus
supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become
effective (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may,
upon request, obtain, without charge, one conformed copy of such Registration
Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and
schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and
exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending
the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or
suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any
proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a prospectus is required
by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the
Registrable Notes the representations and warranties of the Company contained in
any agreement (including any underwriting agreement contemplated by Section 5(n)
hereof) cease to be true and correct in any material respect, (iv) of the
receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -15-

qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any
of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating
Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or
threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any
event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known that
makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or
any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference
untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in, or
amendments or supplements to, such Registration Statement, Prospectus or
documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the
Company's reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to a
Registration Statement would be appropriate.

     (d)  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3, or (2) a
Prospectus contained in an Exchange Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2 is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any
Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the
Applicable Period, use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order
suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order
preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification
(or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Notes or the
Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer, for sale in any
jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to use its best efforts to
obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible date.

     (e)  If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 and if
requested by the managing underwriters, if any, or the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold in connection
with an underwritten offering, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a
prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information or revisions
to information therein relating to such underwriters or selling Holders as the
managing underwriters, if any, or such Holders or their counsel 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -16-

reasonably request to be included or made therein and (ii) make all required
filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon
as practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be
incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment.

     (f)  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3, or (2) a
Prospectus contained in an Exchange Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2 is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any
Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the
Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes and to
each such Participating Broker-Dealer who so requests and to counsel and each
managing underwriter, if any, without charge, one conformed copy of the
Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective
amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if
requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by
reference and all exhibits.

     (g)  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3, or (2) a
Prospectus contained in an Exchange Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2 is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any
Participating Broker-Dealer, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes
or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their respective
counsel, and the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the
Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and
each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference
therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last
paragraph of this Section 5, the Company hereby consents to the use of such
Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling
Holders of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer, and the
underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers (if any), in connection with the
offering and sale of the Registrable Notes covered by, or the sale by
Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Notes pursuant to, such Prospectus
and any amendment or supplement thereto for, in the case of the sale by
Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Notes, the Applicable Period.

     (h)  Prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes or any delivery of a
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Registration Statement by any Participating
Broker-Dealer who 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -17-

seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use its best efforts
to register or qualify, and cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable
Notes and each such Participating Broker-Dealer, the underwriters, if any, and
their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification
(or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Notes
or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for offer and sale under the securities
or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling
Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or
underwriters, if any, reasonably request in writing; provided that where
                                                     --------
Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers or Registrable Notes are
offered pursuant to an underwritten offering, counsel to the underwriters shall,
at the cost and expense of the Company, perform the Blue Sky investigations and
file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this
Section 5(h); keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption
therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required
to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things reasonably
necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the
Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers or the Registrable Notes covered
by the applicable Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall not be
                                          --------
required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is
not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general
service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or
(C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such
jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

     (i)  If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3, cooperate
with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes, any Participating Broker-Dealer
and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely
preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Notes to be
sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in
a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such
Registrable Notes to be in such denominations and registered in such names as
the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or Holders may reasonably
request.

     (j)  Use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Notes covered by the
Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such governmental
agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers
thereof or 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -18-

the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable
Notes, in which case the Company will cooperate in all reasonable respects with
the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals.

          (k) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3, or (2)
a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2 is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any
Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the
Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph
5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to
Section 5(a) hereof) file with the Commission, at the Company's sole expense, a
supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a
supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to
be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so
that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Notes being
sold thereunder or to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes to whom such
Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer, any such
Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading.

          (l) Use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Notes covered by a
Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so
requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or the managing
underwriter or underwriters, if any.

          (m) Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement
relating to the Registrable Notes, (i) provide the Trustee with printed
certificates for the Registrable Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The
Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable
Notes.

          (n) In connection with an underwritten offering of Registrable Notes
pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is
customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes and
take all such other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing
underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -19-

the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Notes and, in such
connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to the underwriters,
with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the
Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed
to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made
by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar
to the Notes, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) obtain
the opinion of counsel to the Company and updates thereof in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed
to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions
requested in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes and
such other matters as may be reasonably requested by underwriters (it being
agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion may be subject to
customary qualifications and exceptions); (iii) obtain "cold comfort" letters
and updates thereof in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public
accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified
public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired
by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are
required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of
the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of
the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with
underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes and such other
matters as reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters; and
(iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain
indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth
in Section 7 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes covered
by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or
agents) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section.
The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as
and to the extent required thereunder.

          (o) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3, or (2)
a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2 is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any
Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -20-

Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any selling Holder of such
Registrable Notes being sold, and each Participating Broker-Dealer, any
underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Notes, if any,
and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder,
each Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or underwriter
(collectively, the "Inspectors"), at the offices where normally kept, during
                    ----------                                              
reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the
"Records") as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any
 -------                                                                  
applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and
employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to supply all information
reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration
Statement.  Records which the Company determines, in good faith, to be
confidential and any Records which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential
shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such
Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such
Registration Statement, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to
a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) the
information in such Records has been made generally available to the public
other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard by such Inspector
or (iv) disclosure of such information is, in the opinion of counsel for any
Inspector, necessary or advisable in connection with any action, claim, suit or
proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such
Inspector and arising out of, based upon, related to, or involving this
Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or arising hereunder.  Each
selling Holder of such Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer
will be required to agree that information obtained by it as a result of such
inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the
basis for any market transactions in the securities of the Company unless and
until such is made generally available to the public.  Each Inspector, each
selling Holder of such Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer
will be required to further agree that it will, upon learning that disclosure of
such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to clauses
(ii) or (iv) of the previous sentence or otherwise, give notice to the Company
and allow the Company to undertake appropriate action to obtain a protective
order or otherwise prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential at its
expense.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -21-

          (p) Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Notes or the
Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust
indenture provided for in Section 2(a), as the case may be, to be qualified
under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Exchange Offer or the
first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes; and in
connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and
the Holders of the Registrable Notes, to effect such changes to such indenture
as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the
terms of the TIA; and execute, and use its best efforts to cause such trustee to
execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other
forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such
indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

          (q) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission
and make generally available to its securityholders earnings statements
satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158
thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later
than 45 days after the end of any 12-month period (or 90 days after the end of
any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end
of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Notes are sold to underwriters in a
firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to
underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first
fiscal quarter of the Company after the effective date of a Registration
Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods.

          (r) Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, if
requested by the Trustee, obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company, in a form
customary for underwritten transactions, addressed to the Trustee, that the
Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and the
related indenture constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the
Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective
terms, subject to customary qualifications and exceptions.

          (s) If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated,
upon delivery of the Registrable Notes by Holders to the Company (or to such
other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Notes or
the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or
caused to be marked, on such Registrable Notes that such Registrable Notes are
being cancelled in exchange for the 
<PAGE>

                                     -22-

 
Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be; in no event
shall such Registrable Notes be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

          (t) Cooperate with each seller of Registrable Notes covered by any
Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the
disposition of such Registrable Notes and their respective counsel in connection
with any filings required to be made with the NASD.

          The Company may require each seller of Registrable Notes as to which
any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information
regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Notes as the
Company may, from time to time, reasonably request.  The Company may exclude
from such registration the Registrable Notes of any seller who fails to furnish
such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.  Each
seller as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to
furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in
order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such seller
not materially misleading.

          Each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer
agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold by
such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, that, upon receipt of any
notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in
Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v), or 5(c)(vi), such Holder will forthwith
discontinue disposition of such Registrable Notes covered by such Registration
Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Holder or
Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and, in each case,
dissemination of such Prospectus until such Holder's or Participating Broker-
Dealer's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
contemplated by Section 5(k), or until it is advised in writing (the "Advice")
                                                                      ------  
by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has
received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto.  In the event the
Company shall give any such notice, each of the Effectiveness Period and the
Applicable Period shall be extended by the number of days during such periods
from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the
date when each seller of Registrable Notes covered by such Registration
Statement or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as
the case may be, shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemented or
amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) or (y) the Advice.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -23-

6.  Registration Expenses
    ---------------------

          All fees and expenses of the Company incident to the performance of or
compliance with this Agreement by the Company shall be borne by the Company
whether or not the Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes
effective, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees
(including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be
made with the NASD in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and
expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including,
without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection
with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes and
determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes for
investment under the laws of such jurisdictions (x) where the holders of
Registrable Notes are located, in the case of the Exchange Notes, or (y) as
provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of Registrable Notes or Exchange
Notes to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable
Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, expenses of
printing certificates for Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes in a form eligible
for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if
the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or
underwriters, if any, or by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Registrable Notes included in any Registration Statement or by any
Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (iii) reasonable messenger,
telephone and delivery expenses incurred in connection with the Exchange
Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration, (iv) fees and disbursements
of counsel for the Company and fees and disbursements of special counsel for the
Initial Purchasers and the sellers of Registrable Notes, (v) fees and
disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in
Section 5(n)(iii) (including, without limitation, the expenses of any "cold
comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) rating
agency fees, (vii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company desires
such insurance, (viii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the
Company, (ix) internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation,
all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Company performing
legal or accounting duties), (x) the expense of any annual or special audit,
(xi) the fees and disbursements of underwriters, if any, customarily paid by
issuers or sellers of securities (but not including any underwriting discounts
or commissions or transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of the
Registrable Notes which discounts, com-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -24-

missions or taxes shall be paid by Holders of such Registrable Notes) and (xii)
the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all
Registration Statements.

7.  Indemnification
    ---------------

          (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of
Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer, the officers, directors,
employees and agents of each such Person, and each Person, if any, who controls
any such Person within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, a "Participant"), from and against any and
                                         -----------                            
all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, the
reasonable legal fees and other reasonable expenses actually incurred in
connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted) caused by,
arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (as
amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or
supplements thereto) or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any untrue statement or omission or
alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information relating to any Participant furnished to the Company in writing
by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein; provided,
                                                               -------- 
however, that the Company shall not be liable if such untrue statement or
- -------                                                                  
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was contained or made in any
preliminary prospectus and corrected in the Prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto and any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense
suffered or incurred by the Participants resulted from any action, claim or suit
by any Person who purchased Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes which are the
subject thereof from such Participant and such Participant failed to deliver or
provide a copy of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) to such Person
with or prior to the confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Notes or
Exchange Notes sold to such Person if required by applicable law, unless such
failure to deliver or provide a copy of the Prospectus (as amended or
supplemented) was a result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 5 of
this Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -25-


          (b) Each Participant will be required to agree, severally and not
jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers
and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the
foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Participant, but only with
reference to information relating to such Participant furnished to the Company
in writing by such Participant expressly for use in any Registration Statement
or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary
prospectus.  The liability of any Participant under this paragraph shall in no
event exceed the proceeds received by such Participant from sales of Registrable
Notes or Exchange Notes giving rise to such obligations.

          (c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or
regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against
any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either of the
two preceding paragraphs, such Person (the "Indemnified Person") shall promptly
                                            ------------------                 
notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "Indemnifying
                                                                  ------------
Person") in writing, and the Indemnifying Person shall be entitled to
- ------                                                               
participate therein, and to elect to assume the defense thereof with counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified
Person and any others the Indemnifying Person may reasonably designate in such
proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by
such counsel related to such proceeding; provided, however, that the failure to
                                         --------  -------                     
so notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it of any obligation or
liability which it may have hereunder except to the extent that it has been
prejudiced in any material respect by such failure or otherwise.  In any such
proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own
counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified
Person shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary, (ii) the
Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person or (iii) the named parties in
any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the
Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both
parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential
differing interests between them.  It is understood that, unless there is a
conflict among Indemnified Persons, the Indemnifying Person shall not, in
connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction,
<PAGE>
 
                                     -26-

be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition
to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and
expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm for
the Participants and such control Persons of Participants shall be designated in
writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of Registrable Notes
sold by all such Participants and any such separate firm for the Company, its
directors, officers and such control Persons of the Company shall be designated
in writing by the Company.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any
settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if
settled with such consent or if there is a final non-appealable judgment for the
plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Person
from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person
shall have requested an Indemnifying Person to reimburse the Indemnified Person
for reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by counsel as contemplated by
the third sentence of this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person agrees that it
shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its
consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt
by such Indemnifying Person of the aforesaid request and (ii) such Indemnifying
Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such
request prior to the date of such settlement; provided, however, that the
                                              --------  -------          
Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement effected without its
consent pursuant to this sentence if the Indemnifying Person is contesting, in
good faith, the request for reimbursement.  No Indemnifying Person shall,
without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any
settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any
Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes
an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance
satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are
the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as
to an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of an
Indemnified Person.

          (d) If the indemnification provided for in the first and second
paragraphs of this Section 7 is unavailable to, or insufficient to hold
harmless, an Indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such
paragraphs, 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -27-


in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder and in order to
provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid
or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative fault of the Indemnifying Person or Persons on the one hand and the
Indemnified Person or Persons on the other in connection with the statements or
omissions (or alleged statements or omissions) that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any
other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall
be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand
or by the Participants or such other Indemnified Person, as the case may be, on
the other, the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission and any other
equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances.

          (e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation
                                                           --- ----           
(even if the Participants were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  The amount
paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims,
damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall
be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable
legal or other expenses actually incurred by such Indemnified Person in
connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall a
Participant be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by
which proceeds received by such Participant from sales of Registrable Notes or
Exchange Notes, as the case may be, exceeds the amount of any damages that such
Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No Person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

          (f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this
Section 7 will be in addition to any 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -28-


liability which the Indemnifying Persons may otherwise have to the Indemnified
Persons referred to above.

8.  Rules 144 and 144A
    ------------------

          For so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15 of the Exchange Act and any Registrable Notes remain
outstanding, the Company will use its best efforts to file the reports required
to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules
and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder in a timely manner and, if
at any time it is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request
of any Holder of Registrable Notes, make publicly available other information so
long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the
Securities Act.  The Company further covenants, for so long as any Registrable
Notes remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of
Registrable Notes in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective
purchaser of such Registrable Notes from such Holder or beneficial owner, the
information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to
permit resales of such Registrable Notes pursuant to Rule 144A.

9.  Underwritten Registrations
    --------------------------

          If any of the Registrable Notes covered by any Shelf Registration are
to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment
bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected
by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable
Notes included in such offering and reasonably acceptable to the Company.

          No Holder of Registrable Notes may participate in any underwritten
registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's
Registrable Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements
approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b)
completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities,
underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements.

10.  Miscellaneous
     -------------

          (a)  Remedies.  In the event of a breach by the Company of any of
               --------                                                      
its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder of Registrable Notes and each
Participating Broker-
<PAGE>
 
                                     -29-


Dealer holding Exchange Notes, in addition to being entitled to exercise all
rights provided herein, in the Indenture or, in the case of an Initial
Purchaser, in the Purchase Agreement, or granted by law, including recovery of
damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this
Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate
compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the
provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any
action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the
defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

          (b)  No Inconsistent Agreements.  The Company has not entered, as of
               --------------------------                                       
the date hereof, and shall not enter, after the date of this Agreement, into any
agreement with respect to any of its securities that is inconsistent with the
rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Notes in this Agreement or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.  The Company has not entered and
shall not enter into any agreement with respect to any of its securities which
will grant to any Person piggy-back rights with respect to a Registration
Statement.

          (c)  Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes.  The Company shall
               ---------------------------------------                      
not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable
Notes as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of
Registrable Notes to include such Registrable Notes in a registration undertaken
pursuant to this Agreement.

          (d)  Amendments and Waivers.  The provisions of this Agreement may
               ----------------------                                         
not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures
from the provisions hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior
written consent of (A) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Notes and (B) in
circumstances that would adversely affect Participating Broker-Dealers, the
Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers;
provided, however, that Section 7 and this Section 10(d) may not be amended,
- --------  -------                                                           
modified or supplemented without the prior written consent of each Holder and
each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any person who was a Holder or
Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case
may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement).  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with
respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -30-


Registrable Notes whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange
Offer or sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or
indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of
Registrable Notes may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Registrable Notes being tendered or being sold by such
Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

          (e)  Notices.  All notices and other communications provided for or
               -------                                                         
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-
class mail, next-day air courier or telecopier:

          1.  if to a Holder of Registrable Notes or any Participating Broker-
     Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-
     Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under
     the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Initial Purchasers as
     follows:

               CIBC OPPENHEIMER CORP.
               BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
               BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.
               GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
               c/o CIBC Oppenheimer
               425 Lexington Avenue
               3rd Floor
               New York, New York 10017
               Facsimile No.:  (212) 885-4998
               Attention:  Corporate Finance
                           Department

          with a copy to:

               Cahill Gordon & Reindel
               80 Pine Street
               New York, New York 10005
               Facsimile No.: (212) 269-5420
               Attention:  Roger Meltzer, Esq.

          2.  if to the Initial Purchasers, at the address specified in Section
     10(e)(1);
<PAGE>
 
                                     -31-


          3.  if to the Company, as follows:

               SAMSONITE CORPORATION
               11200 East 45th Avenue
               Denver, Colorado 80239
               Facsimile No.: (303) 373-6288
               Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
                           with copy to General Counsel

          with a copy to:

               SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
               919 Third Avenue
               New York, New York 10022-3897
               Facsimile No.: (212) 735-2000
               Attention:  Gregory A. Fernicola, Esq.

          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given:  when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days
after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one business day
after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier guaranteeing overnight
delivery; and when receipt is acknowledged by the addressee, if telecopied.

          Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be
concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee under the
Indenture at the address specified in such Indenture.

          (f)  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to the
               ----------------------                                      
benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties
hereto and the Holders; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure
                        --------  -------                                     
to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless
and to the extent such successor or assign holds Registrable Notes.

          (g)  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
               ------------                                                    
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

          (h)  Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience
               --------                                                       
of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -32-


          (i)  Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
               -------------                                            
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO
CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

          (j)  Severability.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction
               ------------                                                    
of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid,
illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions,
covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and
effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties
hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to
achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such
term, provision, covenant or restriction.  It is hereby stipulated and declared
to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining
terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that
may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

          (k)  Notes Held by the Company or Its Affiliates.  Whenever the
               -------------------------------------------                 
consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is
required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by the Company or its affiliates (as
such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted
in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such
required percentage.

          (l)  Third Party Beneficiaries.  Holders of Registrable Notes are
               -------------------------                                     
intended third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement may be
enforced by such Persons.

          (m)  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the Purchase
               ----------------                                               
Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive
statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of
the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or
written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings,
correspondence, conversations and memoranda among the Initial Purchasers on the
one hand and the Company on the other, or between or among any agents,
<PAGE>
 
                                     -33-


representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or
successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are
merged herein and replaced hereby.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -34-


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.

                              SAMSONITE CORPORATION

                              By:
                                 ------------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                              CIBC OPPENHEIMER CORP.

                              By:
                                 ------------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                              BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS

                              By:
                                 ------------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                              BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.

                              By:
                                 ------------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:


                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

                              By:
                                 ------------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 5.1
                                                                     
                   Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
                               919 Third Avenue
                         New York, New York 10022-3897



                                               August 13, 1998



Samsonite Corporation
11200 East 45th Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80239-3018


               Re:  Samsonite Corporation
                    Registration Statement on Form S-4
                    ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as special counsel to Samsonite Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the public offering of
$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 10 3/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Notes"). The Notes are to be issued pursuant
to an exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") in exchange for a like principal
amount of the issued and outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
of the Company (the "Old Notes") under an Indenture dated as of June 24, 1998
(the "Indenture"), by and among the Company and United States Trust Company of
New York, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), as contemplated by the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of June 24, 1998 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), by
and among the Company, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens,
BancBoston Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the "Initial Purchasers").

          This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of
Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act").

          In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or
copies, certified or otherwise identi-  
<PAGE>
 
Samsonite Corporation
August 13, 1998
Page 2

fied to our satisfaction, of (i) the Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be
filed with the Securities and Ex change Commission (the "Commission") under the
Act on the date hereof (the "Registration Statement"); (ii) an executed copy of
the Registration Rights Agreement; (iii) an executed copy of the Indenture; (iv)
an executed copy of the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1998, among the
Company and the Initial Purchasers, relating to the Old Notes; (v) the Cross-
Receipt among the Company and the Initial Purchasers acknowledging payment in
full for the Old Notes; (vi) the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company; (vii) the By-Laws of the Company, as amended to
date; (viii) certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the
Company and the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company
relating to the Exchange Offer, the issuance of the Old Notes and the Notes, the
Indenture and related matters; (ix) the Form T-1 of the Trustee filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement; and (x) the form of the Notes. We have
also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our
satisfaction, of such records of the Company and such agreements, certificates
of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the
Company and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as we
have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth
herein.

          In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural
persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all
documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the
authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.  In making our
examination of executed documents or documents to be executed, we have assumed
that the parties thereto other than the Company had or will have the power,
corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and
have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or
other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the
validity and binding effect thereof on such parties.  As to any facts material
to the opinions expressed herein which we have not independently established or
verified, we have relied 
<PAGE>
 
Samsonite Corporation
August 13, 1998
Page 3

upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the
Company and others.

          Members of our firm are admitted to the bar in the State of New York,
and we do not express any opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction other
than the Delaware General Corporation Law.

          In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed that the
execution, authentication and delivery by the Company of the Indenture, the Old
Notes and the Notes do not and will not violate, conflict with or constitute a
default under (i) any agreement or instrument to which the Company or its
properties is subject (except that we do not make the assumption set forth in
this clause (i) with respect to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation, the Company's By-Laws, the Indenture, the Purchase 
Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement), (ii) any law, rule, or
regulation to which the Company is subject (except that we do not make the
assumption set forth in this clause (ii) with respect to the Delaware General
Corporation Law or those laws, rules and regulations of the State of New York
and the United States of America, in each case, which, in our experience, are
normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Purchase
Agreement, the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, but without our having made any
special investigation with respect to any other laws, rules or regulations),
(iii) any judicial or regulatory order or decree of any governmental authority
or (iv) any consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or
filing, recording or registration with any governmental authority.

          Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the limitations,
qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the
opinion that, when the Notes have been duly executed and authenticated in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture and have been delivered upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with its terms, the Notes will
constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the
Company in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that enforcement
thereof may be
<PAGE>
 
Samsonite Corporation
August 13, 1998
Page 4

limited by (1) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
conveyance or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to
creditors' rights generally and (2) general principles of equity (regard less of
whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

          We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as
an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to
our firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement.  In
giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the
category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the
rules and regulations of the Commission.

                                    Very truly yours,
                              
                                    /s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate
                                         Meagher & Flom LLP

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                          SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          ---------------------------
                      MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING CREDIT AND
                      ----------------------------------
                              TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
                              -------------------

                           dated as of June 24, 1998

                                 by and among

                            SAMSONITE CORPORATION,
                            a Delaware corporation,

                            SAMSONITE EUROPE N.V.,
                            a Belgian corporation,

            BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
          BANKBOSTON, N.A. (f/k/a The First National Bank of Boston)
        and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 hereto,
                                                     ----------        

                                      and
            BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
                           as Administrative Agent,

                                      and
                               BANKBOSTON, N.A.
                             as Syndication Agent,
                      CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE
                            as Documentation Agent,
                         and the other parties thereto

                      with BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
                                      and
                          BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.
                                 AS ARRANGERS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
1.   DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION...........................................................     2
     1.1.   Definitions................................................................................     2
     1.2.   Rules of Interpretation....................................................................    46
2.   THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.....................................................................    47
     2.1.   Commitment to Lend.........................................................................    47
     2.2.   The Swing Line.............................................................................    47
            2.2.1.   The Swing Line Loans..............................................................    47
            2.2.2.   Notice............................................................................    48
            2.2.3.   Irrevocable Notice................................................................    50
            2.2.4.   Purchase of Swing Line Loan.......................................................    50
     2.3.   Revolving Commitment Fee...................................................................    50
     2.4.   Reduction and Reallocation of Total Revolving Commitment...................................    50
            2.4.1.   Optional Reduction of Total Revolving Commitment..................................    50
            2.4.2.   Reallocation of Total Revolving Commitment........................................    51
     2.5.   Revolving Credit Notes.....................................................................    52
     2.6.   Interest on Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans....................................    52
     2.7.   Requests for Revolving Credit Loans........................................................    53
     2.8.   Conversion Options.........................................................................    53
            2.8.1.   Conversion to Different Type of Revolving Credit Loan.............................    53
            2.8.2.   Continuation of Type of Revolving Credit Loan.....................................    54
            2.8.3.   Eurodollar Rate Loans.............................................................    55
     2.9.   Funds for Revolving Credit Loans...........................................................    55
            2.9.1.   Funding Procedures................................................................    55
            2.9.2.   Advances by Administrative Agent..................................................    56
     2.10.  Pro Rata Treatment.........................................................................    56
     2.11.  Intentionally Deleted......................................................................    56
     2.12.  Repayment of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans...............................    56
            2.12.1.  Maturity..........................................................................    56
            2.12.2.  Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans....................................    56
            2.12.3.  Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans................    57
            2.12.4.  Intentionally Deleted.............................................................    58
            2.12.5.  Intentionally Deleted.............................................................    58
</TABLE>

                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
3.   TERM LOANS.
     3.1.   Commitment to Lend
            3.1.1.   Domestic Term Loan................................................................    58
            3.1.2.   Foreign Term Loan.................................................................    58
     3.2.   Term Note/Loan Account for the Term Loans..................................................    58
            3.2.1.   Domestic Term Loan................................................................    58
            3.2.2.   Foreign Term Loan.................................................................    59
     3.3.   Mandatory Payments of Principal of the Term Loans..........................................    59
            3.3.1.   Scheduled Payment of the Term Loans...............................................    59
            3.3.2.   Intentionally Deleted.............................................................    60
            3.3.3.   Proceeds of Debt Issuances, Asset Sales, and Certain Other Events.................    60
     3.4.   Optional Prepayment of the Term Loans......................................................    63
     3.5.   Interest on the Term Loans.................................................................    64
            3.5.1.   Interest Rates Applicable to the Domestic Term Loan...............................    64
            3.5.2.   Interest Rates Applicable the Foreign Term Loan...................................    64
            3.5.3.   Notifications by Borrowers........................................................    64
            3.5.4.   Amounts, etc......................................................................    65
     3.6.   Funds for the Term Loans...................................................................    65
            3.6.1.   Domestic Term Loan................................................................    65
            3.6.2.   Foreign Term Loan.................................................................    66
4.   THE MULTICURRENCY FACILITY........................................................................    66
     4.1.   Commitment to Lend.........................................................................    66
     4.2.   The Multicurrency Swing Line...............................................................    67
            4.2.1.   The Multicurrency Swing Line Loans................................................    67
            4.2.2.   Notice............................................................................    68
            4.2.3.   Irrevocable Notice................................................................    71
            4.2.4.   Purchase of Swing Line Loan.......................................................    71
     4.3.   Multicurrency Commitment Fee...............................................................    71
     4.4.   Reduction of Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment......................................    72
            4.4.1.   Optional Reduction of Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment....................    72
            4.4.2.   Reallocation of Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment..........................    72
     4.5.   Multicurrency Loan Accounts................................................................    74
     4.6.   Interest on Revolving Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans...............    74
     4.7.   Requests for Revolving Multicurrency Loans.................................................    75
     4.8.   Continuation Options, etc..................................................................    75
            4.8.1.   Continuation of Type of Multicurrency Loan........................................    75
            4.8.2.   Multicurrency Loans...............................................................    77
</TABLE>

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
     4.9.   Funds for Revolving Multicurrency Loans....................................................    77
            4.9.1.   Funding Procedures................................................................    77
            4.9.2.   Advances by Foreign Agent.........................................................    78
     4.10.  Pro Rata Treatment.........................................................................    79
     4.11.  Optional Currencies........................................................................    79
            4.11.1.  Request for Optional Currency.....................................................    79
            4.11.2.  Exchange Rate.....................................................................    80
            4.11.3.  Multiple Denominations............................................................    80
            4.11.4.  Repayment.........................................................................    81
            4.11.5.  Funding...........................................................................    81
            4.11.6.  European Monetary Union...........................................................    81
     4.12.  Repayment of Revolving Multicurrency Loans.................................................    82
            4.12.1.  Maturity of Revolving Multicurrency Loans.........................................    82
            4.12.2.  Multicurrency Swing Line Loans....................................................    83
     4.13.  Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Multicurrency Loans......................................    83
     4.14.  Optional Repayments of Revolving Multicurrency
     Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans..........................................................    82
5.   LETTERS OF CREDIT AND FOREIGN LETTERS OF CREDIT...................................................    83
     5.1.   Letter of Credit and Foreign Letter of Credit Commitments..................................    83
            5.1.1.   Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit...............    83
            5.1.2.   Letter of Credit Applications and Foreign Letter of Credit Applications...........    84
            5.1.3.   Terms of Letters of Credit and Foreign Letter of Credit...........................    85
            5.1.4.   Reimbursement Obligations of Lenders..............................................    85
            5.1.5.   Participations of Lenders.........................................................    86
     5.2.   Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers..................................................    86
            5.2.1.   Reimbursement Obligation of the Company...........................................    86
            5.2.2.   Reimbursement Obligation of Samsonite Europe......................................    87
     5.3.   Payments...................................................................................    88
            5.3.1.   Letter of Credit Payments.........................................................    88
            5.3.2.   Foreign Letter of Credit Payments.................................................    89
     5.4.   Obligations Absolute.......................................................................    90
     5.5.   Reliance by Issuer.........................................................................    90
     5.6.   Letter of Credit and Foreign Letter of Credit Fees.........................................    91
            5.6.1.   Letter of Credit Fees.............................................................    91
            5.6.2.   Foreign Letter of Credit Fees.....................................................    91
6.   CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................................................    93
     6.1.   Fees.......................................................................................    93
</TABLE>

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
     6.2.   Funds for Payments.........................................................................    93
            6.2.1.   Payments to Administrative Agent and Foreign Agent................................    93
            6.2.2.   No Offset, etc....................................................................    94
            6.2.3.   Withholding Forms.................................................................    94
            6.2.4.   Exclusions........................................................................    95
            6.2.5.   Mitigation........................................................................    95
            6.2.6.   Replacement of Non-Exempt Lenders.................................................    96
     6.3.   Payment Provisions; Computations...........................................................    97
            6.3.1.   Currency of Account...............................................................    97
            6.3.2.   Application of Interest Payments for Multicurrency Loans; Risk Participation Fees.    97
            6.3.3.   Computations......................................................................    98
            6.3.4.   Computations by Foreign Agent.....................................................    99
            6.3.5.   Notices from Issuing Banks........................................................    99
            6.3.6.   Crediting of Payments.............................................................    99
     6.4.   Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate or Eurocurrency Rate................................    99
     6.5.   Illegality.................................................................................   100
     6.6.   Additional Costs, etc......................................................................   101
     6.7.   Capital Adequacy...........................................................................   102
     6.8.   Certificate................................................................................   103
     6.9.   Indemnity..................................................................................   103
     6.10.  Interest After Default.....................................................................   104
     6.11.  Fronting Bank Provisions...................................................................   105
            6.11.1.  Payments to Administrative Agent and Fronting Bank................................   105
            6.11.2.  Currency Conversions and Contingent Funding Agreement.............................   105
            6.11.3.  Change of Status of Multicurrency Lender..........................................   109
            6.11.4.  Resignation of Fronting Bank......................................................   111
     6.12.  Certain Notifications For Samsonite Europe.................................................   111
7.   COLLATERAL SECURITY AND GUARANTEES................................................................   112
     7.1.   Security of Borrowers......................................................................   112
     7.2.   Guaranties and Security of Subsidiaries....................................................   113
     7.3.   Guaranty by the Company of the Obligations.................................................   113
            7.3.1.   Guaranty..........................................................................   113
            7.3.2.   Guaranty Absolute.................................................................   114
            7.3.3.   Effectiveness; Enforcement........................................................   115
            7.3.4.   Waiver............................................................................   116
            7.3.5.   Subordination; Subrogation........................................................   116
            7.3.6.   Payments..........................................................................   117
            7.3.7.   Receipt of Information............................................................   117
8.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....................................................................   117
</TABLE> 

                                     -iv-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
     8.1.   Corporate Authority.
            8.1.1.   Incorporation; Good Standing......................................................   117
            8.1.2.   Authorization.....................................................................   117
            8.1.3.   Enforceability....................................................................   118
     8.2.   Governmental Approvals.....................................................................   118
     8.3.   Title to Properties; Leases................................................................   118
     8.4.   Financial Statements and Projections.......................................................   119
            8.4.1.   Financial Statements..............................................................   119
            8.4.2.   Projections.......................................................................   119
            8.4.3.   Solvency..........................................................................   120
     8.5.   No Material Changes, etc...................................................................   120
     8.6.   Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, etc.......................................................   120
     8.7.   Litigation.................................................................................   120
     8.8.   No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc.......................................................   120
     8.9.   Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws, etc...............................................   121
     8.10.  Tax Status.................................................................................   121
     8.11.  No Event of Default........................................................................   121
     8.12.  Holding Company and Investment Company Acts................................................   121
     8.13.  Absence of Financing Statements, etc.......................................................   121
     8.14.  Perfection of Security Interest............................................................   121
     8.15.  Certain Transactions.......................................................................   122
     8.16.  Employee Benefit Plans.....................................................................   122
            8.16.1.  In General........................................................................   122
            8.16.2.  Terminability of Welfare Plans....................................................   122
            8.16.3.  Guaranteed Pension Plans..........................................................   123
            8.16.4.  Multiemployer Plans...............................................................   123
            8.16.5.  ERISA Reportable Event............................................................   123
            8.16.6.  Plan Agreements...................................................................   123
            8.16.7.  PBGC Letter.......................................................................   124
     8.17.  Use of Proceeds; Regulations U and X.......................................................   124
     8.18.  Environmental Compliance...................................................................   124
     8.19.  Status of Loans as Senior Debt.............................................................   125
     8.20.  Fiscal Year................................................................................   126
     8.21.  Significant Contracts......................................................................   126
     8.22.  Emerging Market Subsidiaries...............................................................   126
     8.23.  Subsidiaries, etc..........................................................................   127
     8.24.  Significant Contracts......................................................................   127
     8.25.  No Other Senior Debt.......................................................................   127
     8.26.  No Withholding, etc........................................................................   127
     8.27.  No Filings Required........................................................................   127
     8.28.  Related Transactions.......................................................................   128
     8.29.  Year 2000..................................................................................   128
9.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS............................................................   128
     9.1.   Punctual Payment...........................................................................   128
</TABLE>

                                      -v-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
     9.2.   Maintenance of Office......................................................................   129
     9.3.   Records and Accounts.......................................................................   129
     9.4.   Financial Statements, Certificates and Information.........................................   129
     9.5.   Notices....................................................................................   131
            9.5.1.   Defaults..........................................................................   131
            9.5.2.   Environmental Events..............................................................   132
            9.5.3.   Notification of Claim against Collateral..........................................   132
            9.5.4.   Notice of Litigation and Judgments................................................   132
            9.5.5.   ERISA Notices.....................................................................   132
            9.5.6.   Plan Terminations.................................................................   133
            9.5.7.   PBGC Letter, etc..................................................................   133
            9.5.8.   Underfunding Changes..............................................................   133
            9.5.9.   Material Changes..................................................................   133
            9.5.10.  Notice of Borrower or Affiliate of Borrower Becoming Lender or Participant........   133
            9.5.11.  Notice of Debt Issuance or Asset Sale.............................................   134
     9.6.   Corporate Existence; Maintenance of Properties.............................................   134
     9.7.   Insurance..................................................................................   134
            9.7.1.   General...........................................................................   134
            9.7.2.   Insurance Proceeds................................................................   134
     9.8.   Taxes......................................................................................   135
     9.9.   Inspection of Properties and Books, etc....................................................   135
            9.9.1.   General...........................................................................   135
            9.9.2.   Communications with Accountants...................................................   136
     9.10.   Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits....................................   136
     9.11.   Employee Benefit Plans....................................................................   136
     9.12.   Use of Proceeds...........................................................................   137
     9.13.   Guarantors................................................................................   137
     9.14.   Syndication Efforts.......................................................................   137
     9.15.   Pledge of Stock...........................................................................   138
     9.16.   Preparation of Environmental Reports......................................................   139
     9.17.   Performance of Significant Contracts......................................................   139
     9.18.   Notification Regarding Significant Subsidiaries...........................................   140
     9.19.   Notification of Investments...............................................................   140
     9.20.   Emerging Market Subsidiaries..............................................................   140
     9.21.   Further Assurances........................................................................   140
     9.22.   Status of Loans as Senior Debt............................................................   140
     9.23.   Subordinated Guarantees...................................................................   141
     9.24.   Granting and Perfection of Liens..........................................................   141
     9.25.   Notes to Evidence Non-Ordinary Course Intercompany Indebtedness...........................   142
     9.26.   Commercial Finance Examination............................................................   142
     9.27.   Appraisal of Intellectual Property........................................................   142
</TABLE>

                                     -vi-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
     9.28.   Landlord Waivers..........................................................................   142
     9.29.   Funding of Equity Tender Offer............................................................   143
10.   CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS......................................................   143
     10.1.   Restrictions on Indebtedness..............................................................   143
     10.2.   Restrictions on Liens.....................................................................   147
     10.3.   Restrictions on Investments...............................................................   149
     10.4.   Distributions.............................................................................   153
     10.5.   Merger, Consolidation and Disposition of Assets...........................................   154
             10.5.1.     Mergers and Acquisitions......................................................   154
             10.5.2.     Disposition of Assets.........................................................   159
     10.6.   Sale and Leaseback........................................................................   162
     10.7.   Compliance with Environmental Laws........................................................   162
     10.8.   Subordinated Debt.........................................................................   163
     10.9.   Employee Benefit Plans....................................................................   163
     10.10.  Fiscal Year...............................................................................   163
     10.11.  Modification of Documents.................................................................   163
     10.12.  Prohibition on Negative Pledges...........................................................   164
     10.13.  Transactions with Affiliates..............................................................   164
     10.14.  Prohibition on Subsidiary Being Subject to Distribution Limitations.......................   164
     10.15.  Change in Nature of Business..............................................................   165
     10.16.  Charter Amendments........................................................................   165
     10.17.  Accounting Changes........................................................................   165
     10.18.  Senior Debt...............................................................................   165
     10.19.  Limitation on Issuance of Shares of Subsidiaries;
     Disposition of Shares and Indebtedness of Subsidiaries............................................   166
             10.19.1.  Subsidiaries Issuing or Selling Capital Stock...................................   166
             10.19.2.  Disposition by Borrowers of Subsidiaries' Capital Stock.........................   166
             10.20.    Limitations on Hedging Arrangements.............................................   167
             10.21.    Limitation on Transfer of Operating Assets......................................   167
     10.22.  Preferred Stock Documents.................................................................   167
     10.23.  Use of Subordinated Indenture Debt Provisions.............................................   167
     10.24.  Ineligible Securities.....................................................................   168
     10.25.  PBGC Letter...............................................................................   168
11.  FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS..............................................................   168
     11.1.   Senior Leverage Ratio.....................................................................   168
     11.2.   Interest Coverage Ratio...................................................................   169
     11.3.   Capital Expenditures......................................................................   169
12.   CLOSING CONDITIONS...............................................................................   170
     12.1.   Loan Documents............................................................................   170
             12.1.1.   Loan Documents..................................................................   170
             12.1.2.   Documents for Related Transactions..............................................   170
</TABLE>

                                     -vii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
             12.1.3.     Significant Contracts.........................................................   170
     12.2.   Certified Copies of Charter Documents.....................................................   170
     12.3.   Corporate Action..........................................................................   171
     12.4.   Incumbency Certificate....................................................................   171
     12.5.   Validity of Liens.........................................................................   171
     12.6.   UCC Search Results........................................................................   171
     12.7.   Solvency Opinion..........................................................................   171
     12.8.   Pro Forma Balance Sheet...................................................................   172
     12.9.   Opinion of Counsel........................................................................   172
     12.10.  Payment of Fees...........................................................................   172
     12.11.  Payout Letter.............................................................................   172
     12.12.  Closing of Related Transactions...........................................................   172
     12.13.  Disbursement Instructions.................................................................   173
     12.14.  Consents and Approvals....................................................................   173
     12.15.  Foreign Subsidiary Indebtedness...........................................................   173
     12.16.  E-II Bankruptcy Matters...................................................................   173
     12.17.  Delivery of Financial Information.........................................................   173
     12.18.  Senior Debt Assurances....................................................................   173
     12.19.  [Intentionally Deleted.]..................................................................   174
     12.20.  Belgian Shareholder Approval..............................................................   174
     12.21.  Transfer of Subsidiaries..................................................................   174
     12.22.  [Intentionally Deleted.]..................................................................   174
     12.23.  PBGC Letter...............................................................................   174
13.  CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS......................................................................   174
     13.1.   Representations True; No Event of Default.................................................   174
     13.2.   No Legal Impediment.......................................................................   175
     13.3.   Governmental Regulation...................................................................   175
     13.4.   Proceedings and Documents.................................................................   175
14.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC..............................................................   175
     14.1.   Events of Default and Acceleration........................................................   175
     14.2.   Termination of Commitments................................................................   180
     14.3.   Remedies..................................................................................   180
     14.4.   Exchange Rate.............................................................................   181
     14.5.   Distribution of Collateral Proceeds.......................................................   181
15.  SETOFF............................................................................................   182
16.  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE FOREIGN AGENT AND THE SYNDICATION AGENT.............................   183
     16.1.   Appointment and Authorization; "Agent"....................................................   183
     16.2.   Delegation of Duties......................................................................   184
     16.3.   Liability of Agent........................................................................   184
     16.4.   Reliance by Agent.........................................................................   184
     16.5.   Notice of Default.........................................................................   185
     16.6.   Credit Decision...........................................................................   185
     16.7.   Indemnification of Agents.................................................................   185
</TABLE>

                                    -viii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
      16.8.   Agents in Individual Capacity............................................................   186
      16.9.   Successor Agents.........................................................................   186
      16.10.  Collateral Matters.......................................................................   187
      16.11.  Delinquent Lenders.......................................................................   189
      16.12.  Holders of Notes.........................................................................   190
      16.13.  No Rights or Duties of Documentation Agent...............................................   190
      16.14.  Payments to Agent; Distribution of Funds by Agent........................................   190
17.   EXPENSES.........................................................................................   190
18.   INDEMNIFICATION..................................................................................   191
19.   SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.......................................................................   192
20.   ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION; NEW LENDERS........................................................   192
      20.1.   Conditions to Assignment by Lenders......................................................   192
      20.2.   Certain Representations and Warranties; Limitations; Covenants...........................   194
      20.3.   Register.................................................................................   195
      20.4.   New Notes................................................................................   195
      20.5.   Participations...........................................................................   196
      20.6.   Disclosure...............................................................................   196
      20.7.   Assignee or Participant Affiliated with the Borrowers....................................   196
      20.8.   Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions......................................................   197
      20.9.   Assignment by Borrowers..................................................................   197
      20.10.  Belgian Share Pledge Registration........................................................   197
      20.11.  Sharing of Information with Section 20 Subsidiary........................................   198
      20.12.  New Lenders..............................................................................   198
21.   NOTICES, ETC.....................................................................................   202
22.   GOVERNING LAW....................................................................................   203
23.   HEADINGS.........................................................................................   204
24.   COUNTERPARTS.....................................................................................   204
25.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC............................................................................   204
26.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.............................................................................   204
27.   CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC...............................................................   205
28.   SEVERABILITY.....................................................................................   207
29.   RELEASE OF COLLATERAL............................................................................   208
30.   TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS........................................................................   208
      30.1.   Prior Credit Agreement Superseded........................................................   208
      30.2.   Return of Notes..........................................................................   209
      30.3.   Interest and Fees Under Superseded Agreement.............................................   209
</TABLE>

                                     -ix-
<PAGE>
 
                            SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS
                            ----------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Schedules
- ---------
<S>                      <C>
Schedule 1               Lending Institutions, Lending Offices, Commitments and
                         Commitment Percentages
Schedule 1A              Significant Domestic Subsidiaries
Schedule 1B              Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 1C              Existing Foreign Letters of Credit
Schedule 1D              Intentionally Deleted
Schedule 8.3             Title to Properties; Leases
Schedule 8.4             Liabilities Not Included in Financial Statements
Schedule 8.6             Exceptions Regarding Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Etc.
Schedule 8.7             Litigation
Schedule 8.13            Existing Liens
Schedule 8.15            Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 8.16.4          Certain Employee Benefit Plan Matters
Schedule 8.18            Environmental Compliance
Schedule 8.22            Emerging Market Subsidiaries
Schedule 8.23            Subsidiaries
Schedule 8.24            Significant Contracts
Schedule 9.5.7           Landlord Waivers
Schedule 10.1            Indebtedness
Schedule 10.1(p)         Indebtedness Owed on Closing Date by Emerging Market
                         Subsidiaries
Schedule 10.2            Existing Liens
Schedule 10.3(a)         Investments held in Non-U.S. Government Obligations
Schedule 10.3(b)         Investments held in Non-U.S. Banks
Schedule 10.3(c)         Investments in Non-U.S. Commercial Paper
Schedule 10.3(d)         Other Investments as of the Closing Date
Schedule 10.5.2(b)       Assets Held for Sale
Schedule 10.5.2(c)(iv)   Scheduled Assets
Schedule 10.12           Existing Negative Pledges
Schedule 10.13           Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 10.14           Existing Restrictions on Dividends
Schedule 21              Addresses for Fronting Bank, Foreign Agent, and Syndication
                         Agent

Exhibits                 
- --------
Exhibit A-1              Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit A-2              Term Note
Exhibit B-1              Intentionally Deleted
Exhibit B-2              Intentionally Deleted
Exhibit B-3              Intentionally Deleted
Exhibit B-4              Intentionally Deleted
Exhibit C                Loan Request
</TABLE>

                                      -x-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C> 
Exhibit D                Revolving Multicurrency Loan Request
Exhibit E                Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F                Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit G                Format for Consolidating Reports
</TABLE>

                                     -xi-
<PAGE>
 
                   SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTICURRENCY
                   -----------------------------------------
                    REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
                    ----------------------------------------

     This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM
LOAN AGREEMENT is made as of June 24, 1998, by and among (a) SAMSONITE
CORPORATION (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation having its principal place
of business at 11200 East 45th Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80239, (b) SAMSONITE
EUROPE N.V. ("Samsonite Europe"), a corporation organized under the laws of
Belgium having its principal place of business at Westerring 17 B-9700
Oudenaarde, Belgium, (c) BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
A NATIONAL BANKING ASSOCIATION, BANKBOSTON, N.A. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE FIRST
NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON), A NATIONAL BANKING ASSOCIATION, AND THE OTHER LENDING
INSTITUTIONS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1, (D) BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                       ----------                                        
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FOR THE AGENTS (AS HEREINAFTER
DEFINED) AND THE LENDERS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED), (E) BANKBOSTON, N.A., AS
SYNDICATION AGENT FOR THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS, (F) GENERALE BANK N.V., AS
FOREIGN AGENT FOR THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS, AND (G) GENERALE BANK N.V., AS
FRONTING BANK FOR THE LENDERS.  IN ADDITION, CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE
SHALL BE REFERRED TO AS A DOCUMENTATION AGENT HEREUNDER.  BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON
STEPHENS ("BARS") AND BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC. ("BSI") ACTED AS ARRANGERS WITH
RESPECT HERETO.

     WHEREAS, PURSUANT TO AN AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 12, 1997 (AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE "PRIOR
CREDIT AGREEMENT") BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY, SAMSONITE EUROPE, CERTAIN OF THE
LENDERS AND CERTAIN OF THE AGENTS, THE LENDERS PARTY THERETO MADE LOANS
AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY AND SAMSONITE EUROPE FOR, AMONG OTHER THINGS, GENERAL
CORPORATE AND WORKING CAPITAL PURPOSES; AND

     WHEREAS, THE COMPANY AND SAMSONITE EUROPE HAVE REQUESTED, AMONG OTHER
THINGS, TO AMEND AND RESTATE THE PRIOR CREDIT AGREEMENT AND FOR THE LENDERS TO
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FINANCING, TO FUND THE RECAPITALIZATION (AS HEREINAFTER
DEFINED), AND TO PROVIDE FUNDS FOR WORKING CAPITAL AND GENERAL CORPORATE
PURPOSES AND THE LENDERS ARE WILLING TO AMEND AND RESTATE THE PRIOR CREDIT
AGREEMENT AND TO PROVIDE SUCH ADDITIONAL FINANCING ON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
SET FORTH HEREIN;

     NOW, THEREFORE, THE COMPANY, SAMSONITE EUROPE, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENTS
AGREE THAT ON AND AS OF THE CLOSING DATE (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) THE PRIOR
CREDIT AGREEMENT IS HEREBY AMENDED AND RESTATED IN ITS ENTIRETY AND SHALL REMAIN
IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT ONLY AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-

     1.   DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.
          --------------------------------------- 

          1.1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings set
               ----------- 
     forth in this (S)1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Credit Agreement
     referred to below:

     Ace.  Ace Parent Company or any one or more of its operating Subsidiaries
     ---                                                                      
through which all or substantially all of the consolidated business and
operations of Ace Parent Company are conducted.

     Ace Parent Company.  Ace Company Limited, a corporation organized under the
     ------------------                                                         
laws of Japan, which is the licensee of the Company under the Japanese License
Agreement.

     Acquisition Consideration. See (S)10.5.1 hereof.
     -------------------------                        

     Additional Commitment Amounts.  See (S)20.12 hereof.
     -----------------------------                       

     Additional Commitment Conditions.  The following conditions, as determined
     --------------------------------                                          
in relation to any date on which an Additional Commitment Request is given,
after giving effect to the proposed Additional Commitment Amounts of the
prospective New Lender:

     (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on
or as of such date and none would exist after giving effect to any such
Additional Commitment Amounts;

     (b) no more than three (3) Additional Commitment Requests, including the
Additional Commitment Request with respect to which these Additional Commitment
Conditions are being applied, shall have been made to the Administrative Agent
and the total of all Additional Commitment Amounts, on an aggregate, cumulative
basis, shall not exceed $50,000,000;

     (c) the Additional Commitment Amounts of the New Lender shall include both
a Revolving Commitment and a Revolving Multicurrency Commitment; and

     (d) the Revolving Commitment of the prospective New Lender shall be the
same percentage of the aggregate, applicable Additional Commitment Amounts of
the New Lender as the percentage equivalent of the fraction, the numerator of
which is the Total Revolving Commitment before giving effect to the Additional
Commitment Amounts of such New Lender and the denominator of which is the sum of
Total Revolving Commitment and the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment (in
each case) before giving effect to the Additional Commitment Amounts of such New
Lender; and the Revolving Multicurrency Commitment of the New Lender shall be
the same percentage of the aggregate, applicable Additional Commitment Amounts
of the New Lender as the percentage equivalent of the fraction, the numerator of
which is the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment before giving 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -3-

effect to the Additional Commitment Amounts of such New Lender and the
denominator of which is the sum of Total Revolving Commitment and the Total
Revolving Multicurrency Commitment (in each case) before giving effect to the
Additional Commitment Amounts of such New Lender; and the proposed Revolving
Commitment Percentage for such New Lender (in respect of its applicable
Additional Commitment Amounts) must be the same as the proposed Revolving
Multicurrency Commitment Percentage for such New Lender (in respect of its
applicable Additional Commitment Amounts).

     Additional Commitment Request.  See (S)20.12 hereof.
     -----------------------------                       

     Additional Subordinated Debt.  Indebtedness that is incurred by the Company
     ----------------------------                                               
pursuant to Debt Issuances from time to time after the date hereof by the
Company pursuant to (S)10.1(f) hereof, provided, however, that (i) the Company
                                       --------  -------                      
complies with the applicable requirements set forth in (S)3.3.3 hereof in
connection therewith; (ii) all of such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in
right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the Obligations
(including all obligations refinancing, refunding or replacing all or any part
of the Obligations from time to time) on terms no less favorable to the holders
of any of such Obligations than the subordination provisions contained in the
Subordinated Indenture as initially in effect, (iii) the interest payable on
such Indebtedness is payable in arrears, no more frequently than semi-annually,
(iv) none of such Indebtedness is secured by any lien or security interest
granted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any assets or
capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (v) no Subsidiaries of
the Company have any liability (contingent or otherwise) of any kind in respect
of any such Indebtedness other than pursuant to Conforming Subordinated
Guarantees, (vi) the stated final maturity date of such Indebtedness is not
earlier than the later to occur of the date six (6) months after the Revolving
Credit Loan Maturity Date or, if any portion of the Domestic Term Loan remains
outstanding after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such
Additional Subordinated Debt, the date six (6) months after the Domestic Term
Loan Maturity Date, (vii) except for customary mandatory prepayment provisions
in connection with a Change of Control (as defined in the Subordinated
Indenture), or a change of control or similar event, or an asset sale or similar
event, in each case as described in any other Subordinated Debt Documents, no
part of the principal of such Indebtedness, and none of the Subordinated Debt
Documents relating to such Indebtedness, is subject to any obligations of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of "put" rights or subject to any
mandatory repayment, prepayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, sinking
fund or other obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries required to
be made or paid at any time prior to the earlier of (x) the stated final
maturity date referred to in clause (vi) above of this definition and (y) the
date on which all of the Obligations (and any Indebtedness entitled to the
benefits of the subordination provisions referred to in clause (ii) and used to
refinance, refund, or replace the Obligations) have been paid in full, provided
                                                                       --------
that, in the case of prepayment provisions in connection with asset sales or
similar events, such provisions do not 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -4-

conflict with any mandatory prepayment or other provisions with respect to the
Obligations (and with respect to any Indebtedness entitled to the benefit of the
subordination provisions referred to in clause (ii) and used to refinance,
refund or replace the Obligations), (viii) the covenants, events of default,
acceleration and remedy terms, and other provisions affecting the foregoing or
having a purpose or effect similar to the foregoing, contained in the
Subordinated Debt Documents relating to such Indebtedness, individually and
taken as a whole, are neither more restrictive, burdensome, or onerous to the
Company and its Subsidiaries than those contained in the Subordinated Notes and
the Subordinated Indenture, each as initially in effect, nor (except with
respect to covenants restricting the incurrence of additional Subordinated Debt)
more onerous, restrictive, or burdensome to the Company and its Subsidiaries
than those contained in this Credit Agreement as in effect at the time of
incurrence of such other Indebtedness; without limitation of the generality of
the foregoing, (A) any covenant in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents
limiting incurrences of Indebtedness shall permit (in addition to permitting all
of the Indebtedness permitted by (S)10.1 hereof at the time of incurrence of
such proposed Additional Subordinated Debt) there to be incurred and to remain
outstanding (among other things) Indebtedness consisting of all of the
Obligations as the same may be increased, amended, extended, refinanced,
refunded, or replaced from time to time (so long as the maximum aggregate
principal amount of the Obligations (as so increased, amended, extended,
refinanced, refunded, or replaced) does not at any time exceed $260,000,000),
and shall also permit there to be incurred and to remain outstanding other
Obligations and other Indebtedness (without restriction as to purpose) in an
aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time of at least $50,000,000
(provided that there shall be no limitation in the applicable Subordinated Debt
 --------                                                                      
documents as to how such additional principal amount of up to $50,000,000 may be
allocated between the Obligations and any other Indebtedness), with all such
Obligations and other Indebtedness referred to in this clause (A) to be
permitted without regard to any so-called "debt incurrence" test consisting of a
fixed charge coverage ratio, interest coverage ratio or other financial
performance tests, and (B) any covenant in the applicable Subordinated Debt
Documents limiting the granting of liens and security interests shall not
restrict the granting of liens and security interests to secure the Obligations
(and any refinancing, refunding, or replacement thereof), (ix) immediately
prior, and immediately after giving effect, to the issuance of such Indebtedness
and the application of the Net Debt Issuance Proceeds from the issuance thereof,
each of the Special Conditions is satisfied, and such Indebtedness is not
incurred in violation of any provision of the Subordinated Indenture, (x) all
Net Debt Issuance Proceeds thereof remaining after compliance with (S)3.3.3
hereof shall be used solely for purposes permitted (or required) by this Credit
Agreement, (xi) the Subordinated Debt Documents relating to such Indebtedness
shall require written notice to the Administrative Agent, in the manner provided
in, and giving not less than the number of days of notice required by, the
applicable provisions of the Subordinated Indenture, prior to any acceleration
of such Indebtedness and (xii) concurrent with incurrence of such Indebtedness,
the 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -5-

Company shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof and provide to the
Administrative Agent accurate and complete copies of the relevant Subordinated
Debt Documents relating to such Additional Subordinated Debt.

     Adjustment Date.  The first Business Day which is fifty (50) days after the
     ---------------                                                            
end of each fiscal quarter of the Company.

     Administrative Agent.  BofA, acting as administrative agent for the Agents
     --------------------                                                      
and the Lenders.

     Administrative Agent's Head Office.  The Administrative Agent's head office
     ----------------------------------                                         
located at 1455 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94103, or at such other
location as the Administrative Agent may designate from time to time.

     Administrative Agent's Special Counsel.  Bingham Dana LLP or such other
     --------------------------------------                                 
local, foreign or special counsel to the Administrative Agent as may be approved
by the Administrative Agent.

     Affected Lenders.  See (S)6.2.6 hereof.
     ----------------                       

     Affiliate.  With respect to any specified Person, (a) any other Person
     ---------                                                             
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect
common control with, such specified Person or (b) any officer, director or
controlling shareholder of such other Person.  For purposes of this definition,
the term "control" means (i) the power to direct the management and policies of
a Person, directly or through one or more intermediaries, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, or (ii) without
limiting the foregoing, the beneficial ownership of five percent (5%) or more of
the voting power of the outstanding voting capital stock of such Person (on a
fully diluted basis) (for this purpose, beneficial ownership includes shares
subject to presently exercisable options, warrants or other rights to acquire
such shares).

     Agent-Related Persons.  Each of the Agents and any successor agents arising
     ---------------------                                                      
under (S)16.9, together with their respective Affiliates (including, in the case
of BofA and BKB, the Arrangers), and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

     Agents.  Collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Foreign Agent, and the
     ------                                                                     
Syndication Agent.  The term "Agents" does not include the Documentation Agent.

     Agent's Fee.  See (S)6.1 hereof.
     -----------                     

     Applicable Belgium Time.  The local time in effect in the city in which the
     -----------------------                                                    
Foreign Agent's principal office in Belgium is located on any date of
determination.
<PAGE>

                                      -6-
 
     Applicable Entities.  See (S)14.1(g) hereof.
     -------------------                         

     Applicable Margin.  For each period commencing on an Adjustment Date (or,
     -----------------                                                        
as applicable, the Closing Date) through the date immediately preceding the next
(or, as applicable, the first) Adjustment Date (each a "Rate Adjustment
Period"), the Leverage Ratio shall be determined based upon the financial
results for the Reference Period ending on the fiscal quarter end date occurring
on or about the date fifty (50) days before the applicable Adjustment Date, and
the resulting margin shall be as set forth below.  The pricing tier applicable
for the Leverage Ratio applicable for such period as set forth below shall then
be the Applicable Margin for such Rate Adjustment Period.
@@

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                        
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Eurodollar Rate                                
                         Loans (other than                             
                         the Domestic Term                        Documentary Letter                      Base Rate   
                         Loan), Multicurrency  Eurodollar Rate    of Credit Fee Rate    Base Rate Loans   Loans that  
                         Loans, and            Loans that are     and Foreign           (other than       are the                
 Pricing   Leverage      Multicurrency Swing   the Domestic       Documentary Letter    Domestic Term     Domestic       Commitment 
 Tier      Ratio         Line Loans            Term Loan          of Credit Fee Rate    Loan)             Term Loan      Fee Rate 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>           <C>                   <C>                <C>                   <C>               <C>            <C>
Tier 7     Greater than    2.50%                2.75%              1.9375%               1.50%             1.75%          0.500%
           or equal to
           5.50:1.00
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tier 6     Less than       2.25%                2.50%              1.7625%               1.25%             1.50%          0.500%
           5.50:1.00,  
           but greater  
           than or     
           equal to    
           5.00: 1.00  
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tier 5     Less than       1.875%               2.50%              1.4625%              0.875%             1.50%          0.375%
           5.00:1.00,  
           but greater  
           than or     
           equal to    
           4.50:1.00   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tier 4     Less than       1.625%               2.25%                1.25%              0.625%             1.25%          0.375%
           4.50:1.00,  
           but greater  
           than or     
           equal to    
           4.00:1.00   
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -7-

<TABLE> 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>         <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>  
Tier 3      Less than        1.375%        2.25%           1.125%        0.375%         1.25%       0.300%
            4.00:1.00,                                                                         
            but greater                                                                        
            than or                                                                            
            equal to                                                                           
            5.50:1.00                                                                          
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               
Tier 2      Less than         1.00%        2.00%           0.70%             0%         1.00%       0.300%
            3.50:1.00,                                                                         
            but greater                                                                        
            than or                                                                            
            equal to                                                                           
            3.00:1.00                                                                          
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tier 1      Less than        0.750%        2.00%         0.4750%             0%         1.00%       0.250%
            5.00:1.00                                                                          
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

@@
     Notwithstanding the foregoing,

     (a)  for purposes of the rate of interest on Loans outstanding, the
Commitment Fee Rate, the determination of Standby Letter of Credit Fees, the
determination of Foreign Standby Letter of Credit Fees, the Foreign Documentary
Letter of Credit Fee Rate and the Documentary Letter of Credit Fee Rate with
respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date through the date
immediately preceding the Adjustment Date occurring on March 22, 1999, the
Applicable Margin shall be the Applicable Margin set forth in Tier 7 above;

     (b) in the event the Company's estimates of the Leverage Ratio based on the
Company's fourth quarter performance in any fiscal year pursuant to (S)9.4(c)
hereof proves to be inaccurate after final calculations of fourth quarter
financial statements pursuant to the audited financial statements for such
fiscal year and the result of such inaccuracy was such that the Applicable
Margin applied for any applicable such Rate Adjustment Period was (i) too low,
the applicable Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days upon becoming aware
of (or receiving notice from the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail,
requesting an adjustment hereunder with respect to) such inaccuracy, pay to the
Administrative Agent for the respective ratable accounts of the Lenders the
difference between the interest, Commitment Fees, Standby Letter of Credit Fees,
Foreign Standby Letter of Credit Fees, Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Fees
and Documentary Letter of Credit Fees the applicable Borrower should have paid
with respect to such Rate Adjustment Period and what was actually paid or (ii)
too high, the Lenders severally, on a ratable basis, shall (within five (5)
Business Days after receiving notice thereof from the Company, in reasonable
detail, requesting an adjustment hereunder with respect thereto) credit to the
next interest payment, payment of Commitment Fees, payment of Standby Letter of
Credit Fees, payment of Foreign Standby Letter of Credit Fees, payment of
Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Fees or payment of Documentary Letter of
Credit Fees due by the applicable 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -8-

Borrower with (or if no Obligations are owing hereunder, severally, on a ratable
basis, shall refund to the applicable Borrower) the difference between the
interest, Commitment Fees, Standby Letter of Credit Fees, Foreign Standby Letter
of Credit Fees, Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Fees and Documentary Letter
of Credit Fees the applicable Borrower actually paid with respect to such Rate
Adjustment Period and what should have been paid; and

     (c)  if the Company fails to deliver any quarterly financial statements or
quarterly Compliance Certificate when required by (S)9.4(b) or (S)9.4(c) hereof
then, for the period commencing on the Adjustment Date immediately following the
period for which such quarterly financial statements or quarterly Compliance
Certificates are delinquent and continuing through the earlier of the date of
delivery of such quarterly financial statements or quarterly Compliance
Certificate (as the case may be) and the next Adjustment Date, the Applicable
Margin shall be the Applicable Margin set forth in Tier 7 above.

     Arrangers.  BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and BancBoston Securities Inc.
     ---------                                                                
(each being an "Arranger").

     Asset Sale.  Any one or series of related transactions in which any
     ----------                                                         
applicable Person conveys, sells, transfers, or otherwise disposes of, directly
or indirectly, any of its properties, businesses, or assets (including the sale
or issuance of capital stock of a Non-Excluded Subsidiary), whether owned on the
Closing Date or thereafter acquired.

     Asset Sale Calculation Date.  See (S)10.5.2(c)(v).
     ---------------------------                       

     Assignment and Acceptance.  See (S)20.1 hereof.
     -------------------------                      

     Attorney Costs.  See the definition of Indemnified Liabilities.
     --------------                                                 

     Balance Sheet Date.  January 31, 1998.
     ------------------                    

     Bargain Time.  Bargain Time, Inc.
     ------------                     

     BARS.  As defined in the Preamble hereto.
     ----                                     

     Base Rate.  For any day, the higher of:  (a) 0.50% per annum above the
     ---------                                                             
latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day
as publicly announced from time to time by BofA in San Francisco, California, as
its "reference rate."  (The "reference rate" is a rate set by BofA based upon
various factors including BofA's costs and desired return, general economic
conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some
loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.)  Any change
in the reference rate announced by BofA shall take effect at the opening of
business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -9-

     Base Rate Borrowing.  A Borrowing comprised of Base Rate Loans.
     -------------------                                            

     Base Rate Loans.  Those Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans, and all
     ---------------                                                          
or any portion of the Domestic Term Loan bearing interest calculated by
reference to the Base Rate.

     Belgian Financing Agreements.  (a) (i) The "Akte van hypothecaire lening"
     ----------------------------                                             
agreed between Samsonite Europe, Generale Bank N.V., Bank Brussel Lambert N.V.
and Kredietbank N.V. and drawn up by notary Andre Toye of Oudenaarde, Belgium,
on March 12, 1993, (ii) the "Overeenkomst van kredietverhoging" between
Samsonite Europe, Generale Bank N.V., Bank Brussel Lambert N.V. and Kredietbank
N.V. of March 12, 1993, (iii) the "Eerste Amendment bij de Overeenkomst van
kredietverhoging" between Samsonite Europe, Generale Bank N.V., Bank Brussel
Lambert N.V. and Kredietbank N.V. dated as of March 6, 1995, and (iv) the
"Tweede Amendment bij de Overeenkomst van kredietverhoging" between Samsonite
Europe, Generale Bank N.V., Bank Brussel Lambert N.V. and Kredietbank N.V. dated
July 14, 1995, and (b) all other documents, instruments or agreements evidencing
or securing the same or otherwise executed in connection therewith.

     Belgian Lending Office.  Initially, the head office of Generale Bank N.V.,
     ----------------------                                                    
in its capacity as Fronting Bank, located in Brussels, Belgium, and thereafter
such office in Belgium as the Fronting Bank, in its sole discretion acting in
good faith, may notify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers.

     Belgian License Agreement.  The Amended and Restated License Agreement
     -------------------------                                             
dated as of February 1, 1997 between Samsonite Europe and the Company (and as
amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time as and to the
extent permitted by (S)10.11 hereof).

     Belgian Pledge Agreement.  The Belgian law Amended and Restated Stock
     ------------------------                                             
Pledge Agreement, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, among
the Company, Samsonite Europe and the Administrative Agent acting in its own
name and for its own account and in the name and for the account of the Agents
and the Lenders pursuant to which the Company has pledged sixty-six percent
(66%) of the capital stock of Samsonite Europe, and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

     BIBOR Rate.  With respect to any Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, in relation
     ----------                                                                 
to any period, the rate per annum offered in the Brussels Interbank market for
deposits of a similar tenor in an appropriate amount in Belgian francs for such
period, as reported on page 29,200 of the Telerate screen, or, in case of
unavailability thereof, on the BEFIXING page of the Reuters screen (or any
successor to such pages or such screens) at or about 11:00 a.m. (Applicable
Belgium Time) on the Drawdown Date of such Multicurrency Swing Line Loan or, if
such rate shall not be so reported, the arithmetic 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -10-

mean (rounded upwards, as the case may be, to the nearest 1/32%) of the rates
offered to prime banks in Brussels by the Foreign Agent for deposits of an
appropriate tenor and amount by the Foreign Agent in Belgian francs for such
period at or about 11:00 a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) on such Drawdown Date.

     Board of Directors.  With respect to any Person, the board of directors (or
     ------------------                                                         
similar governing body) of such Person or any committee of the board of
directors (or similar governing body) of such Person properly and lawfully
authorized, with respect to any particular matter, to exercise the power of the
board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person.

     BofA.  Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, a national
     ----                                                                     
banking association.

     BKB.  BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its individual
     ---                                                                      
capacity.

     Borrower.  The Company or Samsonite Europe, as the context requires and
     --------                                                               
"Borrowers" shall mean the Company and Samsonite Europe.

     Borrowing.  A group of Loans of a single Type made by the Lenders on a
     ---------                                                             
single date and as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or a
borrowing hereunder consisting of Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank
or Foreign Letters of Credit issued by the Foreign Issuing Bank.

     BSI. As defined in the Preamble hereto.
     ---                                    

     Business Day.  Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
     ------------                                                              
commercial banks in New York City or San Francisco, California or Boston,
Massachusetts are authorized or required by law to close and, in addition, (a)
if Eurodollar Rate Loans are involved, a day which is also a Eurodollar Business
Day; (b) if Multicurrency Loans are involved, a day on which dealings and
exchange in Dollars and the relevant Optional Currency can be carried on in the
relevant Eurocurrency Interbank Market and Dollar settlements of such dealings
may be effected in New York, New York and Brussels, Belgium, (c) if a
Multicurrency Swing Line Loan is involved, a day on which banking institutions
in Brussels, Belgium are open for the transaction of corporate banking business,
and (d) if any Optional Currency is involved, a day on which dealings and
exchange in Dollars and in the relevant Optional Currency can be carried on in
the principal financial center of the country in which such currency is legal
tender and in Brussels, Belgium.

     Capital Expenditures.  Without duplication, amounts paid or indebtedness
     --------------------                                                    
incurred by any of the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries in
connection with the acquisition, purchase or lease by such Borrower or any such
Non-Excluded Subsidiary of capital assets that would be required to be
capitalized (including the applicable amount in respect of 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -11-

capitalized interest) and which amounts would be shown as such capital
expenditures on the consolidated statement of cash flows of such Person in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, provided, however
                                                          --------  -------  
Capital Expenditures shall not include (a) amounts paid or indebtedness incurred
in connection with capital assets purchased pursuant to an acquisition permitted
pursuant to (S)10.5.1 hereof, (b) amounts paid with (and only to the extent of
the application of) insurance proceeds or proceeds of a condemnation within
eighteen (18) months after receipt by the Obligors from the applicable insurer
of such insurance proceeds or from the applicable governmental agency of such
condemnation proceeds, as the case may be, in connection with the purchase of
capital assets (or capital assets similar to those destroyed or taken, as the
case may be) to replace the capital assets destroyed in the casualty loss giving
rise to such insurance proceeds or taken in the condemnation proceeding giving
rise to such condemnation proceeds, as the case may be, or (c) amounts
consisting of Reinvested Net Asset Sale Proceeds.

     Capitalized Leases.  Leases under which the Company or any of its Non-
     ------------------                                                   
Excluded Subsidiaries (or such other applicable Person as the context requires)
is the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment obligations under
which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee or
obligor in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     CERCLA.  See the definition of "Release".
     ------                                   

     Change of Control.  See (S)14.1(r) hereof.
     -----------------                         

     Closing Date.  The first date on which the conditions set forth in (S)12
     ------------                                                            
have been satisfied and the Term Loans and any Revolving Credit Loans, Swing
Line Loans, Revolving Multicurrency Loans or Multicurrency Swing Line Loans are
to be made or any Letter of Credit or Foreign Letter of Credit is to be issued
hereunder.

     Code.  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
     ----                                     

     Collateral.  All of the property, rights and interests of any of the
     ----------                                                          
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries that are to be subject to the security
interests, pledges, liens and mortgages (if any) created by the Security
Documents.

     Collateral Agency Agreement(s).  The several collateral agency
     ------------------------------                                
agreement(s), dated or to be dated on or after the Closing Date, between certain
of the Obligors and the Collateral Agent and in form and substance satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent, entered into for purposes of (among other things)
further evidencing the arrangements provided for in certain of the Security
Documents securing the Obligations and the related arrangements required by the
PBGC Letter with respect to the PBGC Ratable Lien.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -12-

     Collateral Agent.  BofA, as Collateral Agent under certain of the Security
     ----------------                                                          
Documents pursuant to the Collateral Agency Agreements.

     Collateral Assignment of Contracts.  The Collateral Assignment of
     ----------------------------------                               
Contracts, dated as of a date on or after the Closing Date, from the Company to
the Administrative Agent assigning all of the Company's rights under the Belgian
License Agreement, together with the written consent of Samsonite Europe
thereto, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

     Commitment Fee Rate.  As referred to as such in the table contained in the
     -------------------                                                       
definition of Applicable Margin.

     Commitment Fees.  Collectively, the Revolving Commitment Fee and the
     ---------------                                                     
Multicurrency Commitment Fee.

     Commitments.  Collectively, the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving
     -----------                                                            
Multicurrency Commitments.

     Company.  As defined in the preamble hereto.
     -------                                     

     Compliance Certificate.  See (S)9.4(c) hereof.
     ----------------------                        

     Conforming Subordinated Guarantees.  A guaranty by a Subsidiary of the
     ----------------------------------                                    
Company of Additional Subordinated Debt, which guaranty (a) is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the
Obligations (including all obligations refinancing, refunding or replacing all
or any part of the Obligations from time to time) to the same extent and on the
same terms that the Indebtedness guaranteed thereby is subordinated to the
Obligations, (b) is a guaranty by a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor hereunder,
and (c) provides that it will be released automatically at such time as (i) the
guaranty by such Subsidiary of the Obligations is released or (ii) all or
substantially all of the capital stock (or other equity interests) of such
Subsidiary held by the Company and other Subsidiaries (or substantially all of
such Subsidiary's assets) are sold or otherwise disposed of (other than to an
affiliate) in a transaction that is permitted by the relevant Subordinated
Debt Documents relating to such Additional Subordinated Debt and Conforming
Subordinated Guarantees.

     Consolidated or consolidated.  With reference to any term defined herein,
     ----------------------------                                             
shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, or the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, as the context
requires, consolidated in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.

     Consolidated Net Income (or Loss).  The consolidated net income (or loss)
     ---------------------------------                                        
of the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, after deduction of all
expenses, taxes, and other charges against consolidated net income, determined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -13-

provided that the consolidated net income of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be
- --------
included therein to (but only to) the extent of the amount of cash dividends or
cash Distributions actually paid in the relevant period to the Company or a Non-
Excluded Subsidiary thereof by such Excluded Subsidiary.

     Consolidated Total Assets.  All assets of the Company and its Non-Excluded
     -------------------------                                                 
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

     Consolidated Total Interest Expense.  For any period, the aggregate amount
     -----------------------------------                                       
of interest required to be paid or accrued by the Company and its Non-Excluded
Subsidiaries during such period on all Indebtedness of the Company and its Non-
Excluded Subsidiaries outstanding during all or any part of such period, but
only if such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense,
including payments consisting of interest in respect of Capitalized Leases, and
also including Commitment Fees, Letter of Credit Fees, Foreign Letter of Credit
Fees, agency fees, facility fees, commitment fees, balance deficiency fees and
similar fees or expenses in connection with the borrowing of money, but
excluding any closing fees, structuring fees or arrangement fees that have been
or are capitalized or which have been treated as an extraordinary loss in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles during such period in
connection with the accelerated recognition of expenses for such items,
provided, that for the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Total Interest
- --------                                                                     
Expense for any applicable period ending prior to the passage of four (4) full
consecutive fiscal quarters beginning and ending after the fiscal quarter in
which the Closing Date occurs, Consolidated Total Interest Expense shall be that
amount, determined on a pro forma basis, that Consolidated Total Interest
Expense would have been had the Subordinated Notes been outstanding for the
entire period of time for which the Consolidated Total Interest Expense is being
calculated and had the amount included in Consolidated Total Interest Expense on
account of this Credit Agreement been the Pro Forma Bank Interest Amount, rather
than the actual expense incurred on account of interest and fees on account of
this Credit Agreement (in addition to interest on all other Indebtedness of the
Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries during such period, other than
Indebtedness that was repaid with the proceeds of the Subordinated Notes and the
Loans).

     Consolidating.  With reference to any term defined herein, shall mean that
     -------------                                                             
term as applied to the accounts or financial statements, as applicable, of the
United States, Canadian and Mexican portion of the business of the Company, as
well as the Latin American export business of the Company, taken together, all
Non-Excluded Subsidiaries located in Europe taken together, and other applicable
portions of the business, which is presented in the format set forth on Exhibit
                                                                        -------
G hereto, which format may be modified with the written consent of the
- -                                                                     
Administrative Agent and the Borrowers.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -14-

     Conversion Request.  A notice given by a Borrower to the Administrative
     ------------------                                                     
Agent or the Foreign Agent, as the case may be, of such Borrower's election to
convert or continue a Loan in accordance with (S)2.8 or (S)4.8, as the case may
be.

     Copyright Memoranda.  The several Memorandum of Grant of Security Interest
     -------------------                                                       
in Copyrights, dated or to be dated as of a date on or after the Closing Date,
made by Samsonite and McGregor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit
of the Lenders, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent.

     Credit Agreement (or this Agreement).  This Second Amended and Restated
     -----------------------------------
Multicurrency Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, including the Schedules
and Exhibits hereto.

     Culligan.  Culligan Water Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     --------                                                             

     Debt Issuance. The sale or issuance by any Borrower or any of its Non-
     -------------                                                        
Excluded Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to (S)10.1 (other
than Indebtedness permitted pursuant to (S)10.1(a) through (e), (S)10.1(g)
through (q) or (S)10.1(s)).

     Default.  See (S)14.1 hereof.
     -------                      

     Delinquent Lender.  See (S)16.11 hereof.
     -----------------                       

     Distribution.  The declaration or payment of any dividend on or in respect
     ------------                                                              
of any shares of any class of capital stock of any of the Borrowers, or their
Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, other than dividends payable solely in shares of
common stock of such Person; the purchase, redemption, or other retirement of
any shares of any class of capital stock of any of the Borrowers, or their Non-
Excluded Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of such
Person or otherwise other than for consideration consisting solely of common
stock of such Person; the return of capital by any of the Borrowers, or their
Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, to its shareholders as such; or any other
distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock of any
of the Borrowers or their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries.

     Distribution Agreement.  The Distribution Agreement, dated as of July 14,
     ----------------------                                                   
1995, between the Company and Culligan.

     Documentary Letter of Credit Fee Rate.  As referred to as such in the table
     -------------------------------------                                      
contained in the definition of Applicable Margin.

     Documentary Letter of Credit Fee.  See (S)5.6.1 hereof.
     --------------------------------                       

     Documentary Letter of Credit Issuance Fee.  See (S)5.6.1 hereof.
     -----------------------------------------                       
<PAGE>
 
                                     -15-

     Documentation Agent.  Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, in its capacity
     -------------------                                                      
as Documentation Agent, subject to (S)16.13 hereof.

     Dollar Equivalent.  On any particular date, with respect to any amount
     -----------------                                                     
denominated in Dollars, such amount of Dollars, and with respect to any amount
denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the amount (as conclusively
ascertained by the Foreign Agent absent manifest error) of Dollars which could
be purchased by the Foreign Agent (in accordance with its normal banking
practices) in the Brussels, Belgium foreign currency deposit markets with such
amount of such currency at the spot rate of exchange prevailing at or about
11:00 a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) on such date.

     Dollars or $.  Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
     -------    -                                                              

     Domestic Lending Office.  Initially, the office of each Lender designated
     -----------------------                                                  
as such in Schedule 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if
           -------- -                                                         
any, located within the United States that will be making or maintaining Base
Rate Loans.

     Domestic Excluded Subsidiary.  An Excluded Subsidiary that is a Domestic
     ----------------------------                                            
Subsidiary.

     Domestic Non-Excluded Subsidiary.  A Non-Excluded Subsidiary that is a
     --------------------------------                                      
Domestic Subsidiary.

     Domestic Subsidiary.  A Subsidiary which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.
     -------------------                                                  

     Domestic Term Loan.  The term loan made or to be made by the Lenders, in
     ------------------                                                      
each case according to their Domestic Term Loan Commitment Percentages thereof,
to the Company in Dollars on the Closing Date in the aggregate principal amount
of $60,000,000 pursuant to (S)3.1.1.

     Domestic Term Loan Commitment Percentage.  With respect to each Lender, the
     ----------------------------------------                                   
percentage set forth on Schedule 1 hereto as such Lender's percentage of the
                        ----------                                          
Domestic Term Loan.

     Domestic Term Loan Maturity Date.  June 24, 2005.
     --------------------------------                 

     Domestic Term Obligations.  See (S)20.1 hereof.
     -------------------------                      

     Drawdown Date.  The date on which the Term Loans, any Revolving Credit
     -------------                                                         
Loan, Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, Swing Line Loan or any Revolving
Multicurrency Loan is made or is to be made, and the date on which any Revolving
Credit Loan is converted or continued in accordance with (S)2.8, all of any
portion of the Domestic Term Loan is converted or continued in accordance with
(S)3.5.3(a), or any Multicurrency Loan is continued in accordance with (S)4.8.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -16-

     EBIT.  With respect to the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries for
     ----                                                                    
any fiscal period, that amount which would appear on their consolidated income
statement as the line item for "Operating Income", as determined for such period
calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and in
accordance with the Company's past accounting practices, consistently applied.

     EBITDA.  With respect to the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries for
     ------                                                                    
any fiscal period, an amount equal to EBIT for such period, plus, to the extent
                                                            ----               
otherwise excluded from the calculation of EBIT (or, in the case of depreciation
and amortization, to the extent charged against the calculation of EBIT) for
such period, and without duplication, (a) recurring interest income for such
period, plus (b) recurring rental income for such period, plus (c) realized
        ----                                              ----             
hedge gains (or minus in the case of realized hedge losses) for such period,
                -----                                                       
plus (d) depreciation and amortization for such period; provided, however, for
- ----                                                    --------  -------     
purposes of this Credit Agreement, for the avoidance of doubt, the determination
of EBITDA shall exclude, in any event, and without duplication, any and all
reversals of charges, recovery of cash, or income or gain items, attributable to
(i) any matters relating to the obligation of the Company and its Subsidiaries
to pay or otherwise fund any interest on overdue interest accruing prior to the
Reorganization relating to certain pre-Reorganization debt securities of E-II
Holdings, (ii) any collection or other realization of any loans or other
advances made to the E-II Settlement Trust, or any write-ups or write-downs of
assets consisting of amounts owing in respect of, or receivables relating to,
such loans or advances or increases or decreases in reserves with respect
thereto, (iii) any revaluation of balance sheet liabilities previously accrued
with respect to the applicable pension plans which are (or were) subject to any
Plan Agreements (as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement) made upon the
assumption or merger of any Guaranteed Pension Plan which is (or was) the
subject of a Plan Agreement with a Guaranteed Pension Plan not so subject;
further, provided, however, the determination of EBITDA shall exclude, without
- -------  --------                                                             
duplication, to the extent deducted in determining EBIT or EBITDA, the
following: (A) the applicable transaction expenses associated with the
refinancing of the Prior Credit Agreement contemplated by this Credit Agreement,
and any charges in respect of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
Recapitalization and the Related Transactions, (B) the premium associated with
the Subordinated Note Tender Offer for purchasing or defeasing (if applicable)
the Subordinated Notes (to the extent such premium does not exceed 20% of par
value) and all other transaction expenses related thereto, (C) any non-cash
charges that are not associated with the operations of the Borrowers or their
Subsidiaries, (D) restructuring charges (and one-time charges or costs
associated with the relevant restructuring giving rise to restructuring charges)
of up to $8,293,000 in aggregate that may be incurred during the fiscal year
ending January 31, 1999, (E) charges consisting of not more than $4,000,000 in
the aggregate of U.S. and Mexico production variances to the extent incurred
during the last two fiscal quarters of the fiscal year ending January 31, 1998,
(F) costs and expenses (not in excess of $5,200,000) related to the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -17-

previous matters involving the potential sale and evaluation of other strategic
alternatives of the Company including legal and investment banking fees, (G) net
restructuring charges (and net one-time charges or costs associated with the
relevant restructuring charges) of up to $1,900,000 incurred during the last
fiscal quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998, (H) any non-cash
charges in the fiscal year ending January 31, 1999 in respect of the potential
disposal or liquidation of the Company's investment in its joint venture in
China; and (I) charges associated with the exercise or adjustment of employee
stock options and employee restricted stock in connection with the
Recapitalization and the Related Transactions, of which not more than $2,000,000
of such excluded charges shall consist of cash charges (as determined on a
cumulative, aggregate basis).

     Solely for the purpose of the calculation of EBITDA as utilized in the
determination of the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio, for Reference
Periods ending on or after the consummation of an acquisition of an entity or
business pursuant to (S)10.5.1(c) or (S)10.5.1(f), without duplication (x) for
such portions of the applicable Reference Period that are prior to the effective
date of the consummation of such acquisition (the "Pre-Acquisition Period"),
except as provided in clause (y) of this sentence, the amount equal to the
"operating income" (before provision for interest expense and income taxes) of
the acquired entity or business (or the equivalent term, as used by such entity
in its financial statements) determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles plus, to the extent otherwise excluded from the
                      ----                                           
calculation of such "operating income" (or, in the case of depreciation and
amortization, to the extent charged against the calculation of such "operating
income") for such period, and without duplication, for such entity or business,
(a) recurring interest income for such period, plus (b) recurring rental income
                                               ----                            
for such period, plus (c) realized hedge gains (or minus in the case of realized
                 ----                              -----                        
hedge losses) for such period, plus (d) depreciation and amortization for such
                               ----                                           
period, shall be added to the calculation of EBITDA for any applicable Reference
Period that includes such Pre-Acquisition Period, and (y) for such Pre-
Acquisition Period of the applicable Reference Period, the determination of the
"operating income" of the acquired entity or business and the determination of
EBITDA shall exclude in any event, and without duplication, all items of income,
revenue and expenses that were realized or incurred by the acquired entity or
business and the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries arising out of
transactions between the acquired entity or business and the Company and its
Non-Excluded Subsidiaries (as if such acquired entity or business were deemed to
be consolidated with the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries during all of
such Pre-Acquisition Period).

     E-II Holdings.  E-II Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and predecessor
     -------------                                                              
to the Company (prior to the Reorganization).

     E-II Settlement Trust.  The settlement trust established pursuant to the E-
     ---------------------                                                     
II Settlement Trust Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -18-

     E-II Settlement Trust Agreement.  The Settlement Trust Agreement dated June
     -------------------------------                                            
8, 1993 among E-II Holdings, Astrum, and Hillel Weinberger as trustee.

     Eligible Assignee.  Any of (a) a commercial bank or finance company
     -----------------                                                  
organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the
District of Columbia, and having total assets in excess of $3,000,000,000 and
having combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000; (b) a savings and
loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States,
or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having total assets in
excess of $3,000,000,000 and having combined capital and surplus of at least
$100,000,000; (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other
country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (the "OECD") or has concluded special lending arrangements with the
International Monetary Fund associated with its General Arrangements to Borrow,
or of a political subdivision of any such country, and having total assets in
excess of $3,000,000,000 and having combined capital and surplus of at least
$100,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency
              --------
located in the United States, the country in which it is organized or another
country which is also a member of the OECD; (d) the central bank of any country
which is a member of the OECD; (e) a finance company, insurance company or other
financial institution or fund (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or
other entity) that is engaged in making, purchasing or otherwise investing in
commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and having a combined
capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000; and (f) any other Permitted
Entity; provided, in eachcase, that (except as provided in clause (a) of (S)
        --------
20.1) such Person is approved by the Administrative Agent, the Foreign Agent,
the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank, the Fronting Bank, the Swing Line
Lender, the Multicurrency Swing Line Lender, and (as provided in (S)20.1, so
long as no Event of Default is continuing) the Borrowers, such approval (as
provided in (S)20.1, in the case of the Borrowers) not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed (except that in the case of an assignment solely with
respect to either or both of the Term Loans, no such approval shall be required
to be obtained from the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank, the Swing Line
Lender, or the Multicurrency Swing Line Lender, and in the case of an assignment
solely with respect to the Domestic Term Loan, no approval shall be required to
be obtained from the Foreign Agent or the Fronting Bank). The Company or an
Affiliate of the Company shall not qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

     Emerging Market Subsidiary.  Any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company, direct
     --------------------------                                                
or indirect, as to which (a) the principal operations of such Subsidiary are not
located in the United States of America, Canada, Western Europe or Japan, (b)
the Board of Directors of the Company has designated such Subsidiary as an
Emerging Market Subsidiary, and the Company has provided written notice to the
Administrative Agent in reasonable detail of such designation within five (5)
Business Days after designation thereof, (c) such Foreign Subsidiary has never
been a 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -19-

Non-Excluded Subsidiary after previously being an Emerging Market Subsidiary,
and (d) such Subsidiary does not own any capital stock of, or own or hold any
lien, security interest or encumbrance on, any property of the Company or any
Non-Excluded Subsidiary of the Company, provided, however, no Subsidiary shall
                                        --------  -------
be subsequently designated as an Emerging Market Subsidiary if any Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would exist immediately
after giving effect to such designation. The Foreign Subsidiaries listed on
Schedule 8.22 hereto will be deemed to have been timely designated as Emerging
- -------------
Market Subsidiaries and will accordingly be Emerging Market Subsidiaries if they
meet and continue to meet the requirements of clauses (a), (c) and (d) of this
definition. For the purposes of determining whether the Company's interest in
Chia Tai Samsonite (H.K.) Limited otherwise meets the definition of Emerging
Market Subsidiary, the Company's joint venture interest in Chia Tai Samsonite
(H.K.) Limited shall be deemed to be a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company which
has been timely designated as an Emerging Market Subsidiary and will accordingly
be an Emerging Market Subsidiary if it meets and continues to meet the
requirements of clauses (a), (c) and (d) of this definition.

     Employee Benefit Plan.  Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of
     ---------------------                                                  
(S)3(3) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by any Borrower or any of its
ERISA Affiliates, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

     Environmental Laws.  See (S)8.18(a) hereof.
     ------------------                         

     Equity Tender Offer.  The Company's offer, pursuant to the Equity Tender
     -------------------                                                     
Offer Documents, to purchase up to 10,500,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock on the Closing Date at a price of $40.00 per share (up to $420,000,000 in
the aggregate).

     Equity Tender Offer Documents.  The Offer to Purchase dated May 20, 1998
     -----------------------------                                           
relating to the Equity Tender Offer, as modified by the Supplement thereto dated
June 9, 1998, and as extended through a date prior to the Closing Date on terms
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with all schedules, exhibits,
and annexes thereto, in the form delivered to and approved by the Administrative
Agent prior to the Closing Date.

     ERISA.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and
     -----                                                                      
in effect from time to time.

     ERISA Affiliate.  Any Person which is treated as a single employer with a
     ---------------                                                          
specified Person under (S)414 of the Code.

     ERISA Reportable Event.  A reportable event within the meaning of (S)4043
     ----------------------                                                   
of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder as to which the requirement
of notice has not been waived.

     "Euro" or "Euro" Currency.  See (S)4.11.6 hereof.
      ------------------------                        
<PAGE>
 
                                     -20-

     Eurocurrency Interbank Market.  Any lawful recognized market in which
     -----------------------------                                        
deposits of Dollars and the relevant Optional Currencies are offered by
international banking units of United States banking institutions and by foreign
banking institutions to each other and in which foreign currency and exchange
operations or eurocurrency funding operations are customarily conducted.

     Eurocurrency Lending Office.  Initially, the office of each Multicurrency
     ---------------------------                                              
Lender and the Fronting Bank designated as such in Schedule 1 hereto;
                                                   -------- -        
thereafter, such other office of such Multicurrency Lender and Fronting Bank, if
any, that shall be making or maintaining Multicurrency Loans.

     Eurocurrency Offered Rate.  For any Interest Period with respect to a
     -------------------------                                            
Multicurrency Loan, the rate per annum (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/16 of
one percent) equal to the rate at which the Fronting Bank is offered deposits in
Dollars or the relevant Optional Currency, as the case may be, two (2) Business
Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the Eurocurrency
Interbank Market where the foreign currency and exchange operations or
eurocurrency funding operations of the Fronting Bank are customarily conducted
at or about 10:00 a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) for delivery on the first day
of such Interest Period and for the number of days comprised therein and in an
amount comparable to the amount of the Multicurrency Loan of the Fronting Bank
to which such Interest Period applies.

     Eurocurrency Rate.  With respect to all Multicurrency Loans for any
     -----------------                                                  
Interest Period, the annual rate of interest, rounded to the nearest 1/16th of
1%, determined by the Foreign Agent for such Interest Period in accordance with
the following formula:

     Eurocurrency Rate =      Eurocurrency Offered Rate
                              -----------------------------
                              1 - Eurocurrency Reserve Rate

     Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.  With respect to any Interest Period for any
     -------------------------                                              
Multicurrency Loan, the aggregate of the rates (expressed as a decimal) of
reserve requirements current on the date two (2) Business Days prior to the
beginning of such Interest Period (including, without limitation, basic,
supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other governmental authority
having jurisdiction with respect thereto), as now and from time to time
hereafter in effect, dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for
eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities" in
Regulation D of such Board) required to be maintained by a member bank of such
System or other governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto.

     Eurodollar Borrowing.  A Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Rate Loans or
     --------------------                                                    
Multicurrency Loans.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -21-

     Eurodollar Business Day.  Any day on which commercial banks are open for
     -----------------------                                                 
international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London or such
other eurodollar interbank market as may be selected by the Administrative Agent
in its sole discretion acting in good faith.

     Eurodollar Lending Office.  Initially, the office of each Lender designated
     -------------------------                                                  
as such in Schedule 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if
           -------- -                                                         
any, that shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans.

     Eurodollar Rate.  For any Interest Period with respect to Eurodollar Rate
     ---------------                                                          
Loans, the rate of interest per annum (rounded upward to the next 1/16th of 1%)
determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:

     Eurodollar Rate  =       Eurodollar Offered Rate
                              -----------------------------------
                              1.00  Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

     Where,

          "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day for any Interest
           -----------------------------                                    
     Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded
     upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day (whether or not
     applicable to any Lender) under regulations issued from time to time by the
     Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other governmental
     authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto for determining the
     maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other
     marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding
     (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities"); and

          "Eurodollar Offered Rate" means the rate of interest per annum
           -----------------------                                      
     notified to the Administrative Agent by the Reference Bank as the rate of
     interest per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16 of one percent) at
     which Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the amount of the Loan
     to be made or continued as, or converted into, a Eurodollar Rate Loan by
     the Reference Bank and having a maturity comparable to such Interest Period
     would be offered to major banks in the interbank eurodollar market where
     the eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations of the
     Reference Bank's Eurodollar Lending Office are customarily conducted, at
     their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Eurodollar
     Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective
date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

     Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Those Revolving Credit Loans and all or any
     ---------------------                                              
portions of the Domestic Term Loan bearing interest calculated by reference to
the Eurodollar Rate.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -22-

     Event of Default.  See (S)14.1 hereof.
     ----------------                      

     Excluded Entities.  Any Person which is (a) a Subsidiary that is not a
     -----------------                                                     
Guarantor; (b) an Excluded Subsidiary; or (c) a Person that is not a Subsidiary.

     Excluded Possessory Collateral.  See (S)7.1 hereof.
     ------------------------------                     

     Excluded Subsidiary.  (a) Bargain Time; (b) York Industrial; and (c) each
     -------------------                                                      
Emerging Market Subsidiary, provided, however, that in the event any Excluded
                            --------  -------                                
Subsidiary shall for any reason be or become (or be required to become) a
Guarantor hereunder, such Excluded Subsidiary shall, immediately upon being or
becoming a Guarantor, no longer be considered an Excluded Subsidiary.

     Existing Foreign Letters of Credit.  Certain Foreign Letters of Credit
     ----------------------------------                                    
outstanding on the Closing Date that were issued by Generale Bank N.V. for the
account of the Samsonite Europe pursuant to the Prior Credit Agreement, which
Foreign Letters of Credit are more fully described and listed on Schedule 1C
                                                                 -----------
hereto.

     Existing Letters of Credit.  Certain Letters of Credit outstanding on the
     --------------------------                                               
Closing Date that were issued by BKB for the account of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Prior Credit Agreement, which Letters of Credit
are more fully described and listed on Schedule 1B hereto.
                                       -----------        

     Federal Funds Rate.  For any day, the rate set forth in the weekly
     ------------------                                                
statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication,
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor,
"H.15(519)") on the Business Day opposite the caption "Federal Funds
(Effective)"; or, if for any relevant day such rate is not so published on any
such Business Day, the rate for such day will be the arithmetic mean as
determined by the Administrative Agent of the rates for the last transaction in
overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on that
day by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York
City selected by the Administrative Agent.

     Fee Letters.  The fee letter initially dated as of June 8, 1998 by and
     -----------                                                           
among the Company, the Lead Agents, and the Arrangers, as amended and restated
as of the Closing Date, and the fee letter dated as of the Closing Date by and
among the Company and the Foreign Agent, as each of the same may be amended,
supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     Foreign Agent.  Generale Bank N.V., in its capacity as foreign agent for
     -------------                                                           
the Agents and the Lenders.

     Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Fee.  See (S)5.6.2 hereof.
     ----------------------------------------                       
<PAGE>
 
                                     -23-

     Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Fee Rate.  As referred to as such in
     ---------------------------------------------                            
the table contained in the definition of Applicable Margin.

     Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Issuance Fee.  See (S)5.6.2 hereof.
     -------------------------------------------------                       

     Foreign Excluded Subsidiary.  An Excluded Subsidiary that is a Foreign
     ---------------------------                                           
Subsidiary.

     Foreign Issuing Bank.  Generale Bank N.V., as issuer of the Foreign Letters
     --------------------                                                       
of Credit for the account of Samsonite Europe.

     Foreign Letter of Credit.  See (S)5.1.1(b) hereof.
     ------------------------                          

     Foreign Letter of Credit Application.  See (S)5.1.2(b) hereof.
     ------------------------------------                          

     Foreign Letter of Credit Fee.  See (S)5.6.2 hereof.
     ----------------------------                       

     Foreign Letter of Credit Participation.  See (S)5.1.4(b) hereof.
     --------------------------------------                          

     Foreign Non-Excluded Subsidiary.  A Non-Excluded Subsidiary that is a
     -------------------------------                                      
Foreign Subsidiary.

     Foreign Pledge Agreements.  Collectively, (a) the Belgian Pledge Agreement,
     -------------------------                                                  
(b) the Securities Pledge Agreement dated or to be dated on or prior to the
Closing Date among the Company, Samsonite Canada Inc. and the Administrative
Agent, pursuant to which the Company pledges sixty-six percent (66%) of the
capital stock of Samsonite Canada Inc. to the Administrative Agent, and in form
and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (c) the Stock Pledge
Agreement dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date among the
Company, Samsonite Latinoamerica, S.A. de C.V., and the Administrative Agent,
pursuant to which the Company pledges sixty-six percent (66%) of the capital
stock of Samsonite Latinoamerica, S.A. de C.V. to the Administrative Agent, and
in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (d) pledge
agreements evidencing such other pledges of the equity interests of Foreign
Subsidiaries as are required by (S)9.15 hereof.

     Foreign Reimbursement Obligation.  Samsonite Europe's obligation to
     --------------------------------                                   
reimburse the Foreign Issuing Bank and the Lenders on account of any drawing
under any Foreign Letter of Credit as provided in (S)5.2.2.

     Foreign Standby Letter of Credit Fee.  See (S)5.6.2 hereof.
     ------------------------------------                       

     Foreign Standby Letter of Credit Issuance Fee.  See (S)5.6.2 hereof.
     ---------------------------------------------                       

     Foreign Subsidiary.  Any Subsidiary which conducts substantially all of its
     ------------------                                                         
business in countries other than the United States of America and that is
organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of
America and the States (or the District of Columbia) thereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -24-

     Foreign Term Loan.  The term loan made or to be made by the Multicurrency
     -----------------                                                        
Lenders and the Fronting Bank to Samsonite Europe in Belgian francs on the
Closing Date, with risk participations therein held by the Non-Multicurrency
Lenders, in each case according to their Foreign Term Loan Commitment
Percentages thereof, in the aggregate principal amount of Belgian francs
1,853,750,000 (the Dollar Equivalent of which amount is $50,000,000 as of the
Closing Date) pursuant to (S)3.1.2.

     Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentage.  With respect to each Lender, the
     ---------------------------------------                                   
percentage set forth on Schedule 1 hereto as such Lender's percentage (giving
                        ----------                                           
effect to the risk participation of such Lender in that portion of the Foreign
Term Loan that is a Fronted Loan, if such Lender is a Non-Multicurrency Lender)
of the Foreign Term Loan.

     Foreign Term Loan Maturity Date.  June 24, 2003.
     -------------------------------                 

     Foreign Term Loan Refinancing Debt.  See (S)10.1(r) hereof.
     ----------------------------------                         

     Foreign Term Obligations.  See (S)20.1 hereof.
     ------------------------                      

     Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation.  Any Foreign Reimbursement
     ---------------------------------------                            
Obligation for which Samsonite Europe does not reimburse the Foreign Issuing
Bank and the Lenders on the date specified in, and in accordance with, (S)5.2.2.

     Fronted Loans.  That portion of the Multicurrency Loans and the
     -------------                                                  
Multicurrency Swing Line Loans which are funded by the Fronting Bank and are not
funded by another Multicurrency Lender.

     Fronting Bank.  Generale Bank N.V., acting through its Brussels, Belgium
     -------------                                                           
head office, as fronting bank and any other Person who replaces Generale Bank
N.V. as Fronting Bank pursuant to the provisions of (S)6.11.4 hereof, provided,
                                                                      -------- 
for purposes of this Credit Agreement, in the event the Fronting Bank is also a
Multicurrency Lender, such Person's funding requirements in its capacity as
Fronting Bank shall not include its independent requirement in its individual
capacity to fund as a Multicurrency Lender.

     Fronting Fee.  See (S)6.11 hereof.
     -------- ---                      

     Fronting Loan Event.  A Fronting Loan Event shall be deemed to occur if at
     -------------------                                                       
any time it should become illegal or would violate any law, order, regulation or
policy (including any internal banking or other lending policy of the Fronting
Bank) or would otherwise not be practicable for the Fronting Bank to hold the
Fronted Loans.

     generally accepted accounting principles or Generally Accepted Accounting
     -----------------------------------------   -----------------------------
Principles or GAAP.  (a) When used in (S)11, whether directly or indirectly
- -----------   ----                                                         
through reference to a capitalized term used therein, means (i) 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -25-

principles that are consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, in effect for the
fiscal year ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and (ii) to the extent consistent
with such principles, the accounting practice of the Company and its
Subsidiaries reflected in its financial statements for the year ended on the
Balance Sheet Date, and (b) when used in general, other than as provided above,
means principles that are (i) consistent with the principles promulgated or
adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, as in
effect from time to time, and (ii) consistently applied with past financial
statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries adopting the same principles,
provided that in each case referred to in this definition of "generally accepted
- --------
accounting principles" a certified public accountant would, insofar as the use
of such accounting principles is pertinent, be in a position to deliver an
unqualified opinion (other than a qualification regarding changes in generally
accepted accounting principles) as to financial statements in which such
principles have been properly applied.

     Guaranteed Obligations.  See (S)7.3.1. hereof.
     ---------- -----------                        

     Guaranteed Pension Plan.  Any employee pension benefit plan within the
     -----------------------                                               
meaning of (S)3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by any Borrower or any
of its ERISA Affiliates that is subject to the requirements of Title IV of
ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

     Guarantees.  The Guarantees, dated or to be dated on or prior to the
     ----------                                                          
Closing Date, or such later date as required by (S)9.13, made by the Guarantors
in favor of the Lenders and the Agents pursuant to which such Guarantors
guarantee to the Lenders and the Agents the payment and performance of the
Obligations and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and the
Administrative Agent.

     Guarantors.  The Significant Domestic Subsidiaries, and such other Persons
     ----------                                                                
which are required to be or become guarantors from time to time pursuant to
(S)9.13 hereof.

     Hazardous Substances.  Any waste, contaminant, pollutant, hazardous
     --------------------                                               
substance, toxic substance, hazardous waste, special waste, industrial substance
or waste, radio-active materials, petroleum or petroleum-derived substance or
waste, or any constituent or combination of any such substance or waste, which
substance, contaminant, pollutant or material or waste is or shall hereafter
become regulated under, governed by, or defined by any Environmental Law.

     Indebtedness.  Collectively, as to any particular Person(s), but without
     ------------                                                            
duplication of amounts, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or credit
obtained, (b) all obligations for the deferred purchased price of property or
services (other than trade payables not overdue by more than ninety (90) days
incurred in the ordinary course of business), (c) all 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -26-

obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments,
(d) all obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement with respect to property acquired (even though the rights
and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of
default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all
Capitalized Leases, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, under
acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, (g) all obligations to
purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment (including any
mandatory dividends or Distributions) in respect of any capital stock or other
equity interests or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital
stock or other equity interests, (h) all Indebtedness of others referred to in
clauses (a) through (g) above guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner,
or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly through an agreement (i) to pay
or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for the payment or
purchase of such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or
lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of
enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the holder
of such Indebtedness against loss, (iii) to supply funds to or in any other
manner invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or
services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are
rendered) or (iv) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss, and (i) all
Indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured or supported
by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right,
contingent or otherwise, to be secured or supported by) any lien on (or other
right of recourse to or against) property (including, without limitation,
accounts and contract rights), even though the owner of the property has not
assumed or become liable, contractually or otherwise, for the payment of such
Indebtedness.

     Indemnified Liabilities.  Any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
     -----------------------                                                
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses and
disbursements (including reasonable fees and disbursements of any law firm or
other external counsel, and the allocated cost of internal legal services and
disbursements of internal counsel) (the foregoing being referred to herein as
("Attorney Costs") of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time
  --------------                                                         
(including at any time following repayment of the Loans and the termination,
resignation or replacement of the Agents or replacement of any Lender) be
imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Person in any way relating
to or arising out of this Credit Agreement or any document contemplated by or
referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken
or omitted by any such Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing,
including with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including
any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or
arising out of this Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the Loans or
the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not any indemnified Person is a
party thereto.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -27-

     Indenture Trustee.  United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee
     -----------------                                                      
under the Subordinated Indenture.

     Instrument of Adherence.  See (S)20.12 hereof.
     -----------------------                       

     Insurance Event.  See (S)9.7.2 hereof.
     ---------------                       

     Interest Coverage Ratio.  As at any date of determination, the ratio of (a)
     -------- -------- -----                                                    
EBITDA for the Reference Period ended on such date to (b) Consolidated Total
Interest Expense (other than interest charges not required to be paid in cash)
of the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries for the Reference Period ended
on such date.  For purposes of clause (b) of this definition only, Consolidated
Total Interest Expense shall also include, without duplication, (i) interest
expense otherwise attributable (x) to Indebtedness of Excluded Subsidiaries,
with respect to which Indebtedness of Excluded Subsidiaries, the Borrowers or
their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries are subject to guaranties or other commitments
or arrangements described in clauses (h) or (i) of the definition of
"Indebtedness", or (y) if a default or event of default in respect of any
particular Indebtedness of any Excluded Subsidiary exists that causes or results
in a default or event of default in respect of any Indebtedness of the Borrowers
or their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries in the principal amount in excess of $500,000
outstanding in the aggregate that permits or entitles the holders of any such
Indebtedness of the Borrowers or their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries (as to which
there has occurred any required giving of notice, or the passage of time, or
both, as appropriate, with respect to such default or event of default
applicable thereto) to accelerate the maturity thereof, to such Indebtedness of
such Excluded Subsidiary and (ii) Distributions paid in cash with respect to the
1998 Preferred Stock.

     Ineligible Securities.  Securities which may not be underwritten or dealt
     ---------------------                                                    
in by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of the federal
Banking Act of 1933 (12 U.S.C. (S)24, Seventh), as amended.

     Insurance Event.  See (S)9.7.2 hereof.
     ---------------                       

     Interest Payment Date.  (a) As to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of each
     ---------------------                                                     
calendar quarter, including the calendar quarter during which there occurs the
Drawdown Date thereof; and (b) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, Multicurrency
Loan, or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan in respect of which the Interest Period
is (i) 3 months or less, the last day of such Interest Period and (i) more than
3 months, the date that is 3 months from the first day of such Interest Period
and, in addition, the last day of such Interest Period.

     Interest Period.  With respect to each Revolving Credit Loan, Swing Line
     ---------------                                                         
Loan, Revolving Multicurrency Loan, Multicurrency Swing Line Loan or all or any
relevant portion of either of the Term Loans, (a) initially, the period
commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Loan and ending on the last day of one
of the periods set forth below, as selected by the applicable 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -28-

Borrower in a Loan Request (i) for any Base Rate Loan, the end of each day; (ii)
for any Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, one (1), seven (7) or fourteen (14) days;
and (iii) for any Multicurrency Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan, one (1), two
(2), three (3) or six (6) months (provided that a Borrower may select an
                                  --------
Interest Period of between seven (7) days and two (2) months for a Eurodollar
Rate Loan or Multicurrency Loan if the amount that is the subject of such
Interest Period is to be used to make a mandatory payment or mandatory
prepayment of either Term Loan that is payable in sixty (60) days or less from
the beginning of the Interest Period); and (b) thereafter, each period
commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to
such Revolving Credit Loan, Swing Line Loan, Revolving Multicurrency Loan,
Multicurrency Swing Line Loan or all or such portion of either of the Term Loans
and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as selected by
the applicable Borrower in a Conversion Request; provided that all of the
                                                 --------
foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

               (a)  if any Interest Period with respect to (i) a Eurodollar Rate
          Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a Eurodollar Business
          Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding
          Eurodollar Business Day unless the result of such extension would be
          to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which
          event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding
          Eurodollar Business Day; and (ii) a Multicurrency Loan or a
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not
          a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next
          succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be
          to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which
          event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding
          Business Day;

               (b)  if any Interest Period with respect to a Base Rate Loan
          would end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period
          shall end on the next succeeding Business Day;

               (c)  if the relevant Borrower shall fail to give notice as
          provided in (S)2.8, (S)3.5.3, and (S)4.8, as the case may be, such
          Borrower shall (i) in the case of Revolving Credit Loans and all or
          the applicable portion of the Domestic Term Loan, be deemed to have
          requested a conversion of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base
          Rate Loan and the continuance of all Base Rate Loans as Base Rate
          Loans on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect
          thereto; (ii) in the case of Revolving Multicurrency Loans, be deemed
          to have requested the continuation of such Multicurrency Loans for a
          one (1) month Interest Period on the last day of the current Interest
          Period with respect thereto and (iii) in the case of all or the
          applicable portion of the Foreign Term Loan, be deemed to have
          requested
<PAGE>
 
                                     -29-

          the continuation of such Multicurrency Loan for a one (1) month
          Interest Period on the last day of the then current Interest Period
          with respect thereto;

               (d) any Interest Period relating to any (i) Eurodollar Rate Loan
          that begins on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month
          (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in
          the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on
          the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month; and (ii)
          Multicurrency Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar
          month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day
          in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on
          the last Business Day of a calendar month;

               (e) any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan,
          Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan that would
          otherwise extend beyond the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date (if
          comprising a Revolving Credit Loan), the Domestic Term Loan Maturity
          Date (if comprising the Domestic Term Loan or a portion thereof), the
          Foreign Term Loan Maturity Date (if comprising the Foreign Term Loan
          or a portion thereof) or the Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date (if
          comprising a Revolving Multicurrency Loan or a Multicurrency Swing
          Line Loan) shall end on the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date,
          Domestic Term Loan Maturity Date, Foreign Term Loan Maturity Date or
          Revolving Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date, as applicable;

               (f) interest shall accrue for the first day of each Interest
          Period and for each day thereafter up to but not including the last
          day of the Interest Period; however, if an Interest Period is one day,
          then interest shall accrue for such day; and

               (g) from the Closing Date until the end of the Primary
          Syndication Period, (i) each Interest Period commenced for the Foreign
          Term Loan must have a duration of one month; (ii) each Interest Period
          commenced for all or any portion of the Domestic Term Loan
          constituting a Eurodollar Rate Loan must have a duration of one month;
          (iii) each Interest Period for all or any portion of the Term Loans
          (other than the portions of the Domestic Term Loan constituting Base
          Rate Loans) must be co-terminous with all other Interest Periods
          applicable to the Term Loans (other than the portions of the Domestic
          Term Loan constituting Base Rate Loans); and (iv) each Interest Period
          commenced for all or any portion of any Loans (other than Term Loans,
          and other than Base Rate Loans) must be co-terminous with the Interest
          Periods for the Term Loans
<PAGE>
 
                                     -30-

          (other than the portions of the Domestic Term Loan constituting Base
          Rate Loans).

     Investments.  Without duplication, all expenditures made and all
     -----------                                                     
Indebtedness incurred (contingently or otherwise) for the acquisition of stock
or Indebtedness of, or for loans, advances, capital contributions or transfers
of property to, or in respect of any guaranties (or other commitments or
arrangements as described under clauses (h) or (i) of the definition of
Indebtedness), or obligations of, any Person. In determining the aggregate
amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (a) the amount of any
Investment represented by any such guaranty or other commitment or arrangement
shall be taken at not less than the principal amount of the obligations
guaranteed or otherwise supported and still outstanding; (b) there shall be
included as an Investment all interest accrued with respect to Indebtedness
constituting an Investment unless and until such interest is paid; (c) except
for purposes of (S)10.3(h) hereof, (but without affecting the calculations with
respect to Returned Investments provided for therein) there shall be deducted in
respect of each such Investment any amount received in the nature of a return or
repurchase of capital or a repayment of principal; (d) there shall not be
deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on such
Investment, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise, except that accrued
interest included as provided in the foregoing clause (b) may be deducted when
paid; and (e) there shall not be deducted from the aggregate amount of
Investments any decrease in the value thereof.

     Issuing Bank.  BKB, as issuer of certain Letters of Credit for the account
     ------------                                                              
of the Company issued prior to the Closing Date, and BofA, as issuer of the
Letters of Credit for the account of the Company issued on or after the Closing
Date.

     Japanese License Agreements.  Both of (a) the License Agreement, dated as
     ---------------------------                                              
of December 3, 1990, among Samsonite, Ace Company Limited and Ace Luggage Co.,
Ltd., as amended by the First Amendment and Renewal of License Agreement, dated
as of November 11, 1994, and by the Second Amendment to License Agreement dated
January 1, 1996, and (b) the Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated as of
November 11, 1994, between Samsonite and Ace Company Limited for Lark and
American Tourister Trademarks - Japan.

     Joint Venture Subsidiary.  A Non-Excluded Subsidiary of the Company in
     ------------------------                                              
which one or more Persons who have provided or are providing operating assets or
services to such Non-Excluded Subsidiary beneficially owns not less than fifty
percent (50%) of the portion of the capital stock or ownership interests of such
Non-Excluded Subsidiary which are not owned by the Company or a Non-Excluded
Subsidiary of the Company.

     JV Interest Holding Company.  See (S)10.3(f) hereof.
     ---------------------------                         
<PAGE>
 
                                     -31-

     Lead Agents.  Collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Syndication
     -----------                                                             
Agent.

     Lenders.  BofA, BKB, and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule
     -------                                                           --------
1 hereto (as such Schedule 1 may be amended from time to time pursuant
- -                 ----------                                          
(S)(S)20.4 or 20.12 hereof) and any other Person who becomes an assignee of any
rights and obligations of a Lender pursuant to (S)20 (other than any such
Persons acting solely in the capacity of participants) or a New Lender pursuant
to (S)20.12 and, unless the context otherwise requires, the Fronting Bank, the
Foreign Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank.  References to the Lenders in the
context of Loans of a particular Type shall be construed as references to only
those Lenders having Commitments or holding Loans of such Type.

     Letter of Credit.  See (S)5.1.1(a) hereof.
     ----------------                          

     Letter of Credit Application.  See (S)5.1.1(a) hereof.
     ----------------------------                          

     Letter of Credit Fee.  See (S)5.6.1 hereof.
     --------------------                       

     Letter of Credit Participation.  See (S)5.1.4(a) hereof.
     ------------------------------                          

     Leverage Ratio.  As at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total
     --------------                                                          
Funded Indebtedness of the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries outstanding
on such date to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries for
the Reference Period ended on such date.

     Loan Accounts.  Collectively, the Term Loan Account and the Multicurrency
     -------------                                                            
Loan Account.

     Loan Documents.  This Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit
     --------------                                                         
Applications, the Foreign Letter of Credit Applications, the Letters of Credit,
the Foreign Letters of Credit, the Fee Letters, and the Security Documents.

     Loan Request.  See (S)2.7 hereof.
     ------------                     

     Loans.  The Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans, the Revolving
     -----                                                                  
Multicurrency Loans, the Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, and the Term Loans.

     Majority Domestic Term Loan Lenders.  As of any date, the Lenders whose
     -----------------------------------                                    
aggregate Domestic Term Loan Commitment Percentages total at least fifty-one
percent (51%).

     Majority Foreign Term Loan Lenders.  As of any date, the Lenders whose
     ----------------------------------                                    
aggregate Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentages total at least fifty-one
percent (51%).
<PAGE>
 
                                     -32-

     Majority Lenders.  As of any date, (a) the Lenders having Total Percentages
     ----------------                                                           
aggregating to at least fifty-one percent (51%) on such date, or (b) for
purposes of acceleration of the Loans and all other amounts owing under this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to (S)14 hereof, those
Lenders whose share of (i) Loans and Letter of Credit Participations in Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligations outstanding on such date (including such Lender's
unfunded portion of any Swing Line Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan) and
Foreign Letter of Credit Participations in Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement
Obligations outstanding on such date plus (ii) the aggregate Maximum Drawing
                                     ----
Amount of all Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit, plus (iii) the
                                                               ----
participating risks associated with any Fronted Loan aggregate to at least fifty
one percent (51%) of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Loans, Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligations, and Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations
outstanding on such date plus the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount of all
Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit outstanding on such date.

     Majority Revolving Lenders.  As of any date of determination, the Lenders
     --------------------------                                               
whose aggregate Commitments constitute at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the
sum of the Total Revolving Commitment and the Total Revolving Multicurrency
Commitment, or, if the Commitments are terminated, the Lenders holding at least
fifty-one percent (51%) of the sum of the outstanding principal amount on such
date of all Revolving Credit Loans, Revolving Multicurrency Loans, Letter of
Credit Participations in Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign Letter of
Credit Participations in Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and
participating interests in the risk relating to outstanding Letters of Credit,
Foreign Letters of Credit and Fronted Loans that are Revolving Multicurrency
Loans).

     Material Adverse Effect.  A material adverse effect on (a) the business,
     -----------------------                                                 
condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or
prospects of the Company, individually, or the Company and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole, (b) the validity, perfection, or priority of the  security
interest of the Lenders in the Collateral created pursuant to the Security
Documents, (c) the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender under any
Loan Document or (d) the ability of the Obligors to perform their Obligations
under the Loan Documents.

     Maximum Drawing Amount.  The maximum aggregate amount that the
     ----------------------                                        
beneficiaries may at any time draw under outstanding Letters of Credit or
Foreign Letters of Credit, as the case may be, as such aggregate amount may be
reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Letters of Credit or
Foreign Letter of Credit, as the case may be.

     Maximum Unused Revolving Commitment.  With respect to any Lender at any
     ------- ------ --------- ----------                                    
time, (a) such Lender's Revolving Commitment at such time minus (b) the sum of
                                                          -----               
(i) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line
Loans made (in each case) by such Lender and 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -33-

which are outstanding at such time and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations owing to
such Lender, plus (ii) without duplication, such Lender's Revolving Credit
Commitment Percentage of the Maximum Drawing Amount of all Letters of Credit
issued and outstanding at such time.

     Maximum Unused Revolving Multicurrency Commitment.  With respect to any
     -------------------------------------------------                      
Lender at any time, (a) such Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment at such
time minus (b) the sum of (i) such Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
     -----                                                                    
Percentage of all Revolving Multicurrency Loans which are outstanding at such
time, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Multicurrency Swing Line Loans
made by such Lender and which are outstanding at such time and Foreign Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligations owing to such Lender, plus (iii) without duplication,
such Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of the Maximum
Drawing Amount of all Foreign Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such
time.

     McCrory.  McCrory Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     -------                                               

     McGregor.  McGregor II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
     --------                                                          

     Moody's.  Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
     -------                                  

     Multicurrency Commitment Fee.  See (S)4.3 hereof.
     ----------------------------                     

     Multicurrency Lender.  Any Lender which, at the time of making any
     --------------------                                              
applicable Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, or, for purposes
of (S)6.11.3 hereof, at the relevant date of determination, (a) has a
Multicurrency Lending Office, (b) would not, by virtue of making any
Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan to Samsonite Europe, subject
Samsonite Europe to any withholding tax as a result of the making of such
Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan (including the payment of
principal and interest on such Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line
Loan to such Lender by Samsonite Europe), (c) has the requisite (i)
organizational power and authority, (ii) power and authority under all Belgian
and other laws and regulations and (iii) governmental consents, licenses and
permits from all applicable jurisdictions, governmental agencies, authorities
and central banks, if any, to make the Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing
Line Loan, (d) can lawfully make such Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing
Line Loan and receive and enforce payments of principal and interest thereon,
(e) is not subject to any withholding tax as a result of making such
Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, or receiving any principal
or interest payments in respect thereof, and (f) is properly qualified to do
business as a bank, to lend and make commercial loans, and to take deposits in
Belgium.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, BofA will not be a Multicurrency Lender
until the earlier of (i) July 31, 1998, or (ii) the date 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -34-

specified by BofA in a notice to the Fronting Bank. As of the Closing Date, the
only Multicurrency Lender is Generale Bank N.V.

     Multicurrency Lending Office.  The lending office of each Multicurrency
     ----------------------------                                           
Lender located in Belgium that will be making or maintaining Multicurrency
Loans.

     Multicurrency Loan Account.  See (S)4.5 hereof.
     --------------------------                     

     Multicurrency Loans.  Collectively, the Revolving Multicurrency Loans and
     -------------------                                                      
the Foreign Term Loan.

     Multicurrency Swing Line Borrowing.  A borrowing consisting of a
     ----------------------------------                              
Multicurrency Swing Line Loan made by any Multicurrency Swing Line Lender.

     Multicurrency Swing Line Facility.  See (S)4.2.1 hereof.
     ---------------------------------                       

     Multicurrency Swing Line Lender.  Generale Bank N.V.
     -------------------------------                     

     Multicurrency Swing Line Loan.  Any Loan made by (a) any Multicurrency
     ------------------------ ----                                         
Swing Line Lender pursuant to (S)4.2.1 or (b) any Multicurrency Lender and the
Fronting Bank  pursuant to (S)4.2.2.

     Multiemployer Plan.  Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of (S)3(37)
     ------------------                                                        
of ERISA maintained or contributed to by any Borrower or any of its ERISA
Affiliates.

     Net Asset Sale Proceeds.  The net cash proceeds received by the Company and
     -----------------------                                                    
its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including cash
received as consideration for the assumption of liabilities incurred in
connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), less the sum of (a) all
reasonable out-of-pocket fees, commissions and other expenses incurred in
connection with such Asset Sale, including the amount (estimated in good faith
by such Person) of income, franchise, sales and other applicable taxes required
to be paid by such Person in connection with such Asset Sale, (b) the aggregate
amount of cash so received by such Person which is used to retire (in whole or
in part) any Indebtedness (other than under the Loan Documents) of such Person
permitted by this Credit Agreement that was secured by a lien or security
interest (if any) permitted by this Credit Agreement having priority over the
liens and security interests (if any) of the Administrative Agent (for the
benefit of the Lenders) with respect to such assets transferred and which is
required to be repaid in whole or in part (which repayment, in the case of any
other revolving credit arrangement or multiple advance arrangement, reduces the
commitment thereunder) in connection with such Asset Sale, (c) any amount of
cash required to be placed in escrow by one or more third parties to a
transaction relating to contingent liabilities associated with such Asset Sale
until such cash is released to such Person, and (d) the amount of reasonable
reserves 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -35-

determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles relating
to contingent liabilities associated with a such Asset Sale, with such amount to
be reduced as such reserves are reduced. Upon the liquidation or conversion into
cash of any promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received by the
Company or any Non-Excluded Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, the amount
of such cash shall be deemed to be cash proceeds received by the Company and its
Non-Excluded Subsidiaries in respect of an Asset Sale as of the date of such
liquidation or conversion.

     Net Debt Issuance Proceeds.  With respect to any Debt Issuance, the gross
     --------------------------                                               
cash proceeds received by such Person from such Debt Issuance minus the
                                                              -----    
reasonable and customary transaction expenses (including without limitation, any
underwriting discounts and commissions) actually incurred in connection with
such Debt Issuance.

     Net Insurance Proceeds.  The insurance proceeds received by any Borrower or
     ----------------------                                                     
Non-Excluded Subsidiary in respect of any Insurance Event, less the sum of (a)
all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in order to collect such
insurance proceeds, and (b) the amount of such insurance proceeds that was
received in respect of Collateral (i) which was permitted by this Agreement to
be subject to a lien having priority over the lien granted to the Collateral
Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, (ii) which was in fact secured by such
lien having priority over the lien granted therein to the Collateral Agent
pursuant to the Security Documents, (iii) as to which the holder of the lien
described in clause (ii) of this definition was named as a loss payee or
mortgagee in respect of the casualty insurance that secured such Collateral, and
(iv) which was actually paid in cash to the holder of such lien that was
described in clause (ii) of this definition.

     New Lender.  See (S)20.12 hereof.
     ----------                       

     1995 Subordinated Indenture.  The Indenture dated as of July 14, 1995
     ---------------------------                                          
between the Company and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee,
relating to the 1995 Subordinated Notes, as modified pursuant to the
Subordinated Note Tender Offer Documents.

     1995 Subordinated Notes.  The 11 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 in
     -----------------------                                                    
the initial aggregate amount of $190,000,000 issued pursuant to the 1995
Subordinated Indenture.

     1998 Preferred Stock.  The Company's 13.875% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable
     --------------------                                                       
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, liquidation preference $1,000 per
share, issued pursuant to the 1998 Preferred Stock Documents.

     1998 Preferred Stock Documents.  The Company's Certificate of Designation
     ------------------------------                                           
of the Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other
Special Rights of 13.875% Senior Redeemable 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -36-

Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A, and Qualifications, Limitations and
Restrictions Thereof relating to the 1998 Preferred Stock, and the Registration
Rights Agreement, relating thereto dated as of June 24, 1998, in each case in
the form delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

     1998 Preferred Stock Issuance.  The transaction pursuant to which the 1998
     -----------------------------                                             
Preferred Stock was issued.

     1998 Subordinated Debt.  The Indebtedness incurred by the Company
     ----------------------                                           
consisting of the Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to the Subordinated
Indenture.

     1998 Subordinated Debt Issuance.  The transaction pursuant to which the
     -------------------------------                                        
1998 Subordinated Debt was incurred and the Subordinated Indenture was executed.

     Non-Affected Lenders.  See (S)6.2.6 hereof.
     --------------------                       

     Non-Excluded Subsidiary.  Any Subsidiary which is not an Excluded
     -----------------------                                          
Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties confirm that Samsonite
Europe is a Non-Excluded Subsidiary. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall not
have the right to change the status of an Excluded Subsidiary to a Non-Excluded
Subsidiary unless (a) such Excluded Subsidiary gives notice to the
Administrative Agent that it has irrevocably elected to be a Non-Excluded
Subsidiary for purposes of this Credit Agreement, (b) such Person becomes a
Guarantor hereunder (if required by (S)9.13 hereof), and (c) no Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time such notice is given, and
no Default or Event of Default would occur by virtue of, or exist after giving
effect to, such Excluded Subsidiary becoming a Non-Excluded Subsidiary.

     Non-Multicurrency Lenders' Commitment.  The aggregate Revolving
     -------------------------------------                          
Multicurrency Commitments of all Non-Multicurrency Lenders.

     Non-Multicurrency Lenders' Commitment Percentage.  The aggregate Revolving
     ------------------------------------------------                          
Multicurrency Commitment Percentages of all Non-Multicurrency Lenders.

     Non-Multicurrency Lender(s).  Any Lender which is not a Multicurrency
     ---------------------------                                          
Lender.

     Non-Ordinary Course Intercompany Indebtedness.  Indebtedness described in
     ---------------------------------------------                            
(S)10.1(i) or (S)10.1(m) other than the following, to the extent that the
following are incurred in the ordinary course of business: (a) accounts
receivable arising out of the sale of goods, and (b) advances solely in the
operation of the Company's cash management system.  For the avoidance of doubt,
Non-Ordinary Course Intercompany Indebtedness includes (without limiting the
generality of other Indebtedness that is included therein) any 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -37-

Indebtedness that serves a purpose similar to that of an investment or which is
in the nature of long-term debt.

     Notes.  The Revolving Credit Notes and the Term Notes.
     -----                                                 

     Notice of Multicurrency Swing Line Borrowing.  See (S)4.2.2. hereof.
     --------------------------------------------                        

     Notice of Swing Line Borrowing.  See (S)2.2.2 hereof.
     ------------------------------                       

     Obligations.  All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any of the
     -----------                                                              
Obligors to any of the Lenders and the Agents, individually or collectively,
existing on the date of this Credit Agreement or arising thereafter, direct or
indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured,
liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation
of law or otherwise, in each case arising or incurred under this Credit
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the Loans
made or Reimbursement Obligations incurred or Foreign Reimbursement Obligations
incurred or any of the Notes, Letter of Credit Applications, Foreign Letter of
Credit Applications, Letters of Credit or Foreign Letters of Credit or arising
or incurred in connection with any interest rate protection arrangements
provided by the Lenders, foreign exchange and/or currency risk protection
arrangements entered into with any of the Lenders, or any documents, agreements
or instruments executed in connection therewith, or other instruments at any
time evidencing any thereof.

     Obligors.  The Borrowers and the Guarantors, collectively.
     --------                                                  

     OECD.  See the definition of Eligible Assignee.
     ----                                           

     Operating Assets.  Assets, used or useful in the operations of the
     ----------------                                                  
Company's business, excluding the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary, cash,
inventory and accounts receivable and any property or equipment that has become
worn out, obsolete or damaged or is otherwise better suited to use by one or
more of the Company's Subsidiaries.

     Optional Currency.  Any currency other than Dollars, constituting legal
     -----------------                                                      
tender, which is freely convertible into Dollars and which is traded on any
recognized Eurocurrency Interbank Market requested by Samsonite Europe and
approved by the Foreign Agent in good faith; provided, however, in the event
                                             --------  -------              
Samsonite Europe requests an Optional Currency (whether for a Multicurrency Loan
or a Foreign Letter of Credit) consisting of a currency other than Belgian
francs, German marks, Spanish pesetas, French francs, United Kingdom pounds
sterling, Dutch guilders, Italian lira, the "ECU" (the European Currency Unit),
or the "Euro", the funding of such request for such other Optional Currency (or
the issuance of such Foreign Letter of Credit) shall be subject to the consent
of all of the Lenders.

     Optional Currency Notice.  See (S)4.11.1 hereof.
     ------------------------                        
<PAGE>
 
                                     -38-

     Original Credit Agreement.  The Revolving Credit Agreement and Term Loan
     -------------------------                                               
Agreement dated as of July 14, 1995 among the Company, BKB, Bank of America
Illinois, and certain other parties, which was amended and restated in its
entirety by the Prior Credit Agreement.

     outstanding.  With respect to the Loans, the aggregate unpaid principal
     -----------                                                            
thereof as of any date of determination.

     Overnight Rate.  For any day, the overnight rate of interest per annum
     --------- ----                                                        
which appears in the publication known in Belgium as "De Financieel-Economische
Tijd" as the "centraal tarief" rate appearing in the left column under the
heading of "Interventietarieven NBB", and, if such a rate is not available, or
the method for determining such rate shall change in any material respect, or
such rate is not applicable to a currency for which such determination is being
made, then the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the
applicable Optional Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount
with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such
day by the Foreign Agent to major banks in the Belgian interbank market.

     Patent Agreements.  The Patent Security Agreements dated or to be dated as
     -----------------                                                         
of a date on or after the Closing Date, made by the Company and such Guarantors
(if any) as may hold any United States patents, in favor of the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the Lenders, each in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.

     PBGC.  The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by (S)4002 of ERISA
     ----                                                                       
and any successor entity or entities having similar responsibilities.

     PBGC Letter.  The binding term sheet dated June 5, 1998 between (and signed
     -----------                                                                
by both of) the Company and PBGC, in the form reviewed and approved by the
Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof and any agreement implementing or
succeeding such term sheet, which agreement is entered into in accordance with
(S)10.25 hereof.

     PBGC Ratable Lien.  A security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for
     -----------------                                                          
the benefit of the PBGC as contemplated by (but only to the extent required by)
the PBGC Letter, pursuant to which the PBGC will (only to the extent and only
for the duration required by the PBGC Letter) have the benefit of a security
interest in the Collateral (except in any event for Collateral that is excluded
from the PBGC Ratable Lien pursuant to the terms of the PBGC Letter) which is of
equal and ratable priority with the security interest held by the Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in such Collateral, which security interest
shall be granted and effective at such time or times as are, and the
arrangements, terms and conditions with respect to which must be, in all
respects satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  For the avoidance of doubt,
the parties confirm that this Credit Agreement creates no rights or benefits in
favor of the PBGC, and that the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -39-

PBGC shall not in any event be construed to be a "third-party beneficiary" of
this Credit Agreement.

     Perfection Certificates.  The Perfection Certificates as defined in the
     -----------------------                                                
Security Agreements.

     Permitted Acquisitions.  See (S)10.5.1 hereof.
     --------- ------------                        

     Permitted Entities.  Any financial institution or other "accredited
     ------------------                                                 
investor" (as defined in Regulation D of the federal Securities and Exchange
Commission promulgated under the federal Securities Act of 1933) that is engaged
in making, purchasing, or otherwise investing in commercial loans in the
ordinary course of its business.

     Permitted Liens.  Liens, security interests and other encumbrances
     ---------------                                                   
permitted by (S)10.2 hereof.

     Person.  Any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated
     ------                                                                  
association, business, or other legal entity, and any government or any
governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

     Pre-Acquisition Period.  See the definition of EBITDA.
     ----------------------                                

     Primary Syndication Parties.  BofA, BKB, and CIBC Inc.
     ---------------------------                           

     Primary Syndication Period.  The period of time commencing on the Closing
     --------------------------                                               
Date and ending on the date ninety (90) days thereafter (or on such earlier date
as each of the Primary Syndication Parties shall mutually determine in writing
in good faith constitutes the end of the Primary Syndication Period).

     Prior Credit Agreement.  See the preamble hereto.
     ----------------------                           

     Pro Forma Bank Interest Amount.  As used in the definition of Consolidated
     ------------------------------                                            
Total Interest Expense, the sum of (a) the actual amount of expense for interest
with respect to the fiscal quarters of the Company, contained in the applicable
Reference Period, that began and ended after the Closing Date and ended on or
before the date that is the end of the Reference Period for which Consolidated
Total Interest Expense is being calculated hereunder, and (b) with respect to
each other fiscal quarter of the Company that is included in the applicable
Reference Period, the amount of expense for interest and fees of the types
included within the definition of Consolidated Total Interest Expense on account
of this Credit Agreement with respect to such fiscal quarter had the Loans
outstanding on the Closing Date (or, if greater, the Loans outstanding at the
end of the applicable Reference Period) been outstanding for the entire period
of each such other fiscal quarter included in such applicable Reference Period
for which the Consolidated Total Interest Expense is being calculated.  For the
purposes of calculating the amount referred to in the foregoing clause (b) of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -40-

this definition, the interest and fees bearing a floating interest rate or a
rate based upon the Leverage Ratio of the Company shall be computed as if the
rate in effect on the Closing Date had been the applicable rate for the entire
period for which such calculation under clause (b) is being made.

     Pro Rata Interest.  With respect to the equity or ownership interests of
     -----------------                                                       
any Person in any other Person, a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount
of the equity or other ownership interests in such other Person that are
beneficially owned by such Person and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, and the
denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all equity or other ownership
interest in such other Person that are outstanding (and for such purpose the
equity or other ownership interests subject to presently exercisable options,
warrants or other rights to acquire such interests shall be deemed to be
outstanding and shall be included in both the numerator and the denominator).

     Pro Rata Reduction Percentage.  As used in (S)3.3.3, the percentage
     -----------------------------                                      
equivalent of a fraction, to be determined in connection with an event pursuant
to which the Borrowers are required to reduce the Commitments, (a) the numerator
of which is (i) with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, the amount of the
Total Revolving Commitments at the time that the applicable reduction must be
made (but immediately prior to giving effect thereto), and (ii) with respect to
the Revolving Multicurrency Loans, the amount of the Total Revolving
Multicurrency Commitments at the time that the applicable reduction must be made
(but immediately prior to giving effect thereto), and (b) the denominator of
which is the sum at such time of the Total Revolving Commitments and Total
Revolving Multicurrency Commitments.

     PTO.  The Patent and Trademark Office of the United States of America.
     ---                                                                   

     Rate Adjustment Period.  As defined in the definition of "Applicable
     ----------------------                                              
Margin".

     Rate of Exchange Amount.  See (S)4.11.2 hereof.
     -----------------------                        

     RCRA.  See the definition of "Release".
     ----                                   

     Real Estate.  All real property owned or leased (as lessee or sublessee) by
     -----------                                                                
any of the Obligors.

     Recapitalization.  The recapitalization of the Company to be effected as
     ----------------                                                        
part of the Related Transactions, by way of the repurchase pursuant to the
Equity Tender Offer (and the concurrent cancellation) of certain amounts of
previously outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock, as further
described in (S)10.4 hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -41-

     Record.  The grid attached to a Note, or the continuation of such grid, or
     ------                                                                    
any other similar record, including computer records, maintained by any Lender
with respect to any Loan referred to in such Note or in this Agreement.

     Reference Bank.  BofA.
     --------------        

     Reference Period.  The period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of
     --------- ------                                                        
the Company ending on the relevant date.

     Register.  See (S)20.3 hereof.
     --------                      

     Reimbursement Obligation.  The Company's obligation to reimburse the
     ------------------------                                            
Issuing Bank and the Lenders on account of any drawing under any Letter of
Credit as provided in (S)5.2.1.

     Reinvested Insurance Proceeds.  The amount of insurance proceeds referred
     -----------------------------                                            
to in (S)9.7.2(b) which are reinvested by the Borrowers or a Non-Excluded
Subsidiary in a Related Business within 269 days after the applicable casualty
loss referred to in (S)9.7.2(b) which gave rise to such insurance proceeds.

     Reinvested Net Asset Sale Proceeds.  Net Asset Sale Proceeds that are
     ----------------------------------                                   
reinvested by the Borrowers or a Non-Excluded Subsidiary in a Related Business
within 269 days after the consummation of the Asset Sale that generated such Net
Asset Sale Proceeds, in the manner contemplated by the Subordinated Indenture
for "investment" of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds in assets used or useful in
Related Businesses.

     Related Business.  (a) Any line or lines of business or business activity
     ----------------                                                         
conducted by the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries on the Closing Date,
including, without limitation, the licensing of brand names (other than the
business of owning, operating or otherwise engaging in the business of
television or cable broadcasting or the business of leasing real property, in
each case, except as reasonably necessary to dispose of the business and/or
properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries that engage in such business
activities on the Closing Date), (b) any line or lines of business activity
reasonably related thereto, and (c) the manufacture, distribution, marketing or
licensing and/or sale of travel related consumer products.

     Related Transactions.  The Subordinated Note Tender Offer, the
     --------------------                                          
Recapitalization, the 1998 Preferred Stock Issuance, and the 1998 Subordinated
Debt Issuance.

     Release.  Shall have the meaning specified in the Comprehensive
     -------                                                        
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C.
(S)(S)9601 et seq. ("CERCLA") and the term "Disposal" (or "Disposed") shall have
           ------                                                               
the meaning specified in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -42-

1976, 42 U.S. (S)(S)9601 et seq. ("RCRA") and the regulations promulgated
                         -- ---
thereunder; provided that to the extent that the laws of a state wherein any
            -------- ----      
Real Estate lies establish a meaning for "Release" or "Disposal" which is
broader than specified in either CERCLA or RCRA, such broader meaning shall
apply to any of the Borrowers' or their Subsidiaries' activities in that state.

     Reorganization.  The previous proceedings under Chapter 11 of the United
     --------------                                                          
States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. (S)(S)101 et seq.) with respect to E-II
                                            -- ---                       
Holdings.

     Returned Investment.  With respect to Investments made pursuant to
     -------------------                                               
(S)10.3(f)(ii) or (S)10.3(h), the aggregate amount of all payments made in
respect of such Investment, other than interest, dividends or other
distributions not in the nature of a return or repurchase of capital or a
repayment of principal, that have been paid or returned, without restriction, in
cash to the Person making such Investment.

     Revolving Commitment.  With respect to each Lender, the amount set forth on
     --------------------                                                       
Schedule 1 hereto as the amount of such Lender's commitment to make Revolving
- -------- -                                                                   
Credit Loans to, and to participate in the issuance, extension and renewal of
Letters of Credit for the account of, the Company, as the same may be reduced
from time to time or modified pursuant to (S)2.4.2. hereof; or if such
commitment is terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof, zero.

     Revolving Commitment Fee.  See (S)2.3 hereof.
     ------------------------                     

     Revolving Commitment Percentage.  With respect to each Lender, the
     -------------------------------                                   
percentage set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (as such Schedule 1 may be amended
                        -------- -                 -------- -               
from time to time) as such Lender's percentage of the aggregate Total Revolving
Commitment.

     Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date.  June 24, 2003.
     -----------------------------------                 

     Revolving Credit Loans.  Revolving credit loans made or to be made by the
     ----------------------                                                   
Lenders to the Company pursuant to (S)2.1 hereof.

     Revolving Credit Notes.  See (S)2.5 hereof.
     ----------------------                     

     Revolving Lender.  A Lender having Commitments hereunder.
     --------- ------                                         

     Revolving Multicurrency Commitment.  With respect to each Lender, the
     ----------------------------------                                   
amount set forth on Schedule 1 hereto in Dollars as the amount of such Lender's
                    -------- -                                                  

commitment to either (a) make Revolving Multicurrency Loans to Samsonite Europe,
to the extent such Lender is a Multicurrency Lender or (b) purchase a risk
participation from the Fronting Bank for Revolving Multicurrency Loans made to
Samsonite Europe by the Fronting Bank pursuant to (S)6.11.2 hereof, and of each
Lender to participate in the issuance, 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -43-

extension and renewal of Foreign Letters of Credit for the account of Samsonite
Europe, as the same may be reduced from time to time or modified pursuant to
(S)4.4.2 hereof; or if such commitment is terminated pursuant to the provisions
hereof, zero.

     Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage.  With respect to each
     ---------------------------------------------                       
Lender, the percentage set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (as such Schedule 1 may be
                                    ----------                 ----------       
amended from time to time) as such Lender's percentage of the aggregate Total
Revolving Multicurrency Commitment.

     Revolving Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date.  June 24, 2003.
     ------------------------------------------                 

     Revolving Multicurrency Loan Request.  See (S)4.7 hereof.
     ------------------------------------                     

     Revolving Multicurrency Loans.  Loans made or to be made by the
     -----------------------------                                  
Multicurrency Lenders and the Fronting Bank to Samsonite Europe pursuant to
(S)4.1.

     Revolving Obligations.  See (S)20.1 hereof.
     ---------------------                      

     Risk Participation Fee.  See (S)6.3.2.
     ----------------------                

     Same Day Funds.  With respect to disbursements and payments in (a) Dollars,
     --------------                                                             
immediately available funds, and (b) an Optional Currency, same day or other
funds as may be determined by the Foreign Agent to be customary in the place of
disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions
in the relevant Optional Currency.

     Samsonite Europe.  As defined in the preamble hereto.
     ----------------                                     

     Samsonite Italia.  See (S)10.4 hereof.
     ----------------                      

     Schedule 10.5.2(b) Assets.  See (S)10.5.2(b).
     -------------------------                    

     Schenley.  SCH Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation.
     --------                                             

     SCS.  Samsonite Company Stores, Inc. (formerly known as A.T. Retail, Inc.),
     ---                                                                        
an Indiana corporation and wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

     Section 20 Subsidiary.  A Subsidiary of the bank holding company
     ---------------------                                           
controlling any Lender, which Subsidiary has been granted authority by the
Federal Reserve Board to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities.

     Security Agreements.  The several Security Agreements, dated or to be dated
     -------------------                                                        
as of a date on or after the Closing Date, between the Obligors and the
Collateral Agent, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -44-

     Security Documents.  The Guarantees, the Stock Pledge Agreement, the
     ------------------                                                  
Foreign Pledge Agreements, the Security Agreements, the Patent Agreement(s), the
Trademark Agreements, the Copyright Memoranda, the Collateral Assignment of
Contracts, and the Collateral Agency Agreements, together with other similar
documents entered into from time to time to guarantee, or to provide credit
support or collateral security arrangements for, the Obligations.

     Senior Leverage Ratio.  As at any date of determination, the ratio of (a)
     ---------------------                                                    
Total Funded Indebtedness of the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries
outstanding on such date minus Subordinated Debt to (b) EBITDA of the Company
                         -----                                               
and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries for the Reference Period ended on such date.

     Significant Contracts. Collectively, (a) the Belgian License Agreement and
     ----------- ---------                                                      
(b) with respect to any Person, each contract to which such Person is a party
involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person of $5,000,000 or
more in any year or otherwise material to the business, condition (financial or
otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of such Person,
other than supply, distribution, purchase, employee or sale contracts entered
into in the ordinary course of business and other than the Japanese License
Agreements.

     Significant Domestic Subsidiaries.  Collectively, (a) those Subsidiaries
     ---------------------------------                                       
(if any) set forth on Schedule 1A hereto, (b) a Domestic Subsidiary which
                      -----------                                        
qualifies as a "Significant Restricted Subsidiary" pursuant to (and as defined
in) the Subordinated Indenture, (c) McGregor and SCS, (d) any Non-Excluded
Subsidiary of the Company (i) which is a Domestic Subsidiary, (ii) either (x)
the book value of the consolidated total assets of which as of the last day of
each of any two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending after the
Closing Date, represents more than five percent (5%) of the book value of the
Consolidated Total Assets of the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries or
(y) the EBITDA of which for any period (taken as one accounting period) of any
two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending after the Closing
Date, accounts for more than five percent (5%) of the EBITDA of the Company and
its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries for such period, and (e) in any event, any Person
which is otherwise required to become a guarantor with respect to any
Subordinated Debt pursuant to any Subordinated Debt Documents (whether or not
such Person would otherwise constitute a Significant Domestic Subsidiary or a
Significant Foreign Subsidiary).

     Significant Foreign Subsidiaries.  Collectively, (a) Samsonite Europe and
     --------------------------------                                         
(b) those Foreign Subsidiaries which would, except for the requirement of clause
(d)(i) of the definition of Significant Domestic Subsidiaries, qualify as
Significant Domestic Subsidiaries under clause (d) of the definition thereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -45-

     Significant Subsidiaries.  Collectively, the Significant Domestic
     ------------------------                                         
Subsidiaries and Significant Foreign Subsidiaries.

     Single Employer Plan.  A single employer plan of any Person, as defined in
     --------------------                                                      
(S)4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of such Person or
any of its ERISA Affiliates and no Person other than such Person and its ERISA
Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which such Person or any
of its ERISA Affiliates could have liability under (S)4069 of ERISA in the event
such plan has been or were to be terminated.

     Solvent or Solvency.  With respect to any Person on a particular date, that
     --------  ---------                                                        
on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than
the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent
liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of
such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the
probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and
matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will,
incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts and
liabilities mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a
transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which
such Person's property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.  The
amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount
that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time,
represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or
matured liability.

     Special Conditions.  The "Special Conditions" are comprised of the
     ------------------                                                
following conditions, as determined in relation to any date on which any
particular transaction or other matter is to be consummated or effected by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries:

          (a)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing on or as of such date;

          (b)  no Default or Event of Default shall occur, exist, or be
     continuing immediately after giving effect to the relevant transaction or
     other matter; and

          (c)  the Administrative Agent shall have received a pro forma
                                                              ---------
     Compliance Certificate and such other evidence as it may reasonably
     require, demonstrating (and which shall constitute a representation,
     warranty, and certification) that no breach of the financial covenants set
     forth in (S)11 hereof would have occurred as of the end of the Reference
     Period ending immediately prior to the date of completion of such
     transaction had such financial covenants been calculated (on a pro forma
                                                                    ---------
     basis) for such Reference Period as if such transaction were completed
     immediately prior to the beginning of such Reference Period.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -46-

     Specified Investments.  See (S)10.3(h) hereof.
     ---------------------                         

     Standard & Poor's.  Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-
     -----------------                                                        
Hill, Inc., a New York corporation.

     Standby Letter of Credit Fee.  See (S)5.6.1 hereof.
     ----------------------------                       

     Standby Letter of Credit Issuance Fee.  See (S)5.6.1 hereof.
     -------------------------------------                       

     Stock Pledge Agreement.  The Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated
     ----------------------                                                   
or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between the Company and the
Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and
the Administrative Agent.

     Subordinated Debt.  Unsecured Indebtedness consisting of (a) the
     -----------------                                               
Subordinated Notes (and any applicable Subordinated Guarantees) issued pursuant
to the Subordinated Indenture, (b) the 1995 Subordinated Notes (and any
applicable Subordinated Guarantees) issued pursuant to the 1995 Subordinated
Indenture, or (c) other applicable Indebtedness constituting Additional
Subordinated Debt.

     Subordinated Debt Documents.  The Subordinated Indenture, the Subordinated
     ---------------------------                                               
Notes, any applicable Subordinated Guarantees related thereto, the 1995
Subordinated Notes issued (and any related Subordinated Guarantees) entered into
pursuant to the 1995 Subordinated Indenture, and, as applicable, the documents
evidencing, governing, or pursuant to which there is incurred or assumed any
liability for, Additional Subordinated Debt (including, without limitation, any
related Conforming Subordinated Guarantees).

     Subordinated Guarantees.  The guarantees, if any, to be entered into
     -----------------------                                             
pursuant to the Subordinated Indenture, or entered into pursuant to the 1995
Subordinated Indenture.

     Subordinated Indenture.  The Indenture dated as of June 24, 1998 between
     ----------------------                                                  
the Company and the Indenture Trustee relating to the Subordinated Notes.

     Subordinated Notes.  The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 in the
     ------------------                                                       
initial aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 issued pursuant to the
Subordinated Indenture.

     Subordinated Note Tender Offer.  The Company's offer, pursuant to the
     ------------------------------                                       
Subordinated Note Tender Offer Documents, to repurchase all 1995 Subordinated
Notes, and concurrently modify the 1995 Subordinated Indenture in the manner set
forth in the Subordinated Note Tender Offer Documents.

     Subordinated Note Tender Offer Documents.  The Offer to Purchase and
     ----------------------------------------                            
Consent Solicitation Statement dated March 26, 1998, relating to the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -47-

1995 Subordinated Notes and the 1995 Subordinated Indenture, together with all
schedules, exhibits, and annexes thereto, in the form delivered to and approved
by the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

     Subsidiary.  Any corporation, association, trust, or other business entity
     ----------                                                                
of which the designated parent shall at any time own directly or indirectly
through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries at least a majority (by number of votes) of
the outstanding Voting Stock.

     Swing Line Borrowing.  A borrowing consisting of a Swing Line Loan made by
     --------------------                                                      
any Swing Line Lender.

     Swing Line Facility.  See (S)2.2.1 hereof.
     -------------------                       

     Swing Line Lender.  BofA.
     -----------------        

     Swing Line Loan.  Any loan made by (a) any Swing Line Lender pursuant to
     ---------------                                                         
(S)2.2.1 or (b) any Lender pursuant to (S)2.2.2.

     Syndication Agent.  BKB, acting as syndication agent for the Agents and the
     -----------------                                                          
Lenders.

     Tax Sharing Agreement.  The Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of July 14,
     ---------------------                                                  
1995, between the Company and Culligan.

     Term Loan Account.  See (S)3.2.2 hereof.
     -----------------                       

     Term Loans.  Collectively, the Foreign Term Loan and the Domestic Term
     ----------                                                            
Loan.

     Term Notes.  See (S)3.2.1 hereof.
     ----------                       

     Total Funded Indebtedness.  As of any date of determination, an amount
     ----- ------ ------------                                             
equal to the sum of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles pursuant to any agreement or instrument to which the
Company or any of its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries is a party relating to (without
duplication) the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit (including
letters of credit but excluding Letters of Credit to the extent the same support
Indebtedness otherwise included in this definition) or in respect of Capitalized
Leases, guarantees and other commitments or arrangements as described in clauses
(h) or (i) of the definition of "Indebtedness", but excluding therefrom up to
$5,000,000 in the aggregate of issued and outstanding documentary Letters of
Credit and documentary Foreign Letters of Credit.  In addition, but without
duplication, if a default or event of default in respect of any particular
Indebtedness of any Excluded Subsidiary exists and causes or results in a
default or event of default in respect of any Indebtedness of the Company or its
Non-Excluded Subsidiaries in the principal amount in excess of $500,000
outstanding in the aggregate of the types described in the first sentence of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -48-

this definition that permits or entitles the holders of any such described
Indebtedness in the principal amount in excess of $500,000 outstanding in the
aggregate of the Company or its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries (as to which there has
occurred any required giving of notice, or passage of time, or both, as
appropriate, with respect to such default or event of default applicable
thereto), to accelerate the maturity thereof, Total Funded Indebtedness shall
also include such Indebtedness of such Excluded Subsidiary.  For the avoidance
of doubt, the determination of Total Funded Indebtedness shall include all
Subordinated Debt and shall exclude the 1998 Preferred Stock.

     Total Percentage.  With respect to each Lender, as of any date of
     ----------------                                                 
determination, a percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the
sum of (i) the amount equal to such Lender's Foreign Term Loan Commitment
Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal amount of the
Foreign Term Loan on such date plus (ii) the amount equal to such Lender's
                               ----                                       
Domestic Term Loan Commitment Percentage of the outstanding principal amount of
the Domestic Term Loan on such date, plus (iii) the Commitments (or, if the
                                     ----                                  
Commitments are terminated, Revolving Credit Loans, Revolving Multicurrency
Loans, Letter of Credit Participations in Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations,
Foreign Letter of Credit Participations in Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement
Obligations and participating interests in the risks relating to outstanding
Letters of Credit, Foreign Letters of Credit and Fronted Loans) held by such
Lender, and the denominator of which is the sum of (a) the sum of the Dollar
Equivalent of the outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans on such date
plus (b) the greater of (I) the sum of (A) the Total Revolving Commitment plus
- ----                                                                      ----
(B) the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment or (II) the outstanding
principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, Revolving Multicurrency Loans,
Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and
the Maximum Drawing Amount of Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit.

     Total Revolving Commitment.  The sum of the Revolving Commitments of the
     --------------------------                                              
Lenders, as in effect from time to time and as the same may be modified pursuant
to (S)2.4.2.  As of the Closing Date, the Total Revolving Commitment is
$75,000,000.

     Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment.  The sum of the Revolving
     ----------------------------------------                           
Multicurrency Commitments of the Lenders, as in effect from time to time and as
the same may be modified pursuant to (S)4.4.3 hereof.  As of the Closing Date,
the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment is $25,000,000.

     Trademark Agreements.  The several Trademark Collateral Security and Pledge
     --------------------                                                       
Agreements, dated or to be dated as of a date on or after the Closing Date, made
by the Company and certain of the Guarantors in favor of the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the Lenders, each in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -49-

     Type.  As to any Revolving Credit Loan or all or any portion of the
     ----                                                               
Domestic Term Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
Multicurrency Loans shall be of a single Type, comprised of Multicurrency Loans
bearing interest calculated by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate, and
Multicurrency Swing Line Loans shall be of a single Type, bearing interest
calculated by reference to the BIBOR Rate.

     UCC.  See (S)12.6 hereof.
     ---                      

     Unfunded Termination Basis Benefit Liabilities.  An amount equal to the
     ----------------------------------------------                         
aggregate (subject to the following sentence) of each Guaranteed Pension Plan's
(a) benefit liabilities, as calculated on a PBGC termination basis in accordance
with Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA and the methodologies set forth in 29 C.F.R.
2628.8(d) minus (b) the market value of the assets of such Plan, in each case as
          -----                                                                 
of the most recent February 28th as contemplated by the PBGC Letter.  For
purposes of computing Unfunded Termination Basis Benefit Liabilities, the
benefit liabilities and assets of any Guaranteed Pension Plan which individually
has assets in excess of benefit liabilities shall be disregarded.

     Uniform Customs.  With respect to any Letter of Credit or Foreign Letter of
     ---------------                                                            
Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993
Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 or any
successor version thereto adopted by the Issuing Bank or Foreign Issuing Bank,
as the case may be, in the ordinary course of its business as a letter of credit
issuer and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit or Foreign
Letter of Credit, as the case may be.

     Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation.  Any Reimbursement Obligation for which
     -------------------------------                                         
the Company does not reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders on the date
specified in, and in accordance with, (S)5.2.1.

     Unspent Amount.  See (S)11.3 hereof.
     --------------                      

     Voting Stock.  Stock or similar interests, of any class or classes (however
     ------------                                                               
designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such holders, to
vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons performing
similar functions) of the corporation, association, trust or other business
entity involved, whether or not the right so to vote exists by reason of the
happening of a contingency.

     Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.  A Non-Excluded Subsidiary, all of the capital
     -----------------------                                                
stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares or other similar nominee
shares in the aggregate not exceeding one percent (1%) of the outstanding
capital stock of such Non-Excluded Subsidiary) is owned directly or indirectly
by the Company or Non-Excluded Subsidiaries of the Company.

     York Industrial.  York Industrial Management Corp.
     ---------------                                   
<PAGE>
 
                                     -50-

           1.1 Rules of Interpretation.
               ----------------------- 

                 (a) A reference to any document or agreement shall include such
          document or agreement as amended, modified, restated or supplemented
          from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this
          Credit Agreement.

                 (b) The singular includes the plural and the plural includes
          the singular.

                 (c) A reference to any law includes any amendment or
          modification to such law.

                 (d) A reference to any Person includes its permitted successors
          and permitted assigns.

                 (e) Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
          meanings assigned to them by generally accepted accounting principles
          applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they
          refer.

                 (f) The words "include", "includes" and "including" are not
          limiting.

                 (g) All terms not specifically defined herein or by generally
          accepted accounting principles, which terms are defined in the Uniform
          Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, have the
          meanings assigned to them therein, with the term "instrument" being
          that defined under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

                 (h) Reference to a particular "(S)" refers to that section of
          this Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

                 (i) The words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and words of like
          import shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any
          particular section or subdivision of this Credit Agreement.

     2. THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.
        ----------------------------- 

          2.1. Commitment to Lend. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
               ------------------
     in this Credit Agreement, each of the Lenders severally agrees to lend to
     the Company, and the Company may borrow, repay, and reborrow from time to
     time between the Closing Date and the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date,
     upon notice by the Company to the Administrative Agent given in accordance
     with (S)2.7, such sums as are requested by the Company in an amount for
     each such advance not to exceed (after giving effect to all amounts
     requested) such Lender's Revolving Commitment minus the aggregate principal
                                                   -----
<PAGE>
 
                                     -51-

     amount of such Lender's outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, minus the
                                                                 -----
     amount by which the Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time shall be
     deemed to have used such Lender's Revolving Commitment pursuant to (S)2.10
     hereof, minus (without duplication) the sum of such Lender's Revolving
             -----
     Commitment Percentage of the Maximum Drawing Amount of all outstanding
     Letters of Credit and the Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations owing to such
     Lender, provided that (a) the sum of the outstanding amount of the
             --------
     Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to all amounts requested) plus
                                                                           ----
     the outstanding amount of the Swing Line Loans plus the Maximum Drawing
                                                    ----
     Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters
     of Credit shall not at any time exceed the Total Revolving Commitment, and
     (b) at all times the outstanding aggregate principal amount of all
     Revolving Credit Loans made by each Lender shall equal such Lender's
     Revolving Commitment Percentage of the outstanding aggregate principal
     amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to (S)2 hereof. The
     Revolving Credit Loans shall be made pro rata in accordance with each
                                          --- ---- 
     Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage. Each request for a Revolving
     Credit Loan hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the
     Company that the conditions set forth in (S)12 and (S)13, in the case of
     the initial Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Closing Date, and
     (S)13, in the case of all other Revolving Credit Loans, have been satisfied
     on the date of such request.

          2.2. The Swing Line.
               -------------- 

                 2.2.1. The Swing Line Loans. The Company may request any Swing
                        --------------------
          Line Lender to make, and such Swing Line Lender may, if in its sole
          discretion it elects to do so, and without any commitment whatsoever
          by any such Swing Line Lender to do so, make, on the terms and
          conditions hereinafter set forth, Swing Line Loans to the Company from
          time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date
          hereof until the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date in an amount (for
          the Swing Line Loans of all Swing Line Lenders taken together) not to
          exceed at any time outstanding $10,000,000 in the aggregate (the
          "Swing Line Facility"), provided, however, that while the outstanding
                                  --------  -------
          amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans and outstanding Revolving
          Credit Loans made by a Lender may exceed such Lender's Revolving
          Commitment, the aggregate amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding
          shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitment less all Revolving
                                                          ----
          Credit Loans outstanding less the Maximum Drawing Amount and all
                                   ----
          Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters of
          Credit. No Swing Line Loan shall be used for the purpose of funding
          the payment of principal of any other Swing Line Loan or of any
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loan. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be in
          an amount of $100,000 or an 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -52-

          integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and shall consist of a
          Base Rate Loan. Swing Line Loans must be Base Rate Loans only, and may
          not be Eurodollar Rate Loans. Within the limits of the Swing Line
          Facility and within the limits referred to in (S)2.1(b) above, so long
          as any Swing Line Lender, in its sole discretion, elects to make Swing
          Line Loans, the Company may borrow under this (S)2.2.1, repay pursuant
          to (S)2.12.1 or repay pursuant to (S)2.12.3 and reborrow under this
          (S)2.2.1.

               2.2.2. Notice. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made on notice,
                      ------
          given not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the
          proposed Swing Line Borrowing, by the Company to any Swing Line Lender
          and the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall
          immediately advise such Swing Line Lender of the available amount of
          the Swing Line Facility. Each such notice of a Swing Line Borrowing (a
          "Notice of Swing Line Borrowing") shall be by telephone, telex or
          telecopier, confirmed immediately in writing, specifying therein the
          requested (a) date of such borrowing, (b) amount of such borrowing and
          (c) maturity of such borrowing (which maturity shall be no later than
          the fourteenth (14th) day after the requested date of such borrowing).
          If, in its sole discretion, it elects to make the requested Swing Line
          Loan, such Swing Line Lender will make the amount thereof available to
          the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's Head Office, in
          same day funds. After the Administrative Agent's receipt of such funds
          and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in (S)12
          (for any Swing Line Loan to be made on the Closing Date) and (S)13,
          the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Company
          in such manner as the Company and the Administrative Agent may agree.
          Upon written demand by any Swing Line Lender with an outstanding Swing
          Line Loan, with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent,
          each other Lender shall purchase from such Swing Line Lender, and such
          Swing Line Lender shall sell and assign to each such other Lender,
          such other Lender's pro rata share (determined by its Revolving
                              --- ----                                   
          Commitment Percentage) of such outstanding Swing Line Loan as of the
          date of such demand, by making available on behalf of its Domestic
          Lending Office to the Administrative Agent for the account of such
          Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to
          the portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Swing Line
          Loan to be purchased by such Lender.  In the event that any
          bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar cases
          or proceedings in which the Company is a debtor prevents any Lender
          from making a Revolving Credit Loan to effect a settlement to the
          Swing Line Lender as contemplated hereby, such Lender will make such
          dispositions and arrangements with the other 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -53-

          Lenders and the Swing Line Lender with respect to such Swing Line
          Loans, either by way of purchase of participations, distribution, pro
          tanto assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result
          in each Lender's share of the outstanding Swing Line Loans and
          Revolving Credit Loans being equal, as nearly as may be, to such
          Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of
          the Swing Line Loans and Revolving Credit Loans. The Company hereby
          agrees to each such sale and assignment. Each Lender agrees to
          purchase its pro rata share (determined by its Revolving Commitment
                       --- ----
          Percentage) of an outstanding Swing Line Loan on (a) the Business Day
          on which demand therefor is made by the Swing Line Lender which made
          such Swing Line Loan, provided that notice of such demand is given not
                                --------
          later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day or (b)
          the first Business Day next succeeding such demand if notice of such
          demand is given after such time. Upon any such assignment by a Swing
          Line Lender to any other Lender of a portion of a Swing Line Loan,
          such Swing Line Lender represents and warrants to such other Lender
          that such Swing Line Lender is the legal and beneficial owner of such
          interest being assigned by it, but makes no other representation or
          warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to such Swing Line
          Loan, the Loan Documents or any Obligor.  If and to the extent that
          any Lender shall not have so made its pro rata share of the amount of
                                                --- ----                       
          such Swing Line Loan available to the Administrative Agent, such
          Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of
          such Swing Line Lender forthwith on demand by such Swing Line Lender
          such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date
          of demand by such Swing Line Lender until the date such amount is paid
          to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.  If such
          Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent such amount for the
          account of such Swing Line Lender on any Business Day, such amount so
          paid in respect of principal shall constitute a Swing Line Loan made
          by such Lender on such Business Day for purposes of this Credit
          Agreement, and the outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Loan
          made by such Swing Line Lender shall be reduced by such amount on such
          Business Day.

                2.2.3. Irrevocable Notice. Each Notice of Swing Line Borrowing
                       ------------------
          shall be irrevocable and binding on the Company.

                2.2.4. Purchase of Swing Line Loan. Each Lender severally agrees
                       ---------------------------
          that it shall be absolutely liable, without regard to the occurrence
          of any Default or Event of Default or any other condition precedent
          whatsoever, to the extent of such Lender's pro rata share (determined
                                                     --- ----
          by its Revolving 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -54-

          Commitment Percentage) of the outstanding Swing Line Loans, to
          purchase from the Swing Line Lender on demand such Lender's pro rata
                                                                      --- ----
          share (as so determined) of such outstanding Swing Line Loan as of the
          date of such demand.

          2.3. Revolving Commitment Fee. For the period commencing on the
               ------------------------
     Closing Date and ending on the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, the
     Company promises to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the accounts of
     each of the respective Lenders a commitment fee (the "Revolving Commitment
     Fee") calculated, at a rate per annum equal to the Commitment Fee Rate, as
     in effect from time to time, on the daily Maximum Unused Revolving
     Commitment of such applicable Lender during each calendar quarter or
     portion thereof. The Revolving Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in
     arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter for the calendar quarter
     or portion thereof then ending, commencing on the first such date following
     the date hereof, with a final payment on the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity
     Date or any earlier date on which the Revolving Commitments shall
     terminate.

          2.4. Reduction and Reallocation of Total Revolving Commitment.
               -------------------------------------------------------- 

                2.4.1. Optional Reduction of Total Revolving Commitment. The
                       ------------------------------------------------
          Company shall have the right at any time and from time to time upon
          five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the Administrative
          Agent to reduce by $10,000,000 or a greater integral multiple of
          $5,000,000 in excess thereof, or to terminate entirely, the Total
          Revolving Commitment, whereupon the Revolving Commitments of the
          Lenders shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their
                                   --- ----                         
          respective Revolving Commitment Percentages of the amount specified in
          such notice or, as the case may be, terminated.  Promptly after
          receiving any notice of the Company delivered pursuant to this
          (S)2.4.1, the Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of the
          substance thereof. The Total Revolving Commitment shall never be
          reduced pursuant to this (S)2.4.1 to an amount less than the sum of
          the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the
                                                               ----   
          outstanding amount of the Swing Line Loans plus the Maximum Drawing
                                                     ----
          Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit plus all Unpaid Reimbursement
                                                  ----
          Obligations. No reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments
          may be reinstated.

                2.4.2. Reallocation of Total Revolving Commitment. The Borrowers
                       ------------------------------------------
          shall have the right from time to time, so long as no Default or Event
          of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist as a result
          thereof, but not more frequently than once each calendar year, upon
          five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the Administrative
          Agent and the Foreign 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -55-

          Agent, to reallocate the then-applicable amounts of the Total
          Revolving Commitment and the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
          between such two credit facilities, subject to the provisions of this
          (S)2.4.2 and the provisions of (S)4.4.2; provided, however, the sum of
                                                   --------  -------
          the Dollar Equivalents of the Total Revolving Commitment and the Total
          Revolving Multicurrency Commitment, after giving effect to such
          reallocation, shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of such sum as it
          existed immediately prior to giving effect to such reallocation. Prior
          to the effectiveness of any such reallocation, the Borrowers shall
          provide the Administrative Agent with five (5) Business Days prior
          written notice of their election for such a reallocation, which notice
          shall provide (a) the amount that the Total Revolving Commitment then
          in effect shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, and (b)
          the date such increase or decrease shall take effect. To the extent
          the Borrowers are requesting an increase in the Total Revolving
          Multicurrency Commitment (in which case the Borrowers must
          simultaneously therefore effect a dollar for dollar decrease in the
          same amount in the Total Revolving Commitment), if at the time of such
          reallocation the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit
          Loans plus the outstanding amount of the Swing Line Loans plus the
                ----                                                ----
          Maximum Drawing Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit plus all
                                                                  ----
          Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the Total Revolving
          Commitment in effect after giving effect to the applicable requested
          reduction and allocation pursuant to this (S)2.4.2, then the Company
          shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Administrative
          Agent for the respective accounts of the Lenders for application
          first, to any Swing Line Loans, second, to the Unpaid Reimbursement
          -----                           ------
          Obligations, third, to the Revolving Credit Loans, and fourth, to
                       -----                                     ------
          provide the Administrative Agent cash collateral for Reimbursement
          Obligations as contemplated by (S)5.2.1 hereof. Until such time as the
          Company has paid such excess, the Total Revolving Multicurrency
          Commitment shall not be increased. In addition, as a condition
          precedent to the effectiveness of any reallocation pursuant to this
          (S)2.4.2, the Borrowers shall also deliver to the Administrative Agent
          (a) evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
          Agent, of all appropriate and necessary corporate authorizations and
          approvals for the reallocation being requested hereunder and (b)
          confirmatory legal opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to the
          Administrative Agent.  At such time as the Borrowers have complied
          with this (S)2.4.2 and (S)4.4.2, the Revolving Commitments of the
          Lenders shall be reduced (in the case of a reallocation to increase
          the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment) or increased (in the
          case of a reallocation to increase the Total Revolving Commitment) pro
                                                                             ---
          rata in
          ----
<PAGE>
 
                                     -56-

          accordance with their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages of
          the amount specified in such notice. Promptly after receiving any
          notice of the Borrowers delivered pursuant to this (S)2.4.2, the
          Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of the substance thereof.

          2.5. Revolving Credit Notes. The Revolving Credit Loans and the Swing
               ----------------------
     Line Loans shall be evidenced by separate amended and restated promissory
     notes of the Company in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto (each
                                                       -----------
     a "Revolving Credit Note"), dated as of the Closing Date and completed with
     appropriate insertions. One Revolving Credit Note shall be payable to the
     order of each Lender having a Revolving Commitment in a principal amount
     equal to such Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of the sum of the
     Total Revolving Commitment and the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
     or, if different, the outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and
     Swing Line Loans made (or held) by such Lender, plus interest accrued
     thereon, as set forth below. The Company irrevocably authorizes each Lender
     to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of
     any Revolving Credit Loan or Swing Line Loan or at the time of receipt of
     any payment of principal on such Lender's Revolving Credit Note, an
     appropriate notation on such Lender's applicable Record reflecting the
     making of such Revolving Credit Loan or Swing Line Loan or (as the case may
     be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Revolving
     Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans set forth on such Lender's Record shall
     be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to
     such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any
     such amount on such Lender's Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the
     obligations of the Company hereunder or under any Revolving Credit Note to
     make payments of principal of or interest on any Revolving Credit Note when
     due.

          2.6. Interest on Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans. Except
               -------------------------------------------------------
     as otherwise provided in (S)6.10,

                 (a) Each Base Rate Loan (other than Base Rate Loans that
          constitute all or a portion of the Domestic Term Loan) shall bear
          interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and
          ending on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at
          the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin set forth in the column
                        ----                                              
          headed "Base Rate Loans (other than Domestic Term Loan)".

                 (b) Each Eurodollar Rate Loan (other than the Domestic Term
          Loan) shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown
          Date thereof and ending on the last day of the Interest Period with
          respect thereto at the Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest
          Period plus the 
                 ----
<PAGE>
 
                                     -57-

          Applicable Margin set forth in the column headed "Eurodollar Rate
          Loans (other than the Domestic Term Loan), Multicurrency Loans and
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loans".

                 (c) Each Base Rate Loan that constitutes all or any portion of
          the Domestic Term Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing
          with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of the
          Interest Period with respect thereto at the Base Rate plus the
                                                                ----    
          Applicable Margin set forth in the column headed "Base Rate Loans that
          are the Domestic Term Loan".

                 (d) Each Eurodollar Rate Loan that constitutes all or any
          portion of the Domestic Term Loan shall bear interest for the period
          commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day
          of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the Eurodollar Rate
          determined for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin set
                                              ----                          
          forth in the column headed "Eurodollar Rate Loans that are the
          Domestic Term Loan".

                 (e) The Company promises to pay interest on each Revolving
          Credit Loan and Swing Line Loan in arrears on each Interest Payment
          Date with respect thereto. Each payment of interest on any Swing Line
          Loan Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders
                                            --- ----
          participating in such Borrowing in accordance with the respective
          amounts of accrued and unpaid interest on their outstanding Swing Line
          Loans, as the case may be, comprising such Borrowing.

          2.7. Requests for Revolving Credit Loans. The Company shall give to
               -----------------------------------
     the Administrative Agent written notice in the form of Exhibit C hereto (or
                                                            ---------
     telephonic notice confirmed in writing in the form of Exhibit C hereto) of
                                                           ---------
     each Revolving Credit Loan requested hereunder (a "Loan Request") no later
     than (a) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) one (1) Business Day prior to the
     proposed Drawdown Date of any Base Rate Loan and (b) 1:00 p.m. (New York
     City time) three (3) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the proposed
     Drawdown Date of any Eurodollar Rate Loan. Each such notice shall specify
     (i) the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan requested, (ii) the
     proposed Drawdown Date of such Revolving Credit Loan, (iii) the Interest
     Period for such Revolving Credit Loan and (iv) the Type of such Revolving
     Credit Loan. Promptly upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative
     Agent shall notify each of the Lenders thereof. Each Loan Request shall be
     irrevocable and binding on the Company and shall obligate the Company to
     accept the Revolving Credit Loan requested from the Lenders on the proposed
     Drawdown Date. Each Loan Request shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of
     $3,000,000 or a greater integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -58-

           2.8. Conversion Options.
                ------------------ 

                 2.8.1. Conversion to Different Type of Revolving Credit Loan.
                        ----------------------------------------------------- 
          The Company may elect from time to time to convert any outstanding
          Revolving Credit Loan to a Revolving Credit Loan of another Type,
          provided that (a) with respect to any such conversion of a Eurodollar
          --------
          Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan, the Company shall give the
          Administrative Agent written notice of such election by not later than
          1:00 p.m. (New York City time) one (1) Business Day prior to such
          election; (b) with respect to any such conversion of a Base Rate Loan
          to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Company shall give the Administrative
          Agent written notice of such election by not later than 1:00 p.m. (New
          York City time) three (3) Eurodollar Business Days prior to such
          election; (c) with respect to any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate
          Loan into a Base Rate Loan, such conversion shall only be made on the
          last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (d) no
          Revolving Credit Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Rate Loan
          when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
          On the date on which such conversion is being made each Lender shall
          take such action as is necessary to transfer its Revolving Commitment
          Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans to its Domestic Lending
          Office or its Eurodollar Lending Office, as the case may be. All or
          any part of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of any Type may be
          converted into a Revolving Credit Loan of another Type as provided
          herein, provided that any partial conversion shall be in an aggregate
                  --------
          principal amount of $3,000,000 or a greater integral multiple of
          $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Conversion Request relating to the
          conversion of a Revolving Credit Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall
          be irrevocable by the Company.

                 2.8.2. Continuation of Type of Revolving Credit Loan. Any
                        --------------------------------------------- 
          Revolving Credit Loan of any Type may be continued as a Revolving 
          Credit Loan of the same Type upon the expiration of an Interest 
          Period with respect thereto by compliance by the Company with the not
          ice provisions contained in (S)2.7; provided that no Eurodollar
                                              --------                   
          Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Default or Event of
          Default has occurred and is continuing, but shall be automatically
          converted to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the first Interest
          Period relating thereto ending during the continuance of any Default
          or Event of Default of which officers of the Administrative Agent
          active upon the Company's account have actual knowledge.  In the event
          that the Company fails to provide any such notice with respect to the
          continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan as such, then such Eurodollar
          Rate Loan shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -59-

          last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto. The
          Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly when any such
          automatic conversion contemplated by this (S)2.8.2 is scheduled to
          occur.

                  2.8.3. Eurodollar Rate Loans. Any borrowing of, or conversion
                         --------------------- 
          to or from Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in such amounts and be made
          pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the
          aggregate principal amount of all Eurodollar Rate Loans having the
          same Interest Period shall not be less than $3,000,000 or a greater
          integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. In addition, there
          shall not at any time be more than fifteen (15) Eurodollar Rate Loans
          with different Interest Periods outstanding at any one time. As
          provided in (S)3.5.3(a), this (S)2.8.3 shall be applied with respect
          to all Eurodollar Rate Loans, whether constituting Revolving Credit
          Loans or any applicable portion of the Domestic Term Loan.

          2.9. Funds for Revolving Credit Loans.
               -------------------------------- 
          
                  2.9.1. Funding Procedures. Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York
                         ------------------ 
          City time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit
          Loans, each of the Lenders will make available to the Administrative
          Agent, at the Administrative Agent's Head Office, in immediately
          available funds, the amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment
          Percentage of the amount of the requested Revolving Credit Loans. Upon
          receipt from each Lender of such amount, and upon receipt of the
          documents required by (S)12 (for the initial Revolving Credit Loans to
          be made on the Closing Date) and (S)13 and the satisfaction of the
          other conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the
          Administrative Agent will make available to the Company the aggregate
          amount of such Revolving Credit Loans made available to the
          Administrative Agent by the Lenders. The failure or refusal of any
          Lender to make available to the Administrative Agent at the aforesaid
          time and place on any Drawdown Date the amount of its Revolving
          Commitment Percentage of the requested Revolving Credit Loans shall
          not relieve any other Lender from its several obligation hereunder to
          make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such other
          Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of any requested Revolving
          Credit Loans.

                  2.9.2. Advances by Administrative Agent. The Administrative
                         -------------------------------- 
          Agent may, unless notified to the contrary by any Lender prior to a
          Drawdown Date, assume that such Lender has made available to the
          Administrative Agent on such
<PAGE>
 
                                     -60-

          Drawdown Date the amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment
          Percentage of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made on such Drawdown
          Date, and the Administrative Agent may (but it shall not be required
          to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Company a
          corresponding amount. If any Lender makes available to the
          Administrative Agent such amount on a date after such Drawdown Date,
          such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand an amount
          equal to the product of (a) the weighted average, computed for the
          period referred to in clause (c) below, of the Federal Funds Rate, for
          each day included in such period, times (b) the amount of such
                                            -----                        
          Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit
          Loans times (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
                -----                       
          days that elapse from and including such Drawdown Date to the date on
          which the amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of
          such Revolving Credit Loans shall become immediately available to the
          Administrative Agent, and the denominator of which is 365. A statement
          of the Administrative Agent submitted to such Lender with respect to
          any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be prima facie evidence
                                                          ----- -----        
          of the amount due and owing to the Administrative Agent by such
          Lender. If the amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage
          of such Revolving Credit Loans is not made available to the
          Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days
          following such Drawdown Date, the Administrative Agent shall be
          entitled to recover such amount from the Company on demand, with
          interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving
          Credit Loans made on such Drawdown Date.

          2.10. Pro Rata Treatment. For purposes of determining the applicable
                ------------------ 
     available unused Revolving Commitments of the respective Lenders at any
     time, each outstanding Swing Line Loan shall be deemed to have utilized the
     Revolving Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which are not
     the Swing Line Lender actually making such Swing Line Loan) pro rata in
                                                                 --- ----     
     accordance with such respective Revolving Commitments.

          2.11. Intentionally Deleted.
                --------------------- 

          2.12. Repayment Of The Revolving Credit Loans And Swing Line Loans.
                ------------------------------------------------------------ 

                2.12.1. Maturity.
                        -------- 

                        (a) Revolving Credit Loans.The Company promises to pay
                            ---------------------- 
                on the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, and there shall
                become absolutely due and payable 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -61-

               on the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, all of the Revolving
               Credit Loans outstanding on such date, together with any and all
               accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

                    (b) Swing Line Loans.  The Company shall repay to the
                        ----------------                                 
               Administrative Agent for the account of each Swing Line Lender
               and each other Lender which has made a Swing Line Loan the
               outstanding principal amount of each Swing Line Loan made to the
               Company on the earlier of the maturity date specified in the
               applicable Notice of Swing Line Borrowing (which maturity shall
               be no later than the fourteenth (14th) day after the requested
               date of such borrowing) and the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity
               Date.

               2.12.2. Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans. If at any
                       ---------------------------------------------- 
          time the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans,
          Swing Line Loans, the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid
          Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the Total Revolving Commitment then
          the Company shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the
          Administrative Agent for the respective accounts of the Lenders for
          application: first, to any Swing Line Loans; second, to any Unpaid
          Reimbursement Obligations; third, to the Revolving Credit Loans; and
          fourth, to provide to the Administrative Agent cash collateral for
          Reimbursement Obligations with respect to outstanding Letters of
          Credit, as contemplated by (S)5.2.1(b). Each payment of any Unpaid
          Reimbursement Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans
          shall be allocated among the Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as
          practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation or (as the case may be)
          the respective unpaid principal amount of each Lender's Revolving
          Credit Note, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize
          any prior payments or repayments not exactly in proportion. The
          Company agrees to indemnify the Lenders in accordance with (S)6.9 with
          respect to any prepayment under this (S)2.12.2 to which (S)6.9 is
          applicable.

               2.12.3. Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing
                       -------------------------------------------------------
          Line Loans. The Company shall have the right, at its election, to
          ----------
          repay the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing
          Line Loans, as a whole or in part, at any time without penalty or
          premium, provided that any full or partial prepayment of the
                   --------
          outstanding amount of any Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to this
          (S)2.12.3 may be made only on the last day of the Interest Period
          relating thereto or, if made prior to the last day of the Interest
          Period relating thereto, the Company agrees to indemnify the Lenders
          for any
<PAGE>
 
                                     -62-

          loss, cost or expense that any Lender may sustain or incur as a
          consequence of such repayment all as more fully set forth in (S)6.9
          hereof. The Company shall give the Administrative Agent, no later than
          11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of any proposed
          prepayment, prior written or telephonic notice of any proposed
          prepayment pursuant to this (S)2.12.3 of Swing Line Loans, and no
          later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) at least one (1) Business
          Day prior written notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this
          (S)2.12.3 of Revolving Credit Loans constituting Base Rate Loans, and
          no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) at least three (3)
          Eurodollar Business Days prior written notice of any proposed
          prepayment pursuant to this (S)2.12.3 of Revolving Credit Loans
          constituting Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case specifying the
          proposed date of prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line
          Loans and the principal amount to be prepaid. Each such partial
          prepayment of (a) the Revolving Credit Loans shall be in the principal
          amount of $3,000,000 or a greater integral multiple of $500,000 in
          excess thereof and (b) the Swing Line Loans shall be in the principal
          amount of $100,000 or a greater integral multiple of $10,000 in excess
          thereof and shall be applied, in the absence of instruction by the
          Company, first to the principal of Base Rate Loans and then to the
          principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each partial prepayment of
          Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, shall
          be allocated among the Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as
          practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amount of Revolving
          Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, under each
          Lender's Note, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize
          any prior repayments not exactly in proportion.

               2.14.4. Intentionally Deleted.
                       --------------------- 

               2.12.5. Intentionally Deleted.
                       --------------------- 

     3. THE TERM LOANS.
        -------------- 

          3.1. Commitment To Lend.
               ------------------ 

                3.1.1. Domestic Term Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions
                       ------------------ 
          set forth in this Credit Agreement, each Lender having a non-zero
          Domestic Term Loan Commitment Percentage agrees to lend in Dollars to
          the Company on the Closing Date the amount of its Domestic Term Loan
          Commitment Percentage of the principal amount of $60,000,000.

                3.1.2. Foreign Term Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions
                       -----------------   
          set forth in this Credit Agreement, (a) each of the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -63-

          Multicurrency Lenders agrees to lend to Samsonite Europe, in Belgian
          francs, on the Closing Date the amount of its Foreign Term Loan
          Commitment Percentage, and (b) the Fronting Bank agrees to lend the
          aggregate Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentage of each of the Non-
          Multicurrency Lenders, of the aggregate amount of Belgian francs
          1,853,750,000 (constituting the Dollar Equivalent as of the Closing
          Date of the principal amount of $50,000,000). The Foreign Term Loan
          shall be made pro rata in accordance with each Multicurrency Lender's
                        --------
          Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentage (and, in the case of the
          Fronting Bank, pro rata in accordance with the aggregate Foreign Term
                         --------
          Loan Commitment Percentages of the Non-Multicurrency Lenders). The
          Foreign Term Loan shall be funded from the applicable Multicurrency
          Lending Office of each Multicurrency Lender located in Belgium and the
          Fronting Bank's Belgian Lending Office, as the case may be, and shall
          be denominated in Belgian francs. The Foreign Term Loan shall
          constitute a Multicurrency Loan and shall be subject to the provisions
          contained in this Credit Agreement relating thereto.

          3.2. Term Note/loan Account for the Term Loans.
               ----------------------------------------- 

                3.2.1. Domestic Term Loan. The Domestic Term Loan shall be
                       ------------------   
          evidenced by promissory notes of the Company in substantially the form
          of Exhibit A-2 hereto (each a "Term Note"), dated the Closing Date and
             -----------
          completed with appropriate insertions. One Term Note shall be payable
          to the order of each Lender holding any portion of the Domestic Term
          Loan in a principal amount equal to such Lender's Domestic Term Loan
          Commitment Percentage of the Domestic Term Loan and representing the
          obligation of the Company to pay to such Lender such principal amount,
          plus interest accrued thereon, as set forth below. The Company
          irrevocably authorizes each such Lender to make or cause to be made a
          notation on such Lender's Record with respect to its Term Note
          reflecting the original principal amount of such Lender's Domestic
          Term Loan Commitment Percentage of the Domestic Term Loan and, at or
          about the time of such Lender's receipt of any principal payment in
          respect of the Domestic Term Loan on such Lender's Term Note, an
          appropriate notation on such Lender's Record with respect to its Term
          Note reflecting such payment. The aggregate unpaid amount set forth on
          such Lender's Record with respect to its Term Note shall be prima
                                                                      -----
          facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and with respect
          -----
          to its Term Note unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or
          any error in so recording, any such amount on such Record shall not
          affect the obligation of the Company hereunder or 

     
<PAGE>
 
                                     -64-
          
          under any Term Note to make payments of principal of and interest on
          any Term Note when due.

                3.2.2. Foreign Term Loan. The obligations of Samsonite Europe to
                       ----------------- 
          repay all amounts borrowed by it as the Foreign Term Loan, all
          interest thereon and all other amounts payable by it in respect
          thereof shall be evidenced by this Credit Agreement, including any
          recordations made by any applicable Multicurrency Lender or the
          Fronting Bank, as the case may be, in respect of the date, amount and
          currency of the Foreign Term Loan, each Interest Period relating
          thereto, the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of
          principal, interest or fees of the Foreign Term Loan made to such
          Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as the case may be
          (collectively, the " Term Loan Account") it being the intention of the
          parties hereto that Samsonite Europe's obligations with respect to the
          Foreign Term Loan owed by it hereunder shall be evidenced only as
          stated herein and not by separate promissory notes or other
          instruments. The aggregate unpaid amount set forth on such
          Multicurrency Lender's or Fronting Bank's Record with respect to the
          Foreign Term Loan shall be prima facie evidence of the amount thereof
                                     ----- -----   
          owing and with respect to the Foreign Term Loan unpaid to such Lender,
          but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such
          amount on such Record shall not affect the obligation of Samsonite
          Europe hereunder to make payments of principal of and interest on the
          Foreign Term Loan when due.

          3.3. Mandatory Payments of Principal of the Term Loans.
               ------------------------------------------------- 

                3.3.1. Scheduled Payment of the Term Loans.
                       ----------------------------------- 

                       (a) The Company promises to pay to the Administrative
               Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders the principal
               amount of the Domestic Term Loan in thirteen (13) consecutive
               periodic installment payments payable on the dates and in the
               amounts (set forth as percentages of the initial principal amount
               of the Domestic Term Loan) set forth in the table below,
               commencing on the first such date after the Closing Date, with a
               final payment on the Domestic Term Loan Maturity Date in an
               amount equal to the unpaid balance of the Domestic Term Loan.

                       (b) Samsonite Europe promises to pay to the Foreign Agent
               for the account of the applicable Multicurrency Lenders and the
               Fronting Bank the principal amount of the Foreign Term Loan in
               full on the Foreign Term Loan Maturity Date.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -65-

                       (c) All payments in respect of the Domestic Term Loan
               shall be in Dollars and all payments in respect of the Foreign
               Term Loan shall be in Belgian francs.

              @@
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Percentage of Original Principal
               Payment Date:                 Amount of the Domestic Term Loan
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               <S>                           <C>
               June 24, 1999                              1.0%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               December 24, 1999                          0.5%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               June 24, 2000                              0.5%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               December 24, 2000                          0.5%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               June 24, 2001                              0.5%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               December 24, 2001                          0.5%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               June 24, 2002                              0.5%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               December 24, 2002                          0.5%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               June 24, 2003                              0.5%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               December 24, 2003                        23.75%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               June 24, 2004                            23.75%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               December 24, 2004                        23.75%
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               Domestic Term Loan Maturity Date      Remaining unpaid balance of
                                                     Domestic Term Loan
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
              @@

              3.3.2. Intentionally Deleted.
                     --------------------- 

              3.3.3. Proceeds of Debt Issuances, Asset Sales, and Certain Other
                     ----------------------------------------------------------
          Events.
          ------ 

                     (a) Upon the occurrence of any Debt Issuance (other than
               the Subordinated Notes), the Company shall make a prepayment of
               principal in respect of the Domestic Term Loan to the
               Administrative Agent for the pro rata account of the Lenders
                                            --- ----
               (according to their Domestic Term Loan Commitment Percentages) in
               an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the
               Net Debt Issuance Proceeds resulting from such Debt Issuance (or,
               with respect to the Foreign Term Loan Refinancing Debt, the
               amount provided for in (S)10.1(r) to be so applied pursuant to
               this (S)3.3.3). After the Domestic Term Loan has been paid in
               full, no further prepayment from Net Debt Issuance Proceeds will
               be required pursuant to this (S)3.3.3(a).
<PAGE>
 
                                     -66-

                     (b) Upon the occurrence of any Asset Sale to be consummated
               after the date hereof, to the extent and at the time required by
               (S)10.5.2, and upon the occurrence of any Insurance Event after
               the date hereof, to the extent and at the time required by
               (S)9.7.2, the Company shall make a prepayment of principal in
               respect of the Domestic Term Loan and/or Samsonite Europe shall
               make a prepayment of principal in respect of the Foreign Term
               Loan.  The Company shall have the right to determine in what
               proportions any such prepayment is made as between the Domestic
               Term Loan and/or the Foreign Term Loan, so long as the aggregate
               Dollar Equivalent amount of the prepayment in respect of the Term
               Loans made at such time is the applicable amount of the Net Asset
               Sale Proceeds required to be so applied under (S)10.5.2 or the
               amount of Net Insurance Proceeds required to be so applied under
               (S)9.7.2, as applicable.  Any prepayment of the Domestic Term
               Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the pro rata
                                                                      --------
               account of the Lenders (according to their Domestic Term Loan
               Commitment Percentages), and any prepayment of the Foreign Term
               Loan shall be made to the Foreign Agent for the pro rata account
                                                               --------        
               of the Multicurrency Lenders and the Fronting Bank (according to
               the Multicurrency Lenders' Foreign Term Loan Commitment
               Percentages and, in the case of the Fronting Bank, the aggregate
               Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentages of the Non-Multicurrency
               Lenders).

                     (c) Upon the occurrence of any Asset Sale to be consummated
               after the date hereof, to the extent and at the time required by
               (S)10.5.2, and upon the occurrence of any Insurance Event after
               the date hereof, to the extent and at the time required by
               (S)9.7.2, in the event the Term Loans have been paid in full
               (including, for this purpose, by way of prepayments made at such
               time under paragraph (b) of this (S)3.3.3), with any remaining
               amounts of Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds
               required to be applied under this (S)3.3.3, the Total Revolving
               Commitment shall at such time be automatically and permanently
               reduced by the amount of the Pro Rata Reduction Percentage of any
               such remaining Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds
               required to be so applied as such Pro Rata Reduction Percentage
               is determined with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans (and the
               Company shall then make a concurrent prepayment of principal on
               the Revolving Credit Loans to the Administrative Agent for the
               pro rata account of the Lenders (according to their
               --- ----
<PAGE>
 
                                     -67-

               Revolving Commitment Percentages), in the amount of the lesser of
               the amount of such reduction of the Total Revolving Commitment
               and the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit
               Loans at the time that the prepayment thereon pursuant to this
               (S)3.3.3 is payable), and the Total Revolving Multicurrency
               Commitment shall at such time be automatically and permanently
               reduced by the amount of the Pro Rata Reduction Percentage of any
               remaining such Net Asset Sale Proceeds required to be so applied
               as such Pro Rata Prepayment Percentage is determined with respect
               to the Revolving Multicurrency Loans (and Samsonite Europe shall
               then make a concurrent prepayment of principal on the Revolving
               Multicurrency Loans to the Administrative Agent for the pro rata
                                                                       --- ----
               account of the Multicurrency Lenders and the Fronting Bank
               (according to the Multicurrency Lenders' Revolving Multicurrency
               Commitment Percentages and, in the case of the Fronting Bank, the
               aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentages of the
               Non-Multicurrency Lenders) in the amount of the lesser of the
               amount of such reduction of the Total Revolving Multicurrency
               Commitment and the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving
               Multicurrency Loans at the time that the prepayment thereon
               pursuant to this (S)3.3.3 is payable).

                    (d) All required prepayments in respect of the Term Loans
               pursuant to this (S)3.3.3 shall be due and payable within two (2)
               Business Days of receipt of the related Net Debt Issuance
               Proceeds or at the time provided in (S)10.5.2 with respect to Net
               Asset Sale Proceeds, or in (S)9.7.2 with respect to Net Insurance
               Proceeds, as applicable, by the Borrowers or their Non-Excluded
               Subsidiaries and, with respect to prepayments of the Domestic
               Term Loan, shall be applied pro rata to the remaining unpaid
                                           --------                        
               scheduled installments of principal relating to the Domestic Term
               Loan, provided that, so long as no Default or Event of Default
                     --------
               has occurred and is continuing and none would exist as a result
               thereof, the prepayment with respect to Net Debt Issuance
               Proceeds may be delayed by up to 30 days, to the extent necessary
               to avoid the Company's incurring obligations pursuant to (S)6.9,
               if the Company gives notice to the Administrative Agent within
               two (2) Business Days after its receipt of such proceeds, setting
               forth a calculation of the amount owed under this (S)3.3.3 and
               specifying the amount subject to the applicable Interest Period
               and setting forth when such payment will be
               
<PAGE>
 
                                     -68-

               made (within the said 30-day period). All such payments in
               respect of the Domestic Term Loan shall be in Dollars; all such
               payments in respect of the Foreign Term Loan shall be in Belgian
               francs; all such payments in respect of the Revolving Credit
               Loans shall be in Dollars; and all such payments in respect of
               Revolving Multicurrency Loans shall be in the currency in which
               such Revolving Multicurrency Loans were made; if Revolving
               Multicurrency Loans are then outstanding in more than one
               currency, Samsonite Europe may designate which of such loans
               shall be so prepaid, so long as the Dollar Equivalent as of the
               time of payment of the aggregate amount of Revolving
               Multicurrency Loans that are so prepaid is the amount thereof
               required by this (S)3.3.3 to be so prepaid. If the remaining
               balance of Term Loans at the time a payment is due under
               (S)3.3.3(b) is less than the amount of such payment, then the
               payment shall be applied first to pay the Term Loans in full and
               then the balance shall be applied in accordance with (S)3.3.3(c)
               hereof.

         3.4. Optional Prepayment Of The Term Loans. Samsonite Europe shall have
              -------------------------------------  
     the right at any time to prepay the Foreign Term Loan on or before the
     Foreign Term Loan Maturity Date, as a whole, or in part, upon not less than
     four (4) Business Days' prior written notice to the Foreign Agent, without
     premium or penalty, and the Company shall have the right at any time to
     prepay the Domestic Term Loan on or before the Domestic Term Loan Maturity
     Date, as a whole, or in part, upon not less than four (4) Business Days'
     prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, without premium or
     penalty, provided that (a) each partial prepayment shall be in the
              -------- 
     principal Dollar Equivalent amount of $5,000,000 or a greater integral
     multiple in Dollar Equivalent amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (b)
     no portion of a Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by
     reference to the Eurodollar Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate may be prepaid
     pursuant to this (S)3.4 except on the last day of the Interest Period
     relating thereto (or, if made prior to the last day of the Interest Period
     relating thereto, the Company agrees to indemnify the Lenders for any loss,
     cost or expense that any Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of
     such repayment all as more fully set forth in (S)6.9 hereof), and (c) each
     partial prepayment of the Domestic Term Loan shall be allocated among the
     Lenders holding portions thereof, in proportion, as nearly as practicable,
     to the respective outstanding amount of such Lender's Term Note, and each
     partial prepayment of the Foreign Term Loan shall be allocated among the
     Multicurrency Lenders and the Fronting Bank, in proportion, as nearly as
     practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amount owing in respect of
     the Term Loan Account of such Multicurrency Lender and Fronting Bank, with
     adjustments in each case to the extent
<PAGE>
 
                                     -69-

     practicable to equalize any prior prepayments not exactly in proportion. No
     amount repaid with respect to any Term Loan may be reborrowed. All such
     payments in respect of the Foreign Term Loan shall be in Belgian francs and
     all such payments in respect of the Domestic Term Loan shall be in Dollars.
     All prepayments of the Domestic Term Loan pursuant to (S)3.3.3 or this
     (S)3.4 will be applied pro rata to each of the remaining unpaid scheduled
                            --------  
     installments of principal with respect thereto.

         3.5. Interest on the Term Loans.
              --------------------------- 

               3.5.1. Interest Rates Applicable to the Domestic Term Loan.
                      --------------------------------------------------- 
         Except as otherwise provided in (S)6.10, the Domestic Term Loan shall
         bear interest during each Interest Period relating to all or any
         portion of the Domestic Term Loan at the following rates:

                      (a) To the extent that all or any portion of the Domestic
               Term Loan bears interest during such Interest Period determined
               by reference to the Base Rate, the Domestic Term Loan or such
               portion shall bear interest during such Interest Period at the
               Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin set forth under the column
                         ----                                                 
               headed "Base Rate Loans that are the Domestic Term Loan".

                      (b) To the extent that all or any portion of the Domestic
               Term Loan bears interest during such Interest Period determined
               by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, the Domestic Term Loan or
               such portion shall bear interest during such Interest Period at
               the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin under the column
                                   ----                                       
               headed "Eurodollar Rate Loans that are the Domestic Term Loan".

         The Company promises to pay interest on the Domestic Term Loan or any
         portion thereof outstanding during each Interest Period in arrears on
         each Interest Payment Date applicable to such Interest Period.

               3.5.2. Interest Rates Applicable to the Foreign Term Loan.
                      --------------------------------------------------
         Except as otherwise provided in (S)6.10, each portion of the Foreign
         Term Loan shall bear interest during each Interest Period applicable
         thereto at the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such Interest Period
         plus the Applicable Margin set forth in the column headed "Eurodollar
         ----
         Rate Loans (other than the Domestic Term Loan), Multicurrency Loans,
         and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans." Samsonite Europe promises to pay
         interest on the Foreign Term Loan in arrears on each Interest Payment
         Date applicable to such Interest Period.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -70-

               3.5.3. Notifications by Borrowers.
                      ------------- -- --------- 

                      (a) Domestic Term Loan.  The Company shall notify the
                          ------------------
               Administrative Agent, such notice to be irrevocable, by not later
               than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date if all
               or any portion of the Domestic Term Loan is to bear interest at a
               rate determined by reference to the Base Rate and by not later
               than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three (3) Eurodollar
               Business Days prior to the Drawdown Date of the Domestic Term
               Loan if all or any portion of the Domestic Term Loan is to bear
               interest at a rate determined by reference to the Eurodollar
               Rate.  After the Domestic Term Loan has been made, the provisions
               of (S)2.8 shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to all or any
                                     ----------------                          
               portion of the Domestic Term Loan so that the Company may have
               the same interest rate options with respect to all or any portion
               of the Domestic Term Loan as it would be entitled to with respect
               to the Revolving Credit Loans.

                      (b) Foreign Term Loan.  Samsonite Europe shall notify the
                          -----------------                                    
               Foreign Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), such
               notice to be irrevocable, by not later than 11:00 a.m.
               (Applicable Belgium Time) at least three (3) Business Days prior
               to the Drawdown Date of the Foreign Term Loan. Such notice shall
               specify the proposed Interest Period(s) for and, if applicable,
               related principal amounts of the respective tranches of the
               Foreign Term Loan. After the Foreign Term Loan has been made, the
               provisions of (S)4.8 shall apply with respect to the Foreign Term
               Loan.

               3.5.4. Amounts, etc. Any portion of either Term Loan bearing
                      ------------
          interest determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate relating to
          any Interest Period shall be in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent of
          $3,000,000 or a greater integral multiple of the Dollar Equivalent of
          $500,000 in excess thereof (or the entire balance of the applicable
          Term Loan in excess of such multiple), provided that, if the amount
                                                 -------- 
          relating to such Interest Period is to be used to make a mandatory
          payment or mandatory prepayment of a Term Loan, then such amount may
          be the amount needed by the Company or Samsonite Europe to make such
          payment or prepayment without regard to the amount otherwise required
          by this sentence to bear interest by reference to the Eurodollar Rate
          in such Interest Period. No Interest Period relating to any Term Loan
          or any portion thereof bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate or the
          Eurocurrency Rate shall extend beyond the date on which a
<PAGE>
 
                                     -71-

          regularly scheduled installment payment of the principal of such Term
          Loan is to be made unless a portion of such Term Loan at least equal
          to such installment payment has an Interest Period ending on such date
          or is then bearing interest at the Base Rate.

          3.6. Funds for the Term Loans.
               ------------------------

                 3.6.1. Domestic Term Loan. Not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York
                        ------------------
          City time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of the Domestic Term Loan,
          each of the Lenders will make available to the Administrative Agent,
          at the Administrative Agent's Head Office, in immediately available
          funds, the amount of such Lender's Domestic Term Loan Commitment
          Percentage of the amount of the Domestic Term Loan. Upon receipt from
          each Lender of such amount, and upon receipt of the documents required
          by (S)(S)12 and 13 and the satisfaction of the other conditions set
          forth therein, to the extent applicable, the Administrative Agent will
          make available to the Company the aggregate amount of the Domestic
          Term Loan.

                 3.6.2. Foreign Term Loan. Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Applicable
                        -----------------
          Belgium Time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of the Term Loan, each of
          the Multicurrency Lenders and the Fronting Bank will make available to
          the Foreign Agent, at the Foreign Agent's Belgian Lending Office, in
          Belgian francs in Same Day Funds (a) in the case of each Multicurrency
          Lender, the amount of such Multicurrency Lender's Foreign Term Loan
          Commitment Percentage of the amount of the Foreign Term Loan and (b)
          in the case of the Fronting Bank, the Non-Multicurrency Lenders'
          Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentages of the amount of the Foreign
          Term Loan. Upon receipt from each Multicurrency Lender and the
          Fronting Bank, as the case may be, of such amount, and upon receipt of
          the documents required by (S)(S)12 and 13 and the satisfaction of the
          other conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the
          Foreign Agent will make available to Samsonite Europe the aggregate
          amount of the Foreign Term Loan.

     4. THE MULTICURRENCY FACILITY.
        -------------------------- 

          4.1. Commitment to Lend. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
               ------------------
     in this Credit Agreement, each of the Multicurrency Lenders and the
     Fronting Bank severally agrees to lend to Samsonite Europe, and Samsonite
     Europe may borrow, repay, and reborrow from time to time between the
     Closing Date and the Revolving Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date, upon
     notice by Samsonite Europe to the Foreign Agent given in accordance with
     (S)4.7, such sums, in Dollars and/or at Samsonite Europe's option from time
     to time, subject to (S)4.11 hereof

<PAGE>
 
                                     -72-

     (including, without limitation, any restrictions arising from currency
     fluctuations as set forth in (S)4.11.4), in an Optional Currency, as are
     requested by Samsonite Europe in an amount for each such advance not to
     exceed (after giving effect to all amounts requested), in the Dollar
     Equivalent amount (a) in the case of any Multicurrency Lender, such
     Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment minus the aggregate principal
                                                 -----
     amount of such Multicurrency Lender's outstanding Revolving Multicurrency
     Loans, minus the amount by which the Multicurrency Swing Line Loans
            -----
     outstanding at such time shall be deemed to have used such Multicurrency
     Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment pursuant to (S)4.10 hereof,
     minus (without duplication) the sum of such Multicurrency Lender's
     -----
     Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of the Maximum Drawing Amount
     of all outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit and the Foreign Unpaid
     Reimbursement Obligations owing to such Multicurrency Lenders and (b) in
     the case of the Fronting Bank, the aggregate Non-Multicurrency Lenders'
     Commitments minus the aggregate principal amount of the Fronting Bank's
                 -----
     outstanding Fronted Loans consisting of Revolving Multicurrency Loans,
     minus the aggregate amount by which the Multicurrency Swing Line Loans
     ----- 
     outstanding at such time shall be deemed to have used each such Non-
     Multicurrency Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment pursuant to
     (S)4.10, minus (without duplication) the sum of each Non-Multicurrency
              -----
     Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of the Maximum
     Drawing Amount of all outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit and the Foreign
     Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations owing to each Non-Multicurrency Lender,
     provided that (a) the sum in the Dollar Equivalent amount of the
     --------
     outstanding amount of the Revolving Multicurrency Loans (after giving
     effect to all amounts requested) plus the outstanding amount of the
                                      ----  
     Multicurrency Swing Line Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all
     Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Foreign
     Letters of Credit shall not at any time exceed the Total Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitment and (b) at all times the outstanding aggregate
     principal Dollar Equivalent amount of all Revolving Multicurrency Loans
     made by (i) each Multicurrency Lender shall equal such Multicurrency
     Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of the outstanding
     aggregate principal amount of all Multicurrency Loans made pursuant to (S)4
     hereof and (ii) the Fronting Bank shall equal the Non-Multicurrency
     Lenders' Commitment Percentages of the outstanding aggregate principal
     amount of all Revolving Multicurrency Loans made pursuant to (S)4 hereof.
     The Revolving Multicurrency Loans shall be made pro rata in accordance with
                                                     --- ----   
     each Multicurrency Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage;
     provided, however, the Fronting Bank shall be required to make that portion
     --------  -------   
     of the Revolving Multicurrency Loans which would otherwise be required to
     be made by a Non-Multicurrency Lender. Each request for a Revolving
     Multicurrency Loan hereunder shall constitute a
<PAGE>
 
                                     -73-

     representation and warranty by Samsonite Europe that the conditions set
     forth in (S)12 and (S)13, in the case of the initial Revolving
     Multicurrency Loans to be made on the Closing Date, and (S)13, in the case
     of all other Revolving Multicurrency Loans, have been satisfied on the date
     of such request. Each Revolving Multicurrency Loan shall be funded from the
     applicable Multicurrency Lending Office of each Multicurrency Lender
     located in Belgium and the Fronting Bank's Belgian Lending Office, as the
     case may be, and shall be denominated in Dollars, or, subject to (S)4.11
     hereof, in an Optional Currency.

          4.2. The Multicurrency Swing Line.
               ---------------------------- 

                  4.2.1.The Multicurrency Swing Line Loans. Samsonite Europe may
                        ---------------------------------- 
          request any Multicurrency Swing Line Lender to make, and such
          Multicurrency Swing Line Lender may, if in its sole discretion it
          elects to do so, and without any commitment whatsoever by any such
          Multicurrency Swing Line Lender to do so, make, on the terms and
          conditions hereinafter set forth, Multicurrency Swing Line Loans to
          Samsonite Europe from time to time on any Business Day during the
          period from the date hereof until the Revolving Multicurrency Loan
          Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time
          outstanding $10,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the
          applicable Optional Currencies) (the "Multicurrency Swing Line
          Facility"), provided, however, that while the outstanding Dollar
                      --------  ------- 
          Equivalent amount of all outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loans
          and outstanding Revolving Multicurrency Loans made by either (a) a
          Multicurrency Lender may exceed such Multicurrency Lender's Revolving
          Multicurrency Commitment or (b) the Fronting Bank may exceed the Non-
          Multicurrency Lenders' Commitments, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent
          amount of all Multicurrency Swing Line Loans outstanding shall not
          exceed the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment less all Revolving
                                                              ----   
          Multicurrency Loans outstanding less the Maximum Drawing Amount and
                                          ----
          all Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all
          Foreign Letters of Credit. No Multicurrency Swing Line Loan shall be
          used for the purpose of funding the payment of principal of any other
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loan or of any Swing Line Loan. Each
          Multicurrency Swing Line Borrowing shall be in a Dollar Equivalent
          amount in Belgian francs equal to $100,000 or an integral multiple
          thereof, shall be denominated only in Belgian francs and shall bear
          interest at the BIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin set forth in the
          column headed "Eurodollar Rate Loans (other than the Domestic Term
          Loan), Multicurrency Loans, and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans".
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loans must bear interest at such a rate
          determined by reference to the BIBOR Rate only, and shall not be
          eligible to bear interest at a rate
<PAGE>
 
                                     -74-

          determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate. Within the limits of
          the Multicurrency Swing Line Facility and within the limits referred
          to in (S)4.2.1(b) above, so long as any Multicurrency Swing Line
          Lender, in its sole discretion, elects to make Multicurrency Swing
          Line Loans, Samsonite Europe may borrow under this (S)4.2.1, repay
          pursuant to (S)4.12.2 or repay pursuant to (S)4.14 and reborrow under
          this (S)4.2.1.

                4.2.2. Notice. Each Multicurrency Swing Line Borrowing shall be
                       ------
          made on notice, given not later than 11:00 a.m. (Applicable Belgium
          Time) on the date of the proposed Multicurrency Swing Line Borrowing,
          by Samsonite Europe to any Multicurrency Swing Line Lender and the
          Foreign Agent. The Foreign Agent shall immediately advise such
          Multicurrency Swing Line Lender of the available amount of the
          Multicurrency Swing Line Facility. Each such notice of a Multicurrency
          Swing Line Borrowing (a "Notice of Multicurrency Swing Line
          Borrowing") shall be by telephone, telex or telecopier, confirmed
          immediately in writing, specifying therein the requested (a) date of
          such borrowing, (b) amount of such borrowing and (c) maturity of such
          borrowing (which maturity shall be no later than the fourteenth day
          after the requested date of such borrowing). If, in its sole
          discretion, it elects to make the requested Multicurrency Swing Line
          Loan, such Multicurrency Swing Line Lender will make the amount
          thereof available to the Foreign Agent at the Belgian Lending Office,
          in same day funds. After the Foreign Agent's receipt of such funds and
          upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in (S)(S)12
          (for any Multicurrency Swing Line Loan to be made on the Closing Date)
          and 13, the Foreign Agent will make such funds available to Samsonite
          Europe in such manner as Samsonite Europe and the Foreign Agent may
          agree. Upon written demand by any Multicurrency Swing Line Lender with
          an outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, with a copy of such
          demand to the Foreign Agent, each other Multicurrency Lender and the
          Fronting Bank shall purchase from such Multicurrency Swing Line
          Lender, and such Multicurrency Swing Line Lender shall sell and assign
          to each such other Multicurrency Lender and the Fronting Bank, (a) in
          the case of a Multicurrency Lender, such other Multicurrency Lender's
          pro rata share (determined by its Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
          --- ----
          Percentage) of such outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loan as of
          the date of such demand and (b) in the case of the Fronting Bank, the
          aggregate amount of all Non-Multicurrency Lenders' pro rata share
                                                             --- ---- 
          (determined by Non-Multicurrency Lenders' Commitment Percentages), by
          making available to the Foreign Agent for the account of such
          Multicurrency Swing Line Lender, in Same Day Funds (denominated in
          Belgian francs), an amount equal to the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -75-

          portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Multicurrency
          Swing Line Loan to be purchased by such Multicurrency Lender and the
          Fronting Bank, as the case may be. Samsonite Europe hereby agrees to
          each such sale and assignment. In the event any Multicurrency Lender
          or the Fronting Bank is unable, or it is not practicable, for such
          Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting Bank, as the case may be, to
          obtain Belgian francs, such Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as
          the case may be, shall be permitted to pay to the Foreign Agent, for
          the account of the Multicurrency Swing Line Lender, such Multicurrency
          Lender's and the Fronting Bank's, as the case may be, pro rata share
                                                                --- ---- 
          of such outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loan in Dollars (which
          amount shall be detailed in a written notice delivered by the Foreign
          Agent to such Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as the case may
          be, and based on the actual exchange rate at which the Foreign Agent
          anticipates being able to obtain Belgian francs, with any excess
          payment being refunded to such Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank,
          as the case may be, and any deficiency remaining payable by such
          Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as the case may be). In the
          event that any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership
          or similar cases or proceedings in which Samsonite Europe is a debtor
          prevents any Lender from making a Revolving Multicurrency Loan to
          effect a settlement to the Multicurrency Swing Line Lender as
          contemplated hereby, such Lender will make such dispositions and
          arrangements with the other Lenders with respect to such Multicurrency
          Swing Line Loans, either by way of purchase of participations,
          distribution, pro tanto assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise
          as shall result in each Lender's share of the outstanding Revolving
          Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans being equal, as
          nearly as may be, to such Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
          Percentage (or, in the case of the Fronting Bank, the aggregate
          Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentages of the Non-
          Multicurrency Lenders, of the outstanding amount of the Revolving
          Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans. Each
          Multicurrency Lender agrees to purchase its pro rata share (determined
                                                      --- ----
          by its Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage) of an
          outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, and the Fronting Bank
          agrees to purchase its pro rata shares (determined by the aggregate 
                                 --- ----
          amount of the Non-Multicurrency Lenders' Commitment Percentages) on
          (a) the Business Day on which demand therefor is made by the
          Multicurrency Swing Line Lender which made such Multicurrency Swing
          Line Loan, provided that notice of such demand is given not later than
                     --------
          11:00 a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) on such Business Day or (b) the
          first Business Day next succeeding such demand if
<PAGE>
 
                                     -76-
          notice of such demand is given after such time. Upon any such
          assignment by a Multicurrency Swing Line Lender to any other
          Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting Bank of a portion of a
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, such Multicurrency Swing Line Lender
          represents and warrants to such other Multicurrency Lender and the
          Fronting Bank that such Multicurrency Swing Line Lender is the legal
          and beneficial owner of such interest being assigned by it, but makes
          no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with
          respect to such Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, the Loan Documents or
          any Obligor. If and to the extent that any Multicurrency Lender or the
          Fronting Bank, as the case may be, shall not have so made the amount
          of such Multicurrency Swing Line Loan available to the Foreign Agent,
          such Multicurrency Lender and the Fronting Bank, as the case may be,
          agrees to pay to the Foreign Agent for the account of such
          Multicurrency Swing Line Lender forthwith on demand by such
          Multicurrency Swing Line Lender such amount together with interest
          thereon, for each day from the date of demand by such Multicurrency
          Swing Line Lender until the date such amount is paid to the Foreign
          Agent, at the Overnight Rate. If such Multicurrency Lender or the
          Fronting Bank, as the case may be, shall pay to the Foreign Agent such
          amount for the account of such Multicurrency Swing Line Lender on any
          Business Day, such amount so paid in respect of principal shall
          constitute a Multicurrency Swing Line Loan made by such Multicurrency
          Lender and the Fronting Bank on such Business Day for purposes of this
          Credit Agreement, and the outstanding principal amount of the
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loan made by such Multicurrency Swing Line
          Lender shall be reduced by such amount on such Business Day.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -77-

                4.2.3. Irrevocable Notice. Each Notice of Multicurrency Swing
                        ----------------- 
          Line Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on Samsonite Europe.

                4.2.4. Purchase of Swing Line Loan. Each Multicurrency Lender
                       ---------------------------
          and the Fronting Bank severally agrees that it shall be absolutely
          liable, without regard to the occurrence of any Default or Event of
          Default or any other condition precedent whatsoever, to the extent of
          (a) as to each Multicurrency Lender, such Multicurrency Lender's pro
                                                                           ---
          rata share (determined by its Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
          ----
          Percentage) of the outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loans and (b)
          as to the Fronting Bank, the aggregate amount of all Non-Multicurrency
          Lenders' pro rata share (determined by the aggregate amount of all
                   --------
          Non-Multicurrency Lenders' Commitment Percentages), to purchase from
          the Multicurrency Swing Line Lender on demand such Multicurrency
          Lender's and Fronting Bank's pro rata share (as so determined) of such
                                       --------
          outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, in Belgian francs, as of
          the date of such demand. In the event any Multicurrency Lender or the
          Fronting Bank, as the case may be, is unable, or it is not
          practicable, for such Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting Bank, as
          the case may be, to obtain Belgian francs, such Multicurrency Lender
          or the Fronting Bank, as the case may be, shall be permitted to pay to
          the Foreign Agent, for the account of the Multicurrency Swing Line
          Lender, such Multicurrency Lender's or Fronting Bank's pro rata share
                                                                 -------- 
          of such outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loan in Dollars (which
          amount shall be detailed in a written notice delivered by the Foreign
          Agent to such Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as the case may
          be, and to the Administrative Agent, and based on the actual exchange
          rate at which the Foreign Agent anticipates being able to obtain
          Belgian francs, with any excess payment being refunded to such
          Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as the case may be, and any
          deficiency remaining payable by such Multicurrency Lender or Fronting
          Bank, as the case may be).

          4.3. Multicurrency Commitment Fee. For the period commencing on the
               ----------------------------
     Closing Date and ending on the Revolving Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date,
     the Company promises to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the accounts
     of each of the respective Lenders a commitment fee (the "Multicurrency
     Commitment Fee") calculated at a rate per annum equal to the Commitment Fee
     Rate as in effect from time to time, on the daily Maximum Unused Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitment of such applicable Lender during each calendar
     quarter or portion thereof. The Multicurrency Commitment Fee shall be
     payable in Dollars quarterly in arrears on the first
<PAGE>
 
                                     -78-

     Business Day of each calendar quarter for the immediately preceding
     calendar quarter or portion thereof then ended, commencing on the first
     such date following the date hereof, with a final payment on the Revolving
     Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitments shall terminate. Prior to each date that a fee is
     payable under this paragraph, the Foreign Agent shall calculate such fee
     (based upon the actual exchange rate, at the time of such calculation, at
     which the Foreign Agent would be able to exchange Belgian francs for
     Dollars) and shall give notice of the amount thereof to the Administrative
     Agent and the Company.

           4.4.Reduction of Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment.
               ----------------------------------------------------- 

                4.4.1. Optional Reduction Of Total Revolving Multicurrency
                       ---------------------------------------------------
           Commitment. Samsonite Europe shall have the right at any time and
           ----------
           from time to time upon five (5) Business Days prior written notice to
           the Foreign Agent to reduce by $3,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent
           thereof) or a greater integral multiple of $500,000 (or the Dollar
           Equivalent thereof) in excess thereof or terminate entirely the Total
           Revolving Multicurrency Commitment, whereupon the Revolving
           Multicurrency Commitments of the Lenders shall be reduced pro rata in
                                                                     --------
           accordance with their respective Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
           Percentages of the amount specified in such notice or, as the case
           may be, terminated. Promptly after receiving any notice of Samsonite
           Europe delivered pursuant to this (S)4.4.1, the Foreign Agent will
           notify the Lenders of the substance thereof. The Total Revolving
           Multicurrency Commitment shall never be reduced pursuant to this
           (S)4.4.1 to an amount less than the sum of the outstanding Dollar
           Equivalent amount of the Multicurrency Revolving Loans plus the
                                                                  ----  
           outstanding Dollar Equivalent amount of the Multicurrency Swing Line
           Loans plus the Dollar Equivalent of the Maximum Drawing Amount of all
           issued and outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit plus the Dollar
                                                            ---- 
           Equivalent of all Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. No
           reduction or termination of the Revolving Multicurrency Commitments
           may be reinstated.

                4.4.2. Reallocation of Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment.
                       --------------------------------------------------------
          The Borrowers shall have the right from time to time, so long as no
          Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
          exist as a result thereof, but not more frequently than once each
          calendar year, upon five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the
          Administrative Agent and the Foreign Agent, to reallocate the then-
          applicable amounts of the Total Revolving Commitment and the Total
          Revolving Multicurrency Commitment between such two credit
<PAGE>
 
                                     -79-

          facilities, subject to the provisions of this (S)4.4.2 and the
          provisions of (S)2.4.2; provided, however, the sum of the Dollar
                                  --------  -------
          Equivalents of the Total Revolving Commitment and the Total Revolving
          Multicurrency Commitment, after giving effect to such reallocation,
          shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of such sum as it existed
          immediately prior to giving effect to such reallocation. Prior to the
          effectiveness of any such reallocation, the Borrowers shall provide
          the Administrative Agent with five (5) Business Days prior written
          notice of their election for such a reallocation, which notice shall
          provide (a) the amount that the Total Revolving Multicurrency
          Commitment shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, and
          (b) the date such increase or decrease shall take effect. To the
          extent the Borrowers are requesting an increase in the Total Revolving
          Commitment (in which case the Borrowers must simultaneously therefore
          effect a dollar for dollar decrease in the same amount in the Total
          Revolving Multicurrency Commitment), if at the time of such
          reallocation the sum of the Dollar Equivalents of the outstanding
          amount of the Revolving Multicurrency Loans plus the outstanding
          amount of the Multicurrency Swing Line Loans plus the Maximum Drawing
          Amount of outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit plus all Foreign
                                                   ------
          Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the Total Revolving
          Multicurrency Commitment in effect after giving effect to the
          applicable requested reduction and allocation pursuant to this
          (S)4.4.2, then Samsonite Europe shall immediately pay the amounts of
          such excess to the Foreign Agent for the respective accounts of the
          Lenders for application first, to any Multicurrency Swing Line Loans,
                                  -----
          second, to the Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, third, to the
          ------                                                   -----
          Revolving Multicurrency Loans, and fourth, to provide the Foreign
          Agent cash collateral for Foreign Reimbursement Obligations as
          contemplated by (S)5.2.2 hereof. Until such time as Samsonite Europe
          has paid such excess, the Total Revolving Commitment shall not be
          increased. In addition, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness
          of any reallocation pursuant to this (S)4.4.2, the Borrowers shall
          also deliver to the Administrative Agent (a) evidence, in form and
          substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of all appropriate
          and necessary corporate authorizations and approvals for the
          reallocation being requested hereunder and (b) confirmatory legal
          opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
          Agent. At such time as the Borrowers have complied with this (S)4.4.2
          and (S)2.4.2, the Revolving Multicurrency Commitments of the Lenders
          shall be reduced (in the case of a reallocation to increase the Total
          Revolving Commitment) or increased (in the case of a reallocation to
          increase the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment) pro rata in
                                                                 --- ----
          accordance with their respective
<PAGE>
 
                                     -80-

          Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentages of the amount specified
          in such notice. Promptly after receiving any notice of the Borrowers
          delivered pursuant to this (S)4.4.2, the Administrative Agent will
          notify the Lenders of the substance thereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -81-

          4.5. Multicurrency Loan Accounts. The obligations of Samsonite Europe
               ---------------------------
     to repay all amounts borrowed by it as Revolving Multicurrency Loans and
     Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, all interest thereon and all other amounts
     payable by it in respect thereof shall be evidenced by this Credit
     Agreement, including any recordations made by any Multicurrency Lender or
     the Fronting Bank, as the case may be, in respect of the date, amount and
     currency of each Revolving Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line
     Loan, each Interest Period relating thereto, the date and amount of each
     payment or prepayment of principal, interest or fees of each Revolving
     Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan made to such
     Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as the case may be (collectively,
     the "Multicurrency Loan Account"), it being the intention of the parties
     hereto that Samsonite Europe's obligations with respect to the Revolving
     Multicurrency Loans and the Multicurrency Swing Line Loans owed by it
     hereunder shall be evidenced only as stated herein and not by separate
     promissory notes or other instruments. The aggregate unpaid amount set
     forth on each Multicurrency Lender's or Fronting Bank's Record with respect
     to any Revolving Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan shall
     be prima facie evidence of the amount thereof owing and unpaid to such
     Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, but the failure to record, or any
     error in so recording, any such amount on such Record shall not affect the
     obligation of Samsonite Europe hereunder to make payments of principal and
     interest thereon when due.

          4.6. Interest On Revolving Multicurrency Loans And Multicurrency Swing
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
     Line Loans. Except as otherwise provided in (S)6.10,
     ----------

               (a)  Each Multicurrency Swing Line Loan shall bear interest for
          the period commencing on the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the
          last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the BIBOR Rate
          plus the Applicable Margin set forth in the column headed "Eurodollar
          ----                                                                 
          Rate Loans (other than the Domestic Term Loan), Multicurrency Loans
          and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans."

               (b)  Each Revolving Multicurrency Loan shall bear interest for
          the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the
          last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the
          Eurocurrency Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the
                                                                ----
          Applicable Margin set forth in the column headed "Eurodollar Rate
          Loans (other than the Domestic Term Loan), Multicurrency Loans and
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loans".
<PAGE>
 
                                     -82-

               (c)  Samsonite Europe promises to pay interest on each Revolving
          Multicurrency Loan and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans in arrears on
          each Interest Payment Date with respect thereto and in accordance with
          (S)6.3.2 hereof.

          4.7. Requests For Revolving Multicurrency Loans. Samsonite Europe
               ------------------------------------------
     shall give to the Foreign Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent)
     written notice in the form of Exhibit D hereto (or telephonic notice
                                   ---------
     confirmed in writing in the form of Exhibit D hereto) of each Revolving
                                         ---------
     Multicurrency Loan requested hereunder (a "Revolving Multicurrency Loan
     Request") no later than 11:00 a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) three (3)
     Business Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Revolving
     Multicurrency Loan; provided, that any such notice requesting an Optional
                         --------
     Currency must comply with the requirements of this (S)4.7 and the
     requirements of an Optional Currency Notice pursuant to (S)4.11.1. Each
     such notice shall specify (a) the principal amount of the Revolving
     Multicurrency Loan requested, stated either in Dollars, or, subject to
     (S)4.11, in an Optional Currency, (b) the proposed Drawdown Date of such
     Revolving Multicurrency Loan, and (c) the Interest Period for such
     Revolving Multicurrency Loan. Promptly upon receipt of any such notice, the
     Foreign Agent shall notify each of the Lenders and the Fronting Bank
     thereof and the Foreign Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent as to
     the Foreign Agent's computation of the Dollar Equivalents of the amounts
     referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of (S)6.3.4. Each Revolving
     Multicurrency Loan Request shall be irrevocable and binding on Samsonite
     Europe and shall obligate Samsonite Europe to accept the Revolving
     Multicurrency Loan requested from the Multicurrency Lenders and the
     Fronting Bank on the proposed Drawdown Date. Each Revolving Multicurrency
     Loan Request shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $3,000,000 or a
     greater integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or the Dollar
     Equivalent thereof in Optional Currency if such request is for an Optional
     Currency).

          4.8. Continuation Options, etc.
               ------------------------- 

               4.8.1. Continuation of Type of Multicurrency Loan. Any
                      ------------------------------------------ 
          Multicurrency Loan may be continued as a Multicurrency Loan (and not
          repaid) upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto
          by providing the Foreign Agent with a written notice of such election
          prior to 11:00 a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) at least three (3)
          Business Days prior to the date of the expiration of such Interest
          Period; provided that no Multicurrency Loan may be continued as such
                  --------
          when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
          but shall be repaid by Samsonite Europe on the last day of the first
          Interest Period relating thereto (or such earlier day as the
          Multicurrency Loans may become payable pursuant to (S)14
<PAGE>
 
                                     -83-

          hereof) unless, but only in the event that, such Multicurrency Loan
          constitutes all or a portion of the Foreign Term Loan, in which event
          such Multicurrency Loan may be continued as provided in the last
          sentence of (S)6.10, without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders
          under (S)14 hereof.  In the event that Samsonite Europe fails to
          provide any such notice with respect to the continuation of any
          Multicurrency Loan as such, then Samsonite Europe shall be deemed to
          have requested the continuation of such Multicurrency Loan for a one
          (1) month Interest Period on the last day of the current Interest
          Period relating thereto. The Foreign Agent shall notify the Lenders
          promptly when any such payment contemplated by this (S)4.8.1 is
          scheduled to occur.

               4.8.2. Multicurrency Loans. Any borrowing of Multicurrency Loans
                      -------------------
          shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so
          that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal Dollar
          Equivalent amount of all Multicurrency Loans having the same Interest
          Period shall not be less than $3,000,000 or a greater integral
          multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. In addition, there shall not
          at any time be more than ten (10) Multicurrency Loans with different
          Interest Periods outstanding at any one time.

          4.9. Funds for Revolving Multicurrency Loans.
               ---------------------------------------

               4.9.1. Funding Procedures. Not later than 11:00 a.m. (Applicable
                      ------------------
          Belgium Time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Revolving
          Multicurrency Loans, each of the Revolving Multicurrency Lenders and
          the Fronting Bank will make available to the Foreign Agent, at the
          Foreign Agent's Belgian Lending Office, in Same Day Funds (a) in the
          case of each Multicurrency Lender, the amount of such Multicurrency
          Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of the amount
          of the requested Revolving Multicurrency Loans and (b) in the case of
          the Fronting Bank, the Non-Multicurrency Lenders' Revolving
          Multicurrency Commitment Percentages of the amount of the requested
          Revolving Multicurrency Loan, and, in the case of a Revolving
          Multicurrency Loan denominated in an Optional Currency, in Same Day
          Funds of the country in which such Optional Currency is legal tender.
          Upon receipt from each Multicurrency Lender and the Fronting Bank, as
          the case may be, of such amount, and upon receipt of the documents
          required by (S)12 (for the initial Revolving Multicurrency Loan to be
          made on the Closing Date) and (S)13 and the satisfaction of the other
          conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the Foreign
          Agent will make available to Samsonite Europe the aggregate amount of
          such Revolving Multicurrency Loans
<PAGE>
 
                                     -84-

          made available to the Foreign Agent by the Multicurrency Lenders and
          the Fronting Bank. The failure or refusal of any Multicurrency Lender
          or the Fronting Bank to make available to the Foreign Agent at the
          aforesaid time and place on any Drawdown Date the amount of (a) in the
          case of each Multicurrency Lender, its Revolving Multicurrency
          Commitment Percentage of the requested Revolving Multicurrency Loans
          and (b) in the case of the Fronting Bank, the Non-Multicurrency
          Lenders' Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentages of the
          requested Revolving Multicurrency Loans, shall not relieve any other
          Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting Bank from its several obligation
          hereunder to make available to the Foreign Agent the amount of such
          other Multicurrency Lender's or Fronting Bank's applicable portion of
          any requested Revolving Multicurrency Loans.

               4.9.2. Advances by Foreign Agent. The Foreign Agent may, unless
                      -------------------------
          notified to the contrary by any Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting
          Bank, as the case may be, prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that such
          Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank has made available to the
          Foreign Agent on such Drawdown Date the amount of (a) in the case of a
          Multicurrency Lender, such Multicurrency Lender's Revolving
          Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Multicurrency
          Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date and (b) in the case of a
          Fronting Bank, the Non-Multicurrency Lenders' Commitment Percentages
          of the Revolving Multicurrency Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date,
          and the Foreign Agent may (but it shall not be required to), in
          reliance upon such assumption, make available to Samsonite Europe a
          corresponding amount. If any Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting Bank
          makes available to the Foreign Agent such amount on a date after such
          Drawdown Date, such Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting Bank, as the
          case may be, shall pay to the Foreign Agent on demand an amount equal
          to the product of (a) the weighted average, computed for the period
          referred to in clause (c) below, of the Overnight Rate for each day
          included in such period, times (b) (i) in the case of a Multicurrency
                                   -----
          Lender, the amount of such Multicurrency Lender's Revolving
          Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Multicurrency
          Loans and (ii) in the case of the Fronting Bank, the applicable Non-
          Multicurrency Lenders' Commitment Percentages of such Revolving
          Multicurrency Loans, times (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is
                               -----
          the number of days that elapse from and including such Drawdown Date
          to the date on which the amount of such Multicurrency Lender's or
          Fronting Bank's applicable portion of such Revolving Multicurrency
          Loans shall become immediately

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                                     -85-

          available to the Foreign Agent, and the denominator of which is 365. A
          statement of the Foreign Agent submitted to such Multicurrency Lender
          or Fronting Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this
          paragraph shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due and owing to
                             ----- -----
          the Foreign Agent by such Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting Bank.
          If the amount of (a) in the case of a Multicurrency Lender, such
          Multicurrency Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage
          of such Revolving Multicurrency Loans and (b) in the case of the
          Fronting Bank, the aggregate amount of all Non-Multicurrency Lenders'
          Multicurrency Commitment Percentages of such Revolving Multicurrency
          Loans is not made available to the Foreign Agent by such Multicurrency
          Lender or the Fronting Bank, as the case may be, within three (3)
          Business Days following such Drawdown Date, the Foreign Agent shall be
          entitled to recover such amount from Samsonite Europe on demand, with
          interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving
          Multicurrency Loans made on such Drawdown Date.


          4.10. Pro Rata Treatment. For purposes of determining the applicable
                ------------------
     available unused Revolving Multicurrency Commitments of the respective
     Lenders at any time, each outstanding Multicurrency Swing Line Loan shall
     be deemed to have utilized the Revolving Multicurrency Commitments of the
     Lenders (including those Lenders which are not the Multicurrency Swing Line
     Lender actually making such Multicurrency Swing Line Loan) pro rata in
                                                                --- ----
     accordance with such respective Revolving Multicurrency Commitments.

          4.11. Optional Currencies.
                ------------------- 

                4.11.1. Request for Optional Currency. Subject to the
                        -----------------------------
          limitations set forth in (S)4.1, Samsonite Europe may, upon at least
          three (3) Business Days' notice to the Foreign Agent (an "Optional
          Currency Notice"), request that one or more Revolving Multicurrency
          Loans be made in an Optional Currency, provided that any Revolving
                                                 --------
          Multicurrency Loan proposed to be made under this (S)4.11.1 shall be
          in an amount not less than $3,000,000, or a greater amount which is an
          integral multiple of $500,000, or the Dollar Equivalent in an Optional
          Currency. Each Optional Currency Notice requesting a Revolving
          Multicurrency Loan in an Optional Currency shall be by written notice
          (or telephonic notice confirmed in writing by Samsonite Europe),
          specifying (a) the Revolving Multicurrency Loan to be made, (b) the
          requested Drawdown Date of the proposed Borrowing, (c) the requested
          Optional Currency in which the Revolving Multicurrency Loan is to be
          made, and (d) the initial Interest Period for the Revolving
          Multicurrency Loan to be borrowed. If any Multicurrency
<PAGE>
 
                                     -86-

          Lender or the Fronting Bank, as the case may be, on or prior to any
          Drawdown Date, determines (which determination shall be conclusive)
          that the requested Optional Currency is not freely transferable and
          convertible into Dollars or that it will be impracticable for such
          Multicurrency Lender or the Fronting Bank, as the case may be, to fund
          the Revolving Multicurrency Loan in such Optional Currency, then such
          Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as the case may be, shall
          immediately so notify the Foreign Agent, which notification shall be
          given immediately by the Foreign Agent to Samsonite Europe, and such
          Multicurrency Lender's or Fronting Bank's portion, as the case may be,
          of the requested Revolving Multicurrency Loan shall instead be
          denominated in Dollars. In the event that Samsonite Europe repays such
          portion of a Revolving Multicurrency Loan denominated in Dollars in
          accordance with (S)4.12 hereof and such repayment, and the fluctuation
          of currency exchange rates, results in Revolving Multicurrency Loans
          being then outstanding that are not in Dollar Equivalent amounts held
          pro rata in accordance with the Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
          --- ----
          Percentages, then all subsequent principal repayments denominated in
          the Optional Currency which the applicable Multicurrency Lender or
          Fronting Bank did not advance shall be made by Samsonite Europe to the
          Foreign Agent for the respective accounts of such Multicurrency
          Lenders other than such Multicurrency Lender on a pro rata basis until
                                                            --- ----
          such time as the Revolving Multicurrency Loans are outstanding on a
          pro rata basis. Subject to the foregoing and to the satisfaction of
          --- ----
          the terms and conditions of (S)12 (in the case of such Loans to be
          made on the Closing Date) and (S)13, each Revolving Multicurrency Loan
          requested to be made in an Optional Currency will be made on the
          Drawdown Date specified therefor in the Optional Currency Notice, in
          the currency requested in the Optional Currency Notice and, upon being
          so made, will have the Interest Period requested in the Optional
          Currency Notice.

               4.11.2. Exchange Rate. For purposes of this Credit Agreement the
                       -------------
          amount in one Optional Currency which shall be equivalent on any
          particular date to a specified amount in another Optional Currency
          shall be that amount (as conclusively ascertained by the Foreign Agent
          by its normal banking practices, absent manifest error) in the first
          Optional Currency which is or could be purchased by the Foreign Agent
          (in accordance with normal banking practices) with such specified
          amount in the second Optional Currency in any recognized Eurocurrency
          Interbank Market selected by the Foreign Agent in good faith for
          delivery on such date at the spot rate of exchange prevailing at 10:00
          a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) (or as soon thereafter as practicable)
          on such date.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -87-

               4.11.3. Multiple Denominations. In the event that any portion of
                       ----------------------
          the funds available under the terms of this Credit Agreement is
          denominated in one or more Optional Currencies, the Dollar Equivalent
          of such portion of the funds shall be calculated pursuant to the
          definition of "Dollar Equivalent". The amount so determined shall then
          be added to the amount already outstanding in Dollars for the purpose
          of determining the remaining availability of funds under (S)4.1 and
          (S)4.11.1 hereof and any required repayments under the following
          (S)4.11.4.

               4.11.4. Repayment. If at any time prior to the Revolving
                       ---------
          Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date, the Dollar Equivalent of the
          aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Revolving Multicurrency
          Loans hereunder shall exceed the Total Revolving Multicurrency
          Commitment as a result of fluctuations in respective currency
          conversion rates for three (3) or more consecutive Business Days,
          Samsonite Europe shall pay or cause to be paid immediately, upon
          demand made by the Foreign Agent, such amounts as are sufficient to
          eliminate such excess and to reduce the aggregate principal amount
          outstanding to the Dollar Equivalent in the applicable currencies of
          the Total Revolving Multicurrency Commitment. In the event there are
          any Revolving Multicurrency Loans outstanding which are denominated in
          an Optional Currency, the Foreign Agent shall provide the Lenders and
          Samsonite Europe with calculations on the last day of each calendar
          month in which such Revolving Multicurrency Loans in Optional
          Currencies are outstanding as to the amount in Dollar Equivalents of
          such Revolving Multicurrency Loans.

               4.11.5. Funding. Each Multicurrency Lender and the Fronting Bank
                       -------
          may make any Revolving Multicurrency Loan denominated in an Optional
          Currency by causing its Multicurrency Lending Office or a Belgian
          branch or affiliate to make such Revolving Multicurrency Loan (whether
          or not such lending office, branch or affiliate constituting the
          applicable Multicurrency Lending Office is named as a lending office
          on the signature pages hereof); provided that in such event the
                                          --------
          obligation of Samsonite Europe to repay such Revolving Multicurrency
          Loan shall nevertheless be to such Multicurrency Lender and the
          Fronting Bank, as the case may be, and shall, for all purposes of this
          Credit Agreement (including without limitation for purposes of the
          definition of the term "Majority Lenders") be deemed made by such
          Multicurrency Lender or Fronting Bank, as the case may be, to the
          extent of such Revolving Multicurrency Loan, for the account of such
          applicable lending office, branch or affiliate.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -88-

               4.11.6. European Monetary Union. 
                       -----------------------

                       (a) If, as a result of the implementation of European
               monetary union, (i) any Optional Currency ceases to be lawful
               currency of the nation issuing the same and is replaced by a
               European single currency (the so-called "Euro") or (ii) any
               Optional Currency and the "Euro" are at the same time recognized
               by the central bank or comparable authority of the nation issuing
               such Optional Currency as lawful currency of such nation and the
               Administrative Agent or the Majority Lenders shall so request in
               a notice delivered to the Company, then any amount payable
               hereunder by the Lenders to any Borrower, or by any Borrower to
               the Lenders, in such Optional Currency shall instead be payable
               in the "Euro" and the amount so payable shall be determined by
               translating the amount payable in such Optional Currency to the
               "Euro" at the exchange rate recognized by the European Central
               Bank for the purpose of implementing European monetary union.

                       (b) The Company agrees, at the request of any Lender, to
               compensate such Lender for any reasonable loss, cost, expense or
               reduction in return that shall be incurred or sustained by such
               Lender (other than through such Lender's gross negligence or
               willful misconduct) as a result of the implementation of European
               monetary union, that would not have been incurred or sustained
               but for the transactions provided for herein and that, to the
               extent that such loss, cost, expense or reduction is of a type
               generally applicable to extensions of credit similar to the
               extensions of credit hereunder, is generally being requested from
               borrowers subject to similar provisions. A certificate of a
               Lender setting forth (x) the amount or amounts necessary to
               compensate such Lender (y) describing the nature of the loss or
               expense sustained or incurred by such Lender as a consequence
               thereof and (z) setting forth a reasonably detailed explanation
               of the calculation thereof shall be delivered to the Company and
               shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay
               such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate
               within 10 days after receipt thereof.

                       (c) Each of the Borrowers agrees, at the request of the
               Majority Lenders, at the time of or at any time following the
               implementation of European monetary union, to enter into an
               agreement amending this Credit Agreement in such manner as the
               Majority Lenders shall 

               
<PAGE>
 
                                     -89-

                reasonably specify in order to reflect the implementation of
                such European monetary union to place the parties hereto in the
                position they would have been in had such European monetary
                union not been implemented.

          4.12. Repayment of Revolving Multicurrency Loans.
                ------------------------------------------ 

                4.12.1. Maturity of Revolving Multicurrency Loans. Samsonite
                        ----------------------------------------- 
          Europe promises to pay on the Revolving Multicurrency Loan Maturity
          Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the
          Revolving Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date, all of the Revolving
          Multicurrency Loans outstanding on such date, together with any and
          all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

                4.12.1. Multicurrency Swing Line Loans. Samsonite Europe shall
                        ------------------------------
          repay to the Foreign Agent for the account of each Multicurrency Swing
          Line Lender and each other Multicurrency Lender and the Fronting Bank
          which has made a Multicurrency Swing Line Loan the outstanding
          principal amount of each Multicurrency Swing Line Loan made to
          Samsonite Europe on the earlier of the maturity date specified in the
          applicable Notice of Multicurrency Swing Line Borrowing (which
          maturity shall be no later than the fourteenth (14th) day after the
          requested date of such borrowing) and the Revolving Multicurrency Loan
          Maturity Date.

          4.13. Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Multicurrency Loans. If at any
                -----------------------------------------------------
     time the sum of the Dollar Equivalents of the outstanding amount of the
     Revolving Multicurrency Loans, Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, the Maximum
     Drawing Amount of all Foreign Letters of Credit and all Foreign Unpaid
     Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the Total Revolving Multicurrency
     Commitment then Samsonite Europe shall immediately pay the amount of such
     excess to the Foreign Agent for the respective accounts of the
     Multicurrency Lenders and the Fronting Bank for application: first, to any
     Multicurrency Swing Line Loans; second, to any Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement
     Obligations; third, to any Revolving Multicurrency Loans; and fourth, to
     provide to the Foreign Agent cash collateral for Foreign Reimbursement
     Obligations as contemplated by (S)5.2.2(b). Each prepayment of any Foreign
     Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations shall be allocated among the Lenders, in
     proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Foreign Reimbursement
     Obligation, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any
     prior payments or prepayments not exactly in proportion. Each prepayments
     of Revolving Multicurrency Loans shall be allocated among the Multicurrency
     Lenders and the Fronting Bank, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to
     the respective unpaid
<PAGE>
 
                                     -90-

     principal amount owing in respect of the Multicurrency Loan Account of such
     Multicurrency Lender and Fronting Bank, with adjustments to the extent
     practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments not exactly in
     proportion.

           4.14. Optional Repayments of Revolving Multicurrency Loans and
                 --------------------------------------------------------
     Multicurrency Swing Line Loans. Samsonite Europe shall have the right, at
     ------------------------------
     its election, to repay the outstanding amount of the Revolving
     Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, as a whole or in
     part, at any time without penalty or premium, provided that any full or
                                                   --------
     partial prepayment of the outstanding amount of any Revolving Multicurrency
     Loans pursuant to this (S)4.14 may be made only on the last day of the
     Interest Period relating thereto or, if made prior to the last day of the
     Interest Period relating thereto, Samsonite Europe agrees to indemnify the
     Multicurrency Lenders and the Fronting Bank for any loss, cost or expense
     that any Multicurrency Lender and the Fronting Bank may sustain or incur as
     a consequence of such repayment all as more fully set forth in (S)6.9
     hereof. Samsonite Europe shall give the Foreign Agent, no later than 11:00
     a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) on the date of any proposed prepayment,
     prior written or telephonic notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to
     this (S)4.14 of Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, and no later than 11:00
     a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time) at least three (3) Business Days prior
     written notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this (S)4.14 of
     Revolving Multicurrency Loans, in each case specifying the proposed date of
     prepayment of Revolving Multicurrency Loans or Multicurrency Swing Line
     Loans and the principal amount to be prepaid. Each such partial prepayment
     of (a) the Revolving Multicurrency Loans shall be in the principal amount
     of $3,000,000 or a greater integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof
     (or the Dollar Equivalent) and (b) the Multicurrency Swing Line Loans shall
     be in the principal amount of $100,000 or a greater integral multiple of
     $10,000 in excess thereof (or the Dollar Equivalent). Each partial
     prepayment of Revolving Multicurrency Loans or Multicurrency Swing Line
     Loans, as the case may be, shall be allocated among the Multicurrency
     Lenders and the Fronting Bank, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to
     the respective unpaid principal amount of Revolving Multicurrency Loans or
     Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, under each
     Multicurrency Lender's and Fronting Bank's Multicurrency Loan Account, with
     adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior repayments not
     exactly in proportion.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -91-

     5.   LETTERS OF CREDIT AND FOREIGN LETTERS OF CREDIT.
          ----------------------------------------------- 

               5.1. Letter of Credit and Foreign Letter of Credit Commitments.
                    --------------------------------------------------------- 

                    5.1.1. Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit and Foreign
                           -------------------------------------------------
               Letters of Credit.
               -----------------

                           (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and
                    the execution and delivery by the Company to the Issuing
                    Bank and the Administrative Agent of a letter of credit
                    application on the Issuing Bank's customary form (a "Letter
                    of Credit Application"), the Issuing Bank on behalf of the
                    Lenders and in reliance upon the agreement of the Lenders
                    set forth in (S)5.1.4 and upon the representations and
                    warranties of the Company contained herein, agrees, in its
                    individual capacity, to issue, extend and renew for the
                    account of the Company one or more standby or documentary
                    letters of credit (individually, a "Letter of Credit"), in
                    such form as may be requested from time to time by the
                    Company and agreed to by the Issuing Bank; provided,
                                                               --------
                    however, that, after giving effect to such request, (a) the
                    -------
                    sum of the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid
                    Reimbursement Obligations shall not exceed $50,000,000 at
                    any one time; and (b) the sum of (1) the Maximum Drawing
                    Amount of all Letters of Credit, (2) all Unpaid
                    Reimbursement Obligations, and (3) the amount of all
                    Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans outstanding
                    shall not at any time exceed the Total Revolving Commitment.
                    The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that any
                    Existing Letters of Credit issued and outstanding as of the
                    Closing Date shall, on the Closing Date be deemed to be, and
                    shall become, Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder for
                    the account of the Company, and shall be subject to all the
                    provisions of this Credit Agreement relating to a Letter of
                    Credit issued hereunder.

                           (b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and
                    the execution and delivery by Samsonite Europe to the
                    Foreign Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Foreign
                    Issuing Bank of a letter of credit application on the
                    Foreign Issuing Bank's customary form (a "Foreign Letter of
                    Credit Application"), the Foreign Issuing Bank on behalf of
                    the Lenders and in reliance upon the agreement of the
                    Lenders set forth in (S)5.1.4 and upon the representations
                    and warranties of Samsonite Europe contained herein, agrees,
                    in its individual capacity, to
<PAGE>
 
                                     -92-

                    issue, extend and renew for the account of Samsonite Europe
                    one or more standby or documentary letters of credit
                    (individually, a "Foreign Letter of Credit"), which Foreign
                    Letter of Credit may be issued in an Optional Currency if so
                    requested by Samsonite Europe, in such form as may be
                    requested from time to time by Samsonite Europe and agreed
                    to by the Foreign Issuing Bank; provided, however, that,
                                                    --------  -------
                    after giving effect to such request, (a) the sum of the
                    aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount of all Foreign Letters of
                    Credit and all Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations
                    shall not exceed $20,000,000 in a Dollar Equivalent amount
                    at any one time; and (b) the sum of the Dollar Equivalent
                    amounts of (1) the Maximum Drawing Amount of all Foreign
                    Letters of Credit, (2) all Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement
                    Obligations, and (3) the amount of all Revolving
                    Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans
                    outstanding shall not at any time exceed the Total Revolving
                    Multicurrency Commitment. Upon receipt of a Foreign Letter
                    of Credit Application, the Foreign Agent shall promptly
                    notify the Administrative Agent as to the Dollar Equivalent
                    amount that is thereby applied for and as to the aggregate
                    Dollar Equivalent Maximum Drawing Amount and Unpaid
                    Reimbursement Obligations for all Foreign Letters of Credit,
                    and of each of the other amounts referred to in clauses (a)
                    through (e) of (S)6.3.4, after giving effect to the issuance
                    of the Foreign Letter of Credit that is thereby applied for.
                    The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that any
                    Existing Foreign Letters of Credit issued and outstanding as
                    of the Closing Date shall, on the Closing Date be deemed to
                    be, and shall become, Foreign Letters of Credit outstanding
                    hereunder for the account of the Company, and shall be
                    subject to all the provisions of this Credit Agreement
                    relating to a Foreign Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

                    5.1.2. Letter of Credit Applications and Foreign Letter of
                           --------------------------------------------------
               Credit Applications.
               ------------------- 

                           (a) Each Letter of Credit Application shall be
                    completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Bank. In the
                    event that any provision of any Letter of Credit Application
                    shall be inconsistent with any provision of this Credit
                    Agreement, then the provisions of this Credit Agreement
                    shall, to the extent of any such inconsistency, govern.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -93-

                           (b) Each Foreign Letter of Credit Application shall
                    be completed to the satisfaction of the Foreign Issuing
                    Bank. In the event that any provision of any Foreign Letter
                    of Credit Application shall be inconsistent with any
                    provision of this Credit Agreement, then the provisions of
                    this Credit Agreement shall, to the extent of any such
                    inconsistency, govern. 

                    5.1.3. Terms of Letters of Credit and Foreign Letter of
                           ------------------------------------------------ 
               Credit.
               ------

                           (a) Each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed
                    hereunder shall, among other things, (i) provide for the
                    payment of sight drafts for honor thereunder when presented
                    in accordance with the terms thereof and when accompanied by
                    the documents described therein, and (ii) have an expiry
                    date no later than the earlier to occur of (A) 180 days from
                    the date of issuance for documentary Letters of Credit and
                    one year from the date of issuance for standby Letters of
                    Credit and (B) the date which is fourteen (14) days (or, if
                    the Letter of Credit is confirmed by a confirmer or
                    otherwise provides for one or more nominated Persons to take
                    up documents thereunder, thirty (30) days) prior to the
                    Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date. Each Letter of Credit
                    so issued, extended or renewed shall be subject to the
                    Uniform Customs.

                           (b) Each Foreign Letter of Credit issued, extended or
                    renewed hereunder shall, among other things, (i) provide for
                    the payment of sight drafts for honor thereunder when
                    presented in accordance with the terms thereof and when
                    accompanied by the documents described therein, and (ii)
                    have an expiry date no later than the earlier to occur of
                    (A) 180 days from the date of issuance for documentary
                    Foreign Letters of Credit and one year from the date of
                    issuance for standby Foreign Letters of Credit and (B) the
                    date which is fourteen (14) days (or, if the Foreign Letter
                    of Credit is confirmed by a confirmer or otherwise provides
                    for one or more nominated Persons to take up documents
                    thereunder, thirty (30) days) prior to the Revolving
                    Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date. Each Foreign Letter of
                    Credit so issued, extended or renewed shall be subject to
                    the Uniform Customs (unless otherwise expressly provided in
                    the Foreign Letter of Credit).
<PAGE>
 
                                     -94-

                    5.1.4. Reimbursement Obligations of Lenders.
                           ------------------------------------ 

                           (a) Each Lender severally agrees that it shall be
                    absolutely liable, without regard to the occurrence of any
                    Default or Event of Default or any other condition precedent
                    whatsoever, to the extent of such Lender's Revolving
                    Commitment Percentage, to reimburse the Issuing Bank on
                    demand for the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Bank
                    under each Letter of Credit (to the extent that such amount
                    is not reimbursed by the Company pursuant to (S)5.2),
                    together with the amounts required to be paid by each Lender
                    pursuant to (S)5.3.1 (such agreement of a Lender under this
                    paragraph being called herein the "Letter of Credit
                    Participation" of such Lender).

                           (b) Each Lender severally agrees that it shall be
                    absolutely liable, without regard to the occurrence of any
                    Default or Event of Default or any other condition precedent
                    whatsoever, to the extent of such Lender's Revolving
                    Multicurrency Commitment Percentage, to reimburse the
                    Foreign Issuing Bank on demand for the amount of each draft
                    paid by the Foreign Issuing Bank under each Foreign Letter
                    of Credit (to the extent that such amount is not reimbursed
                    by Samsonite Europe pursuant to (S)5.2) together with the
                    amounts required to be paid by each Lender pursuant to
                    (S)5.3.2 (such agreement of a Lender being called herein the
                    "Foreign Letter of Credit Participation" of such Lender).

                    5.1.5. Participations of Lenders.
                           ------------------------- 

                           (a) Each such payment made by a Lender shall be
                    treated as the purchase by such Lender of a participating
                    interest in the Company's Reimbursement Obligation under
                    (S)5.2.1 in an amount equal to such payment. Each Lender
                    shall share in accordance with its participating interest in
                    any interest which accrues pursuant to (S)5.2.1 after the
                    date of the purchase of such participating interest by such
                    Lender.

                           (b) Each such payment made by a Lender shall be
                    treated as the purchase by such Lender of a participating
                    interest in Samsonite Europe's Foreign Reimbursement
                    Obligation under (S)5.2.2 in an amount equal to such
                    payment. Each Lender shall share in accordance with its
                    participating interest in any interest which accrues
                    pursuant to (S)5.2.2 after the date of the purchase of such
                    participating interest by such Lender.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -95-

          5.2. Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers.
               ----------------------------------------- 

                    5.2.1. Reimbursement Obligation of the Company. In order to
                           ---------------------------------------
               induce the Issuing Bank to issue, extend and renew each Letter of
               Credit and the Lenders to participate therein, the Company hereby
               agrees to reimburse or pay to the Issuing Bank, for the account
               of the Issuing Bank or (as the case may be) the Lenders, with
               respect to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed by
               the Issuing Bank hereunder,

                           (a) except as otherwise expressly provided in
                    (S)5.2.1(b), on each date that any draft presented under
                    such Letter of Credit is honored by the Issuing Bank, or the
                    Issuing Bank otherwise makes a payment with respect thereto,
                    (i) the amount paid by the Issuing Bank under or with
                    respect to such Letter of Credit, and (ii) the amount of any
                    taxes, fees, charges or other costs and expenses whatsoever
                    incurred by the Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection
                    with any payment made by the Issuing Bank or any Lender
                    under, or with respect to, such Letter of Credit, and

                           (b) upon the termination of the Total Revolving
                    Commitment, or the acceleration of the Reimbursement
                    Obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit in
                    accordance with (S)14, an amount equal to the then Maximum
                    Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit, which amount shall
                    be held by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the
                    Lenders and the Administrative Agents as cash collateral for
                    all Reimbursement Obligations.

                    Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Bank at the
               Issuing Bank's head office in immediately available funds.
               Interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by the Company
               under this (S)5.2.1 at any time from the date such amounts become
               due and payable (whether as stated in this (S)5.2.1, by
               acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full (whether before
               or after judgment) shall be payable to the Administrative Agent
               on demand at the rate specified in (S)6.10 for overdue principal
               on the Revolving Credit Loans constituting Base Rate Loans.

                    5.2.2. Reimbursement Obligation of Samsonite Europe. In
                           --------------------------------------------
               order to induce the Foreign Issuing Bank to issue, extend and
               renew each Foreign Letter of Credit and the Lenders to
               participate therein, Samsonite Europe hereby agrees to reimburse
               or pay to the Foreign Issuing Bank, for the account of the
               Foreign Issuing Bank or (as the case may be) the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -96-

               Lenders, with respect to each Foreign Letter of Credit issued,
               extended or renewed by the Foreign Issuing Bank hereunder,

                           (a) except as otherwise expressly provided in
                    (S)5.2.2(b), on each date that any draft presented under
                    such Foreign Letter of Credit is honored by the Foreign
                    Issuing Bank, or the Foreign Issuing Bank otherwise makes a
                    payment with respect thereto (in the same currency in which
                    such Foreign Letter of Credit was issued), (i) the amount
                    paid by the Foreign Issuing Bank under or with respect to
                    such Foreign Letter of Credit, and (ii) the amount of any
                    taxes, fees, charges or other costs and expenses whatsoever
                    incurred by the Foreign Issuing Bank or any Lender in
                    connection with any payment made by the Foreign Issuing Bank
                    or any Lender under, or with respect to, such Foreign Letter
                    of Credit, and

                           (b) upon the termination of the Total Revolving
                    Multicurrency Commitment, or the acceleration of the Foreign
                    Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Foreign
                    Letters of Credit in accordance with (S)14, an amount equal
                    to the then Maximum Drawing Amount on all Foreign Letters of
                    Credit (in the same currency in which such Foreign Letter of
                    Credit was issued), which amount shall be held by the
                    Foreign Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Foreign
                    Agent as cash collateral for all Foreign Reimbursement
                    Obligations.

                    Each such payment shall be made to the Foreign Issuing Bank
               at the Foreign Issuing Bank's head office in Same Day Funds, and
               shall be made in the currency in which such Letter of Credit was
               issued. Interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by
               Samsonite Europe under this (S)5.2.2 at any time from the date
               such amounts become due and payable (whether as stated in this
               (S)5.2.2, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full
               (whether before or after judgment) shall be payable to the
               Foreign Agent on demand at the rate specified in (S)6.10 for
               overdue principal on the Base Rate Loans (subject to the final
               sentence of (S)5.3.2 hereof).

               5.3. Payments.
                    -------- 

                    5.3.1. Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be
                           -------------------------
               presented or other demand for payment shall be made under any
               Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Company of
               the date and amount of the draft presented or demand for payment
               and of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft or
               honor such demand for payment. If the Company fails
<PAGE>
 
                                     -97-

               to reimburse the Issuing Bank as provided in (S)5.2(a) on or
               before the date that such draft is paid or other payment is made
               by the Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank may at any time thereafter
               notify the Lenders and the Administrative Agent of the amount of
               any such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation. No later than 3:00 p.m.
               (New York City time) on the Business Day next following the
               receipt of such notice, each Lender shall make available to the
               Issuing Bank, at its head office, in immediately available funds,
               such Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid
               Reimbursement Obligation, together with an amount equal to the
               product of (a) the weighted average, computed for the period
               referred to in clause (c) below, of the Federal Funds Rate, for
               each day included in such period, times (b) the amount equal to
                                                 -----
               such Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid
               Reimbursement Obligation, times (c) a fraction, the numerator of
                                         -----
               which is the number of days that elapse from and including the
               date the Issuing Bank paid the draft presented for honor or
               otherwise made payment to the date on which such Lender's
               Revolving Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement
               obligation shall become immediately available to the Issuing
               Bank, and the denominator of which is 365. The responsibility of
               the Issuing Bank to the Company and the Lenders shall be only to
               determine that the documents (including each draft) delivered
               under each Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment
               shall be in conformity in all material respects with such Letter
               of Credit.

                    5.3.2. Foreign Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall
                           ---------------------------------
               be presented or other demand for payment shall be made under any
               Foreign Letter of Credit, the Foreign Issuing Bank shall notify
               Samsonite Europe of the date and amount of the draft presented or
               demand for payment and of the date and time when it expects to
               pay such draft or honor such demand for payment. If Samsonite
               Europe fails to reimburse the Foreign Issuing Bank as provided in
               (S)5.2.2 on or before the date that such draft is paid or other
               payment is made by the Foreign Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing
               Bank may at any time thereafter notify the Lenders and the
               Administrative Agent of the amount of any such Foreign Unpaid
               Reimbursement Obligation and shall specify such amount in Dollars
               (based upon the actual exchange rate at which the Foreign Issuing
               Bank anticipates being able to obtain the relevant Optional
               Currency on the relevant date, with any excess payment being
               refunded to the Lenders and any deficiency remaining payable by
               the Lenders) required from such Lender. No later than 3:00 p.m.
               (Applicable Belgium Time) on the Business Day next following the
               receipt of such notice, each Lender shall make available to the
               Foreign Issuing Bank, at its head office, in
<PAGE>
 
                                     -98-

               Same Day Funds, such Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
               Percentage of such Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation so
               specified by the Foreign Issuing Bank, together with an amount
               equal to the product of (a) the weighted average, computed for
               the period referred to in clause (c) below, of the Overnight
               Rate, for each day included in such period, times (b) the amount
                                                           -----
               equal to such Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
               Percentage of such Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, times
                                                                           -----
               (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that
               elapse from and including the date the Foreign Issuing Bank paid
               the draft presented for honor or otherwise made payment to the
               date on which such Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
               Percentage of such Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation shall
               become immediately available to the Foreign Issuing Bank, and the
               denominator of which is 365. The responsibility of the Foreign
               Issuing Bank to Samsonite Europe and the Lenders shall be only to
               determine that the documents (including each draft) delivered
               under each Foreign Letter of Credit in connection with such
               presentment shall be in conformity in all material respects with
               such Foreign Letter of Credit. From and after such purchase of
               the applicable Foreign Letter of Credit Participations, such
               Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations shall be deemed to have
               been converted into Base Rate Loans denominated in Dollars made
               by the Lenders (with such conversion constituting, for purposes
               of (S)6.9, a conversion of a Loan of one Type into a Loan of
               another Type prior to the expiration of the relevant Interest
               Period), and all amounts from time to time accruing, and all
               amounts from time to time payable, on account of such Foreign
               Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations shall be payable in Dollars as
               if such Foreign Letter of Credit had originally been issued in
               Dollars.

               5.4. Obligations Absolute. The respective Borrower's obligations
                    --------------------
          under this (S)5 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all
          circumstances and irrespective of the occurrence of any Default or
          Event of Default or any condition precedent whatsoever or any setoff,
          counterclaim or defense to payment which such Borrower may have or
          have had against the Issuing Bank or the Foreign Issuing Bank, as the
          case may be, any Lender or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or
          Foreign Letter of Credit, as the case may be. Each Borrower further
          agrees with the Issuing Bank and the Foreign Issuing Bank, as the case
          may be, and the Lenders that the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing
          Bank and the Lenders shall not be responsible for, and the Company's
          Reimbursement Obligations under (S)5.2.1 and Samsonite Europe's
          Foreign Reimbursement Obligations under (S)5.2.2 shall not be affected
          by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of
          any endorsements thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove
          to be in any or all respects
<PAGE>
 
                                     -99-

     invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the
     respective Borrower, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or Foreign
     Letter of Credit or any financing institution or other party to which any
     Letter of Credit or Foreign Letter of Credit, as the case may be, may be
     transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of such Borrower against
     the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit, any Foreign Letter of Credit or
     any such transferee. The Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank and the
     Lenders shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay
     in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however
     transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit or Foreign Letter of
     Credit except where such error, omission, interruption or delay arises
     solely from the Issuing Bank's or the Foreign Issuing Bank's gross
     negligence or willful misconduct. Each Borrower agrees that any action
     taken or omitted by the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank or any
     Lender under or in connection with each Letter of Credit, Foreign Letter of
     Credit and the respective related drafts and documents, if done in good
     faith and absent gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding
     upon such Borrower and shall not result in any liability on the part of the
     Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank or any Lender to such Borrower.

           5.5. Reliance by Issuer. To the extent not inconsistent with (S)5.4,
                ------------------
     the Issuing Bank and the Foreign Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall be
     entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any Letter
     of Credit or Foreign Letter of Credit, as the case may be, draft, writing,
     resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram,
     telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other
     document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed,
     sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements
     of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the
     Issuing Bank or the Foreign Issuing Bank, as the case may be. The Issuing
     Bank and the Foreign Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall be fully
     justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Credit
     Agreement unless it shall first have received such advice or concurrence of
     the Majority Lenders as it reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first
     be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any
     and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of
     taking or continuing to take any such action. The Issuing Bank and the
     Foreign Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall in all cases be fully
     protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Credit
     Agreement in accordance with a request of the Majority Lenders, and such
     request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be
     binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Revolving Credit
     Notes, Loan Accounts or of a Letter of Credit Participation or a Foreign
     Letter of Credit Participation.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -100-

     5.6.  Letter of Credit and Foreign Letter of Credit Fees.
           -------------------------------------------------- 

                5.6.1. Letter of Credit Fees. The Company shall, quarterly in
                       ---------------------
     arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter (for the quarter or
     portion thereof then ended) and at such other time or times as such charges
     are customarily made by the Issuing Bank, pay a fee (in each case, a
     "Letter of Credit Fee") to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars, in arrears
     (a) in respect of each standby Letter of Credit equal to (i) 1/8% per annum
     with respect to the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount from time to time of
     such standby Letter of Credit (the "Standby Letter of Credit Issuance
     Fee"), such Standby Letter of Credit Issuance Fee to be for the account of
     the Issuing Bank and (ii) the Applicable Margin per annum for Eurodollar
     Rate Loans (other than the Domestic Term Loan) with respect to the
     aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount from time to time of such standby Letter
     of Credit (the "Standby Letter of Credit Fee"), which Standby Letter of
     Credit Fee shall be allocated pro rata (according to the applicable
                                   --- ----
     Revolving Commitment Percentages) to each of the Lenders, and (b) in
     respect of each documentary Letter of Credit equal to (i) 1/8% per annum
     with respect to the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount from time to time of
     such documentary Letter of Credit (the "Documentary Letter of Credit
     Issuance Fee"), such Documentary Letter of Credit Issuance Fee to be for
     the account of the Issuing Bank and (ii) the applicable Documentary Letter
     of Credit Fee Rate per annum with respect to the aggregate Maximum Drawing
     Amount from time to time of such documentary Letter of Credit (the
     "Documentary Letter of Credit Fee"), which Documentary Letter of Credit Fee
     shall be allocated pro rata (according to the applicable Revolving
                        --- ----
     Commitment Percentages) to the Lenders. In addition, the Company shall from
     time to time pay to the Issuing Bank, for its own account, such incidental
     issuance fees, modification fees, negotiation fees, transfer fees and other
     similar processing fees and charges in connection with the issuance or
     administration of each such Letters of Credit as shall then be generally
     charged by such Issuing Bank in connection with similar letter of credit-
     related transactions. For purposes of the foregoing, the Existing Letters
     of Credit shall be deemed to be issued on the Closing Date.

                5.6.1  Foreign Letter of Credit Fees. Samsonite Europe shall,
                       -----------------------------
     quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter (for the
     quarter or portion thereof then ended) and at such other time or times as
     such charges are customarily made by the Foreign Issuing Bank, pay a fee
     (in each case, a "Foreign Letter of Credit Fee") to the Administrative
     Agent in Dollars, in arrears (a) in respect of each standby Foreign Letter
     of Credit equal to (i) 1/8% per annum with respect to the aggregate
<PAGE>
 
                                     -101-

     Maximum Drawing Amount from time to time of such standby Foreign Letter of
     Credit (the "Foreign Standby Letter of Credit Issuance Fee"), such Foreign
     Standby Letter of Credit Issuance Fee to be for the account of the Foreign
     Issuing Bank and (ii) the Applicable Margin per annum for Multicurrency
     Loans with respect to the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount from time to
     time of such standby Foreign Letter of Credit (the "Foreign Standby Letter
     of Credit Fee"), which Foreign Standby Letter of Credit Fee shall be
     allocated pro rata (according to the applicable Revolving Multicurrency
               --- ----
     Commitment Percentages) to each of the Lenders, and (b) in respect of each
     documentary Foreign Letter of Credit equal to (i) 1/8% per annum with
     respect to the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount from time to time of such
     documentary Foreign Letter of Credit (the "Foreign Documentary Letter of
     Credit Issuance Fee"), such Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Issuance
     Fee to be for the account of the Foreign Issuing Bank and (ii) the
     applicable Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Fee Rate per annum with
     respect to the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount from time to time of such
     documentary Foreign Letter of Credit (the "Foreign Documentary Letter of
     Credit Fee"), which Foreign Documentary Letter of Credit Fee shall be
     allocated pro rata (according to the applicable Revolving Multicurrency
               --- ----
     Commitment Percentages) to the Lenders. In addition, Samsonite Europe shall
     from time to time pay to the Foreign Issuing Bank, for its own account,
     such incidental issuance fees, modification fees, negotiation fees,
     transfer fees and other similar processing fees and charges in connection
     with the issuance or administration of each such Foreign Letters of Credit
     as shall then be generally charged by such Foreign Issuing Bank in
     connection with similar letter of credit-related transactions. For purposes
     of the foregoing, the Existing Foreign Letters of Credit shall be deemed to
     be issued on the Closing Date. Prior to the time that a fee is payable
     under this paragraph, the Foreign Issuing Bank shall give notice in
     reasonable detail to the Foreign Agent and the Administrative Agent as to
     the daily Maximum Drawing Amount of the Foreign Letters of Credit issued by
     the Foreign Issuing Bank with respect to the period for which such fee is
     payable, and the Foreign Agent shall calculate such fee (based upon the
     actual exchange rate, at the time of such calculation, at which the Foreign
     Agent would be able to exchange the relevant Optional Currency for Dollars)
     and shall give notice of the amount thereof to the Administrative Agent and
     the Borrowers.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -102-

6. CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.
   -------------------------- 

     6.1. Fees. The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the
          ----
account of the applicable Person(s), on the Closing Date, the fees required to
be paid on the Closing Date to such Persons in the amounts set forth in the Fee
Letters. In addition, the Company shall from time to time pay to the
Administrative Agent for the applicable specified accounts of the applicable
Persons an Agent's Fee (in each case, an "Agent's Fee") and such other fees as
are set forth in the Fee Letters, in each case at the times and in the amounts
set forth in the Fee Letters.

     6.2. Funds for Payments. 
          ------------------ 

            6.2.1. Payments to Administrative Agent and Foreign Agent. All
                   --------------------------------------------------
     payments of principal, interest, Commitment Fees, and any other amounts due
     hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, other than payments of
     principal, interest and Foreign Letter of Credit Fees made in respect of
     the Multicurrency Loans, Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, Foreign
     Reimbursement Obligations and Foreign Letters of Credit shall be made to
     the Administrative Agent, for the respective applicable accounts of the
     Lenders and the Administrative Agent, at the Administrative Agent's Head
     Office or at such other location in the San Francisco, California, area
     that the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate, in each case
     in Same Day Funds. All payments of principal and interest due hereunder or
     under any of the other Loan Documents in respect of the Multicurrency
     Loans, Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, Foreign Reimbursement Obligations
     and Foreign Letters of Credit shall be made to the Foreign Agent, for the
     respective applicable accounts of the Foreign Agent and the Lenders, at the
     Foreign Agent's Belgian Lending Office or such other location in Belgium
     that the Foreign Agent may from time to time designate, in each case in
     Same Day Funds and in the applicable currency as more fully set forth in
     (S)6.3 hereof. Each payment in respect of any Multicurrency Loan,
     Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, Foreign Reimbursement Obligation or Foreign
     Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation made by Samsonite Europe shall be made in
     the same currency in which such Loan was made or such Foreign Letter of
     Credit issued, as the case may be, unless otherwise expressly set forth in
     this Credit Agreement or otherwise agreed to by the Lenders. All payments
     of Reimbursement Obligations, Letter of Credit Fees and Foreign Letter of
     Credit Fees shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the respective
     accounts of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank, and/or the Foreign Issuing Bank,
     as applicable, at the Administrative Agent's Head Office or at such other
     location that the Administrative Agent may
<PAGE>
 
                                     -103-

     from time to time designate, in each case in immediately available funds in
     Dollars. All payments of Foreign Reimbursement Obligations shall be made to
     the Foreign Agent, for the respective accounts of the Lenders and the
     Foreign Issuing Bank, at the Foreign Issuing Bank's head office or at such
     other location that the Foreign Issuing Bank may from time to time
     designate, in each case in Same Day Funds in the currency in which such
     Foreign Letter of Credit was issued, unless expressly set forth in this
     Credit Agreement or otherwise agreed to by the Lenders.

            6.2.2. No Offset, etc. All payments by the Borrowers hereunder and
                   --------------
     under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made without setoff or
     counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any foreign or
     domestic taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions,
     withholdings, compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature
     now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political
     subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein unless such
     Borrower is required by law to make such deduction or withholding. Except
     as otherwise expressly provided in this (S)6.2, if any such obligation is
     imposed upon any of the Borrowers with respect to any amount payable by it
     hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrowers will pay
     to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders or (as the case
     may be) the applicable Agents, on the date on which such amount is due and
     payable hereunder or under such other Loan Document, such additional amount
     in Dollars or such other Optional Currency as may be applicable as shall be
     necessary to enable the Lenders or the applicable Agents to receive the
     same net amount which the Lenders or the applicable Agents would have
     received on such due date had no such obligation been imposed upon such
     Borrower. The Borrowers will deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent
     certificates or other valid vouchers for all taxes or other charges
     deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Borrowers
     hereunder or under such other Loan Document.

            6.2.3. Withholding Forms. Each Lender that is not incorporated or
                   -----------------
     organized under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof
     or the District of Columbia (a "Non-U.S. Lender") agrees that it will
     deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent, on or before the
     Closing Date, or, in the case of any Non-U.S. Lender that becomes a Lender
     pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, on or before the date of such
     Assignment and Acceptance, two duly completed copies of United States
     Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 (or a successor form) certifying
     that such Non-U.S. Lender
<PAGE>
 
                                     -104-

     is entitled to receive all payments under this Credit Agreement and the
     Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
     taxes, provided that any such Lender may instead deliver such documents or
            --------
     follow such other procedure as the Administrative Agent reasonably
     determines is sufficient for the purposes of this paragraph under then
     applicable United States tax laws. Each Non-U.S. Lender that so delivers a
     Form 1001 or 4224 (or delivering such other documents or following such
     other procedures) further undertakes to deliver to the Company and the
     Administrative Agent two (2) additional copies of such form (or a successor
     form) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete or
     promptly after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most
     recent form so delivered by it (or when otherwise required by any alternate
     document or procedure), and such amendments thereto or extensions or
     renewals thereof as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the
     Administrative Agent, in each case certifying that such Non-U.S. Lender is
     entitled to receive payments under this Credit Agreement and the Notes
     without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes,
     unless an event (including any change in treaty, law, or regulation) has
     occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be
     required that renders all such forms inapplicable or that would prevent
     such Non-U.S. Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form with
     respect to it and such Non-U.S. Lender advises the Company and the
     Administrative Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without
     any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax.

            6.2.4. Exclusions. The Company shall not be required to pay any
                   ----------
     additional amounts to any Non-U.S. Lender in respect of United States
     Federal withholding tax pursuant to (S)6.2.2 above to the extent that (a)
     the obligation to withhold amounts with respect to United States Federal
     withholding tax existed on the date such Non-U.S. Lender became a party to
     this Credit Agreement or, with respect to payments to a different lending
     office designated by the Non-U.S. Lender as its applicable lending office
     (a "New Lending Office"), on the date such Non-U.S. Lender designated such
     New Lending Office with respect to a Loan; provided, however, that this
                                                --------  -------
     clause (a) shall not apply with respect to any transferee or New Lending
     Office as a result of an assignment, transfer or designation made at the
     request of the Company; and provided further, however, that this clause (a)
                                 -------- -------
     shall not apply to the extent the indemnity payment or additional amounts
     any transferee, or Non-U.S. Lender through a New Lending Office, would be
     entitled to receive without regard to this clause (a) do not exceed the
     indemnity payment or additional amounts that the Person
<PAGE>
 
                                     -105-

     making the assignment or transfer to such transferee, or Non-U.S. Lender
     making the designation of such New Lending Office, would have been entitled
     to receive in the absence of such assignment, transfer or designation; or
     (b) the obligation to pay such additional amounts would not have arisen but
     for a failure by such Non-U.S. Lender to comply with the provisions of
     (S)6.2.3 above.

            6.2.5. Mitigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Lender agrees
                   ----------
     to use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory
     restrictions) to change its Domestic Lending Office or Eurodollar Lending
     Office to avoid or to minimize any amounts otherwise payable under (S)6.2.2
     in each case solely if such change can be made in a manner so that such
     Lender, in its sole determination, suffers no legal, economic or regulatory
     disadvantage.

            6.2.6. Replacement of Non-Exempt Lenders. Within thirty (30) days
                   ---------------------------------
     after the Company is required to make a deduction or withholding for the
     account of, or payment of any additional amount to, any Non-U.S. Lender
     pursuant to (S)6.2.2 in respect of United States Federal withholding tax
     (any such Lender described in the preceding sentence is hereinafter
     referred to as an "Affected Lender"), the Company may request that the
     other Lenders (such Lenders being hereinafter referred to as the "Non-
     Affected Lenders") acquire at par all, but not less than all, of the
     Affected Lender's outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations,
     Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and its participating interest in
     the risk relating to any Letters of Credit, Foreign Letters of Credit and
     Fronted Loans, and assume all, but not less than all, of the Affected
     Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage and Revolving Multicurrency
     Commitment Percentage. If the Company so requests, the Non-Affected Lenders
     may elect to acquire at par all or any portion of the Affected Lender's
     outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign Unpaid
     Reimbursement Obligations and its participating interest in the risk
     relating to any Letters of Credit, Foreign Letters of Credit and Fronted
     Loans, and assume all, but not less than all, of the Affected Lender's
     Revolving Commitment Percentage and Revolving Multicurrency Commitment. If
     the Non-Affected Lenders do not elect to acquire or assume all of the
     Affected Lender's outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations,
     Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and its participating interest in
     the risk relating to any Letters of Credit, Foreign Letters of Credit and
     Fronted Loans, and assume all, but not less than all, of the Affected
     Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage and Revolving Multicurrency
     Commitment Percentage, the Company may
<PAGE>
 
                                     -106-

     designate a replacement lender or lenders, which replacement lender or
     lenders must in each case be an Eligible Assignee and, in each case the
     Company must have obtained the prior written consent of the Administrative
     Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank and the Foreign Issuing Bank
     with respect to such replacement lender or lenders which consent by the
     Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank and the Foreign
     Issuing Bank shall not be unreasonably withheld, to acquire at par and
     assume that portion of the outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement
     Obligations, Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, participating
     interest in the risk relating to any Letters of Credit, Foreign Letters of
     Credit and Fronted Loans, Revolving Commitment Percentage and Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of the Affected Lender not being
     acquired or assumed by the Non-Affected Lenders. The provisions of (S)20
     hereof shall apply to all reallocations pursuant to this (S)6.2.6, and the
     Affected Lender and any Non-Affected Lenders and/or replacement lenders
     which are to acquire the Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign
     Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, participating interest in the risk
     relating to any Letters of Credit, any Foreign Letters of Credit and
     Fronted Loans, Revolving Commitment Percentage and Revolving Multicurrency
     Commitment Percentage of the Affected Lender, together with the applicable
     Borrower, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in
     accordance with the provisions of (S)20 hereof, such Assignments and
     Acceptances and other instruments, including, without limitation, such
     Notes as are required pursuant to (S)20 to give effect to such
     reallocations. On the effective date of the applicable Assignments and
     Acceptances, the Company and Samsonite Europe shall pay to the Affected
     Lender all interest accrued on its Loans up to but excluding such date,
     along with any fees payable to such Affected Lender for periods hereunder
     up to but excluding such date.

     6.3. Payment Provisions; Computations.
          ----------------- -------------- 

            6.3.1. Currency of Account. Dollars are the currency of account and
                   -------------------  
     payment for each and every sum at any time due from the Borrowers
     hereunder; provided that:
                --------      

                   (a) except as expressly provided in (S)5.3 or (S)6.11 hereof,
            or as elsewhere expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, each
            repayment of a Loan or a part thereof shall be made in the currency
            in which such Loan is denominated at the time of that repayment;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -107-

                   (b) each payment of interest and Fronting Fees shall be made
            in the currency in which such principal, or other sum, in respect of
            which such interest is payable, is denominated;

                   (c) each payment in respect of costs and expenses shall be
            made in the currency in which the same were incurred; and

                   (d) any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other
            than Dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

            6.3.2. Application of Interest Payments for Multicurrency Loans;
                   --------------------------------------------------------- 
     Risk Participation Fees. Interest and fees, if any, payable by Samsonite
     ----------------------- 
     Europe on the Multicurrency Loans shall be paid as follows: (a) as to
     interest due with respect to a Multicurrency Loan that was held by a
     Multicurrency Lender, to the Foreign Agent for the respective account of
     each such Multicurrency Lender and (b) as to interest due with respect to
     Fronted Loans to the Fronting Bank, for the account of the Fronting Bank,
     provided that as promptly as is practicable following each date upon which
     --------
     the Fronting Bank receives a payment of interest under this Credit
     Agreement on account of any Fronted Loans, such Fronting Bank shall convert
     into Dollars based upon the actual exchange rate then applicable to the
     Fronting Bank the amount equal to the portion of such payment which
     constitutes the Applicable Margin thereof (or, with respect to each Non-
     Multicurrency Lender which funded the purchase of a participating interest
     in such Fronted Loan pursuant to (S)6.11.2 hereof, as the case may be, such
     Non-Multicurrency Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of
     the full amount of such interest payment to the extent that it relates to
     Fronted Loans that are Revolving Multicurrency Loans or such Non-
     Multicurrency Lender's Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentage of the full
     amount of such interest payment to the extent that it relates to Fronted
     Loans that constitute all or a portion of the Foreign Term Loan). In
     consideration of the agreement set forth in this Credit Agreement of the
     Non-Multicurrency Lenders to purchase participating interests in the
     Fronted Loans, the Fronting Bank hereby agrees to pay to the Administrative
     Agent, for the ratable accounts (based on their respective Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitment Percentages or Foreign Term Loan Commitment
     Percentages, as applicable) of each Non-Multicurrency Lender, a risk
     participation fee (the "Risk Participation Fee") in the amount equal to the
     proceeds received by such Fronting Bank from such conversion to Dollars or,
     if no such conversion is required, the amount in
<PAGE>
 
                                     -108-

     Dollars which would have been converted if such interest had been paid in
     an Optional Currency; provided, however, that in the event that any Non-
                           --------  -------
     Multicurrency Lender has funded the purchase of participating interests in
     the extensions of credit on account of which such interest payment was made
     pursuant to (S)6.11, such Fronting Bank shall instead pay to the
     Administrative Agent, for the account of each Non-Multicurrency Lender
     which has so funded such purchase, the amount equal to such Non-
     Multicurrency Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage or
     Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentage of the proceeds received by such
     Fronting Bank from such conversion relating to Fronted Loans that are
     Revolving Multicurrency Loans or all or a portion of the Foreign Term Loan,
     respectively. Such amount shall be payable to the Administrative Agent in
     Dollars on the date upon which the Fronting Bank receives the proceeds of
     such conversion.

            6.3.3. Computations. All computations of interest with respect to
                   ------------
     Eurodollar Rate Loans, Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line
     Loans and of Commitment Fees, Letter of Credit Fees, Foreign Letter of
     Credit Fees or other fees shall, unless otherwise expressly provided
     herein, be based on a 360-day year and paid for the actual number of days
     elapsed. All computations of interest with respect to Base Rate Loans shall
     be based on a 365-day or 366-day year, as the case may be, and paid for the
     actual number of days elapsed. Except as otherwise provided in the
     definition of the term "Interest Period" with respect to Eurodollar Rate
     Loans and Multicurrency Loans, whenever a payment hereunder or under any of
     the other Loan Documents becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day,
     the due date for such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding
     Business Day, and interest shall accrue during such extension. The
     outstanding amount of the Loans and computation of interest thereon as
     reflected on the Records and the Loan Accounts from time to time shall be
     considered correct and binding on the Borrowers unless within five (5)
     Business Days after receipt of any notice given by the Administrative
     Agent, the Foreign Agent or any of the Lenders of such outstanding amount
     or interest, the Borrowers shall notify such Person in writing to the
     contrary.

            6.3.4. Computations by Foreign Agent. In addition to any other
                   -----------------------------
     computations and notices provided for herein, the Foreign Agent shall give
     notice to the Administrative Agent and the Company within 5 days after the
     end of each month, which notice shall set forth the Dollar Equivalent
     amount as of the end of such month of (a) the Maximum Drawing Amount of the
     Foreign Letters of Credit, (b) the Unpaid Reimbursement
<PAGE>
 
                                     -109-

          Obligations with respect to Foreign Letters of Credit, (c) the
          principal amount of and accrued interest on the Foreign Term Loan, (d)
          the principal amount of and accrued interest on the outstanding
          Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, and (e) the principal amount of and
          accrued interest on the outstanding Revolving Multicurrency Loans.

              6.3.5. Notices from Issuing Banks. Each Issuing Bank shall give
                     --------------------------
          notice to the Administrative Agent on the last day of each fiscal
          quarter of the Company, which notice shall set forth (a) the aggregate
          Maximum Drawing Amount as of the end of such fiscal quarter of the
          Company of all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, and (b)
          the daily aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount during such fiscal quarter
          of the Company of all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

              6.3.6. Crediting of Payments. All payments and prepayments of
                     ---------------------
          principal, interest or fees by the Company hereunder that are received
          by the Administrative Agent after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (or,
          with respect to payments made to the Foreign Agent, that are received
          by the Foreign Agent after 11:00 a.m. (Applicable Belgium Time)) will
          be deemed for all purposes to have been received on the next Business
          Day.

          6.4. Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate or Eurocurrency Rate. In
               -----------------------------------------------------------
     the event, prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to any
     Eurodollar Rate Loan or Multicurrency Loan, the Administrative Agent or the
     Foreign Agent, as the case may be, shall determine or be notified by the
     Majority Lenders that adequate and reasonable methods do not exist for
     ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate, as the case may
     be, that would otherwise determine the rate of interest to be applicable to
     any Eurodollar Rate Loan or Multicurrency Loan during any Interest Period,
     the Administrative Agent or the Foreign Agent, as the case may be, shall
     forthwith give notice of such determination (which shall be conclusive and
     binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders) to the Borrowers and the Lenders.
     In such event (a) if adequate and reasonable methods do not exist for
     ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate, (i) any Loan Request or Conversion
     Request with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically
     withdrawn and with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, shall be deemed a
     request for Base Rate Loans, (ii) each Eurodollar Rate Loan will
     automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period relating
     thereto, become a Base Rate Loan and (iii) the obligations of the Lenders
     to make Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative
     Agent or the Majority Lenders determine that the circumstances giving rise
     to such suspension no longer exists, whereupon the Administrative Agent, or
     the Administrative Agent upon the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -110-

     instruction of the Majority Lenders, shall so notify the Borrowers and the
     Lenders; and (b) if adequate and reasonable methods do not exist for
     ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate, (i) any Revolving Multicurrency Loan
     Request shall be automatically withdrawn and (ii) each Multicurrency Loan
     will automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period
     relating thereto, be due and payable and must then be repaid; unless, but
     only in the event that, such Multicurrency Loan constitutes all or a
     portion of the Foreign Term Loan, each of the Administrative Agent, the
     Foreign Agent, the Fronting Bank and those Multicurrency Lenders holding
     portions of the Foreign Term Loan consents and agrees to continue such
     Multicurrency Loan on a short-term basis during which period it shall bear
     interest at a rate reasonably determined by the Fronting Bank and those
     Multicurrency Lenders holding such portions of the Foreign Term Loan to be
     equal to their weighted average cost of funds in Belgian francs for making
     or maintaining such Multicurrency Loan plus the Applicable Margin for
                                            ----                          
     Multicurrency Loans and (iii) the obligations of the Lenders to make
     Multicurrency Loans shall be suspended until the Foreign Agent or the
     Majority Lenders determine that the circumstances giving rise to such
     suspension no longer exist, whereupon the Foreign Agent or, as the case may
     be, the Foreign Agent upon the instruction of the Majority Lenders, shall
     so notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

          6.5. Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any
               ----------
     present or future law, regulation, treaty or directive or in the
     interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender
     to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, Multicurrency Loans or perform
     its obligations in respect of any Loans in an Optional Currency or
     Currencies, such Lender shall forthwith give notice of such circumstances
     to the Borrowers and the other Lenders and thereupon (a) the commitment of
     such Lender to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or Multicurrency Loans or convert
     Base Rate Loan to Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to make Loans in such Optional
     Currency, as the case may be, shall forthwith be suspended, (b) to the
     extent it is unlawful to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such
     Lender's Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans,
     if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day
     of each Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loans or within
     such earlier period as may be required by law and (c) to the extent it is
     unlawful to make or maintain Multicurrency Loans or for a Lender to perform
     its obligation in respect of any Loans in an Optional Currency, such
     Lender's Multicurrency Loans then outstanding, if any, shall be repaid on
     the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Multicurrency Loan
     or within such earlier period as may be required by law; unless, but only
     in the event that such Multicurrency Loan constitutes all or a portion of
     the Foreign Term Loan, each of the Administrative Agent, the Foreign Agent,
     the Fronting Bank and
<PAGE>
 
                                     -111-

     those Multicurrency Lenders holding portions of the Foreign Term Loan
     consents and agrees to continue such Multicurrency Loan on a short-term
     basis during which period it shall bear interest at a rate reasonably
     determined by the Fronting Bank and those Multicurrency Lenders holding
     such portions of the Foreign Term Loan to be equal to their weighted
     average cost of funds in Belgian francs for making or maintaining such
     Multicurrency Loan plus the Applicable Margin for Multicurrency Loans and
                        ----     
     such continuation would remedy such unlawful maintenance or performance
     with respect to such Multicurrency Loan. Each of the Borrowers hereby
     agrees promptly to pay the Administrative Agent or the Foreign Agent, as
     the case may be, for the account of such Lender, upon demand by such
     Lender, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for any
     costs incurred by such Lender in making any conversion or suffering such
     repayment in accordance with this (S)6.5, including any interest or fees
     payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make
     or maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans and Multicurrency Loans hereunder.

          6.6. Additional Costs, etc. If any introduction, adoption or change in
               ---------------------
     any applicable law or regulation, or changes in the interpretations thereof
     by any competent court or by any governmental or other regulatory body or
     official charged with the administration or the interpretation thereof, or
     the compliance with any guideline, directive, or request promulgated or
     issued after the date hereof by or from any central bank or other
     governmental or other regulatory body or official (whether or not having
     the force of law) shall:

               (a)    subject any Lender or any Agent to any tax, levy, impost,
          duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with respect
          to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letters of
          Credit, any Foreign Letters of Credit, such Lender's Commitment or
          fronting obligation or the Loans (other than taxes based upon or
          measured by the income or profits of such Lender or such Agent), or

               (b)    materially change the basis of taxation (except for
          changes in taxes on income or profits) of payments to any Lender of
          the principal of or the interest on any Loans or any other amounts
          payable to any Lender or any Agent under this Credit Agreement or any
          of the other Loan Documents, or 

               (c)    impose or increase or render applicable (other than to the
          extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Credit Agreement)
          any special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy
          or other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law)
          against assets held by, 
          
<PAGE>
 
                                     -112-

          or deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, or letters of
          credit issued by, or commitments of an office of any Lender, or

               (d)    impose on any Lender or any Agent any other conditions or
          requirements with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
          Documents, any Letters of Credit, any Foreign Letters of Credit, the
          Loans, such Lender's Revolving Commitment, fronting obligations or
          Revolving Multicurrency Commitment, or any class of loans, letters of
          credit or commitments of which any of the Loans, Letters of Credit,
          Foreign Letters of Credit or such Lender's Revolving Commitment,
          fronting obligations or Revolving Multicurrency Commitment forms a
          part, and the result of any of the foregoing is

                      (i)    to increase the cost to any Lender of making,
               funding, issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of the
               Loans or such Lender's Revolving Commitment, fronting
               obligations, or Revolving Multicurrency Commitment, or any Letter
               of Credit or Foreign Letter of Credit, or

                      (ii)   to reduce the amount of principal, interest,
               Reimbursement Obligation, Foreign Reimbursement Obligation or
               other amount payable to such Lender or such Agent hereunder on
               account of such Lender's Revolving Commitment, fronting
               obligations, or Revolving Multicurrency Commitment, any Letter of
               Credit, any Foreign Letter of Credit or any of the Loans, or

                      (iii)  to require such Lender or such Agent to make any
               payment or to forego any interest, fee, or other sum payable
               hereunder, the amount of which payment or foregone interest, fee,
               or other sum is calculated by reference to the gross amount of
               any sum receivable or deemed received by such Lender or such
               Agent from the Borrowers hereunder,

     then, and in each such case, upon demand made by such Lender or (as the
     case may be) the Administrative Agent or the Foreign Agent, the Borrower
     whose Loan, credit facility, Letter of Credit or Foreign Letter of Credit
     is giving rise to any of the foregoing will at any time and from time to
     time and as often as the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Lender or
     such Agent such additional amounts as will be sufficient to compensate such
     Lender or such Agent for such additional cost, reduction, payment or
     foregone interest, fee, or other sum.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -113-

          6.7. Capital Adequacy. If after the date hereof any Lender or Lead
               ----------------
      Agent determines that (a) the adoption of or change in any law,
      governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or
      not having the force of law) regarding capital requirements for banks or
      bank holding companies or any change in the interpretation or application
      thereof by a court or governmental authority with appropriate
      jurisdiction, or (b) compliance by such Lender, or such Lead Agent or any
      corporation controlling such Lender or such Lead Agent with any law,
      governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or
      not having the force of law) of any such entity regarding capital
      adequacy, has the effect of reducing the return on such Lender's or such
      Lead Agent's commitment with respect to any Loans to a level below that
      which such Lender or such Lead Agent could have achieved but for such
      adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's or
      such Lead Agent's then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy
      and assuming full utilization of such entity's capital) by any amount
      deemed by such Lender or (as the case may be) such Lead Agent to be
      material, then such Lender or such Lead Agent may notify the Borrowers of
      such fact. To the extent that the amount of such reduction in the return
      on capital is not reflected in the Base Rate (as to Revolving Credit Loans
      and the Domestic Term Loan) or the Overnight Rate (as to Multicurrency
      Loans), or such other interest rate as may be applicable to the Loans, the
      applicable Borrower agrees to pay such Lender or such Agent (as the case
      may be) the amount of such reduction in the return on capital as and when
      such reduction is determined upon presentation by such Lender or such
      Agent (as the case may be) of a certificate in accordance with (S)6.8
      hereof.

          6.8. Certificate. A certificate setting forth any additional amounts
               -----------
      payable pursuant to (S)(S)6.6 or 6.7 and a brief explanation of such
      amounts which are due, submitted by any Lender or such Agent to the
      Borrowers, shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, that such amounts
      are due and owing.

          6.9. Indemnity. Each Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to
               ---------
      hold each Lender harmless from and against any loss, cost, or expense (but
      excluding loss of anticipated profits) that such Lender may sustain or
      incur as a consequence of (a) default by such Borrower in payment of the
      principal amount of or any interest on any Eurodollar Rate Loans,
      Multicurrency Loan, or Multicurrency Swing Line Loans as and when due and
      payable, including any such loss, cost, or expense arising from interest
      or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order
      to maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans, Multicurrency Loans and
      Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, (b) default by such Borrower in making a
      borrowing or conversion after such Borrower has given (or is deemed to
      have given) a Notice of Swing Line Borrowing, Notice of Multicurrency
      Swing Line Borrowing, Loan Request, Revolving
      
<PAGE>
 
                                     -114-

     Multicurrency Loan Request, or a Conversion Request relating thereto in
     accordance with (S)2.7 or (S)2.8 or (S)4.7 or (S)4.8 or (c) the making of
     any payment (including without limitation any mandatory or optional
     prepayment pursuant to (S)3) of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, Multicurrency Loan,
     or Multicurrency Swing Line Loan or the making of any conversion of any
     such Eurodollar Rate Loan, Multicurrency Loan, or Multicurrency Swing Line
     Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the
     applicable Interest Period with respect thereto (or, if the relevant
     Borrower has requested, or is deemed to have requested, that an Interest
     Period relating to a Revolving Multicurrency Loan or all or any portion of
     the Foreign Term Loan be continued, the making of a payment on a day that
     is the last day of the Interest Period that was so continued), including
     interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it
     in order to maintain any such Loans, assuming, hypothetically, for purposes
     of such calculations that (but regardless of whether) such Lender has
     funded such Eurodollar Rate Loan, Multicurrency Swing Line Loan or
     Multicurrency Loan in the applicable interbank market with a loan to it or
     deposit of the same amount and Interest Period as such Eurodollar Rate
     Loan, Multicurrency Swing Line Loan, or Multicurrency Loan, as the case may
     be. The losses, costs, and expenses that are subject to this (S)6.9
     include, without limitation, any loss, cost, or expense arising from
     currency conversions or exchange rate fluctuations, or from the
     liquidation, re-employment, or exchange for (or conversion into) another
     currency of any funds obtained by any party seeking indemnification
     pursuant to this (S)6.9.

          6.10. Interest After Default. During the continuance of a Default or
                ----------------------
     an Event of Default until such Default or Event of Default has been cured
     or remedied or such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the
     Majority Lenders (or, as applicable, all of the Lenders) pursuant to (S)27,
     each Borrower shall pay interest on (a) the unpaid principal amount of all
     Loans made to the Borrowers and owing to each Lender, compounded monthly
     and payable in arrears on the dates referred to in (S)(S)2.6, 3.5, and 4.6,
     at a rate per annum equal to all times to two percent (2%) over the highest
     rate of interest otherwise applicable to such Loans pursuant to (S)(S)2.6,
     3.5, and 4.6, as the case may be (after as well as before judgment), and
     (b) (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all interest, fees and
     other amounts payable hereunder (other than principal) payable but not paid
     when due, from the date such amount shall be due until such amount shall be
     paid in full, compounded monthly and payable in arrears on the date such
     amount shall be paid in full and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at
     all times to two percent (2%) over the highest rate of interest otherwise
     applicable to such Loans pursuant to (S)(S)2.6, 3.5, and 4.6, as the case
     may be (after as well as before judgment) and, in the case of Obligations
     not subject to an Applicable Margin, at a rate per annum equal to the Base
     Rate plus two percent (2%); provided, however, that, on and after the
          ----                   --------  -------    
     expiration of any
<PAGE>
 
                                     -115-

     Interest Period applicable to any Multicurrency Loan or Multicurrency Swing
     Line Loan outstanding on the date of occurrence of such Default or Event of
     Default or acceleration, the principal amount of such Loan shall, during
     the continuance of such Default or Event of Default or after acceleration,
     bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus two percent
                                                              ----
     (2%). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any
     Default or Event of Default exists, and subject to the effects of
     (S)(S)5.2.2 and 6.11.2 (but without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders
     under (S)14), Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans may be
     continued on a monthly basis (or, in the case of the Multicurrency Swing
     Line Loans, for such Interest Period applicable thereto as may be chosen by
     the Multicurrency Swing Line Lender) and the Applicable Margin set forth in
     the column applicable thereto shall be increased by two percent (2%) per
     annum.

          6.11. Fronting Bank Provisions.
                ------------------------

                6.11.1. Payments to Administrative Agent and Fronting Bank.
                        --------------------------------------------------
          Samsonite Europe agrees to pay to the Fronting Bank for the account of
          the Fronting Bank a fronting fee (the "Fronting Fee") calculated at
          the rate of one-eighth of one percent (1/8%) per annum on the average
          principal amount of Fronted Loans outstanding (including amounts
          requested) during each calendar quarter or portion thereof from the
          Closing Date to the later of the Revolving Multicurrency Loan Maturity
          Date and the Foreign Term Loan Maturity Date. The Fronting Fee shall
          be payable on each Interest Payment Date pertaining to such Fronted
          Loans for the immediately preceding Interest Period, commencing on the
          first such date following the date hereof, with a final payment on the
          later to occur of (a) the Revolving Multicurrency Loan Maturity Date,
          or any earlier date on which the Total Revolving Multicurrency
          Commitment has terminated and (b) the Foreign Term Loan Maturity Date.

                6.11.2. Currency Conversions and Contingent Funding Agreement.
                        -----------------------------------------------------

                        (a)  Each of the Non-Multicurrency Lenders hereby
               unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to purchase (in Dollars)
               an undivided participating interest in (x) its ratable share,
               determined by reference to its Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
               Percentage, of such Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing
               Line Loans made by the Fronting Bank and (y) its ratable share,
               determined by reference to its Foreign Term Loan Commitment
               Percentage, of the portion of the Foreign Term Loan made by the
               Fronting Bank, as the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -116-

               Foreign Agent may at any time request after receipt by such
               Non-Multicurrency Lender of proper documentary notice given by
               the Foreign Agent to such Non-Multicurrency Lenders to make any
               such payment, provided that:
                             --------      

                       (i)   the Foreign Agent hereby agrees that, unless an
                    Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, it will not
                    request any such purchase of participating interests unless
                    a Fronting Loan Event has occurred and the Foreign Agent has
                    given to the Borrowers seven (7) Business Days' prior
                    written notice thereof;
  
                       (ii)  the Foreign Agent hereby agrees that it promptly
                    will request that the Non-Multicurrency Lenders purchase
                    such participating interest in all outstanding Fronted Loans
                    made by the Fronting Bank if the Fronting Bank provides to
                    the Foreign Agent and the Administrative Agent a written
                    certification that an Event of Default has occurred and is
                    continuing and requesting that such a request be made by the
                    Foreign Agent to the Non-Multicurrency Lenders; and

                       (iii) in the event that any of the events described in
                    (S)14.1(g), (h) or (j) (other than solely pursuant to the
                    1995 Subordinated Indenture) shall have occurred, each Non-
                    Multicurrency Lender shall be deemed to have purchased,
                    automatically and without request, such participating
                    interest in the Fronted Loans made by the Fronting Bank to
                    Samsonite Europe.

                    Any such request by the Foreign Agent shall be made in
               writing to each Non-Multicurrency Lender, with a copy to the
               Administrative Agent, and shall specify the amount of Dollars
               (based upon the actual exchange rate at which the Foreign Agent
               anticipates being able to obtain the relevant Optional Currency
               on the relevant date, with any excess payment being refunded to
               the Non-Multicurrency Lenders and any deficiency remaining
               payable by the Non-Multicurrency Lenders) required from such Non-
               Multicurrency Lender in order to effect the purchase by such Non-
               Multicurrency Lender of a participating interest in the amount
               equal to its Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage times
               the aggregate then outstanding principal amount (in the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -117-

               applicable Optional Currency) of the Multicurrency Loans and
               Multicurrency Swing Line Loans or its Foreign Term Loan
               Commitment Percentage times the aggregate then outstanding
               principal amount (in Belgian francs) of the Foreign Term Loan, as
               applicable (which participating interest shall thereafter also
               cover accrued interest thereon and other amounts owing in
               connection therewith), in such Optional Currency.  Promptly upon
               receipt of such request, each Non-Multicurrency Lender shall
               deliver to the Administrative Agent (in Same Day Funds), for
               delivery to the Foreign Agent (in Same Day Funds) the amount so
               specified by the Foreign Agent.  The Foreign Agent shall convert
               such amounts into the relevant Optional Currency and shall
               promptly deliver the proceeds of such conversion to the Fronting
               Bank in immediately available funds.  Promptly following receipt
               thereof, the Fronting Bank will deliver to each Non-Multicurrency
               Lender (through the Foreign Agent) a certificate setting forth
               the amount of the Fronted Loans purchased by such Non-
               Multicurrency Lender, dated the date of receipt of such funds and
               in such amount. From and after such purchase, (i) the outstanding
               Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans shall be
               deemed to have been converted into Base Rate Loans denominated in
               Dollars (with such conversion constituting, for purposes of
               (S)6.9, a conversion of a Loan of one Type into a Loan of another
               Type prior to the expiration of the relevant Interest Period),
               (ii) any further Revolving Multicurrency Loans or Multicurrency
               Swing Line Loans to be made to Samsonite Europe shall be made in
               Dollars, with each Non-Multicurrency Lender purchasing a
               participating interest therein in the manner described in the
               foregoing provisions of this (S)6.11.2 immediately upon the
               making thereof in the amount equal to such Non-Multicurrency
               Lender's Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage thereof
               (with the Foreign Agent hereby agreeing to provide prompt notice
               to each such Non-Multicurrency Lender of its receipt from the
               Fronting Bank of a notice of Borrowing and the making of the
               Fronted Loans), (iii) all amounts from time to time accruing, and
               all amounts from time to time payable, on account of such Fronted
               Loans (including, without limitation, any interest and other
               amounts which were accrued but unpaid on the date of such
               purchase) and Multicurrency Loans funded by any Multicurrency
               Lender shall be payable in Dollars as if such Fronted Loans or
               Multicurrency Lender, as the case may be, had originally been
               made in Dollars and as to Fronted Loans
<PAGE>
 
                                     -118-

               shall be distributed by the Fronting Bank to the Foreign Agent,
               for the accounts of the Non-Multicurrency Lenders, on account of
               such participating interests.  Notwithstanding anything to the
               contrary contained in this (S)6.11, the failure of any Non-
               Multicurrency Lender to purchase its participating interest in
               any Fronted Loans shall not relieve any other Non-Multicurrency
               Lender of its obligations hereunder to purchase its participating
               interest in a timely manner, but no Non-Multicurrency Lender
               shall be responsible for the failure of any other Non-
               Multicurrency Lender to purchase the participating interest to be
               purchased by such other Non-Multicurrency Lenders on any date.

                    (b) If any amount required to be paid by any Non-
               Multicurrency Lender pursuant to (S)6.11.2(a) hereof is paid to
               the Foreign Agent within three (3) Business Days following the
               date upon which such Non-Multicurrency Lender receives notice
               from the Foreign Agent that the Fronted Loan in which such Non-
               Multicurrency Lender has purchased a participating interest has
               been made, such Non-Multicurrency Lender shall pay to the Foreign
               Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such
               amount, times (ii) the daily average Overnight Rate during the
               period from and including the date such payment is required to
               the date on which such payment is immediately available to the
               Foreign Agent, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is
               the number of days that elapse during such period and the
               denominator of which is 365. If any such amount required to be
               paid by any Non-Multicurrency Lender pursuant to (S)6.11.2 is not
               in fact made available to the Foreign Agent within three (3)
               Business Days following the date upon which such Non-
               Multicurrency Lender receives notice from the Foreign Agent that
               the Fronted Loan in which such Non-Multicurrency Lender has
               purchased a participating interest has been made, the Foreign
               Agent shall be entitled to recover from such Non-Multicurrency
               Lender, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated
               from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate
               Loans hereunder. A certificate from the Foreign Agent submitted
               to any Non-Multicurrency Lender with respect to any amounts owing
               under this (S)6.11.2(b) shall be conclusive in the absence of
               manifest error. Amounts payable by any Non-Multicurrency Lender
               pursuant to this (S)6.11.2(b) shall be paid to the Foreign Agent,
               for the account of the Fronting Bank.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -119-

                    (c) Whenever at any time after the Fronting Bank has
               received from any Non-Multicurrency Lender such Non-Multicurrency
               Lender's participating interest in a Fronted Loan pursuant to
               (S)6.11.2(b) above, the Fronting Bank receives any payment on
               account thereof, such Fronting Bank will distribute to the
               Foreign Agent, for the account of such Non-Multicurrency Lender,
               such Non-Multicurrency Lender's participating interest in such
               amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments,
               to reflect the period of time during which such Non-Multicurrency
               Lender's participating interest was outstanding) in like funds
               received; provided, however, that in the event that any such
                         --------  -------                                 
               payment received by the Fronting Bank is required to be returned,
               such Non-Multicurrency Lender will return to the Fronting Bank
               any portion thereof previously distributed by the Fronting Bank
               to the Non-Multicurrency Lender in like funds as such payment is
               required to be returned by the Fronting Bank.

                    (d) Each Non-Multicurrency Lender's obligation to purchase
               participating interests pursuant to this (S)6.11 shall be
               absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any
               circumstance, including without limitation, (i) any set-off,
               counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Non-
               Multicurrency Lender may have against the Fronting Bank, any
               Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the
               occurrence and continuation of any Default or Event of Default;
               (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or
               otherwise) of the Borrowers or any other Lender; (iv) any breach
               of this Credit Agreement by the Borrowers or any other Lender; or
               (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever,
               whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that no
                                                               --------  
               Non-Multicurrency Lender shall be obligated to purchase
               participating interests in any Fronted Loans made by the Fronting
               Bank to the extent that such Fronted Loans (at the time when
               made) caused the Dollar Equivalent amount of the sum of all
               Revolving Multicurrency Loans and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans
               outstanding plus all then outstanding Foreign Unpaid
               Reimbursement Obligations plus the Maximum Drawing Amount of then
               outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit to exceed the Total
               Revolving Multicurrency Commitment then in effect.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -120-

               6.11.3  Change of Status of Multicurrency Lender.
                       ---------------------------------------- 

                       (a) In the event that any Lender was, at the time of
               making a Multicurrency Loan, a Multicurrency Lender and
               subsequently becomes a Non-Multicurrency Lender while such
               Multicurrency Loans made by such Lender are still outstanding,
               such Lender shall immediately upon becoming aware that it is no
               longer a Multicurrency Lender notify the Administrative Agent,
               the Fronting Bank, the Foreign Agent, and the Borrowers of such a
               change in its status. As of the effective date of such a change
               in status, such Lender shall be considered a Non-Multicurrency
               Lender for all Multicurrency Loans made after such date, until
               such time, if ever, as such Lender would again constitute a
               Multicurrency Lender. As to any Multicurrency Loans made by such
               Lender when it was a Multicurrency Lender, such Lender shall be
               considered a Multicurrency Lender as to such Multicurrency Loans,
               unless the Fronting Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion,
               elects to purchase (at par) from such Lender those outstanding
               Multicurrency Loans made by such Lender when it was a
               Multicurrency Lender. If the Fronting Bank elects to purchase
               such Multicurrency Loans, from and after the date of such
               purchase, such Multicurrency Loans shall be considered Fronted
               Loans, and the rights and obligations of such Lender, the
               Fronting Bank and Samsonite Europe shall be governed by this
               (S)6.11 as if such Multicurrency Loans were made as Fronted Loans
               on the date of such purchase. Any and all interest accrued and
               unpaid on such Multicurrency Loans as of the date of purchase
               shall be governed by (S)6.3.2(b). Upon any such sale by a Lender
               to the Fronting Bank hereunder, such Lender represents and
               warrants to the Fronting Bank that such Lender is the legal and
               beneficial owner of such interest being sold by it, but makes no
               other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
               with respect to such Multicurrency Loans, the Loan Documents or
               any Borrower.

                       (b) In the event that any Lender was, at the time of
               making a Multicurrency Loan which is still outstanding, a Non-
               Multicurrency Lender and such Lender subsequently becomes a
               Multicurrency Lender, such Lender shall notify the Administrative
               Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Foreign Agent, and the Borrowers of
               such a change in its status. As of the effective date of such a
               change in status, such Lender shall be considered a Multicurrency
               Lender for all Multicurrency Loans 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -121-

               made after such date, until such time, if ever, as such Lender
               would again constitute a Non-Multicurrency Lender. As to any
               Multicurrency Loans fronted by the Fronting Bank (and as to any
               risk participation in such Fronted Loans held by such Lender)
               when such Lender was a Non-Multicurrency Lender, such Lender
               shall, immediately upon a change in its status to a Multicurrency
               Lender, purchase (at par) from the Fronting Bank its pro rata
                                                                    --- ----
               share, determined by reference (i) in the case of Revolving
               Multicurrency Loans, to the portion of the aggregate Non-
               Multicurrency Lenders Commitments represented by its Revolving
               Multicurrency Commitment Percentage, of all Fronted Loans that
               are Revolving Multicurrency Loans and (ii) in the case of the
               Foreign Term Loan, to the portion of the aggregate Foreign Term
               Loan Commitment Percentages of the Non-Multicurrency Lenders
               represented by its Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentage, of
               the Foreign Term Loan. From and after the date of such purchase,
               such Lender's portion of the Fronted Loans so purchased by such
               Lender shall be considered Multicurrency Loans made on such date,
               and the rights and obligations of such Lender, the Fronting Bank
               and Samsonite Europe shall be governed by this (S)6.11 as if such
               Lender's pro rata share, determined by reference (i) in the case
                        --- ----
               of Revolving Multicurrency Loans, to the portion of the Non-
               Multicurrency Lenders Commitments represented by its Revolving
               Multicurrency Commitment Percentage, of the Fronted Loans that
               are Revolving Multicurrency Loans and (ii) in the case of the
               Foreign Term Loan, to the portion of the aggregate Foreign Term
               Loan Commitment Percentages of the Non-Multicurrency Lenders
               represented by its Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentage, of
               the Foreign Term Loan, were made as Multicurrency Loans on the
               date of such purchase. Any and all interest accrued and unpaid on
               such Multicurrency Loans as of the date of purchase shall be
               governed by (S)6.3.2(a). Upon any such sale by the Fronting Bank
               to any Lender hereunder, the Fronting Bank represents and
               warrants to the Lender that the Fronting Bank is the legal and
               beneficial owner of such interest being sold by it, but makes no
               other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
               with respect to such Multicurrency Loans, the Loan Documents or
               any Borrower.

                    (c) Each Lender (other than BofA, BKB and CIBC Inc., which
               are not Multicurrency Lenders on the Closing Date) shall, on the
               Closing Date, or (if 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -122-

               applicable) such later date as such Lender becomes a party to
               this Agreement, specify in a written notice to the Fronting Bank
               as to whether such Lender qualifies as a Multicurrency Lender. In
               addition, each Lender shall immediately notify the Fronting Bank
               upon a change in such Lender's status from a Multicurrency Lender
               to a Non-Multicurrency Lender, or from a Non-Multicurrency Lender
               to a Multicurrency Lender.

               6.11.4.   Resignation of Fronting Bank. The Fronting Bank may
                         ---------------------------- 
          resign at any time by giving sixty (60) days prior written notice
          thereof to the Foreign Agent, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent,
          and the Borrowers; provided such resignationshall not become 
                             --------
          effective until the date upon which a replacement Fronting Bank
          reasonably acceptable to the Majority Lenders and the Lead Agents, and
          so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
          continuing, the Borrowers, has been selected and has assumed the
          rights and obligations of a Fronting Bank hereunder. Unless a Default
          or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such
          successor Fronting Bank shall be reasonably acceptable to the
          Borrowers. If no successor Fronting Bank shall have been so appointed
          by the Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment
          within thirty (30) days after the resigning Fronting Bank's giving of
          notice of resignation, then the resigning Fronting Bank may, on behalf
          of the Lenders, appoint a successor Fronting Bank, which shall be a
          financial institution having a rating of not less than A or its
          equivalent by Standard & Poor's, which qualifies as a Multicurrency
          Lender, and having otherwise the ability to fund the Multicurrency
          Loans from a Multicurrency Lending Office. Upon the acceptance of any
          appointment as Fronting Bank hereunder by a successor Fronting Bank,
          such successor Fronting Bank shall thereupon succeed to and become
          vested with all the rights, powers, privileges, duties and obligations
          of the resigning Fronting Bank, and the resigning Fronting Bank shall
          be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any
          resigning Fronting Bank's resignation, the provisions of this Credit
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in effect for
          its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by
          it while it was acting as Fronting Bank.

               6.12.     Certain Notifications For Samsonite Europe. In the 
                         ------------------------------------------ 
          event that any Lender, the Multicurrency Swing Line Lender or the
          Fronting Bank sells, assigns, or otherwise transfers all or any part
          of its interests in any Multicurrency Loan, Multicurrency Swing Line
          Loan, Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, participating
          interests in the risk relating to any Foreign Letters of Credit and
<PAGE>
 
                                     -123-

     Fronted Loans or its Revolving Multicurrency Commitment to any other
     Lender, Eligible Assignee or the Fronting Bank, as the case may be, the
     Lender, Eligible Assignee or the Fronting Bank obtaining or receiving such
     transfer shall provide written notice of such transfer to Samsonite Europe
     (which notice shall be via registered mail); provided, however, that a
                                                  --------  -------
     failure to so provide such notice shall in no manner relieve Samsonite
     Europe of any of its obligations hereunder. In addition, a notice to
     Samsonite Europe delivered by the Foreign Agent on behalf of such Lender,
     Eligible Assignee or Fronting Bank obtaining or receiving such transfer
     shall constitute compliance with this (S)6.12. The Foreign Agent is hereby
     authorized to deliver such notice in the name and for the account of such
     Lender, Eligible Assignee or Fronting Bank obtaining or receiving such
     transfer

     7.  COLLATERAL SECURITY AND GUARANTEES.
         ----------------------------------

          7.1  Security of Borrowers. The Obligations shall be secured by a 
               ---------------------
     perfected first priority security interest (pari passu with the PBGC 
                                                 ---- ----- 
     Ratable Lien only as to certain Collateral to the extent required by the
     PBGC Letter, and subject only to Permitted Liens entitled to priority under
     applicable law) in Collateral consisting of substantially all of the assets
     of the Company (including, without limitation, the capital stock and other
     equity interests required to be pledged under (S)9.15), whether now owned
     or hereafter acquired, pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents to
     which the Company is a party (other than the following: (a) real property;
     (b) the capital stock, owned by either Borrower, of a Subsidiary which is
     not a Significant Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary the capital stock
     of which is pledged pursuant to the Security Documents); (c) a portion
     equal to thirty-four percent (34%) of the total issued and outstanding
     capital stock of any Significant Foreign Subsidiary (or such lower non-
     pledged percentage as may result from the application of the provisions of
     (S)9.15 hereof); (d) promissory notes executed and delivered by officers
     and directors of the Company as consideration for the purchase by such
     officers and directors of the common stock of the Company in accordance
     with the applicable compensation arrangements between the Company and such
     officers and directors as approved by the Board of Directors of the
     Company; and (e) assets subject to liens permitted by (S)10.2(g) hereof and
     assets subject to existing Capitalized Leases or existing purchase money
     security interests set forth on Schedule 10.2 hereto; provided, however,
                                     -------- ----         --------  ------- 
     the Administrative Agent shall not require a perfected security interest in
     (i) any motor vehicles owned by the Company; (ii) any tangible assets owned
     by the Company on the Closing Date which are physically located in
     jurisdictions outside of the United States (other than shares of capital
     stock or other equity interests which are the subject of the Security
     Documents); and (iii) any trademarks, patents or copyrights owned, licensed
     or used by the Company and granted under the laws of any jurisdiction
     outside of the United States; provided, further, that the 
                                   --------  -------                            
   
<PAGE>
 
                                     -124-

     Company shall not be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent any
     checks or similar instruments received for deposit or collection in the
     ordinary course of business, or instruments in stated principal amounts of
     $50,000 or less, calculated individually (the "Excluded Possessory
     Collateral"). The Obligations of Samsonite Europe shall be secured by a
     perfected, first priority pledge of 100% of the capital stock and other
     equity interests of any Significant Subsidiary now owned or hereafter
     acquired by Samsonite Europe (in each case to the extent provided in
     (S)9.15 hereof).

          7.2. Guaranties And Security Of Subsidiaries. The Obligations shall
               ---------------------------------------
     also be guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to the terms of the
     Guarantees, as further provided in (S)9.13. The obligations of the
     Guarantors that are Domestic Subsidiaries under the Guarantees shall be in
     turn secured by a perfected first priority security interest (pari passu
                                                                   ---- -----
     with the PBGC Ratable Lien only as to certain Collateral to the extent
     required by the PBGC Letter, and subject only to Permitted Liens entitled
     to priority under applicable law) in Collateral consisting of substantially
     all of the assets of each such Guarantor, whether now owned or hereafter
     acquired, pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents to which such
     Guarantors are party (other than the following: (a) real property; (b) the
     capital stock, owned by any Guarantor, of a Subsidiary which is not a
     Significant Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary the capital stock of
     which is pledged pursuant to the Security Documents); (c) a portion equal
     to thirty-four percent (34%) of the total issued and outstanding capital
     stock of any Significant Foreign Subsidiary (or such lower non-pledged
     percentage as may result from the application of the provisions of (S)9.15
     hereof); and (d) assets subject to liens permitted by (S)10.2(g) hereof and
     assets subject to existing Capitalized Leases or existing purchase money
     security interests set forth on Schedule 10.2 hereto; provided, however,
                                     -------------         --------  ------- 
     the Administrative Agent shall not require a perfected security interest in
     (i) any motor vehicles owned by the Guarantors; (ii) any tangible assets
     owned by any Guarantor on the Closing Date which are physically located in
     jurisdictions outside of the United States (other than shares of capital
     stock which are the subject of the Security Documents); and (iii) any
     trademarks, patents or copyrights owned, licensed or used by any Guarantor
     and granted under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United
     States; provided, further, that the Guarantors shall not be required to
             --------  -------
     deliver to the Administrative Agent any of the Excluded Possessory
     Collateral. The Obligations of the Guarantors shall also be secured by a
     perfected, first priority pledge of such portion (if any) of the capital
     stock and other equity interests of any Significant Subsidiary now owned or
     hereafter acquired by such Guarantors as shall be required by (and in each
     case to the extent provided in) (S)9.15 hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -125-

          7.3  Guaranty by the Company of the Obligations.
               ------------------------------------------ 

               7.3.1  Guaranty. For value received and hereby acknowledged and
                      --------
          as an inducement to the Lenders and the Agents to make the Loans,
          Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit available to the
          Borrowers, the Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
          guarantees (a) the full punctual payment when due, whether at stated
          maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Obligations of
          Samsonite Europe now or hereafter existing whether for principal,
          interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, and (b) the strict performance
          and observance by Samsonite Europe of all agreements, warranties and
          covenants applicable to Samsonite Europe in the Loan Documents and (c)
          the obligations of Samsonite Europe under the Loan Documents (such
          Obligations collectively being hereafter referred to as the
          "Guaranteed Obligations").

               7.3.2  Guaranty Absolute. The Company guarantees that the
                      -----------------
          Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the
          terms hereof, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or
          hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or
          the rights of the Bank with respect thereto. The liability of the
          Company under this guaranty with regard to the Guaranteed Obligations
          of Samsonite Europe shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective
          of:

                        (a)  Samsonite Europe's lack of authorization,
               execution, validity or enforceability of this Credit Agreement
               and any amendment hereof (with regard to such Guaranteed
               Obligations), or any other obligation, agreement or instrument
               relating thereto (it being agreed by the Company that the
               Guaranteed Obligations shall not be discharged prior to the final
               and complete satisfaction of all of the Obligations of Samsonite
               Europe) or any failure to obtain any necessary governmental
               consent or approvals or necessary third party consents or
               approvals;

                         (b) any Agent's or any Lender's exercise or enforcement
               of, or failure or delay in exercising or enforcing, legal
               proceedings to collect the Obligations or the Guaranteed
               Obligations or any power, right or remedy with respect to any of
               the Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations, including (i) any
               suspension of any Agent or any Lender's right to enforce against
               Samsonite Europe of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (ii) any
               change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any
               other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -126-

               Obligations of Samsonite Europe or any other amendment or waiver
               of or any consent to departure from this Credit Agreement or the
               other Loan Documents (with regard to such Guaranteed Obligations)
               or any other agreement or instrument governing or evidencing any
               of the Guaranteed Obligations;

                    (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any
               collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent
               to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the
               Guaranteed Obligations of Samsonite Europe;

                    (d) any change in ownership of Samsonite Europe;

                    (e) any acceptance of any partial payment(s) from Samsonite
               Europe;

                    (f) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
               adjustment, composition, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
               appointment of a receiver or trustee for all or any part of
               Samsonite Europe's assets;

                    (g) any assignment, participation or other transfer or
               reallocation, in whole or in part (whether or not subject to a
               conversion of a loan of one Type into a loan of another Type or a
               conversion from one currency to another), of any Agent's or any
               Lender's interest in and rights under this Credit Agreement or
               any other Loan Document, or of any Agent or any Lender's interest
               in the Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations;

                    (h) any cancellation, renunciation or surrender of any
               pledge, guaranty or any debt instrument evidencing the
               Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations;

                    (i) any Agent's or any Lender's vote, claim, distribution,
               election, acceptance, action or inaction in any bankruptcy or
               reorganization case related to the Obligations or the Guaranteed
               Obligations; or

                    (j) any other action or circumstance, other than payment,
               which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a
               discharge of, Samsonite Europe or the Guarantor in respect of its
               Guaranteed Obligations (other than the defense of payment in full
               in cash).
<PAGE>
 
                                     -127-

               This guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as
          the case may be, if at any time any payment of any Guaranteed
          Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Agent or
          any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of
          Samsonite Europe or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been
          made.

               7.3.3 Effectiveness; Enforcement. The guaranty hereunder 
                     -------------------------- 
          shall be effective and shall be deemed to be made with respect to each
          applicable Loan made and each Foreign Letter of Credit issued as of
          the time it is made, issued or accepted, as applicable. No invalidity,
          irregularity or unenforceability by reason of any bankruptcy or
          similar law, or any law or order of any government or agency thereof
          purporting to reduce, amend or otherwise affect any liability of
          Samsonite Europe, and no defect in or insufficiency or want of powers
          of Samsonite Europe or irregular or improperly recorded exercise
          thereof, shall impair, affect, be a defense to or claim against such
          guaranty. The guaranty hereunder is a continuing guaranty and shall
          (a) survive any termination of this Credit Agreement, and (b) remain
          in full force and effect until payment in full of, and performance of,
          all Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under the
          guaranty hereunder, all the Commitments shall have expired and been
          terminated, all of the Foreign Letters of Credit shall have expired or
          been terminated and all lending and other credit commitments of the
          Lenders in respect thereof have terminated. The guaranty under this
          Credit Agreement is made for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders
          and their successors and assigns, and may be enforced from time to
          time as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement
          on the part of the Agents or the Lenders first to exercise any rights
          against Samsonite Europe, or to resort to any other source or means of
          obtaining payment of any of the said Obligations or to elect any other
          remedy.

               7.3.4. Waiver. The Company hereby waives promptness, diligence
                      ------ 
          , protest, notice of protest, all suretyship defenses, notice of
          acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed
          Obligations and this guaranty and any requirement that any Agent or
          any Lender secure, perfect or protect any security interest or lien on
          any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action
          against Samsonite Europe or any other person or any collateral. The
          Company also irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
          law, all defenses which at any time may be available to it in respect
          of the Guaranteed Obligations by virtue of any statute of limitations,
          valuation, stay, moratorium law or similar law now or hereinafter in
          effect.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -128-

               7.3.6 Subordination; Subrogation. Until the payment and 
                     -------------------------- 
          performance in full of all the Obligations, the Company shall not
          exercise and hereby waives any rights against Samsonite Europe as a
          result of payment by the Company hereunder, by way of subrogation,
          reimbursement, restitution, contribution or otherwise, and the Company
          will not prove any claim in competition with any Agent or any Lender
          in respect of any payment hereunder in bankruptcy, insolvency, or
          reorganization proceedings of any nature; the Company will not claim
          any set-off, recoupment or counterclaim against Samsonite Europe in
          respect of any liability of the Company to Samsonite Europe; and the
          Company waives any benefit of and any right to participate in any
          collateral which may be held by any Lender or any Agent. The Company
          agrees that, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any
          Default or Event of Default, the Company will not demand, sue for or
          otherwise attempt to collect any indebtedness of Samsonite Europe to
          the Company until all of the Obligations of Samsonite Europe shall
          have been paid in full. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence,
          the Company shall collect, enforce or receive any amounts in respect
          of such indebtedness in violation of the foregoing sentence while any
          Obligations of Samsonite Europe are still outstanding, such amounts
          shall be collected, enforced and received by the Company as trustee
          for the Lenders and the Agents and be paid over to the Administrative
          Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agents on account of the
          Obligations of Samsonite Europe without affecting in any manner the
          liability of the Company under the other provisions hereof. The
          provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination
          of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

               7.3.6 Payments. The Company shall pay the Guaranteed
                     -------- 
          Obligations in the currency in which such Obligation is payable by
          Samsonite Europe and all payments by the Company hereunder shall be
          made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be free and clear of and
          without deduction for any foreign or domestic taxes, levies, imposts,
          duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings, compulsory loans,
          restrictions or conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or
          levied by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or
          taxing or other authority therein unless Samsonite Europe is required
          by law to make such deduction or withholding. Except as otherwise
          expressly provided in this (S)7.3.6, if any such obligation is imposed
          upon the Company or Samsonite Europe with respect to any amounts
          payable by it hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents, the
          Company will pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the
          Lenders or, as the case may be the Agents, on the date on which such
          amount is 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -129-

          due and payable hereunder or under such other Loan Documents, such
          additional amount in Dollars as shall be necessary to enable the
          Lenders or the Agents to receive the same net amount which the Lenders
          or the Agents would have received on such due date had not such
          obligation been imposed on the Company or Samsonite Europe.

               7.3.7.    Receipt oF Information. The Company acknowledges and
                         ---------------------- 
          confirms that the Company itself has established its own adequate
          means of obtaining from Samsonite Europe on a continuing basis all
          information desired by the Company concerning the financial condition
          of Samsonite Europe and that the Company will look to Samsonite Europe
          and not to any Agent or any Lender in order for the Company to keep
          adequately informed of changes in Samsonite Europe's financial
          condition.

     8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
        ------------------------------ 

     Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Agents
as follows:

          8.1. Corporate Authority.
               ------------------- 

               8.1.1.    Incorporation; Good Standing. Each of the Borrowers
                         ----------------------------
          and their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation (or similar
          business entity) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
          under the laws of its state or country of incorporation or formation,
          (b) has all requisite corporate power to own its property and conduct
          its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated, and (c)
          is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or similar business
          entity) and is duly authorized to do business in each jurisdiction
          where such qualification is necessary except where a failure to be so
          qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

               8.1.2.    Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance
                         ------------- 
          of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the
          Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries is or is to become
          a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) are
          within the corporate (or similar) authority of such Person, (b) have
          been duly authorized by all necessary corporate (or similar
          organizational) proceedings, (c) do not conflict with or result in any
          breach or contravention of any provision of law, statute, rule or
          regulation to which the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded
          Subsidiaries is subject or any judgment, order, writ, injunction,
          license or permit applicable to the Borrowers 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -130-

          or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries and (d) do not conflict with
          any provision of the corporate charter or bylaws of, or the
          Subordinated Debt Documents or any material agreement or other
          instrument binding upon, the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded
          Subsidiaries.

               8.1.3.    Enforceability. The execution and delivery of this 
                         -------------- 

          Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrowers
          or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries is or is to become a party
          will result in valid and legally binding obligations of such Person
          enforceable against it in accordance with the respective terms and
          provisions hereof and thereof, except as enforceability is limited by
          bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws
          relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors'
          rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of
          specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion
          of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

          8.2. Governmental Approvals. The execution, delivery and performance
               ---------------------- 
     by the Borrowers and any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries of this Credit
     Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrowers or any of
     their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the
     transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, but not limited to
     the making by the Borrowers of the borrowings contemplated by this Credit
     Agreement or the obtaining of any Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of
     Credit) do not require the approval, consent, order, authorization or
     license by, or giving notice to, or taking of any other action with respect
     to, any governmental agency or authority of any jurisdiction, or other
     fiscal, monetary or other authority, under any provisions of any laws or
     governmental rules, regulations, orders or decrees of any jurisdiction or
     the central bank of any jurisdiction or other fiscal monetary or other
     authority, under any provision of any laws or governmental rules,
     regulations, orders or decrees of any jurisdiction applicable to or binding
     on any Borrower, other than those already obtained.

          8.3. Title to Properties; Leases. Except as indicated on Schedule 8.3
               ---------------------------                         ------------ 
     hereto, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries own or hold capital leases for
     all of the assets reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the
     Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date or acquired
     since that date (except property and assets sold or otherwise disposed of,
     or trademarks, patents or copyrights licensed, in each case in the ordinary
     course of business since that date), subject to no rights of others,
     including any mortgages, leases, conditional sales agreements, title
     retention agreements, liens or other encumbrances except Permitted Liens
     and the rights of licensees of patents, trademark and copyrights of the
     Borrowers and their Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof or 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -131-

     granted after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business as
     provided in (S)10.5.2(a) hereof.

          8.4. Financial Statements and Projections.
               ------------------------------------ 

               8.4.1.    Financial Statements. There has been furnished to each
                         -------------------- 
          of the Lenders (a) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date, and a consolidated
          statement of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries
          for the fiscal year then ended, certified by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
          and (b) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
          its Subsidiaries as at April 30, 1998 and an unaudited consolidated
          statement of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries
          for the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 1998. Such balance sheets and
          statements of income and cash flows have been prepared in accordance
          with generally accepted accounting principles and fairly present the
          financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the
          close of business on the date thereof and the results of operations
          for the fiscal year and fiscal quarter, as the case may be, then
          ended.

                8.4.2.   Projections. There has been furnished to each of the
                         ----------- 
          Lenders the projections of the annual operating budgets of the Company
          and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, balance sheets and cash
          flow statements for the fiscal years ending January 31, 1999 through
          January 31, 2006, giving effect to the Related Transactions. To the
          knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, no facts exist
          that (individually or in the aggregate) would result in any material
          change in any of such projections. The projections were prepared based
          upon management's best estimates and assumptions, have been prepared
          on the basis of the assumptions stated therein and, as of the Closing
          Date, continue to reflect management's present best estimates of the
          results of operations and other information projected therein. The
          aforesaid projected balance sheets are based on the historical
          consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of
          January 31, 1998, as adjusted on a pro forma basis to give effect to
                                             --- -----            
          the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated
          thereby; and the Company and its Subsidiaries do not have, as of the
          Closing Date, any material liabilities, secured or unsecured (whether
          accrued, contingent, or otherwise), as determined in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles which are not reflected in
          such projected balance sheets, in the notes to the Balance Sheet Date
          consolidated financial statements referred to in (S)8.4.1(a) hereof or
          in Schedule 8.4 hereto.
             ------------        
<PAGE>
 
                                     -132-

               8.4.3.    Solvency.  The Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
                         -------- 
          whole are, and will be after giving effect to the Related Transactions
          and the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents,
          Solvent.

          8.5. No Material Changes, etc. Since the Balance Sheet Date, there has
               ------------------------ 
     occurred no materially adverse change in the financial condition,
     operations, prospects or business of the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole as shown on or reflected in the consolidated
     balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet
     Date, referred to in (S)8.4.1, or the consolidated statement of income for
     the fiscal year then ended, other than changes in the ordinary course of
     business that have not had any Material Adverse Effect in the aggregate.
     Since the Balance Sheet Date, none of the Borrowers have made any
     Distributions, other than as otherwise permitted by (S)10.4.

          8.6. Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, etc. Except as set forth on 
               ------------------------------------ 
     Schedules 8.6 and 8.7 hereto, the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries possess all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade
     names, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing,
     adequate for the conduct of their business substantially as now conducted
     without known conflict with any rights of others, except for conflicts that
     would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          8.7. Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.7 hereto, there are
               ----------                         ------------
     no actions, suits, proceedings or, to the best of the Borrowers' knowledge,
     investigations of any kind pending or, to the best of the Borrowers'
     knowledge, as to actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations, threatened
     against any of the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries
     before any court, tribunal or administrative agency or board (including,
     without limitation, any actions, suits, proceedings investigations or
     claims asserted during, or arising out of, or in connection with, the
     Reorganization) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect or materially impair the right of the Borrowers and their
     Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, to carry on business
     substantially as now conducted by them, or result in any substantial
     liability not adequately covered by insurance, or for which adequate
     reserves are not maintained on the consolidated balance sheet of the
     Borrowers and their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, or which question the
     validity of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or
     any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.

          8.8. No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc. The Borrowers and their
               ------------------------------------
     Non-Excluded Subsidiaries are not subject to any charter, corporate or
     other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation
     that has or is expected in the future to have a 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -133-

     Material Adverse Effect. The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are not a
     party to any contract or agreement that has or is expected, in the judgment
     of the Borrowers' officers, to have any Material Adverse Effect.

          8.9.  Compliance with other Instruments, Laws, etc. Neither the 
                -------------------------------------------- 
     Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries is in violation of any provision of
     its charter documents, bylaws, or any agreement or instrument to which it
     may be subject or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or any
     decree, order, judgment, statute, license, rule or regulation, in any of
     the foregoing cases in a manner that could result in the imposition of
     substantial penalties or have a Material Adverse Effect.

          8.10. Tax Status. Each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (a) 
                ---------- 
     have made or filed all federal, state and foreign income and all other tax
     returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which any
     of them is subject unless where the failure to so file would not have a
     Material Adverse Effect, (b) have paid all taxes and other governmental
     assessments and charges shown or determined to be due on such returns,
     reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and by
     appropriate proceedings and (c) have set aside on their books provisions
     reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to
     the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are
     no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing
     authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Borrowers know of no
     reasonable basis for any such claim.

          8.11. No Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred
                ------------------- 
     and is continuing. 

          8.12. Holding Company and Investment Company Acts. Neither the
                ------------------------------------------- 
     Borrowers nor any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries is a "holding
     company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", or an
     "affiliate" of a "holding company", as such terms are defined in the Public
     Utility Holding Company Act of 1935; nor is it an "investment company", or
     a "company" which is "controlled" by, or a "principal underwriter" of an
     "investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company
     Act of 1940.

          8.13. Absence of Financing Statements, etc. Except with respect to
                ------------------------------------ 
     Permitted Liens, or as described on Schedule 8.13 hereto, or, as of the
                                         -------------
     Closing Date with respect to security interests or liens of record (but
     no longer effective) with respect to assets with an aggregate fair market
     value not exceeding $2,000,000, there is no financing statement, security
     agreement, chattel mortgage, real estate mortgage or other document filed
     or recorded with any filing records, registry 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -134-

     or other public office, that purports to cover, affect or give notice of
     any present or possible future lien on, or security interest in, any assets
     or property of any of the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries or any rights relating thereto.

          8.14. Perfection of Security Interest. All filings, assignments, 
                ------------------------------- 
     pledges, deliveries, and deposits of documents or instruments have been
     made and all other actions have been taken that are necessary or advisable,
     under applicable law, or arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative
     Agent have been made to establish and perfect the Administrative Agent's
     security interest (for the benefit of itself and the Lenders) and the
     security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral, to the extent such
     perfection is contemplated pursuant to (S)7, (S)9.15, and (S)9.24 hereof.
     The Collateral and the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
     with respect to the Collateral are not subject to any setoff, claims,
     withholdings or other defenses. Each of the Obligors party to any of the
     Security Documents is the owner of the applicable Collateral purported to
     be granted by such Obligor free from any lien, security interest,
     encumbrance and any other claim or demand, except for Permitted Liens and
     except for liens on assets having a fair market value (in the aggregate for
     all such assets covered by such liens taken collectively) not exceeding
     $2,000,000.

          8.15. Certain Transactions. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.15 and
                --------------------                         -------- ----
     except for arm's length transactions pursuant to which any of the Borrowers
     or any of their Subsidiaries makes payments in the ordinary course of
     business upon terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such
     Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable at such time in a
     comparable arm's length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate,
     employee, officer or director, none of the shareholders or other equity
     owners, Affiliates, officers, directors, or employees of the Borrowers or
     any of their Subsidiaries is presently a party to any material transaction
     with the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries (other than
     for actual services rendered as employees, officers and directors),
     including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the
     furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal
     property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any
     Affiliate, officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the
     Borrowers, any Person as to which any Affiliate, officer, director, or any
     such employee has a substantial interest or is an Affiliate, officer,
     director, trustee or partner. 

          8.16. Employee Benefit Plans
                -----------------------

                8.16.1.  In General. Each Employee Benefit Plan has been
                         ---------- 
          maintained and operated in compliance in all material
<PAGE>
 
                                     -135-

     respects with the provisions of ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the
     Code, including but not limited to the provisions thereunder respecting
     prohibited transactions within the meaning of (S)406 of ERISA. The
     Borrowers have heretofore made available to the Administrative Agent the
     most recently completed annual report, Form 5500, with all required
     attachments, and actuarial statement required to be submitted under
     (S)103(d) of ERISA, with respect to each Guaranteed Pension Plan.

          8.16.2.   Terminability of Welfare Plans. Under each Employee Benefit
                    ------------------------------ 
     Plan which is an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of
     (S)3(1) or (S)3(2)(B) of ERISA, no benefits are due unless the event giving
     rise to the benefit entitlement occurs prior to plan termination (except as
     required by Title I, Part 6 of ERISA). The Borrowers or their ERISA
     Affiliates, as appropriate, may terminate each such employee welfare
     benefit plan at any time (or at any time subsequent to the expiration of
     any applicable bargaining agreement) in the discretion of the Borrowers or
     such ERISA Affiliate without material liability to any Person.

          8.16.3.   Guaranteed Pension Plans. Each contribution required to be
                    ------------------------ 
     made to a Guaranteed Pension Plan, whether required to be made to avoid the
     incurrence of an accumulated funding deficiency, the notice or lien
     provisions of (S)302(f) of ERISA, or otherwise, has been timely made. No
     waiver of an accumulated funding deficiency or extension of amortization
     periods has been received with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan. With
     respect to each Guaranteed Pension Plan, no liability or obligation to the
     PBGC (other than the PBGC Letter and the required insurance premiums, all
     of which have been paid) has been incurred by the Borrowers or any of their
     ERISA Affiliates and there has not occurred any event or condition which
     presents a material risk of termination of any such Guaranteed Pension Plan
     by the PBGC. As of the Closing Date, based on the latest valuation of each
     Guaranteed Pension Plan and on the actuarial methods and assumptions
     employed for that valuation, the unfunded accrued liability or actuarial
     reserve requirements of all such Guaranteed Pension Plans, disregarding for
     this purpose any Guaranteed Pension Plan without unfunded accrued liability
     or actuarial reserve requirements, did not exceed zero. The Unfunded
     Termination Basis Benefit Liabilities as of June 5, 1998 did not exceed
     $17,300,000.

          8.16.4    Multiemployer Plans. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.16.4,
                    ------------------- 
     neither of the Borrowers nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material
     liability (including
<PAGE>
 
                                     -136-

          secondary liability) to any Multiemployer Plan as a result of a
          complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan under
          (S)4201 of ERISA or as a result of a sale of assets described in
          (S)4204 of ERISA. Neither the Borrowers nor any ERISA Affiliate has
          been notified that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or
          insolvent under and within the meaning of (S)4241 or (S)4245 of ERISA
          or that any Multiemployer Plan intends to terminate or has been
          terminated under (S)4041A of ERISA.

                 8.16.5.  ERISA Reportable Event. No ERISA Reportable Event has
                          ---------------------- 
          occurred since the Closing Date with respect to any Guaranteed Pension
          Plan nor is such an event reasonably expected to occur with respect to
          any such Guaranteed Pension Plan.

                 8.16.6.  Plan Agreements. As of the date hereof, there are no
                          --------------- 
          agreements with another Person or with the PBGC (other than the PBGC
          Letter) under which any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates has
          undertaken any material liability with respect to, or may assume
          sponsorship (with resulting material liability) of, any Single
          Employer Plan of any Person, other than (a) The Schenley Pension Plan
          Final Settlement Agreement, dated as of June 20, 1996 among the PBGC,
          "McCrory", "SCH", the "McCrory Principal Subsidiaries", "Astrum" and
          the "Astrum Subsidiaries" (as such terms are defined therein), and (b)
          The McCrory Pension Plan Final Settlement Agreement, dated as of June
          20, 1996 between the PBGC, "McCrory", the "McCrory Principal
          Subsidiaries", "Astrum" and the "Astrum Subsidiaries" (as such terms
          are defined therein), which identified agreements have previously
          terminated in accordance with their terms (other than provisions
          expressly identified therein as surviving termination of the
          agreements) as a result of the Company's due assumption of sponsorship
          of and control over the retirement plans to which such agreements
          related.

                 8.16.7.  PBGC Letter. The Company has delivered to the
                          ----------- 
          Administrative Agent an accurate and complete copy of the fully-
          executed PBGC Letter prior to the Closing Date.

          8.17. Use of Proceeds; Regulations U and X. The proceeds of the Loans
                ------------------------------------ 
     shall be used (a) to refinance the outstanding Indebtedness under the Prior
     Credit Agreement, (b) for working capital and general corporate purposes,
     (c) for Permitted Acquisitions, (d) for funding the Recapitalization, and
     (e) to repay a portion (equal to approximately $13.5 million) of existing
     indebtedness of Samsonite Europe to the Company that was previously
     incurred during the Company's 1999 fiscal year for the purchase by
     Samsonite Europe of 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -137-

     stock of certain Subsidiaries of the Company, and the purchase price and
     other terms of each purchase referred to in this clause (e) were no less
     favorable to Samsonite Europe than the purchase price and other terms that
     would have been available from a seller that was not affiliated with
     Samsonite Europe. The Company will obtain Letters of Credit solely to
     support local borrowings in foreign jurisdictions and for working capital
     and general corporate purposes. Samsonite Europe will obtain Foreign
     Letters of Credit solely for working capital and general corporate
     purposes. No portion of any Loan is to be used, and no portion of any
     Letter of Credit or Foreign Letter of Credit is to be obtained, for the
     purpose of purchasing or carrying any "margin security" or "margin stock"
     as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of
     the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224 (except to the
     limited extent provided as to so-called "going private" transactions in
     (S)10.5.1(c) hereof). Any capital stock of the Company acquired in the
     Recapitalization (pursuant to the Equity Tender Offer or otherwise) shall
     be cancelled concurrently with the purchase thereof by the Company.
     Following application of the proceeds of each Loan, not more than twenty-
     five percent (25%) of the value of the assets (either of any Borrower only
     or of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject
     to the provisions of (S)10.2 or (S)10.5.2 or subject to any restriction
     contained in any agreement or instrument between a Borrower and any Lender
     or any affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness and within the
     scope of (S)14.1(f) will be "margin stock".

          8.18.  Environmental Compliance. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.18
                 ------------------------                         -------------
     hereto: 

                 (a) none of the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries or, to the
          Borrowers' knowledge, any operator of the Real Estate is in violation,
          or alleged violation, of any and all applicable federal, state,
          provincial, municipal, local and foreign laws, including common law
          and civil law and regulations, as such laws and regulations may be
          amended from time to time, as well as orders, decrees, judgments,
          seizures or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered
          thereunder relating to pollution or protection of the public from
          pollution or employee health and safety, including, but not limited to
          laws and regulations relating to the Release or threatened Release of
          Hazardous Substances into the environment or the presence,
          manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage,
          disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Substances (hereinafter
          "Environmental Laws"), which violation would reasonably be expected to
          have a Material Adverse Effect;

                 (b) neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries has
          received written notice from any third party including, without
          limitation, any federal, state or local 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -138-

          governmental authority, (i) that any one of them has been identified
          by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") as a
          potentially responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site
          listed on the National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B;
          (ii) that any Hazardous Substances which any one of them has
          generated, transported or disposed of has been found at any site at
          which a federal, state or local agency or other third party has
          conducted or has ordered that any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
          conduct a remedial investigation, removal or other response action
          pursuant to any Environmental Law; or (iii) that it is or shall be a
          named party to any claim, action, cause of action, complaint, or legal
          or administrative proceeding arising out of any third party's
          incurrence of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any kind
          whatsoever in connection with the release of Hazardous Substances;

                (c) to the Borrowers' knowledge, (i) no portion of the Real
          Estate has been used for the handling, processing, storage or disposal
          of Hazardous Substances except in material compliance with applicable
          Environmental Laws; and, no underground tank or other underground
          storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances is located on any portion
          of the Real Estate; (ii) in the course of any activities conducted by
          or on behalf of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries on their
          properties, no Hazardous Substances have been generated or are being
          used on the Real Estate except in material compliance with applicable
          Environmental Laws; (iii) there have been no unpermitted Releases or
          threatened Releases of Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from the
          properties of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries, which Releases
          would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
          (iv) there have been no Releases on, upon, from or into any real
          property in the vicinity of any of the Real Estate which, through soil
          or groundwater contamination, may have come to be located on, and
          which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
          and

                (d) The Borrowers have furnished the Lead Agents with copies of
          all material environmental site assessment reports in their possession
          with respect to the Real Estate.

          8.19. Status of Loans as Senior Debt. All Indebtedness of each of the
                ------------------------------ 
     Borrowers and their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to the Lenders and the Agents
     in respect of the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the Foreign
     Reimbursement Obligations constitutes "Senior Indebtedness" or "Senior
     Debt" (or the analogous term used therein) under the terms of each of the
     Subordinated Debt Documents or of any other instrument evidencing or
     pursuant to which there is 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -139-

     issued indebtedness which purports to be Subordinated Debt of any Obligor.
     In addition, (a) this Credit Agreement would validly constitute the
     "Original Credit Agreement" under the terms of the Subordinated Indenture
     and (b) the Indebtedness of each of the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries to the Lenders and the Agents in respect of the Loans, the
     Reimbursement Obligations and the Foreign Reimbursement Obligations
     constitutes "Designated Senior Debt." In addition, without prejudice to
     this Credit Agreement's status as the "Original Credit Agreement" referred
     to in the Subordinated Indenture the Company expressly designates all
     Obligations hereunder, and under each guarantee of the Obligations, as
     "Senior Debt" for purposes of the Subordinated Indenture.

          8.20. Fiscal Year. The Company and each of its Domestic Subsidiaries
                -----------
     has (a) a fiscal year which is the twelve (12) months ending on January 31
     of each calendar year, and (b) fiscal quarters which end on the last day of
     each January, April, July, and October. Each of Samsonite Europe and the
     Company's Foreign Subsidiaries has (a) a fiscal year which is the twelve
     (12) months ending on December 31 of each calendar year and (b) fiscal
     quarters ending on the last day of each calendar quarter.

          8.21. Significant Contracts. The Borrowers have heretofore furnished
                ---------------------
     to the Administrative Agent true, complete and correct copies of all
     Significant Contracts (including the schedules, exhibits and annexes
     thereto). All such Significant Contracts have not subsequently been
     amended, supplemented or modified in any material respect except as
     permitted by this Credit Agreement and constitute the complete
     understanding among the parties thereto in respect of the matters and
     transactions covered thereby. The representation and warranties of the
     Company, Samsonite Europe and any other Subsidiary party thereto, contained
     in each such Significant Contract were true and correct in all material
     respects when made.

          8.22. Emerging Market Subsidiaries. Schedule 8.22 sets forth an
                ----------------------------  ------------- 
     accurate and complete list of the Emerging Market Subsidiaries as of the
     Closing Date. Such entities constitute "Emerging Market Subsidiaries" for
     purposes of (and as defined in) the Subordinated Indenture.

          8.23. Subsidiaries, etc. Schedule 8.23 sets forth an accurate and
                ------------------ -------------
     complete list of the Subsidiaries of each of the Borrowers and the
     Guarantors as of the Closing Date, and identifies which of such
     Subsidiaries has assets with a value in excess of 2% of the Consolidated
     Total Assets of the Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.23 hereto,
                                                         ------------- 
     neither the Borrowers nor any Non-Excluded Subsidiary of such Borrower is
     engaged in any joint venture or partnership with, or has any equity or
     ownership interest in, any
<PAGE>
 
                                     -140-

     other Person. As of the Closing Date, none of the Borrowers or their
     Subsidiaries is, or is required to be, a guarantor under any of the
     Subordinated Debt Documents.

          8.24. Significant Contracts. Schedule 8.24 sets forth a complete and
                ---------------------  -----------
     accurate list as of the date hereof of all Significant Contracts of each
     Borrower and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, showing the parties, subject
     matter and term thereof as of the Closing Date. Each such Significant
     Contract has been duly executed, authorized and delivered by all the
     applicable Borrowers or their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries party thereto and
     (to the best of the Borrowers' knowledge) the other parties thereto, has
     not, except as permitted hereunder, been amended or otherwise modified and
     is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against all
     the applicable Borrowers or their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries party thereto
     and (to the best of the Borrowers' knowledge) the other parties thereto, in
     accordance with its terms, and there exists no default which would be
     reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect under any Significant
     Contract by any Borrower or Non-Excluded Subsidiary party thereto, and to
     the best of the knowledge of the Borrowers, any other party thereto.

          8.25. No Other Senior Debt. The Company has not designated any
                --------------------
     Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as, and has no,
     "Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of (and as defined in) the
     Subordinated Indenture and the other Subordinated Debt Documents, other
     than the Obligations. Neither the Company nor any of its Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries has any "Senior Debt" (as that term is defined in the
     Subordinated Indenture) or any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any
     "Credit Agreement" (as that term is defined in the Subordinated Indenture),
     other than the Obligations.

          8.26. No Withholding, etc. None of the Borrowers are required by the
                -------------------
     laws of any jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding of any nature
     whatsoever from any payment to be made by any of the Borrowers hereunder
     unless disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the
     Closing Date (which may be in the form of legal opinions) and unless the
     amount and likelihood such deductions or withholdings are not, in the
     Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion, material. Neither this Credit
     Agreement nor any of the other Loan Documents is subject to any
     registration or stamp tax or any other similar or like taxes payable in any
     jurisdiction.

          8.27. No Filings Required. No filing, recording or enrolling of this
                -------------------
     Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is required to ensure the
     legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this
     Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -141-

          8.28. Related Transactions. The Company has delivered to the
                --------------------
     Administrative Agent, prior to the Closing Date, true, accurate and
     complete copies of all documents evidencing the Related Transactions. The
     Subordinated Debt Tender Offer was consummated in accordance with the terms
     thereof during April of 1998; the modifications of the 1995 Subordinated
     Indenture contemplated by the Subordinated Debt Tender Offer Documents have
     been effected; the Company has purchased all of the outstanding 1995
     Subordinated Notes (except for 1995 Subordinated Notes with an aggregate
     principal amount remaining outstanding of not more than $532,000) pursuant
     to the Subordinated Note Tender Offer; and the aggregate principal balance
     of the 1995 Subordinated Notes remaining outstanding is $532,000 as of the
     Closing Date.

          8.29. Year 2000. The Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaires have
                ---------
     reviewed the areas within their business and operations which could be
     adversely affected by, and have developed or are developing a program to
     address on a timely basis, the risk that certain computer applications used
     by the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries may be unable to recognize
     and perform properly date-sensitive functions involving dates on, prior to
     and after December 31, 1999. Such risk will not have a Material Adverse
     Effect on the business and operations of the Company and its Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries.

     9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS.
        --------------------------------------

     Each of the Borrowers covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan,
Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter
of Credit, Foreign Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Lender has any
obligation to make any Loans or any Issuing Bank or Foreign Issuing Bank has any
obligation to issue, amend, extend or renew any Letters of Credit or Foreign
Letters of Credit, as the case may be:

          9.1. Punctual Payment. Subject to any applicable grace period set
               ----------------
     forth in (S)14.1(b) hereto, (a) the Company will duly and punctually pay or
     cause to be paid the principal and interest on the Loans, all Commitment
     Fees, Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign Reimbursement Obligations, Letter
     of Credit Fees, Foreign Letter of Credit Fees, Fronting Fees, Agent's Fee,
     and all other amounts provided for in this Credit Agreement and the other
     Loan Documents to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, all in
     accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and such other Loan
     Documents and (b) Samsonite Europe will duly and punctually pay or cause to
     be paid the principal and interest on its Multicurrency Loans,
     Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, Foreign Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign
     Letter of Credit Fees, Fronting Fees and all other amounts provided to be
     paid by it in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which
     it or any of its Subsidiaries is a party,
<PAGE>
 
                                     -142-

     all in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and such other
     Loan Documents.

          9.2. Maintenance of Office. The Company will maintain its chief
               --------------------- 
     executive office at 11200 East 45th Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80239, and
     Samsonite Europe will maintain its chief executive office at Westerring 17
     B-9700 Oudenaarde, Belgium, or at such other place in the United States of
     America, in the case of the Company, or Belgium, in the case of Samsonite
     Europe, as the Company or Samsonite Europe, as the case may be, shall
     designate upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, where notices,
     presentations and demands to or upon the Company or Samsonite Europe in
     respect of the Loan Documents to which the Company or Samsonite Europe is a
     party may be given or made.

          9.3. Records and Accounts. Each Borrower will keep, and cause each of
               --------------------
     its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to keep, true and accurate records and books
     of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

          9.4. Financial Statements, Certificates and Information. The Company
               --------------------------------------------------
     will deliver to each of the Lenders and to the Administrative Agent:

               (a) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
          ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the
          consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and
          the Consolidating balance sheets, each as at the end of such year, and
          the related consolidated and Consolidating statements of income and
          statements of cash flow for such year, all such financial statements
          to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally
          accepted accounting principles, and such consolidated financial
          statements to be certified without qualification by KPMG Peat Marwick
          LLP or by other nationally-recognized independent certified public
          accounting firm that is currently known as a "Big Six" accounting
          firm, together with a written statement from such accountants to the
          effect that they have read a copy of this Credit Agreement, and that,
          in making the examination necessary to said certification, they have
          obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, or, if such
          accountants shall have obtained knowledge of any then existing Default
          or Event of Default they shall disclose in such statement any such
          Default or Event of Default; provided that such accountants shall not
                                       -------- 
          be liable to the Lenders for failure to obtain knowledge of any
          Default or Event of Default;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -143-

               (b) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
          forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3)
          fiscal quarters of the Company, copies of the unaudited consolidated
          balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the unaudited
          Consolidating balance sheets, each as at the end of such quarter, and
          the related consolidated and Consolidating statements of income and
          statements of cash flow for the portion of the Company's fiscal year
          then elapsed, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles, together with a
          certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of the
          Company that the information contained in such financial statements
          fairly presents the financial position of the Company and its
          applicable Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to year-end
          adjustments);

               (c) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements
          referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, and within forty-five
          (45) days after the end of the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal
          year, a statement certified by the principal financial or accounting
          officer of the Company in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto
                                                              ---------       
          (the "Compliance Certificate"), which form of Compliance Certificate
          may be modified with the written consent of the Company and the
          Administrative Agent, and setting forth in reasonable detail
          computations evidencing compliance with the covenants contained in
          (S)11 (and, in addition, computations in reasonable detail of the
          Leverage Ratio referred to in the definition of Applicable Margin) and
          (if applicable) reconciliations to reflect any relevant changes in
          generally accepted accounting principles since the Balance Sheet Date;
          provided, however, the parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree
          --------  -------                                                 
          that the Compliance Certificate delivered for the fourth fiscal
          quarter shall be based only on then-applicable management best
          estimates of such fiscal quarter's performance;

               (d) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
          thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year, the annual budget
          for the Company and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries for the next
          succeeding fiscal year, such annual budget to be set forth in
          reasonable detail on a month-to-month basis;

               (e) (i) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
          ninety (90) days after the end of each respective plan year applicable
          to the Company's Guaranteed Pension Plans, a statement from the
          principal financial or accounting officer of the Company describing in
          reasonable detail any changes in actual or projected expense or
          liability to the Company or any
<PAGE>
 
                                     -144-

          of its Subsidiaries with respect to any such Guaranteed Pension Plan,
          and (ii) promptly after the periodic calculation thereof under the
          PBGC Letter, a statement from the principal financial or accounting
          officer of the Company setting forth in reasonable detail a
          calculation of the Unfunded Termination Basis Benefit Liabilities as
          of the relevant calculation date;

               (f) within five (5) days after the filing or mailing thereof,
          copies of all material of a financial nature filed with the Securities
          and Exchange Commission or sent to the stockholders of the Company;

               (g) from time to time upon request of the Administrative Agent,
          projections of the Company and its Subsidiaries updating those
          projections delivered to the Lenders and referred to in (S)8.4.2 or,
          if applicable, updating any later such projections delivered in
          response to a request pursuant to this (S)9.4(g);

               (h) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
          ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company,
          copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Emerging
          Market Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
          consolidated statement of cash flow and income for such fiscal year,
          and a description of the business of each such Emerging Market
          Subsidiary;

               (i) from time to time such other financial data or accounting and
          information (including accountants management letters) as any Agent or
          any Lender may reasonably request;

               (j) no later than thirty-five (35) days after the end of each
          fiscal quarter in each fiscal year, a certification by the Company
          that, as of the end of such fiscal quarter, no violation of (S)11
          hereof occurred or existed.

          9.5. Notices.
               ------- 

                9.5.1. Defaults. The Borrowers will promptly notify the
                       --------
          Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of the
          occurrence of any Default or Event of Default. If any Person shall
          give any notice or take any other action in respect of a claimed
          default (whether or not constituting an Event of Default) under this
          Credit Agreement or any other note, evidence of indebtedness,
          indenture or other obligation in excess of $1,000,000 to which or with
          respect to which the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded
          Subsidiaries is a party or obligor (or any Excluded Subsidiary is a
          party or obligor if
<PAGE>
 
                                     -145-

          such a default could give rise to a default in any obligation of any
          Borrower or Non-Excluded Subsidiary), whether as principal, guarantor,
          surety or otherwise, the Borrowers shall forthwith give written notice
          thereof to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders,
          describing the notice or action and the nature of the claimed default.

                9.5.2. Environmental Events. The Borrowers will promptly give
                       --------------------
          notice to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing
          of any of the following events: (a) upon any of the Borrowers'
          obtaining knowledge of any violation of any Environmental Law
          regarding the Real Estate or any of the Borrower's or Subsidiary's
          operations which violation could reasonably be expected to have a
          Material Adverse Effect; (b) upon any Borrower's obtaining knowledge
          of any potential or known Release, or threat of Release, of any
          Hazardous Substance at, from or into the Real Estate which could
          reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of
          $1,000,000; or (c) of any claim of liability or potential
          responsibility under Environmental Laws from any third party
          (including without limitation and federal, state or local governmental
          officials) representing a claim which the Borrowers reasonably believe
          will result in liability of at least $1,000,000.

                9.5.3. Notification of Claim Against Collateral. The Borrowers
                       ----------------------------------------
          will, immediately upon becoming aware thereof, notify the
          Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of any setoff,
          claims (including, with respect to any Real Estate, environmental
          claims), withholdings or other defenses to which any of the
          Collateral, or the Administrative Agent's rights with respect to the
          Collateral, are subject.

                9.5.4. Notice of Litigation and Judgments. The Borrowers will,
                       ----------------------------------
          and will cause each of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, give notice
          to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing within
          fifteen (15) days of becoming aware of any litigation or proceedings
          threatened in writing or any pending litigation and proceedings
          affecting the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries or
          to which the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries is or
          becomes a party involving an uninsured claim against the Borrowers or
          any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries that could reasonably be
          expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and stating the nature and
          status of such litigation or proceedings. The Borrowers will, and will
          cause each of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, give notice to the
          Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, in writing, in form and
          detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days
          of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -146-

          any judgment not covered by insurance, final or otherwise, against the
          Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries in an amount in
          excess of $3,000,000.

                9.5.5. ERISA Notices. The Company will, and will cause each of
                       -------------
          its Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Administrative Agent and each
          of the Lenders in writing promptly and in any event within fifteen
          (15) days after the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates knows or
          has reason to know that any ERISA Reportable Event has or will occur
          with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, with a statement of the
          chief financial officer of the Company describing such ERISA
          Reportable Event and the action, if any, that the Company or such
          ERISA Affiliate has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

                9.5.6. Plan Terminations. The Company will, and will cause each
                       -----------------
          of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Administrative Agent and
          each of the Lenders in writing promptly and in any event within three
          Business Days after receipt thereof by the Company or any of its ERISA
          Affiliates, with copies of each notice from the PBGC stating its
          intention to terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan or to have a
          trustee appointed to administer any such Guaranteed Pension Plan.

                9.5.7. PBGC Letter, etc. The Company will, and will cause each
                       ----------------
          of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Administrative Agent and
          each of the Lenders in writing promptly, and in any event within five
          Business Days after receipt or dispatch thereof, as applicable, by the
          Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, regarding all written notices
          or reports under the PBGC Letter, and each such notice from the
          Company or its Subsidiaries shall be accompanied by a copy of such
          notice or report under the PBGC Letter.

                9.5.8. Underfunding Changes. The Company will, and will cause
                       --------------------
          each of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Administrative Agent
          and each of the Lenders in writing promptly, and in any event within
          five Business Days, after the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates
          knows or has reason to know that, since the Closing Date, there has
          occurred or is likely to occur any material change in the amount of
          Unfunded Termination Basis Benefit Liabilities.

                9.5.9. Material Changes. The Borrowers will promptly notify the
                       ----------------
          Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of the
          occurrence of any materially adverse change in the financial
          condition, operations, prospects or business of the Borrowers and
          their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, taken as a
<PAGE>
 
                                     -147-

          whole, other than changes in the ordinary course of business that
          have not had any Material Adverse Effect in the aggregate.

                9.5.10. Notice of Borrower or Affiliate of Borrower Becoming
                        ----------------------------------------------------
          Lender or Participant. The Borrowers will give notice to the
          ---------------------
          Administrative Agent prior to any Borrower or Affiliate of a Borrower
          becoming a Lender or acquiring any participating interest in any of
          the Obligations (if a Borrower or Affiliate of a Borrower intends to
          purport to become a Lender or participant of a Lender, notwithstanding
          the restrictions within the definition of the term "Eligible
          Assignee"), which notice will set forth the amount and nature of each
          of the Obligations being acquired or to be participated in, and the
          name of the assignor and assignee of each of such Obligations or
          participating interests.

                9.5.11. Notice of Debt Issuance or Asset Sale. The Borrowers
                        -------------------------------------
          will give notice to the Administrative Agent within two (2) Business
          Days after the consummation of any Debt Issuance or Asset Sale that
          does not require the consent of the Majority Lenders hereunder, which
          notice will set forth the material terms of such Debt Issuance or
          Asset Sale.

          9.6. Corporate Existence; Maintenance of Properties. Subject to
               ----------------------------------------------
     (S)10.5 hereof, each of the Borrowers will do or cause to be done all
     things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
     corporate existence, rights and franchises and those of their Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries. Each (a) will cause all of its properties and those of its
     Non-Excluded Subsidiaries used or useful in the conduct of its business or
     the business of its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in
     good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary
     equipment, (b) will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals,
     replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment
     of such Borrower may be necessary so that the business carried on in
     connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all
     times, and (c) will, and will cause each of its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries
     to, continue to engage primarily in the businesses now conducted by them
     and in Related Businesses; provided that nothing in this (S)9.6 shall
                                --------
     prevent any of the Borrowers from discontinuing the operation and
     maintenance of any of its properties or any of those of their Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of such Borrower,
     desirable in the conduct of its or their business and that do not in the
     aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

          9.7.  Insurance.
                --------- 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -148-

          9.7.1. General. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Non-
                 -------
     Excluded Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable
     insurers insurance with respect to its properties and business against such
     casualties and contingencies as shall be in accordance with the general
     practices of businesses engaged in similar activities in similar geographic
     areas and in amounts, containing such terms, in such forms and for such
     periods as may be reasonable and prudent, provided, however, that such
                                               --------  -------
     Borrower and its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries may self-insure, pursuant to
     policies adopted by the senior management of the Company and reviewed at
     least once annually, to the extent reasonably determined in good faith by
     senior management of the Company to be consistent with prudent business
     practice, and in the best interests of such Borrower and its Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries.

          9.7.2. Insurance Proceeds. The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each
                 ------------------
     of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, apply the Net Insurance Proceeds of
     any casualty insurance in respect of any casualty loss of any of the
     Collateral owned by any Borrower or Non-Excluded Subsidiary (each such
     casualty loss being an "Insurance Event") as follows (subject to the
     rights, if any, of other parties with a prior interest in the property
     covered thereby): (a) subject to the provisions of clause (b) hereof, the
     Borrowers shall pay (or cause to be paid) over to the Administrative Agent
     on the date 270 days after each such casualty loss the amount (if any) by
     which the Net Insurance Proceeds in respect of such casualty loss exceeds
     the sum of Reinvested Insurance Proceeds with respect to such casualty
     loss; any amount paid to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this clause
     (a) will be applied to the mandatory prepayment of the Loans and reduction
     of the Commitments in accordance with (S)3.3.3, provided that such
                                                     --------
     undertaking to pay over to the Administrative Agent such Net Insurance
     Proceeds if not constituting Reinvested Insurance Proceeds within the
     applicable period set forth above shall not apply to an amount of up to
     $10,000,000 of Net Insurance Proceeds generated in any fiscal year; (b) if
     an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, there shall be
     paid over to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent will be
     entitled to receive and apply, any and all such Net Insurance Proceeds to
     the Obligations in the manner prescribed in the Security Documents and
     (S)14.5 hereof for application of proceeds of Collateral (subject to the
     provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreements with respect to the PBGC
     Ratable Lien, which may apply in certain circumstances expressly set forth
     therein).
<PAGE>
 
                                     -149-

           9.8. Taxes. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Non-
                -----
     Excluded Subsidiaries to, duly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and
     discharged, before the same shall become overdue, all taxes, assessments
     and other governmental charges imposed upon it and its real properties,
     sales and activities, or any part thereof, or upon the income or profits
     therefrom, as well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies that if
     unpaid might by law become a lien or charge upon any of its property;
     provided that any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need not be
     --------
     paid if the validity or amount thereof shall currently be contested in good
     faith by appropriate proceedings and if the Borrowers or such Non-Excluded
     Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect
     thereto; and provided further that the Borrowers and each Non-Excluded
                  -------- -------
     Subsidiary of the Borrowers will pay all such taxes, assessments, charges,
     levies or claims forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to
     foreclose any lien that may have attached as security therefor.

           9.9. Inspection of Properties and Books, etc.
                --------------------------------------- 

                  9.9.1. General. The Borrowers shall permit the Lenders,
                         -------
           through any Agent or any of the Lenders' other designated
           representatives, at such Lender's own expense (unless a Default or
           Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case such
           matter shall be at the Borrowers' expense) to visit and inspect any
           of the properties of the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded
           Subsidiaries, to examine the books of account of the Borrowers and
           their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries (and to make copies thereof and
           extracts therefrom), and to discuss the affairs, finances and
           accounts of the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries with,
           and to be advised as to the same by, its and their officers, all upon
           reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business
           hours and intervals as any Agent or Lender may reasonably request.

                  9.9.2. Communications with Accountants.  Each of the Borrowers
                         -------------------------------
           authorizes any Agent and, if accompanied by any Agent, the Lenders to
           communicate directly with the Borrowers' independent certified public
           accountants and authorizes such accountants to disclose to the Agents
           and the Lenders any and all financial statements and other supporting
           financial documents and schedules including copies of any management
           letter with respect to the business, financial condition and other
           affairs of the Borrowers or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries.
           The Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrowers with three (3)
           Business Days prior notice of any such communication with such
           accountants pursuant to this (S)9.9.2. At the request of the
           Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall deliver a letter addressed
           to such accountants instructing them to comply with the provisions of
           this (S)9.9.2
<PAGE>
 
                                     -150-
 
           9.10. Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits.
                 ------------------------------------------------------     
     The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, comply
     with (a) the applicable laws and regulations wherever its business is
     conducted, including all Environmental Laws, (b) the provisions of its
     charter documents and by-laws, (c) all agreements and instruments by which
     it or any of its properties may be bound and (d) all applicable decrees,
     orders, and judgments except where noncompliance with the foregoing clauses
     (a) through (d) would not have a Material Adverse Effect. If any
     authorization, consent, approval, permit or license from any officer,
     agency or instrumentality of any government shall become necessary or
     required in order that the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries may
     fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents
     to which the Borrowers or such Subsidiary is a party, the Borrowers will,
     or (as the case may be) will cause such Subsidiary to, immediately take or
     cause to be taken all reasonable steps within the power of the Borrowers or
     such Subsidiary to obtain such authorization, consent, approval, permit or
     license and furnish the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with evidence
     thereof.

           9.11. Employee Benefit Plans. The Company will (a) promptly upon the
                 ----------------------
     request of any Agent, furnish to the Administrative Agent a copy of the
     most recent actuarial statement required to be submitted under (S)103(d) of
     ERISA and Annual Report, Form 5500, with all required attachments, in
     respect of each Guaranteed Pension Plan and (b) promptly upon receipt or
     dispatch, furnish to the Administrative Agent any notice, report or demand
     sent or received in respect of a Guaranteed Pension Plan under (S)(S)302,
     4041, 4042, 4043, 4063, 4065, 4066 and 4068 of ERISA, or in respect of a
     Multiemployer Plan, under (S)(S)4041A, 4202, 4219, 4242, or 4245 of ERISA.

           9.12. Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the
                 ---------------
     Loans solely (a) to refinance outstanding Indebtedness existing pursuant to
     the Prior Credit Agreement, (b) for working capital and general corporate
     purposes, (c) for Permitted Acquisitions, (d) to finance the
     Recapitalization, and (e) to repay a portion (as described in (S)8.17) of
     existing indebtedness of Samsonite Europe to the Company previously
     incurred during the Company's 1999 fiscal year for the purchase by
     Samsonite Europe of stock of Subsidiaries of the Company, the purchase
     price and other terms of which were no less favorable to Samsonite Europe
     than the price and terms that would have been available from an
     unaffiliated seller. The Company will obtain Letters of Credit solely to
     support local borrowings in foreign countries and for working capital and
     general corporate purposes. Samsonite Europe will obtain Foreign Letters of
     Credit solely for working capital and general corporate purposes.

           9.13. Guarantors.  The Company will cause each Subsidiary created,
                 ----------
     acquired, or existing on or after the Closing Date to become a
<PAGE>
 
                                     -151-
                                        
     Guarantor immediately if such Subsidiary is a Significant Domestic
     Subsidiary or a Significant Foreign Subsidiary (but only in the case of
     such a Significant Foreign Subsidiary where its becoming a Guarantor is
     permitted by applicable law, does not result in a material adverse tax
     consequence to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and is
     otherwise practicable), and will cause such Subsidiary to execute and
     deliver to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the
     Lenders (a) a Guarantee (which in the case of a Significant Foreign
     Subsidiary becoming a Guarantor will be a guaranty of the Obligations of
     Samsonite Europe only), and (b) in the case of each Significant Domestic
     Subsidiary becoming a Guarantor, a Security Agreement and such further
     Security Documents or other instruments and documents as the Administrative
     Agent may require in order to grant to the Administrative Agent a first
     priority perfected security interest in that portion of such Subsidiary's
     assets which constitute the Collateral that is required by (S)7, (S)9.15,
     and (S)9.24, together with (in the case of both clauses (a) and (b) of this
     (S)9.13) legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
     the Administrative Agent to be delivered to the Administrative Agent and
     the Lenders opining (and accompanied by appropriate corporate documentation
     and certificates relating thereto) as to the authorization, validity, and
     enforceability of such Guarantee and Security Documents and (as to the
     applicable Security Documents) the perfection of such security interests.

           9.14. Syndication Efforts. The Borrowers shall continue to assist in
                 -------------------
     the preparation and review of appropriate information memoranda for use in
     connection with the syndication of the credit facilities hereunder, will
     take all such action as the Administrative Agent, BARS, BSI, their
     respective affiliates and the Lenders shall reasonably request to assist
     with the presentation of such information, including the attendance of
     senior executive and operating management personnel at meetings with groups
     of prospective Lenders on reasonable prior notice, and will otherwise take
     reasonable actions requested by the foregoing parties to cooperate with and
     facilitate such syndication.

           9.15. Pledge of Stock. Each of the Company and each Guarantor that is
                 --------------- 
     a Domestic Subsidiary will at all times pledge and maintain the pledge, as
     Collateral for all of the Obligations, of (i) sixty-six percent (66%) (or,
     if higher than sixty-six percent (66%), the highest percentage that could
     not result in a "deemed dividend" to the Company under (S)956 of the Code
     and the regulations promulgated thereunder and would not result in a
     material adverse tax consequence to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken
     as a whole) of the capital stock or other equity interests of each of its
     direct Significant Foreign Subsidiaries from time to time existing and (ii)
     one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock or other equity
<PAGE>
 
                                     -152-

     interests of each of its direct Significant Domestic Subsidiaries from time
     to time existing. Samsonite Europe will at all times pledge and maintain
     the pledge of one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock or other
     equity interests of each of its direct Significant Subsidiaries from time
     to time existing, in each case in favor of the Administrative Agent for the
     benefit of the Agents and the Lenders (and with respect to the Belgian
     Pledge Agreement, in favor of the Agents and the Lenders) as security for
     the Obligations of the applicable pledgor. To the extent any Obligor shall
     be required pursuant to this (S)9.15 to pledge such capital stock or other
     equity interests of a Subsidiary, such Obligor shall (a) immediately
     execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for the
     benefit of the Agents and the Lenders a pledge agreement in form and
     substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pledging
     such shares of capital stock or other equity interests of such Subsidiary,
     together with taking all such action which may be necessary or advisable in
     the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the
     Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent
     designated by it) and the Lenders for the Agents and the Lenders a first
     priority perfected security interest in such capital stock or other equity
     interests (including, but not limited to, the delivery by such Obligor to
     the Administrative Agent of the stock certificates representing those
     shares of capital stock being pledged together with appropriate undated
     stock powers, duly executed in blank), (b) immediately deliver to the
     Administrative Agent a signed copy of a favorable legal opinion, addressed
     to the Agents and the Lenders, of counsel for such Obligor reasonably
     acceptable to the Administrative Agent (accompanied by appropriate
     corporate documentation and certificates relating thereto) as to the
     matters contained in clause (a) above, as to such pledge agreement being
     the properly authorized, legal, valid and binding obligations of such
     Obligor enforceable in accordance with its terms, and as to the perfection
     of the applicable pledge, subject, however, to customary qualifications and
     limitations, and as to such other matters as the Administrative Agent may
     reasonably request and (c) at any time and from time to time, promptly
     execute and deliver any and all future instruments and documents and take
     all such other action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem
     desirable in obtaining the full benefits of, or in preserving the liens of,
     such pledge agreement.

           9.16. Preparation of Environmental Reports. From time to time as the
                 ------------------------------------ 
     Administrative Agent may reasonably request as a result of changes in law
     or other relevant circumstances identified with reasonable specificity by
     the Administrative Agent, the Company shall provide to the Lenders as soon
     as practicable after such request, at the expense of the Company, an
     environmental site assessment report of any of the United States Real
     Estate owned or operated by the Obligors described in such request,
     prepared by an environmental
<PAGE>
 
                                     -153-


     consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent,
     indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Substances and the
     potential order of magnitude cost of any compliance, removal or remedial
     action in connection with any Hazardous Substances on such properties;
     without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative
     Agent determines at any time that a material risk exists that any such
     report will not be provided within the time referred to above, the
     Administrative Agent, upon reasonable notice to the Obligors may retain an
     environmental consulting firm to prepare such report at the expense of the
     Company, and the Company hereby grants and agrees to cause any Subsidiary
     which owns any Real Estate described in such request to grant at the time
     of such request, to the Agents, the Lenders, such firm and any agents or
     representatives thereof a non-exclusive license, subject to the rights of
     tenants and other third parties, to enter onto their respective properties
     to undertake such an assessment. At the request of the Obligors, the
     Administrative Agent shall provide a copy of any report of such an
     assessment to the Obligors. The Administrative Agent shall not disclose the
     contents or existence of any such report to third parties other than
     participants and Eligible Assignees who agree to be bound by the
     confidentiality provisions of this (S)9.16 unless the Administrative Agent
     is required by law or legal process to disclose such reports or reasonably
     deem it necessary or appropriate to disclose the contents of such reports
     in connection with the enforcement of the Lenders' rights and remedies
     under the Loan Documents.

           9.17. Performance of Significant Contracts.The Borrowers will, and
                 ------------------------------------
     will cause each of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, perform and observe
     all the terms and provisions of each Significant Contract to be performed
     or observed by it except to the extent that failure to perform and observe
     any such term or provision would not be reasonably likely to have a
     Material Adverse Effect, maintain each such Significant Contract in full
     force and effect, except to the extent no longer necessary or desirable for
     the operation of the business of such Borrower or Non-Excluded Subsidiary
     as at the time conducted or contemplated to be conducted, enforce each such
     Significant Contract substantially in accordance with its terms, except to
     the extent no longer necessary or desirable for the operation of the
     business of such Borrower or Non-Excluded Subsidiary as at the time
     conducted or contemplated to be conducted, take all such action to such end
     as may be from time to time reasonably requested by the Administrative
     Agent and, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, make to
     each other party to each such Significant Contract such demands and
     requests for material information and reports or for action as such
     Borrower or Subsidiary is entitled to make under such Significant Contract,
     provided that the failure of such other party to provide material
     --------
     information or reports or take action upon the request of such Borrower or
     Non-Excluded
<PAGE>
 
                                     -154-

     Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not constitute a Default under this
     (S)9.17.

           9.18. Notification Regarding Significant Subsidiaries. The Company
                 ------------------------------------------------
     will, immediately upon any Subsidiary being or becoming a "Significant
     Restricted Subsidiary" pursuant to the Subordinated Indenture (or a
     designation having similar purpose or effect under any other Subordinated
     Debt Documents) or otherwise being or becoming a Significant Domestic
     Subsidiary or a Significant Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of
     this Credit Agreement, notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender in
     writing of the same.

           9.19. Notification of Investments. The Company will, on a quarterly
                 ----------------------------
     basis at such time as the Borrowers deliver each Compliance Certificate to
     the Lenders pursuant to (S)9.4, notify the Administrative Agent of any
     Investments made in, or significant transactions effected by, Excluded
     Entities and provide the Administrative Agent with reasonable details of
     such Investments and other matters.

           9.20. Emerging Market Subsidiaries. The Company shall at all times
                 ----------------------------
     designate persons constituting a majority of the directors (or members of
     the governing body) of, and at all times have the power to direct the
     management and policies of each Emerging Market Subsidiary, and shall at
     all times comply and cause each Emerging Market Subsidiary to comply with
     all covenants, if any, applicable to such Emerging Market Subsidiary
     contained in the Subordinated Debt Documents.


           9.21. Further Assurances.The Borrowers will, and will cause each of
                 ------------------
     their Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Lenders and the Agents, and
     execute such further instruments and documents as the Lenders and the
     Agents shall reasonably request to carry out to their satisfaction the
     transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
     Documents.

           9.22. Status of Loans as Senior Debt. The Company shall, on the
                 ------------------------------
     Closing Date and at such other times as may reasonably be requested by the
     Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent certificates and,
     if requested, legal opinions, evidencing that the Indebtedness of each of
     the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to the Lenders and the
     Agents in respect of the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the
     Foreign Reimbursement Obligations constitutes "Senior Indebtedness" or
     "Senior Debt" (or the analogous term used therein) under the terms of each
     of the Subordinated Debt Documents or of any other instrument evidencing or
     pursuant to which there is issued indebtedness which purports to be
     Subordinated Debt of any Obligor and that (a) this Credit Agreement would
     constitute the "Original Credit Agreement" under
<PAGE>
 
                                     -155-

     the terms of the Subordinated Indenture and (b) the Indebtedness of each of
     the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to the Lenders and the
     Agents in respect of the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the
     Foreign Reimbursement Obligations constitutes "Designated Senior Debt."

           9.23. Subordinated Guarantees. The Borrowers will promptly advise the
                 -----------------------
     Administrative Agent of any Subordinated Guarantee or Conforming
     Subordinated Guarantee entered into in connection with the Subordinated
     Indenture or any other Subordinated Debt Documents, identifying the
     guarantor thereunder and providing the Administrative Agent with copies of
     the relevant documentation.

           9.24. Granting and Perfection of Liens. The Collateral consisting of
                 --------------------------------- 
     pledges by the Obligors of capital stock or equity interests shall be
     granted pursuant to the applicable Security Documents on the Closing Date
     and such pledges shall at such time be perfected as further provided in
     (S)12.5 hereof. As soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days
     after the Closing Date (or, with respect to security interests in patents,
     trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property, as soon as
     practicable and in any event within 60 days after the Closing Date), the
     Company and the Guarantors that are Domestic Subsidiaries shall have
     executed and delivered the Security Documents and such other documents, and
     taken such other action, as may be reasonably requested by the
     Administrative Agent in order for the Administrative Agent, in its capacity
     as Collateral Agent for the Lenders, to have a legal, valid and enforceable
     first priority (except for (a) Permitted Liens entitled to priority under
     applicable law and (b) at such time as the Administrative Agent shall have
     entered into the applicable Collateral Agency Agreement expressly relating
     thereto, the PBGC Ratable Lien) perfected security interest in and lien
     upon the Collateral as security for the Obligations of the applicable
     grantor of such Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the
     foregoing, within such 45 days (or, as applicable, 60 days) after the
     Closing Date (i) all filings, recordings, deliveries of instruments and
     other actions necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Administrative
     Agent to perfect, protect and preserve such security interests shall have
     been duly effected or there shall have been made arrangements for the same
     which are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative
     Agent shall have received evidence of the foregoing in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Administrative Agent
     shall have received from each of the Company and the Guarantors that are
     Domestic Subsidiaries a completed and fully executed Perfection Certificate
     and the results of UCC, title, PTO, and other lien searches with respect to
     the Collateral, indicating no liens other than Permitted Liens, or as
     described on Schedule 9.24 hereto, and otherwise in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (iv) the Administrative
<PAGE>
 
                                     -156-

     Agent shall have received from the Company (x) evidence of corporate,
     limited liability company, or other applicable organizational authority of
     the Company and the Guarantors that are Domestic Subsidiaries with respect
     to the granting of Collateral by them pursuant to the Security Documents,
     (y) signed copies of favorable legal opinions, addressed to the
     Administrative Agent, of counsel to the Borrowers and the applicable
     Guarantors as to the matters referred to in clause (x) above; as to the
     Collateral Agent holding valid, perfected, and subsisting liens in the
     Collateral, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their
     terms (subject only to Permitted Liens); as to the Security Documents being
     legal, valid and binding obligations of each applicable Obligor,
     enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject to customary
     qualifications and limitations); and as to such other matters as the
     Administrative Agent may reasonably request (together with appropriate
     corporate (or other applicable) documentation and certificates relating
     thereto), and (z) a certificate of insurance, in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, from an independent insurance
     broker, identifying insurers, types of insurance, insurance limits, policy
     terms, identifying the Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) as
     additional insured and loss payee and otherwise describing the insurance
     obtained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the
     Security Agreements, and certified copies of all policies evidencing such
     insurance (or certificates thereto signed by the insurer or an agent
     authorized to bind the insurer).

           9.25. Notes to Evidence Non-Ordinary Course Intercompany
                 --------------------------------------------------  
     Indebtedness. All Non-Ordinary Course Intercompany Indebtedness will be
     ------------
     evidenced by promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent and will be pledged to the Collateral Agent, pursuant
     to Security Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent, as additional Collateral for the Obligations.

           9.26. Commercial Finance Examination. The Company shall cause a
                 ------------------------------  
     "commercial finance" examination of accounts receivable and inventory to be
     carried out by examiners chosen by the Administrative Agent, which
     examination shall be commenced promptly after the Closing Date and shall be
     conducted and completed as soon as practicable and in any event within 60
     days after the Closing Date; the Company shall provide the examiners with
     access to the relevant information and otherwise cooperate with such
     examination, and shall pay the reasonable costs and expenses of such
     examination.

           9.27. Appraisal of Intellectual Property. The Company shall cause an
                 ----------------------------------
          appraisal of domestic trademarks, patents, and other intellectual
          property to be carried out by appraisers selected and engaged by the
          Administrative Agent, which appraisal shall be in progress on the
          Closing Date and shall be completed as soon as
<PAGE>
 
                                     -157-

     practicable and in any event within 60 days after the Closing Date; the
     Company confirms that it has heretofore consented to the Administrative
     Agent's engaging such an appraiser and conducting such appraisal; the
     Company shall provide the appraiser with access to the relevant information
     and otherwise cooperate with such appraisal and shall pay the reasonable
     costs and expenses of such appraisal.

           9.28. Landlord Waivers. The Company shall use and shall cause each of
                 ----------------
     the Guarantors that are Domestic Subsidiaries to use, reasonable efforts to
     obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent such waivers of landlord
     liens and consents of landlords, in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent, as to those leased properties (manufacturing
     facilities, warehouses, distribution centers, retail facilities, and other
     sites) located in the United States that are listed and described on
     Schedule 9.28 hereto, as may be required for the Administrative Agent to
     -------- ---- 
     have the right to enforce its security interest in any Collateral located
     on such leased premises, free and clear of any lien of the applicable
     landlord thereof, in each case as soon as reasonably practicable following
     the Closing Date.

           9.29. Funding of Equity Tender Offer. An amount sufficient to fund
                 ------------------------------
       the Equity Tender Offer will be deposited into an account with BKB on the
       Closing Date; such amount will be maintained in its entirety in such
       account (and will not be transferred, withdrawn, or debited) until the
       funds are delivered to the depositary for the Equity Tender Offer; such
       amount will be delivered to the depositary not later than June 29, 1998,
       and applied not later than such date to the funding of the Equity Tender
       Offer as contemplated by (S)10.4(e) hereof.

      10. CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS.
          ------------------------------------------- 

      Each of the Borrowers covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan,
Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter
of Credit, Foreign Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Lender has any
obligation to make any Loans or any Issuing Bank or Foreign Issuing Bank has any
obligations to issue, amend, extend or renew any Letters of Credit or Foreign
Letters of Credit, as the case may be:


           10.1. Restrictions on Indebtedness. The Borrowers will not, and will
                 ---------------------------- 
     not permit any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, create, incur,
     assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with
     respect to any Indebtedness other than (to the extent not prohibited by the
     Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect):

               (a) Indebtedness to the Lenders and the Agents arising under any
          of the Loan Documents;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -158-

               (b) current liabilities of the Borrowers or such Non-Excluded
          Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business not incurred
          through (i) the borrowing of money, or (ii) the obtaining of credit
          except for credit on an open account basis customarily extended and in
          fact extended in connection with normal purchases of goods and
          services;

               (c) Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments, governmental
          charges or levies and claims for labor, materials and supplies to the
          extent that payment therefor shall not at the time be required to be
          made in accordance with the provisions of (S)9.8;

               (d) Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards that have been
          in force for less than the applicable period for taking an appeal so
          long as execution is not levied thereunder or in respect of which the
          Borrowers or such Non-Excluded Subsidiary shall at the time in good
          faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review and in
          respect of which a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending
          such appeal or review;

               (e) endorsements of checks and similar negotiable instruments for
          collection, deposit or negotiation, and warranties of products or
          services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

               (f) unsecured Subordinated Debt;

               (g) obligations incurred after the Closing Date under Capitalized
          Leases not listed on Schedule 10.1 and Indebtedness incurred in
                               -------------                             
          connection with the acquisition after such date of any real or
          personal property by the Borrowers or such Non-Excluded Subsidiary,
          and Indebtedness permitted by the Subordinated Debt Documents then in
          effect, extending the maturity of, or refunding or refinancing, in
          whole or in part, any such Indebtedness, provided that the terms of
                                                   --------                  
          any such extending, refunding or refinancing Indebtedness, and of any
          agreement or instrument relating thereto, are otherwise permitted by
          the Loan Documents and further provided that the principal amount of
                                 ------- --------                             
          such Indebtedness shall not be increased above the amount of such
          Indebtedness outstanding on the date of such extension, refunding or
          refinancing, and the direct (and any contingent) obligors therefor and
          any collateral security in respect thereof shall not be changed (or
          increased), as a result of or in connection with such extension,
          refunding, or refinancing, and further provided that the aggregate
                                         ------- --------  
          principal amount of all such Capitalized Lease obligations and
          Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded
<PAGE>
 
                                     -159-

          Subsidiaries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of $15,000,000 at
          any one time, and the foregoing must constitute "Purchase Money
          Indebtedness" or "Capitalized Lease Obligations" under (and as defined
          in) the Subordinated Indenture;

               (h)  Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and listed and
          described on Schedule 10.1 hereto, and Indebtedness permitted by the
                       -------------                                          
          Subordinated Debt Documents then in effect, constituting "Refinancing
          Indebtedness" under (and as defined in) the Subordinated Indenture,
          extending the maturity of, or refunding or refinancing, in whole or in
          part, any such Indebtedness, provided that the terms of any such
                                       --------                           
          extending, refunding or refinancing Indebtedness, and of any agreement
          or instrument relating thereto, are otherwise permitted by the Loan
          Documents and further provided that the principal amount of such
                        ------- --------                                  
          Indebtedness shall not be increased above the "Total Facility Amount"
          of such Indebtedness as indicated on Schedule 10.1, except to the
                                               -------------               
          extent that such increase is permitted pursuant to (S)10.1(k), (l) or
          (n) hereof, and the direct (and any contingent) obligors therefor and
          any collateral security in respect thereof shall not be changed (or
          increased), (but any lien or encumbrance on such collateral may be
          released or discharged) as a result of or in connection with such
          extension, refunding, or refinancing;

               (i)  Indebtedness of (x) any Guarantor (other than McGregor and
          its Subsidiaries) to any Borrower or to another Guarantor; or (y) any
          Borrower to any Guarantor or to another Borrower; in the form of
          intercompany loans or advances; so long as all such Indebtedness
          referred to in this clause (i) is on a demand basis, such Indebtedness
          is not prohibited by the Subordinated Debt Documents then in effect,
          and such Indebtedness constitutes "Permitted Indebtedness" under
          clause (v) or (vi) of the definition of such term in the Subordinated
          Indenture;

               (j)  Indebtedness of the Company to Culligan under the Tax
          Sharing Agreement and the Distribution Agreement;

               (k)  Indebtedness of the Borrowers or any Domestic Non-Excluded
          Subsidiaries in a principal amount which does not exceed, in the
          aggregate, $15,000,000 at any time outstanding, except that
                                                          ------     
          Indebtedness of McGregor or any of its respective Subsidiaries is not
          permitted under this clause (k);

               (l)  Indebtedness incurred in connection with any Permitted
          Acquisitions, including Indebtedness of Persons acquired pursuant to
          (S)10.5.1 hereof, so long as the aggregate 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -160-

          principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed $20,000,000
          at any time outstanding;

               (m)  Indebtedness not exceeding $50,000,000 (less the amount of
          any Investments in Joint Venture Subsidiaries made pursuant to
          (S)10.3(f)(ii) hereof) in the aggregate at any time outstanding of
          Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiaries and Joint Venture Subsidiaries
          to the Company or to another Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiary in
          the form of intercompany loans or advances so long as all such
          Indebtedness is on a demand basis, such Indebtedness is not prohibited
          by the Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect, and such
          Indebtedness constitutes "Permitted Indebtedness" under clause (v) or
          (vi) of the definition of such term in the Subordinated Indenture;

               (n)  Indebtedness of Foreign Non-Excluded Subsidiaries in the
          principal amount which does not exceed, in the aggregate, $15,000,000
          at any time outstanding;

               (o)  Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of making the
          Investment in Samsonite Italia permitted under (S)10.3(n) hereof, in
          an amount not in excess of the cash permitted to be, and actually paid
          by the Borrowers or Non-Excluded Subsidiaries after the Closing Date
          for such purpose;

               (p)  Indebtedness in the amounts listed on Schedule 10.1(p)
                                                          ----------------
           hereof that is existing on the Closing Date and additional
           Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the loan facilities in effect on
           the Closing Date, as listed on Schedule 10.1(p) hereof, owing by
                                          ----------------
           Emerging Market Subsidiaries, to the extent that the Emerging Market
           Subsidiary which is the obligor of such Indebtedness becomes a Non-
           Excluded Subsidiary, provided that the principal amount of the
                                --------
           Indebtedness of any such Emerging Market Subsidiary permitted by this
           clause (p) shall not exceed the "Total Facility Amount" of such
           Indebtedness, as indicated on Schedule 10.1(p) hereof;
                                         ----------------   
           
               (q)  Indebtedness incurred by an Emerging Market Subsidiary
          between the Closing Date and the date that such Emerging Market
          Subsidiary becomes a Non-Excluded Subsidiary, so long as the aggregate
          Indebtedness referred to in this clause (q) by all Emerging Market
          Subsidiaries which become Non-Excluded Subsidiaries after the Closing
          Date does not exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate and so long as
          neither of the Borrowers and none of the other Non-Excluded
          Subsidiaries (nor any of the assets of any of them) are obligors (or
          collateral) with respect to any such Indebtedness referred to in this
          clause 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -161-

               (q)  (except to the extent that the obligations of (or collateral
          granted by) a Borrower or other Non-Excluded Subsidiary in respect of
          any such Indebtedness referred to in this clause (q) is otherwise
          permitted by (S)10.1(k), 10.1(l), 10.1(n) or 10.2(i));

               (r)  Indebtedness of Samsonite Europe incurred and utilized to
          refinance the Foreign Term Loan (the "Foreign Term Loan Refinancing
          Debt"), subject to the conditions that (i) the amount of the Foreign
          Term Loan Refinancing Debt does not exceed the initial principal
          amount of the Foreign Term Loan, (ii) (x) the proceeds of the Foreign
          Term Loan Refinancing Debt shall first be applied to (and must be
                                           -----                           
          sufficient to) repay the then outstanding principal balance of the
          Foreign Term Loan in full, and (y) the amount by which the proceeds of
          the Foreign Term Loan Refinancing Debt exceeds the then outstanding
          principal balance of the Foreign Term Loan shall be subject to and
          applied in accordance with (S)3.3.3, (iii) no principal payments are
          due upon the Foreign Term Loan Refinancing Debt until the later to
          occur of the date six (6) months after the Revolving Credit Loan
          Maturity Date or, if any portion of the Domestic Term Loan remains
          outstanding immediately after giving effect to the application of the
          proceeds of such Foreign Term Loan Refinancing Debt, the date six (6)
          months after the Domestic Term Loan Maturity Date, (iv) any guarantee
          of such Foreign Term Loan Refinancing Debt by the Company is
          subordinated, in a manner no less favorable to the Lenders and the
          other applicable Persons benefited thereby than the subordination
          provisions set forth in the Subordinated Indenture, to the Obligations
          owed to the Lenders, (v) the Foreign Term Loan Refinancing Debt is
          subordinated, in a manner no less favorable to the Lenders and the
          other applicable Persons benefited thereby than the subordination
          provisions set forth in the Subordinated Indenture, to the Obligations
          owed to the Lenders by Samsonite Europe and to all current and future
          obligations of Samsonite Europe and its Subsidiaries to pay any
          license fees, royalties and similar amounts, however characterized, to
          the Company, and (vi) the documents evidencing or executed in
          connection with such Foreign Term Loan Refinancing Debt do not
          directly or indirectly provide for an event of default to occur or for
          the borrower thereunder to be obligated to pay, purchase or redeem
          prior to the scheduled maturity thereof, any of such Foreign Term Loan
          Refinancing Debt by reason of or based upon any event or circumstance
          relating to the Company or the consolidated or separate financial
          condition of the Company; and

               (s)  the issuance of the 1998 Preferred Stock, pursuant to the
          1998 Preferred Stock Documents;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -162-

     provided, however, the provisions of this (S)10.1 shall be subject to the
     --------  -------                                                        
     provisions of (S)10.18 and (S)10.23 hereof.


           10.2. Restrictions on Liens. The Borrowers will not, and will not
                 ---------------------
     permit any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, (a) create or incur or
     suffer to be created or incurred or to exist any lien, encumbrance,
     mortgage, pledge, charge, restriction or other security interest of any
     kind upon any of its property or assets of any character whether now owned
     or hereafter acquired, or upon the income or profits therefrom; (b)
     transfer any of such property or assets or the income or profits therefrom
     for the purpose of subjecting the same to the payment of Indebtedness or
     performance of any other obligation in priority to payment of its general
     creditors; (c) acquire, or agree or have an option to acquire, any property
     or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention or purchase money
     security agreement, device or arrangement; (d) suffer to exist for a period
     of more than thirty (30) days after the same shall have been incurred any
     Indebtedness or claim or demand against it that if unpaid might by law or
     upon bankruptcy or insolvency, or otherwise, be given any priority
     whatsoever over its general creditors; or (e) except as expressly provided
     in (S)10.5.2 hereof, sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any
     accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, chattel paper or
     instruments, with or without recourse; provided that the Borrowers and
                                            -------- 
     their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries may create or incur or suffer to be created
     or incurred or to exist:

               (a)  liens to secure taxes, assessments and other government
          charges in respect of obligations not overdue or liens on properties
          to secure claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of
          obligations not overdue, or which are being contested in good faith by
          appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which
          adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with generally
          accepted accounting principles so long as such liens are not being
          foreclosed;

               (b)  deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure
          payment of, workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age
          pensions or other social security obligations;

               (c)  liens on properties in respect of judgments or awards, the
          Indebtedness with respect to which is permitted by (S)10.1(d);

               (d)  liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen,
          and other like liens on properties in existence less than 180 days
          from the date of creation thereof in respect of obligations not
          overdue or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
          proceedings diligently conducted and with 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -163-

          respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance
          with generally accepted accounting principles so long as such liens
          are not being foreclosed;

               (e)  encumbrances on Real Estate consisting of easements, rights
          of way, zoning restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property
          and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord's liens
          or lessor's liens under leases to which any of the Borrowers or a Non-
          Excluded Subsidiary of such Borrower is a party, and other similar
          minor liens or encumbrances none of which in the reasonable opinion of
          the Borrowers interferes materially with the use of the property
          affected in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrowers and
          their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, which defects do not individually or
          in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (f)  liens existing on the Closing Date and listed and described
          on Schedule 10.2 hereto; and liens existing in accordance with the
             -------- ----                                                  
          provisions of (S)10.1(h) securing permitted extensions, refundings,
          and refinancings of the Indebtedness provided for therein;

               (g)  purchase money security interests in or purchase money
          mortgages on real or personal property acquired after the Closing Date
          to secure purchase money Indebtedness of the type and amount permitted
          by (S)10.1(g), incurred in connection with the acquisition of such
          property, which security interests or mortgages cover only the real or
          personal property so acquired and liens in favor of lessors under
          Capitalized Leases on assets subject to Capitalized Leases permitted
          by (S)10.1(g) hereof; and liens existing in accordance with the
          provisions of (S)10.1(g) securing extensions, refundings, and
          refinancings of the Indebtedness provided for therein;

               (h)  liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit
          of the Lenders and the Agents under the Loan Documents;

               (i)  liens on assets of Foreign Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to
          secure up to an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 of
          Indebtedness of Foreign Non-Excluded Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to
          (S)10.1(n) hereof;

               (j)  liens on assets of Persons acquired pursuant to a Permitted
          Acquisition (whether incurred prior to, or in connection with, such
          Permitted Acquisition) securing up to an aggregate principal amount of
          $10,000,000 of Indebtedness incurred or permitted to exist pursuant to
          (S)10.1(l) hereof;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -164-

               (k)  liens securing the performance of bids, trade contracts
          (other than borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety and appeal
          bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature
          incurred in the ordinary course of business;

               (l)  liens on the assets of an Emerging Market Subsidiary arising
          between the Closing Date and the date that such Emerging Market
          Subsidiary becomes a Non-Excluded Subsidiary, to the extent that the
          Indebtedness secured by such liens is permitted by (S)10.1(q); and

               (m)  liens granted to or for the benefit of the PBGC as
          contemplated by and in accordance with (but only to the extent
          required by) the PBGC Letter, which liens constitute PBGC Ratable
          Liens that are governed by the Collateral Agency Agreements.

          10.3. Restrictions On Investments. The Borrowers will not, and will
                ---------------------------
     not permit any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, make or permit to
     exist or to remain outstanding any Investment except Investments:

               (a)  in readily marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of
          the United States of America or those other specific governments or
          jurisdictions (if any) listed on Schedule 10.3(a) hereto that mature
                                           ----------------
          within one (1) year from the date of purchase by such Person;

               (b)  in demand deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers
          acceptances and time deposits of United States banks or banks
          organized under the laws of those specific other jurisdictions (if
          any) listed on Schedule 10.3(b) hereto having in each case total
                         ----------------                                 
          capital and surplus in excess of $1,000,000,000;

               (c)  in securities commonly known as "commercial paper" issued by
          a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United
          States of America or any state thereof or those specific other
          jurisdictions (if any) listed on Schedule 10.3(c) hereto that at the
                                           ----------------                   
          time of purchase have been rated and the ratings for which are not
          less than "P 1" if rated by Moody's, and not less than "A 1" if rated
          by Standard & Poor's;

               (d)  existing on the date hereof that are listed and described on
                                                                               
          Schedule 10.3(d) hereto, including Investments in respect of the Tax
          ----------------                                                    
          Sharing Agreement and the Distribution Agreement;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -165-

               (e)  in Guarantors or Borrowers, consisting of Indebtedness
          permitted by (S)10.1(i) (other than in McGregor and its Subsidiaries)
          so long as, in the case of clauses (x) and (y) of (S)10.1(i), such
          entities remain Guarantors or Borrowers, as the case may be;

               (f)  in Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiaries (including any
          Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiary constituting a "conduit"
          organized solely for the purpose of directly holding the Company's or
          a Non-Excluded Subsidiary's equity interest in one or more Joint
          Venture Subsidiaries; each such Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiary
          being referred to as a "JV Interest Holding Company") and Joint
          Venture Subsidiaries consisting of (i) intercompany loans or advances
          permitted by (S)10.1(m) hereof, in an aggregate principal amount
          outstanding not to exceed that amount permitted by (S)10.1(m) (less
          the amount of Investments pursuant to clause (ii) of this (S)10.3(f))
          at any time, provided each such Investment complies with the
                       --------                                        
          requirements of (S)(S)10.1(m) and 10.21 hereof; or (ii) subject to the
          provisions of (S)10.21, transfers of cash or non-cash property as
          capital contributions to Joint Venture Subsidiaries (or to JV Interest
          Holding Companies, provided such capital contributions are
                             --------                               
          concurrently contributed by such JV Interest Holding Companies to
          their applicable Joint Venture Subsidiaries), not to exceed $5,000,000
          in the aggregate, on a cumulative basis after the date hereof plus the
                                                                        ----    
          amount of any Returned Investments (with respect to the return or
          repayment of the "principal" or "capital" component of any prior
          Investments under this (S)10.3(f)) received after the date hereof but
          prior to the relevant time of determination hereunder and not
          previously utilized to permit additional Investments under this
          (S)10.3(f)(ii) in excess of such $5,000,000 amount, but in no event
                                                                     --------
          shall the total Investments made after the date hereof over the term
          of this Credit Agreement under this (S)10.3(f)(ii) exceed $10,000,000
          in the aggregate after giving effect to "utilizing" the amount of any
          such Returned Investments after the date hereof over the term of this
          Credit Agreement; for purposes hereof, the amount of any such non-cash
          property capital contribution Investments shall be deemed to be the
          fair market value of such non-cash property at the time of the
          applicable transfer thereof to such Joint Venture Subsidiary (or JV
          Interest Holding Company, as the case may be);

               (g)  consisting of the Loan Documents (including the Guarantees
          hereof) or Investments by the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded
          Subsidiaries in their Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Entities) but
          only as (and to the extent) such Investments in such Subsidiaries
          actually exist on the Closing Date;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -166-

               (h)  in any Excluded Entity which is in a Related Business,
          permitted under clause (iv) of the definition of "Permitted
          Investments" in the Subordinated Indenture, which do not exceed, in
          the aggregate, (i) in the fiscal period commencing on the Closing Date
          under (and as defined in) the Prior Credit Agreement and ending on
          July 31, 1998 or any fiscal period commencing on any August 1
          thereafter and ending on July 31 of the subsequent year $10,000,000 of
          Investments made in such fiscal period, plus the amount of any
                                                  ----                  
          Returned Investments (with respect to the return or repayment of the
          "principal" or "capital" component of any prior Investments under this
          (S)10.3(h)) that were received after the date hereof but prior to the
          relevant time of determination hereunder, and not previously utilized
          to permit additional Investments under this clause (i) of this
          (S)10.3(h) in any such fiscal period in excess of the otherwise
          applicable maximum amount limitation for such fiscal period; and (ii)
          in the aggregate after the date hereof over the term of this Credit
          Agreement $50,000,000 plus the amount of any Returned Investments
                                ----                                       
          (with respect to the return or repayment of the "principal" or
          "capital" component of any prior Investments under this (S)10.3(h))
          received after the date hereof but prior to the relevant time of
          determination hereunder and not previously utilized to permit
          additional Investments under this clause (ii) of this (S)10.3(h) in
          excess of such $50,000,000 amount, but in no event shall the total
                                                    --------
          Investments made after the date hereof over the term of this Credit
          Agreement under this (S)10.3(h) exceed $70,000,000 in the aggregate
          after giving effect to "utilizing" the amount of any such Returned
          Investments after the date hereof over the term of this Credit
          Agreement (the Investments pursuant to this (S)10.3(h) being the
          "Specified Investments"); for purposes hereof, in the case of any
          Investment made by transfers of non-cash property, the amount of such
          Investments shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such non-
          cash property at the time of the applicable transfer, provided that,
                                                                -------- 
          at the time that any Non-Excluded Subsidiary becomes an Emerging
          Market Subsidiary and thereby an Excluded Subsidiary and an Excluded
          Entity, the Company shall be deemed to make an Investment in such
          Excluded Entity in an amount equal to the Company's Pro Rata Interest
          in the fair market value of the net assets of such Excluded Entity;

               (i)  consisting of promissory notes payable to the Borrowers or
          their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries received as proceeds of asset
          dispositions permitted by (S)10.5.2 or acquired pursuant to Permitted
          Acquisitions;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -167-

               (j)  constituting trade credit extended pursuant to customer
          accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business;

               (k)  customary prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of
          business;

               (l)  acceptance and endorsements of checks or other negotiable
          instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of
          business;

               (m)  acquired in the bona fide compromise, settlement, or other
                                    ---- ----                                 
          resolution of dispute with any Person (or of obligations or
          Indebtedness);

               (n)  consisting of acquisitions permitted under (S)10.5.1 hereof,
          of Persons (including, prior to the occurrence of any Default or Event
          of Default that is continuing, any acquisition of the entire minority
          interest in Samsonite Italia) that become, at the time of such
          acquisitions, Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiaries of the Company
          (or, in the case of a new Foreign Subsidiary, Wholly-Owned Non-
          Excluded Subsidiaries of Samsonite Europe);

               (o)  consisting of Distributions permitted by (S)10.4(c) or
          (S)10.4(e) hereof;

               (p)  deemed to have been made as a result of a Permitted
          Acquisition of a Person that, at the time of such Permitted
          Acquisition, held Investments that were not acquired in contemplation
          of the acquisition of such Person;

               (q)  consisting of loans or advances made in the ordinary course
          of business to officers, directors or employees of the Borrowers or
          any of the Non-Excluded Subsidiaries for travel, transportation,
          entertainment, and moving and other relocation expenses;

               (r)  consisting of the Guarantees relating hereto and (to the
          extent applicable) to the Subordinated Guarantees and the Conforming
          Subordinated Guarantees;

               (s)  consisting of endorsements permitted by (S)10.1(e) hereof;

               (t)  consisting of obligations of the Company under the Tax
          Sharing Agreement and the Distribution Agreement;

               (u)  by the Company for which the sole consideration provided by
          the Company is the common stock of the Company 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -168-

          pursuant to compensation arrangements with such officers and directors
          of the Company as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

               (v)  consisting of guaranties by the Company or its Non-Excluded
          Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or its Non-Excluded
          Subsidiaries permitted by (S)10.1 hereof;

               (w)  [Intentionally Deleted];

               (x)  by the Company in any Person that is not a Subsidiary and
          which is in a Related Business, which do not exceed, in the aggregate,
          after the date hereof over the term of this Credit Agreement on a
          cumulative basis $8,000,000, provided (i) such Investment is made by
                                       --------                               
          the Company to either (1) purchase capital stock of such Person or (2)
          make a loan to such Person and (ii) the Company and such Person have
          made arrangements satisfactory to the Company which limits the use of
          the proceeds of such Investments by such Person for purposes
          satisfactory to the Company; and

               (y)  by the Company consisting of any purchase of the 1995
          Subordinated Notes, provided that (A) no Default or Event of Default
                              --------                                        
          has occurred and is continuing and none would exist after giving
          effect thereto, and (B) the 1995 Subordinated Notes so purchased in
          each case are promptly cancelled by the Company;

     provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
     --------  -------                                                    
     herein, no Investments (other than those existing on the date hereof) shall
     be made or permitted to exist in McGregor or its Subsidiaries.

          10.4. Distributions. The Borrowers and their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries
                -------------
     will not make any Distributions (except for Distributions to the Company,
     or to any of its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, by (in each case) any of its
     Non-Excluded Subsidiaries), provided, however, so long as each of the
                                 --------  -------
     Special Conditions is satisfied immediately prior to and immediately after
     giving effect to such Distribution (other than Distributions under
     (S)10.4(e) or (S)10.4(f) hereof, as to which the Special Conditions shall
     not apply), the Borrowers and their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries shall be
     permitted to make (a) Distributions to the minority shareholders of
     Samsonite SpA (formerly known as Samsonite Italia, S.r.l.) ("Samsonite
     Italia") which do not exceed the lesser of (i) in the aggregate, $1,000,000
     for any fiscal year, plus, to the extent any such Distributions permitted
                          ----
     by this (S)10.4(a)(i) for any fiscal year were not made in any such fiscal
     year, the amount of such Distributions permitted under this (S)10.4(a)(i)
     and not previously made and (ii) the amount of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -169-

     Distributions permitted to be made to such minority shareholders in any
     such applicable period pursuant to the Subordinated Indenture, provided the
                                                                    -------- 
     Company shall receive pro rata Distributions at the same time and in the
                           --- ---- 
     same form and composition of consideration as the Distributions made to
     such minority shareholders, (b) Distributions after January 31, 1999 by the
     Company to holders of its Common Stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed
     in any fiscal year 15% of the Company's Consolidated Net Income from the
     beginning of such fiscal year through the fiscal quarter end date
     immediately preceding the date of such Distribution; provided that no such
                                                          --------
     Distribution will be permitted pursuant to this clause (b) unless the
     Company's Leverage Ratio at the fiscal quarter end date immediately
     preceding the Distribution was less than 3.75 to 1.00, (c) Distributions
     permitted by the Subordinated Indenture to repurchase capital stock from
     employees in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,000 in any fiscal
     year; (d) Distributions by Samsonite Italia to its minority shareholders to
     effect a repurchase of all, but not less than all of such minority
     shareholders' equity interest in Samsonite Italia, such that, after giving
     effect thereto, Samsonite Italia is a Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiary;
     (e) to the extent not prohibited by the terms of the Subordinated Debt
     Documents that are then in effect, Distributions in respect of the Equity
     Tender Offer to consummate the Recapitalization on the Closing Date (or,
     with respect to the funding of the Equity Tender Offer, promptly
     thereafter, and in any event not later than June 29, 1998, in accordance
     with the arrangements described in (S)12.12) in an aggregate cumulative
     amount not to exceed $420,000,000; (f) the periodic dividends on the 1998
     Preferred Stock in the form solely of additional shares of the 1998
     Preferred Stock as provided in the 1998 Preferred Stock Documents, and (g)
     commencing with the scheduled dividend payment dates under the terms of the
     1998 Preferred Stock occurring subsequent to the fifth anniversary of the
     Closing Date, the scheduled periodic cash dividends on the 1998 Preferred
     Stock in the applicable amounts required to be paid in cash thereon, and
     at the applicable times, provided for in the 1998 Preferred Stock
     Documents.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, (x) the Company
     will not at any time exercise any right that it may have to exchange
     debentures or other Indebtedness for any portion or all of the 1998
     Preferred Stock, (y) the Company will not pay any dividend or other
     Distribution in respect of the 1998 Preferred Stock except pursuant to, and
     to the extent permitted by, clauses (f) and (g) of this (S)10.4 and (z) the
     Company shall utilize its right to make the periodic dividends on the 1998
     Preferred Stock "in-kind" (solely in the form of additional shares of 1998
     Preferred Stock) in each case in which it has the right to do so under the
     terms of the 1998 Preferred Stock Documents.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -170-

     10.5. Merger, Consolidation and Disposition of Assets.
           ----------------------------------------------- 

           10.5.1   Mergers and Acquisitions. The Borrowers will not, and will
                    ------------------------
     not permit any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, become a party to any
     merger or consolidation, or agree to or effect any asset acquisition or
     stock acquisition (other than the acquisition of assets in the ordinary
     course of business consistent with past practices) except:

                    (a)  the merger or consolidation of one or more of the Non-
           Excluded Subsidiaries of such Borrower with and into the
           Borrower;

                    (b)  the merger or consolidation of a Non-Excluded
           Subsidiary with one or more other Subsidiaries of a Borrower
           (provided that, the surviving entity is a Non-Excluded Subsidiary;
            --------
           and further provided that if any such Person is a Guarantor, the
               ------- -------- 
           surviving entity is also a Guarantor);

                    (c)  acquisitions by the Company, Samsonite Europe, or any
           direct Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiary of the Company, of other
           Persons which thereby become Wholly-Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiaries,
           or divisions or business segments of other Persons (whether by way of
           purchase of assets or capital stock, merger or otherwise), 

     provided, that (in each case under this clause (c) of this (S)10.5.1):
     --------

                         (i)  the Company has obtained the prior written consent
                    of the Majority Lenders for acquisitions involving cash
                    Investments and/or other monetary purchase consideration
                    (including for this purpose, without limitation, cash
                    outlays, deferred purchase price payment obligations and any
                    applicable Indebtedness acquired or assumed from such Person
                    and any applicable Indebtedness of such Person if such
                    Person is acquired as an entity or otherwise becomes a
                    Subsidiary of the Company) (the "Acquisition Consideration")
                    exceeding (1) in the aggregate for all acquisitions,
                    $150,000,000, or (2) $60,000,000 per acquisition transaction
                    (or series of related acquisition transactions);

                         (ii)  in the case of a merger or consolidation to which
                    the Company is a party, the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -171-

                    Company is the surviving entity, and in the case of a merger
                    or consolidation of a Non-Excluded Subsidiary with any other
                    Person, the surviving entity must also be a Non-Excluded
                    Subsidiary;

                         (iii) such Person is in the same line of business as
                    the Company or a Related Business;

                         (iv)  no Default or Event of Default shall exist at the
                    time of, and none shall exist after giving effect to, such
                    merger, consolidation or acquisition and such transaction
                    shall not be prohibited by the Subordinated Debt Documents
                    that are then in effect;

                         (v)   the Board of Directors and the shareholders (if
                    required by applicable law), or the equivalent, of each such
                    Person has approved such merger, consolidation or
                    acquisition;

                         (vi)  the Company has delivered to the Administrative
                    Agent and the Lenders reasonable prior written notice of
                    such acquisition, which notice shall provide the
                    Administrative Agent and the Lenders with a reasonably
                    detailed description of the proposed acquisition;

                         (vii) immediately after giving effect to the
                    acquisition the Company's unused availability for borrowing
                    of Revolving Credit Loans under the Total Revolving
                    Commitment shall not be less than $25,000,000;

                         (viii) no portion of the Loans will be used to purchase
                    or carry margin securities or margin stock as defined in
                    Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
                    Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224 (except in a so-
                    called "going private" transaction effected in compliance
                    with such Regulations, in which such securities or stock,
                    immediately upon such purchase, no longer constitute margin
                    securities or margin stock, such that the Loans will not at
                    any time be secured, directly or indirectly, by any margin
                    securities or margin stock);

                         (ix)  the business to be acquired would not subject the
                    Agents or the Lenders to regulatory or third party approvals
                    in connection with the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -172-

                    exercise of any of their rights and remedies under this
                    Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

                         (x)  the business and assets so acquired shall be
                    acquired by the Company, Samsonite Europe, or such Wholly-
                    Owned Non-Excluded Subsidiary of the Company, as the case
                    may be, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances (other
                    than as permitted by (S)10.2(a)-(e) and (j), and
                    Indebtedness (other than as permitted by (S)10.1(k) or (l));

                         (xi)  no contingent obligations or liabilities will be
                    incurred or assumed in connection with such acquisition
                    which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
                    Adverse Effect;

                         (xii) the Company or such other applicable Person
                    involved in the acquisition  has taken or caused to be taken
                    all necessary actions to grant to the Administrative Agent a
                    first priority perfected lien (except for Permitted Liens
                    having priority under applicable law) in the capital stock
                    or other equity interests to be acquired in connection with
                    such acquisition to the extent required by (S)9.15 hereof;

                         (xiii) the Company has demonstrated to the
                    satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, based on a pro
                                                                         ---
                    forma Compliance Certificate, compliance with (S)11 hereof
                    -----                                                     
                    on a pro forma basis (and the satisfaction of each of the
                         --- -----                                           
                    Special Conditions) immediately prior to and after giving
                    effect to such acquisition (provided, for purposes only of
                                                --------                      
                    determining compliance (and only under this clause (xiii) of
                    this (S)10.5.1) by the Borrowers with (S)11.1 and 11.2,
                    EBITDA shall (without duplication) include the EBITDA for
                    the Person to be acquired for the four (4) full consecutive
                    fiscal quarters of such Person most recently ended
                    immediately preceding the acquisition and Consolidated Total
                    Interest Expense and Total Funded Indebtedness shall be
                    computed on a pro forma basis for (and as of the end of) the
                                  ---------                                     
                    Reference Period most recently ended, giving effect to the
                    consolidated capital structure projected to be existing
                    immediately after such acquisition is to be 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -173-

                    Consummated, including any net changes in Indebtedness
                    levels resulting therefrom, and in the case of floating
                    interest rates, utilizing such applicable interest rates as
                    they are in effect at the time such pro forma calculation is
                                                        --------- 
                    performed) and assuming for the purpose of such pro forma
                                                                    ---------  
                    computation that such projected consolidated capital
                    structure was in effect during the entire Reference Period;
                    and

                         (xiv) in the case of any acquisition of capital stock
                    or other equity interests, the issuer thereof must become a
                    Subsidiary; and any new Subsidiary formed or acquired as a
                    result of or in connection with any acquisition shall be or
                    then become a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or, in
                    the case of a new Foreign Subsidiary, a Wholly-Owned Non-
                    Excluded Subsidiary of Samsonite Europe) (the acquisitions
                    permitted under the foregoing clause (c) of this (S)10.5.1
                    being referred to as the "Permitted Acquisitions");

                    (d)  acquisitions by either of the Borrowers or any Non-
               Excluded Subsidiary of one hundred percent (100%) of the capital
               stock of an Emerging Market Subsidiary owned by another Borrower
               or any Non-Excluded Subsidiary so long as no Default or Event of
               Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist as a result
               thereof and so long as such an acquisition and disposition is not
               prohibited by the Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in
               effect;

                    (e)  acquisition by either of the Borrowers or any Non-
               Excluded Subsidiary, of the entire equity interest in Samsonite
               Italia that is not currently owned by them, for a purchase price
               not in excess of the fair market value thereof, such that they
               will after such acquisition collectively own 100% of the equity
               interests (and all rights appurtenant thereto) of Samsonite
               Italia, so long as each of the Special Conditions is satisfied
               immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such
               transaction, and so long as such transaction is not prohibited by
               the Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect; or

                    (f)  subject to the Borrowers providing satisfactory
               financial information to the Administrative Agent setting forth
               the pro forma effect upon EBITDA 
                   ---------                                           
<PAGE>
 
                                    -174-

               and compliance with the covenants contained in (S)11 on a
               prospective basis of the acquisition thereof, the acquisition by
               either of the Borrowers from an unaffiliated third party of the
               entire equity interest in Ace, for a purchase price not exceeding
               the fair market value thereof, such that the Borrowers will after
               such acquisition collectively own, directly or indirectly, 100%
               of the equity interests (and all rights relating to ownership of
               such equity interests) of Ace, so long as (i) each of the Special
               Conditions is satisfied immediately prior to and immediately
               after giving effect to such transaction; (ii) the acquired
               business is only in the same line of business as the Borrowers or
               a Related Business; (iii) the conditions set forth in clauses
               (ii) through (xiv) of (S)10.5.1(c) are satisfied in connection
               therewith, (iv) the transaction preserves all now existing
               obligations of Ace and its Affiliates with respect to license
               fees, royalties, and similar amounts (however characterized)
               owing to the Company and its Subsidiaries, on terms and with a
               structure no less favorable to the Company than the terms and
               structure thereof as of the date hereof, except for changes to
               such terms and structure that are made in the ordinary course of
               business on an arms-length basis prior to the date of such
               acquisition, provided that any such changes in the identity of
                            --------
               the Person to which such obligations are payable and any such
               changes that are made in contemplation or anticipation of such
               acquisition will in any event be deemed not to have been made in
               the ordinary course of business, and further provided that,
                                                    ------- --------
               without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding
               proviso, any changes that are made within the period of 6 months
               immediately preceding the earlier of (a) the date that either of
               the Borrowers enters into a binding agreement to make such
               acquisition and (b) the date of the consummation of such an
               acquisition, will be deemed to have been made in contemplation or
               anticipation of such acquisition; (v) such transaction is not
               prohibited by the Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in
               effect; and (vi) such transaction constitutes the direct or
               indirect acquisition of all or substantially all of the operating
               businesses of Ace;

               In the event any new Significant Subsidiary is formed, acquired
          or exists as a result of or in connection with any acquisition, the
          Loan Documents shall be amended and/or supplemented as to the
          appropriate Persons as necessary to make the terms and conditions of
          the Loan Documents (including but not limited to the Guarantees and
          Security 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -175-

          Documents) applicable to such Significant Subsidiary, and its capital
          stock, in the manner and to the extent described in (S)(S)7, 9.13,
          9.15, and 9.24 hereof.

               10.5.2  Disposition of Assets. The Borrowers will not, and will
                       ---------------------
          not permit any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, and, during such
          time as the Subordinated Indenture remains in effect (or any other
          Subordinated Debt Documents are in effect which contain covenants
          regarding the disposition of assets by any Excluded Subsidiary), will
          not permit any of their Excluded Subsidiaries to, become a party to or
          agree to or effect any Asset Sale or other disposition of assets,
          other than:

                       (a) the sale of inventory or the sale or licensing of
               trademarks, patents, copyrights and brand names in the ordinary
               course of business, consistent with past practices;

                       (b) the disposition of (i) obsolete equipment in the
               ordinary course of business; (ii) assets from any of the
               Borrowers or any of the Non-Excluded Subsidiaries (subject,
               however, to (S)10.21 hereof) to any of the Borrowers or to any of
               the Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, to the extent permitted by any
               Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect; (iii) the
               manufacturing plant located at 753 Ontario Street, Stratford,
               Ontario, Canada by Samsonite Canada, Inc., and (iv) the assets
               listed on the January 31, 1998 consolidated balance sheet of the
               Company as "held for sale," which assets are listed on Schedule
                                                                      --------
               10.5.2(b) hereof (the "Schedule 10.5.2(b) Assets") provided, with
               ---------              -------------------------   --------      
               respect to both clauses (iii) and (iv), that no Default or Event
               of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist as a
               result thereof and that such disposition is not prohibited by any
               Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect;

                       (c)  other Asset Sales or dispositions, provided that (in
                                                               --------         
               each case under this clause (c) of this (S)10.5.2):

                            (i)  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and
                    is continuing and none would exist after giving effect
                    thereto or as a result thereof;

                            (ii) the aggregate Net Asset Sale Proceeds from all
                    such Asset Sales or dispositions under this (S)10.5.2(c)
                    does not exceed $15,000,000 in any fiscal year;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -176-

                            (iii) the purchase price shall be no less than the
                    fair market value of the applicable asset at the time of the
                    sale;

                            (iv)  at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the
                    value of the purchase price for such assets shall consist of
                    cash, other than (to the extent permitted by the
                    Subordinated Indenture) with respect to (1) any Schedule
                    10.5.2(b) Assets; (2) any Asset Sale or series of related
                    Asset Sales as to which the aggregate Net Asset Sale
                    Proceeds do not exceed $1,000,000; (3) any Asset Sale
                    otherwise permitted pursuant to (S)10.3(f)(ii) or
                    (S)10.19.1(b) consisting of the issuance of equity interests
                    in Joint Venture Subsidiaries solely for, or the making of
                    capital contributions to Joint Venture Subsidiaries (or to
                    JV Interest Holding Companies for concurrent contributions
                    to Joint Venture Subsidiaries) solely of, non-cash property
                    relating to the operation of the business of such Joint
                    Venture Subsidiary; or (4) any Asset Sale otherwise
                    permitted pursuant to (S)10.19.1(e) or (S)10.19.2(e)
                    consisting of the sale of minority interests in Joint
                    Venture Subsidiaries to third parties in consideration of
                    non-cash operating assets or services relating to the
                    business of such Joint Venture Subsidiary; or (5) any Asset
                    Sale where the asset being sold (A) is the capital stock of
                    McGregor or any of its Subsidiaries while McGregor and its
                    Subsidiaries have no assets other than any assets of The 500
                    Fashion Group division of McGregor as such division
                    conducted its business on July 14, 1995, or other assets
                    with an aggregate fair market value not in excess of $5,000,
                    or (B) consists only of the assets of The 500 Fashion Group
                    division of McGregor as such division conducted its business
                    on July 14, 1995; and, in any event, at least twenty percent
                    (20%) of the value of the purchase price for any Scheduled
                    Assets shall consist of cash;

                            (v)   the Borrowers shall pay over to the
                    Administrative Agent on the date 270 days after each Asset
                    Sale (each such date being an "Asset Sale Calculation Date")
                    the amount by which (A) (x) one hundred percent (100%) of
                    the applicable Net Asset Sale Proceeds generated in the
                    fiscal year in which any such Asset Sale was closed or in
                    the immediately preceding fiscal year (from all
<PAGE>
 
                    Asset Sales during such fiscal years that occurred more than
                    269 days before the relevant Asset Sale Calculation Date)
                    minus (y) the greater of (1) $10,000,000, and (2) the sum of
                    -----
                    Reinvested Net Asset Sale Proceeds with respect to all Asset
                    Sales that occurred during such fiscal years more than 269
                    days before the Asset Sale Calculation Date, exceeds (B) the
                    amount previously paid by the Borrowers to the
                    Administrative Agent pursuant to this clause (v) on account
                    of Asset Sales that occurred during the same fiscal year as
                    the Asset Sale that generated such Net Asset Sale Proceeds
                    or within the last 269 days of the immediately preceding
                    fiscal year; any amount paid to the Administrative Agent
                    pursuant to this clause (v) will be applied to the mandatory
                    prepayment of the Loans and reduction of the Commitments in
                    accordance with (S)3.3.3; provided, that Net Asset Sale
                                              --------    
                    Proceeds generated in a fiscal year prior to the fiscal year
                    in which such Asset Sale Calculation Date occurred shall
                    only be included in the amounts calculated pursuant to
                    clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v) if such Net Asset
                    Sale Proceeds were generated less than 270 days before the
                    end of such prior fiscal year (or, with respect to the
                    calculation of Reinvested Net Asset Sale Proceeds, in the
                    case of Net Asset Sale Proceeds generated in any such prior
                    fiscal year, such Reinvested Net Asset Sale Proceeds shall
                    only be included if both the relevant Asset Sale and the
                    reinvestment occurred less than 270 days before the end of
                    such prior fiscal year or during the fiscal year in which
                    the relevant Asset Sale Calculation Date occurs);

                            (vi) in the event the asset being sold is the
                    capital stock of McGregor, and to the extent such a
                    disposition is otherwise permitted hereunder, prior to any
                    such disposition, McGregor shall have entered into an
                    agreement with the Company (which agreement shall be in form
                    and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
                    Agent) as to certain matters relating to the agreements
                    referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of (S)8.16.6 (and the
                    subject matter thereof) containing provisions substantially
                    similar to those contained in (S)7.1(c) of the Distribution
                    Agreement; and
<PAGE>
 
                                     -178-

                    (d)  the sale of certain accounts receivable, customer
               drafts and similar rights of payment from customers of the
               Company in the ordinary course of business on a non-recourse
               basis pursuant to the terms of factoring agreements in form and
               substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to the extent
               such sales are (while the Subordinated Indenture remains in
               effect) permitted by (S) 4.09(d)(i) of the Subordinated Indenture
               and are not, in any event, prohibited by the terms of any other
               Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this (S)10.5,
          (A) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall not be permitted to
          dispose of any assets or take (or omit to take) any action in
          connection with an Asset Sale or other asset disposition or engage in
          any other transaction which action (or omission) would require or
          result in any repayment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption (or any
          mandatory offer to repay, prepay, repurchase or redeem) by the Company
          or any of its Subsidiaries of any Subordinated Debt pursuant to the
          Subordinated Indenture or any other provision of the Subordinated Debt
          Documents that are then in effect, or would violate the provisions of
          the Subordinated Indenture or any other provision of the Subordinated
          Debt Documents that are then in effect; (B) neither the Company nor
          any other Obligor shall directly or indirectly sell or otherwise
          dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and (C) neither the
          Borrowers nor their Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise dispose of
          any capital stock of any Person which is either an Obligor or is an
          entity the capital stock of which is pledged under the Loan Documents
          by any Obligor, except for transfers to an Obligor (with each such
          transfer to an Obligor to be subject to the Administrative Agent's
          then existing security interest therein for the benefit of the
          Lenders) and the sale of the capital stock and other equity interests
          of McGregor and its Subsidiaries, subject to the requirements and
          restrictions in (S)10.5.2(c) hereof.

          10.6. Sale And Leaseback. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by
                ------------------
     (S)10.5.2(c) hereof, the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of
     their Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly,
     whereby the Borrowers or any Subsidiary of such Borrower shall sell or
     transfer any property owned by it in order then or thereafter to lease such
     property or lease other property that such Borrower or any Subsidiary of
     such Borrower intends to use for substantially the same purpose as the
     property being sold or transferred.
<PAGE>

                                     -179-
 
          10.7.  Compliance with Environmental Laws. The Borrowers will not, and
                 ---------------------------------- 
     will not permit any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to, (a) use any of
     the Real Estate or any portion thereof for the handling, processing,
     storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances which acts would require a
     permit under RCRA, (b) cause or permit to be located on any of the Real
     Estate any underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for
     Hazardous Substances, except in compliance with Environmental Laws, (c)
     generate any Hazardous Substances on any of the Real Estate except in
     compliance with Environmental Laws, (d) conduct any activity at any Real
     Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner which would reasonably be
     expected to pose a substantial risk of a Release or threatened Release of
     Hazardous Substances on, upon or into any such Real Estate which would have
     a Material Adverse Effect or (e) otherwise conduct any activity at any Real
     Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner that would violate any
     Environmental Law or bring such Real Estate in violation of any
     Environmental Law, which violation would have a Material Adverse Effect .

          10.8.  Subordinated Debt. Except for purchases of the 1995
                 -----------------     
     Subordinated Notes in accordance with the provisions of (S)10.3(y) hereof
     (but only to the extent such purchases are permitted by the Subordinated
     Indenture), the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their
     Subsidiaries to, amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms of any of
     the Subordinated Debt Documents or prepay, redeem or repurchase (or offer
     to prepay, redeem or repurchase) any of the Subordinated Debt.

          10.9.  Employee Benefit Plans. Neither the Borrowers nor any ERISA
                 ----------------------  
Affiliate will:

                 (a)  engage in any "prohibited transaction" within the meaning
          of (S)406 of ERISA or (S)4975 of the Code which would reasonably be
          expected to result in a material liability for the Borrowers or any of
          their Subsidiaries; or

                 (b)  permit any Guaranteed Pension Plan to incur an
          "accumulated funding deficiency", as such term is defined in (S)302 of
          ERISA, whether or not such deficiency is or may be waived; or

                 (c)  fail to make any contribution required of it (by law or
          contract) to any Guaranteed Pension Plan sponsored by it to an extent
          which, or terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan in a manner which,
          could result in the imposition of a lien or encumbrance on the assets
          of the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to (S)302(f) or
          (S)4068 of ERISA; or
<PAGE>
 
                                     -180-

                 (d)  permit, or take any action which would result in there
          being, any unfunded accrued liability and/or actuarial reserve
          requirements in any Guaranteed Pension Plans, determined on the same
          basis as described in the fourth sentence of (S)8.16.3 (including the
          disregard of any such plans without unfunded accrued liability or
          actuarial reserve requirements), exceeding zero.

          10.10. Fiscal Year. Neither the Borrowers nor their Non-Excluded
                 -----------
     Subsidiaries will change the date of the end of their respective fiscal
     quarters or fiscal years from that set forth in (S)8.20 hereof.

          10.11. Modification of Documents. Neither the Borrowers nor any of
                 -------------------------
     their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries will consent to or agree to any amendment,
     supplement or other modification to (a) any intercompany agreement between
     the Company (or any of its Non-Excluded Subsidiaries) and Culligan (or any
     of its Subsidiaries), or (b) any Significant Contract, without the prior
     written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders,
     unless such amendment, supplement or modification, (i) in the case of the
     Belgian License Agreement, is of an immaterial or ministerial nature, not
     affecting any material economic terms thereof, and (ii) as to all other
     documents, agreements or instruments referenced in this (S)10.11 will not
     constitute a material change to any economic term contained therein which
     is adverse to the rights and interests of any Borrower or Non-Excluded
     Subsidiary party thereto.

          10.12. Prohibition on Negative Pledges. Neither the Borrowers nor any
                 ------------------------------- 
     of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries will enter into, or become bound by or
     subject to, any agreement (excluding this Credit Agreement and the Loan
     Documents) prohibiting the creation or assumption of any lien or security
     interest upon its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
     other than agreements with Persons prohibiting any such lien or security
     interest on assets in which such Person has a prior security interest which
     is permitted by (S)10.2, or pursuant to the PBGC Letter, those other
     existing arrangements (if any) which are described in reasonable detail on
     Schedule 10.12 hereto, or pursuant to the Subordinated Indenture (if
     --------------    
     applicable), or pursuant to other arrangements which would not restrict the
     granting of liens and security interests in favor of the Administrative
     Agent and the Lenders securing the Obligations.


          10.13. Transactions with Affiliates. Except for matters otherwise
                 ----------------------------
     permitted hereunder or as set forth on Schedule 10.13, neither the
                                            --------------
     Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries will enter into, or cause, suffer
     or permit to exist (a) any arrangement or contract with any of its other
     Affiliates of a nature customarily entered into by Persons which are
     Affiliates of each other (including management or
<PAGE>
 
                                     -181-

     similar contracts or arrangements relating to the allocation of revenues,
     taxes and expenses or otherwise) requiring any payments to be made by the
     Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries to any Affiliate unless such
     arrangement is fair and equitable to the Borrowers or such Subsidiary; or
     (b) any other transaction, arrangement, contract or commitment with any of
     their other Affiliates which would not be entered into by a prudent Person
     in the position of the Borrowers or such Subsidiary with, or which is on
     terms which are less favorable than are obtainable from, any Person which
     is not one of its Affiliates.

          10.14. Prohibition on Subsidiary Being Subject to Distribution
                 -------------------------------------------------------
     Limitations. Except (a) the existing restrictions (relating to the terms of
     -----------
     certain existing Indebtedness) as set forth on Schedule 10.14 hereto, (b)
                                                    --------------
     for any agreement of a Person acquired pursuant to (S)10.5.1 containing
     restrictions existing at the time of such acquisition and not put in place
     in anticipation of such acquisition and not applicable to any Person or
     property other than the Person or property so acquired, (c) leasing
     agreements as in effect on the Closing Date, (d) customary provisions
     restricting subletting or assignment of any lease or license entered into
     in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices, (e) for
     liens permitted pursuant to (S)10.2 hereof securing Indebtedness permitted
     by (S)10.1 hereof, and (f) any restrictions existing under any refinancing
     of Indebtedness as permitted by (S)10.1(h) hereof provided that such
                                                       --------
     restrictions are no more restrictive than those contained in the
     agreement(s) governing certain Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date
     (as referred to in clause (a) of this (S)10.14) as such agreements are in
     effect on the Closing Date, the Borrowers will not, nor will they permit
     any Non-Excluded Subsidiary to, enter into or become subject to any
     consensual agreement, contract or arrangement (other than the Credit
     Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Subordinated Indenture, the 1995
     Subordinated Indenture, and any agreement, contract, or arrangement with a
     minority shareholder of a Joint Venture Subsidiary which itself is not a
     Significant Subsidiary regarding the business affairs of only such Joint
     Venture Subsidiary) restricting the ability of any Non-Excluded Subsidiary
     of the Company to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind,
     to make loans, advances or other payments of whatsoever nature or to make
     transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to the Company
     or to any other Borrower.

          10.15. Change in Nature of Business. Neither the Borrowers nor any of
                 ----------------------------
     their Subsidiaries will make any material change in or addition to the
     nature of its business as carried on at the date hereof, except to carry on
     Related Businesses.

          10.16. Charter Amendments. Neither the Borrowers nor any of their
                 ------------------
     Subsidiaries will amend or permit to be amended its certificate of
     incorporation or bylaws, or similar organizational documents,
<PAGE>
 
                                     -182-

     except in a manner which would not be reasonably likely to have any
     Material Adverse Effect; provided, however that neither the Borrowers nor
                              --------  -------
     any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries shall permit to be outstanding any
     "Disqualified Capital Stock" (as defined in the Subordinated Indenture) of
     any such Person.

          10.17. Accounting Changes. Neither the Borrowers nor any of their Non-
                 ------------------
     Excluded Subsidiaries will make any change in accounting policies or
     reporting practices, except as required by generally accepted accounting
     principles; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                 --------  -------
     contained herein, the Company will not make any change in accounting
     policies and practices in the determination of "EBIT" from those accounting
     policies and practices existing on the Closing Date.

          10.18. Senior Debt. The Company and its Subsidiaries will not (a) in
                 -----------  
     any manner designate or permit to exist any other Indebtedness of the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries as "Designated Senior Debt" (or any
     terms similar thereto or having a similar purpose or effect) for purposes
     of (and as defined in) the Subordinated Indenture or any other Subordinated
     Debt Documents, other than the Indebtedness arising under this Credit
     Agreement and the Guarantees, or (b) incur or permit to exist any "Senior
     Debt" or Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any "Credit Agreement" (or any
     terms similar thereto or having a similar purpose or effect) for purposes
     of (and as defined in) the Subordinated Indenture or any other Subordinated
     Debt Documents, other than the Indebtedness arising under this Credit
     Agreement and the Guarantees and the other Obligations.

          10.19.  Limitation on Issuance of Shares of Subsidiaries; Disposition
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
     of Shares and Indebtedness of Subsidiaries.
     ------------------------------------------ 

                  10.19.1.  Subsidiaries Issuing or Selling Capital Stock.
                            ---------------------------------------------
          Except with respect to Samsonite SpA (formerly known as Samsonite
          Italia, S.r.l.) of which forty percent (40%) of its capital stock is
          held by a third party, the Borrowers will not permit any of their
          respective Non-Excluded Subsidiaries to have outstanding, issue, sell
          or otherwise dispose of any shares of the capital stock or other
          equity interests of such Subsidiary, except (a) to the Company or a
          Non-Excluded Subsidiary, (b) to the extent permitted by the
          Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect, the issuance or
          sale of such equity interests in connection with the formation or
          capitalization, by way of Investments under (S)10.3(f) hereof, of a
          Non-Excluded Subsidiary which, at the time of such issuance or sale
          and after giving effect thereto, is a Joint Venture Subsidiary, (c)
          the sale of all (but not less than all) of the outstanding equity
          interests of any Non-Excluded Subsidiary in a single transaction or
          series of substantially contemporaneous transactions if the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -183-

          provisions of (S)10.5.2 hereof are complied with in connection
          therewith, (d) with respect to nominal amounts of shares of capital
          stock or other equity interests issued to corporate directors,
          executive officers or others for the purpose of qualifying corporate
          directors (or complying with requirement of multiple stockholders)
          under applicable law and (e) to the extent permitted by the
          Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect, the sale or
          issuance of minority interests by Joint Venture Subsidiaries to third
          parties in consideration of non-cash operating assets or services
          relating to the business of such Joint Venture Subsidiary, in
          connection with its formation or capitalization, provided, that such
                                                           --------
          entity is a Joint Venture Subsidiary at the time of such issuance or
          sale and after giving effect thereto.

          10.19.2. Disposition by Borrowers of Subsidiaries' Capital Stock. The
                   -------------------------------------------------------
          Borrowers will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares
          of the capital stock or other equity interests of any of their
          respective Non-Excluded Subsidiaries or any Indebtedness of any of
          their respective Non-Excluded Subsidiaries, or permit any Non-Excluded
          Subsidiary to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of the
          capital stock or other equity interests or any Indebtedness of any
          other Subsidiary, except (a) to the Company or a Non-Excluded
          Subsidiary, or (b) to the extent permitted by the Subordinated Debt
          Documents that are then in effect, the issuance or sale of such equity
          interests in connection with the formation or capitalization, by way
          of Investments under (S)10.3(f) hereof, of a Non-Excluded Subsidiary
          which, at the time of such issuance or sale and after giving effect
          thereto, is a Joint Venture Subsidiary, (c) the sale of all (but not
          less than all) of the outstanding equity interests of any Non-Excluded
          Subsidiary in a single transaction or series of substantially
          contemporaneous transactions if the provisions of (S)10.5.2 hereof are
          complied with in connection therewith, (d) with respect to nominal
          amounts of shares of capital stock or other equity interests issued to
          corporate directors or executive officers for the purpose of
          qualifying corporate directors (or complying with requirement of
          multiple stockholders) under applicable law and (e) to the extent
          permitted by the Subordinated Debt Documents that are then in effect,
          the sale or issuance of minority interests by Joint Venture
          Subsidiaries to third parties in consideration of non-cash operating
          assets or services relating to the business of such Joint Venture
          Subsidiary, in connection with its formation or capitalization,
          provided, that such entity is a Joint Venture Subsidiary at the time
          --------
          of such issuance or sale and after giving effect thereto.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -184-

          10.20. Limitations on Hedging Arrangements. The Borrowers will not,
                 -----------------------------------
     and will not permit any Non-Excluded Subsidiary to, enter into any interest
     rate hedging or risk protection arrangements, foreign exchange risk
     protection arrangements, or currency risk protection arrangements which are
     for speculative purposes or which are not effected in the ordinary course
     of business.

          10.21. Limitation on Transfer of Operating Assets. The Company will
                 ------------------------------------------   
     not transfer Operating Assets to any of its Subsidiaries; provided that
                                                               --------
     notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject to the other provisions of this
     Credit Agreement), the Company may transfer (i) assets in the ordinary
     course of business and (ii) during any 12 consecutive months, assets
     (without regard to assets referred to in clause (i) above) having an
     aggregate book value of not more than $20,000,000. For purposes of this
     (S)10.21, any transfer of assets shall be deemed to be in the ordinary
     course of business if such transfer is consistent with the past practices
     of the Company or necessary or appropriate to operate the business of the
     Company and its Subsidiaries as an integrated enterprise based on sound
     business practices, and shall include, without limitation, transfers of
     tooling, molds, know-how, rights to patents, trademarks, tradenames,
     designs and other intellectual property.

          10.22. Preferred Stock Documents. The Borrowers will not, and will
                 -------------------------  
     not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, amend, supplement or otherwise
     modify the terms of any of the 1998 Preferred Stock Documents or prepay,
     redeem, repurchase, or retire (or offer to prepay, redeem, repurchase or
     retire) any of the 1998 Preferred Stock.

          10.23. Use of Subordinated Indenture Debt Provisions. The Borrowers
                 ---------------------------------------------       
     will not permit the applicable remaining available and unused amount of
     Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Borrowers (a) pursuant to
     clause (xi) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" in the
     Subordinated Indenture (the general debt "basket") to be less than
     $15,000,000 at any time (after application of all previous incurrences of
     Indebtedness pursuant to such clause (xi)) or (b) pursuant to clause (xii)
     of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" in the Subordinated Indenture
     (the foreign debt "basket") to be less than $10,000,000 at any time (after
     application of all previous incurrences of Indebtedness pursuant to such
     clause (xii)).

          10.24. Ineligible Securities. No portion of the proceeds of any Loans
                 ---------------------  
     shall be used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit or Foreign Letter of
     Credit shall be obtained, for the purpose of (i) knowingly purchasing, or
     providing credit support for the purchase of, Ineligible Securities from a
     Section 20 Subsidiary during any period in which such Section 20 Subsidiary
     makes a market in such Ineligible Securities, (ii) knowingly purchasing, or
     providing credit support for
<PAGE>
 
                                     -185-

     the purchase of, during the underwriting or placement period, any
     Ineligible Securities being underwritten or privately placed by a Section
     20 Subsidiary, or (iii) making, or providing credit support for the making
     of, payments of principal or interest on Ineligible Securities underwritten
     or privately placed by a Section 20 Subsidiary and issued by or for the
     benefit of any Borrower or any Affiliate of any Borrower.

          10.25  PBGC Letter. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of
                 -----------
     their Subsidiaries to, (a) amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms
     of the PBGC Letter, except for changes which lessen, terminate or release
     rights of the PBGC or any obligations of the Company and its ERISA
     Affiliates, as to which changes the Company shall in any event be required
     to provide written notice in reasonable detail to the Administrative Agent
     concurrently therewith, (b) restate or replace the PBGC Letter, or (c)
     enter into any agreement which, when effective, would constitute a PBGC
     Letter unless such agreement is consistent in all respects with the terms
     of the PBGC Letter that was approved by the Administrative Agent prior to
     the Closing Date.

     11.  FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS. 
          ------------------------------------

     Each of the Borrowers covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan,
Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter
of Credit, Foreign Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Lender has any
obligation to make any Loans or any Issuing Bank or Foreign Issuing Bank has any
obligation to issue, amend, extend or renew any Letters of Credit or Foreign
Letters of Credit, as the case may be:

          11.1.  Senior Leverage Ratio. The Borrowers will not permit the Senior
                 ---------------------
     Leverage Ratio as determined for any Reference Period ending at any time
     during any period described in the table set forth below to be greater than
     the ratio set forth opposite such period in such table in which such
     Reference Period ends:
<PAGE>
 
                                     -186-

          @@
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Period                                    Maximum Ratio 
                    ------                                    -------------
          <S>                                                 <C>   
          October 31, 1998 - January 30, 1999                   3.00:1.00
          January 31, 1999 - April 29, 1999                     2.85:1.00
          April 30, 1999 - July 30, 1999                        2.75:1.00
          July 31, 1999 - January 30, 2000                      2.65:1.00
          January 31, 2000 and thereafter                       2.50:1.00
</TABLE>

@@

          11.2. Interest Coverage Ratio. The Borrowers will not permit the
                -----------------------  
     Interest Coverage Ratio as determined for any Reference Period ending at
     any time during any period described in the table set forth below to be
     less than the ratio set forth opposite such period in such table in which
     such Reference Period ends:

          @@

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Period                                    Minimum Ratio
                      ------                                    -------------
          <S>                                                   <C>
          October 31, 1998 - January 30, 1999                      1.50:1.00
          January 31, 1999 - April 29, 1999                        1.60:1.00
          April 30, 1999 - October 30, 1999                        1.75:1.00
          October 31, 1999 - July 30, 2000                         2:00:1.00
          July 31, 2000 - January 30, 2001                         2.25:1.00
          January 31, 2001 and thereafter                          2.50:1.00
</TABLE>

@@

          11.3.  Capital Expenditures. The Borrowers will not make, or permit
                 -------------------- 
     any Non-Excluded Subsidiary of a Borrower to make, Capital Expenditures in
     any fiscal year of the Company ending on or after January 31, 1999 that
     exceed in the aggregate (for the Borrowers and all Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries), $35,000,000; provided, however, that the foregoing
                                 --------  -------
     limitation on Capital Expenditures shall apply only with respect to each
     fiscal year in which the Leverage Ratio, as determined for any Reference
     Period ending as of the end of any fiscal quarter in such fiscal year,
     exceeds 3.50:1.00, and further provided, if during any such fiscal year the
                            ------- --------
     permitted $35,000,000 of Capital Expenditures is not so utilized, such
     unutilized amount (each being referred to as an "Unspent Amount") may be
     utilized in (but only in) the immediately subsequent fiscal year, and not
     thereafter; in any such subsequent fiscal year, actual Capital Expenditures
     made from time to time in such fiscal year shall be deemed to have been
     made first from (and to utilize) the applicable Unspent Amount carried over
     into such fiscal year from the immediately prior fiscal year, and then to
     have been made from (and to utilize) the $35,000,000 permitted by 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -187-

     this (S)11.3; and in any event the applicable Unspent Amount to be carried
     over into any fiscal year shall not exceed $35,000,000.

     12.  CLOSING CONDITIONS. 
          ------------------ 

     The obligations of the Lenders (including the Fronting Bank) to make the
initial Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans, Revolving Multicurrency Loans
and Multicurrency Swing Line Loans and the Term Loans and of any Issuing Bank or
Foreign Issuing Bank to issue any initial Letters of Credit or Foreign Letters
of Credit shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions
precedent on or before June 24, 1998:

          12.1.  Loan Documents.
                 -------------- 

                 12.1.1. Loan Documents. Each of the Loan Documents (including
                         -------------- 
          such Security Documents as shall then be required to be entered into
          on the Closing Date under (S)(S)7, 9.13, 9.15, and 9.24) shall have
          been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto,
          shall be in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance
          satisfactory to each of the Lenders. Each Lender shall have received a
          fully executed copy of each such document.

                 12.1.2  Documents for Related Transactions. Each Lender shall
                         ----------------------------------
          have received copies of the documents evidencing the Related
          Transactions. The Subordinated Note Tender Offer Documents shall have
          resulted in the modification of the 1995 Subordinated Indenture in
          order to, among other things, effect the deletion in their entirety of
          those covenants contained in (S)(S)4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.9-4.13, 4.15-
          4.20, and 4.22 of Article IV thereof, and to effect the modification
          of (S)(S)4.8, 4.21 and 5.1 thereof, in each case as provided in the
          Subordinated Note Tender Offer Documents. The Administrative Agent
          shall have received a copy of the fully-executed Supplemental
          Indenture relating to the 1995 Subordinated Indenture that is referred
          to in the Subordinated Note Tender Offer Documents.

                 12.1.3  Significant Contracts. Each Significant Contract not
                         ---------------------   
          previously delivered to the Administrative Agent shall have been duly
          executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in
          full force and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory
          to each of the Lenders. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall
          have received a fully executed copy of each such document.

          12.2.  Certified Copies of Charter Documents. Each of the Lenders
                 -------------------------------------
     shall have received from the Borrowers and each of their Non-Excluded
     Subsidiaries party to any of the Loan Documents (or whose capital stock is
     pledged as Collateral) a copy, certified by a
<PAGE>
 
                                     -188-

     duly authorized officer of such Person to be true and complete on the
     Closing Date, of each of (a) its charter or other incorporation documents
     as in effect on such date of certification, and (b) its by-laws as in
     effect on such date.


          12.3.  Corporate Action. All corporate action necessary for the valid
                 ----------------
     execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers and each of their Non-
     Excluded Subsidiaries of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents
     to which it is or is to become a party shall have been duly and effectively
     taken, and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Lenders shall have been
     provided to each of the Lenders.

          12.4.  Incumbency Certificate. Each of the Lenders shall have received
                 ----------------------
     from the Borrowers and each of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries party to any
     of the Loan Documents (or whose capital stock is pledged as Collateral) an
     incumbency certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by a duly
     authorized officer of the Borrowers or such Non-Excluded Subsidiary, and
     giving the name and bearing a specimen signature of each individual who
     shall be authorized: (a) to sign, in the name and on behalf of each of such
     Borrowers of such Non-Excluded Subsidiary, each of the Loan Documents, and
     any amendment, consent or waiver with respect thereto, to which such
     Borrower or such Non-Excluded Subsidiary is or is to become a party; (b) in
     the case of (i) the Company, to make Loan Requests, Notices of Swing Line
     Borrowings, Conversion Requests and to apply for Letters of Credit and (ii)
     Samsonite Europe, to make Revolving Multicurrency Loan Requests, Notices of
     Multicurrency Swing Line Borrowings, Conversion Requests and to apply for
     Foreign Letters of Credit; and (c) to give notices and to take other action
     on its behalf under the Loan Documents.

          12.5. Validity of Liens. Except as otherwise expressly provided
                -----------------    
     herein, and to the extent required by (S)(S)7, 9.13, 9.15, and 9.24 hereof,
     the Security Documents shall be effective to create in favor of the
     Administrative Agent and the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable first
     priority (except for Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable
     law, and, where applicable, except for the PBGC Ratable Lien but only to
     the extent required by the PBGC Letter) perfected security interest in and
     lien upon the Collateral. All filings, recordings, deliveries of
     instruments and other actions necessary or desirable in the opinion of the
     Administrative Agent to perfect, protect and preserve such security
     interests shall have been duly effected or there shall have been made
     arrangements for the same which are satisfactory to the Administrative
     Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence thereof in
     form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

          12.6.  UCC Search Results. The Administrative Agent shall have
                 ------------------   
     received the results of Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC"), PTO,
<PAGE>
 
                                     -189-

     title searches and other applicable lien searches indicating no liens other
     than Permitted Liens, or as described on Schedule 8.13 hereto.
                                              -------------        

          12.7.  Solvency Opinion. Each of the Lenders shall have received a 
                 ---------------- 
     copy of an opinion letter from Valuation Research, on which the Lenders
     shall be entitled to rely, dated as of the Closing Date, as to the Solvency
     of the Company, and the Solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
     as a whole, following the consummation of the transactions contemplated
     herein, including, without limitation, the Recapitalization and the other
     Related Transactions, and in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Lenders.

          12.8.  Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Borrowers shall have delivered to
                 ----------------------- 
     each of the Lenders a pro forma balance sheet of the Company as of the end
                           ---------
     of the most recent month for which the Company's books have been closed
     prior to the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Lenders, which pro forma balance sheet shall have been adjusted to give
                    ---------        
     proper pro forma effect to the Loans to be made hereunder on the Closing
            ---------                    
     Date, the repayment of any Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Loans,
     and the consummation of the Related Transactions to be effected on the
     Closing Date.

          12.9.  Opinion of Counsel. Each of the Lenders and the Agents shall
                 ------------------ 
     have received a favorable legal opinion addressed to the Lenders and the
     Agents, dated as of the Closing Date, each in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, from:

                 (a) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel
          to the Company and its Subsidiaries and from Indiana special counsel
          to certain of the Obligors satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

                 (b) Fernand Keuleneer, Esq., as to Samsonite Europe, this
          Credit Agreement, and the Belgian Pledge Agreement; and

                 (c) local counsel opinions with respect to matters involving
          the laws of Canada, Mexico, and any other relevant foreign
          jurisdictions, as to the other Foreign Pledge Agreements.

          12.10. Payment of Fees. The Borrowers shall have paid to the
                 ---------------
     applicable Persons the fees provided for in (S)6.1, and all fees, costs,
     and expenses as set forth in (S)17 hereof (including, without limitation,
     all accrued and unpaid legal fees and disbursements).

          12.11. Payout Letter. The Administrative Agent shall have received a
                 ------------- 
     payout letter from each "Lender" or from the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -190-

     "Administrative Agent" under (and as each such term is defined in) the
     Prior Credit Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent hereunder, indicating the amount of the loan and other
     obligations under the Prior Credit Agreement to be discharged on the
     Closing Date.

          12.12. Closing of Related Transactions. The Related Transactions shall
                 ------------------------------- 
     be duly consummated on the Closing Date (or, in the case of the funding of
     the Equity Tender Offer, arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to
     the Administrative Agent shall have been effected on the Closing Date).
     Each of the documents evidencing, governing or pursuant to which there is
     incurred or assumed any obligations or liability for the 1998 Subordinated
     Debt or the 1998 Preferred Stock shall have been duly executed and
     delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in full force and
     effect and shall be in form and substance consistent in all material
     respects with the terms thereof delivered to the Lead Agents prior to the
     Closing Date. The Administrative Agent shall have received appropriate
     evidence that all of the closing conditions in the Subordinated Debt
     Documents for the issuance and sale of the Subordinated Notes and all of
     the documents evidencing or governing 1998 Preferred Stock have been
     satisfied without recourse to any provision permitting the waiver by any
     party thereto of any condition, obligation, covenant or other requirement,
     and that the Company has received the proceeds of the issuance and sale of
     such Subordinated Notes and 1998 Preferred Stock in amounts of $350,000,000
     and $175,000,000, respectively, less reasonable underwriting discounts and
     related fees and expenses.

          12.13. Disbursement Instructions. The Administrative Agent shall have
                 ------------------------- 
     received disbursement instructions from the Borrowers, indicating that a
     portion of the proceeds of the initial Loans, in an amount equal to the
     aggregate obligations of the Borrowers pursuant to the Prior Credit
     Agreement, are to be paid to the lenders thereunder and providing for the
     full funding of the Subordinated Note Tender Offer.

          12.14. Consents and Approvals. The Administrative Agent shall have 
                 ---------------------- 
     received evidence that there shall have been obtained and shall be in full
     force and effect all consents and approvals necessary to complete the
     transactions contemplated hereby.

          12.15. Foreign Subsidiary Indebtedness. The terms and conditions of
                 ------------------------------- 
     any Indebtedness of any of the Company's Foreign Subsidiaries which is
     permitted pursuant to (S)10.1 hereof shall be acceptable to the
     Administrative Agent, and any and all liens, security interests and
     encumbrances previously granted to the lenders thereof securing such
     Indebtedness (except to the extent expressly permitted by this Credit
     Agreement) shall have, as of the Closing Date, been terminated.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -191-

          12.16. E-II Bankruptcy Matters. The Administrative Agent and the
                 ----------------------- 
     Lenders shall be satisfied that arrangements satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent and the Lenders have been made with respect to (a) any
     residual funding obligations relating to the E-II Settlement Trust and (b)
     any other residual obligations in respect of periods prior to, or matters
     left unresolved by, the Reorganization.

          12.17. Delivery of Financial Information. The Administrative Agent has
                 --------------------------------- 
     received the financial statements, projections and other information
     referred to in (S)8.4 hereof, and the same shall be satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent and the Lenders in form and substance.

          12.18. Senior Debt Assurances. The Administrative Agent shall have
                 ---------------------- 
     received such other certificates, opinions, and letters or agreements that
     the Administrative Agent deems necessary to provide the Administrative
     Agent and the Lenders with appropriate evidence and assurances that the
     Obligations hereunder are "Senior Debt" and "Designated Senior Debt" under
     the Subordinated Indenture and that this Credit Agreement is considered the
     "Original Credit Agreement" and a "Credit Agreement" for purposes of the
     Subordinated Indenture.

          12.19. [Intentionally Deleted.]

          12.20. Belgian Shareholder Approval. The Administrative Agent shall
                 ---------------------------- 
     have received evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that (a) as
     to certain provisions of (S)10 and (S)14 hereof, Samsonite Europe has
     complied with the approval procedures of Article 17bis of the Belgian Law
     of March 2, 1989 (on the publicity of major holdings in listed companies
     and on the regulation of public take-over bids) regarding the decision by
     the general meeting of shareholders pursuant to a resolution duly filed
     with the Commercial Court, and (b) Samsonite Europe has obtained all
     necessary or appropriate shareholder and other corporate approvals in
     connection with the Belgian Pledge Agreement.

          12.21. Transfer of Subsidiaries. The stock purchase transaction
                 ------------------------ 
     referred to in (S)8.17(e) shall have been completed prior to the Closing
     Date, and the Administrative Agent shall have received such information
     with respect thereto, and copies of such documentation evidencing or
     relating to such transactions, as the Administrative Agent shall have
     reasonably requestesd.

          12.22. [Intentionally Deleted.]

          12.23. PBGC Letter. The Company shall have entered into the PBGC
                 ----------- 
     Letter, which PBGC Letter shall be substantially in the form delivered to
     the Lead Agents prior to the Closing Date.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -192-

     13.  CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.
          ---------------------------- 

     The obligations of the Lenders to make any Loan, including the Revolving
Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans, Multicurrency Swing Line Loans, Revolving
Multicurrency Loans and the Term Loans, and of any Issuing Bank or Foreign
Issuing Bank to issue, amend, extend or renew any Letter of Credit or Foreign
Letter of Credit, as the case may be, in each case whether on or after the
Closing Date, shall also be subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent:

          13.1 Representations True; No Event of Default. Each of the
               -------------------- -------------------- 
     representations and warranties of any of the Borrowers and their
     Subsidiaries contained in this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents
     or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection
     with this Credit Agreement shall be true in all material respects as of the
     date as of which they were made and shall also be true in all material
     respects at and as of the time of the making of such Loan or the issuance,
     amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit or Foreign Letter
     of Credit, as the case may be, with the same effect as if made at and as of
     that time (except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions
     contemplated or permitted by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
     Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that
     singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse, and to the extent
     that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier
     date) and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of
     the Borrowers signed by an authorized officer of each of the Borrowers to
     such effect.

          13.2. No Legal Impediment. No change shall have occurred in any law or
                ------------------- 
     regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable
     opinion of any Lender would make it illegal for such Lender to make such
     Loan or to participate in the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter
     of Credit or Foreign Letter of Credit, as the case may be, or in the
     reasonable opinion of the Issuing Bank or the Foreign Issuing Bank, as the
     case may be, would make it illegal for the Issuing Bank or Foreign Issuing
     Bank, as the case may be, to issue, amend, extend or renew such Letter of
     Credit or Foreign Letter of Credit, as the case may be.

          13.3. Governmental Regulation. Each Lender shall have received such
                ----------------------- 
     statements in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to such Lender as
     such Lender shall require for the purpose of compliance with any applicable
     regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of
     the Federal Reserve System.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -193-

          13.4. Proceedings and Documents. All proceedings in connection with
                ------------------------- 
     the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
     Documents and all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in
     substance and in form to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the
     Administrative Agent's Special Counsel, and the Lenders, the Administrative
     Agent and such counsel shall have received all information and such
     counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the
     Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

     14.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC.
          ----------------- ------------- ---- 

          14.1. Events of Default and Acceleration. If any of the following
                ---------------------------------- 
     events ("Events of Default" or, if the giving of notice or the lapse of
     time or both is required, then, prior to such notice or lapse of time,
     "Defaults") shall have occurred and be continuing:

                (a)  any of the Borrowers or any of their applicable
          Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of the Loans, any
          Reimbursement Obligation or any Foreign Reimbursement Obligation when
          the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of
          maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date
          fixed for payment or otherwise;

                (b)  any of the Borrowers or any of their applicable
          Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any interest on the Loans, the
          Commitment Fees, any Letter of Credit Fee, any Foreign Letter of
          Credit Fee, the Agent's Fee, the Fronting Fees, or other sums due
          hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents within three (3)
          Business Days after the same shall become due and payable, whether at
          the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at
          any other date fixed for payment or otherwise;

                (c)  the Borrowers shall fail to comply with any of its
          covenants contained in (S)(S)9.2, 9.3, 9.4(j), 9.5.1, 9.5.3-9.5.6,
          9.5.10, 9.5.11, the first sentence of 9.6, 9.7, 9.9-9.29, 10, 11, or
          20.10. In determining whether an event has occurred or will occur
          which would result in the violation of the covenant set forth in
          (S)11.2 hereof as of the applicable fiscal quarter end date set forth
          in such covenant, the Lenders and the Agent may rely upon either the
          Borrowers having stated in writing or having announced publicly that
          such an event has occurred or will occur (including an announcement in
          the form of a press release or a statement in a report filed with the
          Securities and Exchange Commission), or the applicable financial
          statements and/or Compliance Certificate in respect of such fiscal
          period reflecting such event;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -194-

                (d)  the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries shall fail to
          perform any applicable term, covenant or agreement contained herein or
          in any of the other Loan Documents (other than those specified
          elsewhere in this (S)14.1) for fifteen (15) days after written notice
          of such failure has been given to the Borrowers by the Administrative
          Agent;

                (e)  any representation or warranty of the Borrowers or any of
          their Subsidiaries in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
          Documents or in any other document or instrument delivered pursuant to
          or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall prove to have been
          false in any material respect upon the date when made or deemed to
          have been made or repeated;

                (f)  the Obligors or any of their Non-Excluded Subsidiaries
          shall fail to pay when due, or within any applicable period of grace,
          any obligation for borrowed money or credit received, or in respect of
          any Capitalized Leases, in an amount in excess of $1,000,000, or any
          Subordinated Debt; or fail to observe or perform any material term,
          covenant or agreement contained in any agreement by which it is bound,
          evidencing or securing borrowed money or credit received, or in
          respect of any Capitalized Leases, in an amount in excess of
          $1,000,000, or any Subordinated Debt, for such period of time as would
          permit (assuming the giving of appropriate notice if required) the
          holder or holders thereof or of any obligations issued thereunder to
          accelerate the maturity thereof;

                (g)  any of the Obligors, the Significant Domestic Subsidiaries,
          the Significant Foreign Subsidiaries, the Significant Subsidiaries (as
          defined in the Subordinated Indenture or in any other Subordinated
          Debt Documents that are then in effect, including the "Significant
          Restricted Subsidiaries", as such term is used and defined in the
          Subordinated Indenture), or any Subsidiary the stock of which is
          pledged under the Security Documents (whether all, or a portion, of
          such capital stock is so pledged) (collectively, the "Applicable
          Entities", and individually, an "Applicable Entity") shall make an
          assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing its
          inability to pay or generally fail to pay its debts as they mature or
          become due, or shall petition or apply for the appointment of a
          trustee or other custodian, liquidator or receiver of any of the
          Applicable Entities or of any substantial part of the assets of any of
          the Applicable Entities or shall commence any case or other proceeding
          relating to any of the Applicable Entities under any bankruptcy,
          reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt,
          dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, now or
          hereafter 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -195-

          in effect, or shall take any action to authorize or in furtherance of
          any of the foregoing; or if any such petition or application shall be
          filed or any such case or other proceeding shall be commenced against
          any of the Applicable Entities indicate its approval thereof, consent
          thereto or acquiescence therein or such petition or application shall
          not have been dismissed within forty-five (45) days following the
          filing thereof;

                (h)  a decree or order is entered appointing any such trustee,
          custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating any of the
          Applicable Entities bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition in
          any such case or other proceeding, or a decree or order for relief is
          entered in respect of any of the Applicable Entities in an involuntary
          case under federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter constituted;

                (i)  there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied and
          unstayed, for more than thirty (30) days, whether or not consecutive,
          any final judgment against any of the Applicable Entities that, with
          other outstanding final judgments, undischarged, against the
          Applicable Entities exceeds in the aggregate $1,000,000;

                (j)  the holders of all or any part of the Subordinated Debt
          shall accelerate the maturity of all or any part of the Subordinated
          Debt; or any of the Subordinated Debt or the 1998 Preferred Stock
          shall be (or shall be required at such time to be) prepaid, redeemed,
          repurchased, or retired in whole or in part, except as otherwise
          expressly permitted (with respect to certain purchases of remaining
          1995 Subordinated Notes) pursuant to (S)10.8 hereof; or the Company or
          any of its Subsidiaries shall be or become required under the
          Subordinated Debt Documents, the 1998 Preferred Stock Documents, or
          otherwise to prepay, redeem, repurchase or retire (or shall be or
          become required thereunder or otherwise to offer to prepay, redeem,
          repurchase or retire) all or any part of the Subordinated Debt or the
          1998 Preferred Stock;

                (k)  if any of the Loan Documents shall be cancelled,
          terminated, revoked or rescinded or the Administrative Agent's
          security interests, mortgages or liens in a substantial portion of the
          Collateral shall cease to be perfected, or shall cease to have the
          priority contemplated by the Security Documents, in each case
          otherwise than in accordance with the terms thereof or with the
          express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Lenders,
          or any action at law, suit or in equity or other legal proceeding to
          cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents shall be commenced
          by or on behalf of any of the Borrowers or any of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -196-

          their Subsidiaries party thereto or any of their respective
          stockholders, or any court or any other governmental or regulatory
          authority or agency of competent jurisdiction shall make a
          determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to
          the effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents is illegal,
          invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof;

                (l)  with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, an ERISA
          Reportable Event shall have occurred subsequent to the date hereof,
          and the Majority Lenders shall have determined in their reasonable
          discretion that such event reasonably could be expected to result in
          liability of any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to the
          PBGC or such Guaranteed Pension Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding
          $1,000,000 and such event in the circumstances so occurring then
          reasonably could constitute grounds for the termination of such
          Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the
          appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer
          such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or a trustee shall have been appointed
          by the United States District Court to administer any Guaranteed
          Pension Plan; or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings to
          terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan; or any of the Borrowers or any
          ERISA Affiliate is assessed withdrawal liability pursuant to Title IV
          of ERISA by a Multiemployer Plan, requiring aggregate annual payments
          exceeding $500,000 per year in respect thereof;

                (m)  any of the Applicable Entities shall be enjoined,
          restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any
          administrative or regulatory agency from conducting any material part
          of its business and such order shall continue in effect for more than
          thirty (30) days;

                (n)  there shall occur any strike, lockout, labor dispute,
          embargo, condemnation, act of God or public enemy, or other casualty,
          which in any such case causes, for more than fifteen (15) consecutive
          days, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing
          activities at any facility or location of any of the Applicable
          Entities but only if such event or circumstance is not covered by
          business interruption insurance, and which would have a Material
          Adverse Effect;

                (o)  there shall occur the loss, suspension or revocation of, or
          failure to renew, any license or permit now held or hereafter acquired
          by any of the Applicable Entities if such loss, suspension, revocation
          or failure to renew would have a Material Adverse Effect;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -197-

                (p)  any of the Applicable Entities shall be indicted for a
          state or federal crime, or any civil or criminal action shall
          otherwise have been brought or threatened against any of the
          Applicable Entities, a punishment for which in any such case could
          include the forfeiture of any assets of such Applicable Entity having
          a fair market value sufficient to constitute a Material Adverse
          Effect;

                (q)  any one or more of the agreements referred to in clauses
          (a) and (b) of (S)8.16.6 shall have been terminated, whether by its or
          their terms or by notice given thereunder pursuant to its or their
          terms, without substitution therefor of an agreement or agreements
          reasonably expected to forestall any termination of the Single
          Employer Plans covered by such specified agreements;

                (r)  (i) during any period of up to twenty-four (24) consecutive
          months, individuals who, at the beginning of such twenty-four (24)
          month period were directors of the Company shall cease, for any
          reason, to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the
          Company (except to the extent that individuals who at the beginning of
          such twenty-four (24) month period were replaced by individuals (x)
          elected by a majority of the remaining members of the board of
          directors of the Company or (y) nominated for election by a majority
          of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company and
          thereafter elected as directors by shareholders of the Company); or
          (ii) a Change of Control (as defined in the Subordinated Indenture),
          or a "change of control" or similar event as described in any other
          Subordinated Debt Documents, or in the 1998 Preferred Stock Documents,
          shall have occurred; or (iii) Samsonite Europe shall fail to be a
          direct, Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company (except for matters
          referred to in (S)10.19.1(d) hereof);

                (s)  any default similar to those set forth in (S)14.1(f), (g),
          (h) or (i) shall occur with respect to an Excluded Subsidiary, the
          result of which would cause any obligation or arrangement or
          commitment of the Borrower or any Non-Excluded Subsidiary described in
          clauses (h) or (i) of the definition of Indebtedness (with respect to
          Indebtedness exceeding $1,000,000 in principal amount) to become due
          or matured;

     then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be continuing, the
     Administrative Agent may, and upon the request of the Majority Lenders
     shall, by notice in writing to the Borrowers declare all amounts owing with
     respect to this Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents
     and all Reimbursement Obligations and 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -198-

     Foreign Reimbursement Obligations to be, and they shall thereupon forthwith
     become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or
     other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
     Borrowers; provided that in the event of any Event of Default specified in
                --------            
     (S)(S)14.1(g), 14.1(h) or 14.1(j) (other than solely pursuant to the 1995
     Subordinated Indenture), all such amounts shall become immediately due and
     payable automatically and without any requirement of notice from any of the
     Agents or any Lender.

          14.2. Termination of Commitments. If any one or more of the Events of
                -------------------------- 
     Default specified in (S)14.1(g), (S)14.1(h) or (S)14.1(j) (other than
     solely pursuant to the 1995 Subordinated Indenture) shall occur, any unused
     portion of the credit hereunder shall forthwith terminate and each of the
     Lenders shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Loans to the
     Borrowers and the Issuing Bank and the Foreign Issuing Bank shall be
     relieved of all further obligations to issue, amend, extend or renew
     Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit. If any other Event of
     Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or if on any Drawdown Date
     or other date for issuing, extending or renewing any Letter of Credit or
     Foreign Letter of Credit the conditions precedent to the making of the
     Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date or (as the case may be) to issuing,
     amending, extending or renewing such Letter of Credit or such Foreign
     Letter of Credit, as the case may be, on such other date are not satisfied,
     the Administrative Agent may and, upon the request of the Majority
     Revolving Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrowers, terminate the unused
     portion of the credit facilities provided hereunder, and upon such notice
     being given such unused portion of the credit facilities provided hereunder
     shall terminate immediately and each of the Lenders shall be relieved of
     all further obligations to make Loans and the Issuing Bank and the Foreign
     Issuing Bank shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, amend,
     extend or renew Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit. No
     termination of the credit hereunder shall relieve the Borrowers or any of
     their Subsidiaries of any of the Obligations.

          14.3. Remedies. In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall
                -------- 
     have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Lenders shall have
     accelerated the maturity of the Loans pursuant to (S)14.1, each Lender, if
     owed any amount with respect to the Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations
     or the Foreign Reimbursement Obligations, may, with the consent of the
     Majority Lenders but not otherwise, proceed to protect and enforce its
     rights by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding,
     whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained
     in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument
     pursuant to which the Obligations to such Lender are evidenced, including
     as permitted by applicable law the obtaining of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -199-

     the ex parte appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have
         -- ----- 
     become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment
     thereof or any other legal or equitable right of such Lender. No remedy
     herein conferred upon any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the holder
     of any Note or purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participation or Foreign
     Letter of Credit Participation is intended to be exclusive of any other
     remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in
     addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing
     at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law.

          14.4. Exchange Rate. If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any
                -------------
     court or obtaining an order enforcing a judgment, it becomes necessary for
     any Lender to convert any amount due to such Lender under this Credit
     Agreement in Dollars or in any other currency (hereinafter in this (S)14.4
     called the "first currency") into any other currency (hereinafter in this
     (S)14.4 called the "second currency"), then the conversion shall be made at
     such Lender's spot rate of exchange for buying the first currency with the
     second currency prevailing at such Lender's close of business on the
     Business Day next preceding the day on which the judgment is given or (as
     the case may be) the order is made. Any payment made to any Lender pursuant
     to this Credit Agreement in the second currency shall constitute a
     discharge of the obligations of the respective Borrower to pay to such
     Lender any amount originally due to such Lender in the first currency under
     this Credit Agreement only to the extent of the amount of the first
     currency which such Lender is able, on the date of the actual receipt by it
     of such payment in any second currency, to purchase, in accordance with
     such Lender's normal banking procedures, with the amount of such second
     currency so received. If the amount of the first currency falls short of
     the amount originally due to such Lender in the first currency under this
     Credit Agreement, the Borrowers hereby agree that they will indemnify such
     Lender against and save such Lender harmless from any shortfall so arising.
     This indemnity shall const1itute an obligation of such Borrower separate
     and independent from the other obligations contained in this Credit
     Agreement, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action
     and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or
     order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due to such Lender
     under this Credit Agreement or under any such judgment or order. Any such
     shortfall shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by such Lender and
     the Borrowers shall not be entitled to require any proof or evidence of any
     actual loss. The covenant contained in this (S)14.4 shall survive the
     payment in full of all of the other obligations of the Borrowers under this
     Credit Agreement.

          14.5. Distribution of Collateral Proceeds. In the event that following
                -----------------------------------
     the occurrence or during the continuance of any Default or Event of
     Default, any of the Agents or any Lender, as the case may be, 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -200-

     receives any monies in connection with the enforcement of any the Security
     Documents, or otherwise with respect to the realization upon any of the
     Collateral, such monies shall be distributed for application as follows
     (subject to the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreements with respect
     to the PBGC Ratable Lien, which may be applicable in certain circumstances
     expressly set forth therein):

               (a)  First, to the payment of, or (as the case may be) the
          reimbursement of the Administrative Agent for or in respect of all
          reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have
          been incurred or sustained by the Administrative Agent in connection
          with the collection of such monies by the Administrative Agent, for
          the exercise, protection or enforcement by the Administrative Agent of
          all or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the
          Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other
          Loan Documents or in respect of the Collateral or in support of any
          provision of adequate indemnity to the Administrative Agent against
          any taxes or liens which by law shall have, or may have, priority over
          the rights of the Administrative Agent to such monies;

               (b)  Second, to all other Obligations in such order or preference
          as the Majority Lenders may determine; provided, however, that (i)
                                                 --------  -------          
          distributions in respect of such Obligations shall be made pari passu
                                                                     ---- -----
          among Obligations with respect to the fees and compensation payable to
          the Agents pursuant to (S)6.1 and all other Obligations, and (ii)
          distributions in respect of Obligations owing to the Lenders with
          respect to each type of Obligation such as interest, principal, fees
          and expenses, shall be made among the Lenders pro rata; and provided,
                                                        --- ----      -------- 
          further, that the Administrative Agent may in its discretion make
          -------                                                          
          proper allowance to take into account any Obligations not then due and
          payable;

               (c)  Third, upon payment and satisfaction in full or other
          provisions for payment in full satisfactory to the Lenders and the
          Agents of all of the Obligations, to the payment of any obligations
          required to be paid pursuant to (S)9-504(1)(c) of the Uniform
          Commercial Code of the State of New York; and

               (d)  Fourth, the excess, if any, shall be returned to the
          Borrowers or to such other Persons as are entitled thereto.

     15.  SETOFF.
          ------ 

     Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, during the continuance of any
Event of Default, any deposits or other sums credited by or due from any of the
Lenders to any of the Borrowers and any securities or other 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -201-

property of any of the Borrowers in the possession of such Lender may be applied
to or set off by such Lender against the payment of Obligations. Each of the
Lenders agrees with each other Lender that (a) if an amount to be set off is to
be (or is ever) applied to Indebtedness of any of the Borrowers to such Lender,
other than Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes held by such Lender, or Loan
Accounts maintained by any Lender or the Fronting Bank or constituting
Reimbursement Obligations or Foreign Reimbursement Obligations, as the case may
be, owed to such Lender, such amount shall be applied first to the Indebtedness
evidenced by all such Notes or Loan Accounts held by such Lender or constituting
Reimbursement Obligations or Foreign Reimbursement Obligations owed to such
Lender, and (b) if such Lender shall receive from any of the Borrowers, whether
by voluntary payment, exercise of the right of setoff, counterclaim, cross
action, enforcement of the claim evidenced by the Notes held by, or Loan
Accounts maintained by or constituting Reimbursement Obligations or Foreign
Reimbursement Obligations, as the case may be, owed to, such Lender by
proceedings against such Borrower at law or in equity or by proof thereof in
bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar proceedings, or
otherwise, and shall retain and apply to the payment of the Note or Notes held
by, or Loan Accounts maintained by or Reimbursement Obligations or Foreign
Reimbursement Obligations, as the case may be, owed to, such Lender any amount
in excess of its applicable ratable portion of the payments received by all of
the Lenders with respect to the Notes held by, or Loan Accounts maintained by
and Reimbursement Obligations or Foreign Reimbursement Obligations, as the case
may be, owed to, all of the Lenders, such Lender will make such disposition and
arrangements with the other Lenders with respect to such excess, either by way
of distribution, pro tanto assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as
                 --- -----    
shall result in each Lender receiving in respect of the Notes held by it or Loan
Accounts maintained by it or Reimbursement Obligations or Foreign Reimbursement
Obligations, as the case may be, owed it, its applicable proportionate payment
as contemplated by this Credit Agreement; provided that if all or any part of
                                          -------- 
such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such Lender, such disposition
and arrangements shall be rescinded and the amount restored to the extent of
such recovery, but without interest.

      THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE FOREIGN AGENT AND THE SYNDICATION AGENT.
      --------------------------------------------------------------------- 

          16.1. Appointment and Authorization; "Agent". Each Lender hereby
                -------------------------------------
     irrevocably (subject to (S)16.9) appoints and designates the Agents, and
     authorizes the Agents to take such action on its behalf under the
     provisions of this Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document and to
     exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to
     them by the terms of this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document,
     together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
     Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Agents shall not have
     any duties or
<PAGE>
 
                                     -202-

     responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the
     Agents have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any
     Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties,
     obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Credit Agreement or any
     other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Agents. Without limiting
     the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" in
     this Credit Agreement with reference to the Agents is not intended to
     connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising
     under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used
     merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect
     only an administrative relationship between independent contracting
     parties.

          16.2. Delegation of Duties. The Agents may execute any of their duties
                --------------------
     under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through
     agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of
     counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Agents shall
     not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or
     attorney-in-fact that any of them selects with reasonable care.

          16.3. Liability of Agent. None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (i)
                ------------------  
     be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under
     or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or
     the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence
     or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the
     Lenders for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by the
     Borrowers or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrowers, or any officer
     thereof, contained in this Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document,
     or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or
     provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with,
     this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the value of or
     title to any Collateral, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
     enforceability or sufficiency of this Credit Agreement or any other Loan
     Document, or for any failure of the Borrowers or any other party to any
     Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-
     Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or
     to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements
     contained in, or conditions of, this Credit Agreement or any other Loan
     Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrowers
     or any of the Borrowers' Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

          16.4. Reliance by Agent.
                -----------------

               (a)  Each of the Agents shall be entitled to rely, and shall be
          fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice,
          consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -203-

          telex or telephone message, statement or other document or
          conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been
          signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice
          and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrowers),
          independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agents. Each
          of the Agents shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take
          any action under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document
          unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the
          Majority Lenders (or, if the action requires the consent of all
          Lenders pursuant to (S)27 hereof, the advice or concurrence of all
          Lenders) as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall
          first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any
          and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of
          taking or continuing to take any such action. The Agents shall in all
          cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,
          under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance
          with a request or consent of the Majority Lenders and such request and
          any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding
          upon all of the Lenders.

               (b)  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions
          specified in (S)12, each Lender that has executed this Credit
          Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted
          or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent by
          the Agents to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or
          satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by
          or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lender.

          16.5. Notice of Default. None of the Agents shall be deemed to have
                -----------------
     knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default,
     except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and
     fees required to be paid to such Agent for the account of the Lenders,
     unless such Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the
     Borrowers referring to this Credit Agreement, describing such Default or
     Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default". The
     Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such
     notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to
     such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Majority
     Lenders in accordance with (S)14; provided, however, that unless and until
                                       --------  ------- 
     the Administrative Agent has received any such request, the Administrative
     Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from
     taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it
     shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

          16.6. Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that none of the
                ---------------
Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -204-

     to it, and that no act by the Agents hereinafter taken, including any
     review of the affairs of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, shall be
     deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related
     Person to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has,
     independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based
     on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its
     own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects,
     operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of
     the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, the value of and title to any
     Collateral, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the
     transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into
     this Credit Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers hereunder. Each
     Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance
     upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information
     as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit
     analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under
     this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such
     investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
     prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
     creditworthiness of the Borrowers. Except for notices, reports and other
     documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by the
     Agents, the Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any
     Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business,
     prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or
     creditworthiness of the Borrowers which may come into the possession of any
     of the Agent-Related Persons.

          16.7. Indemnification of Agents. Whether or not the transactions
                -------------------------
     contemplated hereby are consummated, each of the Lenders shall indemnify
     upon demand the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or
     on behalf of the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the
     Borrowers to do so), from and against such Lender's Total Percentage of any
     and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, however, that no Lender shall be
                                      --------  -------
     liable for the payment to the Agent-Related Persons of any portion of such
     Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person's gross
     negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each
     Lender shall reimburse the Agents upon demand for its Total Percentage of
     any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by
     any Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery,
     administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through
     negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in
     respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Credit Agreement, any
     other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein,
     to the extent that the Agent that incurred such costs and expenses is not
     reimbursed for such costs and expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers.
     The 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -205-

     undertaking in this (S)16.7 shall survive the payment of all Obligations
     hereunder and the resignation or replacement of any or all of the Agents.

          16.8. Agents in Individual Capacity. Any of the Agents may make loans
                -----------------------------
     to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from,
     acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking,
     trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the
     Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though the Agents were
     not Agents hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The
     Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, the Agents or their
     Affiliates may receive information regarding the Borrowers or their
     Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality
     obligations in favor of the Borrowers ) and acknowledge that the Agents
     shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With
     respect to their Loans, the Agents shall have the same rights and powers
     under this Credit Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same
     as though it were not the Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders"
     include the Agents in its and their individual capacities, as applicable.

          16.9. Successor Agents. The Agents may, and at the request of the
                ----------------
     Majority Lenders shall, resign as Agents upon 30 days' notice to the
     Lenders. If an Agent resigns under this Credit Agreement, the Majority
     Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the
     Lenders, which successor agent shall be approved by the Borrowers. If no
     successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation
     of such Agent, the retiring Agent may appoint, after consulting with the
     Lenders and the Borrowers, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon
     the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such
     successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the
     retiring Agent, the term "Agent" shall include such successor agent, and
     the retiring Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Agent shall be
     terminated. After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the
     provisions of this Article 16 and shall inure to its benefit as to any
     actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this
     Credit Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Agent
     by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Agent's notice of
     resignation, the retiring Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon
     become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of such
     Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Majority Lenders appoint a
     successor agent as provided for above.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -206-

          16.10. Collateral Matters.
                 ------------------ 

               (a) The Administrative Agent is authorized on behalf of all the
          Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent
          from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to
          any Collateral or the Security Documents which may be necessary to
          perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon
          the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents.  Without
          limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative
          Agent, in its capacity as Collateral Agent, is hereby authorized to
          enter into the Collateral Agency Agreements in connection with the
          arrangements with the PBGC Ratable Lien as to certain Collateral (to
          the extent required by the PBGC Letter).

               (b) The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent,
          at its option and in its discretion, to release any lien granted to or
          held by the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon
          termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Loans and
          all other Obligations (as and to the extent further described in (S)29
          hereof) known to the Administrative Agent and payable under this
          Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) constituting
          property sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection
          with any disposition permitted hereunder, including the circumstances
          described in (S)29 hereof; (iii) constituting property in which the
          Borrowers or any Subsidiary owned no interest at the time the lien was
          granted or at any time thereafter; (iv) constituting property leased
          to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary under a lease which has expired or
          been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Credit Agreement
          or is about to expire and which has not been, and is not intended by
          the Borrowers or such Subsidiary to be, renewed or extended; (v)
          consisting of an instrument evidencing Indebtedness or other debt
          instrument, if the indebtedness evidenced thereby has been paid in
          full; or (vi) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the
          Majority Lenders or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided
          herein. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the
          Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent's authority
          to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this
          (S)16.10(b), provided that the absence of any such confirmation for
                       --------
          whatever reason shall not affect the Administrative Agent's rights
          under this (S)16.10.

               (c) In case one or more Events of Default have occurred and shall
          be continuing, and whether or not acceleration of the Obligations
          shall have occurred, the Administrative Agent shall, if (a) so
          requested by the Majority Lenders and (b) the Lenders have provided to
          the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -207-

          Administrative Agent such additional indemnities and assurances
          against expenses and liabilities as the Administrative Agent may
          reasonably request, proceed to enforce the provisions of the Security
          Documents authorizing the sale or other disposition of all or any part
          of the Collateral and exercise all or any such other legal and
          equitable and other rights or remedies as it may have in respect of
          such Collateral. The Majority Lenders may direct the Administrative
          Agent in writing as to the method and the extent of any such sale or
          other disposition, the Lenders hereby agreeing to indemnify and hold
          the Administrative Agent harmless from all liabilities incurred in
          respect of all actions taken or omitted in accordance with such
          directions, provided that the Administrative Agent need not comply
          with any such direction to the extent that the Administrative Agent
          reasonably believes the Administrative Agent's compliance with such
          direction to be unlawful or commercially unreasonable in any
          applicable jurisdiction.

               (d)  As an independent contractor empowered by the Lenders to
          exercise certain rights and perform certain duties and
          responsibilities hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the
          Administrative Agent is nevertheless a "representative" of the
          Lenders, as that term is defined in Article 1 of the Uniform
          Commercial Code, for purposes of actions for the benefit of the
          Lenders and the Agents with respect to all collateral security and
          guaranties contemplated by the Loan Documents. Such actions include
          the designation of the Administrative Agent as "secured party",
          "mortgagee" or the like on all financing statements and other
          documents and instruments, whether recorded or otherwise, relating to
          the attachment, perfection, priority or enforcement of any security
          interests, mortgages or deeds of trust in collateral security intended
          to secure the payment or performance of any of the Obligations, all
          for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agents. For the avoidance of
          doubt, it is hereby understood and agreed by all parties hereto that
          subject to the other terms of this Credit Agreement, the
          Administrative Agent is also empowered to act in the name of and for
          the account of each of the Lenders where it is, under applicable law,
          necessary or advisable for the purpose of creating, filing, recording,
          registering or otherwise perfecting the security interest granted in
          any Collateral or the guarantees contemplated by the Loan Documents
          for the benefit of the Lenders.

          16.11. Delinquent Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                 ------------------
     contained in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any
     Lender that fails (a) to make available to the Administrative Agent or, in
     the case of a Foreign Letter of Credit, the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -208-

     Foreign Agent, its applicable required pro rata share (if any) of any Loan
                                            --- ---- 
     or to purchase its applicable required amount (if any) of any Letter of
     Credit Participation or Foreign Letter of Credit Participation, as the case
     may be, (b) to make payment on the due date therefor of any amount due to
     the Fronting Bank under (S)6.11.2, or (c) to comply with the provisions of
     (S)15 with respect to making dispositions and arrangements with the other
     Lenders, where such Lender's share of any payment received, whether by
     setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its pro rata (based on all applicable
                                              --- ----
     outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and Foreign Unpaid
     Reimbursement Obligations) share of such payments due and payable to all of
     the Lenders, in each case as, when and to the full extent required by the
     provisions of this Credit Agreement, shall be deemed delinquent (a
     "Delinquent Lender") and shall be deemed a Delinquent Lender until such
     time as such delinquency is satisfied. A Delinquent Lender shall be deemed
     to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Borrowers, whether
     on account of outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign
     Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, interest, fees or otherwise, to the
     remaining nondelinquent Lenders for application to, and reduction of, their
     respective applicable pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans, Unpaid
                           --- ----
     Reimbursement Obligations and Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations so
     affected by such delinquency. The Delinquent Lender hereby authorizes the
     Administrative Agent to distribute such payments to the nondelinquent
     Lenders in proportion to their respective applicable pro rata shares of all
                                                          --- ----  
     applicable outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and Foreign
     Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. A Delinquent Lender shall be deemed to
     have satisfied in full a delinquency when and if, as a result of
     application of the assigned payments to all outstanding Loans, Unpaid
     Reimbursement Obligations and Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations of
     the nondelinquent Lenders (so affected by such delinquency), the applicable
     Lenders' respective pro rata shares of all applicable outstanding Loans,
                         --- ----
     Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement
     Obligations so affected by such delinquency have returned to those in
     effect immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving effect to
     the nonpayment causing such delinquency. The Administrative Agent, on
     behalf of the Lenders, shall provide written notice (via registered mail)
     to Samsonite Europe upon the occurrence of any Lender becoming a Delinquent
     Lender hereunder and the possible assignment of such Lender's right to
     receive payments hereunder to the other Lenders.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -209-

          16.12. Holders of Notes. The Agents may deem and treat the payee of
                 ----------------
     any Note, the holder of any Loan Account, or the purchaser of any Letter of
     Credit Participation or Foreign Letter of Credit Participation as the
     absolute owner or purchaser thereof for all purposes hereof until it shall
     have been furnished in writing with a different name by such payee or by a
     subsequent holder, assignee or transferee.

          16.13. No Rights or Duties of Documentation Agent. The Documentation
                 ------------------------------------------ 
     Agent, as such, shall have no rights and no duties or responsibilities to
     the other Agents, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, or any of the Lenders
     hereunder.

          16.14. Payments to Agent; Distribution of Funds by Agent.
                 -------------------------------------------------

                 (a) A payment by any of the Borrowers to any Agent hereunder or
          under any of the other Loan Documents for the account of any Lender
          shall constitute a payment to such Lender. Each Agent agrees promptly
          to distribute to each Lender such Lender's applicable pro rata share
                                                                --------      
          (based on each Lender's applicable portion (if any) of the related
          Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and Foreign Unpaid
          Reimbursement Obligations) of payments received by such Agent for the
          ratable account of the Lenders except as otherwise expressly provided
          herein or in any of the other Loan Documents.

                 (b) If in the opinion of such Agent the distribution of any
          amount received by it in such capacity hereunder, under the Notes or
          under any of the other Loan Documents might involve it in liability,
          it may refrain from making distribution until its right to make
          distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent
          jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that
          any amount received and distributed by such Agent is to be repaid,
          each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall
          either repay to such Agent its proportionate share of the amount so
          adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and to
          such Persons as shall be determined by such court.

     17.  EXPENSES.
          -------- 

     The Company agrees to pay (a) the reasonable costs of producing and
reproducing this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other
agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) any taxes (including any
interest and penalties in respect thereto) payable by the Agents or any of the
Lenders (other than taxes based upon any Agent's or any Lender's net 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -210-

income) on or with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Credit
Agreement (the Borrowers hereby agreeing to indemnify the Agents and each Lender
with respect thereto), (c) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of
the Administrative Agent's Special Counsel, or any special or local counsel of
any of the Agents incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation,
administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments
mentioned herein, each closing hereunder, and amendments, modifications,
approvals, consents or waivers hereto or hereunder, (d) the reasonable out-of-
pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agents in connection with the
preparation, negotiation, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents
and other instruments mentioned herein, (e) all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and costs,
which attorneys may be employees of any Lender or the Agents, and reasonable
consulting, accounting, appraisal, investment banking and similar professional
fees and charges) incurred by any Lender or any Agent in connection with (i) the
enforcement of or preservation of rights or remedies under any of the Loan
Documents against any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or the
administration thereof after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default and
(ii) any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or
otherwise, in any way related to any Lender's or any Agent's relationship with
any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, (f) all reasonable fees,
expenses and disbursements of any Lender or any Agent incurred in connection
with UCC, PTO, title and any other applicable filings or recordings with respect
to any Security Documents or Collateral, and (g) all reasonable fees, expenses
and disbursements of the Agents (and their affiliates) associated with any
syndication of the Loans, and any Additional Commitment Amounts pursuant to
(S)20.12. The covenants of this (S)17 shall survive payment or satisfaction of
all other Obligations.

     18.  INDEMNIFICATION.
          --------------- 

     The Borrowers agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent-Related
Persons and the Lenders from and against any and all claims, actions and suits
whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities,
losses, damages, expenses and any and all Indemnified Liabilities of every
nature and character arising out of this Credit Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents or the Related Transactions or the other transactions
contemplated hereby including, without limitation, (a) any actual or proposed
use by any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of the proceeds of any
of the Loans or Letters of Credit or Foreign Letters of Credit, (b) the
Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries entering into or performing this Credit
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or (c) with respect to any of the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and their respective properties and assets, the
violation of any Environmental Law, the presence, disposal, escape, seepage,
leakage, spillage, discharge, emission, release or threatened release of any
Hazardous Substances or any action, suit, proceeding or investigation 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -211-

brought or threatened with respect to any Hazardous Substances (including, but
not limited to, claims with respect to wrongful death, personal injury or damage
to property), in each case including, without limitation, the reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel and allocated costs of internal counsel incurred in
connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding, and any
and all other Attorney Costs, except to the extent that any of the foregoing are
directly caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable,
otherwise indemnified party. In litigation, or the preparation therefor, the
Lenders and the Agents shall be entitled to select their own counsel and, in
addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Borrowers agree to pay promptly the
reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. If, and to the extent that the
obligations of the Borrowers under this (S)18 are unenforceable for any reason,
each of the Borrowers hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the
payment in satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under
applicable law. The covenants contained in this (S)18 shall survive payment or
satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.

     19.  SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.
          -------------------------- 

     All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein, in
the Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other
papers delivered by or on behalf of any of the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the
Lenders and the Agents, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or
hereafter made by any of them, and shall survive the making by the Lenders of
any of the Loans and the issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit
or Foreign Letters of Credit, as the case may be, as herein contemplated, and
shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Letter of Credit, Foreign
Letter of Credit or any amount due under this Credit Agreement or the Notes or
any of the other Loan Documents remains outstanding or any Lender has any
obligation to make any Loans or the Issuing Bank or the Foreign Issuing Bank has
any obligation to issue, extend, amend, or renew any Letter of Credit or Foreign
Letter of Credit, as the case may be, and for such further time as may be
otherwise expressly specified in this Credit Agreement.  All statements
contained in any certificate or other paper delivered to any Lender or any of
the Agents at any time by or on behalf of any of the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby shall constitute representations and warranties by such Borrower or such
Subsidiary hereunder.

     20.  ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION; NEW LENDERS.
          ----------------------------------------- 

          20.1. Conditions to Assignment by Lenders. Except as provided herein,
                ----------------------------------- 
     each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion
     of its interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement
     (including (x) all or a portion of its Foreign Term Loan Commitment
     Percentage and the same portion of the Foreign Term
<PAGE>
 
                                     -212-

     Loan owing to it and of the related Term Loan Account maintained by it and
     its participating interest in the risk relating to the portion of the
     Foreign Term Loan that is a Fronted Loan (collectively, such Lender's
     "Foreign Term Obligations"); (y) all or a portion of its Domestic Term Loan
     Commitment Percentage and the same portion of the Domestic Term Loan owing
     to it and of the related Term Note held by it (collectively, such Lender's
     "Domestic Term Obligations"), and/or (z) all or a portion of its Revolving
     Commitment Percentage, Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage, and
     the same portion of the Loans (other than the Term Loans) at the time owing
     to it, the Revolving Credit Notes held by it, the Multicurrency Loan
     Accounts maintained by it and its participating interest in the risk
     relating to any Letters of Credit, Foreign Letters of Credit or Fronted
     Loans that are Multicurrency Revolving Loans (collectively, such Lender's
     "Revolving Obligations")); it being understood that any assignment of any
     applicable percentage portion of any Revolving Obligations held by any
     Lender must cover the same percentage portion of all Revolving Obligations
     held by such Lender; any assignment of any applicable percentage portion of
     any Domestic Term Obligations held by any Lender must cover the same
     percentage portion of all Domestic Term Obligations held by such Lender;
     and any assignment of any applicable percentage portion of any Foreign Term
     Obligations held by any Lender must cover the same percentage portion of
     all Foreign Term Obligations held by such Lender; provided that (a) unless
                                                       --------     
     such assignment is to another Lender or to an affiliate of the transferor
     Lender, each of the Administrative Agent, the Foreign Agent, the Swing Line
     Lender, and the Multicurrency Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank, the
     Foreign Issuing Bank, the Fronting Bank and, so long as no Event of Default
     has occurred and is continuing, each of the Borrowers shall have given its
     prior written consent to such assignment, which consent, in the case of the
     Borrowers, will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (except that in the
     case of an assignment solely with respect to either or both of the Term
     Loans, no such approval shall be required to be obtained from the Issuing
     Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender, or the Multicurrency
     Swing Line Lender, and in the case of an assignment solely with respect to
     the Domestic Term Loan, no approval shall be required to be obtained from
     the Foreign Agent or the Fronting Bank), (b) prior to or concurrently with
     any such assignment, each Eligible Assignee shall have complied with the
     requirements of (S)6.2.3 hereof, (c) each such assignment shall be of a
     constant, and not a varying or indeterminate, percentage of all the
     assigning Lender's rights and obligations in respect of the Revolving
     Credit Loans, Revolving Multicurrency Loans, Multicurrency Swing Line
     Loans, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit, Foreign Letters of Credit and
     Fronted Loans that are Revolving Multicurrency Loans (and related
     Commitments), or the Domestic Term Loan, or the Foreign Term Loan and the
     portion of the Foreign Term Loan that is a Fronted Loan, as applicable,
<PAGE>
 
                                     -213-

     under this Credit Agreement, subject to the requirement set forth above
     regarding assignments covering all Revolving Obligations, or all Domestic
     Term Obligations, or all Foreign Term Obligations, as the case may be, of a
     particular Lender, (d) unless such assignment is to another Lender or to an
     affiliate of the transferor Lender each assignment (if less than 100% of
     such Lender's then existing interests in the Obligations) shall be in an
     amount that is a whole multiple of $5,000,000 or a greater integral
     multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (e) the parties to such
     assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for
     recording in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and
     Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto (an "Assignment
                                              ---------                       
     and Acceptance"), together with any Notes subject to such assignment, and
     (f) no Lender other than the Primary Syndication Parties (pursuant to
     certain arrangements made among them) shall have the right to assign any of
     its rights, interest or obligations hereunder or under the other Loan
     Documents during the Primary Syndication Period.  Upon such execution,
     delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date
     specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be
     at least five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, (i) the
     assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in
     such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender
     hereunder, and (ii) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent provided in
     such assignment and upon payment to the Administrative Agent of the
     registration fee referred to in (S)20.3, be released from its obligations
     under this Credit Agreement. The assignor and assignee shall also provide
     Samsonite Europe with written notice (via registered mail) of any
     assignment made hereunder.

          20.2. Certain Representations and Warranties; Limitations; Covenants.
                --------------------------------------  ------------ ---------- 
     By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the parties to
     the assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the
     other parties hereto as follows:

                (a) other than the representation and warranty that it is the
          legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free
          and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Lender makes no
          representation or warranty, express or implied, and assumes and shall
          have no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
          representations made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement or
          the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
          sufficiency or value of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
          Documents, the Collateral, or any other instrument or document
          furnished pursuant hereto or the attachment, perfection or priority of
          any security interest or mortgage,
<PAGE>
 
                                     -214-

                (b) the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and
          assumes and shall have no responsibility with respect to the financial
          condition of any of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or any other
          Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the
          Obligations, or the performance or observance by any of the Borrowers
          and their Subsidiaries or any other Person primarily or secondarily
          liable in respect of any of the Obligations of any of their
          obligations under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
          Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
          hereto or thereto;

                (c) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this
          Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial
          statements referred to in (S)8.4 and (S)9.4 and such other documents
          and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
          analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;

                (d) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon
          the assigning Lender, the Agents or any other Lender and based on such
          documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
          continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking
          action under this Credit Agreement;

                (e) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible
          Assignee;

                (f) such assignee appoints and authorizes each of the Agents to
          take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers
          under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are
          delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with
          such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;

                (g) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with
          their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Credit
          Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender;

                (h) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally
          authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; and

                (i) such assignee acknowledges that it has made arrangements
          with the assigning Lender satisfactory to such assignee with respect
          to its applicable pro rata share (if any) of Letter of Credit Fees and
                            --- ----                                            
          Foreign Letter of Credit Fees in 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -215-

          respect of outstanding Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of
          Credit.

          20.3. Register. The Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of each
                -------- 
     Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register (the "Register")
     for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the
     Revolving Commitment Percentage, Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
     Percentage, Foreign Term Loan Commitment Percentage or, as applicable,
     Domestic Term Loan Commitment Percentage of, and the principal amount of
     the Loans owing to, the risk participation in any Fronted Loans, Letter of
     Credit Participations and Foreign Letter of Credit Participations purchased
     by, the Lenders from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be
     conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agents
     and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the
     Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement.
     The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and the
     Lenders at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
     notice. Upon each such recordation, the assigning Lender agrees to pay to
     the Administrative Agent a registration fee in the sum of $3,500, provided,
                                                                       -------- 
     that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to waive such fee.

          20.4. New Notes. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance
                ---------
     executed by the parties to such assignment, together with each Note subject
     to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall (a) record the
     information contained therein in the Register, (b) revise Schedule 1 to
                                                               ----------
     reflect appropriately such assignment and such Register notation, and (c)
     give prompt notice thereof and distribute a copy of such revised Schedule 1
                                                                      ----------
     to the Borrowers and the Lenders (other than, if the assigning Lender will
     no longer be a Lender, the assigning Lender). Within five (5) Business Days
     after receipt of such notice, the Borrowers, at their own expense, shall
     execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in exchange for each
     surrendered Note, a new Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an
     amount equal to the amount assumed by such Eligible Assignee pursuant to
     such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Lender has retained
     some portion of its obligations hereunder evidenced by a Note, a new Note
     to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the amounts
     retained by it hereunder. Such new Notes shall be in an aggregate principal
     amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the surrendered Notes,
     shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and
     shall otherwise be in substantially the form of the assigned Notes. The
     surrendered Notes shall be cancelled and returned to the Borrowers.

          20.5. Participations. Each Lender may sell participations to one or
                -------------- 
     more banks or other entities in all or a portion of such Lender's rights
     and obligations (whether in respect of its Term Obligations or 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -216-

     its Revolving Obligations) under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
     Documents; provided that (a) each such participation shall be in an amount
                --------         
     of not less than $5,000,000, (b) any such sale or participation shall not
     affect the rights and duties of the selling Lender hereunder to the
     Borrowers and (c) the only rights granted to the participant pursuant to
     such participation arrangements with respect to waivers, amendments or
     modifications of the Loan Documents shall be the rights to approve waivers,
     amendments or modifications that would reduce the principal of or the
     interest rate on any Loans, extend the term or increase the amount of the
     Commitment of such Lender as it relates to such participant, reduce the
     amount of any Commitment Fees, Letter of Credit Fees or Foreign Letter of
     Credit Fees to which such participant is entitled, or extend, or change the
     applicable amount due on, any regularly scheduled or otherwise required
     payment date for principal, interest or fees in which such participant is
     to participate.

          20.6. Disclosure. Each of the Borrowers agrees that in addition to
                ---------- 
     disclosures made in accordance with standard and customary banking
     practices any Lender may disclose information obtained by such Lender
     pursuant to this Credit Agreement to assignees or participants and
     potential assignees or participants hereunder and to the counterparties in
     any applicable related swap transaction; provided that such assignees or
                                              -------- 
     participants or potential assignees or participants or counterparties shall
     agree (a) to treat in confidence such information unless such information
     otherwise becomes public knowledge, (b) not to disclose such information to
     a third party, except as required by law or legal process and (c) not to
     make use of such information for purposes of transactions unrelated to such
     contemplated assignment or participation.

          20.7. Assignee or Participant Affiliated with the Borrowers. If
                ----------------------------------------------------- 
     (notwithstanding the restrictions provided for in the definition of
     Eligible Assignee) any assignee Lender or New Lender is a Borrower or an
     Affiliate of any of the Borrowers, then any such assignee Lender or New
     Lender shall have no right to vote as a Lender hereunder or under any of
     the other Loan Documents for purposes of granting consents or waivers or
     for purposes of agreeing to amendments or other modifications to any of the
     Loan Documents or for purposes of making requests to the Agents pursuant to
     (S)14.1 or (S)14.2, and the determination of the Majority Lenders shall for
     all purposes of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents be made
     without regard to such assignee Lender's or New Lender's interest in any of
     the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations or Foreign Reimbursement Obligations.
     If any Lender sells to a participant a participating interest in any of the
     Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign Reimbursement Obligations or
     other obligations with respect to Letters of Credit or Foreign Letters of
     Credit, and such participant is any of the Borrowers or an Affiliate of any
     of the Borrowers, then such 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -217-

     transferor Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the
     sale of such participation. A transferor Lender shall have no right to vote
     as a Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for purposes
     of granting consents or waivers or for purposes of agreeing to amendments
     or modifications to any of the Loan Documents or for purposes of making
     requests to any of the Agents pursuant to (S)14.1 or (S)14.2 to the extent
     that such participation is beneficially owned by such Borrower or any
     Affiliate of such Borrower, and the determination of the Majority Lenders
     shall for all purposes of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
     Documents be made without regard to the interest of such transferor Lender
     in the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign Reimbursement Obligations,
     Letters of Credit or Foreign Letters of Credit to the extent of such
     participation.

          20.8.  Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions. Any assigning Lender shall
                 ----------------------------------- 
     retain its rights to be indemnified pursuant to (S)18 with respect to any
     claims or actions arising prior to the date of such assignment. If any
     assignee Lender is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of
     America or any state thereof, it shall, prior to the date on which any
     interest or fees are payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan
     Documents for its account, deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative
     Agent certification as to its exemption from deduction or withholding of
     any United States federal income taxes. If any Reference Bank transfers all
     of its interest, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, the
     Administrative Agent shall, in consultation with the Borrowers and with the
     consent of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the
     Borrowers) and the Majority Lenders, appoint another Lender to act as a
     Reference Bank hereunder. Anything contained in this (S)20 to the contrary
     notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time pledge all or any portion of
     its interest and rights under this Credit Agreement (including all or any
     portion of its Notes) to any of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks organized
     under (S)4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. (S)341. No such pledge or
     the enforcement thereof shall release the pledgor Lender from its
     obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

          20.9.  Assignment by Borrowers. The Borrowers shall not assign or
                 ----------------------- 
     transfer any of their rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents
     without the prior written consent of each of the Lenders.

          20.10. Belgian Share Pledge Registration. In connection with each
                 --------------------------------- 
     Assignment and Acceptance, and each Instrument of Adherence, concurrently
     with the effectiveness thereof, Samsonite Europe shall take all such
     actions as shall be necessary or advisable to register the names of any new
     or additional Lender as a secured party and pledgee as to the Belgian
     Pledge Agreement in the appropriate share 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -218-

     registry of Samsonite Europe in accordance with the terms of the Belgian
     Pledge Agreement.

          20.11. Sharing of Information with Section 20 Subsidiary. Each of the
                 ------------------------------------------------- 
     Borrowers acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory,
     investment banking and other services may be offered or provided to one or
     more of the Borrowers and/or their Subsidiaries in connection with this
     Credit Agreement or otherwise, by a Section 20 Subsidiary. Each of the
     Borrowers, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, hereby authorizes (i)
     such Section 20 Subsidiary to share with the Agents and each Lender any
     information delivered to such Section 20 Subsidiary by any of the Borrowers
     and/or their Subsidiaries, and (ii) the Agents and each Lender to share
     with such Section Subsidiary any information delivered to the Agents or
     such Lender by any of the Borrowers and/or their Subsidiaries pursuant to
     this Credit Agreement, or in connection with the decision of such Lender to
     enter into this Credit Agreement, it being understood, in each case, that
     any such Section Subsidiary receiving such information shall be bound by
     the confidentiality provisions of this Credit Agreement. Such authorization
     shall survive the payment and satisfaction in full of all Obligations.

          20.12. New Lenders. Upon joint written request from time to time after
                 ----------- 
     the Closing Date by the Company and the applicable New Lender (as defined
     below) to the Administrative Agent (an "Additional Commitment Request"),
     any Person who would then qualify as an Eligible Assignee hereunder may,
     prior to the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, join this Agreement as an
     additional Lender with Commitments (such Person, which may for the purposes
     of this (S)20.12 be an existing Lender, being herein referred to (with
     respect to its Additional Commitment Request) as the "New Lender") and be
     entitled to all the rights and interests, and obligated to perform all of
     the obligations and duties of, a Lender with respect to a specified
     additional amount of Commitments hereunder, provided that (a) no Additional
                                                 -------- 
     Commitment Request may be given unless the Additional Commitment Conditions
     are satisfied, (b) the New Lender, the Administrative Agent, and the
     Borrowers shall have executed and delivered an instrument of adherence (the
     "Instrument of Adherence") in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
     the New Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Company pursuant to which
     such New Lender shall agree to be bound as a Lender (as to the applicable
     Additional Commitment Amounts and corresponding Commitments) by the terms
     and conditions hereof and the other Loan Documents, and to make Revolving
     Credit Loans and (to the extent such New Lender is a Multicurrency Lender)
     Revolving Multicurrency Loans to the Borrowers (or to purchase risk
     participations from the Fronting Bank for Fronted Loans that are Revolving
     Multicurrency Loans made to Samsonite Europe, if such New Lender is not a
     Multicurrency Lender, pursuant to (S)6.11.2 hereof), and to participate in
     the 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -219-

     issuance, extension, and renewal of Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters
     of Credit, all in accordance with this Agreement, and which Instrument of
     Adherence shall specify the maximum amount of additional Revolving
     Commitments and Revolving Multicurrency Commitments that such New Lender
     agrees to provide hereunder (the "Additional Commitment Amounts") and the
     New Lender's address for notices, (c) the Additional Commitment Amounts
     provided by any New Lender must total at least $5,000,000 (in integral
     multiples of $1,000,000, if in excess of $5,000,000), (d) after giving
     effect to such Additional Commitment Amounts, the Commitments shall not
     exceed $150,000,000 (or, if less, the amount equal to the sum of the
     Commitments as in existence immediately prior to giving effect to such
     Additional Commitment Amounts, plus such Additional Commitment Amounts),
     (e) such New Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received such
     opinions of counsel to the Borrowers, such evidence of proper corporate
     organization, existence, authority, and appropriate corporate proceedings
     with respect to the Borrowers, and such other certificates, instruments,
     and documents, as they shall have reasonably requested in connection with
     such Instrument of Adherence, (f) the Administrative Agent shall have
     received from the Company or the New Lender a processing fee of $3500 in
     connection with such Instrument of Adherence, (g) any applicable fees
     provided for in the Fee Letters payable at such time shall be paid to the
     applicable Persons entitled thereto, (h) prior to or currently with such
     Instrument of Adherence, each New Lender shall have complied with the
     requirements of (S)6.2.3 hereof, (i) unless the New Lender is also an
     existing Lender, each of the Administrative Agent, the Foreign Agent, the
     Swing Line Lenders, the Multicurrency Swing Line Lenders, the Issuing Bank,
     the Foreign Issuing Bank, and the Fronting Bank shall have given their
     prior written consent to such Instrument of Adherence, which consent is not
     to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, (j) an appropriate Revolving Credit
     Note shall be issued to the New Lender at such time in the applicable
     amount provided in (S)2.5, and (k) such New Lender shall have confirmed to
     and agreed with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Agents,
     the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank, the Fronting Bank, the Swing
     Line Lenders, the Multicurrency Swing Line Lenders and the other Lenders,
     and with the Borrowers, as follows:

               (i)  the Agents, the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank, the
          Fronting Bank, the Swing Line Lenders, the Multicurrency Swing Line
          Lenders, and the other Lenders have made no representation or warranty
          and shall have no responsibility with respect to any statements,
          warranties or representations made in or in connection with this
          Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the execution, legality,
          validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency, collectibility or
          value of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Collateral, or
          any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto;
<PAGE>
 
                                     -220-

               (ii)   the Agents, the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank,
          the Fronting Bank, the Swing Line Lenders, the Multicurrency Swing
          Line Lenders, and the other Lenders have made no representation or
          warranty and shall have no responsibility with respect to the
          financial condition of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or any
          other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the
          Obligations, or the performance or observance by the Borrowers and
          their Subsidiaries or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable
          in respect of any of the Obligations or any of their other obligations
          under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other
          instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;

               (iii)  such New Lender confirms that it has received a copy of
          this Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of
          the most recent financial statements referred to in (S)8.4 and (S)9.4
          and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate
          to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such
          Instrument of Adherence;

               (iv)   such New Lender will, independently and without reliance
          upon the Agents or any other Lender or any other Lender and based on
          such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
          time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not
          taking action under this Agreement;

               (v)    such New Lender represents and warrants that it qualifies
          as an Eligible Assignee;

               (vi)   such New Lender appoints and authorizes each of the Agents
          to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers
          under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to
          such Agents by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers
          as are reasonably incidental thereto;

               (vii)  such New Lender agrees that it will perform in accordance
          with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this
          Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender having
          Commitments; and

               (vii)  such New Lender represents and warrants that it is legally
          authorized to enter into such Instrument of Adherence.

          Upon the execution and delivery of an Instrument of Adherence with a
     New Lender effected in accordance with all of the foregoing 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -221-

     provisions of this (S)20.12, and the occurrence of the effective date of
     such Instrument of Adherence, the Total Revolving Commitment and the Total
     Revolving Multicurrency Commitment shall be increased by the applicable
     Revolving Commitment and Revolving Multicurrency Commitment comprising the
     relevant Additional Commitment Amounts, and the Revolving Commitment
     Percentage and Revolving Multicurrency Commitment Percentage of each Lender
     having Commitments shall be recalculated by the Administrative Agent, such
     that (A) the Revolving Commitment Percentage of each Lender having non-zero
     Commitments shall be recalculated so as to equal the quotient of the amount
     of such Lender's Revolving Commitment divided by the resulting Total
     Revolving Commitment after giving effect to the addition of the Revolving
     Commitment of the New Lender, and (B) the Revolving Multicurrency
     Commitment Percentage of each Lender having non-zero Commitments shall be
     recalculated so as to equal the quotient of the amount of such Lender's
     Revolving Multicurrency Commitment divided by the resulting Total Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitment after giving effect to the addition of the
     Revolving Multicurrency Commitment of the New Lender. Promptly thereafter,
     the Administrative Agent shall prepare a revised Schedule 1 to this
                                                      ---------- 
     Agreement which sets forth the respective Commitments of the New Lender and
     the other Lenders and the Revolving Commitment Percentages and Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitment Percentages of each of the Lenders, and the
     revised Total Revolving Commitment and Total Revolving Multicurrency
     Commitment after giving effect to the Commitments of the New Lender, and
     all references in this Agreement to Schedule 1 shall, thereafter, refer to
                                         ----------
     Schedule 1 as revised in accordance with the provisions of this (S)20.12.
     ----------
     Promptly thereafter, the Administrative Agent shall notify each of the
     Lenders of the joinder hereunder of such New Lender, the resulting increase
     in the Total Revolving Commitment and Total Revolving Multicurrency
     Commitment, the amounts of the New Lender's Commitments, each Lender's new
     Revolving Commitment Percentage and Revolving Multicurrency Commitment
     Percentage, and the Administrative Agent shall provide to each of the
     Agents, the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank, the Fronting Bank, the
     Swing Line Lenders, the Multicurrency Swing Line Lenders, and the other
     Lenders with a copy of the executed Instrument of Adherence and a copy of
     Schedule 1 reflecting the necessary adjustments, and shall also make
     ----------
     appropriate notations in the Register in accordance with (S)20.3 hereof.

          Upon the effective date of any Instrument of Adherence effected in
     accordance with all of the foregoing provisions of this (S)20.12, the New
     Lender (or, with respect to Revolving Multicurrency Loans, if the New
     Lender is not a Multicurrency Lender, the Fronting Bank, to the extent of
     the payments under this paragraph to be made in respect of Revolving
     Multicurrency Loans that would otherwise be required to be made by the New
     Lender, in the manner set forth in (S)4.1) shall 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -222-

     make all (if any) such payments to the other Lenders having Commitments and
     to the Fronting Bank as may be necessary to result in the respective
     Revolving Credit Loans held by such New Lender and the other Lenders having
     Commitments being equal to such applicable Lender's Revolving Commitment
     Percentage (as then in effect) of the aggregate principal amount of all
     Revolving Credit Loans outstanding to the Company as of such date and to
     result in the respective Revolving Multicurrency Loans held by such New
     Lender (or, if the New Lender is not a Multicurrency Lender, by the
     Fronting Bank for the New Lender), the Fronting Bank (as to other Non-
     Multicurrency Lenders having Commitments), and those Multicurrency Lenders
     having Commitments being equal to such applicable Lender's Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitment Percentage (or, as to the Fronting Bank, the Non-
     Multicurrency Lenders' Commitment Percentage) (in each case, as then in
     effect) of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Multicurrency
     Loans outstanding to Samsonite Europe as of such date. The Borrowers hereby
     agree that any New Lender so paying (or causing the Fronting Bank to pay)
     any such amount to the other Lenders and to the Fronting Bank pursuant to
     this (S)20.12 shall be entitled to all the rights of a Lender having
     Commitments hereunder in respect of such amounts and such payments to such
     other Lenders and to the Fronting Bank shall constitute Revolving Credit
     Loans and Revolving Multicurrency Loans, as applicable, held by such New
     Lender (or, as applicable, the Fronting Bank in the case of any such
     Revolving Multicurrency Loans that are Fronted Loans) hereunder and that
     such New Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all
     of its right of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to
     such amounts as fully as if such New Lender (or the Fronting Bank, if
     applicable) had initially advanced to the applicable Borrower directly the
     amount of such payments.

          If any such adjustment payments are made to a Lender or the Fronting
     Bank pursuant to this (S)20.12 at a time other than the end of an Interest
     Period in the case of all or any portion or portions of Revolving Credit
     Loans constituting Eurodollar Rate Loans or any Revolving Multicurrency
     Loans, the Borrowers shall pay to each of the Lenders and the Fronting Bank
     at the time that such payments are made pursuant to this (S)20.12 the
     amount that would be required to be paid by the Borrowers pursuant to
     (S)6.9 hereof had such payments been made directly by the Borrowers.

          The New Lender shall also provide Samsonite Europe with written notice
     (via registered mail) of the relevant Additional Commitment Amounts, and
     the transfers of funds among the Lenders, to the extent necessary or
     advisable under Belgium law to assure the rights of such New Lender under
     the Loan Documents with respect to Samsonite Europe.
<PAGE>

                                     -223-

     21. NOTICES, ETC.
         ------------ 

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, all
notices and other communications made or required to be given pursuant to this
Credit Agreement or the Notes or any Letter of Credit Applications or any
Foreign Letter of Credit Applications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly made or given when delivered by hand to a responsible officer for
the party to which it is directed or sent, by registered or certified, first
class mail, postage prepaid, three (3) Business Days after posting thereof, or,
in the case of telecopied, facsimile transmission, or telexed notice, at the
time of dispatch thereof, if during normal business hours on a Business Day in
the country and city of receipt, or otherwise at the opening of business on the
following Business Day, addressed as follows:

          (a) if to any of the Borrowers, at 11200 East 45th Avenue, Denver,
     Colorado 80239, Attention: Richard H. Wiley, Chief Financial Officer, and
     at Westerring 17, B-9700 Oudenaarde, Belgium Attention:  Ms. Rita Seghers
     or at such other address for notice as the Company shall last have
     furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice;

          (b) if to the Administrative Agent, at the following addresses, or (in
     each case) such other address for notice as the Administrative Agent shall
     last have furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice:

          For notices of borrowing, payments and other administrative matters:

          Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
          Agency Administrative Services #5596
          1850 Gateway Boulevard                
          Concord, California 94520        
          Attention: Josephine T. Flores  
          Fax: (925) 675-8500             
          Tel: (925) 675-8387             

          Payment Instructions:            
          ABA No.:1210-0035-8             
          Account No.:12335-15380         
          Ref.: Samsonite/NYC130           

          For all other notices (including with respect to amendments and
          waivers):
<PAGE>
 
                                     -224-

          Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association  
          1455 Market Street, 12th Floor                          
          San Francisco, California 94103                         
          Attention: Agency Management #10831                    
          Fax: (415) 436-3425                                    
          Tel.:(415) 436-2769                                    

          (c) if to the Fronting Bank, Foreign Agent or the Syndication Agent,
     as the case may be, at such Fronting Bank's, Foreign Agent's, or
     Syndication Agent's address set forth on Schedule 21 hereto, or such other
                                              -----------                      
     address for notice as such Fronting Bank, Foreign Agent or Syndication
     Agent shall have last furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice;
     and

          (d) if to any Lender, at such Lender's address set forth on Schedule 1
                                                                      -------- -
     hereto, or such other address for notice as such Lender shall have last
     furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice.

     22. GOVERNING LAW.
         ------------- 

     THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED
THEREIN, EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF SAID STATE OF NEW YORK, APPLICABLE TO
TRANSACTIONS TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN SUCH STATE (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
EFFECT TO LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW).  EACH OF THE BORROWERS
AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
MASSACHUSETTS OR THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR ANY FEDERAL
COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH
COURT AND SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWERS BY
MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN (S)21.  EACH OF THE BORROWERS HEREBY WAIVES ANY
OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY
SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

     23. HEADINGS.
         -------- 

     The captions in this Credit Agreement are for convenience of reference only
and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -225-

     24. COUNTERPARTS.
         ------------ 

     This Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several
counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when
executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall
constitute one instrument.  In proving this Credit Agreement it shall not be
necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the
party against whom enforcement is sought.

     25. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.
         --------------------- 

     The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection herewith
or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the
transactions contemplated hereby. Neither this Credit Agreement nor any term
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except as provided in
(S)27.

     26. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
         -------------------- 

     Each of the Borrowers, the Agents and the Lenders hereby waives its right
to a jury trial with respect to any action or claim arising out of any dispute
in connection with this Credit Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan
Documents, any rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder or the performance
of which rights and obligations. Except as prohibited by law, each of the
Borrowers hereby waives any right it may have to claim or recover in any
litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary,
punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to,
actual damages. Each of the Borrowers (a) certifies that no representative,
Agent or attorney of any Lender or any Agent has represented, expressly or
otherwise, that such Lender or such Agent would not, in the event of litigation,
seek to enforce the foregoing waivers and (b) acknowledges that the Agents and
the Lenders have been induced to enter into this Credit Agreement, the other
Loan Documents to which it is a party by, among other things, the waivers and
certifications contained herein.

     27. CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.
         ---------------------------------- 

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents, any consent
or approval required or permitted by this Credit Agreement to be given by all of
the Lenders may be given, and any term of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
Documents or any other instrument related hereto or mentioned herein may be
amended, and the performance or observance by the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries of any terms of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or
such other instrument or the continuance of any Default or Event of Default may
be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively
or prospectively) with, but only with, the written consent of the Borrowers and
the written consent of the Majority Lenders.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -226-

     Notwithstanding the foregoing,

          (a) the release of any security interest or lien as to Collateral
     constituting all or substantially all of the Collateral (and any consent to
     the disposition of Collateral constituting all or substantially all of the
     Collateral) (except if the release or disposition of such Collateral is
     permitted or provided for in the provisions of (S)10.5.2 hereof or
     elsewhere in the Loan Documents), shall require the written consent of all
     of the Lenders, provided that any such agreement that provides for or
                     --------                                             
     consents to the PBGC having an equal and ratable security interest in
     certain of the Collateral as (and to the extent) contemplated by the PBGC
     Letter (as such letter may be amended from time to time in a manner
     permitted by this Agreement) and any documents executed in connection
     therewith, shall require only the written consent of the Administrative
     Agent (and not of any of the Lenders);

          (b) except as set forth elsewhere in this (S)27 and in (S)20.12, the
     amount of the Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and Foreign Unpaid
     Reimbursement Obligations, the provisions of (S)6.3.2, the regularly
     scheduled or otherwise required payment dates for any amounts owing under
     the Loan Documents to the Lenders, the amounts scheduled or otherwise
     required to be due on any such date (other than the application of proceeds
     pursuant to an Asset Sale or other asset disposition pursuant to (S)10.5.2
     (or Insurance Event pursuant to (S)9.7.2) and (S)3.3.3 hereof, or with
     respect to Debt Issuances pursuant to (S)3.3.3), and the scheduled tenor or
     term of the Loans or the Notes (except, with respect to each of the
     foregoing, as otherwise provided below in this clause (b) or in clause (f)
     of this (S)27) may not be changed without the written consent of the
     Borrowers and the written consent of all of the Lenders; and the
     Commitments of any Lender may not be increased (or decreased except in
     connection with a pro rata reduction of the Revolving Commitments and/or
                       --- ----
     Revolving Multicurrency Commitments of the Lenders in accordance with the
     terms hereof, or pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of
     (S)20.1 hereof) or extended without the written consent of such Lender;
     provided, however, that (and notwithstanding the foregoing), although the
     --------  -------
     Commitments of any Lender may not be increased without the written consent
     of such Lender, the Total Revolving Commitment and the Total Revolving
     Multicurrency Commitment (and the resulting amounts of Revolving Credit
     Loans and Revolving Multicurrency Loans) may be increased with the written
     consent of the Borrowers and the written consent of the Majority Lenders
     (or, if the increase of the Total Revolving Commitment and the Total
     Multicurrency Commitment does not result in the sum thereof exceeding
     $150,000,000, pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of (S)20.12
     hereof);
<PAGE>
 
                                     -227-

          (c) the rate of interest on the Notes and Loans (other than interest
     accruing pursuant to (S)6.10 following the effective date of any waiver by
     the Majority Lenders, or, as applicable, all of the Lenders, of the Default
     or Event of Default relating thereto), the amount of the Commitment Fees,
     the Fronting Fees, the Risk Participation Fees, the Letter of Credit Fees
     or the Foreign Letter of Credit Fees hereunder may not be reduced without
     the written consent of the Borrowers and the written consent of all of the
     Lenders adversely affected thereby, and of each of the Fronting Bank, the
     Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender, the
     Multicurrency Swing Line Lender, the Foreign Agent, the Administrative
     Agent, and the Syndication Agent who are entitled to receive the fee or
     interest that is proposed to be reduced;

          (d) the provisions hereof governing the application of proceeds of
     collection or of Collateral received hereunder (other than the application
     of proceeds pursuant to an Asset Sale or other asset disposition pursuant
     to (S)10.5.2 (or Insurance Event pursuant to (S)9.7.2) and (S)3.3.3
     hereof), this (S)27, the definitions of the terms Total Percentage,
     Majority Lenders, and, except as provided elsewhere in this (S)27, any
     provision of the Loan Documents requiring the approval, direction, or
     consent of a specified number or percentage of the Lenders (or of the
     holders of a specified type, percentage or amount of Obligations or lending
     commitments) may not be amended, and the monetary obligations under the
     Loan Documents of the Borrowers may not be waived or released, without the
     written consent of all of the Lenders;

          (e) the provisions of (S)3.3.3 hereof may not be amended or waived
     without the written consent of (i) the Majority Domestic Term Loan Lenders,
     in the case of an amendment or waiver directly and adversely affecting the
     Lenders holding the Domestic Term Loan; (ii) the Majority Foreign Term Loan
     Lenders, in the case of an amendment or waiver directly and adversely
     affecting the Lenders holding the Foreign Term Loan; and (iii) the Majority
     Revolving Lenders, in the case of an amendment or waiver directly and
     adversely affecting the Lenders having Commitments under this Agreement;
     the definition of Majority Revolving Lenders may not be amended without the
     consent of all Lenders having Commitments; the definition of Majority
     Domestic Term Loan Lenders may not be amended without the consent of all
     Lenders holding portions of the Domestic Term Loan; and the definition of
     Majority Foreign Term Loan Lenders may not be amended without the consent
     of all Lenders holding portions of the Foreign Term Loan (or a risk
     participation in the portion thereof that is a Fronted Loan);

          (f) the scheduled or otherwise required payment dates for any
     principal, interest, fees or other amounts owing under the Loan Documents
     to the Lenders may be extended only with the consent of 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -228-

     both (i) the Majority Lenders and (ii) each Lender that is the holder of a
     Loan (or a risk participation in such Loan) as to which any such payment
     date is proposed to be extended;

          (g) the amount and time for payment of any Agent's Fee, Letter of
     Credit Fees, Foreign Letter of Credit Fees or any Fronting Fees that are
     payable, as the case may be, for the Administrative Agent's account, the
     Syndication Agent's account, the Foreign Agent's account, the Issuing
     Bank's account, the Foreign Issuing Bank's account, or the Fronting Bank's
     account, as applicable, may not be reduced or extended without the written
     consent of, as the case may be, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication
     Agent, the Foreign Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Foreign Issuing Bank, or
     the Fronting Bank entitled thereto;

          (h) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and
     signed by each Swing Line Lender, Multicurrency Swing Line Lender, Fronting
     Bank, Issuing Bank, Foreign Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent, Syndication
     Agent, or Foreign Agent, as the case may be, in addition to the Lenders
     required above to take such action, affect the rights or obligations of
     such Swing Line Lender, Multicurrency Swing Line Lender, Fronting Bank,
     Issuing Bank, Foreign Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent, Syndication
     Agent, or Foreign Agent, as the case may be, under this Credit Agreement;
     and

          (i) the provisions of (S)16 may not be amended without the consent of
     the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Fronting Bank, and the
     Foreign Agent.

     No waiver shall extend to or affect any obligation not expressly waived or
impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing or delay or omission
on the part of any Agent or any Lender in exercising any right shall operate as
a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto.  No notice to or demand
upon the Borrowers shall entitle the Borrower to other or further notice or
demand in similar or other circumstances.

     28. SEVERABILITY.
         ------------ 

     The provisions of this Credit Agreement are severable and if any one clause
or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part
in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only
such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not
in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any
other clause or provision of this Credit Agreement in any jurisdiction.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -229-

     29. RELEASE OF COLLATERAL.
         --------------------- 

     The Agents and the Lenders agree that on the date on which (a) all
principal, interest, fees and expenses owing in respect of the Loans, and all
Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign Reimbursement Obligations, Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligations, Foreign Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, fees and
expenses owing in respect of the Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit
(whether or not then due and payable) have been paid in full, in cash, (b) any
other accrued monetary Obligations required to be paid to any of the Agents or
the Lenders pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement or the other Loan
Documents (whether or not then due and payable) have been paid in full, in cash,
(c) all of the Commitments shall have expired and been terminated, (d) all of
the Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit shall have expired or been
terminated, and (e) all lending and other credit commitments of the Lenders in
respect thereof have terminated, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the
written request and at the expense of the Borrowers, release its liens and
security interests under the Loan Documents on the Collateral (which release, in
the case of liens and security interests subject to any Collateral Agency
Agreements, may be effected by appropriate modifications to such Collateral
Agency Agreements or other similar documentation, having the same substantive
effect, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and execute and deliver to the
Borrowers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, all such lien discharge
documents (all to be non-recourse to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Agents
and the Lenders) as may be reasonably necessary to effect such release of liens.
In the event of the permitted disposition of any assets, or the stock of any
Subsidiaries, pursuant to and in accordance with (S)10.5.2 hereof, the
Administrative Agent shall release only its security interest and liens on, as
the case may be, such permitted disposed assets, the Guarantee (if any) of such
permitted disposed Subsidiary (and the security interest and liens (if any) of
the Administrative Agent on the assets of such disposed Subsidiary securing any
such released Guarantee), all at the expense of the Borrowers.

     30. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS.
         ------------------------- 

          30.1. PRIOR CREDIT AGREEMENT SUPERSEDED. This Credit Agreement shall
                ---------------------------------
on the Closing Date supersede the Prior Credit Agreement in its entirety, except
as provided in this (S)30. On the Closing Date, the rights and obligations of
the parties evidenced by the Prior Credit Agreement shall be evidenced by this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the "Loans" as defined in the
Prior Credit Agreement shall be paid in full by the Company (together with any
amounts payable pursuant to (S)6.9 of the Prior Credit Agreement) and may be
reborrowed in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. All Existing
Letters of Credit and Existing Foreign Letters of Credit shall, for purposes of
this Credit Agreement, be Letters of Credit and Foreign Letters of Credit, as
applicable, hereunder.

           
<PAGE>
 
                                     -230-

          30.2. Return of Notes. As soon as reasonably practicable after its
                ---------------
     receipt, on the Closing Date, of its Notes hereunder and payment in full of
     any "Obligations" owed to it under the Prior Credit Agreement (some or all
     of which may be paid with the proceeds of Loans made in accordance with the
     terms and conditions hereof), each of the Lenders that was, immediately
     prior to the Closing Date, a party to the Prior Credit Agreement will
     promptly return to the Company any promissory notes of the Company that may
     be held by such Lender pursuant to the Prior Credit Agreement. In addition,
     BKB will request that any "Lender" under the Prior Credit Agreement which
     is not a Lender hereunder promptly return to the Company any promissory
     notes of the Company held by such Person pursuant to the Prior Credit
     Agreement upon receipt by it of payment of all "Obligations" owed to it
     under the Prior Credit Agreement.

          30.3. Interest and Fees Under Superseded Agreement. All interest and
                --------------------------------------------
     fees and expenses, if any, owing or accruing under or in respect of the
     Prior Credit Agreement through the Closing Date, including any amounts
     payable pursuant to (S)6.9 of the Prior Credit Agreement, shall be
     calculated as of the Closing Date (prorated in the case of any fractional
     periods), and shall be paid on the Closing Date. Commencing on the Closing
     Date, the Commitment Fees shall be payable by the Borrowers to the
     Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, in accordance with
     (S)2.3 and (S)4.3.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -231-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Second Amended
and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement as of the
date first set forth above.

                              SAMSONITE CORPORATION

                              By:_____________________________
                                  Thomas R. Sandler
                                  President  Samsonite
                                  The Americas, Secretary
                                  and Senior Vice President

                              SAMSONITE EUROPE N.V.

                              By:_____________________________
                                  Thomas R. Sandler
                                  Director
<PAGE>
 
                                     -232-

                              BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
                              ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent

                              By:________________________________________ 
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
<PAGE>
 
                                     -233-

                              BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
                              ASSOCIATION, as Lender (including its capacity as
                              Issuing Bank)

                              By:________________________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
<PAGE>
 
                                     -234-

                              BANKBOSTON, N.A., individually 
                              and as Syndication Agent
                              

                              By:________________________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
<PAGE>
 
                                     -235-

                              GENERALE BANK N.V., individually 
                              and as Foreign Agent, as Foreign
                              Issuing Bank and as Fronting Bank
                              

                              By:________________________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                              By:________________________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
<PAGE>
 
                                     -236-

                              CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF 
                              COMMERCE, as Documentation Agent

                              By:________________________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
<PAGE>
 
                                     -237-

                              CIBC INC., as Lender

                              By:________________________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18
 
          AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") made as of June 11, 1998, by and between
SAMSONITE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and LUC VAN NEVEL
(the "Executive").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:
                             - - - - - - - - - - 

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have entered into an agreement
(the "Original Agreement") as of May 15, 1996 with respect to the issuance to
the Executive of 38,889 shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per
share ("Common Stock"), subject to the conditions contained therein; and

          WHEREAS, the Executive Committee and the Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors of the Company have approved certain amendments to the
Original Agreement in connection with the consummation of the tender offer (the
"Tender Offer") contemplated by the Plan to Recapitalize the Company, dated as
of May 12, 1998 and amended on June 8, 1998; and

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend and restate the
Original Agreement in order to reflect such amendments.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the covenants
herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto agree that the Original Agreement is amended and restated
effective as of the date hereof to read in its entirety as follows:

          1.  Stay Bonus.  (a)  Promptly following the date hereof, but in no
              ----------                                                     
event later than June 17, 1998, the Company shall issue to the Executive
(subject to forfeiture as set forth herein), as a one-time bonus (the "Stay
Bonus"), 38,889 shares (the "Bonus Shares") of Common Stock.  The Bonus Shares
shall be registered in the Executive's name, and the Executive shall be
permitted to tender the Bonus Shares into the Tender Offer. Following
consummation of the Tender Offer, the certificates representing the Bonus Shares
not purchased in the Tender Offer shall be held by the Company during the period
(the "Restricted Period") ending on the Stay Date (as defined below).  The
Executive shall execute an undated stock power in favor of the 
<PAGE>
 
Company with respect to the Bonus Shares not purchased in the Tender Offer and
shall deliver the same to the Company.

     (b)  Except as provided in Section 1(c) and 1(d) below, during the
Restricted Period, the Executive shall have all rights of a stockholder of the
Company with respect to the Bonus Shares not purchased in the Tender Offer,
including the right to receive dividends declared on the Common Stock and the
right to vote such shares.

     (c)  During the Restricted Period, the Executive may not sell, transfer,
pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or dispose of the Bonus Shares not
purchased in the Tender Offer or any interest therein.

     (d)  If the Executive remains continually employed by the Company or its
subsidiaries from the date hereof through May 15, 1999 (the "Stay Date"), all of
the Bonus Shares not purchased in the Tender Offer shall vest, and the
restrictions imposed thereon shall lapse, on the Stay Date; provided that if the
                                                            --------            
Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the Stay Date (i)
by reason of death or (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason or (iii) by the
Company other than for Cause or Disability (as such terms are defined below),
then notwithstanding such termination of employment, the Bonus shares not
purchased in the Tender Offer shall vest, and the restrictions imposed thereon
shall lapse, on the thirtieth (30th) day following such termination of
employment (or such earlier date following such termination of employment as the
Company shall select). If the Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to
the foregoing proviso, then in lieu of the vesting of such Bonus Shares and
lapse of the restrictions thereon, the Company may, at its option by giving
written notice to the Executive at any time on or prior to the thirtieth
(30/th/) day following the date of such termination of employment, purchase such
shares from the Executive, and if such option is so exercised the Executive
shall sell such shares to the Company, for a cash purchase price in an amount
equal to the aggregate Fair Market Value (as defined below) of such Bonus Shares
as of the date of such termination of employment (the "Date of Termination").
For all purposes hereof, the Bonus Shares not purchased in the Tender Offer
shall include any securities or other property into which or for which such
Bonus Shares may hereafter be converted or exchanged by reason of merger,
consolidation or similar event.

     (e)  Upon the vesting of, and lapse of restrictions on, the Bonus Shares
not purchased in the Tender Offer, the certificates evidencing such shares shall
be delivered promptly to the Executive (unless the Company exercises its option
to purchase such shares as provided above).  If the Bonus shares not purchased
in the 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Tender Offer do not vest and the restrictions thereon do not lapse in accordance
with this Agreement on or prior to May 15, 1999, then such shares shall ipso
                                                                        ----   
facto become the property of the Company on the first date that the Executive
- -----
ceases to be employed by the Company.

          2.  Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options.  If a Change of Control
              ------------------------------------                         
occurs, then all options to purchase common stock of the Company granted to the
Executive by the Company prior to May 15, 1996 shall vest on the first
anniversary of the date on which such Change of Control occurs (to the extent
such options shall not have otherwise vested as of such accelerated vesting
date), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Company's 1995
Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") or in any agreement (the "Stock Option
Agreement") between the Company and the Executive governing such options,
provided that the Executive remains continually employed by the Company or its
subsidiaries from the date hereof through such first anniversary date.  The term
of such options and all other provisions of such options (including, but not
limited to, provisions governing vesting (to the extent such provisions would
result in earlier vesting), expiration, termination and exercisability) as set
forth in the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect.

          3.  No Right to Continued Employment.  Nothing contained in this
              --------------------------------                            
Agreement shall confer upon the Executive the right to continue in the employ of
the Company or to be entitled to any right or benefit not set forth in this
Agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to
terminate the Executive's employment with the Company.

          4.  Certain Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following
              -------------------                                           
terms shall have the following meanings:

          "Cause" means (a) the engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct
           -----                                                                
that is materially injurious to the Company, (b) the embezzlement or 
misap-propriation of funds or property of the Company by the Executive or the
conviction of the Executive of a felony or the entrance of a plea of guilty by
the Executive to a felony or (c) the failure or refusal by the Executive to
devote his full business time and attention to the performance of his duties and
responsibilities in connection with his employment with the Company or any other
breach by the Executive of the terms of his employment in any material respect
if such breach has not been cured by the Executive within thirty (30) days after
the Preliminary Notice (as defined below) has been given to the Executive. For
purposes of this definition, no act, or failure to act,
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
on the Executive's part shall be considered "willful" unless done, or omitted to
be done, by him not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action
or omission was in the best interest of the Company. The Executive shall not be
deemed to have been terminated for Cause, unless the Company shall have given
the Executive (i) notice (the "Preliminary Notice") setting forth, in reasonable
detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination
for Cause, (ii) a reasonable opportunity for the Executive, together with his
counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
(or any duly authorized committee thereof) and (iii) a notice of termination
stating that, in the good faith judgement of the Board (or any duly authorized
committee thereof), the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth in clauses
(a), (b) or (c) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable
detail. Upon receipt of the Preliminary Notice, the Executive shall have thirty
(30) days in which to appear before the Board (or any duly authorized committee
thereof) with counsel, or take such other action as he may deem appropriate, and
such thirty (30) day period is hereby agreed to as a reasonable opportunity for
the Executive to be heard.

          "Change of Control" means (a) any sale, transfer or other conveyance
           -----------------                                                  
(whether directly, or indirectly through a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction), or series of related sales, transfers or other conveyances, of
the outstanding capital stock of the Company pursuant to which any person (or
group of affiliated persons) other than an Excluded Person, becomes the
beneficial owner of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of the Company
or (b) any sale, transfer or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the
Company's assets to any person (or group of affiliated persons) other than to an
Excluded Person.  For purposes of the foregoing definition, "Excluded Person"
means and includes (i) Apollo Investment Fund, L.P. ("Apollo"), any of its
affiliates, and, so long as Apollo or an affiliate of Apollo controls the right
to vote the securities in question, any partner, shareholder or trustee of any
of them, (ii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders
of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their owner  ship of
stock of the Company and (iii) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

          "Disability" means the Board or any duly authorized committee there of
           ----------                                                           
determines in good faith, based on medical evidence acceptable to it, that the
Executive has become physically or mentally disabled or incapacitated for a
continuous period of ninety (90) days to such an extent that he shall be
unable to perform his duties in connection with his employment with the Company.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
          "Fair Market Value" of the Common Stock (or other securities or
           -----------------                                             
property then constituting the Bonus Shares), as of the Date of Termination, (a)
in the case of Common Stock or any other security, shall be determined with
reference to (i) the closing sales price of such security on the national
securities exchange on which such security is principally traded, on the next
preceding date on which there was a sale of such stock on such exchange, or (ii)
if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the
closing price as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market for the last preceding date
on which there was a sale of such security on such exchange, or (iii) if such
security is not then listed on a national securities exchange or on the Nasdaq
Stock Market, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest reported asked
prices for such security as reported by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") system for the last preceding date
on which such bid and asked prices were reported, and (b) in the case of a
security that is not then listed on any securities exchange or prices therefor
are not then quoted in the NASDAQ system and in the case of any other property,
such value shall be determined in good faith by the Board (or any duly
authorized committee thereof).

          "Good Reason" means, so long as the Executive has not been guilty of
           -----------                                                        
the conduct set forth in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of "Cause",
(i) a failure by the Company to comply with any material term of the Executive's
employment with the Company that has not been cured within thirty (30) days
after written notice of such noncompliance has been given by the Executive to
the Company or (ii) the assignment to the Executive by the Company of duties
inconsistent with the Execu  tive's position, duties and responsibilities as in
effect immediately prior to the date of execution of this Agreement including,
but not limited to, any material reduction in such position, duties or
responsibilities or material change in his title or (iii) a relocation by the
Company of the Executive's office to a location outside a 30 mile radius of the
location of the Executive's office on the date hereof, and, in the case of each
of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, without the consent of the Executive.

          5.  Registration Rights.  If the Bonus Shares not purchased in the
              -------------------                                           
Tender Offer are not repurchased by the Company at its option as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof and the Company has not filed and caused to be effective a
registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to such shares of Common Stock,
then at the request of the Executive, the Company shall promptly file and cause
to be effective a registration statement on an appropriate form selected by the
Company (which may include Form S-8) in order to permit the public resale of
such shares of Common Stock by the Executive; provided that the Company shall
                                              --------                       
have no such 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
obligation to file and cause such registration statement to become effective if
in the opinion of counsel to the Company registration under the Securities Act
of 1933 is not then required in order to permit the public sale of such shares
by the Executive.

          6.  Taxes.  The Company shall deduct from all amounts payable under
              -----                                                          
this Agreement all federal, state, local and other taxes required by law to be
withheld with respect to such payments.  In addition, the Company shall have the
right to require the Executive to pay to the Company in cash the amount of any
federal, state, local and foreign income and other taxes that the Company may be
required to with  hold before delivering to the Executive a certificate or
certificates representing the Bonus Shares.

          7.  Confidentiality; Noncompetion.  (a) In addition to any agreement
              -----------------------------                                   
between the Company and the Executive as to confidentiality, unless otherwise 
required by law or judicial process, the Executive shall keep confidential and
not disclose to other persons (including Company employees) all confidential
informa tion known to the Executive concerning the Company and its businesses
during his employment with the Company and for the shorter of three (3) years
following the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company or
until such information is publicly disclosed by the Company or otherwise
becomes publicly disclosed other than through the Executive's actions; provided,
that the Executive shall provide notice to the Company in advance of any
disclosure required by law or judicial process in a timely manner to permit the
Company to oppose such compelled disclosure.

          (b) The Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company
and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (unless such employment is
terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason,
provided that the Company does not contest that such termination was for Good
Reason), he shall not, directly or indirectly, as a principal, officer,
director, employee or in any other capacity whatsoever, without the prior
written consent of the Com  pany, engage in, or be or become interested or
acquire any ownership of any kind in, or become associated with, or make loans
or advance property to any person engaged in or about to engage in, any business
activity that is competitive with any of the businesses then engaged in by the
Company in any of the geographic areas in which such businesses are then
conducted by the Company or have been conducted by the Company during the twelve
months preceding the termination of the Executive's employment.  Nothing in this
Agreement shall prevent the Executive from making or holding any investment in
any amount in securities traded on any 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
national securities exchange or traded in the over the counter market, provided
said investments do not exceed one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding
stock of any one issuer of such securities.

          8.  Successors; Binding Agreement.  (a)  This Agreement shall be
              -----------------------------                               
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor of the
Company, including, without limitation, any person acquiring directly or
indirectly all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, whether by
merger, consolidation, sale or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter
be deemed the "Company" for the purposes of this Agreement).

          (b) This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall
inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal
representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees,
devisees and legatees.

          9.  Notice.  For purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all
              ------                                                           
other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given (i) when hand delivered, (ii) when sent if
sent by overnight mail, overnight courier or facsimile transmission or (iii)
when mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows: (a) if to the Executive, to the then current
address set forth in the employee payroll records of the Company and (b) if to
the Company, to Samsonite Corporation, 12000 East Forty-Fifth Avenue, Denver,
Colorado  80239-3018, Attention: Board of Directors c/o Corporate Secretary (in
each case, with a copy to: Gregory A. Fernicola, Esq., Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom, 919 Third Avenue, New York, NY  10022) or to such other address
as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith,
except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

          10.  Miscellaneous.  (a)  The parties hereto agree that this Agreement
               -------------                                                    
contains the entire understanding and agreement between them with respect to the
subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements
between the parties respecting such subject matter, and that the provisions of
this Agreement may not be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver,
modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the parties hereto.
The Original Agreement is hereby superseded in its entirety and shall be of no
                          ------                                              
further force or effect from and after the date hereof.  No agreements or
representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the
subject matter hereof 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this
Agreement. The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs
contained herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall
in no way limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

          (b)  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this
Agree  ment to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of
similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or
subsequent time.

          (c)  Except as expressly provided in Section 2 hereof, nothing 
con tained in this Agreement shall in any way affect the respective rights and
obligations of the parties hereto contained in any other agreement between the
parties hereto, including, but not limited to, any present or future employment
agreement between the Company and the Executive. Any Stay Bonus to which the
Executive is entitled hereunder is not in lieu of salary or other compensation
for services rendered by the Executive to the Company.

          (d) The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving
effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

          (e) Any action required to be taken under this Agreement within a
certain number of days shall be taken within that number of calendar days;
provided that if the last day for taking such action falls on a weekend or a
- --------                                                                    
holiday, the period during which such action may be taken shall be automatically
extended to the next business day.

          (f)  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision or provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and
effect.

          (g)  This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, each
of which shall be deemed to be an original but both of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its name to be subscribed
to this Agreement by its duly authorized representative and the Executive has
executed this Agreement as of the date and the year first above written.

                         SAMSONITE CORPORATION



                         By: ___________________________________
                             Name:
                             Title:



                         _______________________________________
                         Luc Van Nevel

                                       9

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19
 
          AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") made as of June 11, 1998, by and between
SAMSONITE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and THOMAS R.
SANDLER (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              - - - - - - - - - - 

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have entered into an agreement
(the "Original Agreement") as of May 15, 1996 with respect to the issuance to
the Executive of 38,889 shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per
share ("Common Stock"), subject to the conditions contained therein; and

          WHEREAS, the Executive Committee and the Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors of the Company have approved certain amendments to the
Original Agreement in connection with the consummation of the tender offer (the
"Tender Offer") contemplated by the Plan to Recapitalize the Company, dated as
of May 12, 1998 and amended on June 8, 1998; and

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend and restate the
Original Agreement in order to reflect such amendments.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the covenants
herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto agree that the Original Agreement is amended and restated
effective as of the date hereof to read in its entirety as follows:

          1.  Stay Bonus. (a)  Promptly following the date hereof, but in no
              ----------                                                    
event later than June 17, 1998, the Company shall issue to the Executive
(subject to forfeiture as set forth herein), as a one-time bonus (the "Stay
Bonus"), 38,889 shares (the "Bonus Shares") of Common Stock.  The Bonus Shares
shall be registered in the Executive's name, and the Executive shall be
permitted to tender the Bonus Shares into the Tender Offer.  Following
consummation of the Tender Offer, the certificates representing the Bonus Shares
not purchased in the Tender Offer shall be held by the Company during the period
(the "Restricted Period") ending on the Stay Date (as defined below).  The
Executive shall execute an undated stock power in favor of the 
<PAGE>
 
Company with respect to the Bonus Shares not purchased in the Tender Offer and
shall deliver the same to the Company.

     (b)  Except as provided in Section 1(c) and 1(d) below, during the
Restricted Period, the Executive shall have all rights of a stockholder of the
Company with respect to the Bonus Shares not purchased in the Tender Offer,
including the right to receive dividends declared on the Common Stock and the
right to vote such shares.

     (c)  During the Restricted Period, the Executive may not sell, transfer,
pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or dispose of the Bonus Shares not
purchased in the Tender Offer or any interest therein.

     (d)  If the Executive remains continually employed by the Company or its
subsidiaries from the date hereof through May 15, 1999 (the "Stay Date"), all of
the Bonus Shares not purchased in the Tender Offer shall vest, and the
restrictions imposed thereon shall lapse, on the Stay Date; provided that if the
                                                            --------            
Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the Stay Date
(i) by reason of death or (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason or (iii) by the
Company other than for Cause or Disability, then notwithstanding such
termination of employment, the Bonus shares not purchased in the Tender Offer
shall vest, and the restrictions imposed thereon shall lapse, on the thirtieth
(30th) day following such termination of employment (or such earlier date
following such termination of employment as the Company shall select).  If the
Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to the foregoing proviso, then in
lieu of the vesting of such Bonus Shares and lapse of the restrictions thereon,
the Company may, at its option by giving written notice to the Executive at any
time on or prior to the thirtieth (30/th/) day following the date of such
termination of employment, purchase such shares from the Executive, and if such
option is so exercised the Executive shall sell such shares to the Company, for
a cash purchase price in an amount equal to the aggregate Fair Market Value (as
defined below) of such Bonus Shares as of the Date of Termination (as defined in
the Employment Agreement (the "Employment Agreement"), effective as of May 1,
1995, between the Company and the Executive).  For all purposes hereof, the
Bonus Shares not purchased in the Tender Offer shall include any securities or
other property into which or for which such Bonus Shares may hereafter be
converted or exchanged by reason of merger, consolidation or similar event.

     (e)  Upon the vesting of, and lapse of restrictions on, the Bonus Shares
not purchased in the Tender Offer, the certificates evidencing such shares shall
be delivered promptly to the Executive (unless the Company exercises its option
to purchase such shares as provided above).  If the Bonus shares not purchased
in the 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Tender Offer do not vest and the restrictions thereon do not lapse in
accordance with this Agreement on or prior to May 15, 1999, then such shares
shall ipso facto become the property of the Company on the first date that the
      ---- -----                                                              
Executive ceases to be employed by the Company.

     (f)  As used herein, the terms "Good Reason" and "Cause" have the
respective meanings given to such terms in the Employment Agreement,
"Disability" means a determination of the Board of Directors of the Company (the
"Board") (or any duly authorized committee thereof) described in Section 5(b) of
the Employment Agreement and the "Fair Market Value" of the Common Stock (or
other securities or property then constituting the Bonus Shares), as of the
Date of Termination, (i) in the case of Common Stock or any other security,
shall be determined with reference to (1) the closing sales price of such
security on the national securities exchange on which such security is
principally traded, on the next preceding date on which there was a sale of such
stock on such exchange, or (2) if such security is not listed or admitted to
trading on any such exchange, the closing price as reported by the Nasdaq Stock
Market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such security on
such exchange, or (3) if such security is not then listed on a national
securities exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the average of the highest
reported bid and lowest reported asked prices for such security as reported by
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations
("NASDAQ") system for the last preceding date on which such bid and asked prices
were reported, and (ii) in the case of a security that is not then listed on any
securities exchange or prices therefor are not then quoted in the NASDAQ system
and in the case of any other property, such value shall be determined in good
faith by the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof).

          2.  Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options.  If a Change of Control
              ------------------------------------                         
occurs, then all options to purchase common stock of the Company granted to the
Executive by the Company prior to May 15, 1996 shall vest on the first
anniversary of the date on which such Change of Control occurs (to the extent
such options shall not have otherwise vested as of such accelerated vesting
date), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Company's 1995
Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") or in any agreement (the "Stock Option
Agreement") between the Company and the Executive governing such options,
provided that the Executive remains continually employed by the Company or its
subsidiaries from the date hereof through such first anniversary date.  The term
of such options and all other provisions of such options (including, but not
limited to, provisions governing vesting (to the extent such provisions would
result in earlier vesting), expiration, termination and 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
exercisability) as set forth in the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement shall
remain in full force and effect.

          As used herein, "Change of Control" means (a) any sale, transfer or
other conveyance (whether directly, or indirectly through a merger,
consolidation or similar transaction), or series of related sales, transfers or
other conveyances, of the outstanding capital stock of the Company pursuant to
which any person (or group of affiliated persons) other than an Excluded Person,
becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of
the Company or (b) any sale, transfer or other conveyance of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets to any person (or group of affiliated
persons) other than to an Excluded Person.  For purposes of the foregoing
definition, "Excluded Person" means and includes (i) Apollo Investment Fund,
L.P. ("Apollo"), any of its affiliates, and, so long as Apollo or an affiliate
of Apollo controls the right to vote the securities in question, any partner,
shareholder or trustee of any of them, (ii) any corporation owned, directly or
indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company and (iii) the Company or
any subsidiary of the Company.

          3.  No Right to Continued Employment.  Nothing contained in this
              --------------------------------                            
Agreement shall confer upon the Executive the right to continue in the employ of
the Company or to be entitled to any right or benefit not set forth in this
Agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to
terminate the Executive's employment with the Company.

          4.  Registration Rights.  If the Bonus Shares not purchased in the
              -------------------                                           
Tender Offer are not repurchased by the Company at its option as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof and the Company has not filed and caused to be effective a
registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to such shares of Common Stock,
then at the request of the Executive, the Company shall promptly file and cause
to be effective a registration statement on an appropriate form selected by the
Company (which may include Form S-8) in order to permit the public resale of
such shares of Common Stock by the Executive; provided that the Company shall
                                              --------                       
have no such obligation to file and cause such registration statement to become
effective if in the opinion of counsel to the Company registration under the
Securities Act of 1933 is not then required in order to permit the public sale
of such shares by the Executive.

          5.   Taxes.  The Company shall deduct from all amounts payable under
               -----                                                          
this Agreement all federal, state, local and other taxes required by law to be
withheld with respect to such payments.  In addition, the Company shall have the

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
right to require the Executive to pay to the Company in cash the amount of any
federal, state, local and foreign income and other taxes that the Company may be
re  quired to withhold before delivering to the Executive a certificate or
certificates representing the Bonus Shares.

          6.   Successors; Binding Agreement.  (a)  This Agreement shall be
               -----------------------------                               
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor of the
Company, including, without limitation, any person acquiring directly or
indirectly all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, whether by
merger, consolidation, sale or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter
be deemed the "Company" for the purposes of this Agreement).

          (b)  This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall
inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal
representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees,
devisees and legatees.

          7.   Notice.  For purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all
               ------                                                           
other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given (i) when hand delivered, (ii) when sent if
sent by overnight mail, overnight courier or facsimile transmission or (iii)
when mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows: (a) if to the Executive, to the then current
address set forth in the employee payroll records of the Company and (b) if to
the Company, to Samsonite Corpora  tion, 12000 East Forty-Fifth Avenue, Denver,
Colorado  80239-3018, Attention: Board of Directors c/o Corporate Secretary (in
each case, with a copy to: Gregory A. Fernicola, Esq., Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom, 919 Third Avenue, New York, NY  10022) or to such other address
as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith,
except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

          8.   Miscellaneous.  (a)  The parties hereto agree that this Agreement
               -------------                                                    
contains the entire understanding and agreement between them with respect to the
subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements
between the parties respecting such subject matter, and that the provisions of
this Agreement may not be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver,
modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the parties hereto.
The Original Agreement is hereby superseded in its entirety and shall be of no
                          ------                                              
further force or effect from and after the date hereof.  No agreements or
representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the
subject matter hereof have been 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The
descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs contained herein
have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way limit
or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

          (b)  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this
Agree  ment to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of
similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or
subsequent time.

          (c)  Except as expressly provided in Section 2 hereof, nothing 
contained in this Agreement shall in any way affect the respective rights and
obligations of the parties hereto contained in any other agreement between the
parties hereto, including, but not limited to, the Employment Agreement or any
future employment agreement between the Company and the Executive. Any Stay
Bonus to which the Executive is entitled hereunder is not in lieu of salary or
other compensation for services rendered by the Executive to the Company.

          (d)  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of
this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without
giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

          (e)  Any action required to be taken under this Agreement within a
certain number of days shall be taken within that number of calendar days;
provided that if the last day for taking such action falls on a weekend or a
- --------                                                                    
holiday, the period during which such action may be taken shall be automatically
extended to the next business day.

          (f)  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision or provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and
effect.

          (g)  This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, each
of which shall be deemed to be an original but both of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its name to be subscribed
to this Agreement by its duly authorized representative and the Executive has
executed this Agreement as of the date and the year first above written.

                                        SAMSONITE CORPORATION



                                        By:__________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



                                        _____________________________________
                                        Thomas R. Sandler
                                                                 

                                       7

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 12.1

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>                                                                                                                        


                                                       Samsonite Corporation
                                                Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

                                                      Seven Months                                                
                                                      Ended Jan 31,                Years Ended January 31,                
                                                         1994           1995         1996          1997         1998     
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>  
Earnings:
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations                  (26,019)     (47,207)      (51,154)     (11,323)      56,877 
Income Taxes                                                6,797       10,619         9,095       10,389       23,088 
Minority Interest of Subsidiaries Which Have Fixed 
 Charges                                                                     0         1,385        1,043        1,315 
Minority Interest in Subsidiaries Which Have Losses                                                   (93)      (1,146)
Equity in Losses of Less Than 50% Owned Subsidiaries                                                   33          547 
                                                          (19,222)     (36,588)      (40,674)          49       80,681 

Fixed Charges:
Interest                                                   24,839       37,875        39,974       35,670       19,918 
Interest Factor Portion of Rentals                          1,098        2,671         3,027        3,774        3,887 
Preferred Stock Dividend Requirement                          161            0             0            0            0 
      Total Fixed Charges                                  26,098       40,546        43,001       39,444       23,805 

Adjustment for Preferred Stock Dividend                      (161)           0             0            0            0 

      Earnings                                              6,715        3,958         2,327       39,493      104,486 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                           0.26         0.10          0.05         1.00         4.39 

Coverage Deficiency                                       (19,383)     (36,588)      (40,674)         N/A          N/A      

</TABLE> 







<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                     Pro Forma                                    Pro Forma   
                                                                    Year Ended                                   Three Months  
                                                                    January 31,  Three Months Ended April 30,   Ended April 30
                                                                       1998          1997            1998           1998      
                                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>  
Earnings:                                                                                                                  
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations                              33,176           8,499          (4,703)      (10,035)
Income Taxes                                                           8,561           6,829          (2,924)       (6,192)
Minority Interest of Subsidiaries Which Have Fixed 
  Charges                                                              1,315             292             522           522 
Minority Interest in Subsidiaries Which Have Losses                   (1,146)           (108)           (261)         (261)
Equity in Losses of Less Than 50% Owned Subsidiaries                     547              61             235           235
                                                                      42,453          15,573          (7,131)      (15,731)
Fixed Charges:                                                                                                             
Interest                                                              52,918           6,207           4,808        13,408 
Interest Factor Portion of Rentals                                     3,887             972             972           972 
Preferred Stock Dividend Requirement                                  37,423                                        10,155 
      Total Fixed Charges                                             94,228           7,179           5,780        24,535 
                                                                                                                           
Adjustment for Preferred Stock Dividend                              (37,423)              0               0       (10,155)
                                                                                                                           
      Earnings                                                        99,258          22,752          (1,351)       (1,351)
                                                                
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                                      1.05            3.17           (0.23)        (0.06)
                                                                
Coverage Deficiency                                                      N/A             N/A          (7,131)      (25,886)
                                                                                                                           
</TABLE> 

                                                                

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 23.1
                                                                   



                       CONSENT OF KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
                      



THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SAMSONITE CORPORATION:

 
We consent to the use of our report dated March 17, 1998, except as to Note 19,
which is as of April 24, 1998, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of
Samsonite Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 1998,
included in the registration statement and incorporated by reference herein, and
the related financial statement schedule incorporated by reference herein, and
to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

                              /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Denver, Colorado
August 11, 1998

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 25.1

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON,  D. C.  20549
                          __________________________

                                   FORM  T-1

                           STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                   UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF
                  A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
                          __________________________

                     CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
                     ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
                          SECTION  305(b)(2) _______
                          __________________________

                    UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
              (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

               New York                                  13-3818954
     (Jurisdiction of incorporation                  (I. R. S. Employer
      if not a U. S. national bank)                  Identification No.)

          114 West 47th Street                           10036-1532
          New York,  New York                            (Zip Code)
         (Address of principal
           executive offices)

                          __________________________
                             Samsonite Corporation
              (Exact name of OBLIGOR as specified in its charter)

                Delaware                                 36-3511556
   (State or other jurisdiction of                  (I. R. S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)                  Identification No.)

         11200 East 45th Avenue                             80239
           Denver Colorado                                (Zip code)
 (Address of principal executive offices)
 
                          __________________________
                  10-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
                      (Title of the indenture securities)
<PAGE>
 
                                     - 2 -

                                    GENERAL

1.   GENERAL INFORMATION
     -------------------

     Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

     (a)  Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which
          it is subject.

             Federal Reserve Bank of New York (2nd District), New York, New York
                    (Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System)
             Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.
             New York State Banking Department, Albany, New York

     (b)     Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

             The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

2.   AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR
     -----------------------------

     If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such
     affiliation.

             None

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15:

     Samsonite Corporation currently is not in default under any of its
     outstanding securities for which United States Trust Company of New York is
     Trustee. Accordingly, responses to Items 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
     13, 14 and 15 of Form T-1 are not required under General Instruction B.

16.  LIST OF EXHIBITS
     ----------------

     T-1.1   --   Organization Certificate, as amended, issued by the State of
                  New York Banking Department to transact business as a Trust
                  Company, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit T-1.1 to Form
                  T-1 filed on September 15, 1995 with the Commission pursuant
                  to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust
                  Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-97056).

     T-1.2   --   Included in Exhibit T-1.1.

     T-1.3   --   Included in Exhibit T-1.1.
<PAGE>
 
                                     - 3 -

16.  LIST OF EXHIBITS
     ----------------
     (cont'd)

     T-1.4   --   The By-Laws of United States Trust Company of New York, as
                  amended, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit T-1.4 to Form
                  T-1 filed on September 15, 1995 with the Commission pursuant
                  to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust
                  Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-97056).

     T-1.6   --   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the
                  Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture
                  Reform Act of 1990.

     T-1.7   --   A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee
                  pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or
                  examining authority.

NOTE
- ----

As of July 15, 1998, the trustee had 2,999,020 shares of Common Stock
outstanding, all of which are owned by its parent company, U.S. Trust
Corporation. The term "trustee" in Item 2, refers to each of United States Trust
Company of New York and its parent company, U. S. Trust Corporation.

In answering Item 2 in this statement of eligibility as to matters peculiarly
within the knowledge of the obligor or its directors, the trustee has relied
upon information furnished to it by the obligor and will rely on information to
be furnished by the obligor and the trustee disclaims responsibility for the
accuracy or completeness of such information.

                              __________________

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the trustee,
United States Trust Company of New York, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of
eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 15th day
of July 1998.

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
     OF NEW YORK, Trustee

By:  _________________________
     Cynthia Chaney
     Assistant Vice President
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT T-1.6

       The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

                    United States Trust Company of New York
                             114 West 47th Street
                              New York, NY  10036


September 1, 1995


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC  20549

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, and subject to the
limitations set forth therein, United States Trust Company of New York ("U.S.
Trust") hereby consents that reports of examinations of U.S. Trust by Federal,
State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities
to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.


Very truly yours,


UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
     OF NEW YORK


     /s/Gerard F. Ganey
     -----------------------
By:  Gerard F. Ganey
     Senior Vice President
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT T-1.7

                    UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION
                                MARCH 31, 1998
                                --------------
                               ($ IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
ASSETS
- ------
<S>                                                         <C>        
Cash and Due from Banks                                     $  303,692       
                                                                             
Short-Term Investments                                         325,044       
                                                                             
Securities, Available for Sale                                 650,954       
                                                                             
Loans                                                        1,717,101       
Less: Allowance for Credit Losses                               16,546       
                                                            ----------       
     Net Loans                                               1,700,555       
Premises and Equipment                                          58,868       
Other Assets                                                   120,865       
                                                            ----------       
     TOTAL ASSETS                                           $3,159,978       
                                                            ==========       
                                                                             
LIABILITIES                                                                  
- -----------                                                                  
Deposits:                                                                    
     Non-Interest Bearing                                   $  602,769       
     Interest Bearing                                        1,955,571       
                                                            ----------       
         Total Deposits                                      2,558,340       
                                                                             
Short-Term Credit Facilities                                   293,185       
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities                       136,396       
                                                            ----------       
     TOTAL LIABILITIES                                      $2,987,921       
                                                            ==========       
                                                                             
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                                                         
- --------------------                                                         
Common Stock                                                    14,995       
Capital Surplus                                                 49,541       
Retained Earnings                                              105,214       
Unrealized Gains on Securities                                               
     Available for Sale (Net of Taxes)                           2,307       
                                                            ----------       
                                                                             
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                                     172,057       
                                                            ----------       
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND                                                   
     STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                                   $3,159,978       
                                                            ==========        
</TABLE>

I, Richard E. Brinkmann, Senior Vice President & Comptroller of the named bank
do hereby declare that this Statement of Condition has been prepared in
conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate regulatory authority
and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Richard E. Brinkmann, SVP & Controller

May 6, 1998

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.1
                                                                   ------------


                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION
                           Offer for all Outstanding
                   10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
                   10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
                        WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
                    THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
               PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS, DATED          , 1998

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
          1998, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").  TENDERS MAY BE
    WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Delivery To: United States Trust Company of New York, Exchange Agent

<TABLE>  
<S>                                                   <C>
                   By Mail:                             By Overnight Courier and By Hand after 4:30 p.m.
                                                           New York City Time on the Expiration Date:

   United States Trust Company of New York                 United States Trust Company of New York
        P.O. Box 843 - Cooper Station                             770 Broadway, 13th Floor
           New York, New York 10276                               New York, New York 10003
    Attention: Corporate Trust Services                     Attention: Corporate Trust Services

         By Hand before 4:30 p.m.                                   For Information Call
           New York City Time:                                         (800) 548-6565

   United States Trust Company of New York                        By Facsimile Transmission
                 111 Broadway                                 (for Eligible Institutions only):
Attention:  Corporate Trust Window Lower Level                         (212) 780-0592
           New York, New York 10006                          Attention: Corporate Trust Services

                                                                    Confirm by Telephone
                                                                       (800) 548-6565
</TABLE>


     DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL
NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

     The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received and reviewed the
Prospectus, dated         , 1998 (the "Prospectus"), of Samsonite Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and this Letter of Transmittal (the
"Letter"), which together constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer")
to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $350,000,000 of its 10 3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 which have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "New Notes"), for a like principal
amount of its issued and outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
(the "Old Notes") from the registered holders thereof.

     For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note.  The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the
Old Notes, from June 24, 1998. If the Company fails to comply with certain
registration obligations as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of June 24, 1998 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), then the Company
shall pay Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement)
(up to a maximum of 100 basis points of the principal amount outstanding per
annum) to holders of Old Notes affected thereby.  Holders of Old Notes accepted
in the exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any other
payment or accrued interest on the Old Notes. The Company reserves the right, at
any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at its discretion,
in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest time and date to
which the Exchange Offer is extended.  The Company shall notify the holders of
the Old Notes of any extension by means of a press release or other public
announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day
following the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

     This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Old Notes either if
certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender for Old Notes, if
available, is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the
Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer
Facility") pursuant to the procedures set forth in "The Exchange 
<PAGE>
 
Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus. Holders of Old Notes
whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver
their certificates or confirmation of the book-entry tender of their Old Notes
into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a "Book-
Entry Confirmation") and all other documents required by this Letter to the
Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange 
Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus. See
Instruction 1. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does
not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

     The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this
Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to
the Exchange Offer.

     List below the Old Notes to which this Letter relates. If the space
provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of
Old Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
      DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES                     1                           2                            3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                         AGGREGATE
                                                                         PRINCIPLE                    PRINCIPLE
 NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED          CERTIFICATE             AMOUNT OF                     AMOUNT 
 HOLDER(S) (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK)           NUMBERS (S)*            OLD NOTE (S)                 TENDERED **
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
<S>                                            <C>                      <C>                          <C>       
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------    

                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------     
 
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------     
 
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------    
                                                   TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
</TABLE> 

 *   Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry
     transfer.
**   Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have
     tendered ALL of the Old Notes represented by the Old Notes indicated in
     column 2. See Instruction 2. Old Notes tendered hereby must be in
     denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple
     thereof. See Instruction 1.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[_]  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
     MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY
     TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

     Name of Tendering Institution _____________________________________________
     Account Number __________________ Transaction Code Number__________________

[_]  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE
     OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE
     THE FOLLOWING:

     Name(s) of Registered Holder(s)    ________________________________________
     Window Ticket Number (if any)      ________________________________________
     Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery   ______________________
     Name of Institution which guaranteed delivery  ____________________________

     IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
     Account Number __________________ Transaction Code Number__________________

[_]  CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
     COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS
     THERETO.

Name:  _________________________________________________________________________

Address: _______________________________________________________________________
         _______________________________________________________________________

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that
it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New
Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its
own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-
making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will
deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so
acknowledging and by delivering such a prospectus the undersigned will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive
New Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for the New Notes
were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities.

              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of Old
Notes indicated above.  Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for
exchange of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns
and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and
interest in and to such Old Notes as are being tendered hereby.

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange
Agent as the undersigned's true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with
respect to such tendered Old Notes, with full power of substitution, among other
things, to cause the Old Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The
undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power
and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes, and to acquire
New Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Old Notes, and that, when
the same are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and
unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges
and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted
by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents that any New Notes
acquired in exchange for Old Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in
the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether
or not such person is the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Old Notes
nor any such other person is participating in, intends to participate in or has
an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of such New Notes and that neither the holder of such Old Notes nor
any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the Company.

     The undersigned acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in
reliance on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC"), as set forth in no-action letters issued to third
parties, that the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange
for the Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course
of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement with any person
to participate in the distribution of such New Notes.  However, the SEC has not
considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can
be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination
with respect to the Exchange Offer as in such other circumstances.  If the
undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not
engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes and
has no arrangement or understanding to participate in a distribution of New
Notes.  If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or intends
to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the
distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
such holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of
the SEC and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own
account in exchange for Old Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be
exchanged for the New Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned will
not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act.

     The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the
sale, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered hereby.  All authority
conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs,
executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of
the undersigned and shall not be affected 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. This tender
may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in "The
Exchange Offer--Withdrawal Rights" section of the Prospectus.

     Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled "Special Issuance
Instructions" below, please issue the New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute
certificates representing Old Notes for any Old Notes not exchanged) in the name
of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Old Notes, please
credit the account indicated above maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility.  Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled "Special
Delivery Instructions" below, please send the New Notes (and, if applicable,
substitute certificates representing Old Notes for any Old Notes not exchanged)
to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled "Description
of Old Notes."

     THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED "DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES"
ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OLD NOTES AS
SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------       ---------------------------------------------------------- 
          SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS                                      SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
            (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)                                         (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)
- ----------------------------------------------------------       ---------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                              <C>
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not            
exchanged and/or New Notes are to be issued in the
name of and sent to someone other than the person or             
persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter              
above, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry                   To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not    
transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be           exchanged and/or New Notes are to be sent to someone      
returned by credit to an account maintained at the               other than the person or persons whose signature(s)       
Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account              appear(s) on this Letter above or to such person or       
indicated above.                                                 persons at an address other than shown in the box         
                                                                 entitled "Description of Old Notes" on this Letter        
Issue:  New Notes and/or Old Notes to:                           above.                                                    
                                                                                                                           
Name(s):..................................................       Mail:  New Notes and/or Old Notes to:                      
                (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)                                                                                     

 ..........................................................       Name(s):.................................................. 
                (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)                                           (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)                    
                                                                                                                           
Address:..................................................       ..........................................................
                                                                                 (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)                    

 ..........................................................       Address:.................................................. 
                     (ZIP CODE)                                                                                              
            (COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9)                       ..........................................................  
                                                                                        (ZIP CODE)                           
[_] Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by book-entry                                                                     
    transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account   
    set forth below.                                       

- ---------------------------------------------------------- 
              (BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY                
              ACCOUNT NUMBER, IF APPLICABLE)               
- ----------------------------------------------------------       ---------------------------------------------------------- 
</TABLE>

IMPORTANT:  THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES
FOR OLD NOTES OR A BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR
THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR
PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                 PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                   CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                PLEASE SIGN HERE
                   (TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)
          (COMPLETE ACCOMPANYING SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 ON REVERSE SIDE)

x ...................................................  ..................., 1998
x ...................................................  ..................., 1998
      SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER                                    DATE

  Area Code and Telephone Number: ......................................

     If a holder is tendering any Old Notes, this Letter must be signed by the
registered holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Old
Notes or by any person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by
endorsements and documents transmitted herewith.  If signature is by a trustee,
executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary
or representative capacity, please set forth full title.  See Instruction 3.

  Name(s):.................................................................
  .........................................................................
                            (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

  Capacity:................................................................
  Address:.................................................................
  .........................................................................
                             (INCLUDING ZIP CODE)

                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
                        (IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 3)

  Signature(s) Guaranteed by
      an Eligible Institution:.............................................
                            (AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)

  .........................................................................
                                    (TITLE)

  .........................................................................
                                (NAME AND FIRM)

  Dated: ............................................................, 1998

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                                  INSTRUCTIONS

    FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER FOR THE
10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 OF SAMSONITE CORPORATION IN EXCHANGE
       FOR THE 10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 OF SAMSONITE 
               CORPORATION, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
                      SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

1.  DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER AND NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.

     This Letter is to be completed by holders of Old Notes either if
certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant
to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange
Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus. Certificates for all
physically tendered Old Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be,
as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or manually signed
facsimile hereof) and any other documents required by this Letter, must be
received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to
the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth below. Old Notes tendered hereby must be in
denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

     Holders whose certificates for Old Notes are not immediately available or
who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the
Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the
procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Old Notes
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange 
Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to
such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution,
(ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or a
facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form
provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery),
setting forth the name and address of the holder of Old Notes and the principal
amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and
guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
Expiration Date, the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in
proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and
any other documents required by this Letter will be deposited by the Eligible
Institution with the Exchange Agent and (iii) the certificates for all
physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry
Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this
Letter, are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange
trading days after the Expiration Date.

     The method of delivery of this Letter, the Old Notes and all other required
documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the delivery
will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange
Agent. If Old Notes are sent by mail, it is suggested that the mailing be
registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, made
sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

     See "The Exchange Offer" section of the Prospectus.

2.   PARTIAL TENDERS (NOT APPLICABLE TO NOTEHOLDERS WHO TENDER BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER).

     If less than all of the Old Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are
to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled "Description of Old
Notes--Principal Amount Tendered." A reissued certificate representing the
balance of non-tendered Old Notes will be sent to such tendering holder, unless
otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter, promptly after the
Expiration Date. ALL OF THE OLD NOTES DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WILL BE
DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN TENDERED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

3.   SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF
SIGNATURES.

     If this Letter is signed by the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered
hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the
face of the certificates without any change whatsoever.

     If any tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners,
all of such owners must sign this Letter.

     If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different names on several
certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate
copies of this Letter as there are different registrations of certificates.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     When this Letter is signed by the registered holder or holders of the Old
Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or
separate bond powers are required.  If, however, the New Notes are to be issued,
or any untendered Old Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the
registered holder, then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or
separate bond powers are required.  Signatures on such certificate(s) must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

     If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered holder or
holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed
exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on
the certificate(s) and signatures on such certificate(s) must be guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution.

     If this Letter or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees,
executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company,
proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted.

     ENDORSEMENTS ON CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES OR SIGNATURES ON BOND POWERS
REQUIRED BY THIS INSTRUCTION 3 MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A FIRM WHICH IS A FINANCIAL
INSTITUTION (INCLUDING MOST BANKS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND BROKERAGE
HOUSES) THAT IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION
PROGRAM, THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM OR THE STOCK
EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM  (EACH AN "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION").

     SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER NEED NOT BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
INSTITUTION, PROVIDED THE OLD NOTES ARE TENDERED: (I) BY A REGISTERED HOLDER OF
OLD NOTES (WHICH TERM, FOR PURPOSES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER, INCLUDES ANY
PARTICIPANT IN THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY SYSTEM WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON A
SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE HOLDER OF SUCH OLD NOTES) WHO HAS NOT COMPLETED
THE BOX ENTITLED "SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS" OR "SPECIAL DELIVERY
INSTRUCTIONS" ON THIS LETTER OR (II) FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.

4.   SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.

     Tendering holders of Old Notes should indicate in the applicable box the
name and address to which New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and or
substitute certificates evidencing Old Notes not exchanged are to be issued or
sent, if different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter.
In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or
social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Noteholders
tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not
exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility as such noteholder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are
given, such Old Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of
the person signing this Letter.

5.   TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.

     Federal income tax law generally requires that a tendering holder whose Old
Notes are accepted for exchange must provide the Company (as payor) with such
holder's correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9
below, which in the case of a tendering holder who is an individual, is his or
her social security number.  If the Company is not provided with the current TIN
or an adequate basis for an exemption from backup withholding such tendering
holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service.
In addition, the Exchange Agent may be required to withhold 31% of the amount of
any reportable payments made after the exchange to such holder of New Notes. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.

     Exempt holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all corporations and
certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and
reporting requirements.  See the enclosed Guidelines of Certification of
Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "W-9 Guidelines") for
additional instructions.

     To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder of Old Notes must
provide its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth below,
certifying, under penalties of perjury, that the TIN provided is correct (or
that such holder is awaiting a TIN) and that (i) the holder is exempt from
backup withholding or (ii) the holder has not been notified by the Internal
Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of
a failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue
Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup
withholding. If the tendering holder of Old Notes is a nonresident alien or
foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, such holder must give the
Exchange Agent a completed Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign Status. These forms
may be obtained

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
from the Exchange Agent. If the Old Notes are in more than one name or are not
in the name of the actual owner, such holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines
for information on which TIN to report. If such holder does not have a TIN, such
holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for instructions on applying for a TIN,
check the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 and write "applied for" in
lieu of its TIN. Note: Checking this box and writing "applied for" on the form
means that such holder has already applied for a TIN or that such holder intends
to apply for one in the near future. If the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form
W-9 is checked, the Exchange Agent will retain 31% of reportable payments made
to a holder during the sixty (60) day period following the date of the
Substitute Form W-9. If the holder furnishes the Exchange Agent with his or her
TIN within sixty (60) days of filing the Substitute Form W-9 with the Internal
Revenue Service, the Exchange Agent will remit such amounts retained during such
sixty (60) day period to such holder and no further amounts will be retained or
withheld from payments made to the holder thereafter. If, however, such holder
does not provide its TIN to the Exchange Agent within such sixty (60) day
period, the Exchange Agent will remit such previously withheld amounts to the
Internal Revenue Service as backup withholding and will withhold 31% of all
reportable payments to the holder thereafter until such holder furnishes its TIN
to the Exchange Agent.

6.   TRANSFER TAXES.

     The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer
of Old Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, New
Notes and/or substitute Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are
to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered
holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered
in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a
transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Old Notes to
the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such
transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons)
will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of
such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such
transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

     EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS INSTRUCTION 6, IT WILL NOT BE NECESSARY FOR
TRANSFER TAX STAMPS TO BE AFFIXED TO THE OLD NOTES SPECIFIED IN THIS LETTER.

7.   WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.

     The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all
conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.

8.   NO CONDITIONAL TENDERS.

     No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be
accepted. All tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter, shall
waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for
exchange.

     Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated
to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old
Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such
notice.

9.   MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES.

     Any holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed
should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further
instructions.

10.  WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS

     Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration
Date.
 
     For a withdrawal of a tender of Old Notes to be effective, a written notice
of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth
above prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i)
specify the name of the person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn
(the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including
certificate number or numbers and the principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii)
contain a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such
Old Notes exchanged, (iv) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the
original signature on the Letter by which such Old Notes were tendered
(including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of
transfer to have the Trustee (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement)
with respect to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes in the
name of the person withdrawing the tender and (v) specify the name in which such
Old Notes are registered, if different from that of the Depositor. If Old Notes
have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
forth in "The Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus,
any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and
otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the
validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will
be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on
all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will
be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly
retendered. Any Old Notes that have been tendered for exchange but which are not
exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to
such holder (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into
the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the
book-entry transfer procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Book-Entry
Transfer" section of the Prospectus, such Old Notes will be credited to an
account maintained with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Old Notes) as
soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the
Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following the
procedures described above at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.

11.  REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.

     Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for
additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter, and requests for Notices of
Guaranteed Delivery and other related documents may be directed to the Exchange
Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                    TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS
                              (See Instruction 5)

             PAYOR'S NAME:  UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                PART 1--PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN
                                IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY             TIN: _____________________________
                                BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.                       SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR
SUBSTITUTE                                                                       EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
<S>                             <C>                                         <C>
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
FORM W-9                        PART 2--TIN APPLIED FOR [_]
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY      CERTIFICATION:  UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
                                (1)  the number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am
PAYOR'S REQUEST FOR                  waiting for a number to be issued to me),
TAXPAYER                        (2)  I am not subject to backup withholding either because:  (a) I am exempt from backup
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER                withholding or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS")
("TIN") AND                          that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
CERTIFICATION                        dividends or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup
                                     withholding and
                                (3)  any other information provided on this form is true and correct.
 
                                SIGNATURE ...............................................      DATE............................
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

You must cross out item (2) of the above certification if you have been notified
by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting
of interest or dividends on your tax return and you have not been notified by
the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


       YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX
                        IN PART 2 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has
not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application
to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue
Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail
or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not
provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of the exchange, 31 percent
of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I
provide a number.
 
     __________________________________       __________________________________
                 SIGNATURE                                    DATE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       10

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 99.2
                                                                    
                         NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                                      FOR
                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION

  This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the
Exchange Offer of Samsonite Corporation (the "Company") made pursuant to the
Prospectus, dated             , 1998 (the "Prospectus"), if certificates for the
outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 of the Company (the "Old
Notes") are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all
required documents to reach United States Trust Company of New York, as exchange
agent (the "Exchange Agent") prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer.
Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or
hand delivery to the Exchange Agent as set forth below.  In addition, in order
to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date. Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the
Prospectus.

     Delivery To:  United States Trust Company of New York, Exchange Agent

                  By Mail:    By Overnight Courier and By Hand after 4:30 p.m.
                                 New York City Time on the Expiration Date:

United States Trust Company of New York  United States Trust Company of New York
   P.O. Box 843 - Cooper Station                  770 Broadway, 13th Floor
     New York, New York 10276                     New York, New York 10003
 Attention:  Corporate Trust Services     Attention:  Corporate Trust Services

By Hand before 4:30 p.m New York City time:         For Information Call:
                                                     (800) 548-6565

United States Trust Company of New York
          111 Broadway                            By Facsimile Transmission
Attention: Corporate Trust Window Lower Level  (for Eligible Institutions only):
     New York, New York 10006                           (212) 780-0592
                                             Attention: Corporate Trust Services

                                                   Confirm by Telephone:
                                                      (800) 548-6565

     DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL
NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the
Company the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedures described in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.

<PAGE>
 
Principal Amount of Old Notes
          Tendered:

$_____________________________________
Certificate No(s). (if available):        If Old Notes will be delivered by
                                          book-entry transfer to The Depository
                                          Trust Company, provide account
- --------------------------------------    number.
Total Principal Amount Represented by
    Old Notes Certificate(s):
$_____________________________________    Account Number _______________________
____________ 

*Must be in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple
thereof.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  ALL AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE
DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                PLEASE SIGN HERE

X ________________________    ____________
X ________________________    ____________
  Signature(s) of Owner(s)        Dated
  or Authorized Signatory

  Area Code and Telephone Number: ______________________

  Must be signed by the holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on
certificates for Old Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s)
authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents
transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.  If signature is by a
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set
forth his or her full title below.

                      PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)

Name(s):       ______________________________________________________________
               ______________________________________________________________
               ______________________________________________________________
Capacity:      ______________________________________________________________
Address(es):   ______________________________________________________________
 
                                    GUARANTEE
                    (Not to be used for signature guarantee)

  The undersigned, a financial institution (including most banks, savings and
loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities
Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion
Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, hereby guarantees
that the certificates representing the principal amount of Old Notes tendered
hereby in proper form for transfer, or timely confirmation of the book-entry
transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository
Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus, together with any
required signature guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth
above, no later than three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
Expiration Date.
<PAGE>
 
- ---------------------------------          ----------------------------------
          Name of Firm                            Authorized Signature
 
- ---------------------------------          ----------------------------------
            Address                                     Title
_________________________________          Name: ____________________________
                         Zip Code                   (Please Type or Print)

Area Code and Tel. No. _________           Dated: ___________________________

NOTE:  DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM.  CERTIFICATES FOR
       OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT ONLY WITH A COPY OF YOUR PREVIOUSLY EXECUTED
       LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 99.3
                                                                    
                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION

                           OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
                  10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
                  10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008,
                       WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


TO OUR CLIENTS:

     Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated            , 1998
(the "Prospectus"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") of Samsonite
Corporation (the "Company") to exchange its 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2008, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "New Notes"), for its outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2008 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions
described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.  The Exchange Offer
is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained
in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 24, 1998, between the
Company, and the initial purchasers referred to therein.

     This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Old
Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name.  A TENDER OF
SUCH OLD NOTES MAY ONLY BE MADE BY US AS THE HOLDER OF RECORD AND PURSUANT TO
YOUR INSTRUCTIONS.

     Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on
your behalf the Old Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and
conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

     Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in
order to permit us to tender the Old Notes on your behalf in accordance with the
provisions of the Exchange Offer.  The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M.,
New York City time, on        , 1998, unless extended by the Company (the
"Expiration Date").  Any Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may
be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

     Your attention is directed to the following:

     1.  The Exchange Offer is for any and all Old Notes.

     2.  The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the
Prospectus in the section captioned "The Exchange Offer--Certain Conditions to
the Exchange Offer."

     3.  Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Old Notes from the
holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise provided
in the Instructions in the Letter of Transmittal.

     4.  The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on
, 1998, unless extended by the Company.
<PAGE>
 
          If you wish to have us tender your Old Notes, please so instruct us by
completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of
this letter.  THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS FURNISHED TO YOU FOR INFORMATION ONLY
AND MAY NOT BE USED DIRECTLY BY YOU TO TENDER OLD NOTES.
<PAGE>
 
                INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER


     The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed
material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by Samsonite
Corporation with respect to its Old Notes.

     This will instruct you to tender the Old Notes held by you for the account
of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.

     Please tender the Old Notes held by you for my account as indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OLD NOTES
                                                       ---------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>
10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
         due 2008  ...................                 _________________________________________________
 
[_] Please do not tender any Old Notes held
    by you for my account.

Dated:                         1998
         -------------------------------               _________________________________________________
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                                         Signature(s)
                                                       _________________________________________________ 
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                                   Please print name(s) here
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                                          Address(es)
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                                 Area Code and Telephone Number
                                                       _________________________________________________
                                                          Tax Identification or Social Security No(s).
</TABLE>

   None of the Old Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we
receive written instructions from you to do so.  Unless a specific contrary
instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall
constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Old Notes held by us for your
account.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 99.4
                                                                    
                             SAMSONITE CORPORATION

                           OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
                  10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
                  10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008,
                       WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


To:  BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS,
     TRUST COMPANIES AND OTHER NOMINEES:

     Samsonite Corporation (the "Company") is offering, upon and subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated                , 1998
(the "Prospectus"), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") its 10 3/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008, which have been registered under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, for its outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2008 (the "Old Notes").  The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy
certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of June 24, 1998, between the Company and the initial
purchasers referred to therein.

     We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Old Notes
regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your
clients for whom you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the name of
your nominee, or who hold Old Notes registered in their own names, we are
enclosing the following documents:

     1. Prospectus dated          , 1998;

     2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your
clients;

     3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer
if certificates for Old Notes are not immediately available or time will not
permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date (as defined below) or if the procedure for book-entry transfer
cannot be completed on a timely basis;

     4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you
hold Old Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space
provided for obtaining such clients' instructions with regard to the Exchange
Offer;

     5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
Substitute Form W-9; and

     6. Return envelopes addressed to United States Trust Company of New York,
the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer.
<PAGE>
 
     YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED.  THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00
P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON        , 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY (THE
"EXPIRATION DATE").  OLD NOTES TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE
WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE.

     To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly
completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required
signature guarantees and any other required documents, should be sent to the
Exchange Agent and certificates representing the Old Notes should be delivered
to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the
Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.

     If a registered holder of Old Notes desires to tender, but such Old Notes
are not immediately available, or time will not permit such holder's Old Notes
or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent before the Expiration
Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely
basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures
described in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures."

     The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial
banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses
incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the
beneficial owners of Old Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary
capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all stock transfer taxes
applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except
as set forth in Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal.

     Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests
for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to United
States Trust Company of New York, the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer, at
its address and telephone number set forth on the front page of the Letter of
Transmittal.

                                   Very truly yours,



                                   SAMSONITE CORPORATION


     NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY
PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY
OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF
THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN
THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Enclosures

                                       2


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission